&EPA
           United States
           Environmental Protection
           Agency
            Region 5
            Water Division
            230 South Dearborn Street
            Chicago, Illinois 60604
March 1983
Technical Reference
Document
           Final-Generic
           Environmental Impact
           Statement
           Wastewater Management
           In Rural Lake Areas


-------
            PART TWO
COMMUNITY MANAGEMENT ALTERNATIVES

-------
                  CHAPTER VI
DESIGN OF SMALL WASTE FLOWS MANAGEMENT AGENCIES

-------
A.    FUNCTIONS  OF  SMALL  WASTE  FLOWS  MANAGEMENT AGENCIES

1.    INTRODUCTION

     A  small  waste  flows  management agency provides community  supervision  of
decentralized wastewater treatment systems.  The agency  may be  a  single  organi-
zation  established  for  this  purpose,  or it may be  made  up of parts  of one  or
more  existing agencies, each providing necessary legal  authority, expertise,
or  services.  The goal  of a small waste flows management agency is to  balance
the  costs  of community wastewater  management with government  obligations  to
protect the public health and the environment.

     Many advantages of decentralized wastewater treatement systems are cited.
Among the major benefits are the following:

     •  economic  savings  result  from  the  use of  existing  systems or  less
        costly decentralized facilities;

     •  decentralized systems  allow more local control  over  community growth
        because  the  inducement  for  growth  provided  by central sewering  is
        removed;

      •  decentralized systems  may be more environmentally  sound because  they
        distribute  the  wastewater over  a  wide area rather than at  a  centra-
        lized point and take relatively full advantage of the natural  assimi-
        lative capacity of nature.

However,  without a management  agency  responsible  for  the  proper  planning,
system  design and installation, and operation and maintenance of the  decentra-
lized  systems,  many of  the benefits of these systems are unlikely to be fully
realized.

      A  management  agency can  perform a broad  range of  functions  in managing
decentralized systems.   These  functions  depend  primarily  upon  management
policies  and philosophies defined during agency  organization.  A function may
be   defined   as  a   specific  area of  responsibility assumed  by a  management
agency,  as  opposed  to the actual activites necessary to perform the function.
The adoption of specific functions and practices by  the management  agency is
often discretionary  within  the limitation  of Federal  and  state  guidelines.

      Lists  of potential  management  agency functions  have  been prepared  by a
number  of  authors;  several of  these  function  lists  are  presented  in the
appendix  to  this section.  Although none of  these  function  lists  are  used in
this  section,   they  do  provide  viable  alternatives  for  categorizing and
defining  potential  management functions.  The management function list used in
discussing  functions in  this  section  is  a simplification  of many existing
function  lists;  it  defines only potential areas of responsibility rather than
includes  activities and practices. The management  function  list used  in this
section is  shown  in Figure VI-A-1.
                                   VI-A-1

-------
                                 Figure VI-A-1

                     POTENTIAL MANAGEMENT AGENCY FUNCTIONS

Administrative Capabilities

     a.   Staffing
     b.   Financial
     c.   Permits
     d.   Bonding
     e.   Certification Programs
     f.   Service Contract Supervision
     g.   Acceptance for Public Management of Privately Installed Facilities
     h.   Interagency Coordination
     i.   Training Programs
     j.   Public Education
     k.   Enforcement
     1.   Property Access Acquisition

Technical Capabilities

     m.   System Design and Construction
     n.   Plan Review
     o.   Soils Investigations
     p.   System Installation
     q.   Routine Inspection and Maintenance
     r.   Septage Collection and Disposal
     s.   Pilot Studies
     t.   Flow Reduction programs
     u.   Water Quality Monitoring

Planning  Capabilities

     v.   Land Use Planning
     w.   Sewer and  Water  Planning
                                   VI-A-2

-------
     The list  of  potential management  functions  is divided  into three  dif-
ferent  capability  classes  representing  the  three  main  areas  of  ability
required by  the  management agency:   administrative,  technical,  and planning
capabilities.

     It must be  recognized  that  a management  agency has  a  great  deal  of
flexibility  in  carrying out these  functions.  The  agency  has flexibility  in
determining  responsibility for function  performance as  well  as  in determining
the specific manner  in  which  a function will be performed. The  recognition  by
the management agency of  the  need to perform a specific  function is only the
first  step  in determining management  agency  responsibility  and  the scope  of
work involved in function performance.

     This section will  briefly describe  the potential  management agency func-
tions  presented  in Figure VI-A-1  and  review  alternative  ways in which func-
tions  can  be provided  and performed,  as  well  as  factors that  may  influence
incorporation of a function into  the management  agency.

2.    DESCRIPTION  OF  MANAGEMENT AGENCY FUNCTIONS

a.    Staffing

     The management  agency must  ensure  that  adequate  labor  is  available  to
complete  all management  agency  responsibilities.  As part  of this  function,
staffing  requirements need to be  determined, as  well as staff  authority and
responsibilities  with  respect to  all  aspects   of decentralized wastewater
management.  After staff  duties  and requirements  are  defined,   the  personnel
must be hired  and managed to ensure that  they are performing their  delegated
responsibilities.  The amount  of  staff  required  by a  management  agency  will
depend primarily  upon the number  and type of functions for  which the  manage-
ment  agency is  responsible  and  whether  these  functions will  be  performed
directly by the management agency, by a private  organization  under contract  to
the management  agency,  by a  private organization  under contract to property
owners, or by property owners themselves under agency supervision.

     The management  agency could be  staffed by new personnel or by existing
personnel  presently  employed  in  agencies involved  in  on-site wastewater
management.  These agencies may include  health departments, building,  zoning,
and housing  agencies,  conservation commissions,  or soil  conservation  service
personnel.   Good  interagency  cooperation and coordination  are  necessary  if
personnel are shared in this manner.

     If the  management  agency  contracts  with  a  private party to perform some
or all of the functions, it will  require less  staff and expertise and may need
only an administrator for the service contracts.

     The  size  and   expertise  of  the  staff required  for small waste  flows
management will be  affected  by the number, age,  distribution,  and complexity
of  the  wastewater   systems  in  use,  as  well  as  by  specific  institutional
arrangements  concerning  responsibility  for  function  performance.  Specific
labor  requirements  for  small  waste flows management will  be  further  discussed
in Section C of this Chapter.
                                  VI-A-3

-------
b.    Financial

     The  management  agency's financial  responsibilities  involve three  basic
areas. The  first is  the acquisition and administration of grants and loans to
cover  capital  expenditures  involved in  the  planning, design,  construction,
operation,  rehabilitation, and  repair  of wastewater systems.  Grants and loans
may be  obtained from  Federal,  state,  local,  and/or private  sources.  A pre-
requisite for the administration of grants and loans is the legal authority to
accept grants  and to  incur  debt.  The  management agency  must  maintain eligi-
bility for grants and loans.   Grant and loan administration involves the tasks
of  grant application,  disbursement of monies,  ensurance of  compliance with
grant requirements, issuance of contracts, and filing of financial statements.
In addition, loan administration requires debt financing for repayment.

     Grant  or  loan administration  could be handled directly by the management
agency or by another public  agency such  as an accounting and finance depart-
ment  or  community  development agency  of the  jurisdiction.  Any  management
agency that procures grants  or loans  for construction or management of the
decentralized  wastewater  systems will  require some  form  of management struc-
ture for administration of the grants or loans.

     The second  area of financial responsibility involves the development of a
user  charge system  to  distribute  the local  capital and  0 & M  costs to the
users of  the management agency's  services.  The major  objective  in the deve-
lopment of  a user charge system is balancing  economic efficiency with equit-
able  distribution of costs.  Economic  efficiency is  promoted by basing user
charges upon the costs each user places on the system. Such charges provide a
financial inducement  to each system user  to reduce  costs of  the system. This
system also ensures  equitable distribution of costs;  each  user  is  paying his
or her share of  the costs in relation to other system users.

     The particular institutional arrangements developed for the ownership and
maintenance  of the wastewater systems  would affect management costs and would
influence  how  these  costs  are  distributed  among the  system's  users.  For
example, if the  management agency is responsible for operation and maintenance
of  on-site  systems,  the respective user charges would be higher than if the 0
& M costs were left to  the user.

      In many instances, determination  of  the  costs  of serving each user will
be  complex, requiring the use  of flow measuring devices  and other techniques
that may  render  the process impractical and non-cost effective. An alternative
is  to use a class system of  user  charge assessment.  lTr--der this alternative,
it  is first necessary  to  determine  the classes  of  usage of  the treatment
system.  Classes  of  users  may  be  defined by  type of  wastewater  system or by
type  of  structure use, such as residential,  commercial or  industrial uses.
Further  subdivisions could  be made to separate  seasonal  from permanent resi-
dences  and   to define other categories.  The  user  charges  are then allocated
among each  class according to its predicted usage of services.

      Although  the user charge  system is  intended primarily to  recover the
capital  and  0  &  M   costs  for the system,  other  activities such as  public
education,  water quality monitoring,  research into alternative technologies,
                                  VI-A-4

-------
training programs, and  accumulation  of  a reserve fund may be financed through
the user charge system.

     The  third  area  of financial  responsibility for  the  management  agency
involves the setting  of fees  for permits and/or  the  certification of persons
involved  in  decentralized  wastewater management. Permit fees may  be  required
for system design  review,  soils  investigations,  installation inspections,  and
routine maintenance inspections.   Certification fees  cover the costs of certi-
fication administration and ensure that the requirements for certification are
continually complied with.

c.    Permits

     The  management  agency may  seek to regulate  design,  construction,  main-
tenance,  and repair  of  on-site wastewater systems by  requiring  permits  to be
issued  after  agency rules  and regulations have  been satisfied.  Permits  may
typically  be required  for system  installation,  for  occupancy after  satis-
factory  completion of system  construction, and  for operation or maintenance.

     The first step a management agency must take in using permits  for regula-
tion is  to  establish requirements that must be  satisfied  before a permit may
be  issued.   Installation permits typically include prior  review and  approval
of system design and a site evaluation.  Occupancy permits are issued following
final  inspection  of  system  installation  for initial  occupancy  and may  be
required  each  time  thereafter  that  the property  changes  owners.  In  this
manner,  the  management  agency can ensure that occupancy of the structure does
not exceed the  capacity of the on-site  system.  Operating  or maintenance per-
mits could  be required  to ensure that  the  system is  operating properly and
that proper  maintenance procedures  are  being followed. These permits  could be
required  each year for  continued system use and  their  issuance  be contingent
upon the user's providing  information  concerning system  operating condition
and maintenance  procedures  that  have been taken. This information could be as
simple as septage pumping records or as complex as inspection of the system by
the management agency or a private party each year to determine its condition.

     The use of these various types of permits is particularly desirable where
the  management  agency  does  not  assume liability for system performance  or
responsibility for  maintenance.  By  use  of permits, the  management agency may
be  reasonably  sure  that  the  systems were  installed properly,  operated  pro-
perly,  and  maintained   properly.   Operating  permits  would be  particularly
important in areas where soil conditions, past history of system failures, or
other factors indicate a high risk of system failure.

d.    Bonding

     The  management agency can  use  two basic types  of bonding arrangements.
First,  the management agency  could require the  bonding  of personnel  involved
in  the  installation, design,  and maintenance of  on-site  systems.  These per-
sonnel  may  include system designers, system installers, site evaluators, soil
inspectors,  and  septage pumpers  and haulers.   These  bonded personnel accept
                                  VI-A-5

-------
the responsibility  to  perform their  services  within  regulatory  requirements
and the standard practices  of their profession.   Failure to do  so  may result
in forfeiture of the bond.  This  type of bonding, known  as  personnel  bonding,
protects the  system user and management agency  from  incurring the  costs  of
repairing  systems   that  have  failed  because  of  improper practices  by  the
personnel involved.

     The second type of bonding,  known as performance bonding,  requires that a
bond be proffered to guarantee the performance of a system or  piece of equip-
ment for  a given length of time,  normally one year,  although  longer  periods
could be required.  Performance bonding guarantees the satisfactory performance
of the  system during  this  period.  Performance bonding is  most  desirable  for
the installation  of alternative/innovative systems  that have not  been fully
proven  for their proposed  use  and for  which insufficient information  con-
cerning  reliability   and   performance  is  available.   Performance   bonding
transfers  the risk  involved in system  failure  from  the user or  management
agency to  the installer  or  other party for the life of the bond.  This form of
bonding  can  lower  the  level  of   risk  that   the  user  or  management  agency
assumes.

     A problem  with either  type  of bonding is  that  it  may be  difficult to
prove that system problems  are  directly related  to improper actions  on  the
part of the personnel  involved or that  system failure is due  specifically to
inadequate  system  performance. Other  factors  such as  system misuse  or over-
loading  may  be  responsible  for  system  problems,  and  these  factors  may  be
exempted  from  the  bonding requirements.  A  management  agency using  either
bonding  system  should have  the  expertise to   determine  causes  of  system
problems in relation to  bonding liability. Despite the problems in  collection
on bonds,  they still  serve as an  important  incentive to  ensure that proper
practices  are followed in  all phases of decentralized  system management or to
guarantee  system performance.

e.    Certification  Programs

     To provide  assurance  that on-site systems are being installed, operated,
and  maintained by  qualified personnel,  the management  agency  could develop
certification programs to  require that  the  individuals involved  in various
phases of  decentralized wastewater management be certified. These programs may
involve  site evaluators,  soil  testers,  system  designers,  system installers,
system  inspectors,  and septage pumpers  and haulers. These  certification pro-
grams effectively  control  the type of persons involved in different phases of
wastewater management  and ensure that only qualified personnel perform various
tasks.  The management agency could develop its  own certification  program to
serve  its  jurisdictional  area, or it  could  enforce  certification  programs
enacted at other levels of  government.

     Certification  requirements may be based on education  or  experience or a
combination of  both.  In addition,   certification programs could require that a
person  periodically enroll  in continuing education or other training programs
to improve skills. Effective  certification programs should also contain provi-
sions for  the revoking of certification  or registration upon failure to comply
with  wastewater  management  regulations.   Certification  requirements  can be
                                  VI-A-6

-------
enforced by preventing uncertified personnel  from performing tasks or receiv-
ing permits related to  on-site  wastewater management.

     Certification programs  are desirable where the management or other agency
wishes  to  exercise control  over  the  personnel  involved in wastewater treat-
ment.  They are  particularly  important  in  areas where  new  technologies are
being  utilized  to ensure that  personnel  involved  with the technologies have
the necessary expertise.

f.    Service  Contract Supervision

     The management  agency  could contract  with  a  private agency  to perform
some or all management  functions.  Typical  contracts may be  for periodic system
inspection  and  maintenance  such  as  septic  tank  pumping, water quality moni-
toring, disposal  of sludge and  septage,  and similar  services.  Less conven-
tional  but possible cost-effective contracts could  be let for training pro-
grams,  soils  investigations,   system  installation,  pilot studies,  financing,
and grant  administration.

     Direct  administrative  requirements  include the  development  of  contrac-
tors'  specific responsibilities, establishment of a  costing format  for payment
of services, and letting and overall  supervision  of  contracts.

     The  decision  to  use  service contracts  to  perform management  functions
will depend on staff availability, expertise,  and costs.  In some instances,  it
may  be more cost  effective to have  functions performed under a service con-
tract  rather  than by the management  staff.  These functions may include  those
requiring  specialized  equipment  or  technology,  such  as  water quality  moni-
toring  or  soils evaluations.

g.     Acceptance   for  Public  Management  of  Privately   Installed
       Facilities

      If on-site systems are  to be privately installed  and publicly  managed,
guidelines must  be established for the acceptance  of the management  responsi-
bilities by the management agency. These guidelines  would include  requirements
to  be  met  by  the  private  installer  before  the  systems are accepted, such  as
completing the  installation,   obtaining  an  occupancy/operating  permit,  and
posting a  bond  to guarantee  proper  system installation and design.  Prior  to
public acceptance,  the management agency should inspect the  systems  to  ensure
that  all work  has  been properly completed.

      Procedures  for  the acceptance  of  existing   decentralized  systems  for
public management may  also be required where  existing systems are  included
within the management  district.   Prior to the acceptance of  existing systems,
an  on-site inspection  should be conducted to determine the location,  size,  and
condition  of the  system.

      Public acceptance should be  legally recorded in writing  by the management
agency. This may  require recording proper legal  agreements, descriptions, plot
plans,  and other  materials.
                                  VI-A-7

-------
h.    Interagency Coordination

     Because many agencies  may be  involved  in decentralized wastewater manage-
ment, the coordination of  tasks and  responsibilities  among these agencies is
vital.  These  agencies  may include state,  regional,  and local departments of
health,   engineering, water resources  (such as,  state water boards), housing,
plumbing, planning,  conservation,  regional  208 agencies, and similar agencies.
Nonpublic organizations  such  as local  citizens'  or  civic  groups may also be
involved  directly  in  wastewater  management,  requiring  coordination between
them and public agencies.

     Interagency  coordination  and   cooperation  should  be   an   ongoing   and
recognized  function  of the management  agency.  In many instances, because of
staff and funding limitations,  interagency coordination is critical to  ensure
completion  of  management  tasks.  The management  agency  should  alert other
agencies involved in on-site  wastewater management to  the responsibilities  and
needs of  the  management  agency. An  example of  the benefits to be attained by
direct  interagency  coordination  is   the  Stinson  Beach,  California,   on-site
wastewater  management  district's  coordination  with  the  local water utility.
This  coordination  ensures  compliance with  wastewater management district
regulations by shutting off a user's  water  supply for  noncompliance.

i.    Training Programs

     The  development of  training  programs  for personnel involved in decentra-
lized  wastewater management   should  enable the  personnel to  perform their
services  with  maximum  effect  and   efficiency.   Training  programs   may be
designed  to  serve  a  wide  range of practitioners,   from  system  designers,
installers, and  inspectors to site  evaluators.  In many cases, training could
be  provided by  the  local  management  agency  if staff and funding  permit, or
training programs could be offered by other local, regional, or  state agencies
involved  in wastewater management. The management agency can  ensure mandatory
participation  in training  programs by requiring that no certification  will be
issued until the training course has  been completed.

     The  management agency  and/or  other  agencies  can also   develop training
manuals  and handbooks  to  aid and instruct the  personnel  in  facets of  waste-
water management.  Such training  manuals  have  already been developed  in  many
states at  the state level. Since  proper wastewater management is dependent on
the  expertise of the  personnel involved,  this  function is essential,  parti-
cularly  where  new   technology is  being  used   or personnel  experience   and
expertise are  limited.

j.    Public  Education

     Public education  programs  may  include  public meetings, workshops,  and
seminars  as well as distribution  of  pamphlets  and  booklets concerning decen-
tralized  wastewater management. In  addition,  reminders could  be mailed out to
                                  VI-A-8

-------
system owners concerning the need for maintenance,  such as  when pumping of the
system  is  due.  As  part  of a public  education program,  users  could be  in-
structed in the use  of water conservation and/or energy conservation measures.

     The type  of public education  system  used by  a  management agency  will
depend  on  financial  resources  and  staff availability. The  need  for  public
education  is  most critical  when  systems are  used that require  considerable
user maintenance and responsibility.

k.    Enforcement

     The enforcement of management agency regulations governing on-site waste-
water management is  essential to the  success of a small waste  flows  management
program. Enforcement  techniques  must  be developed to  ensure  compliance  with
regulations  in an  effective and timely manner;  otherwise, serious  environ-
mental  and health  problems may  occur,  particularly  in the  case  of  failing
systems. Specific enforcement techniques include  the use of violation orders,
injunctions, uniform  citations  and  complaints,  deed attachments,  and,  in rare
instances,  condemnation proceedings.

     The violation  order  is a  commonly used  administrative  technique  that
involves providing  a  written notice  to a violator that a violation  exists and
giving  the violator  a specified period of time in which to correct  the viola-
tion. Noncompliance with a violation order may result in criminal prosecution,
court issuance  of an injunction,  or similar penalties  authorized by statute.

     An injunction is an order issued by a court directing  a person  to perform
or  refrain  from performing a specified  act. An  injunction may be more effec-
tive than  a  penalty in correcting a violation  because it  involves  a specific
court order  rather  than a fine or citation that in many cases  does  not ensure
correction of the violation.

     Uniform  citations   and  complaints  are  violation  "tickets"  issued  to  a
person  suspected of violation of the regulations.  These tickets are  similar in
concept to  traffic  tickets and  allow  quick enforcement  action  to be taken by
the regulatory authority.

     Deed  attachment enforcement  involves  attaching  to  the  property  deed  a
list  of violations  of  the  system on  the property. The deed  attachment pri-
marily  serves  as  a  deterrent to a future property purchaser rather  than as an
effective method to ensure immediate correction of a violation.

     In some  extreme  situations,  enforcement  activities may require condemna-
tion  proceedings  to  condemn a  property  as  unfit for  human  habitation.  This
legal mechanism  should  only be  resorted to where other corrective enforcement
measures  have  failed and  where  serious  health-threatening  problems  remain
unabated.

     The  administrative  responsibilities  involve  the  definition   of  agency
policies  and  guidelines  to  be  used  in dealing with  regulatory violations.
Types of enforcement  techniques  to be utilized  in specific instances and the
                                  VI-A-9

-------
methodologies  to  be  followed  should  be  standardized.  For example,  uniform
violation  orders   and  complaint  forms  could  be  developed to  expedite  the
processing of violators.  The complexity and  severity  of enforcement  activities
should be  kept at the minimum  level  required  to obtain the desired  results.
The basic goal of the enforcement function should be  to correct  the  violations
rather than to punish the violators.

1.    Property/Access  Acquisition

     The management agency may need to acquire  property or  unlimited access to
property  for  the  development  and/or  maintenance of  decentralized  systems.
Where  the  management  agency would  be responsible  for  system  ownership  and
installation,  the  ability to acquire property to construct the decentralized
system  components  is a  necessity. If  the management agency does  not  own  the
individual systems but has  either maintenance  responsibilities  or the need to
inspect the  on-site  systems,  suitable access  rights  to the property will have
to be obtained.

     As discussed  in Chapter VIII,  Section  E,  there are three  principal ways
in which a management agency can obtain access  to property  for the purposes of
maintenance and inspection of on-site systems.  These  methods are:

     1.   gaining permission of the property owners,
     2.   acquiring deeded rights, and
     3.   acquiring a statutory grant of authority from the state  legislature.

For  a  full   discussion  of  these  techniques   and  their advantages and dis-
advantages,  Chapter  VIII, Section E  should be consulted.  U.S.  EPA policy as
expressed  in  PRM  79-8  indicates  that perpetual  easements or  other  binding
covenants  running  with  the  land that  afford  complete access  and  control of
on-site wastewater facilities  are tantamount to ownership  of such  facilities
(U.S. EPA, 1979). Therefore such systems may remain as  privately owned systems
but  be  treated as  publicly  owned  systems   under  the  construction  grants
program.

     A  specific  administrative  task  included  in this function  is  the develop-
ment of  legal authority  and mechanisms to  acquire property and/or  easements.
Standard easement  forms  could be developed  to expedite their procurement from
private owners. If a private agency is serving as the management authority, it
may  require  special state  legislation or charter to be granted the  right to
obtain property.

m.    System Design and  Construction

     The  regulation  of wastewater systems normally requires setting standards
for  the design and  construction of the  systems. These  standards outline  the
criteria for  construction specifications, system location,  system  design, and,
possibly,  system  performance.  In many  instances,  statewide  design  and con-
struction  standards  for  decentralized systems  may already have  been developed
by an appropriate  state  agency.  These  regulations could normally be  adopted by
                                  VI-A-10

-------
the management agency  and  in some cases, the state  agency  requires the local
jurisdictions to adopt  them.   A local jurisdiction could,  however,  supplement
these  design  and  construction  standards   with  more  rigid  and/or  precise
standards. If the management agency  is not  bound  by state-wide or other local
design  regulations,  then  it  would  be  able  to   develop  more  site-specific
regulations to serve its district.

     Design criteria are traditionally based on soil percolation data and upon
distance  separation  requirements between on-site systems  and depth  to  high
water tables, surface  water,  wells,  and so  forth. The management agency could
consider  adopting  performance  standards that  would require  specific system
performance as determined by an ongoing monitoring program.  Performance stand-
ards  would  be particularly desirable where  the use  of alternative/innovative
systems or  continued use of  existing systems would  not  be  allowed under cur-
rent design regulations but may be expected  to perform satisfactorily. The use
of performance standards would involve greater costs in terms of system moni-
toring  but  could permit the use  of  systems that might  result in substantial
economic benefits overall.

     The  management  agency  should consider the  development  of site-specific
design  and  construction standards for its district if staff and expertise are
available. Design and  construction  standards should also address the issuance
of variances  for continued use or repair of existing systems and installation
of  new  nonconforming   systems where  practical  hardships  are present.  This
concept is fully discussed in Chapter VII, Section A.

     In addition  to  setting  design  and construction standards, the management
agency  may  accept the   responsibility for designing  wastewater systems. These
designs may be utilized for  systems  to be  owned  by  the management agency or
the  individual   homeowner. By taking  on this responsibility,  the  management
agency  would have  absolute   control  over  the  design  of  systems  within the
management district. This may be particularly desirable in areas where special
designs must be utilized  for new systems  or the  rehabilitation of existing
systems  and  where  the management agency possesses  the necessary  expertise.

n.    Plan Reviews

     The  review and approval of plans for on-site  systems may be a function of
either  the  management  agency or another  local  or state  agency. This function
involves  the  review  of system designs  and  the  issuance  of an approval permit
or similar mechanism for designs complying with regulations. If the management
agency  retains  the  function  to review  and  approve  plans,  its staff must have
the necessary technical  capabilities to perform these functions.

      In many  states,  the review and approval of systtem design is reserved for
a  state  agency  to ensure statewide compliance  with  state  design regulations.
In  this  type  of arrangement,  the  management  agency could still  retain the
responsibility  of  reviewing  and  approving  plans   to  ensure that  they comply
with  more stringent local  regulations with  which  the state  may not be con-
cerned.  The management  agency should be aware  of all  permits being issued,
particularly  if  it is  subsequently  responsible  for  other functions  such as
system  installation inspections  or  system maintenance  after the  system is
constructed.
                                  VI-A-11

-------
o.    Soils Investigation

     Soils  investigations  should  be performed prior  to  the design of an  on-
site system to determine  the  suitability of the soil for particular  types of
decentralized systems.  These soils investigations may  use  soils  classification
maps and  hydrological  maps to  determine soils suitability; the on-site  soil
evaluations through  the  digging  of  test pits to determine soil characteris-
tics, depth to  groundwater or  impermeable  strata;  and  percolation tests  or
other techniques  to  determine  the  absorptive capacity of  the  soils. All of
these  functions  are  basic  to  the design and sizing of  an appropriate  soil
adsorption system.

     These  functions  may  be  performed  by  the  individual  installer  of  the
systems,  by the  management agency,  or  by a private agency under  contract to
the management agency. If the  investigations  are performed by  the  installer,
the results are  usually  submitted with the  design  of the proposed system for
approval  by the  appropriate agency.  When tests are  submitted by the installer
some regulations  state that they  must be certified by a  registered engineer,
surveyor, soil evaluator, or master plumber. These  functions ideally should be
performed  or  supervised  by  the regulatory  authority that  is responsible  for
issuing the permits,  since the  authority can then  ensure that  the tests  were
properly  and adequately performed. If the management agency  has  this responsi-
bility,  it must  have  the necessary expertise  to  perform  or supervise  these
soils investigations.

     The  management agency should develop guidelines that specify the types of
soils  investigations  to  be  performed  and  who  will be responsible  for  their
conduct.  These  requirements may  vary  depending upon the type  of  system  pro-
posed.

p.    System Installation

     To   ensure   that  decentralized  systems are installed  properly,  on-site
inspections  should be  performed  as  the system is installed.  This  function
involves  determining  guidelines  and  procedures  for  system  inspection during
the  installation phase,   including  the  number and  type  of inspections  to be
performed.  At a  minimum,  system installation should be  inspected  once before
it  is  covered.   The  number of  inspections  required and performed  will likely
depend on the complexity of the system to be installed.  Size of  the system and
weather  conditions could  also  affect  the   number  of inspections  performed.

     The  inspection  of system installation  may be  performed by  the management
agency,  by another  local  agency, by a  state agency, or by a  private agency
under  contract   to  the management  agency.  If  the  management  agency  is  per-
forming   its own  inspections,  it must  ensure that it has  the necessary ex-
pertise.   Similarly,  if  the inspections are performed by other agencies,  the
management  agency should make sure that they  are properly  performed.  This is
most  critical to  the management agency,  especially if  it  is  subsequently
responsible for  system  operation  and  maintenance.  If  future  operation and
maintenance are  to be left to  the  homeowner,  the  management agency still has
some responsibility to ensure that the system is properly installed.
                                  VI-A-12

-------
     The management  agency  could  also accept  direct  responsibility for  the
installation  of  systems.  These  systems  would subsequently be  owned by  the
management agency or the  individual  homeowner.  Construction by the  management
agency will  ensure  that  the  systems  are  installed to its  specifications  and
may  prevent  substandard  construction.   Costs  involved  in  construction  of
systems by  the management  agency  could be recouped in user charges,  special
assessments, or actual  sale of the systems to the  homeowners or users.

q.    Routine  Inspection and Maintenance

     Decentralized wastewater systems need to be routinely inspected and  main-
tained to ensure  proper  system performance.  Routine inspection should include
an  interview  with the homeowner  to  determine if problems  are  occurring with
use of the  system,  an  inspection of the  system to  determine evidence of past
and present malfunctions,  checking  of  septage pumping records, and  any repre-
sentative sampling  (that  is well  or surface waters) appropriate  to the  site.
Examples of routine  maintenance  include  septage pumping and turning diversion
valves.

     These  services  can  be  provided  by  the  management  agency,  by a private
agency under  contract  to the management agency, by  the  homeowner or user, or
by  a  combination  of these three providers of service.   For example, the  home-
owner could be responsible for operation and maintenance subject to  management
agency regulations  that  could be  enforced by permit, or the public  agency may
perform system inspections but actual maintenance  is left up to the  homeowner.

     In addition  to  routine inspection and maintenance,  the management agency
should  develop guidelines  to  handle  emergency  inspection and  maintenance.
Management  agency authority  to perform  emergency  inspection  and maintenance
may normally be limited to those malfunctions that pose an immediate threat to
the public  health or to  groundwater or surface water  quality.  After the ser-
vices are performed by the management agency, the  costs may be passed directly
to  the  homeowner  or may  be passed to the  district users as a whole  or part of
user  charges.  In some instances,  a special  contingency fund  developed from
user  charges  may  be set  aside to perform such emergency inspection and  main-
tenance .

     The  management agency  may  also  subcontract  emergency   inspection  and
maintenance tasks  to a private firm on an as-needed basis. The centralization
of  this  function within  the management  agency  should ensure  that emergency
maintenance  is performed  rapidly  when required to  protect  all homeowners in
the district.  For example, an owner is more  likely to report failing systems
if  he or she  will  not  be directly responsible for providing  and  paying for
system repairs and maintenance.

     Whether  or not  the  management agency is  directly  responsible  for system
maintenance, it should determine the necessary maintenance procedures for each
on-site system, including the frequency of maintenance,  and establish  a pro-
gram to ensure that these maintenance requirements are performed. This program
may include  the  issuance of yearly operating permits to homeowners  upon proof
of  proper  system  operation and  maintenance,  notification  of  homeowner of
                                  VI-A-13

-------
necessary maintenance  activities  required,  actually carrying  out the main-
tenance program,  or contracting with a  private  agency to perform this  service.

     The management agency should  decide  who  is to be responsible  for  system
maintenance based on perceived  need for maintenance of existing and  proposed
systems,  existing  regulatory  authority,  public  and political  support  for
maintenance  responsibilities,  available  expertise,  and  necessary staff  and
budget to perform the work.

r.    Septage Collection  and Disposal

     Most decentralized wastewater systems produce septage that must be  pro-
perly collected and disposed of. The management agency should develop  policies
and regulations to ensure that septage  or sludge is properly collected,  trans-
ported,  and disposed  of in  an environmentally  sound and safe manner.   To
accomplish  these objectives,  the  management  agency  should address  the  fol-
lowing potential  components  of a septage or sludge management program (Roy F.
Weston, Inc., 1980):

     •  licensing and certification of  individuals involved in the  cleaning or
        repairing of septic systems and small  community systems,

     •  licensing  and  certification of individuals  involved  in the transport
        of  septage and sludge for treatment,

     •  periodic  inspection  and certification of all vehicles  used to  trans-
        port residuals,

     •  limiting  the disposal of residuals to approved sites,

     •  regulating the method of disposal at those sites,  and

     t  operating and  maintaining  residual disposal facilities in accordance
        with prescribed performance standards.

     The  management agency could also  collect and dispose of septage/sludge as
 a  management function.  The costs  for  septage  treatment plants, vehicles, and
 associated  capital  equipment  required  for  performing  these  functions are
 eligible  costs  under the U.S.  EPA construction costs program for alternative/
 innovative  systems.  The management agency could also elect to  contract with a
 private agency to perform these  functions.

     Decisions  concerning  the performance of this  function should  be based on
 existing  sludge/septage handling  practices  and the  level of  involvement the
 management  agency needs  to  assume in order to  meet water quality and public
 health objection.
                                   VI-A-14

-------
s.    Pilot Studies

     The feasibility of alternative/innovative systems  is  often  determined by
conducting pilot studies.  Such  studies  could  be conducted by the management
agency. Pilot studies would be  desirable to test those technologies that may
be  feasible  for  use  within the  management district and/or  other areas but
whose  performance  and  reliability have  not been fully proven.  These  studies
may be particularly useful when  areas of the management district are unsuited
for the use of standard on-site  treatment methods.

     The pilot studies  could be  performed directly  by the  management or  under
contract by a private  organization.  In addition, other local  or state public
agencies  may  perform  pilot  studies  within the  management district  without
direct  management  agency involvement.  The money   for funding these  pilot
studies could come directly from the  management agency or  could be provided by
Federal,  state,  or  local agencies.  Private  companies  may  also fund  pilot
studies,  particularly  where  they wish to demonstrate the viability of  their
product.

t.     Flow Reduction Programs

     The  use  of  flow  reduction  devices can improve  the  performance and extend
the  life  expectancy   of  decentralized  systems. A  management   agency  could
encourage  or  require  the  use  of flow  reduction  devices.  To  require  this use,
the management authority  would  first have to  obtain  the  legal authority such
as  by amending plumbing  codes.    In  lieu of legal authority,  the  use  of flow
reduction  techniques can  be promoted by the management agency as a  voluntary
measure.  Incentives for the voluntary use of  flow  reduction devices  could be
provided by lower user  charges for the homeowner and/or  the sale  of discounted
flow  reduction devices by the management agency.

     Flow  reduction techniques  would  be particularly  indicated where an on-
site  system in use  is operating at  maximum flow and  where  expansion of the
system is not feasible. Flow reduction techniques could also lower the opera-
tion  and maintenance  costs  for on-site  systems. Examples of flow  reduction
devices  have  been discussed  in Chapter I, and additional discussion of imple-
mentation  is presented  in Chapter VIII, Section D.

u.     Water  Quality Monitoring

      EPA  Construction Grants Regulations Section 35.918-1(1),  (U.S. EPA,  1978)
requires  that a  monitoring program be established for existing wells in areas
served by  individual   systems and  that, if a substantial number of  systems
exist,  additional  monitoring  of the aquifer(s) must be provided. The develop-
ment  of  a monitoring program will involve decisions concerning  sampling loca-
tions  and techniques,  sampling frequencies, types of analysis  to be performed,
and similar  decisions.  Chapter  VIII, Section  C presents  guidance  for  the
design and  development of groundwater  and surface  water  quality monitoring
programs.
                                  VI-A-15

-------
     Water quality monitoring could be  conducted  entirely by  the  staff  of  the
management agency if the  personnel  possess  sufficient  expertise and manpower.
Other agencies  such  as state  health  laboratories and  water  quality control
boards may also  provide  assistance  in sampling  or  in  sample  analysis  and
should be  considered. Water  quality monitoring  could also be contracted to  a
firm  specializing  in such work.   This  would be particularly desirable where
complex water quality problems  may already exist or are expected.

v.    Land Use  Planning

     Restrictions of  the  use of  on-site systems   are  often important  if  not
intentional techniques  of land use  control.  Modifying these restrictions by
allowing innovative  systems  or  small  scale  sewer  systems may have a  signifi-
cant  impact on  an area's  land  use.  These impacts  may be controlled by includ-
ing a land use  planning function in decentralized management agencies.  This
function could  be provided  by  coordination with  existing  land  use  planning
agencies or by  development  of  planning  resonsibilities within the small waste
flows management  agency.   Land use planning tools  of particular concern to
small waste flows management agencies  include:

     •  determining  zoning  requirements for lot  size  and  usage  restrictions
        for the management district,

     •  regulating development  through   subdivision  review  and  approval pro-
        cedures,

     •  designating areas sensitive to soil  dependent systems, and

     •  regulating  local  improvements   that may impact  on  the management
        district  such  as  schools, parks, and road and drainage  improvements.

     These  land use  tools  may be  used to  serve  and  meet the  needs  of  the
management  district.  If the  management  agency is  not directly responsible  for
land  use  planning,   effective  coordination  is  necessary with the responsible
agency to  ensure that the needs of the management  district are met.

w.    Sewer  and Water  Planning

     The planning of sewer and water facilities  to serve a management district
should  be  an integral part of  the  management agency's responsibility.  The
management agency needs  to  be able  to control how and when wastewater  and
water facilities  will  be  provided within the management district. The manage-
ment  agency  should  also exercise  control  over  the  size  of the  management
district  and in  determining when  areas will  be added  or deleted  from  its
jurisdiction. The management agency should  also provide or participate in an
ongoing planning  effort to  determine  the most  effective  and  efficient  manner
of providing  wastewater service within its jurisdiction.
                                  VI-A-16

-------
                                REFERENCES
Niehus,   D.  C.  1978.  Community-wide  management.  Prepared  for  the U.S.  EPA,
     Training Session on Wastewater Alternatives for Small Communities.

United  States  Environmental Protection Agency. 1978. Grants  for  construction
     of  treatment works-Clean Water  Act (40 CFR 35 Part E) : rules and regula-
     tions. 43 FR 44022, 27 September 1978, 77 p.

United  States  Environmental  Protection  Agency.   1979.  Construction  grants
     program requirements memorandum 79-8.  9 May 1979, 4 p.

United  States Environmental  Protection Agency and WAPORA, Inc.   1979.  Draft
     environmental  impact  statement, alternative waste  treatment systems for
     rural lake projects.  Case  Study No. 1: Crystal Lake Area Sewage Disposal
     Authority,  Benzie  County,  Michigan.  Region  V,   Chicago   IL,  2  Vols.
     variously paged.

University of Illinois Water Resources Center. 1979. Proceedings of a workshop
     on  alternative  wastewater  treatment systems,  Urbana-Champaign, IL, 12-13
     June  1979,  Doc.   No.  79/20,  Illinois  Institute  of  Natural  Resources,
     Chicago IL, 145 p.

Roy  F.  Weston, Inc.  1979.  Management  of  on-site   and  alternative wastewater
     systems.  Draft, prepared  for  U.S.  EPA  Technology Transfer  Seminar on
     Wastewater  Treatment   Facilities   for  Small  Communities.    U.S.  EPA,
     Cincinnati OH.

Roy  F.   Weston,  Inc.  1980. Guide  for  developing  small  wastewater treatment
     programs.  Preliminary  draft,  prepared  for  U.S.  EPA. West Chester PA.
                                  VI-A-17

-------
APPENDICES
       VI-A-18

-------
                                Figure VI-A-1A

        SMALL WASTE FLOW MANAGEMENT FUNCTIONS BY OPERATIONAL COMPONENT
                      AND BY BASIC AND SUPPLEMENTAL USAGE
   Component    Basic Usage
                              Supplemental Usage*
Administrative
Engineering
Operations
Planning
User charge system
Staffing
Enforcement
Adoption of design standards*
Review and approval of plans*
Evaluation of existing
  systems/design rehabili-
  tation measures
Installation inspection*
On-site soils investigations*
Acceptance for public
  management of privately
  installed facilities

Routine inspection and
  maintenance
Septage collection and
  disposal
Groundwater monitoring
Grants administration
Service contracts supervision
Occupancy/operating permits
Interagency coordination
Property and right-of-way
  acquisition
Performance bonding
  requirements

Design and installation of
  facilities for public ownership
Contractor training
Special designs for alternative
  technologies
Pilot studies of alternative
  technologies
Implemention of flow reduction
  techniques
Emergency inspection and
  maintenance
Surface water monitoring
                              Land use planning
                              Public education
                              Designation of areas sensitive
                                to soil-dependent systems
                              Establishment of environmental,
                                land use, and economic criteria
                                for issuance or nonissuance
                                of permits
"" Usage normally provided by local governments at present.

Source: (U.S. EPA and WAPORA, Inc. 1979)
                                  VI-A-19

-------
                               Figure VI-A-2A

                            MANAGEMENT FUNCTIONS

     1.   PLANNING

         Water Quality Management
         Design Standards
         Plan Review and Approvals
         Design of Public Systems

     2.   REGULATION

         Installation Inspection
         Permit Issuance
         Licensure/Registration
         Performance Monitoring
         Enforcement

     3.   MANAGEMENT

         Grant/Loan Applications
         User  Charges Administration
         Public Education

     4.   OPERATIONS

          Installation of Public  Systems
          Performance Monitoring  of Public Systems
         Repair  and Replacement
          Septage  Disposal
Source: (Neihus, 1978)
                                  VI-A-20

-------
                               Figure VI-A-3A

                       PRELIMINARY LIST OF FUNCTIONS OF
                    ON-SITE WASTEWATER MANAGEMENT DISTRICTS

     Administrative  Functions

     A.    Development  of  water  quality management plan

          1.    Research and development  study(ies) to  determine  cost effect
               of:

               a.    OSWMD with  on-site systems vs.  central sewer facility(ies)
               b.    Central  sewer   facility(ies)   vs.   cluster  facility(ies)

          2.    Land/urban planning study

               a.    Controlled  proliferation  of  on-site  and  alternative systems
               b.    Controlled  proliferation  of  subdivision  growth
               c.    General  land  planning/control

     B.    Establishment of guidelines

          1.    Installation  stage guidelines

               a.    Site  selection
               b.    Design standards
               c.    Construction  specifications
               d.    Performance standards
               e.    Other

          2.    Establishment of  operation  and  maintenance  stage  guidelines

               a.    Standard methods of maintenance procedures
               b.    Methods  of  increased  efficient  operation
               c.    Emergency maintenance procedures
               d.    Septage/handling disposal
               e.    Other

          3.    Authorization of private  sector maintenance

               a.    Private  service  company  contracts
               b.    Homeowner  service  responsibility

     C.    Establishment of permit/license/approval  programs

          1.    Installation  permits/approval

               a.    Occupancy permits
               b.    Building and  safety/construction permits
               c.    Operation permits
               d.    Sanitation  permits
Source: (Neihus,  1978)

                                  VI-A-21

-------
     2.    Operation and maintenance permits/approval

          a.    Inspection permits
          b.    Maintenance permits
          c.    Operation permits

     3.    Requirement of performance bonds

          a.    Manufacturer warranty renewals
          b.    Manufacturer performance certification

     4.    Permit renewal reminder  process

     5.    Maintenance certification program

          a.    Compulsory
          b.    Voluntary

D.   Establishment of authority of district personnel

     1.    Final or advisory authority in installation of system

     2.    Final or advisory authority in maintenance  of system

          a.    Replacement of defective/worn parts
          b.    Require homeowner to replace parts

     3.    Enforcement procedures authorized

     4.    Extent of authority

          a.    Areas within subdivision authority
          b.    Areas with option of subdivision authority
          c.    Areas exempt from subdivision authority
          d.    Public vs. private systems

E.   Public relations program

     1.    Public education programs

          a.    Emergency maintenance procedures
          b.    Preventive maintenance procedures
          c.    Water conservation/reduction measures
          d.    Energy conservation measures

     2.   Complaint department

          a.    Report  of  system  failures  of  own,  neighbors,  and/or
               adjoining  systems
          b.    Suggestions for  improved management

     3.   Coordination  with  other  public  utilities/regulatory agencies
                             VI-A-22

-------
II.   Technological Functions

     A.    Installation stage functions

          1.   Site selection approval

               a.   Slope of ground
               b.   Groundwater level/depth
               c.   Permeable soil level/depth
               d.   Lot size
               e.   Other

          2.   Design of system approval

               a.   Performance standards
               b.   Effluent standards
               c.   Disposal of effluent/septage
               d.   Other

          3.   Construction specifications approval

               a.   Grade, type, amount of construction materials
               b.   Method of construction
               c.   Constructed by whom
               d.   Performance requirements

          4.   Inspection to ensure proper installation

               a.   Procurement of inspection permit

     B.   Operation and maintenance functions

          1.   Periodic inspections

               a.   To determine proper operation and maintenance
               b.   To  determine  proper  disposal  of  effluent/septage  by
                    homeowner
               c.   To estimate/determine necessary maintenance
               d.   To inspect prior  repairs, etc.

          2.   Maintenance procedures

               a.   To identify defective operation, parts, etc.
               b.   To replace defective parts
                    1)   replacement  by district
                    2)   replacement  by homeowner
               c.   To  perform   established  periodic  maintenance  programs
                    1)   pump and hauling of septage/effluent
                    2)   diversion to alternate  absorption  field for "airing
                         out"

          3.   Emergency maintenance  procedures
                                  VI-A-23

-------
          4.    Monitoring functions

               a.    Protection of surface  waters
               b.    Protection of groundwaters
               c.    Protection of natural  habitat
               d.    Protection against health hazard and/or nuisance

          5.    Disposal of septage

               a.    Designation of pumper/hauler  contractor
               b.    Designation of methods of disposal
               c.    Initiation of rehabilitation  of existing systems

                    1)    homeowner responsibility
                    2)    district/agency responsibility

III.  Financial Functions

     A.    Start-up costs

          1.    Procurement of grant  funds

               a.    Federal
               b.    State

          2.    Procurement of loans

               a.    Federal
               b.    State

     B.    Operation and maintenance  costs  collections

          1.    Fee revenues collection

               a.    Installation permit fees
               b.    Occupancy permit fees
               c.    Construction permit fees
               d.    Inspection permit fees
               e.    Maintenance permit fees

          2.    Periodic assessments  collection

               a.    Monthly, yearly, bi-yearly, etc.
               b.    Property tax addition

          3.    Specific assessments/reimbursements collection

               a.    Cost of specific repairs
               b.    Liens on property for repayment of repair costs

     C.    Users'  costs/rental/lease  collection   for  publicly  owned  systems

     D.    Establishment  of financial  mechanisms  to  achieve  equitable  costs
          distribution


                                  VI-A-24

-------
          1.    Rate per 0 & M visit
          2.    Rate per size of system
          3.    Rate per age of system
          4.    Rate per ability to pay
          5.    Rate  to  reflect  permanent  vs.  temporary  wastewater  system

IV.   Regulatory/Enforcement Functions

     A.    Installation permit programs

          1.    Continuous inspection program
          2.    "Spot" checking inspection program

     B.    Inspection permit renewal programs

     C.    Monitoring programs

     D.    Enforcement authority

          1.    Injunction
          2.    Condemnation
          3.    Penalties, fines
          4.    Liens on property
          5.    Periodic assessments
                                  VI-A-25

-------
                                Figure VI-A-4A

               ON-SITE AND SMALL COMMUNITY MANAGEMENT FUNCTIONS

A.   Planning

     1.   Development of water quality management plan

          •    Research and development on noncentral-system costs and perfor-
               mance
          •    Integrate  land-use  planning and  wastewater  management program
               needs and objectives

     2.   Coordination  of  plan  preparation,  plan   review,  enforcement  and
          maintenance procedures

          •    Coordination among various agencies
          •    Public education

B.   Site Evaluation and System Design

     1.   Determination of site limitations for noncentral systems

          •    Develop  procedures  and  data  requirements  to  conduct  site
               evaluations

     2.   Develop guidelines for system design

          •    Establish  performance   standards,  construction specifications,
               etc.
          •    Formulate  requirements  for  licensing,  certifying, and training
               system designers

     3.   Issue permits for system construction

     4.   Provide design  assistance; design publicly  owned system

C.   Installation

     1.   Conduct site  inspections during  system installation

          •    Develop  procedures  and guidelines for installation supervision
          •    Establish  requirements for  licensing, certifying, or training
               system installers

     2.   Issue permit  of final inspection

D.   Operation and  Maintenance

     1.   Establish operation  and maintenance procedures and  responsibilities

          •    Conduct  periodic inspections
          •    Develop  enforcement  and  regulatory  mechanisms,  as  required
          •    Establish  emergency maintenance  procedures


                                  VI-A-26

-------
     2.    Develop program for septage handling, treatment,  and disposal

          •    License septage haulers
          •    Designate  methods  and  locations  of  treatment  and  disposal

     3.    Identify failing systems

          •    Initiate rehabilitation efforts
          •    Establish regulatory mechanisms

E.   Financing

     1.    Secure funds for system construction and initial upgrading

     2.    Set and collect user fees for operation and maintenance

     3.    Set and collect permit fees

F.   Monitoring

     1.    Monitor surface and groundwater conditions

     2.    Initiate actions to correct system failures

G.   Public Education

     1.    Inform   public  of   maintenance  procedures,   water   conservation
          measures, and methods for public comment

     2.    Establish system-failure reporting system
                                  VI-A-27

-------






























la
rH
H
rH
£>

H
CJ


^ Q
in z


1 C/}
•H Z
> 0
rH
QJ H
U CJ
3 Z
oo 5


H
Z


w
o



jH

































CO
QJ
•H
4J
•H

• H
4J
U


4J
d


cu
u

o
»4H
d
Si



rH
CO
4J
d
OJ

d
o

•rl

d
CU

CJ
• rl
e
C
C
>• o
IH] CJ
O

re
rH

00
QJ
0>

CA
CA
OJ
CA
CA
« <


..
VI
QJ
•H
4J


•H
4J
U


i-H
(0
U
• H
C

u

H


^

4J
re

4J
to
•H
c:
•H
E


CO

CA
O
CJ

G
0

re

re
•o

d
• rl
CO
4J
C
.,H
re
S

•o
e
«

OJ
rH
-O

QJ










d
o

JZ
u
IH

01
to
QJ
14

4J
U
3
oa -a
a a
•H O
C CJ
c
re

CH r-H

tA CA
1H CU
QJ JS
3 (J
QJ re
CO O

rH O.
n a.
)- n
4-1
d E
01 QJ
O 4J
CO
d >>
01 to
01
3 rH
4J re
.£ 4J
d
CO 01
C4H tj

O O
01 d
•o
re *^
u d
4-1 re







•H
IH
01
*J
•rl
IH
U

d
00
• H
CO
CD


•o
d
re


OJ
u
d
re
E
IH
O
(4H
14
QJ
O.



co d
4J 00
CO -rl
O to
U 01
•o

QJ -a
4J d
co re



rH LI
re d •
IH re re

d n 'd
01 0 QJ
U 14H 4J
C H -H
o cu u
c a. u





i

t«

14 QJ
O 4J
MH CO
^,
CA CA

CO rH
•H re
d n
re 4J •
j; c -a
cj OJ QJ
OJ U 3
E d «
0 CO
j= d -H
CA
•rl 00 IA
rH d 4J
,O *H -H
10 •O S
4J IH IH
CO O CU
fjj CJ r*



re
•o
>* 01
CO 4J CO
•O -H O
c to a.
cu d o
k4 CU 14
4J -0 C,

4-1 -a -o
d d d
cu re re
E
o, d co
0 0 E
rH -H CU •
01 4-1 4-> tA
> re to d
0) U >> O
•e o to -H
rH CO
•0 rH d
C >> CO 01
re 14H IH 4J
rH -H 4J X
4-1 d QJ
aj d oj
4J QJ U >,
re -a d 4J
3 -H O -H
rH d rH
CO ID -H
> d WH 4J
w re o 3



CC



0)
1 4J 1 >,
d IA d 4-1

-H 3 rH d
a. c. 3

QJ •§ 4J 1
CO -H d O
P 3 QJ o
re E
'O QJ CU QJ
C IH OOX
co re re 4J
rH d
•o re u
4-1 d E O
u re MH
3 rl
•O 00 OJ 00
d d 4J d
o -H re -rt
cj d 3 d


.
CM


CO
•0 E
d co
re -H
d
CO CO
QJ .d
U CJ
C 
M
n)


-o
(U

n IA
ft H
,-H
•*-> c
•- » c
•— i nj
•H i— 1
U ft
to
it* OJ
U
i- D
a/
jj -o
« c
* «
QJ •— (
4J
U O
(0 *-•
S
00
c -.-*
•H C
t-H C
(0
O .-I
4J ft







































































- ° °

re I *J UM
i— 1 O «0 -i-i
ft *-> C U
ft-^ OJ
QJ ^ ft
> 3 v-i m
•-* CJ O 1
W -i-( O 0)
fl > U 4J
OJ 0) -t-t
.C l-i QJ W
QJ I-/
U "O 3 -C
ft C U C
E « C co
O &>
u C c;
0 O -o
J3 .H JJ -rt •
W *J .3 00
•r-l (0 W (0 C
i— ( V-l OJ OJ -H
^ (0 U J-i C
(0 ft 3 flJ d
*j aj "o re
tn K cu u-i i— '




u




M
a) n
•H c;

•H «

•H t-H
4-> r-H
u a)
n £
(0
00
d *o
•H e3
d .
rH «J
ft '^*
C
QJ d
4J g
(0 E
C O
•H U •
-O w
)-. (0 -i-H
o «
o d to
U O rO



CJ
C
00
•H
U
QJ
a

E
OJ
4-t
w


1

d
o
•r-l
J_i
«
3

«

W
0)
4J
>r^
w
1
O >> ft 4->

ft-H ,-H rH
^ (U
T3 -H > 00
d .0 QJ d
(0 (0 O --H
•4-) d
W *H -H
» *J -O 4J JJ
rH CJ >> O «
CO CO J3 r-i %J
C in QJ
eo « •* ~ -a
__: >, ro •-
>> U J3 QJ W
•u ft w d
•iH rH C5 (0 O
I—H (Q r-| U
•H u oo d
rQ -H O fl) *-*
CO M ft QJ
•u >. o «*-i -o
-iH J3 J-I O d
S ft -3
w *>*-—*
00 M >» QJ
QJ d rH 00 J->
4-» -iH -H O -H
•H AJ O rH Ifl
W eo W O
3 ^ OJ rH
JJ i— 1 00 03
u ro w u
3 > U - O
T3 OJ -rt >» ft
d 4-1 oo w
O >> « 0 --H
U X3 -rt i- 1 tJ



CO

M
O
QJ , 1
XI •*-» .JD
•H O *rt 3
W 4-1 C "CO
(0 3 •
QJ e E 00 M
MH OJ E * O
*-> O QJ
J-I W U ^-^ 4-J
w >. o
O W ro QJ rH
E M
U d CO rH
QJ QJ O U (Q
d 4J 13
•rt CO *O >> *O
E S QJ XI -H
U QJ -rt 1 >
QJ 4-J i— 1 QJ -H
4-> W ft W "O
QJ (Q ft CO C
Q S cfl U -rt



.— i















































































tA
•rt
CO
(0
J-J


c
o
•rt
tn
•rt
>
-o







CA
CA ca
G, (U

OJ 3

•rt a>
4J U
u o
OJ rW
UM ft

GJ T3
i d
4J CO
CA
O W
U QJ
d
ft'H
O rH
—1 QJ
OJ TJ
> -H
QJ 3
a oo



rO

c

•rt
4J
(0
d

QJ

rH
CO

cu
JJ
to •
3 W
rH E
CO QJ
> -u
QJ n

T3 tA
d
CC iH
QJ
>> 4J

•rt 3
4J QJ
d 4J
QJ CA

rH 3





















































^_^
T5
CU
3
C
•rt
4->
d
o
CJ


































/— N

r^«




u
d
HH


d
o
4->
M
QJ






0
OS




(U
u
Ul
3
O
W
VI-A-28

-------
               3
               00
               Oil
              K\
•o
 01
 3
 C
              B
              JS
              u
              01
              H
b
re
•o
c
re
~>
tn

01
u
G
re
E
o
*4-t
Ui
01
Cu

X
cfi
•H
r- 1
XI
re
4-1
U
u


u
a
o
•H
4J
re
u
•H
>4H
•H
U
a.
10

G
0
• T-t
4->
U
3
Lj
4J
in
C
O
u
o
I— t
01
>
aj
a



«
•c
h
re
C
re
4_)
tn

C
00
•H
u
01
•o

•0
a
re
14-1
«H
4->
1*
01
u

b
o

00
e
•H
• H
n
^i
4-1


00
G
• H
n
C
01
u
•H
<— I

U
M
01
a
00
•l-l
tfi
01
•a

^
o

e
re
i-i
00
o
VH
a.

c
o
• H
4J
re
u











n
E
4J
«
>,
CO

*^
re
k4
4J
c
01
u
c
o
c
i
o
kl
o.

•o
c
a

(0
01
B
•H
U
•c

'3
00

ji
ui
•H
r-4
fl
re
4J
tn
U
S
01
•H
>
01
U

00
c
•H


O
Ul
01
0.

u
o
M-4

CA
0)
1-1
3
•O
01
u
S
01
•H
>
01
l-l

4-1
c

g
P.
o
ai
>
01
•o

01
4J
CO
B
•l-t
•a
h
o
0
CJ




















>
w
n
01
u
o
b
a.
    I      O   •
    u     X  «
    3  G 4-1  4J
    ui  ao 01  a
                            •H  E
    in  in
    B  01
    o -a
    CJ     'H
        - 4J
    O  in Li
   4J  G 3
       O ui
    00-H 4J

    °  re B
                                   u
                                   E
                                c  01
                                o  ui
4J T>  CJ  O  B
U  Ul  -H  CJ  O
    u
01  CJ
in  n

B  E
00  01

in  IA
OJ  >>
cj  in  o
01 -O  44
a* ui  ui
in  re  01

B^*
o  n  *o
'H 4-1  a
4-)  (A  CO
              •S
 o
 4J  B
    O  M  U
•O  -H  O  G
 01  4-1 •—  O
 w  re 'o  -H
 3  lJ  G  4J
    3  re  o
 re  oo     01
 4J  >H  in  p.
 re  4-1  p,  M
•c  B  re  B
    o  E  -H
pH  O
 re     1-1  01
 u  e -H  4j
-H  01  O  >H
 d  4J  M  01
X  u
 U  >>  00  00
 -    -   C  B
       •H  -H
                                                 Cl
                                             >,  1-1 i-H O
                                            4*  re  3 3
                                            •H  &, 10 -O
                                             u  01  a a
                                             01  l-l  O O
                                            >  O. o u
                                                                  u
                                                                  3
                                                                  TS
                                                                  G
                                                                  O
                                                                  3 4J
                                                                  00 U
                                                                     re
                                                                  a. a.
                                                                  o E
                                                                 r-l -H
                                                                  01
                                                                  > 00
                                                                  01 B
                                                                 Q -H
                                                                                4J  -H  3  B
                                                                                M  3  01  01
                                                                                C  £  4-1  01
                                                                                O      to  Jj
                                                                                u  >,  n
                                                                                   4J  3  M
                                                                                ui  -H     re
                                                                                o  4J  4J  j;
                                                                                44  o  re
                                                                                   Z J3  4J
                                   l-l  S  B  01
                                   01  0)  01  CN
                                   O. 4->  E
                                       »  4-1  E
                                   CU  >. V<  U
                                   3  M  re 4J
                                   tfi     (X  in
                                   W 4H  Ol  >>
                                   r-^  O  T3  M
                                                     01
                                                     u  m
                                                     B  O
                                                     re —
                                                     E -O
                                                     u  c
                                                     o  n
                                                    4-1
                                                     ll  U
                                                     OJ  Ul
                                                     a. 01
                                                                            4-1  B
                                                                            M  re
                                                                            o  E   •
                                                                            O.     ki
                                                                                >, 01
                                                                            01 XI  r^
                                                                            Ul     r-4
                                                                            •H  w  re
                                                                            3 TJ  4J
                                                                            O1  G  K
                                                                            01  o  a
                                                                            a: JQ  -H
                                                                            3
                                                                            10 4-1
                                                                            B  O
                                                                            01
                                                                                                 E X>
                                                                                                 in re
                                                                            n  3
                                                                           xi  o
                                                                            U  U
                                                                            oi  u
                                                                            E  a
                                                                                                        re
                                                                            G  «
                                                                            Oi  B
                                                                            E  o  ui
                                                                            C.-H  4J
                                                                            O 4J  B
                                                                           rH  re  01
                                                                            OJ  Ui  U
                                                                                01  B
                                                    41
                                                        o, o
                                                        o  B


1
o
ui
D,

•0
B
re

u
01
B
• H
rH
01
T3
•H
3
SO

D,
O
rH
01
>
£



re







•o
B
W

w

o
• H
4-1
CJ
01

IA
B
•H

HI
4-1
•H
01

e
o

u
u

CO
1
G
O
u
(U
w
•H
£
QJ
&
w
"5"

(0
rH
t— 1
(C
4-*
n
C
•H

U
O
U-l

u
01
V-J
3
•c
U
U










c
o

*J
w

rH
«
4rJ
W
C
•H

E
CJ
4->
n
>.



01
•H
Ui


3


l
C
O
c
c;
J3

o

o
JJ
(J
3

4-t



V,
&0
e

CA
G
OJ
(J
• H
^H

J2
U
• H
t— 1
J3
TO
*J
U
W



S
CJ
•H
>






W
0)
CO
«
X
&

M
3
O
• H
Uf
eg
>

GO
a

ui
3



0)
W*
•H
3
cr
QJ


w
(0







1
(0
>,
w
n
u
+j
c
ftj
u


-J
o
•H

,
00
c
• H
C
• H
re
t-i
4J




1
•H
4-t
r-l
«)
0<


»
W
OJ
u
o
Ul


a
0

4-t
3
i-
4J
H
C
o
u
u
J3


tH
O



















X
4^
• H
u

in
Ul
OJ
rH
rH
re
4J
in
C
•H

Ul
o
44

E
re
Ul
00
o
Ul
a.











00
c
•H
•a
re
Ul
00

01
4J
•H
IA

"re
•H
4J

B
•H

£»
rH
Ul
re

3


























re
3
OJ
G
OJ
U:

Ui
O
44

in
C
o
•H
in

>
o
Ul
D.

















in
01
00
re
4->
in

&
Ul
01

o
u
1
OJ
a,

•o
a
re






















1-4
re
G
• H
44


O



C
re
£.

u
u
o


•j

in



JS







a
01

fs


re
X

E
S

in
>,
10

4J
re
X


44"
•H
4J
Ul
01
u
X




























4J
• H


01


G
O
• H
4J
U
01
o.
in
G
•H










t

U
OJ
a
n

o


00
a
• H

Ul
O
CJ
u
n


oi c
rH O
rH >H
re 4J
4-1 n
en u
8 'H





















0


00
G
•H
3
a

•a

4->
rH
•H
3

1
W
re


CJ
re
4->
<



CJ



00
G
• H

O

in

00
a
•H

n
Ul
*o

4-1
rH
'3
rO
1
U


01
re
a.
01
Ul
ft,
u
















1
i














•^

OJ
T!

>*




- >.
cj in
N
•H -O
in OJ
rH

G n
O 4-1
•H U
4-1 a
re -H
o
O 44
•H 0





































^•^
•o
01
3
G
• H
G
O
CJ
^^


















































                                                                                VI-A-29

-------




























•a
a>
a
c
• H
jJ
C
o

1
t
^
m
t

t
w
~*
cu
t-i
3

• H
t*H






























CA
0 E
•H JH I
4J O ftj

> In W ^ OJ
+J D-i C J-1 C (C M -H
U QJ -H CO i— 1 U £
<3 O S E BJ. -H U
*J U OJ >i VJ *H P<
g g; >r4 p^ ,_j ^ .
a; nj 3 i-H u-i -H 00*0
aj oo D a (J U-HQJ
O O ^ "i-l *ri C (0 4-1 "O
W l-l 4J "U O W
O O< CJ TO O 'H ti Xj t»s
C -CCOJUCOfflQil-l
-~- -rt C O & -H CU Oi
U ^4JOJ13-rt — Ukl
S IS-HM»tJc.3D'
(o wc8waitiJ(i;4Jo
31
afl
as! o
i i i
c « u • o
O >< O - M W .
co -Htoocuaj&i^
CJ 4J Ui U -H J-l
•H CQ^HOiB4-)CUO
^J U (0 CO -H O CO
•H (U h CU B i-< (3 r-4
> G, 4J U «J -rt (C 3



< ucuasccu
n o 4J E o 'H
f-H 3 a C CM 10 u
to O -H UH « E O

•H 0 E >- K S»

j= , u cy j: n

H -H ° *J 3 W X §
-^ rHCCO-CSrH
CU O CU CU CU CU O

•H e i-i u B e
4-) CX -H -H >H CO
CO O CO ^ CO E '""I
^j ai co a; cu E

'B acoi-Dioaoo
i
 cu cu E
e a. o n u
CO 0 C 3 O
C CO CO U-l
OJ U B B h
j-t -H a; cu cu

•H O C 0
S C '3 ^ K
cu E co O
•o a. cu 4J
B -O -H U
CO E E *J *0
u co -H HH
B O > co
o m c -H -H
•H Ul O 4J 4J
4J CU -H U CO
CO CX 4J CO CO
cu
Jl -
CO
00 CO
C B 01
•H O CJ J* ,-1

4^ *COCO CO'^OS
4J o 'o cu •« E
O -H CU > .— 1 O COCU •
c JJ O.-H a . e u /— \
h Qj OJ ^ 4-» -H >H
O Cb ki 00 t-H 00 W 4-> CO E
^MUCUB -HCUUCki
E -H ti C -H O 3 -H &,


COOU4->^UH CUT3CJ
^> O ^.^ O CU U B B
co h >> 4J c O ra
O.6CX14J ••H>E 3
r-O'H>CUOlH4J-HCJ
> E 1* 4J ,H 3 ^ -H S °
ajo3uco3occ)o)^i


•°





E 0
CO CO Ul

CXI O
O -H CU


01 CO
cu a. B
U CO CU
B B 4J
CO -H B
B -H
01 U CO
4-1 -H E

*CO -H W
E H B
CU CU
4J a, oo
3 l-i .
O CQ OJ CO
n E cu
& £ ^ 3
ki u *O "O
0 CO CO 0

-0

























VI-A-30

-------

































•o
QJ
3
C
•H
4J
C
o
CJ
t
1

I/")
1


1— 1


QJ
l-i
3
OC









tt
QJ
•rt
4-J


4J

^


d
QJ
E
QJ
U
S_i
Q
C


^.
t_i
o
re

3
00
OS



(A
0)
• H
4-J
•rt

• i-t
4J
U



CO
U
•rt
C

u

H

OJ

•rt
4->
TO
i-l

CA
•rt
C
•rt
E
•o



T3
e
re oc
c
W -rt
Ll r— 1
CJ 3
i— i re
3 -n
re
.c 1-1
o
cj m
oc
re co

ft U
CJ «
CA *O
C
QJ re
CA 4-1
d IA
CJ
U 4-1
-H QJ
1-J (A


re
OC CA
C QJ
•rt 4->
4-t -H
re CA


oc re
(L n
LI o
ft
•O w
t-l -rt
re -c
S
O T3
4J C
<0
CA
QJ CA
•H i-l
(J CJ
•rt .— 1
i-* 3
O TO


ft OJ
O 60
>— i re
CJ 4J

QJ CJ
a CA

re
4-J
U
QJ
00 ft
C CA
•H C
|;

O. E

4->
CJ (L
OJ -J
Pi CO
CO rH
E 3
i— 1 00
OJ
• 05
j-t
E
01 •
E co

•rt U
3 3
o1 LI
OJ 4->








































1 yj
4-> CJ
TO -rt
CJ 4J
S-l •-
• rt
QJ U
00 TO
re IN
4J
ft—<
QJ TO
CA CA
0 •
M-l ft CA
O CA d
•^ O
CO -O -H
C 4J
O T3 TO
•H C U
4J re o
re i— i
Lf 4-*
CJ C *T7
ft QJ C
O E TO








































CA
re

C (A Li
4-t QJ O
•rt
1-1 4J QJ •
QJ >rt K i— 1
~ > d TO
3 *H 0> 3
re 4J EJ QJ
JS U -rt C
re i— i cj
QJ U
00 00 "4-1
TO C O C
4J -Tl O
ft ft C -I
QJ E O 4-1
1C 3 -H TO

CJ ••"•) -H
Ui *^ *O **H
•H L] C -rt
3 O O 4-1
aT a! U a!
ee; ^ re u


,n



i
c
•rt
re
 >H
•rt 4-1
4W re
u u •
ffl tu E
ft n
I- 0 b
(U 00
r-4 tU O
3 X l-i
TO 4J ft
j=
IM 5J
•^ o u
^ c
o 4J re
0 V-i C
CJ TO CJ
P£ ft 4J

X:'
c
1 CJ
QJ E &0
1-. GJ 1 C
O W -H
O re -rt 3
4J -— ( *D O
ft ^
4J Ui Li O
•rt *^ re ^
^ w
O -H CA S-<
J3 TO C OJ
*j ft o tr
3 CJ -rt -rt
TO ^ 4J [fl
u c
r-< E C 0
TO QJ 3 U
OO *J *+*
QJ W i— (
— i >v re •
W E "O
C OJ
•rt QJ QJ H
re i-i i- QJ
JD 3 JS 0
O 0- 3 U


re

CA

E C
O 1 -H
U t-H TO
TO •— I
IM E ft

QJ E O
-C QJ CJ •
4-t CA
O W O -H
4-> >» 4-» CA
to re
S* -0,0
4-» 00 C
•H C O OJ
C -H ft tO
3 c tA re
4-1 (-1 QJ U
H 4) tf .
O U .X
ft C X:
ft O • I
o u n cj
C CA
CJ (0 O TO
*O jj -rt U
•rt C 4->
> -rt CJ TO
O TO C
W rH 3 C
CX ft M-l O

TO
10
C


-H


10
E
CO

c
TO

U
CJ
E
>>
Ui
o
4-J
TO

3
00
O
t-l







































•o
c
re

«.
CA
C
C

4J
u
c
3

c'



4J
Ui
QJ

O •
U U
ft CJ
c
C TH
o ^







































--J TO O
TO "H
*j d >
•H O
p-t -rt CJ
•rt 4J 3
£ TO CA
TO -J W
^ QJ K_
CJ ft
l-i O

E 1+H 4->
QJ O U
4J 0

>, U UH
CO TO CJ
ft
CJ CJ
4J CO U
TO re C
J-l TO
o E C
ft re QJ
Ul W 4J
o oo c:
U O 'rt
d 1-1 TO
»- ft E


-C







LM

C 4->
TO C
QJ
-•a
CJ -H
1-1
3 O
rrt 4J
•rt
(0 E •
m re CA
1-1 E
E 00 QJ
CJ O 4->
4^ t-l CO
CO ft >i
>^ CO
to cj
4J 00
QJ TO C
C *H -H

"-M -rt >rt
CJ d TO
O -rt «4H

JD


QJ
U
• r^
4-)
O
C

4->
c
Oj
E
CJ
4-J
TO
.fi
re

C
re

d
o
•rt
TO
r— t







































CJ
u
u
re

o
_>
>v •
4-> 4-1
•rt XI
i- o
o -c
x:
4-1 Ul
3 3
TO U
d

re
00 T3
CJ C
i— i TO

d w
•^ 4J
TO d
4-J re
Xi I-1
O 00


TO

CO
CJ
u
1-1
3
E o
o to
1-1
W-i U
CJ
CA JS
d 4->
re o
o
.— I *O
d
*O TO
d
re
i-H
CA TO
4J Ll
C CJ
TO T3
Li CJ
00 k-

d -
•rt QJ
TO 4J
4J re
X3 4->
O to

TO
QJ
Xi

5
d

c
o

•a
a

re


yj
CJ
CJ
WH

1-1

CA
3

4-1
QJ
CT3
E
CJ
w



<4H
o

CJ
oc


r.
TT
QJ


QJ




lpH
d
3

MH
O
QJ
-rt
. 3
cr
QJ
LI



•<«

O



TO


O



4J
•H
i— 1

p
re

+j
CA
O
u

4-J

CJ


*o
d


«
CJ


i—i

CJ
u
•r-l


CJ
CA
>.
S-l
QJ
ft
O
1-1
ft

x:
oc
3
O

J3



CJ
QJ



U
GJ

rrt
O





CA
CJ
QJ


4J
•rt
E

OJ
ft


CO

C
CJ
E
CA
CA
CJ
CA

re
4-J
W
o
u


CA
CJ
00

re

u

CJ
u
•H
^
JM
QJ
CO


•rt
*O
O

IH
QJ
ft
>>
4-J
S-i
CJ

o

ft

d
o

[A
d
CJ

T-H

*-

U

re
ft
CJ


i+j
0







u

CJ

*.
CA
4J

O
u


•rt

ft
QJ
l-i

Li
o
!-rt
                                                                                                                    Ll  4J   CO ->.
                                                                                                                    QJ  CO  4J  Ll   CO  O
                          CO
                      B  B  co   OJ
                     •rt  rt  O.  B
                      E     01  -H
                     13   « U  l-H
                      co  B     —
                          OOT!   3
                      E -rt  B  O
                      re  to  re
                      Ll  OJ
                    i  OC-O   -  •
                      O     QJ   CO
                      LI  e  cj  4j
                      P.  01  E   CO
                         4J  CO   O
                      Li  U  E   U
                      OJ  >% OJ
                      >  CO  4-J  4J
                      O     BE
                      U T>  -rt   OJ
                          E  re   E
                      o  m  E   OJ
                     4->         U
                           -  -  CO
                      CO  E  E  r*
                      QJ  O  O   P.
                      OJ -rt  -rt   OJ
                                                                                                                                     CO  E
                                                                                                                                     OJ  OJ
                                                                                                                                    •H
                                                                                                                                    4J 4J
                                                                                                                                    •rt  E
                                                                                                                                    r-<  Ol
                                                                                                                                    •H  E
                                                                                                                                    -C  OJ
                                                                                                                                    •rt  00
                                                                                                                                     CO  CO
                                                                                                                                     E  B
                                                                                                                                     O  CO
                                                                                                                                     OH  E
                                                                                                                                     CO
                                                                                                                                     U -o
                                                                                                                                     Ll  B
                                                                                                                                     CO  B
                                                                                                                                    •rt  3
                                                                                                                                    4-1  O
                                                                                                                                        OJ
                                                                                                                                     U  E
                                                                                                                                    •rt  O
    00
    E r
        CA
        O
        a.
    oo
    E -O
    •rt  E
    p.  re

    3   -
        E
 P. 01  01
 O  00  E
-H  re 4J
 aj  4J  re
 >  p.  oj
 Oi  OJ  Ll
 3  T! 'rt
73  E  re
 OJ  re n-i
 u
 o  oo  E
 Ll  B  OJ
 On-rt 4J
    >.  CO
 P.t-1  >,
 O  -rt  W
i-H  4-J
 01  B  00
 >
                                              OJ
                                                -H  4J
4J      OJ  *->
     "  OM W
 I-  C  O  IX
 O  OC     W
MH  -r-l T3
    K>  C  i—I
 (A  QJ  (Q  (0
T:  -o     i-i
 C       » 4J
 a   -  c:  c:
MH  00  O  QJ
    C -H  O
 OJ  -H «U  C
 Ui  d  u  o
 3  C  3  C
 U  TO  1-J
 
-------
                        - ki -O
                       x  01  d
                      T5  a,  m
•o
G

4-»
(A

4-t
C
QJ
3
i— i
w
c
o

4-1
re
4J
•H
E
•H
F- 1
w
4->
C
QJ
e
OJ
v«
•H
3

QJ


>*

-;
01
3
CT1
01
ki
                      ^-1  01
                      01  00  U  00
                          ki  u  d
                      o»  «  d  -H
                      d J3  n  IH
                      •H  u  E  a.
                      U-l  [0  kl  E
                      01 -H  o  «o
                      Q T5 1-1  »
                      4J  kl
                       O  --.
                       C  4J
                          C   •
                       d  01  to
                       O  E  E
                      •H  01  01
                      4-1  U  4-1


                      .H  rH  >,
                       O  OH  tA
                      •H  01
                       >  U  00
                              d
                       01  01 -H
                       3  kl rH
                       U  -H -H
                       to  3  TO
                                            J3  U
                                            a, e
                                            S  TO

                                            a
                                                                         d
                                                                         o
                                                                         a
                                                                     4J  O
                                                                    •  d  3
                                                                     .-i  3
                                                                      «  o
                                                                      E  C

                                                                      00 O
                                                                      C  J3
 re  w  w  QJ
 C -H  d;  r-
•H T3  (J  4-1
 e     -H  -H
 QJ   ^ +J  i-H
 W   •  U  -r-l
 co  u  re  -O
                                                                                                   oc
                                                                                                   c
                      •-^   o  QJ 4-t
QJ
C
•H
i-H
QJ
•O
•H
3
00

00
c
•H
4-)
re


w

s-^
4->

E

GJ


•^
C
re
• H
4J
•H
C
r-H



w
QJ



00
C
•H
C
C

i-H



ti
QJ
Cb
O
1— (
QJ

                                                                                                              01
                                                                                                                         tA
                                                                                                                 .  .  OJ  0>  *J
                                                                                                             •H  a -H  u  d .
                                                                                                              TO  E  >  O  0)
                                                                                                             4-1  TO  01  kl  S •
                                                                                                              oi  x  w  a cu
                                            01  d   d
                                            ki  OO-n
                                            re -H   d
                                            a  to   d
                                                           01  d  4J
•a
 01
 3
 c
<
l/l
 3
 00
                      u   .
                      01  to
•H  a
•o  re
 o
—I  -O
 ki  C
 oi  n
 a
    oo
4->  d
 u  •-<
 3  rH

I!  I"
 O  re
u  to
                                            e
                                            01
                                            4J
                                            o
                                            a.
                                            00  10
                                           •H  01
                                           4-1  kl
                                            10  3
                                            01 rH
                                            > -H
                                            d  a
                                            S  4J
                                            a  01

                                            o
                                            4J  d
                                                o
                                            C  -H
                                            O  4-1
                                                                  o  d
                                                                 tH  O
                                                                  c  o
 01  01
T!  4-1
       • U  kl
        d  a
        TO
        d  0)
        01  U
        V  d
        d  n
        •H  d
        re  01
        E 4-1
            d
         •• -H
        to  n   •
        a  E  to
        o     u
        •r( TJ  d

        u  re  E
        01     01
        a   • u
        W  tfl  -H
        C  01  3

               01
           3
           •O
•H  re  o)  01
>  3 4J  u  E
o      to  o  re
                                                                 a.  o  to
                                                                                DO
                                                                      oo d  u
                                                                      d  o  d
                                                                                                   oo
                                                                                                   n
•H  3 rH T3
 u  oo     d
 d  01  to  re
 01  ki  re
 oo         to
 re    * 4J  ki
    to  u  01
i  01  re  c
4J  'H      3
•H  4-1 -a  o
 3  -n  d  01
    rH  10  S
 01  'H      O
4-1  4J /-< J3
 re  3  to
 d      01  d
•r<  O .rt  01
T5  —<  U  01
 kl  rH  d  S
 o  _q  oi 4J
 O  3  OO  01
               oq
               d
 0)  kl t4-j

4J  TO
 TO  01  to
 S  d  S
        01
 01  kl 4J ,
 U  01  tA
 TO  *J  >i
                      to  d   TO
                          3   ki
                      kl  O  4->
                      O  I-i   d
                      4-1  00  01
                      •H      U
                      a "o   d
                      o  d   o
                      E  TO   d
           0)  to
           u  d
           d  o
           a~o
           E  C
           o  o
           u  u
 f          tA
 d   i   u  d
 o   d  4-1  o
 d  'H  d  a
     re  oi  IA
<-H   E  E  oj
 o      oi  ki

 U   01  *H  ki
•H  4J  3  01
rH   tO  O*  d
•O   >> 41  5
 3   10  kl  O   •
 a         01  to
        01  E  01
        U  O  -rl
        d J3  4J
 O  4-1  TO     *(H
"4-1   d  d n  rH
 O   01  01  d  'H
                                            e  n
                                                                                    VI-A-32

-------
B.    LOCAL OPTIONS  IN DESIGN

1.    INTRODUCTION

     An advantage of small  waste  flows management by local communities  is  the
flexibility  that the  communities  retain  in  determining management  system
operation, maintenance  responsibilities,  system expansion, and local  economic
and  environmental impacts.   This  chapter  identifies the major  options  avail-
able  to  communities in  designing  a small  waste flows management  agency  and
describes  the  factors   that  influence decisions  in  consideration of  these
options.

     The  options available  to  a community engaged in  designing  a  small waste
flows management agency can be identified  in terms of the  following questions:

     •  Who should assume ownership for the wastewater facilities?

     •  Should liability for wastewater facilities be borne by the  homeowners,
        a private organization, or the management agency?

     •  Should responsibility  for  routine  operation and maintenance rest with
        the  homeowners,  a  private  organization,  or  the  management  agency?

     •  Which  functions  should be  incorporated  into a  management  agency?

     •  Which of the functions should be  performed by  the homeowners,  a pri-
        vate organization,  or the management agency?

     •  What types of regulatory authority should be used?

     •  What type of user charge system should be instituted?

     A community will  make  decisions concerning agency design on the  basis of
two  types of factors.  The first type, termed first order  factors,  are factors
that must be identified and considered before design decisions are  made.  They
represent  existing  or  projected  community  characteristics,  and  include  the
following:

     •  Types of wastewater facilities required or used,

     •  Expertise available for use by the community,

     •  Regulatory authority available to  the community,

     •  Size of  the  community or management district and  number of systems in
        use,

     •  Community jurisdictional setting,

     •  Community attitudes toward growth, and

     •  Community attitudes  toward public management  of  decentralized  waste-
        water facilities.
                                    VI-B-1

-------
Second order  factors  are considered  in agency design decisions as  potential
consequences of option selection decisions.   These  factors  include:

     •  Anticipated costs,

     •  Anticipated environmental impacts,  and

     •  Anticipated level of risk assumed by various  parties.

Each of the potential  community design option decisions will be discussed in
respect  to its  interrelationships  with  the  first order  factors  and  its
influence on potential  second  order  factors.  Not all of  the  first or second
order  factors  will  be  relevant  for  consideration in  each  agency  design
decision.

2.    OWNERSHIP OF WASTEWATER  FACILITIES

     There are three  community options concerning the assignment of responsi-
bility for the decentralized wastewater systems.   These  include  responsibility
for system ownership,  responsibility for performance  of  routine  operation,  and
maintenance and liability for performance of necessary repairs.   The ownership
option as  discussed here involves  only the responsibility  for  actually owning
the  decentralized  systems.    Such   ownership   does  not   necessarily  imply
responsibility  for  performance  of  routine  operation  and  maintenance   or
liability  for  system  repairs.  It  is assumed that  separate  parties  may be
responsible for each of these options.

     Ownership of  wastewater facilities may be by individual homeowner,  com-
munity management  agency, or private organization.  A private  organization is
intended to include any non-public agency that owns the  decentralized systems.
This may  include  private utility companies, community associations, and other
organizations.   The  first  and second  order  factors  influencing  the ownership
option are discussed below.

     The particular types of decentralized facilities in use or expected to be
used  in the community affect the feasibility of ownership options.   Ownership
of  systems  by  homeowner is  normally  limited  to  those systems  located immedi-
ately  upon the  individual's  property.   When neighborhood  or  community-wide
collection  systems with centralized  disposal are used,  community  management
agency or  private  agency ownership would be  expected.   However, joint owner-
ship of neighborhood systems by landowners is possible.   Private agency owner-
ship  may  also be  selected  where  specialized types  of  decentralized systems,
such  as package  treatment  systems, are utilized, and a private company wishes
to  retain ownership.

     The  regulatory authority  within a community may define who may own de-
centralized  facilities.  Regulations may  prohibit  a management agency  from
owning wastewater  facilities located on privately owned property.   The forma-
tion  of  private  community associations and  other private organizations to own
decentralized  systems  also  may not be permitted by statutory  authority in a
given  locality.   Another manner in which  regulatory authority  may  affect the
system  ownership  option is  in  respect  to  acquiring  access to  privately owned
property  to maintain  or provide  other  services.    This  might occur  when a
management  agency  is  responsible  for provision  of  routine   operation  and
maintenance but the homeowner  owns the  individual on-site system. If a manage-

                                    VI-B-2

-------
ment  agency  does  not  have sufficient  authority  to  acquire  access  to  the
systems, it may accept responsibility for ownership of the systems as a way in
which  to  acquire the  necessary  access.   Chapter  VIII,  Section  E,  should be
reviewed  for  additional insight  into  this problem, since  it  considers  legal
problems associated with acquiring access to on-site systems.

     Another  consideration  affecting facilities ownership  is  eligibility for
construction  grants  funds.   According  to U.S. EPA  Regulations  for Grants for
the Construction of Treatment Works (U.S. EPA, 1978), grants for the rehabili-
tation  and  upgrading of individual systems will be made  only for a home that
is  occupied 51 percent  of  the  time  annually.   Second homes  and vacation or
recreation  residences  frequently  do  not  comply   with  this  requirement  and
therefore would  not  be eligible for grant  assistance.  To  make these systems
eligible  for  construction  grants  funding,  a community  may elect  to  acquire
ownership  of  the systems.    U.S.  EPA has, however,  ruled  that "perpetual or
life-of-project  easements   or  other binding  covenant  running with  the land
affording  complete   access  to  and control of  wastewater  treatment  works on
private property  are tantamount to ownership of such works" (U.S. EPA, 1979).
Therefore,  actual  title ownership of  the  individual  systems   may  not  be
required  for  eligibility for construction grants funding.   These options for
ownership  and potential economic  impacts on system users  must be understood
during the  design of  the management agency.

     The  community  jurisdictional  setting  may  make  centralized  ownership by
either a  community  or private agency untenable.   A particular instance would
be  when a proposed management district  encompasses more  than a  single juris-
diction.    In  this  situation,   agreements  concerning  appropriate community
management  structure may be unreachable between the various parties involved.
Also,  the  idea of instituting a  regional management structure  raises the  fears
of  some  communities  about  dealing  with  yet   another  level  of government.
Conversely, when a  management district  encompasses only a  portion of  a juris-
diction,  there may be legal and other difficulties in setting up  a management
agency to  serve  only a portion of  the jurisdiction.

      Community attitudes toward  the public management of decentralized systems
may affect community decisions  concerning the  ownership of  such  facilities.
The widespread acceptance of  community ownership of centralized collection and
treatment  facilities is  quite  in contrast to many  communities'  attitudes
toward public ownership.   Traditional  practice in many areas has  reinforced
the attitude  that  ownership for  these  systems should  remain with the  indi-
vidual homeowner.

3.    LIABILITY FOR WASTEWATER  FACILITIES

      Liability involves acceptance  of  the responsibility  for  consequences  of
 facility  failure.   These consequences may involve  making  necessary repairs and
possibly  the payment  of damages to parties injured by such  facility  failure.
Historically, communities  have  accepted  all  liability  for  the  failure  of
 centralized  collection  and treatment  systems, with the  exception  of  house
 connections  and plumbing  blockages.   The  opposite is true for  decentralized
 individual systems.   The  liability  for  system   failures has  traditionally
 remained  with  the   system  owner.   With  improved  management  of  decentralized
                                     VI-B-3

-------
systems, there may be  advantages  to reassignment of the  liability for system
failure.   This   is  discussed  below in  relation to  first  and  second  order
factors.

     The types of wastewater  facilities  in a community each  have  a different
level  of  risk associated with their use.   Risk as used  here refers  to  the
likelihood of system failure.   The  types of wastewater facilities  used there-
fore affect how much risk a  community is  willing to  accept for system failure.
This level of risk  should also determine where  the  liability should be placed
when failures occur.   Some decentralized  systems that provide significant cost
advantages also carry a higher level of risk. For example, in the  Seven Rural
Lake  EIS's,   the use  of  substandard and  innovative  decentralized  systems
characterized by a  higher  level  of  risk avoid greater community  costs  of
installing centralized  wastewater facilities.  When the  community management
agency  accepts  a higher  level of  risk  for system failure,  they  should also
assume liability for system repairs.  The entire community may thereby benefit
from lower overall  costs  because  of the  use of  less costly systems, while the
management agency would  remove from individual  users the  high costs incurred
by  system failure.   When  low-risk  wastewater   facilities are utilized,  the
liability for system failure may be assigned to  the  individual user.

     A management agency  may  wish not to  accept  liability for system failure
unless  they  have  available   the  staff   and expertise  to perform  necessary
repairs.   If  expertise  is not presently available,  the management agency must
consider  the  cost  of obtaining the required  expertise  versus the  benefits to
be obtained by acceptance of liability for the facilities.  In some situations
it may prove  cost-effective to have the  agency  retain  liability  but contract
with a private organization to perform necessary services.

     As   with   ownership,   existing  regulatory  authority  may  limit  where
liability  for decentralized systems may be  placed.  Regulatory  authority may
limit  a management agency from accepting  liability for decentralized facili-
ties  located  on private property  or  prevent  the  formation  of  a  private
community  association.   In  these  situations, with individually owned systems,
liability may necessarily remain with the  system owners.

     A  major selling  point  for  private  acceptance  of  liability  for system
failures  is  that there  would be less government involvement with the decen-
tralized  systems.  As  previously  mentioned, community acceptance of liability
for  individual  systems has not been  commonplace and,  historically, liability
has been  placed  upon the  system owner.  If cost and environmental benefits can
be obtained by community  acceptance of liability, then public attitudes toward
public  involvement with decentralized systems must be changed.  This can best
be  accomplished through  active and  informed public involvement  in facility
planning  and decision-making processes.

     The  potential  for  environmental impacts  would  be  the  greatest  if the
homeowner accepts  liability  for  the  decentralized  systems.  This results
because  an individual  homeowner would be  less likely to call attention to, or
immediately  correct,  potential environmental problems if  he  is liable for the
expense of correcting  such problems.  There  is also a greater possibility that
an  individual  homeowner  would perform  inadequate  repairs.   However,  when  a
management association or private agency  accepts liability for system failure,
there  is  a greater chance  of  quick identification  and correction of environ-


                                    VI-B-4

-------
mental problems.  The  removal  of liability from the homeowner  for  correcting
system failures would make them more likely to report failures  immediately and
to request the necessary repairs.

     Total community  costs will be  affected by  assignment  of liability  for
system failure.  If liability is assumed by a centralized community  or private
agency, the homeowner  may be relieved of any direct  liability  for  paying for
system  repairs.   However,  the  cost  incurred by  the  centralized  management
agencies in accepting  such liability must be reimbursed  through  user charges
either directly  to  homeowners  on the basis of individual services received or
averaged  among  all  users  in  the  management  district.   Under  an  averaging
method  of  assigning user  charges,  homeowners would  be spared major capital
expenditures  from  failure  of their individual systems, but would be required
to pay  a  percentage of the costs incurred by the management agency  in serving
other properties.   Some  beneficial  economies in scale and lower overall costs
could  result   when  a  centralized  agency assumes  liability,  especially  if  a
community is  experiencing extensive or frequent system failures.

4.    RESPONSIBILITY FOR ROUTINE OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE

     The  operation and  maintenance  of  an  on-site  wastewater  system is  as
important  a   determinant  of system  performance  and  lifespan  as the  system
design  and installation  phase.   Despite this fact, the  lack  of proper opera-
tion  and  maintenance  is  commonplace  and is a major cause of  system failure.
This  section  discusses three alternatives  for providing  system operation and
maintenance.    These options  include operation  and  maintenance by  the  home-
owner, by private organizations, or by management agency personnel.   A private
organization   may   include  any  non-public  entity  providing  operation  and
maintenance  services,  such as  system  installers,  plumbers, private utility
companies,  private  community  associations,  or  other  private  contractors
specializing  in  the provision  of such services.  A private organization could
be  contracted to  either  individual  homeowners or  the management  agency to
perform these  services.

     The  ability of system users to  operate  and maintain their individual or
community cluster systems properly is a function of their understanding of its
operation  and  maintenance  requirements  and  the  difficulty  encountered in
performing the maintenance tasks.   As the  complexity of decentralized systems
increases, greater  expertise is required to perform operation and maintenance.
When this occurs, the  ability and motivation of the users to perform operation
and maintenance  tasks  decreases.  If users  are expected to continue to perform
these  functions, increased  user  education and  monitoring  of  their abilities
and  performance  may be  required.   Similarily,  as  the expertise required to
perform operation and  maintenance functions, increases, so does the likelihood
that  the  management agency will not have the necessary expertise or manpower.
The  management  agency may  elect  to  either hire and  train people  with the
proper  expertise or contract  to have these  functions  performed  by a private
organization.   The system  users  could also  contract  directly  with a private
organization.

     The  prevailing  regulatory  authority  may  limit  the  discretion  of  the
management agency  in determining responsibility for operation and maintenance
of  the wastewater  facilities.   In many  states,  regulatory  authority may not
allow  a management  agency to  maintain privately owned  systems  or  even allow


                                    VI-B-5

-------
the  formation  of  a  private  community association  for  such purpose.   The
regulatory  authority to  require  homeowner  maintenance  through  maintenance
permits and  other  devices  also  may not be available.  All of  these factors
would  affect  local  decisions as to operation and  maintenance  responsibility.

     The  number of  wastewater systems  served  by  the management  agency  in-
creases the  cost effectiveness of having operation and maintenance functions
performed by a centralized community association or private organization.   The
desirability  of centralized  community or  private management also increases
because of the  greater  potential  for environmental and public  health impacts,
which can be better monitored by centralized management.

     The  jurisdictional  setting should not be  a major factor in considering
responsibility  for system operation and maintenance.   However, problems could
arise where  the management  agency extends  into  more than one jurisdiction and
the different jurisdictions  have differing  regulatory approaches toward system
operation and maintenance.

     The  community's  attitudes  toward public  management  of  decentralized
facilities  will play  an important role in  determining  whether  a community
management  association  takes on  these functions.   As  discussed under  the
ownership and liability  options,  many communities are reluctant to assume any
responsibility  for operating and  maintaining wastewater facilities other than
conventional  centralized collection and treatment systems.   These attitudes
must be taken into consideration.

     Costs incurred  in  the  performance of operation and maintenance functions
may be  identified  in terms  of individual homeowner  costs  and  total community
costs.   Average individual  homeowner costs and  total  community costs  are
normally  the  highest when  the homeowner is  responsible for routine operation
and maintenance.  Since  there is  little actual operation and maintenance that
can  be performed by the homeowner,  such  as turning  a diversion  valve,  the
homeowner will  have to contract to have these services provided.  Unfortunate-
ly, since  this  will  involve  direct costs to  the  homeowners,  it increases the
probability  that  these  services  will  be neglected.   When  the  operation and
maintenance  responsibilities  are  performed  by  a  centralized  community  or
private  organization, total community costs  and individual  homeowner costs
should be lower.  This would  be affected by the economies in scale  involved in
a  singular entity's providing services to an entire community  rather than each
individual  homeowner contracting to  have  these  services  performed.   Whether
these  services  should be provided  directly by the management agency or by  a
private  organization will  be  determined  by the costs  to the  community in
providing  the necessary equipment and manpower compared  to the costs of con-
tracting with a private organization to perform these  services.  In many rural
communities,  it will be more  cost-effective to contract with a private organi-
zation to provide these  services.

     The  potential  for  environmental impacts  is  greatest  if homeowners are
responsible  for facilities  operation  and  maintenance.  Homeowners  are less
likely to have the  expertise to perform operation and maintenance  responsi-
bilities  adequately,  and this may lead to environmental problems.   The ability
to recognize  system  failures  and potential  for environmental problems may also
be very limited.
                                    VI-B-6

-------
     Potential problems may  arise  when groups of homeowners,  such  as  private
community associations,  are  responsible for  operations and  maintenance.   The
problems are  inability to make  fast  decisions  on  emergency  maintenance  and
lack of authority to require payment of maintenance  fees.   In some situations,
however, private  organizations may be the most  effective  management agencies
that are also possible to implement.

     The amount  of  assessed risk  that  the  management agency is  willing  to
assume  for  system failure affects  where the responsibility  should be placed
for facilities operation and maintenance.  If the management agency is willing
to  accept  a high  level  of  risk  for system  failures and  thereby keep system
costs  low  by  allowing  the  use   of innovative/alternative  or  substandard
systems, the  responsibility  for  operation  and  maintenance should  be placed
with the agency.   This is because  the complexity of  monitoring and providing
operation and maintenance  services  to these systems would be greater.   If the
management agency wishes to assume a lower level of  risk,  the types of systems
permitted would be more traditional, and the homeowners could assume responsi-
bility for operation and maintenance.  The assumption of a lower level of risk
could increase costs for the wastewater facilities,  however.

5.    INCORPORATION OF  FUNCTIONS

     In  determining agency  design, decisions must  be made  concerning which
functions need to  be incorporated  into the  management  structure.   Although a
few functions are  basic  to all management agencies, (particularly if U.S. EPA
funding  is  requested), many  of  the  functions  are  optional  and  their incor-
poration into agency design is left to the discretion of the community manage-
ment  agency.   Decisions   to  incorporate  these  optional  functions  will  be
directly related to the first and second order factors.

     The type  of wastewater  facilities  used in a  community  will  affect the
incorporation  and manner  of performance  of many  functions.  The functions
involved with  establishing  system  design and construction  standards, review
and approval  of  plans, conduct of  soils investigations, inspection of instal-
lations, and  monitoring of  system performance  are  basic to  ensure that the
system  is properly designed,  installed,  and  operated.  As more complex waste-
water  technology is developed,  it may  be  desirable to  use  pilot  studies to
develop  data  concerning   system  performance.   The  complexity of  wastewater
facilities  used  will also affect the  expertise  required  of the staff and the
use of public education and other training programs  to disseminate information
concerning new technologies.

     Agency  design decisions concerning incorporation  of functions should be
made  with  knowledge that  there  is or will  be expertise  available  to perform
these  functions.   This expertise  may be found  within  the management agency,
other  public  agencies,   or   in  private  organizations.   Where  expertise  is
limited, the  hiring of  new  personnel may  be required.   Where hiring is not
feasible,  the management agency   may be  unwilling  to   incorporate  certain
functions  if it  does  not have the  available   expertise  and if  the  cost of
function performance by other  parties is  not  cost-effective.  The available
expertise  will  also  affect  the  level  to  which certain functions  will  be
performed.
                                    VI-B-7

-------
     Available regulatory  authority may legally determine for  the  management
agency  certain options  concerning  incorporation  of  functions  into  agency
design  and  the manner  in  which these  functions  may  be performed.   As  an
example, a community may not have the regulatory authority to require certifi-
cation of contractors or to perform  periodic sanitary surveys.   The  management
agency must be cognizant of the authority it possesses in all phases of waste-
water management prior to making any design decisions concerning incorporation
of functions.

     The  number  of  wastewater  systems  in a  management district  may affect
decisions concerning the incorporation of several functions.   As the number of
systems  in  an  area  increases,  it   becomes  more  desirable  to provide  water
quality  monitoring,  since  the  potential  for  groundwater  contamination  in-
creases.  The  incorporation  of other functions may also become cost-effective
because  of  the economies  of scale   provided  by a  greater number of systems.
The areal size  of  the community or  district  may also indicate a greater need
for  land use  and   wastewater  planning  to  control  the  use  of property  and
provide effective wastewater treatment.

     The  community  jurisdictional setting may  affect a community's authority
to incorporate certain functions.  For example, a county may  have been granted
legislative authority to issue permits for individual systems while  a township
may not  have  this  authority.  Also, if  the  management  district includes more
than  a  single  community  there  may  be  difficulties  in  reaching  agreements
amongst the communities over selection of functions.

     Community  attitudes  toward  public management will directly  affect  the
incorporation of non-essential functions.  Where the community wishes to adopt
a strong management posture, then many functions will be incorporated.  But if
a  minimum management approach  is   desired,  only  essential  functions  may be
performed.  Attitudes in the community toward growth may indirectly affect the
incorporation  and   performance  of  functions.   For  instance,  communities  may
either  accelerate  growth  or limit it by providing  land use planning functions
closely  related to  small waste  flow functions.   Identification of  sites that
can be developed with small-scale technologies may  facilitate development that
would  not  occur  or would occur  slowly with traditional application and local
permitting procedures.   On the other hand, land use planning could include so
many  restrictive  features in  conjunction with  site limitations that develop-
ment is  limited or  even prohibited.

     The  total  costs to the community involved in the  incorporation of func-
tions  must be  understood  during the  decision process.   Obviously,  as  the
number  of  functions incorporated into the management structure increases, the
total  costs  to the community increase.   However,  these increased management
costs must be measured against the costs that might be  incurred if  the manage-
ment  agency did not incorporate certain  functions.   The total  costs to the
community  will  also be  affected  by who  will be responsible  for  function
performance, as is  discussed in  the  next section.

     The  decision  to incorporate certain  functions into agency  design will
affect  the  potential  for  environmental   impacts  caused by  the  wastewater
facilities.   The  incorporation  of  functions  relative  to  system  design and
construction  standards,  the inspection and monitoring  of  systems,  the setting
of  septage  collection  and  disposal  standards,  and the  monitoring of water
quality will decrease the  likelihood  of potential environmental impacts.  In

                                     VI-B-8

-------
certain cases it will  be necessary to weigh the  additional  costs  involved  in
performing these functions  against the environmental benefits expected to  be
achieved.

     The level of  risk assumed by the community management agency  in terms  of
the potential for  system failure should be considered in the decision process
of incorporating functions.   Generally,  if a community is willing  to assume a
higher  level  of  risk  for  system failure,  it may be  desirable to  incorporate
certain functions  designed to  mitigate  the problems if they do occur.   Such
functions may include conduct of extensive water quality monitoring and place-
ment of responsibility for system operation and maintenance with  the manage-
ment  agency.   A management  agency assuming a  low  level  of risk  for  system
failure may  not  consider  the incorporation of  such functions necessary  and
would therefore be less likely to incorporate non-essential functions.

6.    OPTIONS CONCERNING RESPONSIBILITY  FOR  FUNCTIONS

     A  major  agency design  decision  is the determination of  which functions
could  or  should  be performed  by  parties other  than the  homeowner.   These
functions could  be performed  by the management agency,  by  private organiza-
tions  under  contract  to  the management agency,  or by  private  organizations
under contract to the homeowner.

     The ability to  perform certain functions will be directly related to the
types of wastewater facilities utilized.  As wastewater facilities  become more
complex,  it  becomes more  likely  that  the homeowner will  not be  capable  of
performing  the necessary  operation  and  maintenance  functions.    Where  this
situation occurs,  these services  will have to be  provided  by the management
agency  or  a  contracted  private agency.   Whether the private  agency is under
contract  to  the homeowner or  to  the community agency  will not  be directly
related to the type of wastewater  facilities in use.

     The  expertise  available  to  a  community management  agency   may  affect
whether a  community will  accept  responsibility  for performing  certain func-
tions.  Where expertise  is not available, the community could hire additional
personnel  or it  could  contract  with a private  organization to  perform  the
work.   Where neither of these  options appear administratively or economically
feasible, the  responsibility for performance of the functions will have to be
left  to the  homeowner  or to  a private  organization  under contract  to  the
homeowner.

     The regulatory  authority possessed by the management agency will dictate
the  agency's ability  to accept  responsibility  for performing  certain func-
tions .   As  an example,  the  community  management  agency may  not  have  the
authority  to  conduct   routine  inspection  and  maintenance  for  wastewater
facilities located on private  property.  Normally,  if  the  management agency
does  not  possess  the  authority to perform a certain function, it could not
contract  with  a  private  organization  to  perform this  function  since  the
private organization must  receive its authority from the community management
agency.   Therefore,  if  regulatory authority  does  not permit the management
agency  to perform certain  functions,  the functions must  be performed  by a
private organization under  contract  to the homeowners  or by the homeowners
themselves.
                                    VI-B-9

-------
     As previously discussed,  the  size  of the management district  in respect
to  the  number  of  decentralized  systems  potentially  increases  the  cost-
effectiveness of  having certain  functions  performed by a  centralized agency
rather than  by the  homeowners.   This  centralized agency could either be the
management agency or  a  private agency under contract to  the management agency
or to a group of homeowners.

     Attitudes in the community toward the management of  wastewater facilities
may preclude  the  management agency from accepting responsibility for perform-
ing  some  or  all functions.   Many  communities  may  not wish  to  accept the
responsibility for performing  any functions associated with the use of alter-
native/innovative  systems,   since   this  is  an  area where  communities  have
historically  not accepted  responsibility.   This attitude  is  understandable,
but if economics, growth considerations, and other factors make public manage-
ment desirable, this attitude should be reconsidered.  Public participation in
the facility  planning  stages and public education should serve  this purpose.

     The costs  for  performing  functions will be directly related to the party
responsible  for  function performance.   Theoretically a  community  could con-
tract  with  a private  organization to perform all necessary functions.  More
commonly, a  management  agency  would contract for specialized services such as
water  quality monitoring and septage pumping.  A homeowner might contract for
similar services or for necessary repairs.  The costs for function performance
are generally highest  when  a private organization is contracted by individual
homeowners.   Community  contract  with  a  private organization  would normally
provide economies of scale  and lower costs.  However, in  smaller communities
with marginal economies in  scale, the cost of administering the contracts may
offset any  real  savings.  A management agency can reduce  costs by performing
functions,  since it  does  not need  to make  a   profit  through  provision of
services.  However, the  lack of this profit motive may lead to inefficiency in
performance  of  services.   All  of these factors  must be assessed  in an  indi-
vidual  community  when  assigning  responsibility for   function  performance.

     The  potential   for environmental  impacts  is lessened if  a centralized
management  agency or private organization under  contract to the  community is
responsible  for  performing  the functions that have  effects  on these  impacts.
These  functions  may include routine operation and maintenance and acceptance
of  liability  for  system  failure.   When  individual homeowners  or private
organizations  contracted to homeowners  are  responsible for  such functions,
there  is  a greater potential  for adverse impacts since these parties would be
more  subject  to  cost  limitations  concerning  function performance.    Also,
individual  homeowners may not possess  sufficient expertise  to readily detect
and correct potential environmental problems.

     The  level  of  risk assumed by  the management  agency  for system  failure
should  affect the responsibility for performance of certain functions.  When
the  community  management  agency assumes  a  high  level of risk  for system
failure, the  agency  should  also accept  a greater  responsibility for performing
functions  related to  the potential for system  failure.   As a lower level of
risk  is  assumed, more  responsibility could be placed on the homeowner  or on  a
private  organization under  contract to the  homeowner,  since  there  would be
less possibility for  system failure.
                                    VI-B-10

-------
7.    OPTIONS  CONCERNING  REGULATORY AUTHORITY

     There are  many types of  regulatory authority that could be used  in the
management of wastewater  facilities.   Requiring various types of permits for
system  installation and  usage,  certification  programs  for installers,  and
enforcement mechanisms  for violations are examples of  regulatory  techniques.
The  community must  make decisions concerning the  incorporation  of  regulatory
techniques based upon the first and second order factors.

     The  wastewater facilities  utilized within  the  community  will  directly
affect the type of regulatory authority.  As wastewater facilities  become more
complex,  greater  regulatory authority  would  be desirable to ensure  that the
systems were properly installed, operated, and maintained.   The  requirement of
installation or operating  permits,  and a design and installation review would
be desirable to fulfill these needs.   In addition, where potential for system
failures  is  high because  of the use  of older non-conforming or  new complex
systems,  the  community  should  have  the  regulatory  authority  to  ensure
immediate correction of system failures.  Additional regulatory authority may
be  required to  allow  access  to wastewater  systems  on private property for
inspection and monitoring.

     The  expertise  available to  the  community management agency  will affect
options  concerning  regulatory  authority.  First,  if  suitable  expertise  is
available,  then  the  community management  agency  could develop  innovative
regulatory techniques  such as the allowance of variances for new and existing
systems,  as  discussed  in Sections A and B of Chapter VII.   However, if avail-
able expertise  is  limited in ability to perform various management functions,
then regulatory authority  needs to be  developed  to  ensure  that  the necessary
functions are performed by the homeowner or another party.

     Options  concerning  regulatory  authority  are  strongly  influenced  by
community  attitudes  toward  growth  and public  management   of  decentralized
systems.   A  community  wishing to  facilitate  growth may  conduct  land use
planning,  soil  surveys,  and  other  studies  to  determine the feasibility of
decentralized systems,  including innovative and alternative systems.  Studies
could  also be  conducted on  institutional  arrangements and  regulatory tech-
niques  for  the public  management  of  the  decentralized  systems.   Following
these prerequisite  studies, if necessary, regulatory programs can be developed
to allow  the use of decentralized systems and the public management of systems
in those  areas  of the  community deemed  appropriate.   A community not wishing
to   facilitate  growth  or  publicly  manage  decentralized   systems  would  be
unlikely  to  perform studies  or enact  regulatory  techniques  that  would favor
land development that otherwise would not occur.

     The  costs  involved  in management of  community  wastewater  facilities
increase  as the  amount  of  regulatory  authority utilized  increases.   These
costs would  be  shared by the management agency  and by those regulated.  How-
ever, costs incurred through  system failures and repairs due to the lack of an
effective  regulatory program would probably  be equal  to or  greater than the
costs of  an effective regulatory program.

     The  potential  for environmental  impacts  is much  greater if a management
agency  does  not have adequate  regulatory authority.  An area in which regula-
tory authority  is particulary important  is in the repair and rehabilitation of


                                    VI-B-11

-------
failed systems.  Once a  system  has  failed and has an  increased  potential  for
causing environmental impacts,  the  management agency should have the  regula-
tory authority to effect repairs of  the system in a timely manner.

     The  risk  of   system  failure  assumed  by  a  management  agency  may  be
partially determined by  the community regulatory  authority.   If the  management
agency wants to  lower the  risk  of system failure, it could develop  regulatory
authority that requires  regular  system inspection and  maintenance,  certifica-
tion  of persons  involved in wastewater management,   rigid  permitting  require-
ments, and a strong enforcement  program.   Conversely, if the management agency
is willing  to  assume  a  higher level of  risk  for system failure, less  regula-
tory control will be needed.

8.    OPTIONS  FOR USER  CHARGE SYSTEM

     A community may  enact a user charge system  based  on actual  use of waste-
water facilities by an individual user or class of user or, if it had a system
of ad valorem  taxes in  place on December 27,  1977, it  may assess user  charges
based on  ad valorem taxes.  Under an ad valorem  system, classes  of  users must
also be established.

     The  types  of  wastewater facilities  within a community will  influence the
type  of user charge system a community could institute.  Many types of waste-
water systems  make  it difficult to  compare the amount  of use that individuals
make  of  community wastewater services.   Where  different  types  of  wastewater
facilities  are  used in  the same community, different services may be provided
and different user charges may be determined for  each type.

     The  regulatory authority  and   jurisdictional characteristics  of  a com-
munity may prevent a community from instituting certain types of  user charges.
A  prerequisite is  for  the management agency  to have  the power to  levy and
collect  fees  for  provision of  wastewater services.   This  power may  not be
present  where a  community  management agency only  includes  a  section of a
jurisdiction or includes  more   than one  jurisdiction within its  management
district.   Differing  jurisdictions  may also provide  differing and conflicting
regulatory  authority for assigning user charges.
                                    VI-B-12

-------
                                REFERENCES
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency.  1978.   Grants  for  construction  of treat-
     ment works-Clean Water Act (40 CFR 35  Part  E):   Rules  and  regulations, 43
     FR 44022, 27 September 1978.

U.S.  Environmental  Protection Agency.  1979.   Construction  grants program
     requirements memorandum 79-8,  9 May 1979.
                                    VI-B-13

-------
C.   GUIDANCE FOR ANALYSIS  OF EXISTING FUNCTIONAL CAPABILITIES:
     MANPOWER AND AUTHORITY

1.   INTRODUCTION

     The ability of a  small  waste  flows management agency to perform functions
is directly  related to the agency's  labor  capabilities  and  its  authority to
regulate  decentralized systems.  When  labor  capabilities  are  limited,  the
costs  of  obtaining necessary  expertise  and  labor  may  be  excessively  high,
preventing the management agency  from performing certain functions.  However,
if functions  can be performed  by available  personnel  in a community,  little
additional expense  and effort  may be  required to  obtain additional expertise
for staffing the selected management  functions.

     Analysis  of existing  labor  capabilities  should be a  two-step process.
First, the types  of personnel  skills  and expertise  required by the management
agency  should be  identified.   Then, available  personnel who  possess  these
skills  and  expertise  should be identified.  Although identification of avail-
able personnel will be unique  to  each community,  an analysis of the types of
personnel  skills and   expertise that  may  be  required  by a  community  can be
outlined.   In order  to  evaluate  further  the capabilities  of  existing per-
sonnel,  it  is  desirable to  estimate the  levels   of  effort associated with
performing various  functions.  A  description  of  typical skills and expertise
required  by  a management agency  along  with  the  levels of effort associated
with  the performance   of  various  functions  makes up the first  part  of this
section.

     The  second  part  of this  section  discusses  the   authority  that  may be
required by  a management agency to regulate  decentralized systems effectively.
Because  the  lack  of  authority to regulate  certain aspects  of  decentralized
systems  will limit the  incorporation of  certain functions,  an  assessment of
available and required regulatory authority  must be  made by a community  in the
early  stages  of management agency design.

2.   IDENTIFICATION OF POTENTIAL SKILLS  AND  EXPERTISE REQUIRED BY
     A MANAGEMENT AGENCY

     The  types  of  skilled  personnel  required by  a management agency will be
directly  related to its  level of management of the wastewater  systems.  Where
the  management  agency  is assuming a low level of  management,  only  administra-
tive skills  may be  required. A management  agency  assuming responsibilities for
system operation,  maintenance, and  other  functions would require more  skill
and  expertise from  its personnel.

     The  broad range  of  skills  and  expertise discussed below  illustrate the
types  that may be  required in community wastewater management.  Although indi-
vidual descriptions of  skills  are  listed,   it should  be recognized that one
person could embody a  number of the skills.   For  some positions,  more  than one
skill  level  is  identified in recognition of the fact that different management
agencies  may require different  levels of expertise.
                                  VI-C-1

-------
a.   System Designer

     Designer 1.   A Designer  1  is  responsible  for  the  selection  of  a  suitable
design for a  standard wastewater  system after an appropriate  site  evaluation
has  been  completed.  Design  activity  is limited to  the  selection  of a  pre-
viously designed, standardized  system  suitable  for  the known site conditions.
The  Designer  1 may also  assist in site evaluations and more  advanced  system
design under the direction of a Designer 2  or Designer  3.

     A Designer  1 must be  familiar with  the  theory and practice  of on-site
wastewater disposal.   Some  knowledge  of  the principles of  soils and ground-
water  hydrology  would  be desirable.   Some college-level  training  would  be
helpful,   particularly  in the  earth  sciences,  but extensive experience  in
on-site waste disposal may be substituted.

     Designer 2.  A Designer  2 can perform the duties  of a  Designer 1 as well
as  take  on additional  responsibilities,  such as conducting site evaluations
that  include  percolation and  other tests  and designing  a  site-specific,  on-
site  system.   System  design  includes  design preparation of  plans and specifi-
cations  for  conventional  on-site  wastewater systems. Such  system designs  may
be  for new lots  or for the  upgrading  and/or replacement of systems on exist-
ing,  possibly  substandard,  lots.   A Designer 2 woulc1  have  some  discretion in
designing  systems that may not  comply completely with the construction regula-
tions, particularly in  designs for upgrading or replacing existing systems on
substandard lots.

     A Designer  2 must  be  familiar with  the theory  and practice  of on-site
wastewater disposal.  Extensive knowledge  of the principles of  soil science,
groundwater  hydrology,  and  the design of  on-site  wastewater systems  is  re-
quired.   A Designer  2  must  have  the ability to perform  site evaluations and
properly  consider site conditions  in  the  design  of a  wastewater  system.   A
college-level  degree  with  training  in  engineering,  environmental  health,
and/or the earth  sciences would be  desirable, as well as experience in on-site
wastewater disposal.  A Designer  1 with extensive  experience could be quali-
fied to become a  Designer 2.

      Designer  3.  A Designer 3 can perform  all  of  the duties of a Designer  1
or Designer  2 as well as additional responsibilities.  These may include con-
ducting  extensive site analyses,  including  hydrogeologic survey work; super-
vision  of  the   installation   of  on-site   systems;  preparing cost-effective
analyses   of  specific  on-   and off-site  wastewater systems; preparation  of
amendments to the regulations; and designing  and  performing pilot studies of
new technologies.  Such  system designs may be  for new  lots or  for the up-
grading and/or replacement of  systems  on existing, possibly  substandard, lots.
A Designer 3  has  some discretion in designing systems that may not  comply com-
pletely  with  the construction regulations,  particularly in  designs for up-
grading or replacing  existing  systems  on substandard lots.

      A Designer  3  must  have  extensive knowledge  of  all  aspects  of on-site
wastewater disposal.   Knowledge  of the principles  of soils  and groundwater,
design of on-site  systems,  and   economics  of alternative  systems should be
extensive.  A college-level  degree with training in  engineering,  environmental
health,  and/or  the   earth  sciences would be  required  along with  extensive
experience in on-site wastewater disposal.
                                   VI-C-2

-------
b.   Clerk

     Clerk 1.  A Clerk 1 provides supporting clerical services to the adminis-
trator  and/or  Clerk  2s  and  the management  agency.  Clerical  services  may
include  record-keeping,  filing,  typing,  telephone  answering,  maintaining
correspondence,  and  billing.   The Clerk  1  must have an understanding  of  the
management agency's operation, organization, programs, and procedures.

     A Clerk 1 must have developed the clerical skills required by the manage-
ment agency through past experience and/or education.  This individual must be
dependable, responsible, and able to deal with the public.

     Clerk 2.  A Clerk 2 may perform the duties of a Clerk 1 and, in addition,
perform  more  administrative   duties,  such  as  managing personnel,  handling
routine  financial  and  budgeting responsibilities, and coordinating with other
agencies involved  in small waste flows management.

     A  Clerk  2 must  have developed  extensive  clerical  skills  as well  as
administrative  skills. Past experience and/or training should include adminis-
trative  responsibilities.  Some  college-level training may be desirable but is
not essential,  depending on experience and agency needs.  This individual must
be able  to deal  with the public.

c.   Administrator

     An  administrator  is  responsible  for  performing  routine administrative
functions  as outlined  under  the Clerk  2 position  as  well  as more extensive
administrative  duties.   Such  duties  may  include  service contract supervision,
grants  administration,  design and modification  of user  charge  systems,  and
preparation  of  agency  rules  and regulations.  The range  of activities would
depend on  the  level of management of the  management  agency.

     An  administrator  of  a  small  waste flows  agency should  have previous
administrative  experience  and  a complete understanding of on-site wastewater
management.   Knowledge  of  personnel management,  budgeting, grants administra-
tion  and  other  administrative duties should be  compatible  with the needs of
the management  agency.   A  college-level degree with training  in  administrative
areas  is  required.   An administrator must  be effective  in  dealing with the
public,  contractors,  and consultants.

d.   Inspector

      Inspector  1.   An Inspector 1 performs  routine inspection work  related to
on-site  wastewater management,  including inspecting the  construction of on-
 site  systems  and on-site  wells, taking water  samples,  performing sanitary
 surveys, inspecting septage pumping  trucks  and disposal sites, and  reviewing
the  design of conventional on-site wastewater  facilities.  The  Inspector 1 may
prepare  routine reports and  other materials concerning these inspections and
may  recommend corrective actions where  appropriate.

      An  Inspector 1  should  have  good  understanding  of  on-site  wastewater
 technology,  well  construction,  and  septage pumping  and  disposal  practices.
Ability  to  interpret  and  enforce regulations  relating to on-site  wastewater
management is required,  as is  the ability to deal effectively with  contractors


                                  VI-C-3

-------
and the public.   College-level  training in the earth  sciences,  environmental
health, engineering,  and  other related  subjects  would be  desirable,  but  a
high-school education and  practical  experience  in  on-site  wastewater disposal
may be substituted.

     Inspector 2.  An  Inspector 2  is capable  of  performing the  responsibi-
lities of  an  Inspector  1 plus additional responsibilities. These  may include
interpreting  regulations,  including  granting  of  variances  for  nonroutine
situations;  reviewing  the  design  of  all types of  wastewater  systems;  per-
forming extensive  sanitary surveying, including septic leachate  detector and
dye tests; monitoring pilot studies on alternative  technologies;  and preparing
reports on various aspects of on-site wastewater management.

     This  position  requires extensive  knowledge  of on-site  wastewater tech-
nology  and of  related  subjects dealing  with on-site wastewater  management.
Knowledge  of  regulatory techniques,  system  design and installation require-
ments,  and sanitary surveying  should be extensive.   Ability to  work  effec-
tively  with the public  and subordinates is  required. A  college  degree  with
training   in  environmental  health,  earth  sciences  and  engineering  would
normally be required. In some cases, extensive experience  as an Inspector 1 or
similar position may be substituted.

e.   Attorney

     An attorney provides  legal assistance to the management agency, including
interpretation and enforcement of regulations pertaining to on-site wastewater
management; preparation  and or review of various  legal instruments and docu-
ments  such  as  contracts,  deeds,  easements,  leases,  and  purchases of  real
estate  advising the management  agency of its  legal  authority and liability;
and initiation and defense of law suits.

     An attorney must be  legally licensed to practice  law within the state and
have  experience  and/or  training in  real-estate and municipal corporation law.
Particularly  desirable would be an understanding of the theory and practice of
on-site wastewater disposal and small-scale technologies.

 f.  Soil  Scientist

      Soil  Scientist  1.   A Soil Scientist 1 performs routine work  to  determine
 the  suitability of surface or  subsurface land  disposal of wastewater.  Typical
 duties may include conducting percolation tests; observing test  pits; checking
 site  grades,  elevation,  and distance  to  water  bodies; and preparing accurate
 site  descriptions.

      A Soil Scientist 1  should  have  a thorough  understanding  of  the  theory and
 practice  of  on-site  wastewater disposal.  Knowledge  of  soil compatibilities
 for  on-site disposal is  also  required,  as  well as the ability  to perform and
 interpret the necessary  tests.  College-level  training  in the  earth sciences
 and/or soil  science would be  desirable but is  not  required  if training  is
 provided  or  previous  experience  in  on-site  wastewater  disposal  has been
 gained.

      Soil Scientist  2.   A Soil Scientist 2  can perform  the duties of a Soil
 Scientist  I  in addition  to more  advanced  soil testing and  site  evaluations.


                                   VI-C-4

-------
Work  may  include extensive  classifications  of soil  types,  determination of
groundwater  flow,  groundwater monitoring,  and preparation  of  detailed site
analysis,   including  identification  of  most suitable  on-site  disposal area.

     A  Soil  Scientist  2 should be  familiar with the  theory,  practice,  and
regulations  governing  on-site  wastewater  disposal.  Extensive  knowledge  of
soils  and hydrogeology and  how  soil  conditions affect  on-site wastewater
disposal  is  required.  A college  degree in  soil  science and/or  hydrogeology
should  be supplemented by  field  experience  in soil  evaluation and testing.

g.   Laborers

     Some personnel are  needed  to  provide nontechnical  labor under the  direc-
tion  of other personnel.  The type  of  labor provided will vary  depending on
management agency needs, but may include assistance in performance of sanitary
surveys,  construction of on-site wastewater systems,  sampling of surface water
and  groundwater, pumping of septic tanks, and assistance in  septage disposal.

     Laborers  should  be dependable,  responsible,  and physically able to per-
form  the  work assigned.

h.   Equipment Operators

      Some personnel  are needed  to operate equipment  that may be used  in on-
site  wastewater  management,  including backhoes,  septage  trucks,  and dump
trucks.

      Equipment  operators must be properly trained and licensed  where required
to operate the necessary equipment.

i.   Plumber

      Plumber 1.   A Plumber  1 is  an apprentice plumber  who  performs plumbing
duties  related  to  on-site  wastewater  management  under the direction of  a
Plumber 2.  Such duties may include connection of homes to individual disposal
systems,  installation of flow reduction  devices,  and  installation or  repairs
of on-site systems.

      A Plumber 1 should be licensed by the state and have a basic understand-
ing  of on-site wastewater disposal.

      Plumber 2.  A Plumber  2  is a  master plumber who can perform the  work of  a
Plumber 1 and  assume  other  duties.  The Plumber 2 can promote the use of water
conservation devices;  read,  interpret, and implement  design drawings  of  on-
site systems;  make  necessary field  corrections  for substandard systems  and
systems with unique  problems; and supervise and  construct  all  types  of indi-
vidual on-site  systems.

      A Plumber  2 is  required  to be   licensed within  the  state and  to  have
extensive experience  in on-site wastewater disposal.

 j.   Small  Waste Flows  Construction  and O  & M Supervisor

      A Small Waste Flows Construction  and 0 & M  Supervisor  is responsible for
 installation of  all   types  of   on-site systems.   This  individual  supervises

                                   VI-C-5

-------
laborers,  equipment operators, and plumbers in the construction of individual
systems.   This person should  be able  to  read, interpret, and construct on-site
systems based on design drawings; prepare cost estimates for the installation,
operation, and  maintenance of systems;  supervise subordinates;  operate heavy
equipment; coordinate with inspectors and  other  officials; remove and dispose
of septage; and perform necessary operation and maintenance tasks.

     A Small Waste Flows  Construction and  0 & M  Supervisor should have exten-
sive experience in the  construction  of  on-site  systems and a thorough knowl-
edge of the theory and practice of  on-site  wastewater disposal.

k.   Laboratory Technicians

     Laboratory Technician 1.  A Laboratory  Technician 1  is  responsible for
performing chemical  and microbiological analyses of  groundwater and surface
waters.   Such  analyses  may  include sampling,  analysis,  and  reporting of
results. The Laboratory Technician  1  normally works under  the  supervision  of  a
Laboratory Technician 2 or Water  Resources  Scientist.

     College-level  training   at  the  associates' level   in  basic laboratory
analysis  would  be  desirable.   Suitable   on-the-job  experience  may  be  sub-
stituted as appropriate.

     Laboratory Technician 2.  A  Laboratory Technician  2  can perform  or  super-
vise  the  work  of  a  Laboratory Technician 1  plus  perform other duties.  Such
work may  involve  more extensive  chemical  and microbiological  analyses,  inter-
pretations of the results of the  analyses,  identification  of water  quality
problems, preparation of reports,  and studies  on water  quality.

     A  Laboratory  Technician 2 should  have a  college-level degree  with train-
ing  in chemistry,  microbiology,  and related  subjects.  Experience in  labora-
tory analysis  is also required.

1.   Water Resources Scientist

     A  Water Resources Scientist  can  generally perform  and/or  supervise the
tasks  of  laboratory  technicians  and,  in addition,  perform more  extensive
analyses  of  water resources affected  by  on-site  wastewater disposal.   Such
work  may  include  development  of  surface water  and  groundwater  monitoring
strategies,   implementation   of  monitoring  programs,   computer  modeling  to
identify  water  quality impacts,  design of mitigative measures to  alleviate
water  quality  impacts, identification  of  water  quality  problems,  preparation
of  reports on  water quality, and monitoring performance  of  pilot  studies  of
alternative  technologies.

      A Water  Resource   Scientist  has   an extensive  educational  background
including a  master's degree  in water resources  science or  related  fields,
computer  capabilities, and  experience  in water resources  management  and the
utilization  of on-site  wastewater technology.

m.   Environmental Planner

      An Environmental  Planner is responsible  for  planning  tasks  related  to
 on-site wastewater management.  These  may include preparation  of studies and


                                  VI-C-6

-------
reports  on  the  feasibility  of on-site wastewater  disposal;  coordination  of
land-use objectives with wastewater facility permitting;  institutional  studies
relative  to  the  management  of  on-site systems;  cost-effective analyses  of
various  types  of  wastewater  facilities;  assistance  in  acquisition of  pro-
perties required for community management;  preparation of environmental  impact
statements related  to on-site wastewater  disposal;  and preparation of  faci-
lities plans for wastewater facilities.

     An Environmental Planner  should  have  a minimum of  a bachelor's  degree  in
environmental  planning,  environmental  science,  or a closely related  disci-
pline.  Experience and  familiarity with on-site wastewater  disposal and the
wastewater needs of rural communities would be desirable.

n.   Wastewater System Operator

     Operator  1.  An  Operator  1  is responsible for providing necessary opera-
tion  and  maintenance  services  for a community wastewater disposal system such
as a  cluster,  mound, or aerobic system.   Operation and maintenance may  include
maintaining  necessary  records,  ensuring  that  pumps  are operating  properly,
providing  necessary maintenance  and repairs  to system  components,  ensuring
that  septage  is  removed and properly disposed of,  and generally insuring that
the entire wastewater system is operating properly.  Major problems identified
are reported to  the supervisor for appropriate corrections.

      An Operator  1 should be completely familiar with the operational require-
ments  of the  particular wastewater system  under his  responsibility.   Ability
to  perform mechanical  and/or  electrical  repairs may also  be  required.   The
Operator  1  must be able to  recognize operational  problems  within the  system.
Previous  experience in  on-site wastewater disposal is required.

      Operator  2.   An  Operator  2  is capable of performing the responsibilities
of  an Operator 1 and is capable of operating more advanced forms of community
wastewater  systems,  such  as package treatment  plants,  land application, and
lagoon systems.   This person  is also responsible for performing all necessary
operation and maintenance  for such  systems  including  tasks  similar to those
outlined  for an  Operator 1.

      An Operator  2  should  have  extensive knowledge of wastewater  treatment
plant operations,  be  capable of performing  necessary  operation and maintenance
tasks, and  be  able  to recognize and  connect operational problems with the
system.  Previous experience in operation  of  similar  wastewater facilities  is
required.

3.    LEVELS  OF  EFFORT  REQUIRED FOR FUNCTION PERFORMANCE

      Determination of the level of  effort in performing management functions
may be difficult because certain  functions may be performed in widely varying
ways.   Some  functions, however,  involve   specific  tasks  for  which required
 levels of effort may  be estimated.  Table  1 presents  estimates of the level of
effort involved  in  each  function where  practical.  In  situations  where the
 level of effort required  to  perform a function is  too variable to be generally
 applicable,  no  estimates  are given  or a  range is provided.  These estimates
 should be utilized for preliminary planning  purposes only until more defini-
 tive, community-specific  data  may  be  obtained.   The types of management  agency


                                   VI-C-7

-------
TABLE VI-C-1.  ESTIMATES OF LEVEL OF EFFORT REQUIRED FOR FUNCTION PERFORMANCE

Function
Staffing

Financial
- User charge collection
- Administer grants/loans
- Collect permit/certification
fees
Permits
- Installation
- Repair
- Occupany
- Operating
Bonding
Certification Programs
Service Contract Supervision

Accept for Public Management
Privately Installed Facilities
Interagency Coordination
Training Programs
Public Education
Enforcement

Property/Access Acquisition
- Simple easements
- Right-of-ways
- Property
System Design and Construction
- Set and review standards
- Design conventional systems
- Design I/A systems

Plan Review
Soils Investigations

System Installation
- System inspection
- System installations
Person-days
required
0-2/month


.05/year
N.E.2
.05 /permit


.I/permit
. I/permit
. I/permit
.I/permit
N.E.
. 2/certif ication
N.E.

I/acceptance

N.E.
.5/month/person
.5 /month
2/violation


.5/easement
2-5/ right-of-way
5-10/property

.5 /month
.25-1/system
.5-2/systems

.25-.5/plan
.25-2/each


.2/each
3-8/system
Personnel1
required
b, c


b, c
b, c
b, c


b, c
b, c
b, c
b, c
a, b, c, e, m
b, c
c

b, c, d, e

b, c
All
b, c
b, c, d, e


b, c, d, e, m
b, c, d, e, m
b, c, d, e, m

c, d, m
a
a

d
d, f, g


d
a, f, g, h, i, j
Comments
Dependent on staff size and
organizational structure

Per user charge
Dependent on type
For collection of fees
only
Involves time involved
in permit issuance only





Dependent on type and
extend of contract
Involves inspection and
acceptance procedure



Involves inspection
and court time






Involves only design
after site analysis
completed

Percolation tests, +
test pit inspection

Number may vary
Dependent on type
                                                                          (Continued)
                                              VI-C-8

-------
TABLE VI-C-1.  ESTIMATES OF LEVEL OF EFFORT REQUIRED FOR FUNCTION PERFORMANCE  (concluded)
Function
Person-days
required
Pers.oiir.cl1
required
Comments
Evaluate Existing Systems
12/system
Routine Operation and Maintenance N.E.
Septage Collection and Disposal    .3/system
Pilot Studies                     N.E.

Flow Reduction Devices
   - Retrofit toilets with dams     .I/home
    and  install low-flow shower
    head
   - Install low-flush toilet       .5/each

Water Quality Monitoring
   - Well sampling                  .I/well
   - Surface water                 N.E.
 Land Use  Planning                N.E.

 Sewer and Water  Planning          N.E.
d, f, g, i, j
                     d, f, g, h,
                     i, j, n
                     a, d, f, 1
                     8, i
                      , f, g, k, 1, n
                      , f, g, k, 1, n
                     m, c

                     m, c
Inspect septic tank,
drainfield, and wells;
interview homeowner only

Dependent on level of
involvement and type of
systems.  See levels of
effort for evaluation of
systems and septage
collection

Involves pumping
transportation and
disposal
                                                                           Dependent on type and
                                                                           size of water body and
                                                                           other factors
 1  Personnel  Required
    a - System Designers
    b - Clerks
    c - Administration
    d - Inspectors
    e - Attorney
    f - Soil Scientist
    g - Laborers

 2  N.E. = Not Estimatable.
h  - Equipment Operators
i  - Plumbers
j  - Small Waste Flows Construction and 0 & M Supervisor
k  - Laboratory Technicians
1  - Water Resource Scientist
m  - Environmental Planner
n  - Wastewater System Operators
                                             VI-C-9

-------
personnel who may be  involved  in performing various  functions is also identi-
fied.

     Certain functions overlap,  and the  definition  of the specific amount of
time involved in a  given task  may require a combination  of  levels  of effort.
As  an  example,  the amount  of  time required to  obtain  a  permit for a  system
would involve combining  the  levels  of effort given  for  review and approval of
plans,  issuance  of permits,  and collection of  permit fees.   The  levels of
effort are identified  as person-days required to  perform a given task.

4.   MANAGEMENT AGENCY AUTHORITY TO REGULATE  DECENTRALIZED SYSTEMS

     A  management  agency's  authority  to regulate  decentralized systems  will
determine the ability of the agency to  perform  certain management  functions.
The  authority needed  and regulations  imposed  in  operating a  small waste flows
management  district  should  be directly  related  to   those  required  to protect
the  public  health  and welfare.   As threats to  the public's health and welfare
increase because of system  density, frequency  of malfunctions,  or  sensitivity
of  nearby  water bodies,  the amount  of  regulation  of the systems  should in-
crease.  Certain types  of  authority  are basic  to  serve this  purpose  and  to
manage decentralized  systems effectively. These powers have been identified by
others  (Otis, 1978) and have been slightly modified  below:

     •  to  own,  purchase,  lease and rent both real and personal property,

     •  to  meet  the  eligibility requirements  for  loans  and grants for  con-
        struction of  decentralized systems from both Federal  and state  govern-
        ments ,

     •  to  enter  into contracts, undertake debt obligations   either by  bor-
        rowing  and/or by issuing stock  shares  or  bonds, and  to   sue  and  be
        sued,

     •  to  fix and collect  charges  for sewerage usage,   including taxes for
        payment  of construction  of decentralized systems and user  charges for
         routine  operation and maintenance.

      •  to  plan  and control  how  and at what time wastewater facilities will be
        extended to property within the  jurisdiction, and

      •   to   regulate  the planning,  design,  construction and  operation, and
        maintenance of decentralized  systems.

      In U.S. EPA  Region V, only Illinois has  granted  certain public bodies
 explicit  legal  authority  to  regulate  decentralized  systems  by  passage  of
 Public  Act  80-1371 (Illinois EPA,  1979). This  act allows  cities, villages, and
 towns  within  Illinois to form  on-site  wastewater  management  zones.  The act
 grants  such entities broad powers to  regulate decentralized  systems  within
 such zones.  While  other states  in  U.S. EPA Region V have not created such
 explicit authority,  the authority to  regulate  decentralized  systems  may be
 implied in  other authorities granted to various public bodies.  This implicit
 authority is normally inferred from authority  granted to  various public bodies
 to own, operate, and  maintain  community  wastewater  facilities.   The concept of
 implicit vs. explicit authority is discussed  in Chapter XV, Section A,  as it
 applies to  U.S.  EPA Region  V states.

                                   VI-C-10

-------
     In  many states,  the authority  needed  to  manage  decentralized  systems
effectively is fragmented among several agencies.  The county health department
may have the authority  to  inspect and  permit on-site  systems  individually.
The  state pollution  control  agency or  state EPA may  have the  authority  to
regulate cluster systems.  The designated 208 and county planning agencies may
perform  wastewater  planning.   And  many  public  bodies  such  as  sanitary
districts,  conservancy  districts,  counties,  cities,   and  towns  have  the
authority  to  own,  operate,  and maintain  community wastewater  facilities that
may  by  implication  include  decentralized  wastewater  systems.   Chapter  XV,
Section  B discusses  the  authority of state  and  local  agencies  in regulating
decentralized systems.

     Because  of  the authority required to manage decentralized systems effec-
tively   and  the  potential  for  fragmentation  of  authority  among  several
agencies,  a community management agency may have to rely upon the authority of
other  agencies  to  perform certain functions.  Prior to the selection of func-
tions  to be  performed  by the  management agency or by  a  private party under
contract to  the  management  agency, the authority of  the management agency to
perform  such  functions must be determined.  Table 2 presents a list of manage-
ment functions and  identifies the regulatory  authority that may be required to
perform  them.   Different types of authority  are  identified for  certain func-
tions  that may be performed in various ways.

     Using Table  2,  a  community management  agency may  assess  the  type  of
regulatory authority  required to perform  certain management functions. Where  a
management agency does not possess sufficient authority, certain  functions may
have  to be  performed by other  parties  with  sufficient  authority,  or by the
management agency under  another party's authority. If authority does not exist
among  other  agencies, new enabling legislation may  be  required  to grant such
authority.
                                   VI-C-11

-------
TABLE VI-C-2.   AUTHORITY REQUIRED FOR PERFORMANCE OF FUNCTIONS
Function
Staffing

Financial
Permitting



Bonding


Certification


Service contract
supervision

Public education programs

Interagency  coordination

Enforcement


Accept for public
management privately
installed  facilities

Training programs

Property/ROW acquisition
 Design and construction
 standards

 Review and approval of
 plans
Authority required
Right to establish and staff a management agency

Authority to collect user charges and taxes;
eligibility for Federal and state loans; authority
to undertake debt obligations; to charge fees for
permits and other services; and to sue and be sued.

Authority to regulate and require permits for
the installation, repair, initial usage, and
continuing operation of decentralized systems

Authority to require bonding of contractor's
personnel and/or performance of work

Authority to require personnel to become certified;
and to  set and administer certification  standards

Authority to enter  into and administer contracts
No  specific authority  required

Authority  to make agreements with other  agencies

Authority  to enforce  rules  and  regulations  of  the
management agency

Authority  to establish a  management  district and
manage  and/or  own privately installed  facilities


No  specific  authority  required

Authority  to own, purchase, lease  and/or rent
property;  right  to  undertake debt  obligations

Authority  to  regulate  the design and construction
of  decentralized systems

Authority  to  regulate design and construction  of
decentralized  systems
                                                   (Continued)
                                   VI-C-12

-------
TABLE VI-C-2.  AUTHORITY REQUIRED FOR PERFORMANCE OF FUNCTIONS  (Concluded)
Function
Authority required
Conduct soils
investigations
Evaluation of existing
systems
Routine inspection and
maintenance
 Installation
Authority to determine suitability of property
for on-site disposal, and authority to enter
private property

Authority to enter private property and conduct
inspections and perform necessary tests to
evaluate system performance

Authority to inspect and maintain public or
privately owned decentralized facilities or to
require homeowners to maintain such systems

Authority to inspect the installation of
decentralized systems; authority to install
decentralized facilities
 Septage  collection and
 disposal
 Water  quality monitoring
Authority to regulate septage collection and
disposal including setting standards, conducting
inspections, and/or actually collecting and
disposing of septage

Authority to insure safe water supplies and
prevent pollution of groundwater  and  surface
waters
 Plot studies  of  alter-
 native  technology

 Implement  flow reduction
 measures
 Authority  to  conduct  research  and  studies  on
 alternative technology

 Authority  to  require  the  utilization  of  flow
 reduction  devices  and to  regulate  the amount  of
 flow  from  a household
 Land use planning
 Sewer and water planning
 Authority to  regulate  land  use,  lot sizes,  and
 zoning  in relation  to  utilization  of decentralized
 facilities

 Authority to  plan wastewater and waste  services
 and to  regulate extension of services
                                   VI-C-13

-------
                                REFERENCES
Illinois  EPA.    1979.    Illinois  water  quality  management  plan,  Vol.  4.
     Springfield IL.

Otis, R.  J.   1978.   An alternative  public  wastewater facility  for  a small
     rural  community.   University of  Wisconsin,  Small Scale Waste Management
     Project, Madison WI.
                                   VI-C-14

-------
D.    MANPOWER  PROJECTIONS FOR  SMALL  WASTE FLOWS AGENCIES
     There are approximately  3.2  million  on-site  systems in Region V.  Based
upon extrapolations from census data and estimations  of  the  density  of  on-site
systems presented  in  Chapter  X-E,  it may be further  estimated  that  about  0.66
million of these  systems  may  continue in use with application  of the  optimum
operation alternative.  Another 0.43 million of  these systems are at densities
where either  conventional  sewers  or the optimum operation alternative may be
considered.  The total number of systems in Region V  that could be included in
an  optimum  operation  alternative,  therefore,  would  be  1.09  million.   If
greater state and local roles are assumed in the optimum operation alternative
for the  regulation and management of on-site systems, additional trained  man-
power would be required.

     Existing  state  and   local  management  of  on-site  systems is primarily
limited  to permitting new systems  and  repairs, installation inspections,  and
responding  to complaints.   In some  areas  of Region VI,  even these  minimum
regulatory functions are not provided.

     Present  manpower  involved in the regulation  of on-site systems in Region
V  is  difficult  to quantify.   Sanitarians are the  personnel  involved  with the
regulation of these systems.   Identification of the  number of  sanitarians  in
each  state could,  therefore,  provide a measurement  of manpower levels,  how-
ever, there are problems with this method.  First, not all sanitarians will be
involved  in on-site  regulation  because of  the broad  range of typical  sani-
tarian  duties.   Illinois  is  the only state  in  Region V requiring  sanitarians
to  be  registered,  thus allowing for an accurate assessment of total manpower.
Other  Region V  states have voluntary registration programs that make assess-
ment  of  total  manpower  difficult.  Furthermore, Wisconsin  does  not have  a
sanitarian classification, as  such, involved  in  the   regulation  of  on-site
systems.   Instead, Wisconsin  requires  that:  on-site inspectors be certified
plumbing  inspectors;  system  installers be  licensed as master plumbers;  and
soil  evaluators  be  certified as soil  testers.   Estimates of  total  existing
manpower  within the  limitations discussed are given  in  Table VI-D-1.

               TABLE VI-D-1.  ESTIMATES OF PERSONNEL  INVOLVED
                        IN  REGULATION OF ON-SITE SYSTEMS

Illinois
Indiana
Michigan
Minnesota
Ohio
Wisconsin

1,189
680
550
329
775
111
3,000
registered sanitarians
voluntarily registered and unregistered sanitarians
voluntarily registered and unregistered sanitarians
voluntarily registered sanitarians
voluntarily registered sanitarians
certified plumbing inspectors
certified soil testers

      Estimates of personnel needed  for  the optimum operation alternative are
 impractical because  of the wide  range  of variables  affecting manpower require-
                                   VI-D-1

-------
merits and the  number  of potential projects utilizing this  approach.   Optimum
operation alternatives  will  require manpower  for initial  implementation  and
continued  operation  and  maintenance.    During   the  implementation  phase,
personnel  will  be  required  for  planning  (including  needs  documentation),
design   and    construction.    Personnel  may   include    facilities   planners
specialized  in small  waste flows applications, system  designers,  inspectors,
soil scientists,  laborers, equipment  operators,  environmental planners, small
waste flow contractors and water resource scientists.   Once the alternative is
implemented, personnel  such as  administrators,  clerks,  inspectors, wastewater
system  operators  and  laborers  may  be  necessary for  proper operation  and
maintenance.

     Based on  estimates  developed for the Seven Rural Lake EIS's,  projections
can be made  for manpower needed to implement the optimum operation alternative
throughout Region V.  These estimates  may be considered  high  due  to a number
of  factors:    assuming  all 1.09  million systems  were  served by  the optimum
operation  alternative where  feasible,  manpower needs would  be reduced either
by  sewering  where optimum operation  is an alternative,  or  by greater use of
the no-action  alternative; efficient or non-efficient utilization of personnel
would affect the quantity of manpower required; and, problems would arise when
projecting  characteristics for  Region V  based  on  less than the  1% sample
represented  by the systems in the Seven Lakes.

     The  manpower classifications  utilized for  the  Seven  Lakes  Studies  are
neither  identical nor  as extensive  as those  utilized in  Section  C of this
Chapter,  although  they do  provide an estimate of manpower needs for various
types of personnel.   Figure VI-D-1 represents the  manpower projections for the
Seven Rural  Lakes EIS's.  Figure VI-D-2  utilizes  these projections to repre-
sent  manpower  needs  for  Region  V  based on  full utilization  of  the optimum
operation alternative.   Where feasible, titles used in  the job descriptions in
this  Chapter  were included  with those  used in  the  Seven Rural Lakes EIS's.

     Projections  for  Region V indicate that 660  sanitarians would be required
for initial  implementation,  and  640  for  ongoing operation  of  the optimum
operation  alternative.    These  sanitarians  may  act  as  administers of small
waste  flows districts  as well as provide design, inspection and enforcement
services.    Comparison  of these  numbers with  existing  levels  of  sanitarian
staff  in  Region V indicates  that more  than enough sanitarians  are  already
employed,  however, present sanitarians  are  not performing duties that would be
required  under the optimum operation alternative.  Projections for  sanitarians
in this section  are  for those who would  be providing  full-time services for
optimum operation alternatives.

     Estimates are provided  also for  engineers,  soil   scientists,  laboratory
technicians,  surveyors,  laborers  and  secretaries.  Although  the engineer was
utilized in the Seven Rural Lake  EIS's,  other  types of  personnel could perform
the required  duties  also, including  design of  small  waste  flow systems, faci-
 lity planning,  and  alternatives  selection.   Other  job  descriptions,  such as
 system   designer  or  alternative  technologist,  may  be  utilized  more  speci-
 fically.
                                   VI-D-2

-------
                                 FIGURE VI-D-1

                    MANPOWER ESTIMATES FOR THE SEVEN RURAL
             LAKE EIS's BASED ON THE OPTIMUM OPERATION ALTERNATIVE
                            Initial  Implementation         Ongoing  Operation
	Personnel              	(MANYEARS)	             (MANYEARS)

Sanitarian                            6.1                       5.9
Sr. Engineer                          2.0                       -0-
Jr. Engineer                          2.1                       -0-
Soil Scientist                        5.8                        .4
Laboratory Technicians                0.6                       1.0*
Surveyors                            14.1                       2.4
Laborers                              7.8                       7.5**
Secretarys                            6.2                       3.0


 *Based upon well-water analysis every 5 years and 1 hour required for each
  analysis.

**Labor projections taken directly from Crystal Lake EIS and Salem Township
  Lakes EIS for laborers to provide septage pumping and hauling.  For remaining
  projects pumping calculated at once every 4 years with each pumpage requiring
  two men and taking two hours.


NOTE:  Total systems for which the optimum operation alternative was developed
       in the Seven Lakes Projects were 10,150.
                                  VI-D-3

-------
                                 FIGURE VI-D-2

                PROJECTED MANPOWER NEEDS FOR REGION V WITH FULL
                 UTILIZATION OF OPTIMUM OPERATION ALTERNATIVE
                            Initial  Implementation         Ongoing  Operation
	Personnel              	(MANYEARS)	             (MANYEARS)

Sanitarian (Inspector/
  Administrator)*                    660                        640
Sr. Engineer (System
  Designer)                          210                        -0-
Jr. Engineer (System
  Designer)                         5550                        -0-
Soil Scientist                       630                         40
Laboratory Technicians                70                        110
Surveyors (Inspectors)              1510                        260
Laborers                             840                        810
Secretarys (Clerks)                  660                        330
*(   ) - titles relate to those used in manpower descriptions in Section C of
         this Chapter.


Assumption:  Values were obtained by multiplying projections for Seven Lake
             Studies by a factor of 107.5.  This factor was obtained by dividing
             the total number of systems in Region V where the optimum operation
             alternative is feasible, 1,090,000, by the total number of systems
             in the Seven Rural Lake EIS's.
                                  VI-D-4

-------
     Soil scientists would assist in performing sanitary surveys,  site evalua-
tions and soil  testing.   Laboratory technicians would analyze ground and sur-
face waste  samples.   Surveyors  would  perform  routine  sanitary  surveys,  take
water samples  and provide  routine  inspections of systems.   Laborers  as  used
for these projections are involved only in septage pumping and hauling.

     Not  reflected  in  these projections  is  an  increased manpower  need  for
small waste flow contractors,  plumbers, equipment  operators and  other  per-
sonnel  directly  involved  in  system  installation.   While  water  resource
scientists  and  environmental planners  may also be  involved  in implementation
of the optimum operation alternative, they are not estimated here.  Obviously,
as  the  use of  the  optimum  operation  alternative increases  in  comparison to
conventional  wastewater technology, the need  for  these personnel  will  also
increase.   However, projections  for these personnel are not possible based on
available data.
                                  VI-D-5

-------
E.    ESTIMATING ADMINISTRATION AND OPERATIONS COSTS

1.    INTRODUCTION

     Administration and operations costs  for a  small waste  flows  management
district  would  vary  from  community  to  community,  the  actual  costs  being
dependent  on a  wide  variety of  community  factors.   These  factors  would
include, but not be limited  to, community size, type of wastewater facilities,
allocation of responsibility  for  ownership, operations,  and  maintenance.   A
basis  has been  provided  for  identifying  representative  administration  and
operation and maintenance  costs for specific  technologies by the experience of
communities that have been  using and  managing  small  waste flow technologies,
and  by other communities for  which  the costs  of  instituting a small  waste
flows  district  have been prepared.    These  communities  are  discussed  in Sec-
tions 2 and 3.

     Another estimating method, discussed in  Section 4, is to provide itemized
costs  for only  the major cost-imposing items.   It  should be  understood that
actual  unit  costs  will  be highly  dependent  on community conditions, and that
such estimated costs should  be considered only as representative costs.

2.    REPRESENTATIVE COSTS FROM  EXISTING COMMUNITIES

     The  use and  management  of  small  waste  flows  technology is  already a
reality  in  several communities.    Comparison of  actual administration  and
operation  costs for  these  communities can best be  accomplished   by  use of
available  information  on  annual  user  charges.   However,  wastewater facility
types,  level of  non-user   funding,   and  management  authority  vary  among  the
communities  and must be taken into  account  in comparing annual user charges.
A  description of  each  community  follows, with Table IV-E-1 showing  the annual
user charges  for each.

a.     Stinson  Beach  County Water District,  California

     A  district was  implemented  in  1978  to  manage  the on-site   wastewater
systems  of this  500-home  community.   The  Stinson Beach  County Water District
(SBCWD)   provides  biennial   inspections,  inspection  for  new and  repaired
systems,  design  review and  establishment   of   design  standards,   and  water
quality monitoring.   SBCWD also  maintains  a  system  repair loan  fund  for
low-income residents.  It does not provide any maintenance services, and home-
owners   assume  responsibility  for   all   routine maintenance  and  necessary
repairs.   The annual  user  charges  for fiscal  year  1979  were $132 per user
(Wheeler  and  Bennett, 1979).

b.     Georgetown  Divide  Public  Utility District,  California

     The  Georgetown Divide  Public Utility  District  On  Site Waste  Management
District  (OSWMD)  was  established in  1971  to provide management services for
on-site  systems  in the  Auburn Lake Trails Subdivision.   This  subdivision
contains  1800 lots, of which 217  have been developed.  The OSWMD provides  site
evaluations,  system design,  construction management,  construction inspection,
and routine  inspection of the on-site systems every  six  months.  The homeowner
is   responsible  for providing  all  necessary  maintenance and repairs.   The
annual user  charges as of  1977 were  $15.60, with costs distributed among all


                                    VI-E-1

-------
TABLE VI-E-1.  ACTUAL ANNUAL USER CHARGES FOR COMMUNITIES EMPLOYING SMALL
               WASTE FLOWS TECHNOLOGY
Community
Facility Type
Annual User
Charges ($)
Additional
Charges ($)
Stinson Beach,
California

Georgetown Divide
Public Utility
District, California

Marin County,
California

Westboro, Wisconsin
 Lake Meade,
 Pennsylvania
 General  Development
 Utilities,  Port
 Charlotte and
 Port St. Lucie,
 Florida
on-site systems


on-site systems



on-site systems
small diameter
gravity sewer/soil
absorption field

grinder pumps/
pressure  sewer and
gravity sewer to
package plant
 STEP pressure
 sewer  to  package
 plant
132 (1979)


15.60 (1977)



20.00 (1979)
105  (1978)
residential
users

268  (1979)
 84-102  (1979)
975 better-
  ment  fee
1750  con-
  nection
  charge

650 con-
  nection
  charge
                                     VI-E-2

-------
lots,  whether developed  or  undeveloped.  This distribution has kept user costs
low (Wheeler  and  Bennett,  1979; El  Dorado  County Health  Department  et al. ,
1977;  Prince et  al.,  1979).

c.    Marin County, California

     Marin  County,  California   amended  its  on-site  sewage disposal  code  in
October of  1971 to  require a biennial  inspection  program of existing on-site
systems  as  well  as  to  require  renewable  occupancy  permits.   The  system  is
administered by county personnel.  Additional services include design review,
construction inspection, and establishment of design standards.  The biennial
inspections are  required only for homes  established after the enactment of the
amendments  and  currently include about  500  homes.  The annual  user costs for
the occupancy permits are  $20,  plus  an  additional $20 for new system instal-
lation (Wheeler and Bennett,  1979;  Roy F. Weston,  Inc., 1979).

d.    Westboro,  Wisconsin

     In  1974,   the  unincorporated  community of  Westboro  was  selected  as  a
demonstration site by the  Small Scale Waste Management Project (SSWMP) at the
University  of Wisconsin  to determine whether  a  cost-effective alternative to
central  sewage  for  small  communities could  be developed  making use of on-site
disposal  techniques.  The  technology used  in the  community  consisted of  small
diameter  gravity  sewers  receiving  influent  from existing septic  tanks serving
approximately  79  homes  and  a   few  businesses.   These sewers  discharge  to a
single  soil  absorption field.   A  sanitary  district  was  established that
assumed  responsibility  for  all operation  and  maintenance  of the facility,
commencing  at the inlet of the  septic tank.  Annual user  charges  for 1978 were
proposed  to be $105 per year  for  residential users,  $153  per year for  small
commercial  users, $189 per year for large  commercial  users,  and $1500 per year
for the  school.   In addition,  one-time  hook-up  charges of $200  were assessed
to all users  (Otis, 1978).

e.     Lake  Meade,  Pennsylvania

     The  277 homes  in this community are provided wastewater  services  by  the
Lake Meade  Municipal Authority  (LMMA).   The  wastewater  facilities consist of  a
combination of  grinder  pump/pressure sewers  and  gravity sewers  that are dis-
charged  and treated  at  a community treatment  plant.   The LMMA  owns, operates,
and maintains the entire treatment system,  with  the homeowner  responsible only
for  running a gravity sewer line from his  home  to the  grinder  pump  or  gravity
sewer.   Annual  user charges are $268, with  a one-time betterment  assessment of
$975  and  a  connection charge of $1750 (Roy F.  Weston, Inc.,  1979).

f.     General  Development Utilities,  Inc.,  Port Charlotte and Port
       St.  Lucie,  Florida

      General Development  Utilities   (GDU) ,  Inc.,  a  major  land  development
company,  has implemented  a STEP pressure sewer  system with a  community  treat-
ment  plant  to  serve  portions   of  property  it  owns  in these two  Florida  com-
munities.   Approximately  320  homes  are served  by these systems.  GDU  owns,
operates,   and  maintains  the  entire  system,  including the individual  septic
tanks  located on the homeowners' property.   Annual  user charges  range  between
$84  to  $102, and  there  is also a $650 initial connection  charge  (Cooper  and
Rezek,  1978; RoyF. Weston, Inc., 1979).

                                     VI-E-3

-------
3.    REPRESENTATIVE  PROJECTED COSTS FROM COMMUNITIES  PROPOSING TO
      USE  SMALL  WASTE FLOWS  TECHNOLOGY

     Several communities have considered the use of small waste flows techno-
logy extensively enough to have prepared projected  cost  estimates  for annual
administrative and  operation  and  maintenance costs.   Of  particular interest
are a series of six Environmental  Impact Statements  (EIS) on Alternative Waste
Treatment Systems  for Rural Lake  Projects  (U.S. EPA and WAPORA,  Inc., 1980a,
1980b,  1980c,  1980d,  1979a,  and  1979b).    Each of  these EIS's  recommends  a
limited action alternative to solve wastewater problems.  Such an alternative
includes the  continued  use and upgrading  of on-site  systems  and  the use of
cluster systems  with a single absorption field where  necessary.   Two of the
EIS's,  for  Crystal Lake and  Green  Lake,  also  recommended  continued use and
upgrading  of  collection  and treatment  facilities   serving  portions  of the
service  area.   The  estimated 1979-1980  costs  for  annual  administration and
operation and maintenance of  the decentralized systems  in these communities is
given  in  Table  VI-E-2.    (Costs  for  the  centralized  wastewater  services at
Crystal and Green Lakes are not  included in  the  tabular totals.)

     In  determining  the  estimated  costs   for  these  six  projects,  certain
assumptions were made which were common  to each.  These  included assuming that
a  management  authority  would  be  established that  would accept responsibility
for:

     •  Hiring a  sanitarian,  soil scientist, site  surveyors, and  secretaries
        as  needed for  providing  administration,  engineering,  and  operations
        and planning services,

     •  Providing  private  well water  sampling  and analysis every  five years,

     •  Providing  routine pumping  of  septic   tanks   every  three  years for
        permanent  homes and every  five years for seasonal homes, and

     •  Providing  operation and maintenance for dosing systems and mounds and
        for cluster  systems.
 Additionally,  all  of the  communities--with  the exceptions of Green Lake  and
 Otter  Tail  Lake — are assumed to provide H_0  treatment for 2%  of  the  systems
 each year.

 4.    ITEMIZED COSTS FOR MAJOR COST-IMPOSING  ITEMS
      Costs  for the  operation  and administration of a small waste  flows  dis-
 trict may be divided into four main  categories:   contracted  services,  office
 expenses,  equipment,  and  manpower.   Major  cost-imposing  items  may then  be
 identified  under  each category.   These costs may be used for estimating total
 operations  and administration costs for an  individual management  agency.   As
 mentioned in the  introduction, these unit costs should be used only as  repre-
 sentative costs.

      In the following subsections, costs are indicated  as  annual  costs wher-
 ever possible.   For contracted  services,  annual  costs cannot be estimated
 because variables cannot be defined.  For these services, average unit values
 are provided.
                                    VI-E-4

-------
X
M
CO

pd
o
fn

CO
H
CO
o
O

W
>


CM
1
w
1
M
>
W
pq
<3
H







pd
H
CO
M
&
h- 1
S
3

Q
<2
S
•*}
o
nJ

&
CO
<3
w
Pi
<

w
^
h4

«
q
pi





o
w
H
H
t/i
fd
Total O&M and
Number of O&M O&M Administrative Administrative Administrative
Users Costs Costs/User Costs Costs/User Costs/User
1 — 1
o
CN
00
m
m
o
o
CM
O
1 — I
0
00
CO
00
CO
1 — 1
QJ
60
cfl
QJ
CO

4-J
o
QJ

O
SH
p !
CO
QJ
)-i
-,
S-J
U

^
4-J
•H
)_i
0

4-J
3
<3^

rH
cfl
en
O
p ,
en
-H
Q
§
00
•H
,d
CJ
•H
2

f.
>-,
4-1
d

0
u

QJ
•H
N
d
QJ
PQ
i — i
m
CO
m
0
0
o
CM
o
i — i
vO
i — i
CM
ON
S-i
cfl
4J
•H
d

C/3

0)
^
cfl
( "]

d
QJ
QJ
S-i
O
strict
•H
O

S-i
QJ
4-J
cO
£2

T)
d


^J
Q)
J5
OJ
CO
Minnesota

*
K^-l
4J
d
3
O
r_}

•H
[-;
O
K^
•H
ID
d
cfl
y;
i — i
i— i
ON
^O
*>.Q
n
0
CO
1 — 1
00
CO
CO
1 — 1
1 — 1
CN
CN
(T.
i — I
CM
4J
O
•H
4-1
en
•H
Q

>•%
4-1
-H
1 — 1
•H
4-1
] — t

6,
QJ
t-H
cfl
CO
sconsin
•H
£2

*v
>>
4J
d

o
u

cfl
r"!
en
O
d
QJ

CM
O
CO
1 — [
0
00
1 — 1
00
00
CM
0
oo
J—l
CO
o
1 — 1
1 — 1
1 — 1
cfl
QJ
TJ
3
4-1
CO

en
QJ
^
cO
,_J]

d
QJ
,n
3
QJ
4J
CO
diana
d
H

r\
r*~>
4-1
d
3
0
U

d
Q)

3
QJ
4-J
CO
CM
OO
CM
, — 1
O
CO
o
vD
CO
00
CO
0
oo
1 — 1
00
1 — 1
. — 1
to
d
•H
d
cfl
rH
P-i
4J
•H
, — |
•H
O
cfl
fJH

rH
•H
cfl
H

S-i
OJ
4-1
4-1
O
ounty,
CJ

I— I
•H
cfl
H

S-i
QJ
4J
4J
O

*v
cfl
QJ
S-l

00
d
•H
^
CX
CO
thority
igan
3 fi
< 0
•H
rH 3
cfl
en
O >,
D* 4-J
en d
•H 3
Q 0
O

M 4-i
cfl QJ
is i
Q) B
CO W
                                      VI-E-5

-------
a.    Contracted Services

     Contracted services include major cost-imposing  items  involved  in opera-
tion  and  administration  that  may  be  performed  by  private  parties  under
contract to  a  community management  agency.   The community management agency
could elect to  perform these functions  if  it possessed the necessary  expertise
and  resources.    Much  of the cost  could be  passed  directly to  the homeowner,
depending on the  management  agency's  liability  for  operation  and maintenance.
     Item

Septage pumping

Septage treatment
Well sampling
Water sample
  analysis
Sanitary survey
HLCL treatment

O&M for cluster
  system1
Units Estimated

costs per 1000 gallons
frequency of pumping
costs per 1000 gallons
costs per well
frequency of sampling
costs per analysis
costs per house
costs per treatment


costs per system
Range of Values($)
   50
    1
   10
    5
    1
100
5 years
30
 15
5 years
O&M for dosing sys-
  tems & mounds2    costs per system

b.    Office Expenses
   10 - 30
   25 - 35
  200 - 1000


  100 - 200

   35 - 75
Average
Values($)

   75
    3 yrs.
   20
   10
    3 yrs,
                  20
                  30
                 600


                 150

                  55
     Office  expenses  incurred  by  the  management  agency  will  be  directly
related to institutional arrangements and agency size.   In certain situations,
the management  agency may not need  separate  office space,  but may use  space
provided  within other  agencies.   For example,  the entire management  agency
staff  could  consist of  health  department personnel who  already have  office
space  and  who may  perform other duties not related to  the  management agency.
The figures  given  below  are  representative costs  used for projecting  office
expenses  in  the six  EIS's  prepared  for  rural lake areas  discussed  earlier.
     Item

     Rent
     Utilities
     Office supplies
       including telephone
          Units Estimated

          $300/month x 12
          $150/month x 12
          $150/month x 12
                  Annual Costs ($)

                      3,600
                      1,800
                      1,800
 1 Annual costs may include electricity for dosing systems,  monthly inspections,
  sampling of monitoring wells, and emergency maintenance.

 2 Annual costs may include electricity for dosing pumps, routine septage pump-
  ing, and monthly inspections.
                                    VI-E-6

-------
c.    Equipment

     Basic equipment required by a management agency will include a vehicle of
sufficient size  (for example,  a  station wagon)  to carry personnel  and  other
necessary  equipment.   Depending on  institutional  arrangements, vehicles  may
already be  available within  the  community for  the management  agency's  use.
The agency could also purchase a pumper truck for providing septage collection
services.

     Item                     Units Estimated                   Annual Costs($)

     Station Wagon            $100 capital3 + $150
                                operations4/month x 12              3,000
     Septage pumper
       truck5                 $175 capital6 + $150
                                operations4/month x 12              3,900
     Sampling and inspection
       equipment                   actual costs                       500

d.    Manpower

     Department  of  Labor (DOL)  statistics on national average annual salaries
for  different  professional,  administrative,  technical, and clerical personnel
were used as a guide for estimating typical average salaries (U.S. DOL, 1979).
The  costs involved  in  manpower will  be primarily dependent  on the level of
effort  provided  by the management agency  in  the actual performance of agency
functions.   A management  agency  taking responsibility  for  performing a wide
range  of  services  could incorporate any of  the types of personnel indicated
within  its  management  agency.  A  minimal   management  approach  could,  con-
versely,  include sharing  administrative personnel with  another agency.  The
average  costs  provided below are for  the  personnel discussed in Section C of
this chapter.

           Personnel                           Average Annual Salaries($)

           System Designer  1                            9,500
           System Designer  2                            15,000
           System Designer  3                            25,000
           Clerk  1                                      8,500

           Clerk  2                                      12,000
           Administrator                               25,000
           Inspector 1                                  9,500
           Inspector 2                                  15,000
           Attorney                                    25,000
           Soil Scientist 1                             9,500
 3Based on $7500 initial cost,  10-year  life  span,  no  salvage value, 9%  interest
  rate.
 4Includes gas,  oil,  insurance,  fees, and maintenance.
 52500-gallon pumper  truck.
 6Based on $13000 initial cost,  10-year life span, no salvage value,  9%
  interest rate.
                                     VI-E-7

-------
Personnel                          Average Annual Salaries($)

Soil Scientist 2                            20,000
Laborer                                      9,500
Equipment Operator                          13,000
Plumber 1                                   12,000
Plumber 2                                   18,000
Small Waste Flows Contractor                20,000
Laboratory Technician 1                      9,500
Laboratory Technician 2                     14,000
Water Resource Scientist                    25,000
Environmental Planner                       15,000
Wastewater System Operator 1                 9,500
Wastewater System Operator 2                15,000
                          VI-E-8

-------
                                REFERENCES
Cooper, I.  A.,  and J.  W.  Rezek.   1978.  Investigations of existing  pressure
     sewer  systems.  Draft.  EPA Contract No. 68-03-2600.  U.S. EPA,  National
     Environmental Research Center,  Cincinnati OH.

El Dorado County Health Department,  El Dorado Irrigation District,  and George-
     town  Divide  Public  Utility  District.  1972,  revised  1977.  Septic  tank
     maintenance  district  implementation.  Georgetown  Divide  Public  Utility
     District, Georgetown CA.

Otis, R.  J.  1978.  An  alternative public wastewater facility for a  small rural
     community.  University of Wisconsin, Small Scale  Waste Management  Project,
     Madison WI.

Prince, R.  N. ,  M.  E.  Davis, and K.  B.  Seitzinger.  1979. Design and installa-
     tion  supervision  by an  on-site management district.   Georgetown Divide
     Public Utility District, Georgetown CA.

Weston, Roy F., Inc.  1979.  Management of  on-site and  alternative  wastewater
     systems.  Draft.  Prepared  for   U.S.  EPA  Technology Transfer  Seminar  on
     Wastewater Treatment Facilities  for Small Communities. U.S.  EPA, Cincin-
     nati OH.

U.S. Department  of Labor, Bureau of Labor  Statistics.   1979.  National survey
     of professional, administrative, technical, and clerical pay,  March 1979.
     Bulletin 2045. Washington DC.

United  States Environmental Protection Agency, and WAPORA, Inc. 1980a.  Final
     environmental  impact statement, alternative waste treatment  systems for
     rural  lake  projects.  Case Study No. 1: Crystal Lake Area Sewage Disposal
     Authority, Benzie  County, Michigan. Region V, Chicago IL.

U.S.  Environmental Protection Agency, and  WAPORA, Inc.  1980b.  Final  environ-
     mental  impact statement,  alternative  waste treatment systems for rural
     lake   projects.  Case  Study No.   5:   Otter  Tail  County   Board   of  Com-
     missioners, Ottertail  County, Minnesota. Region V,  Chicago IL.

U.S.  Environmental Protection Agency, and  WAPORA, Inc.  1980c.  Final  environ-
     mental  impact statement,  alternative  waste treatment  systems for rural
     lake  projects. Case Study No.  2: Green  Lake  Sanitary Sewer and Water
     District, Kandiyohi  County, Minnesota. Region V, Chicago IL.

U.S.  Environmental Protection Agency,  and  WAPORA, Inc.  1980d.  Final environ-
     mental impact statement,  alternative  waste treatment  systems for rural
     lake  projects. Case  Study No. 3:  Springvale-Bear Creek  Sewage Disposal
     Authority, Emmet County, Michigan. Region V, Chicago IL.
                                    VI-E-9

-------
U.S. Environmental  Protection Agency  and  WAPORA,  Inc.  1979a.  Draft environ-
     mental  impact  statement, alternative waste  treatment systems  for rural
     lake projects. Case  Study  No.  4:  Steuben Lakes Regional  Waste  District,
     Steuben County, Indiana. Region V, Chicago IL.

U.S. Environmental  Protection Agency,  and WAPORA, Inc.  1979b.  Draft environ-
     mental  statement,   Salem Utility District  No.   2, Kenosha,  Wisconsin.
     Region V, Chicago IL.

Wheeler, G. ,  and  J.  Bennett. 1979.  On-Site wastewater management districts in
     California.  Paper  presented  at  a  workshop  on alternative  wastewater
     treatment systems, Urbana-Champaign, IL, 12-13 June 1979.
                                     VI-E-10

-------
F.    EXISTING TRAINING PROGRAMS  FOR  SMALL  WASTE  FLOWS  MANAGEMENT
      AND  OPERATIONS

1.    INTRODUCTION

     An  effective  small waste  flows  management program relies  on competent
personnel.    This  required  competency  is  gained  through  a combination  of
experience and  training.   More training and  experience  has  been acquired  in
conventional centralized wastewater technology because it is more widely used
than  small  waste  flows technology.   Only  recently  have  many Federal,  state,
and local institutions providing education  and training begun to recognize the
need for training personnel and disseminating  information on  small waste flows
technology.

     Training programs  provided in U.S. EPA  Region V states  in small waste
flows  management  are  diverse.   They  range  from  formal  university  degree
programs providing coursework  and  training in small waste flows technology to
annual  conventions  of  statewide  septic  tank  installer  associations  where
technical  information may be  disseminated  relative to small waste flows tech-
nology.  Requirements and  training provided for sanitarians  and other person-
nel  involved  in  small waste  flows  management  also are  varied.   Based  on
contacts made  with  knowledgeable  individuals in  each Region V  state,  infor-
mation  concerning existing  training programs  and  requirements for sanitarians
and other personnel  is presented in this section.

2.     ILLINOIS

a.     Sanitarian Requirements

     All sanitarians are required to be registered to work within  the State of
Illinois.   Requirements  for  registration  involve a minimum  of  a bachelor's
degree  in environmental health science, one year's experience  in environmental
sanitation under the direct supervision of  a registered sanitarian or sanitary
engineer,  and passage  of  a written exam.  Persons with bachelor's degrees in
other  scientific fields are required to have completed 30 semester hours or 45
quarter  hours  of basic sciences  and  have  two years'  experience.  Those with
less  advanced or no degrees are required to have considerably more experience.
Any person who  complies with the educational  but not the experience require-
ments  for  registration may be  employed  as a  sanitarian-in-training  (Illinois
Department of Registration and Education, 1980).

b.     Contractor Requirements

      All  private  sewage disposal  contractors are required  to be licensed to
work  within  the state.  Approximately 3000 are  currently licensed.  The con-
tractor's  work  is  required to be inspected during the first  year  of  licensure
and once every  three  years thereafter to ensure compliance  of the workmanship
with  the private sewage disposal code.  The Department of Public Health issues
the  licenses and has  the  right of revocation (Illinois Department of Public
Health,  1974).
                                  VI-F-1

-------
c.    Existing Training Programs

     The Illinois  Department of Public Health provides a program of technical
education through  an annual seminar and  regional meetings,  for  septic system
installers,   sanitarians,   and   other  persons  interested  in  proper  on-site
disposal.

     The  Illinois  Institute of  National Resources  and the  Water Resources
Center of the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign has provided a series
of annual workshops  dealing with  alternative  wastewater treatment.  The pur-
pose of the  workshop was  to instruct  consultants,  local officials, and state
agency  personnel  in  the  state-of-the art  of alternative wastewater systems.

d.    Existing University Programs

     Illinois  State  University offers  a bachelor's  degree  in  environmental
health  science; it is  the only school in the state with such a program.  The
program contains only  one course  relative  to  on-site  wastewater disposal and
it  includes  in its  scope  a  broad range  of  topics in  water  and wastewater
management.   The  University offers two  specializations  within  the major:  a
sanitarian  specialization  and an industrial  hygiene  specialization.   All
students  are required  to  serve a  ten-week internship  that provides practical
experience within the field (Rowe,  1979).

3.    INDIANA

a.    Sanitarian Requirements

     The  State of  Indiana has  a voluntary  registration  program for  sani-
tarians;  persons  are  not  required  to   register  to work.   Requirements for
registration include a bachelor's  degree with 45  quarter hours  or  30  semester
hours  training in the  basic  physical,  chemical,  and biological sciences; at
least  two years'  experience in environmental sanitation within the last  five
years;  and passage  of  a written examination.  Persons with a Master's  degree
meeting the  science requirements  may substitute  the  degree  for   one year of
experience.  Those persons who have  the necessary educational background, but
no experience, are considered as sanitarian trainees (Indiana, 1963).

     As counties are responsible for the hiring of their sanitarians,  they may
also  set  requirements  for their employment.   Because  of this, there is  a wide
range  in the  requirements for employment as  a  sanitarian within the  state.
Some  counties  require  a  sanitarian to be  registered within the state,  others
require a college degree with a basic science background,  while  still  others
fill  sanitarian positions with political  appointees  and underskilled person-
nel.   The trend appears  to be toward professional registration  of sanitarians
within  the state  (Decker,  1980).

b.    Contractor Requirements

      There  are no  requirements  that the  installers of  individual systems  be
 certified or  possess  certain  skills or  abilities  to work within the  state.
                                  VI-F-2

-------
c.    Existing  Training Programs

     All new sanitarians are  required  to undergo a one-week orientation  ses-
sion conducted by the Indiana  State Board of Health.   The  orientation  includes
about  eight  hours  of instruction  in  on-site  wastewater treatment  (Decker,
1980).

     In the spring of 1979, Indiana University's School of Public  and  Environ-
mental Affairs co-sponsored with  the Indiana Association of Cities and  Towns
and  five  regional 208 agencies  a series of educational  forums and technical
workshops  on  various topics  related to  water quality control.  One  of  these
workshops  dealt  with septic  tank pollution control and one dealt  with innova-
tive/alternative  technology  for   small  communities  (Smith  and  Echelberger,
1979).

     During the  winter of  1979-1980,  Purdue University,  through  its On-Site
Waste  Disposal Project,  held  a series  of  six training seminars  in all facets
of on-site technology for sanitarians and other regulatory personnel.   Similar
seminars  are  planned for the  future  in order  to   disseminate  information
concerning on-site systems (Hudkins, 1980).

d.     Existing University Programs

      Purdue University  has been  funded  by the state  legislature  for a  five-
year  On-Site  Waste Disposal Project.  The  intent  of  this project is  to study
all  areas  of  on-site  wastewater  disposal  including innovative/alternative
technology.   It  has  developed   a   three-phase  approach  involving  research,
demonstration,   and   educational  programs.   Under the   research  phase,  the
university is examining the  use  of a  variety  of  alternative  systems and has
constructed  two  systems  for ongoing monitoring  and research.   The demonstra-
tion  phase currently involves the project  in monitoring the performance of 40
alternative  systems  installed by homeowners throughout  the  state.   A larger
demonstration  project is  planned for Bainbridge, where the project is looking
at  alternative  technology  to  serve this  community of 2500.   The educational
phase involves  holding seminars  throughout the state  as previously mentioned,
publishing a  newsletter,  and  providing  technical  assistance  (Hudkins, 1980).

      Indiana  University,  through   its  School  of Public and  Environmental
Affairs,   offers  degree  programs  at  the  bachelor's and  Master's  level  in
environmental  science.  Although  no  specific  courses  are  offered in wastewater
management,  other  related courses  such  as  those provided in  soil   science,
hydrogeology,  and  water  resources provide  a   student  with  good scientific
preparation for  entering the wastewater  field.  Similar preparation, depending
on  course  concentrations, can  be obtained  with  a   degree in  public affairs
 (Indiana  University,  1980).

      Indiana  State  University,  through  its  Department  of Health and Safety,
offers a bachelor's  level degree  in environmental health science.  A general
program that allows  a  student to develop  a  broad background  in  the   field is
provided.  On-site wastewater  technology is discussed as  a part of two courses
dealing with  environmental health practices.   Each student  in the program is
required  to serve a 15-week internship where  practical experience  in  the  field
can be developed.  Some  internships may involve  actual  working experience in
on-site wastewater  management (Koren,  1980;  Indiana  State University,  1980).


                                   VI-F-3

-------
4.    MICHIGAN

a.    Sanitarian Requirements

     As in  Indiana,  the State  of  Michigan  provides  a voluntary registration
program  for  sanitarians.    Registration  is  not  required  for  employment.
Requirements for registration include a bachelor's or higher  level  degree in
the field of physical,  biological,  and  sanitary  science  plus  experience as a
practicing  sanitarian.   The  combination  of education and  experience should
equal seven years.  Continuing  education programs are also encouraged but not
required  for  registered  sanitarians  (Michigan  Department  of  Licensing  and
Registration,  1974; Volkers,  1980).

     In Michigan,  counties  are responsible for  the  hiring  of sanitarians.
General requirements  in most counties  for  entry-level sanitarians  include a
bachelor's degree in a basic science sufficient to comply with the educational
requirements for registration following  three years of experience.  A minority
of  counties  may  allow  less-qualified personnel   to  work  as  sanitarians
(Volkers, 1980).

b.    Contractor Requirements

     Contractor  certification  is   not   required on  a  statewide  basis   for
personnel  involved in on-site wastewater  disposal.   Some local counties  have
developed  certification  requirements   for  contractors working  within their
jurisdictions (Volkers, 1980).

c.    Existing Training  Programs

     Every  other  year,  the  Michigan Public  Health Department  sponsors  a basic
soils  course  in conjunction with the United States Soil Conservation  Service
(US-SCS).   This  course  is   designed  for   sanitarians  and  other  regulatory
personnel  in  on-site wastewater disposal,  but  is  open for all other  persons
(such as contractors) with an interest in the  subject.

      In conjunction  with  the Michigan Septic  Tank  Association,  Michigan State
University, and various industry groups, the Michigan Public Health Department
also  holds  an annual  on-site wastewater disposal  conference.   This  is  a two to
three  day  conference where  information is  disseminated on  a broad  range  of
topics  dealing with on-site wastewater disposal.

      The  Michigan  Septic  Tank  Association also has an  annual  meeting  and
conference  where  education in on-site wastewater technology is  provided.   The
Association also  publishes  a newsletter to keep members  up-to-date  on various
topics  of  interest in the field  (Shelan, 1980).

d.    Existing University Programs

      The University  of  Michigan School  of Public Health offers degree programs
 in public health  with  specialization in environmental health at the  Master's
and Ph.D.  levels.   There is also  a  combined degree  program  in environmental
health science and sanitary  engineering.    The programs  offer a wide  range of
 courses,  many  of  which provide discussion in many  aspects of  on-site waste-
 water management  (University of Michigan, 1980).


                                   VI-F-4

-------
     Ferris State College has  degree  programs  in environmental health at  the
associate's and bachelor's  levels.   Its  degree  programs  offer  three  speciali-
zations, which are  general  environmental  health,  vector  control,  and environ-
mental planning and management.  Specifically offered  are two  courses relating
to  on-site wastewater  disposal:   "Water  Supply and  Pollution Control"  and
"On-Site  Wastewater  Treatment and  Disposal."    It  was   the  only  university
contacted  in the  region that  offered a specific  course  in  on-site  wastewater
management.  Students in  the  environmental  management program  can participate
in  environmental  management studies  centered upon research and  field  studies
into  existing  community problems.   Students in the bachelor's  degree  program
are required to  complete  a  three-month internship to  obtain practical  working
experience before  graduation   (Ferris  State  College  Bulletin,  1980;  Fleming,
1980).

5.    MINNESOTA

a.    Sanitarian  Requirements

      The  State of  Minnesota  has  two  certification programs  for  sanitarians,
both  of which  are voluntary.   The Minnesota Department of Health has a certi-
fication  program  for  persons employed  in  general  environmental health  work
that  may  include  work  in  on-site  wastewater  management.  Requirements  for
certification  include  30  semester  or 45 quarter hour credits  in the physical,
enviromental,  or biological  sciences or  a  degree  in  environmental  health,
sanitary  science,  or sanitary engineering,  completion of one  year  of experi-
ence  in the  environmental health field; and passage  of  a written examination
(Minnesota Department of Health, undated).

      The  Minnesota  Pollution  Control Agency (MPCA) has a voluntary program to
certify inspectors  of  individual sewage treatment systems.   This  program was
enacted in 1979.   The persons certified as inspectors do not  have to be sani-
tarians.   In some areas of the state, building, zoning,  and housing officials
and  others  are  certified  as  inspectors.   Requirements  for  certification
include experience  in  inspecting  a  minimum  of 30 systems  and passage  of  a
written examination on the theory and practice of on-site wastewater disposal
 (MPCA,  1979).  A  person could  be and  often is certified by both the Department
of  Health and  Pollution Control Agency.

      Counties  have  control over  the requirements  for   the  hiring  of  local
sanitarians  and  individual sewage  treatment system  inspectors.   In the more
urban counties with a  health  department, the persons generally have a minimum
of  a  bachelor's  degree  in a basic  science discipline.   The  rural counties
without a health  department  are more  likely  to have  inspectors with lesser
qualifications and  may  not  have any  sanitarians  (Hansel,  1980).

b.     Contractor  Requirements

      The Minnesota Pollution  Control  Agency has  also established a voluntary
 certification  program for  individual  sewage treatment system  site evaluators,
 designers, installers, and pumpers,  in addition  to  the inspectors discussed
 above.   Each  of these personnel  must meet different  certification require-
ments,   including  experience   with  relevant  operations  of individual  sewage
 treatment systems and  passage of a  written  examination.  Certification in all
 cases  is  for  a  period  of  three  years, with  renewal  based  upon  passage of
                                   VI-F-5

-------
another written examination or completion of  15  hours  of training acceptable
to the Agency (MPCA,  1979).

c.    Existing Training Programs

     The Minnesota Pollution  Control  Agency  and  the University of Minnesota
Agricultural  Extension Service  co-sponsor a series  of seminars  each year
entitled "Home  Sewage  Treatment  Workshops."  These  seminars last three days
and are  offered  five  to  nine times a year in  different areas  of the  state.
They are intended  to  provide  basic  information on  on-site wastewater treatment
to all those involved in on-site  wastewater  management.   An extensive workbook
entitled The 1980 Home  Sewage Treatment Workshop Workbook  has  been developed
for use in the workshops (Machmeir  and  Hansel, 1980).   These  workshops are the
most extensive offered in the region.

     The Minnesota On-Site  Sewage  Treatment Contractors Association holds  an
annual  convention  each January,  at which training  sessions  are held  in all
phases  of  on-site   wastewater  disposal.   The  association  also  publishes   a
monthly  newsletter  that  contains  industry  information and  other  news   of
interest.

d.    Existing University Programs

     The  University   of Minnesota  offers  Master's  and Ph.D.  level  degree
programs in  the School of Public Health with specialization in  environmental
health.   Although  there  are no  specific courses offered  solely in on-site
wastewater  disposal,  related  courses  such as  environmental  health aspects  of
wastewater  systems,  water hygiene, and  the microbiology of water and  waste-
water  provide  an  excellent  background  to  the  field  of small  waste  flows
management  (University of Minnesota, 1980).

     Besides  being  actively  involved  in the  Home  Sewage Treatment  Workshops,
the University  of  Minnesota  Agricultural  Extension Service has  also  published
several  noteworthy  publications  on   on-site wastewater  management.    These
include  How to Run  a Percolation Test  (Machmeier,  1977a) ,   Get to  Know Your
Septic  Tank  (Machmeier,  1977b),  Town  and  Country Sewage Treatment (Machmeier,
1979),   and  Shoreland Sewage Treatment:   Recommendations for Identifying  and
Eliminating  Nonconforming Systems (Machmeier,  1975).

5.     OHIO

a.     Sanitarian Requirements

      Sanitarians  are  not  required to  become  registered  to  work  in  Ohio
although the state does have  voluntary registration procedures for sanitarians
and  sanitarians-in-training.   Registration  as   a  sanitarian  requires as  a
minimum a bachelor's or higher  degree in  environmental health  science  and at
 least  one year of full-time  employment as a  sanitarian.  Persons with degrees
 in  subjects  other than environmental health science  are  required  to  have  at
 least   45  quarter  hours  or   30  semester  hours  of  science  courses  and must
 complete two years  of full-time employment  as  a sanitarian before registra-
 tion.   Persons who  meet the education qualifications  but  not  the experience
 requirements may  be  registered  as  sanitarian-in-training (Ohio State Board of
 Sanitarian Registration,  undated).


                                  VI-F-6

-------
     All  registered  sanitarians  are  also required  to  complete  annually  a
continuing education program of at least six hours  in subjects  relating to  the
practices  of  the  professional  sanitarian (Ohio  State  Board  of  Sanitarian
Registration, undated).  The Board of Sanitarian Registration annually mails  a
list of approved continuing education courses.   This is the only state in U.S.
EPA Region V that has such continuing education requirement for its  registered
sanitarians.

     Cities  and  counties  within Ohio operate  individually in setting require-
ments  for  hiring of  sanitarians.   Basically  cities can  set any requirements
they wish  for sanitarian  positions.   Of  72  cities within the  state,  only  2
require  that the person hired be capable of future registration after obtain-
ing experience.  None of the cities require registration as a  prerequisite to
hiring  (Veverka, 1980).

     Counties  have  the  opportunity  to hire sanitarians  with  assistance from
the State  of Ohio,  County Services Office, Division  of Personnel.   The State
of Ohio  has  developed position classifications for sanitarian personnel within
the state.   When a  county wishes to  hire  a sanitarian, it submits  a position
description  and  the person's application to the County Services  Office.  The
office  determines whether the position description matches  a  state classifi-
cation.  If  it does,  the office determines whether the person meets  the quali-
fications  for the  position  and forwards  recommendations  to the county.  The
county  may still hire a person with a negative recommendation  by submitting a
waiver   accepting   liability  for  the  person's lower qualifications.   Most
counties comply  with  this program (Malone,  1981).

b.     Contractor  Requirements

     Contractors involved in on-site wastewater disposal  are  not required to
become  certified on a statewide basis.  Some counties  require  registration of
those  contractors providing  services within their jurisdictions.

c.     Existing Training Programs

     The Ohio Bureau  of  Environmental Health provides  a sanitarian in training
program that provides training for  either  newly hired sanitarian personnel or
persons who  may wish  to become sanitarians  within  the  state.  The program
lasts  for  16 weeks and  includes 4 weeks of classroom  training and 12 weeks of
on-the-job training.   Classroom  training  consists of a course  in  the prin-
ciples  of  environmental health lasting one and one-half weeks, and a two-and-
one-half week course  in  Ohio  environmental health programs.  After  classroom
training,  the trainee  is provided  with on-the-job work experience by  accom-
panying trained  sanitarians  and participating directly in  environmental  health
programs.   After completion  of the program, the  trainee  will have a working
knowledge  of the administration  of  environmental  health programs within Ohio
and will be  qualified to  assume  the responsibilities of an entry-level sani-
tarian.  Persons are paid during the  training  period, but  there  is no guaran-
tee of  employment upon  completion  of the  program.  However, if  the  person is
willing to relocate,  employment is  normally available. This program  of  formal
 sanitarian training is much more extensive than any  others provided  in other
U.S.  EPA  Region V  states  (Ohio  Department of  Health, 1976;  Veverka,  1980).
                                   VI-F-7

-------
     The Ohio  Department of  Health offers  yearly programs  for sanitarians
within the  state  to comply with their continuing  education  requirement for
registration.   These programs  do  not  deal  specifically with on-site wastewater
management.

     The Ohio Environmental Health Association has  an annual conference where
information  concerning  on-site  wastewater  management  may be disseminated.

     Wright State University co-sponsored  with the Ohio Department of Health a
three-day conference on  on-site  wastewater management  in September 1980.  If
interest is  shown and funds  are available,  more conferences  and seminars of
this type will be held.

d.    Existing University  Programs

     Wright  State  University offers  a  bachelor's degree  in environmental
health and  also a Master's  degree in biology with  specialization in environ-
mental health.  The  University offers  one course in water pollution and water
supply  that discusses on-site wastewater management.   About  three  weeks of
this course are spent in the theory and application  of  conventional and alter-
native wastewater  systems.  The course  includes  field  trips to look at actual
systems.  The program  provides a student  with a general environmental health
background  (Lucas, 1980).

7.    WISCONSIN

a.    Sanitarian Requirements

     Wisconsin  requires  that personnel involved  in administering  and enforcing
the  private sewage disposal  regulations  become  certified plumbing inspectors
 (Wisconsin  Department  of Health  and Social Services,  1980).   Requirements for
certification include  completion of a required training program and passage of
an  examination.  Inspectors who  have a year of  experience  in  plumbing  inspec-
tion work are exempt from the examination but must still complete the training
program.

     The  state  also requires  all persons involved in conducting  soils  evalua-
tions  for on-site systems to become certified soil testers (Wisconsin  Depart-
ment of Health  and  Social Services,  1980).  Each plan for an on-site  system is
 required to contain  soils information prepared by a certified  soil tester, and
each governmental unit  involved with private sewage disposal is  required to
have a certified soil tester on staff  or under  contract to review the plans.
 Certified   soil testers  are  required  to pass  an  examination  given  by the
Department  of  Industry,  Labor, and Human  Relations.

b.     Contractor Requirements

     Private sewage disposal  systems are  considered to be plumbing.   They are,
 therefore,  regulated under the  plumbing  code.  Any person performing plumbing
 work in Wisconsin  is  required  to be licensed as a plumber.   There  are  three
 progressive grades of plumbing  licensure:   apprentice, journeyman, and master
 plumbers.   Apprentice and journeyman plumbers must work under the supervision
 of a master plumber.   For plumbers  involved  only in private sewage disposal, a
 master  plumber's  (restricted)   license   may  also  be  obtained.   A  master
 plumber's  (restricted)  license   requires a person to  have  a minimum  of two

                                   VI-F-8

-------
years'  experience as a journeyman plumber (restricted)  and one year of experi-
ence as  an  apprentice.   A master plumber is  required  to  complete more exten-
sive experience  including  three  years  as a journeyman plumber  and five years
as an  apprentice,  or  completion  of a degree in engineering and three years of
experience  as  the the  owner  or   co-owner  of  a firm engaged  in  plumbing work
(Wisconsin Department of Health and Social  Services, 1980).

c.    Existing Training  Programs

     The State  of  Wisconsin through the Wisconsin  Board  of  Vocational,  Tech-
nical,   and  Adult  Education has  developed a  three-day  training  program  for
persons wishing to become certified plumbing inspectors.   This program is held
annually in January.   An extensive training manual has been developed for use
during  this training  session  (Sheahan,  1980).   In  addition,  all  certified
plumbing  inspectors  are  required  to complete  a  minimum   of  20  units  of con-
tinuing  education  annually.   Continuing  education programs  are offered  by
state-employed  certified plumbing inspectors during the winter.

     The  University  of  Wisconsin-Extension  offers  three  to  six  refresher
sessions for  certified soil testers each year.  These generally combine field
work and class  instruction  in the field evaluation of soils.   The sessions are
one day  in  length.  The state also has prepared a training manual for persons
wishing  to  become  certified  as   soil testers  (Wisconsin  Department  of Health
and Social Service, 1979).

     The University of Wisconsin-Extension provides a number of other training
programs related to on-site wastewater management.  Each year the UW-Extension
offers  a one-week  course  in the on-site disposal  of  small  wastewater flows.
This course  covers all aspects of  on-site  wastewater  management.   The exten-
sion service  also recently offered a one-week  course in land treatment system
design.   Additional  extension programs planned  for  1981 include  a one-week
program  in  the   design  of  alternative  wastewater   treatment  and  disposal
systems.   Also,  the  extension   office  provides  dial-a-tape  cassettes  that
contain  information  about  septic  systems.  Recorded  cassettes  dealing with
permit  requirements,   installation  and  inspection procedures,  operation and
maintenance,  and  failures  arid  rehabilitation are  also   available  (Quigley,
1980).

     The State  of  Wisconsin also  participated in the joint Department of Labor
and Environmental  Protection Agency program designed to train rural wastewater
treatment  plant  operators.   The program  is  available through  the Wisconsin
Vocational  Training and Adult  Education District  consortium.  The training is
specifically  designed for  wastewater plant operators  and no training on-site
technology  is provided.   (Marcos,  1980).

     Training  is  also  provided  through the  Wisconsin On-Site Waste Disposal
Association.   This  is a  professional  association  of personnel  involved in
on-site  wastewater disposal including installers,  soil testers, manufacturers,
and  related governmental and educational personnel.   Members are kept up-to-
date on regulations and information pertaining to on-site disposal through a
bimonthly  newsletter  and  educational  programs offered  throughout  the state
yearly.   The  association also  holds an  annual  conference where topics of the
trade  are discussed and  information  is  disseminated  (Wisconsin On-Site Waste
Disposal Association,  1980).
                                  VI-F-9

-------
d.    Existing University Programs

     The University  of Wisconsin,  through its agricultural  engineering  and
water resource management programs, offers several courses related to on-site
wastewater  management.   Although there  are  no  distinct courses  in on-site
wastewater  management, it is discussed in  several courses.  A large number of
courses such  as  those in  soils,  hydrology,  environmental pollution control,
and others  give a  student  excellent background  preparation  for  work in small
waste flows management.

     In addition to the extension  programs discussed above, the University of
Wisconsin has  done unparalleled research  and  investigation  into  the on-site
disposal of wastewater through  its  Small  Scale Waste Management Project.  This
project, which began in 1971, has provided  extensive research and publications
dealing with nearly all aspects  of on-site wastewater  management,  the volume
of which makes it impractical to review here.  A bibliography listing over 150
publications produced by the Small  Scale  Waste Management  Project is available
from  the project   (University  of Wisconsin,  1979).   Of  singular  note is the
publication  Management of Small Waste Flows   produced   by  the  project  and
published by U.S.  EPA (University of Wisconsin,  1978).

8.    NON-STATE  AFFILIATED  PROGRAMS

a.    National  Sanitation Foundation

     The  National  Sanitation  Foundation  (NSF)  has  sponsored  national  con-
ferences  each  of  the  past  seven years  on  individual  on-site  wastewater
systems.   The  past two conferences have also been  co-sponsored  by the U.S.
EPA.  Although  all seven  of these  conferences have had different  themes, the
continuing  objective  of  the  conferences  according  to  the  NSF  is  "to dis-
seminate timely  information on  alternative  systems, and provide  a forum for
exchange of  information  among  the various  disciplines  concerned  with their
effective  utilization."  The conferences are  designed  for all persons  with an
interest in on-site  wastewater  management and  have  been held in  the  fall of
each  year   and  last  three  days.  Conference proceedings  are also  published
(McClelland,  1977a, 1977b, 1977c, 1978, 1979,  1980).

b.    U.S. EPA Technology  Transfer

      The U.S.  EPA, through its Technology Transfer program has held  a number
of  training programs  throughout U.S.  EPA Region V  dealing with  small waste
flows  managment.    Some  of these  programs were  geared  towards  the  general
public, while others  were designed for state and Federal regulatory personnel.
These  programs  generally  dealt with the utilization  of innovative/alternative
technologies  and  with  relevant changes in  the construction grants  program.
                                  VI-F-10

-------
                                REFERENCES
Decker,  T.    Indiana  State  Board  of  Health,  General  Sanitation  Division,
     Indianapolis,  IN.    Personal  communications,   16  October  1980  and  30
     December 1980.

Ferris State  College.   1980.   Ferris State College Bulletin.  Big  Rapids MI.

Fleming,  J.  R.  Head,  Department  of Environmental  Quality Programs,  Ferris
     State College, Big  Rapids,  MI. Personal communication, 10  October 1980.

Hansel,  M.   Staff Engineer,  Minnesota  Pollution Control  Agency,  Division of
     Water Quality,  Roseville, MN.   Personal  communications,  8  October 1980
     and 30 December 1980.

Hudkins, S. J.  On-Site Waste Disposal Project Coordinator, Purdue University,
     West Lafayette, IN.  Personal communication, 17 October 1980.

Illinois  Department  of  Public   Health.    1974.   Private  sewage  disposal
     licensing act and code.  Springfield IL.

Illinois Department of Registration and Education.  1980.   Illinois sanitarian
     registration  act,   Illinois  Revised  Statutes  1977,  Ch.Ill Sec.5901  to
     5925, Rev. 1980.  Springfield IL.

Indiana,  State of 1963.   Indiana sanitarians registration act.   Indiana Code
     of  1971, Title 25, Article 32, Chap. 1. Indianapolis IN.

Indiana  State University, Department of Health and Safety.  1980.  Curriculum
     for environmental health.  Terre Haute IN.

Indiana  University,  School  of Public and Environmental Affairs.   1980.   Envi-
     ronmental programs.  Bloomington IN.

Koren,  Dr.  H.   Coordinator,  Department of  Health  and Safety,  Indiana State
     University,  Terre  Haute, IN.   Personal communication, 10  October  1980.

Lucas,  Dr.  J.   Chairman,  Department  of  Environmental Health,  Wright State
     University, Dayton,  OH.   Personal  communication, 15 October 1980.

Machmeier,  R.  E.   1975.   Shoreland sewage  treatment:   Recommendations for
     identifying  and eliminating  nonconforming  systems.   Extension Bulletin
     394.   University of Minnesota,  Agricultural Extension Service, St. Paul
     MN.

Machmeier, R.  E.  1977a.   How  to run  a percolation test.  Extension Folder 261.
     University  of  Minnesota Agricultural  Extension  Service,  St.  Paul MN.

Machmeier, R. E.  1977b.   Get  to know your  septic tank.  Extension Folder 337.
     University  of  Minnesota Agricultural  Extension  Service,  St.  Paul MN.

Machmeier, R. E.  1979.    Town  and  country  sewage treatment.  Revised edition.
     University  of Minnesota, Agricultural  Extension Service,   St.  Paul MN.
                                  VI-F-11

-------
Machraeier, R.  E.,  and M.  J.  Hansel.   1980.   Home sewage  treatment  workshop.
     University of Minnesota  and  Minnesota Pollution Control  Agency,  St.  Paul
     MN.

Malone,  M.  Ohio  Department  of  County  Services,   Division  of  Personnel,
     Columbus, OH.   Personal communication, 5 January 1981.

Marcos,  R.   Wisconsin   Vocational   Training  and  Adult  Education  District
     Consortium, Madison, WI.  Personal communication, 14 October 1980.

McClelland, N.  I.,  ed.   1977a.  Individual  on-site  wastewater  systems:   Pro-
     ceedings  of the  First National Conference,  1974.   Sponsored  by National
     Sanitation  Foundation.   Ann Arbor  Science  Publishers,  Ann Arbor  MI.

McClelland, N.  I.,  ed.   1977b.  Individual  on-site  wastewater  systems:   Pro-
     ceedings  of the  Second National Conference, 1975.   Sponsored by National
     Sanitation Foundation and USEPA Technology  Transfer  Program.   Ann Arbor
     Science Publishers, Ann Arbor MI.

McClelland, N.  I.,  ed.   1977c.  Individual  on-site  wastewater  systems:   Pro-
     ceedings  of the  Third National Conference,  1976.   Sponsored  by National
     Sanitation Foundation and USEPA Technology  Transfer  Program.   Ann Arbor
     Science Publishers, Ann Arbor MI.

McClelland, N.  I., ed.   1978.  Individual  on-site  wastewater  systems:   Pro-
     ceedings  of the  Fourth National Conference, 1977.   Sponsored by National
     Sanitation  Foundation  and  U.S.  EPA Technology  Transfer   Program.   Ann
     Arbor Science Publishers, Ann Arbor MI.

McClelland, N.  I., ed.   1979.  Individual  on-site  wastewater  systems:   Pro-
     ceedings  of  the Fifth National Conference,  1978.   Wastewater treatment
     alternatives  for  rural  and semi-rural  areas.   Sponsored  by National
     Sanitation  Foundation.   Ann Arbor Science Publishers,  Ann  Arbor MI.

McClelland, N. E., ed.   1980.   Individual  on-site  wastewater  systems:  Pro-
     ceedings  of  the Sixth National Conference,  1979.   Sponsored by National
     Sanitation  Foundation.   Ann Arbor Science Publishers,  Ann  Arbor MI.

Michigan Department of Licensing  and Regulation.  1974.  Sanitarians registra-
     tion act and  rules.   Act 147 of 1963, as amended.   Lansing MI.

Minnesota Department  of  Health.  Undated.  Application for state registration,
     environmental health  specialist/sanitarian.  Minneapolis MN.

Minnesota Pollution Control Agency.   1979.  A proposed  voluntary  plan for the
     certification   of    individual   sewage  treatment   systems  personnel.
     Roseville MN.

Ohio Department of  Health.   1976.  Environmental  health training  opportuni-
     ties.  Bureau of Environmental  Health,  Columbus OH.

Ohio  State   Board  of  Sanitarian Registration.   Undated.   Laws  and  rules.
     Columbus OH.
                                   VI-F-12

-------
Quigley,  J.  T.   University of  Wisconsin-Extension,  Madison,  WI.    Personal
     communication, 15 October 1980.

Rowe, D.  E.   1979. Environmental  Health Internship Policy Manual  and  Guide-
     line, Illinois  State University, Department  of Health  Sciences,  Normal
     IL.

Sheahan, G.  1980.  Uniform dwelling code inspector training,  Chapter Ind.  25,
     Plumbing   and  potable  water   standards:    Private  sewage   disposal.
     Wisconsin Board of Vocational, Technical and Adult Education, Madison WI.

Shelar,  A.   Shelar  Sanitation,  Jackson,   MI.   Personal  communication,  28
     October 1980.

Smith,  N.  C.,  and W.  F. Echelberger, Jr.  1979.   Water Clean-Up:  Educational
     programs conducted  in  Indiana's water  quality planning regions.  Indiana
     University,  School  of  Public  and Environmental Affairs,  Indianapolis IN.

University of Michigan,  School  of  Public Health.  Catalog  of course descrip-
     tions, 1980-1981 Edition.  Ann Arbor MI.

University  of  Minnesota,  School  of  Public  Health.   1980-1982   Bulletin.
     Minneapolis MN.

University  of  Wisconsin,  Small  Scale  Waste  Management  Project.   1978a.
     Management  of  small  waste  flows.   NTIS  PB-286  560.   For  U.S.  EPA,
     Municipal ERL, Cincinnati OH.

University  of   Wisconsin,   Small   Scale  Waste  Management  Project.   1979.
     Publications  list of the Small  Scale Waste  Management Project.  Madison
     WI.

Veverka,  F. M.   Recruitment,  Training and Special Services Unit, Division of
     Planning,  Evaluation,  and  Administrative  Services,  Bureau of Environ-
     mental Health,  Columbus, OH.   Personal communications,   9,  October 1980
     and  14, November  1980.

Volkers,  J.   Michigan Department  of Public  Health,  Lansing,  MI.  Personal
     communications, 9 October 1980  and 30 December  1980.

Wisconsin Department  of  Health  and Social  Services.    1979.   Soil  Tester
     Manual.  Bureau of Environmental health, Madison WI.

Wisconsin Department of Health and Social Services.  1980.  Wisconsin Plumbing
     Code.  In:   Wisconsin Administrative Code.  Rules of Department of Health
     and  Social  Services.  Madison WI.

Wisconsin On-Site Waste Disposal Association, Inc. 1980.  Membership brochure.
     Madison WI.
                                  VI-F-13

-------
G.    TRAINING PROGRAMS  NEEDED

     An  effective  small  waste  flows management  program relies  on  competent
personnel to  perform a  myriad  of related  tasks.   This  competency  is gained
through  a  wealth  of experience  and training  with  conventional centralized
wastewater technology.   By  comparison,  experience and training developed with
on-site  and  small  scale   systems  is  limited,  and  typically is  fragmented
between  regulatory personnel  and  contractors.   There is a recognized need for
improved training  of multidisciplinary  personnel  to work in small waste flows
management.

     Section C  of  this  Chapter  indicates types of personnel  needed  for small
waste flows agencies, and Section D  estimates future levels  of  effort.  This
section  discusses  training programs  that  would be  desirable to  improve  the
expertise of these personnel.

     Many types of  training programs  are  offered by  a variety  of sponsors
throughout Region V.  While most  states have some excellent features in their
programs, no  one  state  appears  to  have  developed a  comprehensive training
approach for all levels of personnel involved in small waste flows management.

     Better training programs  in  small  waste flows technology are required at
many levels.  At the university level more  classroom training should be pro-
vided  in the use  of decentralized wastewater  technology;  traditionally,  the
focus of the  training has been a conventional treatment of large scale works.
Little  emphasis has been  placed  on  on-site  or other  alternative wastewater
treatment technologies.   Even  those schools  that  offer degree  programs  in
environmental health sciences,  and  are considered to  be sanitarian training
programs do not  cover small waste flows  technology.

     Only one program at Ferris State College has been identified as devoting
an  entire course to the subject.   Few of these programs, even those that pro-
vide  training  in  the  subject,  incorporate "hands-on"  techniques   that  are
necessary to fully train an individual.   These programs need to be strengthen-
ed  to  better  prepare the inspectors, planners, soil and water resource scien-
tists, and administrators who are entering the field.

     Training programs for  field personnel (system designers, installers, soil
testers) are  needed  for  continual updating on new  developments.   These pro-
grams  may  be  offered  by universities,  state,  regional  or  local  levels  of
government,   and  trade  associations.   The  Home  Sewage  Treatment Workshops,
sponsored by the University of Minnesota Extension and the Minnesota Pollution
Control  Agency, as  well as  various  workshops offered by the  University  of
Wisconsin-Extension, are excellent examples of these programs.

     In  addition,  most  colleges and  universities provide training in subjects
related  to  small  waste  flows  technology,  such  as soil  science, hydrology,
geology  and  others;  training  in  these  related disciplines  is desirable also
for personnel entering the  small waste flows field.

     Universities  can also develop small waste flows management research and
demonstration projects.   Through  these  projects,  universities can develop and
disseminate valuable information concerning new  technology  and  other related
matters.  The University of Wisconsin and Purdue University, both in Region V,


                                  VI-G-1

-------
are performing research and developing demonstration projects  that further the
current knowledge of  small  waste  flows technology.   These programs  should be
supported, encouraged, and fostered at other universities.

     Improvement is necessary also  for on-the-job or pre-service level train-
ing for regulatory personnel  involved in small waste flows management.   Most
states provide no  formal  training for new employees;   training  that  is pro-
vided is  dependent upon  local employment.   In some  instances  this  means that
new employees will receive inadequate, incomplete and/or incompetent training.
On the  other hand, the State  of  Ohio has an  excellent voluntary pre-service
training program that includes 4 weeks of classroom and  12  weeks of on-the-job
training.    Indiana also  provides  a  one-week orientation session  including
about 8 hours  of  training in small waste flows  technology.   The Ohio  program
is a model for this type of training program.

     Additionally, as  the need for homeowner maintenance increases with the
use of more  technologically complex systems,  homeowners need  to be instructed
in the  operation and  maintenance of  their  individual  systems.  This  may be
accomplished through  educational  brochures  similar  to those published  through
the University  of Wisconsin  and  the  University  of Minnesota  extension ser-
vices.  The  University  of Wisconsin also offers  a phone recording for  receiv-
ing information  on on-site systems via  dial-a-cassette.   Homeowner education
can also be provided locally by public meetings,  workshops, and other means of
information dissemination related to on-site systems.

     A method by  which states and local communities can insure that qualified
personnel are working  within  the  small waste flows field is to develop certi-
fication programs, which could cover system designers, system  installers, site
evaluators,  soil  testers,  septage pumpers  and haulers,  and system inspectors.
Certification programs  need not be mandatory  to  be effective.   Non-mandatory
programs  can be  effective if local officials  educate the  public in the bene-
fits of utilizing certified personnel.  In this way economics  would force non-
certified personnel to become certified or leave  the business.

     Requirements  for certification  should  include provisions  for requiring
both  training  and experience  in  the  particular  area in which  the person is
being certified to perform work.   Extensive experience  should be an allowable
substitute for formal  training  but not vice-versa.   Actual certification pro-
cedures should  include a  written exam and evaluation of  work  performance to
determine a person's effective knowledge of the field.  Certification programs
should also  require  periodic  evaluations,  which  may  include written exams or
re-evaluation  of  work performance.   Continuing  education  programs  could also
be required  for  re-certification  of certain personnel;  for example, Ohio re-
quires  its  sanitarians  to complete  continuing  education  programs  to remain
certified.   Requirements  for periodic  re-evaluation and  continuing education
help  to  insure  that personnel maintain competency  and  keep  abreast  of new
technological developments within their area of expertise.

     The  development  of  certification programs and uniform standards leads to
consistency  in carrying  out programs throughout  the state and even within one
agency.  Lack of consistency leads to differing qualities of work performance.
In the  case  of regulatory personnel,  lack  of  consistency  may lead to  varying
enforcement of regulations and to a poorer overall program.
                                  VI-G-2

-------
H.   DESIGN PROCESS  FOR SMALL WASTE  FLOWS  AGENCIES

     The process by which  a  community develops  a management program involves
decision-making on  local  options,  required  functions  and responsibility for
function performance.   This  decision-making process may  be  divided into six
major steps, which are as  follows:

     •  Identifying inputs to the design process;

     •  Determining local  options for system ownership  and liability;

     •  Identifying functions which  need to  be provided;

     •  Determining how functions will be  performed;

     •  Determining  who will  be responsible  for function  performance;  and

     •  Implementing the management  program.

Each of these steps will be discussed.

1.   IDENTIFYING INPUTS TO THE  DESIGN PROCESS

     In the process  of designing a  small  waste flows  management program, the
first step  should  be  the  recognition of existing  community characteristics or
factors  that  will  affect agency design.   While  factors  such  as  available
expertise  and  regulatory  authority  could be   modified,   given   sufficient
interest, capital, manpower  and  other resources,  the willingness and ability
of the  community  or  other agencies  to alter these factors will  affect agency
design; other factors, such as the existing  density and performance  of on-site
systems,  also  affect  the  design  process.   Major  factors  which  should  be
recognized  by the  community prior  to designing  the  management program may
include:

     •  Types,  age,  density and expected performance  of proposed  wastewater
        systems;

     •  Water resources sensitivity;

     •  Available expertise;

     •  Available regulatory authority;

     •  Available funding;

     •  Contractor's competence;

     •  Community attitudes towards  growth;

     •  Community  attitudes   towared  public  management  of  private systems;

     •  Jurisdictional setting.
                                  VI-H-1

-------
Factors such as these  form  the  information base for the design of the manage-
ment program.

2.   DETERMINING LOCAL OPTIONS FOR SYSTEM  OWNERSHIP  AND LIABILITY

     These two  basic  option decisions  form  the  framework  for  a community's
policy toward  the  management of  decentralized systems,  and affect  how deci-
sions  are  made in the remainder of  the  design  process.   Once  these option
decisions  have  been  made,  the  level  of risk  that the management  agency is
willing to accept for  system performance will be determined, and the level of
involvement of various parties  within the  systems  will be fairly well estab-
lished.  Responsibility for  required  functions and their performances will be
related  directly  to  the  responsibility for system ownership  and liability.

     Responsibility  for  system  ownership   and  liability  could  be  assigned
separately; for instance, homeowners  might  retain  ownership of their systems
while  the  community  management  agency  might assume  liability for system re-
pairs.   The  homeowners,   then,  would  not be  responsible  for  the  expense of
system repairs.  Through  their  user  charges  they would be,  in effect,  pur-
chasing  an insurance  policy to  remove them from liability.   The  community
management agency  would  then  place  a  portion of the  user  charges  into  a
reserve  fund  to pay   for necessary repairs.   Major  factors  influencing the
determination of these  local options include:

     •  types and  complexity of  proposed wastewater facilities

     •  predicted  failure  rate  (risk)  of proposed facilities

     •  sensitivity of  water resources

     •  community  attitudes  towards  public management

     •  available  regulatory authority

     •  costs  of  proposed  facility improvements  to  the  community  and indi-
        vidual user

3.   IDENTIFYING FUNCTIONS  WHICH  NEED TO BE PROVIDED

     After the  responsibility for  ownership  of, and liability  for, the waste-
water  facilities has been delegated,  functions of  the  management program must
be  identified.  These  functions  will  be dependent  primarily on the following
factors:

     •  Decisions  on   ownership  of  a  liability  for  the  proposed facilities

     •  Types, density, and  expected  performance of proposed  wastewater faci-
        lities

     •  Available regulatory authority and  expertise

     •  Sensitivity of water resources
                                  VI-H-2

-------
     •  Community attitudes  toward  public management of  individual  systems.

     Administrative,   technical,  and  planning capabilities  required in  the
management program should be defined  in terms of function selection.   Certain
management program functions,  such  as those  related  to  system operation and
maintenance,  will be  mandatory if  Construction  Grants  funding is requested.

4.   DETERMINING PERFORMANCE OF SELECTED FUNCTIONS

     Once the types of  functions  of the management program have been defined,
the question must be  addressed  as to  "how" these functions will be performed.
This question may be  answered by defining  the practices involved in performing
various  functions:  defining the  type of permits  required;  devising a  user
charge system;  delineating  staff  responsibilities;  and,  defining enforcement
techniques.   Factors  affecting  these decisions include:

     •  Decisions on  ownership  of and liability  for  the proposed facilities

     •  Types,  density,  and  performance of wastewater  facilities

     •  Available authority  and expertise

     •  Costs of proposed facility improvements to the community

     •  Sensitivity of water resources

5.   DETERMINING RESPONSIBILITY FOR  FUNCTION PERFORMANCE

     Responsibilities  for individual  function performance may be  assumed by
the  management  agency,  private  contractors  and homeowners.   Decisions  con-
cerning the assignment of responsibility will be based upon:

     •  the expertise  required  for function performance

     •  the expertise  available to the management agency

     •  private contractors'  competence

     •  the costs of  the alternatives  to the community and to individual  users

     •  risk which the community is  willing to accept

     •  sensitivity of water resources

6.   IMPLEMENTING THE MANAGEMENT PROGRAM

     The final  stage  in  the  design  process  is the implementation of the man-.
agement  program.   Implementation  may involve:   instituting  the  management
agency;  hiring  of personnel  by the  management agency; developing contractual
arrangements with  private  organizations;  legally incorporating  the on-site
management district;   instituting  inter-agency agreements, including  defining
state and local agency responsibilities; informing and educating homeowners as
to their responsibilities; and,  instituting a  sanitary review board.
                                  VI-H-3

-------
                                 Figure VI-H-1

                      Potential Management Agency Functions
Administrative Capabilities

     a. Staffing
     b. Financial
     c. Permits
     d. Bonding
     e. Certification Programs
     f. Service Contract Supervision
     g. Accept for Public Management Privately Installed Facilities
     h. Interagency Coordination
     i. Training Programs
     j. Public Education
     k. Enforcement
     1. Property Access Acquisition

Technical Capabilities

     m. System Design
     n. Plan Review
     o. Soils Investigations
     p. System Installation
     q. Evaluate Existing Systems
     r. Routine Inspection and Maintenance
     s. Septage Collection and Disposal
     t. Pilot Studies
     u. Flow Reduction Program
     v. Water Quality Monitoring

Planning Capabilities

     w. Land Use Planning
     x. Sewer and Water Planning
                                  VI-H-4

-------
                               Figure VI-H-2

                  Local Decisions in Management Agency Design


Whom should assume ownership for the wastewater facilities?

Should liability for wastewater facilities be borne by the homeowners, a
private organization or by the community management agency?

Should responsibility for routine facilities operation and maintenance rest
with the homeowners, a private organization or the community management
agency?

Which functions should be incorporated into a management agency?

Which of the functions should be performed by the homeowners, a private
organization or the community management agency?

What types of regulatory authority should be utilized?

What type of user charge system should be instituted?
                                 VI-H-5

-------
                                Figure VI-H-3

               Major Factors Influencing Agency Design Decisions


Types of wastewater facilities required or utilized.

Expertise available for use by the community.

Size of the community or management district and number of systems in use.

Community jurisdictional setting.

Community attitudes towards growth.

Community attitudes towards public management of decentralized wastewater
facilities.

Anticipated costs, including initial costs and economic impact of failures.

Anticipated environmental impacts, especially sensitivity of water resources.

Anticipated level of risk assumed by various parties.
                                  VI-H-6

-------
                                 Figure VI-H-4
                Management Agency Design Decision Flow Diagram
Inputs

Types of Facilities
Failure Rate (Risk) of Facilities
Sensitivity of Water Resources
Economic Impact of Failures
Community Attitude Toward Public
  Management
Available Regulatory Authority
Costs of Alternatives to Community/
  User
Management Design Decisions

Determine Liability for Waste-
  water Facilities
  • Public
  • Private
  • Homeowner
Types of Facilities
Expertise Requires to Perform Work
Available Expertise to the Management
  Agency
Available Regulatory Authority
Sensitivity of Water Resources
Failure Rate (Risk) of Facilities
Community Attitudes Toward Public
  Management
Costs of Alternatives to Community/
  User
Determine Responsibility for
  System Design, Soils Investiga-
  tion, System Installation,
  Inspection and Maintenance,
  Septage Collection
  • Public
  • Private
  • Homeowner
Types of Facilities
Decisions on Liability and Responsi-
  bility
Available Regulatory Authority
Community Attitudes Toward Public
  Management
Costs of Alternatives to Community/
  User
Determine Ownership of Facilities
  • Public
  • Private
  • Homeowner
Decisions on Private Liability and
  Responsibilities
Types of Facilities
Community Attitudes Toward Public
  Management
Available Regulatory Authority
Available Expertise
Determine Need for Incorporation
  of Non-Essential Functions
  • Bonding
  • Plan Review
  • Certification Programs
  • Service Contract Supervision
  • Interagency Coordination
  • Training of Public/Private
    Personnel
  • Public Education Program
                                 VI-H-7

-------
                         Figure VI-H-4 (continued)
Community Attitudes Toward Public
  Management
Density
Failure Rate (Risk) of Facilities
Sensitivity of Water Resources
Available Regulatory Authority
Types of Facilities
Management Design Decisions

• Evaluate Existing Systems
• Accept for Public Management
  Privately Installed Facilities
• Water Quality Monitoring
Types of Facilities
Available Regulatory Authority
Failure Rate (Risk) of Facilities
• Property Acquisition
• Flow Reduction Programs
• Pilot Studies
Local Attitudes Toward Growth
Growth Potential/Restraints
Environmentally Sensitive Areas
Available Regulatory Authority
• Land Use Planning
• Water Sewer Planning
Decisions on Incorporation of
  Non-Essential Functions
Decisions on Liability and Responsi-
  bility
Available Expertise
Available Regulatory Authority
Types of Wastewater Facilities

Types of Wastewater Facilities
Decisions on Liabilty and Responsi-
  bility
Costs of Providing Management Services

Types of Wastewater Facilities
Decisions on Liability and Responsi-
  bility
Failure Rate (Risk) of Facilities
Available Regulatory Authority
Sensitivity of Water Resources

Types of Wastewater Facilities
Decisions on Liability and Responsi-
  bility
Available Regulatory Authority
Grant Eligibility for Management
  Agency or Users
Determine Level of Essential
  Functions to Be Provided

• Staffing
  User Charge System
• Permits
  —Occupancy
  —Operating
  —System Installation
• Grants/Loans Administration
                                 VI-H-8

-------
                         Figure  VI-H-4  (continued)
                                            Management Design Decisions
Types of Wastewater Facilities              • Enforcement
Decisions on Liability and Responsi-
  bility
Available Regulatory Authority
Failure Rate (Risk) of Facilities
Sensitivity of Environmental Resources
                                 VI-H-9

-------
I.    HYPOTHETICAL SMALL  WASTE  FLOW  MANAGEMENT PROGRAMS

1.    INTRODUCTION

     Community interest  in  the  regulation of private wastewater  systems  must
be weighed  against individual  rights  to  privacy and freedom to  live  without
unwarranted governmental interference, as  guaranteed  by the  Fourth Amendment.
Community  interest outweighs this  right  to privacy  when  public  health  or
environmental safety is  threatened  by the transport of pathogens  or nutrients
off-site from the private wastewater system.

     The  level  of  regulation  imposed  on private  wastewater systems  should
depend  upon  the  type  and severity of  the  threats  they are  likely  to  pose  to
the common good.   Overreaction may lead to overregulation,  increased community
costs,  and  reduced  community  support   for management  programs.   Accurate
assessment is, therefore, essential when considering the threats  to the common
good posed by private wastewater systems.

     The  potential  for  adverse  community  public  health  and  environmental
impacts  can  be  assessed by the density  of  the on-site systems,  the  failure
rate associated with these  systems,  and the  sensitivity of the  affected water
resources.  When houses are far apart, the probability of a system malfunction
harming  other residents  is  too  low  for  community  concern.   However,  when
houses  are  closer together,  the  potential  for public  health and groundwater
impacts  is  much  greater.   At  high  densities,  even  with  no apparent  system
malfunctions, the impact on groundwater quality by nitrates and  other chemical
constituents may be of community concern.

     The failure rate,  as it affects the common good,  will  be directly related
to density.   In  densely  populated areas,  the potential for adverse impacts  is
greater  than  in  sparsely settled areas.   Even where  the  failure  rate is low,
densely  populated communities  have  an  interest  in  aggressively  preventing
future  failures.   Where  failures  occur  in  sparsely  settled areas, they may
pose  only a marginal  threat  to the common  good.   Internal  failures,  such  as
plumbing  backups,  may  be of  indirect public interest if  they result  in poor
personal hygiene.

     Water resources that may be affected by on-site  systems include  recrea-
tional  lakes, water  supply reservoirs, groundwater aquifers, and other water
bodies.   The sensitivity  of these  water resources  and  their  usage  by the
public  will  determine  the  threats to the  community posed  by on-site systems.
Where  a highly  eutrophic lake  is  receiving  a small  amount  of  nutrient input
from on-site  systems,  it may not be in the community interest to prevent this
occurrence.   However,  when the  lake  is oligotrophic  or  is used  for  a water
supply,  community interest is much greater.

     Community involvement  with existing  on-site systems should be limited  to
assessment of water  quality and public health impacts  that  require  remedial
action where unacceptable impacts exist, and  implementation of management pro-
grams  to deal with  future  impacts.  Community  interest in  future wastewater
systems  should  be  limited  to  regulation of  the  design,  installation, and
operation  and maintenance,  consistent with  the potential for  adverse public
health and environmental impacts.
                                  VI-I-1

-------
     The models presented below reflect increasing levels  of community interest
in the  regulation  of  private  wastewater systems.   When community  interest  is
low, community management may  be  limited to initial  installation.   Increasing
community interest may require regulation of all phases  of system life includ-
ing  installation,  operation and maintenance,  failure,  renovation  and,  ulti-
mately, abandonment.   Abandonment  represents the  maximum intervention that  a
community may  take  in regulating  individual systems,  and  should  only be  taken
when community interest cannot be  satisfied in any other way.

     The  alternative  management models will  all be  applied to  communities
within  a  single  county to show the various  types  of  management  programs that
may  be  applicable to  parts of a  county with differing  community interests.
There  is  a great  deal of  variability  in the development  of  each management
program.   Variables  such  as   system  ownership,   liability,  incorporation  of
functions,  and  responsibility for  functions,  still  need  to be  determined
individually  by  each  community.   The  county  description is  presented  next,
followed by the management models.

2.    COUNTY  DESCRIPTION

     Milford  County  encompasses 200  square  miles and  is  predominantly  rural
with a  year-round  population  of 9,000, which increases  in summer to a popula-
tion of 12,000.   The  increase in seasonal population is directly attributable
to  second  home development  surrounding Clear Lake.  Figure VI-I-1  presents a
general map of Milford County.

     There are two incorporated towns within the  county, Milton and Littleton,
and  one unincorporated village, Crossville.   The remainder of  the county  is
rural.   Each  of  these areas  have separate wastewater needs.  They will  be
described  separately.  These  descriptions  will  provide   input  data  for  the
design  process.

a.    Milton

     Milton is  the largest  town within the county.  It has a year-round popu-
lation  of 2,000,  which  increases  to  5,000  during the summer because  of the
seasonal  development  around Clear  Lake, which is  within town boundaries.  The
majority  of Milton's  permanent residents  live   in  the southeast  section  of
town.   Table  VI-I-1  provides  a breakdown  of  the population  distribution  in
Milton  and the number  of homes served by sewer and individual systems.

      TABLE VI-I-1.  POPULATION DISTRIBUTION AND  SEWER SERVICE IN MILTON
                                   Population               Housing
                              Seasonal  Permanent      Seasonal  Permanent
Around Clear Lake               3000       300           1000       100
Remainder of Town                300      1700            100       500
Served by Sewer                    0      1600              0       480
Served by Individual Systems    3300       400           1100       120
                                  VI-I-2

-------
 0>
 CO
 o
O
                                                                                      c
                                                                                      o
                                                                                     •a
                                                                                     S-i
                                                                                     o
                                                                                     •H
                                                                                      I
                                                                                     M
                                                                                      I
                                                                                     M
                                                                                     >

                                                                                      
-------
     About  80% of  Milton's  permanent  population  is  served  by a  secondary
wastewater treatment plant, which  discharges  into the Major River below Clear
Lake.  The  sewer service  area  is  indicated in Figure VI-I-1.   The  remaining
permanent  population  and  the  seasonal population is  served by  individual
on-site systems.  None  of  the  population surrounding Clear  Lake  is  served by
public sewer.

     Soils in Milton are generally considered adequate for on-site disposal in
areas  served  by individual  systems.   Soils  around  Clear  Lake  are all  of
glacial  origin.   The  only significant problem  occurs on  the north  side  of
Clear  Lake  where high  ground  water tables affect  the performance of on-site
systems.  Some  impermeable soils  are found in the  southeastern  part of town,
but these areas are already served by sewers.

     A  sanitary survey to  determine on-site system performance  was  conducted
by  the County Health  Department.   Of  the  1220  seasonal  and  permanent homes
served by individual systems,  175 failures were reported.   These failures were
identified by  recurrent backups,  surface ponding and direct discharges to the
lake.  Of the 175 failures, 75 were associated with direct discharges or other
inadequate  means  of disposal,  60  were  ponding of  effluent  on the  surface of
the  ground,  and 40  were related to  recurrent  backups  in the residences.  The
greatest  number of  on-site failures,  75,  were  located  on  the  north side of
Clear  Lake  where  soil  conditions are poor.  Many  of these failures  were con-
fined  to  a  densely  developed  area  where  average lot sizes  were  \  acre.  The
remainder  of the failures were dispersed  throughout  the town.  Many of the
malfunctions were  believed to  be  due  to  improper  system  maintenance rather
than  the  inability  of  the area to  support on-site  systems.   This  is parti-
cularly  true where  recurrent  backups  were found.   Following pumping  of the
septic tanks,  and  rehabilitation of the drain fields in some instances, these
systems performed adequately.

     Most of the malfunctioning on-site systems could be upgraded on-site with
minimal  expense.   Of  the  175  system failures, all could  be upgraded on-site
with the exception of 50 systems located on the north side of Clear Lake where
an  off-site cluster collection and disposal  system was  developed.   In some
cases, the use  of alternative systems was permitted as the most economical and
feasible  manner in  which to upgrade existing  systems  or install new systems.
Existing  non-conforming systems were  utilized if  operating properly.  These
systems were granted use variances, and in some cases flow  reduction measures
were required.

     Milton  also operates a  public water  supply,  with an  identical service
area  to that  of the  sewer service area.  Milton's  source  of water is Clear
Lake.   The  remainder  of the  residents  are served  by  individual wells.  The
public water supply is  continually monitored  by  the County Health-Department
with analysis performed by the  state health department.  The water quality has
been in compliance  with applicable standards,  although occasional bacterial
counts have nearly exceeded drinking water standards, and increased  levels of
total  dissolved solids  and nitrates  have been  noted also.

     Clear  Lake is  used also as a  recreational resource not only by  permanent
and seasonal  residents,  but  also  by  day visitors from  surrounding  areas.
Swimming,  boating  and  fishing  are  enjoyed  and are a vital  part of  the  town's
economy.   The  community is  very  concerned about the potential for  pollution
problems  at Clear Lake.

                                   VI-I-4

-------
     The  County  Health Department  has the  authority to  regulate  individual
systems throughout  the County, including the  incorporated towns.   Presently,
the staff  consists  of  one  sanitarian who issues permits,  inspects  installa-
tions  of  new and rehabilitated  systems,  responds to  complaints,  and samples
public water supply  sources.   The sanitarian has a great deal of expertise in
on-site disposals and  is  familiar with alternative systems.  The county sani-
tary  code  permits  the  use of  standard  on-site systems as well as the  use of
mound  systems  under  special  circumstances.   Other  types  of systems  may be
permitted by variances granted by the county sanitarian.

     State health department personnel are also available to provide technical
assistance to the local sanitarian.   Such assistance may include responding to
questions,  assisting  in  inspections,  and  disseminating  information  on  new
technologies.

     The town maintains and has the authority for operating its own wastewater
treatment  plant  and water  treatment plant.    As  discussed, the  town entered
into an agreement with the County to have the County sanitarian oversee pri-
vate wastewater systems.

     Local designers and  contractors are  familiar with  the  use  of many types
of alternative systems.   They have  been working with the sanitarian to allow
the use of a greater range of alternative systems.

     The  community  is  interested in  remaining primarily rural  and  has  no
interest  in providing  services to promote growth.  At the same time the com-
munity  needs  to retain  the  seasonal population  that  is so  vital  to  its
economy.  The community has very limited financial capabilities because of its
small size and limited tax base.

b.    Littleton

     Littleton is  the  other  incorporated town within  the  County and  has  a
population of  1200.   Because  of  its distance from  Clear  Lake  there are few
seasonal  residences.   The community  is moderately populated  with an average
lot size of one acre.

     Littleton  operates  a   small  package  wastewater  treatment plant which
serves about 50% of  its residents.   The remainder of its residents are served
by individual  systems.  The  town does not  operate  any  public  water system.
Residents use individual wells to provide their water supply.

     A sanitary  survey of the 200 on-site systems  in Littleton identified 35
system malfunctions.   These  malfunctions  consisted of 10  systems  with direct
discharges,  10 wide  surface  ponding  and 15  with recurrent  backups.   These
systems were  upgraded on-site with  conventional and mound systems.   Several
alternative  systems  were  also permitted under  special conditions  by issuance
of a  variance.  Existing  non-conforming  systems were allowed  to  continue in
use if operating properly.   These systems were granted a use variance, and in
some cases flow reduction measures were required.

     Soils in  the community  are  considered good for  on-site  treatment.  Some
areas  with shallow  depth to  bedrock have been  identified.   In  these areas
mounds were utilized  for  upgrading.   Soils consist of glacial outwash and are
characterized by moderate to rapid permeability.

                                  VI-I-5

-------
     The  County Health  Department  has  periodically  sampled  private  wells
within  the  area  on an  as-requested basis.   Analysis  of  these samples  has
indicated a rising level  of nitrates in  the groundwater.   Although the systems
may appear to be  operating effectively, this  indicates an apparent  contamina-
tion of groundwater.  Because of the cost associated with the  development of a
community water supply and/or  expansion of the wastewater treatment capacity,
the community has  an  inherent  interest  in keeping the systems operating so as
not to pollute the groundwater.

     As  in  the  town of  Milton, the  County Health Department has  regulatory
control over the on-site  systems through an agreement with the town.  The town
does operate and maintain the community  package treatment plant.

c.    Crossville

     Crossville  is the  only  other  remaining  population  center within  the
County.   It  is  an unincorporated  community of  about 250 residents.   These
residents occupy 75 homes  with an average  lot  size  of about  one acre.   There
are no  public sewer or water services provided.  All  of the  homes  are served
by private wells and individual on-site  systems.

     Soils in this area are predominantly of glacial origin and are  considered
adequate  for on-site treatment.   A  small section of  the  community  is located
on  poor  soils  for on-site  treatment  characterized  by  a  high  ground  water
table.

     A  sanitary survey in  the community has  identified 15  system failures.
Ten of  these  failures  were related to recurrent backups into  the home.   These
systems  were  upgraded  by  septic  tank pumping  and  drainfield rehabilitation.
The remaining five system  failures  were by surface ponding associated  with a
high  ground  water  table.   These  systems  were  upgraded by the  use  of  mound
systems.  All of  the  15  failures  were located within the same general area of
the community.

     Private well-water samples taken within the community have indicated both
high  levels  of  nitrates  and  positive   results in  fecal coliform  for  wells
serving  those   homes  in  which failures had  been identified.   The upgrading
performed on these systems should improve well-water quality.

     As  with  the  two  towns, the County Health Department has  the authority to
regulate  on-site  systems.   As  this area is unincorporated,  it  does not have
independent financial  capabilities  or regulatory authority to develop its own
wastewater treatment system or public water supply.

d.    Rural Areas

     The  remainder of the  County is rural and sparsely  settled.   The major
land  use in  this  area  is  agriculture with  most  residents  occupying  large
tracts  of land.  The area is entirely served by private systems and individual
water supplies.

     Soils  in  this area  are generally  considered  good  for  on-site treatment
with  some small areas of  slowly permeable soils.   For  most homeowners, the
size of their lots  insures an adequate site for on-site disposal.
                                  VI-I-6

-------
     The County Health Department has not performed a  sanitary  survey  for  this
area of  the County.   The  health department has investigated  infrequent  com-
plaints  concerning  on-site  system  failure,  however,  no  major problem areas
have been found.  The  County Health Department does maintain  regulatory  con-
trol over  on-site systems;  where  malfunctions have occurred,  they have  been
repaired on-site.   No  problems  with individual well-water supplies have  been
reported recently.

     The rural farm population does not desire or  support  increased  regulation
of their individual on-site systems.

3.    MANAGEMENT MODELS

     Alternative  management  programs,  which  may  be  developed  for the  com-
munities in this County,  are  described below.  They  are given  in  increasing
levels of regulatory  control appropriate to the communities'  interest  in the
on-site  systems.  Table  VI-I-2  shows the major components of the four manage-
ment programs.

a.    Status Quo Alternatives

     In  rural  areas  of the  County,  interest in  the  regulation of  private
systems  is  low,  primarily  due  to  a low density  of  systems.   Although  some
failures have been  identified,  community-wide problems  are not likely because
of the distance between houses.   Problems with sensitive water  resources would
be  limited  to  individual  wells which,  although  a problem,  would  not be  of
County-wide interest.

     Since  community  interest  is  low, the County  management  program  is
minimal.  The program  is limited to a  continuation of  existing  services  pro-
vided  by the  County   Health  Department.  Services  include  permit issuance,
installation inspections, well-water  supply sampling  on request,  and  investi-
gation of complaints.   The  homeowner retains  system ownership, and is  liable
for system  operation,  maintenance,  and repairs.   The  County  Health  Department
will  not conduct  inspections  to monitor system  performance,  finance  system
repairs, consider the  use  of off-site treatment  facilities,  or permit the use
of  experimental   on-site  designs.    Private contractors  and  system designers
will provide services  to homeowners for system design  and  construction.

     Public education  and  training  programs will  be minimal  and  will  consist
of  disseminating  information as  requested.   There has been little need  for
these programs because of a lack of interest in on-site  systems.   Conventional
technology  is  utilized  and  contractors and homeowners  are  familiar with its
installation and operation requirements.

     This approach  is  adequate  for  rural land areas where scattered  develop-
ment,   farms,   and large  tract  subdivisions  predominate, and  it  is  in  use
throughout  Region  V.    However,  these  systems  would  not  be  eligible   for
Construction Grants  funds  because  of  a lack  of Federal  government interest.

b.    Owner Volunteer Assistance

     Community interest in the regulation of private systems  is greater in the
village of Crossville  because of the higher  density of on-site  systems  and the
                                  VI-I-7

-------


























I-J
Q
O
s

H
Z
O
3




C*g
1

I




^j
05

H
































4-> CC


•H -K
-C 4J
•H U
W C
0 [5
W U
CJ O
E£ MH






"O
CJ

QJ
QJ
35

CO

0
• H
U
E
3




4-1
• H

•H

fQ
•H


CM
•H

W

CJ
E

O

























u
4-1
3

B








0 Q
X X O
CJ 0 X

W
E
CJ

CO



4-1
O

oc oc <3
E E O
•H -H
4-> *J QJ
4-1 U E
E ft 4-1
^ co 3
CJ B O
CM t-M Cfi



CJ
d

o

e
o


i_i
QJ
B
3
O
CJ
E
O
X



CJ

TO


O CJ
i-H 1-1
3
••* r— 1
W -H

QJ 4-1

W "O
>. C w
CA re r— i
•H
QJ >* O

O -H -H
3 W W -O
Cr i d o
C QJ O

3
4-J 1 1
(C

CO







o
X
CJ





4J
to
QJ

c
•H

Cfl

B
•H
«
ft

o






















CJ

S-f E
3 -H
C
W CO
CJ 4J
I-( [A
QJ QJ
i-i i-i CO
QJ QJ -H

re E u
5 -H QJ
ft
QJ >» X

•H -H E
4-t E O OJ
•H 3 -H i— i
(A £ 4-1 J3

QJ o r-l r-i
Cfl U 3 -H
00 CC
O O QJ ^


1 1 1










Q Q
X X
CJ CJ

(A
E
QJ
4-1
CO




o

60 B
E O
-H -H

4J (J
'E ft

CJ E




QJ

JJ
O
QJ
E
O
-C

S-i
QJ
B

O
QJ

_O







42

•H 4-1

l_l
.*. QJ

E 0
CJ E
4J
w -a


QJ


3 -H -H
i— 1 W W
O l E
^ E f

u
CJ 1
E
3
O







O
0 X
X 0





4J


^

•r-(

3 tfl
O 4J
E

E fll
4-> 'ft

O O

























CO
QJ

u



CJ
t-l

Ui
QJ
QJ 4-1
4-J re


-o


3 U
•H ft



1




d




"-^
O Q Q
XXX
0 0 CJ
Cfl
CO
^*
rH Cfl
« 4-J
C E


M CJ O

-HUB
r-H 3 O
ft Cfl -H
E 4-»


re u -H
U 4-> 4-J E

re re o























-^
14
CJ
4-J (A
CO 4-J
3 E E

u E CJ
O CJ 4-> CO Cfl
14-t > CA E -H
O CJ CJ 4->

E ft QJ (A QJ
•H E 4-1 >> ft
•O -H E (A X
C -H QJ
3 V4 GO
<+4 QJ >> E CJ
4-» 4-1 -H i— (
•o re -H 4-> .0

4-) CJ 3 i— 1 -H
E « E QO to
•H re o QJ ^


< i i










O Q
X X
CJ CJ

ca
E
QJ

CA

CA


O

OO E
E 0
•H -H

4J U
'E ft

CJ E




CJ
E

o
QJ
E
O
jd

Wj
CJ
E
3
O
QJ
E
O
X


QJ
•- 4->
cfl re

QJ CJ

CO O
X E

•o

o «

4J >>
d -u
3 -H
O to
E E


&&.E
O ^ bC
co re -H

3
ft i
E
O
CJ







Q
0 X
X CJ





4-1


^

•H

CO Cfl
O 4J


E CD
Jj ^


s, &





























QJ


jj

E
3
QJ O
4-1 i-J
CC 60

T3
QJ QJ

3 U
•H ft
re £


i




C

X

c/:
•^^
Q O Q
XXX
U CJ CJ
CO
(A
X
i-H CA

E E


M flj O

•HUE
r-l S O
ft W -H
E 4->


O3 U -H


re re o


























4J

QJ CA




•H >» 4-J
CO Ut
>> QJ
4-J DO W ft
•H C *O X
B -H B QJ
34-13

E i— ' i— i
O 3 "O rp

QJ 4-1 i — 1
to E re
•H C -H J>


1 1 1





c

o

^-.
O O Q 0 O
3= X 3 X X X 3
• • o • • • o
(A
CA "5
E >>
QJ f-H Cfl

CA 4J C E


> 60 CJ O

O -H -H l-i E
S f-t 3 O

B O O •*-> E -J-1
•H -F-i C ffl >v U •

4-1 u E re re w -H
'E ft 4-> ft cj -H to *o

QJ d o o re re o






>>
4J
E
3
O
U

I-i
CJ
E
3
0
QJ
E
O
X

d
*O -H 'O
E B
3 jj re
4J O CO
CD U QJ CA CA

E l-i QJ CJ CJ CJ
O 00 Cfl 4-J 4-1 4-1 4-1
CJ re E w r-H co
d •- u 3 -H>»O>%
O W 3 CO l-i W
•H E i— 1 QJ >. 4-*
4-1QJ-H > 4->M-lECJ
re 4J re -H -H o o 4->
,— 1 Cfl **-! 4-» E O -H
3 >% QJ H 3 E en

QJO OreEOJE"HO4-<
> ft QJ H^ QJ U O 4-1 'H 4-t

COQJ-HQJl-i 3 r— (3
§QJ i-4 CA 60 60 >—( E
r^ QJ QJ -H QJ O O


ft 1 II 1
E
O
CJ




























































QJ
Cfl

4-J
1-1
CJ

T3 X

3

r— *
t3 rO

4-1 r— 1
E cc
•H ^


1 1



Vl-I-f

-------
number of  identified system  failures.   The potential for  widespread,  rather
than  isolated,  well  contamination is  also greater  because  of  the  greater
system density and number of failures  in one area of the  community.

     Following  the  sanitary  survey,  homeowners were  notified by the  County
sanitarian of needed  system repairs.   These systems were in  violation  of the
County nuisance ordinance  and sanitary code.   Since the  residents were  of low
income, the County  Health  Department  applied for and distributed  Construction
Grants funds  to the homeowners who desired such assistance.   All of the sys-
tems qualified  for  assistance since they had been  occupied prior to 1977 and
were permanent dwellings.

     Homeowners were not required to participate or accept Construction Grants
funds  for  their systems,  but those residents  who did not  receive  funds were
required to  finance their  own repairs.   Three of  the fifteen eligible home-
owners decided  against  receiving assistance so as  to  avoid future  monitoring
and inspection of their systems.

     For  Construction  Grant   recipients,  the  County santarian  will  insure
proper  system  operation   and  maintenance.    At  a  minimum  this  will  be
accomplished  through bi-annual  sanitary  surveys  to determine  system  per-
formance, bi-annual  well-water sampling,  and homeowners  providing proof every
three  years  that  the system  is  being  properly maintained.   This  is done by
providing  pumping  records.    The  County  sanitarian  provides the  bi-annual
sanitary surveys and well-water sampling for the 12 homes.

     Homeowners participating  in  the Construction  Grants  program  agreed to
allow  the  County  Health Department access to inspect their systems and  sample
their  private wells.  This agreement  was made  in writing and attached  to the
deed for the  property.   It shall  run with  the  land and  be in effect  for all
future homeowners.   The  homeowners also agreed to pay annual user charges for
the additional  services  provided by the health department.   These charges are
assessed at the time that the services are performed.  The charges are for the
sanitary  survey,  well-water   sampling,  and a  small  administrative fee  for
administering the Construction Grants program.   The bi-annual costs for these
services were $25,  based  on  $12  for the sanitary survey, $10 for  the well-
water  analysis and $3 for administrative services.

c.     Compulsory  Community Management

     Littleton, with its higher  system density, greater population at risk,
identified system failures, and impacted groundwater, has a greater community
interest in the regulation of individual systems.  This will be reflected in a
higher level of management than under the first two management models.

     Unlike  the voluntary program,  all  homeowners  with  individual  systems
within the corporate limits are required to participate in a community manage-
ment program.   The homeowners retain ownership and liability for their on-site
systems, but  the  community assumes greater responsibility for insuring that
they are properly maintained and operated.

     The town of  Littleton entered into a working agreement  with  the  County
Health Department  to have  the County  sanitarian provide additional services
within the  community.  The community reimburses the  county  for these addi-
tional services through user charges collected from the homeowners.

                                  VI-I-9

-------
     Services provided  by  the  County  Health Department  will include:   bi-
annual  sanitary  surveys  to  determine system  condition  and performance;  bi-
annual  sampling  of  well-water  supplies;  administration  of the  Construction
Grants program to distribute funds  to homeowners  whose  systems  qualify;  educa-
tional  and  training  programs  to  educate  the public,  contractors and  other
parties concerning  on-site  wastewater disposal;  inspection of new or  rehabi-
lated systems, and  response  to  complaints  concerning on-site  disposal.   Home-
owners  needing  individual  systems  repairs  will be notified by the  County
sanitarian.

     The  County  sanitarian  provides  most of  these  services.   However,  to
assist the sanitarian,  the  County  hired a  summer employee  to  perform  routine
sanitary surveying  and  water  sampling.   The  community  also provided the  ser-
vices of its  wastewater treatment  plant operator to  assist in the performance
of surveys and sampling.  The state health  department performs  analysis  on the
water samples.

     The County  Health  Department will  allow the use of  alternative  on-site
systems, as well as the continued  use of existing on-site  systems that  do not
conform to present  codes  but are operating properly.   Existing non-conforming
systems will  be allowed  continued use, although restrictions are  sometimes
placed  on  their usage.  Off-site  alternatives  have  not  yet been  required.
Restrictions that have been applied to use  variances  are  limitations  on  build-
ing  occupancy,  and  the  requirement  that  certain flow  reduction devices  be
utilized.

     Private contractors  and  system  designers continue to  provide services to
individual homeowners  for  the  installation  and repair  of their  individual
systems.

     Homeowners  within   the  management  district are  required to  allow  the
County Health Department access  to  their individual  systems for inspection and
private water supply for sampling.   In return, homeowners whose systems  quali-
fy may  participate in  the  Construction Grants  program.   All homeowners  are
required to pay  annual  user charges to  cover  the  cost of  additional services
provided  by  the County Health  Department.   These  services include  sanitary
surveys, well water sampling, and analysis  and Construction Grants administra-
tion.   Costs  for  providing these  additional services to Littleton will  be
averaged  among  all  residents with  individual  systems and will be  assessed
yearly by the County Health Department.

d.    Comprehensive Water Quality  Management

     The Town of Milton  not only has  an  interest in the individual  systems
surrounding Clear  Lake, but it  has an  interest  also in  all sources  of pollu-
tion  affecting  the lake.  Since Clear  Lake  is the area's water  supply and a
major recreational  resource,  the  town and  county decided to strictly regulate
individual systems, enact regulations, and  perform other duties to insure that
the water quality of the lake would be protected.

     Because  of  the  number  of  system failures,  sensitivity of Clear Lake to
pollution, community interests in the preservation of Clear Lake,  and the fact
that  off-site  facilities  are required to serve sections of the area surround-
ing Clear Lake, the community assumed liability for the individual on-site and
                                  VI-I-10

-------
small cluster  systems  within Milton.   The acceptance  of  community liability
reduced the likelihood of  environmental impacts caused by improperly perform-
ing systems.

     Individual homeowners  retained  ownership of  their on-site  systems  and
responsibility for initial system installation.  Existing systems needed to be
upgraded before  the county would  accept  responsibility  for  operation,  main-
tenance and necessary repairs.  Costs for the upgrading of eligible individual
systems were paid in part by Construction Grants funds.

     Due LO community  acceptance  of liability, the type of wastewater facili-
ties,  sensitivity of  Clear  Lake  to  pollution,  and  community  interests  in
pollution  control,  a number  of needed services were  identified.   These ser-
vices  included: permits  for new and  rehabilatated  systems;  service contracts
for  systems maintenance;  procedural acceptance of system liability; coordina-
tion of all agencies involved in on-site  systems  (i.e.,  state health depart-
ment, County Health Department,  private contractors); training and educational
programs  for  on-site  disposal  and  other  pollution problems  affecting  Clear
Lake; plan review,  soils  investigations,  and inspection of new installations;
routine annual inspections  of on-site systems; flow reduction device utiliza-
tion; extensive annual water  quality monitoring; and,  area  land use planning
and  coordination.

     The community entered into an agreement with the County Health Department
to perform many  of these services.  As a  result  the County Health Department
needs  to  expand   its  expertise  and  obtain  other  governmental  and  private
assistance.  The  health  department will hire  college  students  for the summer
to  perform routine  system inspection and well  and  surface  water sampling.
Water analysis will  be performed by  the lab  at the town wastewater treatment
plant.

     The community  also  entered into a contract with  a private contractor to
provide  routine   system  pumping every three  years  and to  provide necessary
repairs as indicated by the sanitary survey.  The County Health Department and
community  will be assisted by the State Health Department in preparing train-
ing  and educational programs.   The local Soil Conservation Service Office will
provide  soil  investijation  services  free of  charge  and the  community will
coordinate with  state and  Federal agencies  on pollution control activities,
including non-point pollution control.

     The  town  established a  Sanitary Review  Board  comprised of  citizens of
Milford,  and  the  County  sanitarian.   The Board  maintains control  over  the
community  management program,  including hiring additional personnel, applying
for  and  distributing Construction  Grants monies, entering into contracts with
private contractors, and setting and assessing user charges.

     The  County  Health Department  will allow  the  use of alternative systems
and  existing non-conforming  systems, as long  as the  systems continue to per-
form adequately.   Use  variances have  been granted  to existing non-conforming
systems  to allow continued  use,  although  in some  cases  restrictions  were
placed on  this usage.
                                  VI-I-11

-------
     The community  pays  for the  additional services provided  by the  County
Health  Department  by  assessing user  charges  from  all  residents  served  by
on-site systems.   These  charges are  averaged  among all  on-site  system users
regardless of any  specialized  services  received.   The user charge system  was
enacted by  town ordinance  and  is  assessed yearly  as part of  each  developed
property's tax bill.

e.    Combined Management Approach

     The four management models previously presented illustrate how  different
areas  of  a  County  may  have  different wastewater  needs  and  how  different
management programs may be developed to meet these needs.   However, in a small
County  like  Milford,  a  single management agency such as the County  Health
Department could  be utilized  to  manage the entire  range  of management pro-
grams.  This approach is  discussed in this  section

     In Milford County, a  County  Sanitary  Commission has  been formed to regu-
late all wastewater  facilities, including  conventional  centralized wastewater
facilities.    This  Commission,  made up  of five  County citizens, the  County
engineer and  County  sanitarian, is responsibile  for insuring that the  waste-
water  needs  of  the entire County  are  met.  The  Commission  identified  the
specific management  approaches that would be  needed for  each  section  of  the
County, based  on both the projected types of wastewater  facilities  and com-
munity interests in regulating private systems.

     The  County  sanitarian administers  and  provides  services  to   the  com-
munities as discussed  under each  management model.   Summer employees hired by
the  County  sanitarian  assist  in  sanitary surveys,  well water  sampling  and
sampling  of Clear  Lake.    The  lab  personnel  at  the Milton treatment plant
provide laboratory analysis for all water samples within the county as well as
monitor the treatment  plant's  effluent.   The Commission  will enter  into con-
tracts with private contractors to provide  necessary maintenance and  repair to
the  cluster  system and  to all on-site  systems  in Milton.   The  state  Health
Department and Commission will provide training programs throughout the County
on proper wastewater disposal and pollution control abatement.

     The  County Sanitary  Commission will  administer the Construction Grants
program and  distribute funds  to  individual system  owners in  the County who
qualify for  assistance.    Individual  system owners  in  Crossville and  in  the
rural  areas would  be eligible for Construction Grants assistance if  they were
willing to  allow  the  County sanitarian to insure that the systems  were pro-
perly  operated  and maintained.

     The  Commission will  assess  charges to Milton  and Littleton communities
based  on  the  proportionate share  of services  these  communities receive.  The
communities  will  obtain  the monies  to pay for  the County  services  through
annual  user charges to their residents.  Residents in the  unincorporated areas
of  the County would be charged proportionately by the Commission according to
the  services  received  from the County Health Department.
                                  VI-I-12

-------
CHAPTER VII
 VARIANCES

-------
A.   ENVIRONMENTAL AND ECONOMIC JUSTIFICATIONS FOR  VARIANCES

     On-site wastewater  treatment methods have historically been  regarded  as
temporary.  This  outlook has  resulted  largely from the concept that  on-site
treatment methods  were ineffective  in  comparison to  conventional collection
and  treatment  systems.   This  concept  has been  perpetuated  by   language  in
regulations dealing  with on-site  wastewater  disposal.  The codes  of  all  six
states in U.S. EPA Region V require that  public  sewerage  be given preference
over on-site treatment.  The following excerpt from the Indiana State Board of
Health  Bulletin  S.E.  8  (Indiana  State  Board of  Health,   1978)  illustrates
typical regulatory language:

     ...The fact  that  many  homes use septic tank sewage disposal systems does
     not  mean  that  this is  the  best  method  of sewage disposal.   Wherever
     possible,  the use  of  municipal sewers  and sewage treatment facilities
     should  be  given   preference  over  individual  sewage   disposal  systems.

     This same distrust of  on-site wastewater system effectiveness has led to
regulations requiring  the upgrading of  on-site systems that do not conform to
current  sanitary  regulations.   For example, under Minnesota Shoreland Regula-
tions  CONS  75(c):   "...counties  shall provide for  the gradual elimination of
sanitary  facilities inconsistent with CONS 72(b)(2), (b)(3), and (b)(5) over a
period of time  not to  exceed  five  (5)  years..."  (Minnesota DNR, 1971).  This
provision does not require  upgrading of existing systems that are functioning
properly  but  that do not meet the setback requirement from the waterline,  but
it  does  require all other code provisions to be met.

     The  mere  existence of  non-conforming systems has frequently been used as
the major  reason for  extending  centralized   service  into  an area.   In many
cases, this argument is made whether or not the public health or environmental
problems  associated with these  systems have  been  documented  in those areas.
This  reasoning is  well illustrated in  the following dialogue  from a public
hearing  held December  A,  1975, to  discuss  the  facilities plan for Nettle Lake,
Ohio  (Floyd G.  Brown  and Associates Limited,  1976).   In the facilities plan,
conventional sewerage  had been recommended  for the entire lakeshore area.  The
parties  involved  in the exchange  were a  lakeshore resident  and a  senior staff
member of the state's  environmental protection  agency wastewater  group.  The
exchange was as follows:

     RESIDENT:  I  wasn't  at the  first meeting, so there are  a couple of things
      I don't  know.  First  thing—has there been  a pollution or contamination
     problem at the  lake?

      STATE  EPA STAFFER:   If you mean have  we  taken samples and analyzed them
      to  see if there was  pollution problems is that what you are referring to?

     RESIDENT:   I am  asking if  there is  a contamination or pollution problem
      in our systems  and the  lake.   And  how  you get to  that,  I  don't care.

      STATE  EPA STAFFER:  Well,  I'm  sure  that  we feel  there  is one  or we
      wouldn't  have put you  on  the list.

      RESIDENT:  But did you take the tests?
                                   VII-A-1

-------
     STATE  EPA STAFFER:  We  did  not take  any  tests.

     RESIDENT:   Do  you  anticipate  to?

     STATE  EPA STAFFER:  No, we don't anticipate  to  unless  there is a  demand
     to do  it.   The type of  systems that  are  existing here—particularly maybe
     not the  newer  ones  that  were  installed  according to  what the  Health
     Department regulations--but the older ones,  the septic  tanks,  maybe they
     have a  leach  bed,  maybe they don't.  We  just  feel there is probably  no
     place  for them to  go  [but]  into  the  lake.   Either over the  surface  of the
     ground and if not there,  through the  ground.   So it is  a situation where
     we have had many  areas like  this,  not only Nettle  Lake, but other areas
     that this  does  exist,  and  this  is  one of  the things we  looked at when we
     were writing up the  priority list  putting the  entities  on.   We were told
     by  the  Federal government to  put   entities  on that we  felt either  had
     problems  or  would have problems.    It  was  just  a matter  of  judgment.

     RESIDENT:  Okay.

     A  1976  survey  by  the  U.S. General Accounting  Office  (U.S.  General
Accounting  Office,  1978)  of 258  facilities plans  indicated that, with few
exceptions,  conventional  collection  and  central  treatment facilities  were
recommended to replace  existing on-site  systems.  Alternatives to conventional
sewering, such  as  the  upgrading of existing on-site  systems  or a combination
of upgrading and limited sewering, were  rarely considered to  be  solutions to a
particular community's  water quality problems.   In fact, only one community of
the  258,  recommended repair  of existing systems not included  in the  initial
sewer  service  area.   The  other  communities  did not recommend  upgrading of
on-site systems in non-sewer areas, presumably because the eventual failing of
these  systems  would justify the  future  extension  of  sewer service.   (U.S.
General Accounting Office, 1978.)

     A  major reason for  the belief  that  on-site systems are inherently poor
methods  of wastewater  disposal  is  the  lack of  accurate historical data con-
cerning  the performance  of on-site  systems and the public  health and envi-
ronmental  problems  associated with their use.   As  data  become  more available
from recent research,  attitudes  toward the continued  use of on-site  systems
are  changing.   Data  developed during the  study of Alternative Waste Treatment
Systems  for  the Seven  Rural Lake Projects indicated that many non-conforming
systems, may operate  satisfactorily  and  cause  no  adverse impacts.   In these
seven  studies,  although  up  to 90% of the  systems were non-conforming,  failure
rates  represented by  system backups,  surface ponding,  elevated nitrate  and
coliform levels in wells  ranged  from a  low of  8% to a high of 27%  (Peters  and
Krause,  1979).  Many of the  problems identified were the  result of poor system
maintenance  and could be  corrected with minimal  cost and effort.  In addition,
analyses were  performed of  effluent plumes entering  the  lakes from groundwater
sources.    These  analyses   indicated that,  even when  the  drainfield  or  dry
wells  discharged  directly  to  the groundwater,  water quality standards were
met  at the  shoreline  in nearly  all cases,  with bacteriological and nutrient
levels  comparable  to  those  found in  the  center  of the lake.   The  studies
indicated  that the  natural assimilative capacity of soil/groundwater/surface
water  systems  is  greater than had previously been expected, and that actual
public health and  water quality problems caused by  on-site systems were not as
extensive  as   non-conformance  with sanitary  codes  might  indicate  in  these
communities.

                                  VII-A-2

-------
     In  an Environmental  and Community  Study of the  Chippewa Lake  Area  in
Michigan,  the  Environmental Management  Study Center of  Ferris State College
(Ferris State  College,  1979)  found that although 78% of the homes were served
by on-site  systems  more than five years  old,  only 13% reported problems with
their systems.  Of the 13% with reported problems, 8% reported odors emanating
from  their systems.  No  data were presented  to  indicate whether the systems
conformed  to  sanitary  regulations.    It  was  also  found  that  no correlation
could  be  definitely  established between  the amount of  weed  growth  and the
distance of sewage systems to the lake.

     Septic  system  longevity  studies have also recently  shown  that the useful
life  of  on-site  systems may be much longer than formerly believed.  A Fairfax
County, Virginia, Health Department analysis of septic system survival between
1952  and 1972 showed that,  of 230 systems installed in  1952,  94% were  still
functioning  20 years later.   Of the  1,500  systems installed  since 1966,  no
failures had occurred by 1971  (U.S. General Accounting Office,  1978).

     An analysis of septic system longevity was also performed  in Glastonbury,
Connecticut,  in  1973   (Hill  and  Frink,  1980).   In this  study,  the  survival
rates  of  2,845  septic  systems  were  evaluated,  resulting in  a  total system
population half-life of 27 years.  Half-life  is defined as the  number  of  years
required  for  the  cumulative  failure  of 50% of  the systems.   Evaluation of
system  longevity was  updated in 1978  with an  analysis of 3,156 septic systems
(Hill  and  Frink, 1980).  This second  evaluation  indicated that the half-life
of  the systems  had increased to  36 years.   This  increase  was attributed to
improvements  in  on-site system design  regulations.

      All  of these  study results point to the viability of existing on-site
systems,  including those  that may be in non-conformance with existing code
requirements.    In  any  small waste  flows  district having  existing on-site
systems,  it is likely  that many  systems  do not conform  to current  regulatory
standards  for site conditions, system design, or  distances from  wells or sur-
face  waters.   For some of  these  systems, upgrading to code  may  be  done  quite
easily and inexpensively—for instance,  systems  with undersized  septic tanks.
In  many situations, however, upgrading to  code  conformance may be  infeasible
or  impractical because  of site limitations  and/or costs.   From an  economic
viewpoint, it would  clearly be desirable to  continue  using  a system for  its
full  useful  life,  with usefulness  measured  by  malfunctions  of public health
concerns or  adverse  water quality  impacts,  rather than by the  system's non-
conformity to regulations.   The  results presented,  particularly from the  Seven
Rural Lake EIS's,  indicate that  repair  and  renovation  of  existing  systems,
including  non-conforming  systems,  should only be required  when  the need is
clearly identified  in terms  of  public  health,  water  quality  impacts,  and
discharge  requirements.  The need for system repairs  and renovations is best
 determined by conduct of  resident  surveys,  on-site  system  inspections,  and
inspections of on-site  wells  (that is, sanitary  surveys).

      Evaluating the performance of  existing  systems by using sanitary surveys
will  result  in  classifying  systems  into four main categories.   These  cate-
 gories are:

      1.   Existing  systems,  either  conforming or  non-conforming,  which have
          definite failures.  These  failures  may  be evidenced by surface  pond-
          ing of effluent, backup  of sewage into residences, or  by  documented
          contamination of ground or surface water.

                                   VII-A-3

-------
     2.   Conforming  systems which  give  no  evidence  of  system  failures.

     3.   Non-conforming systems  with  no  evidence of  immediate  problems  but
         which may  be  considered as having  a  proven potential for problems.
         Justification  of  this  expectation must  rely on  analysis of  the  causes
         for  failure   of   substantially   similar  systems  in  the   community.
         Similarity  will be judged on  information  for  system usage  (number of
         occupants,  type  of  sanitary  appliances), system,  system  design  and
         age,  and verified site  limitations  (for  example, permeability,  depth
         to groundwater or bedrock,  slope, surface  drainage).

     4.   Non-conforming systems  with  no  evidence of  immediate  problems  but
         which may  be  considered as having  a  slight potential for problems.
         These may  be  systems  with  undersized  septic tanks  or  absorption
         fields or  systems  that  do  not  conform to  the setback  requirements
         from wells or surface water, depth to bedrock  and groundwater  and
         similar  non-conformities.   Comparison  with  existing similar  systems
         indicates   that such  systems have generally performed satisfactorily
         without  excessive failures.

     After  the  performance of the  systems  has  been  classified,  there  are
several alternative ways  that  the disposition  of the systems may be  handled.
Obviously,  for those  systems   that  are conforming  and are not exhibiting  any
signs of  failure,  no  action will need be taken.  However,  in the other three
classifications,  there  are  several  types of action  that  may be taken.   For
those systems  with  existing problems, there are three main  alternatives  for
action:

     1.   If the  system is irreparable on-site,  then  the  wastewater must be
         treated  off-site  by  central  collection  systems,  holding  tanks,  and
         other alternatives,

     2.   The  system can  be  upgraded  on-site  with  a  conforming  system,  or

     3.   The system can be upgraded on-site  or off-site,  but only with use of
         non-conforming technology.

     For  systems  that  are not  conforming and  have either a  proven or slight
potential for problems, there are several alternatives:

     1.   The  system could  be  up-graded on-site  with  a  conforming  system,

     2.   The system could be replaced by  an  approved  off-site system,

     3.   The system could be upgraded or  replaced on-site or off-site with the
         use of non-conforming technology,

     4.  Water consumption  and/or building  usage  may  be  restricted;  with no
         change of  the system, or

     5.  No action  may be taken.

     The upgrading  of existing systems by the use of non-conforming technology
will  require  the  issuance of a variance  by  the governing agency.  All of the
state regulations  in U.S. EPA Region  V  currently  allow variances for the new

                                  VII-A-4

-------
construction of  non-conforming on-site  systems  where practical  and physical
constraints  make  literal  compliance  with  the  regulations  impractical  or
infeasible.  Presumably, variances  of this  type could also be granted for the
upgrading of existing  systems  by use of non-conforming technology.  This type
of variance  is  considered  a "construction variance" since it allows construc-
tion that is non-conforming to the regulations.

     Two alternatives,  the restriction  of  water consumption  and/or building
usage and  the  no-action  alternative, may necessitate the granting  of  a dif-
ferent  type of variance.   Generally,  although  not  always,   (for  example,
Minnesota), non-conforming systems are considered "grandfathered" systems, and
their use  is allowed  to  continue until problems arise  that necessitate cor-
rection.  This  correction  is  then normally required  to  bring  the system into
conformance, or  if this is not  possible, a  construction variance  may  be re-
quired.    In most  cases,   non-conforming systems are  not inspected, and the
governing body  may have little or no  knowledge  of  system design or construc-
tion  and  assumes  no  liability for system performance.   The attitude  of most
governing  bodies  toward non-conforming systems may be  described as  "what we
don't know can't be our responsibility."  Most governing bodies would probably
prefer  to  maintain this  position.   Problems arise,  however,  when these non-
conforming systems are inspected during a sanitary survey.  The governing body
then  becomes cognizant of  the non-conforming system,  and  their liability in
terms of  system performance  may change.  For example,  if  the governing body
chose either of the two alternatives mentioned  above,  basically allowing the
continued use of the non-conforming system with no structural changes, a court
may  rule upon  subsequent  system failure that the governing body was negligent
in not  requiring these systems to be upgraded since they were cognizant of the
non-conformity  and potential  for problems.   Inspection  of the non-conforming
systems and  a  subsequent  decision not  to require  upgrading  may be considered
tantamount  to  permitting  the systems.   To  prevent  this  type  of  liability
problem, a second  type  of variance  termed  a "usage variance"  could  be con-
sidered.

     A  usage variance would be granted to those systems that are  considered to
have  additional  useful  life,  and that  are  not  causing  (or have  only a slight
potential for causing) public health  or water quality problems.  A usage vari-
ance  would allow  the  continued  use  of non-conforming  systems,  although re-
strictions on this usage may be applied.  By  issuance of a usage variance, the
governing  body  would  be  legally  recognizing   that  a  non-conforming  system
exists.   At  the same time, the governing body would notify the system owner of
the  system's non-conformity, measures that can prolong the life of the system,
and  of  the  owner's  liability  in case of system  failure.   This process would
allow  a clear  record  between the  governing body,  system owner,  and other
interested   parties  concerning  the  continued  use  of  the  system  and  the
liability  in case  of  system  failure.   With  appropriate legislation granting
the  governing  body the power  to  grant  such variances,  and with  documentation
of  the  justification  for  granting each  variance,  the governing body would be
considered  as  acting  within  their  discretion  in  decisions  to  grant  such
variances.   The governing body  would not  be liable for  legal action  in the
case  of subsequent  system  failure.

      The granting  of  construction or usage variances may also be made condi-
tional  upon  satisfactory  system performance, or upon the conformance of usage
restrictions.   A  conditional variance  may  require  periodic  monitoring of


                                  VII-A-5

-------
system  performance  and,   where  unsatisfactory  performance  is  found,  the
variance  could  be revoked  and  upgrading or  abandonment  may be  required.   A
conditional variance may be required  to be renewed each  year,  with an annual
renewal  fee  covering the  cost  of system inspection.  Restrictions  placed  on
the granting  of variance  could require that  water  conservation measures  be
enacted  in the  home and/or that  the use  of  the structure  be limited  to  a
certain occupancy or number of bedrooms.  The use of conditional variances and
placement  of  restrictions   on  the  granting of  variances  should  aid in miti-
gating potential legal problems arising from the granting of variances and the
allowance of non-conforming systems.

     Decisions  to  grant all  variances  should be on  a  well-documented, case-
by-case  basis.   Construction variances  should be restricted  to those situa-
tions in which compliance with regulations is impractical or infeasible and in
which  the proposed  construction  can  be reasonably expected, on  the basis  of
data  concerning similar systems,  soil  conditions,  and  other information,  to
perform  adequately  and cause  no  adverse  impacts.   The  granting  of usage
variances  should be limited to situations  in  which  site-specific performance
data  can  be  obtained  concerning  the  acceptability  of  existing  system per-
formance.  This  performance data  may require monitoring of ground and  surface
water  quality  at the site  and  soil sampling in the absorption field to deter-
mine  field performance.   Costs for the development of these data may be borne
by the homeowner as  part of a non-refundable fee for a usage variance.

     The  type of variances  granted should be directly related to the  financial
resources  and  staff expertise available to the  governing body.  Where  finan-
cial resources  are  sufficient to allow performance monitoring and retention of
experienced  personnel to  minimize  errors  in  the  granting  of  variances, the
governing body  may  be more  liberal  in the  types  of variances  allowed.  In
recognition  of  the greater risk involved  in  granting liberal variances, suf-
ficient   financial  resources  to   repair  systems  where  variances  have been
granted  would also  be desirable.   Where  financial  resources and experienced
staff   are  limited,  then  more  conservative  variance   guidelines   may  be
established.   Although local  costs  may be  incurred  when corrections  must be
made  to  systems  previously granted variances,  these are expected to  be sub-
stantially less than the  costs involved  in making  unnecessary system  repairs
for  code conformance or the  cost  of  total  abandonment of useful  systems  if no
variances are allowed.  This concept will  be  further explored  in Section B of
this  chapter.

      Current U.S.   EPA construction  grant   policy  reflected  in   PRM 78-9
encourages the  continued  use  of  existing  on-site  systems.   PRM 78-9  states
that  collector  sewer  systems will be  funded  "...only  when the system in  use
 (e.g.  septic tanks  or  raw discharges from homes) for disposal  of wastes from
the  existing population  are creating  a  public health problem,  contaminating
groundwater,  or violating  the  point  source discharge requirements  of  the  Act
 (U.S.  EPA, 1978a)."  However,  since  none  of the states  currently  provide  for
usage variances  for  the  continued  use  of  adequately performing but non-
 conforming systems, they may have  difficulty in complying with this  policy  and
 the  requirements of 40  CFR Subpart  E,  Section 35.9l8-l(f)  of the construction
 grants regulations (U.S. EPA,  1978b).   This regulation  requires that an appli-
 cant seeking funds  for  individual  systems "certify before  Step  2  grant award
 that  the project   will  be  constructed...to meet  local,   state  and  Federal
 requirements  including those  protecting  present  and  potential  underground


                                   VII-A-6

-------
potable  water sources."   To comply  with  U.S.  EPA  policy and  construction
grants  regulations  for  funding,  and  to  avoid  uncertainties in  liability,
states and localities should consider modifying their regulations to allow the
granting  of  usage  variances in  specific  situations,  as  justified by  per-
formance  data.   Because  it  should be  U.S.  EPA's policy  in the awarding  of
construction  grant  funds to  ensure  compliance  with appropriate  governing
regulations,  changes in the language of 35.918(f) are not recommended.

     With  regard  to construction  variances, no  changes  in  legislation  or
regulations  are  needed.  Sections  allowing variances are  broadly  stated and
generally allow Health Officers considerable latitude in selecting appropriate
designs.  What is  needed is  not changed codes but a higher level of skill and
confidence on the part  of  field personnel in allowing or  denying  variances.
The keys here are training and information, not law.
                                  VII-A-7

-------
                                REFERENCES
Ferris State College.   1979.   Environmental  and community study,  Chippewa Lake
     area, Mecosta  County,  Michigan.  Environmental Management  Study  Center,
     Big Rapids MI.

Floyd G. Brown and Associates, Ltd.   1976.   Facilities  plan,  Nettle Lake area,
     Williams County,  Ohio.   Marian  OH.

Hill,  D.  E. and  C.  R. Frink.   1980.   Septic  system  longevity increased  by
     improved  design.   J.   Water  Pollution  Control  Fed.   52(8) : 2199-2203.

Indiana  State  Board  of  Health.   1978.  Septic tank-absorption field  sewage
     disposal  systems for   one  or  two family dwellings.   Bulletin  S.E.8.
     Indianapolis IN.

Minnesota  Department  of  Natural Resources.   1971.  Elements  and explanations
     of the shoreland rules and regulations.  Supplementary Report No.  2.  St.
     Paul MN.

Peters,  G. 0.,  Jr.,  and A.  E.   Krause.  1979.  Decentralized  approaches  to
     rural  lake  wastewater planning -  seven case studies.  Paper presented at
     the   National  Sanitation   Foundation   and  U.S.   EPA's  Sixth  National
     Conference on Individual On-Site Wastewater Systems, Ann Arbor MI.  29-31
     October 1979.

U.S.  Environmental  Protection  Agency.   1978a.   Construction  grants  program
     requirements memorandum  78-9, 3 March 1978.

U.S.  Environmental Protection  Agency.  1978b.  Grants  for construction  of
     treatment  works  -   Clean  Water  Act  (40  CFR 35  Part  E):   Rules  and
     regulations.  43 FR 44022, 27 September 1978.

U.S.  General Accounting Office.  1978.  Community-managed septic  systems:   A
     viable  alternative  to  sewage  treatment  plants.   CED-78-168.   Washington
     DC.
                                  VII-A-8

-------
B.   EFFECTS OF VARIANCE  PROCEDURES  ON AGENCY  DESIGN, MANPOWER
     AND  COST

     One of the objections against variance procedures is the additional costs
for design, monitoring  and  administration.   Since systems requiring variances
may require more  detailed site  analysis,  more intensive monitoring  and addi-
tional administrative time,  it  is reasonable to expect  costs  for  these func-
tions  to  increase.   However,  because  of construction  measures  that  may  be
avoided, the net costs to individual homeowners may be lower.

     In order to  investigate this hypothesis,  four scenarios have  been devel-
oped,  each  incorporating  site  conditions, system  performance and  degree  of
system conformance with codes that may be  found in Region V.

     For  each  scenario,  two structural  options were  developed:    one  which
brings all systems into compliance with codes;  and one which  corrects failures
with use  of construction  or use variances  where  necessary.  For  cost esti-
mates, 100 systems were included in each option.   The  four different scenarios
and corrective measures for each option are shown in Table VII-B-1.

     Cost data  developed for the cost variability study,  Chapter  IV-A,  was
utilized  to estimate  the capital  costs, salvage  values,  and operation  and
maintenance costs  for  each  option.   The site analysis costs  developed for  the
Cost Variability study were utilized for the variance  option.

     This site analysis  included a  sanitary survey, well sampling  septic tank
inspection, soil  sampling, header and drainfield excavation,  well  water meter
installations,   shallow groundwater sampling,  engineering design for  on-site
alternatives,  supervision,  documentation,  and  clerical  support.   For  the
systems  in  the  code compliance  option,  a less  extensive  site analysis  was
costed.   This  site  analysis included  only a  sanitary  survey,  septic tank
inspection,  header and  drainfield  excavation,  reduced  level of  engineering
design for  on-site  alternatives  and reduced levels of supervision,  documenta-
tion and clerical support.

     In order  to estimate increased  monitoring and  administrative  costs  re-
quired for the variance option,  assumptions were made  concerning the frequency
of  well  water  sampling,  sanitary surveying and shallow groundwater sampling
under  each  option.   With non-standard systems  in the variance  option,  it  was
assumed that each  of these activities would be performed yearly.   The cost of
these services would be $37/year per residence, based  on $12/year  for sanitary
surveys,  $10/year  for well  water analysis,  and $15/year for  shallow ground-
water analysis.   For standard systems, well waters would be sampled every five
years,  sanitary  surveys performed  every  three years and  shallow  groundwater
surveys would not  be performed  on a  routine basis.   The annual cost would be
$6.

     The time required  for  a sanitarian to administer the variance option  was
assumed to  be  50  percent greater  than the  time  required  for the  code com-
pliance  option.   Assuming that  a  sanitarian  could administer 1500  standard
systems, he could also administer 1000 non-standard systems.   Assuming a sani-
tarian earns $25,000/year, his  time would cost $17/year  for  standard systems
and  $25/year  for non-standard systems.   Clerical time  required for standard
and  non-standard systems  was  not  considered to  change appreciably and  was


                                  VII-B-1

-------









Q
PH
3
D
£^
5*
EH
CO

55
O

p
§

Q
PH
3
O


n
H

fjj
CH
Pi
o
C_>

p
w
CO
o
PH
O
PS
e
|g

CO
55 CO
O £5
n 0
H rH
n H
55 O
O
O fTl
£_j
O 55

rH 1— 1
H t-3
CO PH
rH S
X 0
w u



1 — 1
1
PH
1
1 — 1
rH
>
M
!__}
PQ
<3^
H







CU
u d
d o
CO -H
•H 4-1
r4 ft
CO O
£>
rio
CD
S-l
• H
d
cu
Pi
>
jj
•H
E
C "

i
d
o
55




O
•H
CO
d
D
u
CO




j-J *O ""O
d rH 0)
0) 0) PS
e -H
4-> 4-1 3
CO d 0
CD -H r— 1
(-1 CO P"H
H SH
P '
oi d
O 3 -H
CNCD S
W d
3-8
3-85-80
LO LO







co

co

H
CO

3
CD
d

S-8

1 	 1

d
o
•H
4-1
CO
O
O
rH
^^_
en
rH
•H
O


'O
o
o
60




5-8
O
i — t











5-8
LO
rH












rH




4-> CO
d <
CD CO
E --. 13-13
CD H rH 13 1)
U CO tn CD CD PS
co 13 -H PS
r—i G '•W ^
PH d d 3 0
O -H O rH
3 S <3 •— i P=H
O M tti
rH 13 Q
rH CD • d
co en 3 X -r-t
J3 O CD co S
CO P 55 S
3-8
5-8 5-83-80-80
LO LO LO LO rH


CO
 en tn CD
H T3 M PS
CO d d
d co •
T3 o H 3
CD S 0
N 60 rH
-H 13 d PH
en CD -H
M en *O •
CD O rH X
> P O CO
o o w s

O^ LO O*^ O*^
LO rH LO LO



(r.
P— i
r-S
O
ffi u
s^
•* 03
W i— 1
i — 1
•H O
O -P
w
QJ
'O W
0 0
O rH
60 U




5-8
LO
i — I











3-8
LO
H CNX d
0) CD O CO -H
55 > CsE S

o"^ o^ o^
O 5-2 s-S O O


CO
 O co
d o W S

5-8 5-8 5~8 5-8
LO LO O O
i — t i — 1 rH rH






O
o CD
4-1 -M
CO
. •* i — |
^
S-J O
CD 4-1
ft
CD
3 en
O O
rH i-H
en u




s-8
O
CN











Q-8
O
v^-












CO



en
13
T3 0)
CD PQ • •
tn 13 13
tn O • CD CD
13 P 4-> PS PS
d rH
d 13 < 3 3
O CD O O
S N --rH rH
• H en PH PH
TO tn rO
CD SH d • •
tn CD d d x
o > o -H co
P 0 S S S

3-8 3-8 5-8 3-8
LO O LO O

^
CD
4_>
CD
E iH
CO CU
•H 4-1
-O en
d
Z rH


3
o
rH
r-l
CO
XI
cn ^
o
- o
H 14
3 13
O CD
p~] ^O




5-8
LO
CN











5-8
O
r-~.












^>



















































g
CD
4_>
en
£**
cn

d
o
•H
4-1
ft
^-t
0
tn
CO
rH
•H
O
en

0) -
rH ^
^ G
CO CO
4-> •(->

SH U
CD -H
•U 4-1
CO p<
3 CD
en
13
d 13
d (-I
O CO
SH 13
60 d
CO
J3 4-1
60 CO
•H
X i

1 CO
<£
•• H CO
§ 0 H"
W X co
o
PJ
I-J
VII-B-2

-------
costed  at  $8/year.   Total  monitoring  and  administrative costs  for standard
systems were,  therefore,  costed  at  $31 versus  $70 for  non-standard  systems
based  on  these data  and  assumptions.  Monitoring  costs  for standard  systems
were rounded to $30 for cost estimates.

     Since  non-standard  systems  may  require more  frequent upgrading  or re-
placement than  standard  systems,  replacement costs were also calculated under
each scenario.  For  non-standard  systems  a  failure  rate  of 1.5% per year was
utilized while  for  standard systems  a 0.5% per year rate was used.  Costs for
replacement were determined from the average cost per upgrade under the stand-
ard and non-standard compliance options for each scenario.

     Tables VII-B-2  through VII-B-5  indicate the present worth costs for code
compliance versus variance  options  for each of  the four  scenarios.   For each
scenario,  the  total present worth  cost for the variance  option  is  less than
that  for  the  code  compliance  option.  From these  estimates  it  is  concluded
that the increased  costs  associated with site analysis, increased monitoring,
and  more  frequent  replacement for  non-standard  systems,  do not offset the
higher capital costs associated with standard systems.   The difference between
present worth  costs  for  code compliance versus  variance  options  increases as
the difference  between  failure rates  and non-compliance rates increases.  The
greatest difference in present worth is shown where the code compliance option
is  off-site  treatment.   The off-site  facility   chosen  (small  diameter sewers
and cluster  system)  is  probably the cheapest off-site  remedy for this number
and density  of residences.   Therefore, even with  the  high construction costs
of  the  variance  option  for scenario 4, the  present worth is approximately 20
percent less costly than the cheapest off-site alternative.

     The difference  in present worths for scenario  1  is  negligible.  In this
scenario (low  percentages  of system failure and non-conformance), it  is just
as  cost-effective  to require  code  compliance as  it is  to  incur the  greater
responsibilities associated with the variance option.

     As shown  in  this section, the use of  variances and non-standard systems
may lower overall costs to  the community,  particularly where a large number of
systems may  require  upgrading  or  off-site treatment to comply with codes.  To
obtain  this lower  overall  cost,  the  management   agency  may be  accepting  a
higher risk of system failure associated with non-standard systems.  When this
higher level of risk is allowed by the management agency, it may also elect to
assume  liability for  system  repairs.   Assumption  of liability  will affect
decisions on user  charge  systems  and  other  components  of the management pro-
gram.   In  such a manner, decisions  to allow variances may  have  an  effect on
the design of  the management program.
                                  VII-B-3

-------










(^1
w
XH
CO
1— 1
0
'O

o
00



C





rH

o

1
w
CJ
CO

OS
0

W
CJ


1— 1
cu
0


§

Q

52
H
w
SE
o
2,


w
^




5

H

1


CO
E-H
CO
0
CJ
g
OS
g

1

CO
S
PJ

.
CM
1
CO
1

H


9
CO

£^









4J

re o>
4J tO
O 01

l£












































to
4-1
to
0
CJ

§
4J
to

CO

OJ
PH

































4J
i~l B
re OJ
4J CO
O OJ
H w
O4


I4_4
4J O 1-4
B re
0) J3 3
to 4J B
DUG
14 O <
04 2












to
4J
M
O
CJ

re
3
E
B









<4-l
4J O OJ
B 00
oi js re
tO 4-> >
OJ IH r-H
u O re
P* 3 co

01
00
re



CO

V4H
4-1 O f-4

Ol JB 4-1
10 4-J -H
OJ IX C*4
(H o re
OH S CJ





14H
4J O
B 01
OJ JS 4J
tO 4-1 -H
01 U CO
l-l O
Pi 3















x:

i^
o



>.
4J
4J
B
re

o*




4J
11
O






to
4J
to
O
CJ



4J
E

E
U
re
i-H
O,
ot
C£


00
B
'n
O

•H
B
O
X








OJ
3
T-H
re




0)
3
rH





CO
to
o
CJ





to
•H
10

T-H
re
B











E
OJ
4J
M


in in o
PH O\ •«< O
CO so O OO

•^ CO OO ••
in f^ CM •-"
l-H V>
1

in inlo OJ
-H colo *J
r-l tO

to
u
1 Ol
p.

CM so re
SO CO 4J 9
. o
CO H P-i

OJ
00
n
IH
CM CM OJ
OS O\ >










SO SO
l-H l-l










O 0
CO CO






o o
CM CM




00 1

CO



so r

in






CM 1


CO








m in

r- 1 11










CO

co a

CO CO
apoo

o m o m o
m r— CM so — i oo
o os in CM co in
. . . . CM
in so co m "
n O CM n

i

E
in in o in m oj
1-1 C^l^l 4J
— to

to
u
1 01
Oi
o in CM r- I-H

O CO O 4-> ^
. . .0
i CO i-i H P-i

o>
00
o so o r- re
O CO U
CM 1— 01











o m o in
CM CM










0 O 1 O
r»- co






00 00
CM CM




O CO CO 1
r-
CM



On O 1
CO CO
O






O CM O 1
n so so
O n

n CM








I O I O
0 0
CO CO



4J
B
OJ *
e oa
4J TJ rH 0
a -H bn -H
01 OJ 4J
IH -H E CJ
H UH 3 3
B S "O
CMH «H OJ £3
O a e K K
CMM -H Z
X Q = CO
3°TOTJ°A






































































g
OJ
CO

to OJ
•o
e re
O b
•H 00
4J 0,
O 00
to B
J3 -rf
•H
-H 3
•H CT
o oj
« IH
I? 4J

.
co co

II u
co


*"^ PS

co co




g
z

VII-B-4

-------








,_v
w

ee

o
•£J

o
00
CJN
t-H

d



CM

O
rH
Z
M
o
w
O
UH

Id
O
z

OH
§
CJ

3
Q
s

H
CO

z
o


•
>

Q

•3*
g

H
CO
OS
O


CO
H
CO
8
g
OS
§

g
W
CO

p !



en
i
pa
i
t-H
I-H

U

CO























































u

to
o
CJ

E
01
4J
to

u
IH
01
CH















































i-H d
R] 01
4-1 U
H IH
OH











1 i
i-H B

4J 10
O 01
H IH
CH

UH
4J O rH
d IS
01 £ 3
10 4J B

U J> <











to
M
O

01 IH i-H
u o n
BH S CO



00
CO

i-H
CO
CO
4J O rH

01 J3 4J
tQ 4-1 *H

U O R!
IH ^ CJ






UH
4-1 O
B 01
01 .e 4J
tfl 4-1 -rl

H O
OH S














4=
*H
O


^
4J

4J
E
n
3
O1



.C
4J

O




to

to
o
u



d
e

u
W

D.
0>


00
d
•iH
O

•H
E
O
3-




3
o




3
(Q





CJ

i— 1
n



CA
4J>
O
O






CO
-H
U

r-f

c









E
i— i




in o o o o NO
m oo o CM o m **
r** *>tf' ON OO *>J CO ""^
O vD -d" r* ** -a" "^
CO ON CO f** *tf CM
CM  o i
-3- ON m




CM >£) O O I
m m co


CM CM



^ CM o co i
ON NO r^- in

m m i-1 *-•








m in m i m
ON ON ON ON



1

*^ ta
H to Ji S
CO 13 B O B
C n >-H o
•O 3 H (14 -H
01 O 4J
H s; oo £ u
•H B 3 3
M -o -H B t3
IH HI -0 -rt 01 3
> o o a S,
6 o ae s co

dmo

apoo
o in o O o in o
cnf-o CM cMcneo co
co I-H ^ oo in in r^ *-H
•. •> •. M « »> CM

CM en I-H co CM CM
I-H CM 
1

g
inmin in omin 01
I-H OO *-H 4J


10
IH
1 0)
o.
\B in O •» CM i-" i-H

so *^ oo in in *J S
. . - - . o
^ ^ CO l-H I-H f"H CU

00
NO en vo '^ o vo KJ
CM f- CM CM O U
\O O\ VO CM 01

I-H i-H l-l *H . 3 rH IK -H fcu -H
•U E O 01 4J 4J
S-HUET4|U|O

i-H U S-, 01 'H -H 01 -rl 01 9
nuco to « x 02 BOSK
.C O IH <0 -rl Z
co a Q E r: co



aonefJBA








































































8
4J
CO
^N •
to oi
•a
d a
0 IH
•|H 00

fr3
O 00
to d
-O -H
n IH
•H
i-H 3
.H a1
O 01
ta h

-* 4J
d o
n d
jj
to


a, to
OI >>
CO CO
II II

CO
co to
B
o
z
VII-B-5

-------















^-^
CA
«
i— <
rH
O
t3

O
CO

r- <

C«
t— i
CO"
O
i— i

•2
Z
W



0!
O


U
U
^
M
rJ
EU

0
CJ

Q
§


H
,
Z
0
z


>
1

C5
§
H
W
os
o



H
OO
O
CJ

tc
H
OS

^

EH
Z

00
U






1
CQ
1

rH


W

E


















































w

CA
O
CJ

m
OJ
w
^
03
14
Oi




















































rH E
CQ O>
4J CA
H "
P-









4J
rH B
n OJ
O OJ
H r4
CM


U-l
4-> O rH
C co
0) .E 3
W 4J E
0) r4 E
W 0 <
D-, 3










w
4J
CA
o
CJ

<0
3
E
C








IH
4J O OJ
B 00
cu j= n

OJ )-J rH
t4 O CO
04 3 00
V
00

1 — 1
CD



4J O rH
E 




W
*J
W
O









en

u

rH
TO
C












E
GJ
*J


moo o o in
t.N O O> "^ ^O ^H CO
r* oo  * * o


QJ

ID lO CM i— ' iO B!
vj ^ CN
 «j in
co r** ^H


\0 CM O O 1
r*^ in n
in o^ ^
i-t CN





CM -^ O CO 1
in o ^ir -a*
^^ CT^ r*~ in

mm'—" »— *











»-^ l-H 1— ( t-^
 H [JL, -^

N 00 E U
CO -H C 3 .3
< W -H E ^

-^ a; r-i x o: PC
H > 0 W S5
CO O IX Z CO
aouBTTdmoo
a poo
o m o o o o m

^^ •*! o o m in co in
f. *. - ». -, r. CS
o >sD m in r*. in •*
** ro i-i CM «IN CM
i-i CM 
£
omin o omm aj
I-H ^H t-" CO CM *J
i— I tA

CA
U
1 U

C^ ON O --I CM O r^
»-H oo »-( v^ in o w
o CM o in in *J 2c

•^ c
H OJ > 3
CO 6 O C 0 C
*O *J rH O i— t O
p— I •O (0 ta -H fi4 -H
O GJ OJ 4J 4J
•H N in E U E U
MH -H H 3 3 3 3

•H IM CMH QJ -H cl) "3

Q o x^r £ w
uoT,do
33UBf.tBA







































































E
01
4J
CA
r» '
CA 0)
•o
E n
o u
•H 00
4-J a
C. 3

O 00
CA E
-0 -H
CO 14
•H
-H 3
•H cr
O 01
K k-

^ 4-t
E O
n E

CA
tj g
•H 0)
4J 4J
a. CA
>
oo oo

II II


ll
H
g
VII-B-6

-------











^
CO
1-1
re

r-*
o
-o

o
oo



c

s»^



-*
o
OS
g
to

ce
0
(X
td
0
t— t
OH
r:
o
u
p

g
5g
H
u
Z
S
10



2


5
H
cn

oc
o

C/5
H
(72
O

X
H
OH
i
H
Z
b}
l/l


OH



in
r


j>

w
1-9
cc
^
H











4J
11 C
ID (U
H-> CO

t- t-
OH








































to

W
o
(J
S
0.
K
w
tl





































1-1 E
re tu
4J V.
O QJ
H *
OH



4J O r-<
B «
i B
n o <
OH &









4J
CO
o


1-1
3
B
.s





141
4J 0 4)
C CD
V A <*
10 4J >
1) 1* — 1
u o ,
•Fl
*J
re
3
Cf




r-

^4
O
3





to

to
o
o


B

E
tu
u
re
o.
tu



B
• H
0

• H
B
O
30





V
3
rH
TO





tu
s
w





CO

CO
o









CO
^">
1— 1
ro
G












E
QJ





oooo o ooooo
o o o o *"^ **^ in "^ oo in co oo


r*- o \o in *
co r^- oo c*i -^
CM r-H ^ V>
,
O O O|O E
o o o o QJ
CO

to

S-i
1 QJ

in ^ r~- f*H
r~» o ^c re •
co r** co 4J 7
» o
CM i-i H DH

(U
00
CM r* m re

CM »-» CO QJ








i i i










1 t O
CO



•X
•j- in CM
CM **

r- in CM

CM i-t






00 SO CM

1-1 CM r^.
«-T





o r*- NJ
•-H CM CO
^J \Q \£
CM -—










i i b
00
4-)
C


4-> C
« o
a c -H
Ul 0 W 4->
H -H w C
4J -H QJ
oj u E e

H i— t c re

t O l-i l-i

UH
O

9DUapoam°D

CM O *«• -3" 00 CO
ri i-H r-* CO J O O 1
in CM co
CO rH
rM~ ^





CM 00 CO O 1

^D ^ y^
u-r £ «










O O I 1 O
CO 00 CO



•o
QJ 1
CO i-f
« O 4J 3 S
T3 Q 4J O C O C
C ,__( rH O f-t O
3 T3 <; PM -H tM >H
C QJ *•••» OD 4J ^
§(-> S U
333


W QJH C XCC CPCft^
O > W *H S
a o s: z; w

aou^T^FA










































































•C

• o
4J
T3 4)
(J -H
00 i-H
OH

c
oo • re
C= IX
•H QJ 00
H > C
• H l-l -r-t
3 3 a,
a1 w E
QJ 3
U (J ft
•H
4-1 00^
O O C
c rH re
o •*->

E oo u
QJ O -H
4_) IH ^J
w -o ft
>-> >> QJ
W X W

II II It

ID
bJ
O
Z
VII-B-7

-------
 CHAPTER VIII
IMPLEMENTATION

-------
A.    RIGHTS OF ENTRY TO  PRIVATE PROPERTY  IN CONNECTION WITH
      PUBLICLY  MANAGED DECENTRALIZED  WASTEWATER SYSTEMS

     The Clean Water  Act of  1977  authorized the U.S.  EPA to make grants to
municipal governments  for small-scale wastewater  treatment  facilities, such as
septic tank/leach field  systems, located partially  on  private property. Among
the several conditions of such a grant is the requirement that the muncipality
implement  a  program  of  operation  and maintenance.1  Such  a   program  will
necessitate occasional  entries  onto private  property  by municipal officials
for the purposes  of inspection.  The aim of  this paper is to  set  out in a brief
form  the  different  ways  that municipal  governments  might   obtain  legal
authority  for such  entry.  Confusion about  this point has impeded the progress
of EPA's grant program and,  more importantly, has frustrated efforts to deploy
appropriate   water  technologies   in  rural  areas.  The   lack  of  regular,
conscientious maintenance programs  is  a chief reason  for the failure of many
on-site   waste   management   systems.   Indeed,   numerous   applications  for
conventional  sewer  projects  in  rural communities may  be traceable in part to
the  frustrations  of local health officials about developing novel management
schemes for decentralized facilities.

     If  rural communities are  to  achieve   cost-efficient  and environmentally
safe  wastewater  treatment technologies, they  will  need to  create management
tools  capable of overcoming  traditional public  health objections to on-site
facilities.  Although  some  communities are  closer   to  a  solution  of  the
management problem, most are just beginning to come  to  grips with it.

     A viable management agency must be endowed with a  number of capabilities:
the  authority  to  plan,  design,  construct,  inspect,  and  maintain on-site
systems;  to  produce  revenue  through  a user charge  system;  to  enter  into
contracts;  and   to  undertake debt   obligations.  To  perform these  functions--
particularly  the  function   of  inspection—the  right   of   access  to private
property   is  a  necessity.  Our  interviews  with   engineers,  lawyers,  title
insurance  experts,  and  state  regulators  revealed  that  confusion about the
right  of access   has  inhibited  the  development  of  community  on-site systems.

     Through  interviews with  experts  and   research into  legal   questions, we
discovered  three ways  that  municipal  officials can  legally gain access to
property  for the  purposes  of  maintenance  and  inspection  of  on-site waste
management  systems. These are as follows:

      (1)   by  gaining permission of the property owners,

      (2)   by  the acquisition of deeded rights, and

      (3)   by  a statutory grant of authority from the state  legislature.

1.   WITH THE  OWNER'S PERMISSION

      The  easiest  way  to  gain  access  to   private  property  for purposes of
inspection is with the  owner's permission.  This  can  be oral  or  written. No
matter  what  other  means  are used  to gain  access, permission by the  owner
should  be  sought  first.  Almost everyone  we spoke  with who  has a  record of
success  in this  field  advocated a  thorough program  of public education and
good public relations.  The key is to explain to the public in simple language


                                 VIII-A-1

-------
that  a  publicly  managed  decentralized  system is  safer  and  cheaper  than
conventional sewer-type systems.

     In the  course  of  our  interviews,  we discovered a few entrepreneurs  who
are paid  by land owners to  inspect  and maintain their septic  systems.  These
contractors are,  for  the most part,  the same people who originally  designed
and installed the septic tank/leach field system. Homeowners were convinced to
sign  a  long-term maintenance  contract  that  relieved  them of  the burden  of
caring for  the  system  and  that proved to be  a  lucrative  source of income for
the  contractors.  Such maintenance  contracts  really   constitute  a  kind  of
extended warranty on the part  of the original  contractor. Obviously,  in such
cases, gaining access  to the property is really no  problem at  all.

     Permission  can always  be  revoked. Moreover, when the property  changes
hands, the  permission  granted by  the previous  owner  has no effect.  In many
instances, municipal officials may have difficulty locating the owners of the
property  in  order  to  obtain  permission.    Some  owners,  usually  a  small
minority, will  refuse  to  grant permission under any circumstances.  For these
reasons,  municipal  officials   need   additional  legal  authority  to  enter
property.

2.    OWNERSHIP

a.    Easements

     Black's Law Dictionary  defines easement  as "A right in the  owner of one
parcel of land,  by reason of such ownership, to use the land of another for a
special purpose not inconsistent with a  general property in the owner."

     A number  of the  title  insurance attorneys we spoke with recommended that
muncipal  officials  obtain easements to property for the purpose of inspection.
They  interpreted easement as a legal right, formally conveyed by deed or other
witnessed  and  notarized writing, filed  with the municipal land records.  Such
a  right would be perpetual.  This  recommendation is similar to the practice of
electric   companies  who  routinely  acquire  easements  for  the  purpose  of
stringing  and maintaining electric lines  to private property.

     As applied  to  wastewater  systems located wholly on private property, with
no  physical connection to  publicly owned property, the  term  easement is not
strictly  correct.   Easements, as  the  dictionary definition suggests,  involve
at  least  two parcels of land:  one piece of land,  known in law as  the  dominant
estate,  which is benefitted by  the  easement,  and  an adjoining parcel  of  land
through  which the  easement runs,  known  as the  servient  estate.   In the  case
contemplated,  there is no dominant estate, no  property owned by the municipal
government adjacent  to the  property  to be inspected.  Hence,  no easement,
strictly   speaking,  can  be  said  to  exist.    A  right to  enter  property of
another,  unconnected  to the ownership  of adjoining  land,  is sometimes  called
an easement in  gross.   The problem with easements  in  gross  is that they  are
sometimes held  not  "to run  with  the  land"; that is,  they are sometimes  held to
expire  upon a  change  of land ownership.  When  the  owner  of land burdened by
 the easement in gross  dies,  sells out,  or is  foreclosed upon,  the easement in
 gross may expire.
                                  VIII-A-2

-------
     As  is  evident from  the  above discussion,  the  law of  real property  is
highly  formal   and  technical.   It  is controlled  almost  entirely  by  state
courts.  Muncipal governments  interested in acquiring easements  or  the  limited
rights  of  access  should  consult  first with  local  property lawyers.   State
governments  with active  rural sewage  programs might  do  well  to refer  the
question  of  the  proper  form  of  easements   for  on-site  waste   management
districts to the property law section of the State  Bar Association.

b.    Ownership of  the Fee

     One Farmer's Home Administration official with whom we spoke said that he
would  be opposed  to  Federal  funding  for any  sewage  system not  physically
located on publicly owned land.  He would insist that the municipal government
actually acquire  the  land on which septic  tanks and  leach fields  are placed.
This  seems  to  be an unnecessarily difficult and impractical  answer,  one which
the  Clean  Water Act  provisions  on privately  owned  systems were  designed to
overcome.

c.    Ownership of  Appliances

     Pio  Lombardo  and  Lyle   Hird,  two  well-regarded  designers  of  on-site
systems, both  suggested  another  way to solve the access problem:  to have the
municipality own the physical  appliances of the on-site systems,  just as urban
municipalities  own the  actual  sewers.   In  their  view,  this   would  somehow
guarantee community access.  In Wisconsin, Hird designed a  grinder pump system
and  the community purchased the pump.  In Iowa, the Farmer's Home Administra-
tion refused to  permit a  similar arrangement.  Ownership of appliances and its
implications for access  to property,  in our view,  need further investigation
by property  attorneys.

d.     Practical Problems

      Certain practical  problems arise in the  acquisition of  deeded property
rights  by a  municipality, whether the  rights acquired are easements, easements
in gross, or outright ownership.

      The people we interviewed reported that most citizens recognize the need
to permit  access, but there is  usually a  minority—perhaps  composed of those
who  have recently installed a new  septic  tank at  their own expense—who will
resist a community system  because they  see no need to pay a  user fee.  The
time and  expense involved  in procuring  deeded rights is significant  for a
small town, even  when  people recognize the need and  are  cooperative.   But a
determined  minority  opposed   to a  particular project  can raise the  cost of
acquiring  deeded rights and often  delay a project.   In such cases, the local
government  could use  its power  of eminent  domain  if  it can demonstrate that
the  project is  in the interest  of public  health  and  safety  and  that it is
necessary.   This is costly and  time-consuming.  An alternative  way of dealing
with recalcitrant  land  owners  is to exclude  them from proposed  community
managed systems altogether and continue to  manage  their on-site systems with
existing practices,  that is require  remedial measures  strictly  at the owner's
expense upon failure  and  complaint.
                                  VIII-A-3

-------
3.    STATUTORY GRANTS OF  AUTHORITY

     A third  general  way for  municipal  governments to obtain legal  access--
without regard to  the  owner's  permission  or deeded rights — is by  a  statutory
grant.  All such  statutory  grants  are limited by the Fourth  Amendment  to  the
U.S. Constitution.  This  section discusses  the  constitutional limitations  and
the three types of statutes  that confer rights of entry.

a.    Fourth Amendment

     The Fourth Amendment reads in  part:

          The  right  of the people  to be  secure in their  persons,
          houses, papers, and  effects  against unreasonable  searches
          and seizures,  shall  not  be violated,  and no  warrant shall
          issue,  but  upon  probable  cause,  supported by  oath  or
          affirmation, and  particularly  describing the place  to  be
          searched, and the persons or things to be seized.

     Fourth  Amendment cases  usually arise  in  connection with criminal  law.
The  police  search a  defendant's home,  car, or  person and  find contraband or
other  evidence  of the crime.   At  the trial, the defendant moves  to suppress
the evidence on the grounds that the search was  "unreasonable."

      In  1967,  the  U.S.   Supreme  Court held that administrative  searches in
connection with  fire and building codes were subject to the Fourth Amendment's
requirement  of  "reasonableness."2  The  court   went  so  far  as  to   say  that
judicially  approved warrants  may   be  necessary  in many  cases  to  establish
reasonableness.   Such warrants could be general in scope,  encompassing several
blocks;  and  the standards of probable cause in administrative  cases would be
far less stringent than  in criminal cases.

      In  a companion case,3 the Court ruled  that the Fourth Amendment's protec-
tion   extended   to  the   area  defined  as   curtilage.    "Generally  speaking,
curtilage  has  been  held  to   include  all  buildings in  close proximity  to a
dwelling,  which are continually used  for  carrying  on  domestic employment—or
such place as  is  necessary and convenient to a  dwelling and is habitually used
for family  purposes..."4  In  medieval  times,  when  the  concept originated,
curtilage  was held  to be the  land and buildings  between  the  castle and  the
walls.   If  conducted without the  owner's consent, warrantless searches of  the
curtilage  are  impermissible.   On  the other hand,  however,  searches  of  open
fields may be  performed  without warrants.5   Whether the land  entered  is within
the protected  curtilage  or is open fields  has  been determined  on a case-by-
case basis.   Guidelines  do not formally  exist, but the area's proximity  to a
dwelling and  its enclosure  or  use  for  domestic  purposes have  been  suggested as
factors  to be considered by inspectors.6  In practice, the  court's view of  the
matter is  likely to be  affected as much by the  character  of the  search as by
the  area  searched.    Thus,  opening  up  a  manhole  or  inspecting  for  surface
ponding  near a house  might  well be considered an open  fields  case.   Digging up
 the grass  with a backhoe some  distance from the house might well be  considered
 a curtilage  case.7  The  key  question for Fourth Amendment  purposes  is  whether
 the  search  violated  the  individual's   reasonable expectations  of privacy.
 Statutes  conferring  upon  municipal officials'   rights   of entry must be
 construed  against this rather murky background.


                                 VIII-A-4

-------
b.    Statutory Authority

     In general, there are three types of statutes that confer rights of entry
on municipal officials  in connection with wastewater treatment systems.  They
are as follows:

     (1)  statutes to abate or prevent nuisances,

     (2)  statutes requiring licenses or permits, and

     (3)  statutes  establishing special  wastewater management  districts  for
        decentralized alternative-type systems.

     Nuisance Abatement.   Statutory  language  that expressly confers the power
     to  enter   and  inspect private  property  upon municipalities  or regional
     districts  is  commonly  based  on  the municipal  corporation's power  to
     provide for public  improvements  or prevent  and  abate public nuisances.

     Authority  to  construct is usually considered a general power granted all
municipal  corporations  unless  expressly  denied by  statute.8   The term local
improvements has been held  to  include sewers.9  Incident to the power to build
drains  and sewers,  septic tanks  may be installed10 at  the discretion of the
commission,  district,   or  similar  legislative  body  authorized  to  order
construction.11

     Because septic  tanks or  cesspools are considered to  be nuisances per se
when  so  constructed or  maintained  as  to threaten  or injure  the  health of
others,12  municipal corporations can regulate and  take actions necessary to
assure  compliance with its  requirements  for  the construction and maintenance
of  private  treatment  systems.13   If the  owner  of  property  permits  such a
nuisance  to exist  on  his  land,  "a  city  has  authority to order the nuisance
abated  and upon  failure  of the owner to  comply  therewith, to enter upon the
property,  abate the nuisance,  and  assess  its  expenses  in  doing  so against the
owner  of the property."14  Municipal corporations  can even order an owner to
discontinue use  of private  septic tanks and septic fields  and connect the
owner's  premises  into the public sewer system.15

     Municipal  ordinances and actions in  this,  as  in  all  other  areas,  must be
reasonable.   The discretion vested  in  those  responsible for establishing and
maintaining a  sanitary  system  is   not  unbridled.   Decisions  concerning the
necessity,  location,  and  terms  of permits  for  such systems  are subject to
judicial review and  can  be overruled if  fraud,  oppression,  or  arbitrary action
is  found  by  a  court.16   In contested  cases, municipal  officials would be
well-advised to obtain  a  warrant from their local  judiciary.  This may  prevent
future  lawsuits against  the municipality.

     Regulation  of  the   Installation    and Maintenance  of   Private   Sewage
Treatment Systems.   This can  be  accomplished  through building or plumbing
 codes  that require owners to obtain a renewable permit for the  construction or
 continued use  of  septic  tanks.  Provisions  allowing periodic  inspection and
 supervision are generally  sustained  by  the  courts as a reasonable  and neces-
 sary exercise  of a municipal corporation's police powers.17  If not  granted in
express terms,  courts  often  imply  entry  and inspection to be  necessary  pre-
                                  VIII-A-5

-------
requisites for the issuance of permits to construct or continue to use private
sewer systems.  The manner of use and removal of contents at regular intervals
may be dictated  by ordinances18  and, without doubt,  private  sewage treatment
systems "may  be  reason of location, defective  construction,  inadequate  main-
tenance,  wear and  want of repair, or improper  use,  constitute health menaces
and  consequently  public   nuisances  subject  to summary  abatement by  proper
municipal  authorities."19  As  long as  the  terms  regulating  inspection  and
supervision provide a  reasonable means  of serving an authorized purpose, they
tend to be upheld by the courts.

     On-Site Waste Management Districts.  We  found three  states  with compre-
hensive  legislation   for  the  establishment  of  on-site  waste  management
districts -- California,  North Carolina, and  Illinois.   In  Illinois,  when a
town forms  a  management district, it receives authority to sell bonds and has
access rights equivalent  to public ownership.20  In  order  to form a district
and  obtain these  rights,  the town  must hold public  meetings and  gain  the
assent  of  a  majority  in the  town.   Parts  of the  town  can be  excluded  if
citizens  there  are adamant  in their opposition.   In all, it  takes  30  to 60
days and state approval to form an on-site management zone.

     The access provisions of  the Illinois statute have, to our knowledge, not
yet  received  a  court  challenge  on  Fourth  Amendment grounds.   Here  are some
practical suggestions  for  surviving such a challenge.

     •  The  degree  of  intrusiveness   of  any  inspection  program  should  be
        minimized.    Inspections   should  be  conducted  as   infrequently  as
        possible,  consistent with maintaining the effectiveness of  the on-site
        district.

     •  Homeowners  should  be notified prior to  the inspection.

     •  State  codes and  local ordinances  should  require that on-site systems
        be  so designed  as to make inspection  easy  and  quick.  This may mean
        access holes,  alarm  systems, and  the  like.

     •  Inspectors  should  be  trained   to   stay  within  the  limits  of   the
        statutes.   The  courts  will not tolerate   "fishing  expeditions"  by
        public officials  on  private  property.

     •  Public  relations  and  public education should  be major components of
        any inspection program.

     •  If,   after receiving  notification,   a  homeowner  refuses  to  allow
        municipal  officials   on  his property,  the  district  should  seek  a
        judicial warrant.   This  relatively easy  step,  which should be taken
        only  after persuasion fails, could  save  a good deal  of  trouble later
        on.

     States  in  Region V  are  beginning to  move  in  the  direction of  on-site
 management districts,  but infringing on the  rights  of private property is  a
 subject  of considerable  controversy,  raising the issue of land-use  planning.
 Michigan  officials do not  know  whether enabling  legislation exists and  are
 presently seeking an  opinion  from  the  Attorney General on this.   The Indiana
 state  legislature turned  down enabling legislation last year  that would  have
 allowed  counties  and towns to  take  on all  the authority necessary  to  manage

                                  VIII-A-6

-------
on-site systems.  The Ohio legislature also rejected enabling legislation last
year,  but  according to  an Ohio EPA  official, the  legislation was  so  badly
composed that   it  would not  have  met EPA  funding standards  for  centralized
management of a decentralized system.

     Minnesota  has dealt  more  successfully with  this through  its  Shoreland
Management Act,21 which promotes community-owned cluster systems and community
management.   This  is  an especially  intriguing  concept in  new developments,
particularly, where zoning administrators will make concessions on the size of
the  lot  and density  of the  population  in return for  setting  aside  a common
area for on-site waste disposal and providing for community management.

     Wisconsin  has legislation allowing  communities  to set  up on-site  waste
management  districts,  but  towns  and  their  engineers   still have  to  get
individual  easements;22 this  law  is  not  as  comprehensive  as it might be.
                                  VIII-A-7

-------
                                FOOTNOTES
1.    Clean Water Act §  201 (h)  and  regulations  found  in  43 Fed. Reg.  at  44,061
     (1978).

2.    See                      v. City of  Seattle,  387 U.S.  541  (1967).   This
     leading case  was  most recently  reaffirmed  by the  U.S. Supreme Court  in
     Marshall v. Barlow, Inc.,  98  Sup. Ct.  1816 (1978).

3.    Camara v.  Municipal Court,  387 U.S. 523  (1967).

4.    Wattenburg v.  U.S., 388 F.  2d 853,  857 (9th Cir.  1968).

5.    Air  Pollution  Variance Board  of Colorado v.  Western Alfalfa  Corp.,  416
     U.S. 861 (1974).

6.    Comment, Administrative Water Rights Inspections in California,  12  U.D.
     C.L. Rev.  105 (1979).

7.
8.   11 McQuillin, The Law of Municipal Corporations,  3d ed.  (Callaghan & Co.,
     Mundelein, 111. 1977) § 31.10a, at 182.

9.   See  City  of Des  Plaines  v. Boeckenhauer,  383  111.  475, 50 N.E.  2d 483
     (1943); Prevo  v.  City of  Hammond, 186 Ind.  612,  116  N.E.  584 (1917); In
     re  Petition  of Brown,  304 Mich.  193,  7  N.W. 2d 268  (1943);  and George
     Williams  College  v.  Village of Williams Bay, 242 Wis. 311,  7 N.W. 2d 891
     (1943).

10.  Schueler v. Kirwood,  191 Mo. App. 575, 177 S.W.  760 (1915).

11.  11 McQuillin,  Supra § 31.14, at  192.

  12. 58  Am.  Jur.  2d,  Nuisances,  § 88,  at  652;   7  McQuillin,  The Law of
     Municipal Corporations, 3d ed.  (Callaghan & Co., Mundelein, 111. 1968) §
     24.257, at 106.

  13. See  Bearcreek  Tp. of Jay  County v. DeHoff,  113 Ind. App. 530, 49 N.E. 2d
     391  (1943);  and Kasch v. Akron,  100 Ohio 229, 126 N.E. 61 (1919).

14.  7 McQuillin, Supra  §  24.257, at  107.

15.  Village of Riverwoods v. Untermyer, 54 111.  App. 3d 816, 369 N.E. 2d  1385
      (1977).

16.   11  McQuillin,  Supra  § 31.14, at  192.

17.   7 McQuillin, Supra  §  24.263, at  115.
                                  VIII-A-8

-------
18.   State v.  McMahon,  69 Min.  265,  72 N.W.  79 (1897)




19.   7 McQuillin,  Supra § 24.263,  at 114.




20.   11 McQuillin, Supra § 32.15,  at 277.




21.




22.
                                 VIII-A-9

-------
B.   USER  CHARGE STUDY

1.   INTRODUCTION

     Communities  implementing  the  Optimum Operation  Alternative will  incur
local costs which  must  be recovered from  the users  of the wastewater facili-
ties.  These costs generally are recovered through a local user charge system.
User charges are the fees collected by a government agency to offset the costs
of  goods,  services,  or  privileges  supplied to consumers by  the  agency (U.S.
GAO,  1980).   In the  case of  small  alternative wastewater  systems  the costs
consist of  debt  service (local publicly financed  capital  costs  plus interest
payments),  operation and maintenance,  administration,  and  a reserve  fund.
Communities utilizing  U.S.  EPA wastewater  facilities  construction  grants  are
required  to establish  a  user  charge  system.   Communities have  a  wide array
options  as to  how  costs are  allocated  to  users.    The  allocation  of  user
charges  are  determined  by  considerations  such   as  equity,  efficiency,  the
organization of the local management agency, the types of on-site technologies
employed,  permanent and  seasonal  residents,  and the extent of local water
quality problems.  These  topics and examples of user charge allocation schemes
are  described within this report.

2.   PURPOSE  OF USER CHARGE  SYSTEMS

     User  charge  systems serve two major  purposes.   First and foremost,  user
charges have  the  purpose of recovering  the capital, 0 & M, and administrative
costs  incurred  by the  local management  agency  in the provision of wastewater
facilities  and services  to community  residents.   U.S. EPA's Program Require-
ments  Memorandum  (PRM)  76-3  requires that a  community's  Facilities Plan in-
clude  an  estimated  monthly  user charge  for  typical residential  residents.
Additionally,  U.S.  EPA requires communities to establish an approved  (by U.S.
EPA) user  charge  system during Step 3  of the Construction Grants process.  All
users  must be billed  for their proportionate shares  of 0  & M costs.  Annual
user charges must  equal total  annual 0 & M costs.  Although debt service costs
are not required to be  part of  the U.S. EPA mandated  user charge system, they
often  are  included by localities.

      The  second purpose of user  charges is the protection of the community's
water  quality resources.  This  is the overall purpose of the  local management
agency and user charges should reflect this objective.  The promotion  of water
quality is a  major factor in determining  how  charges are allocated to users
and is related  to  the consideration of equity and  efficiency  issues.

      Equity refers  to   charging  users  in proportion to  the costs  (capital,
0 & M,  administrative,   and  liability)  they  impose  on the management  agency.-
The concept of  equity  can also be expanded to  include  billing users on the
basis  of the benefits  they derive  from  the community's wastewater facilities.
Equity is  in  line  with  the  first stated  purpose of a  user  charge  system, i.e.,
 recovery  of local  costs.  Billing users  on  the  basis of equity (considering
both costs imposed  and  benefits received) is  a  fundamental principle in the
 revenue financing of centralized wastewater  facilities  (American Public Works
Association,  American Society of Civil  Engineers, and Water  Pollution Control
Federation, 1973).   Equity also  is  relevant  to  the establishment  of user
 charge systems for  small waste  flows  facilities.  Measurement  of  equity  in
 terms  of costs imposed  on  the management  agency  is  relatively straightforward


                                  VIII-B-1

-------
 if enough data are available  for  local management agency personnel  to  assign
 specific  costs to each user.   However,  measurements  of benefits received  are
 more difficult to determine.   Two predominant  benefits related to the  provi-
 sion of  wastewater  facilities are  improvement in water quality and  enhanced
 use  of   property.   Improvement  in  water  quality benefits  everyone  in  the
 service  area to varying  degrees.  In  lake  areas, activities such  as  fishing,
 boating,  and  swimming acitivities are enhanced by water quality improvement.
 Local residents  receive  primary benefits from  their  own  use of the  lake  and
 secondary benefits in terms of increased tourism in the area  and  an increase
 in their property values.   If present wastewater facilities  are  inadequate to
 serve certain  residences,  then upgraded facilities  may increase  the  owners'
 use  of  their  property.   It also should  be  pointed  out that the converse  may
 also hold true in that  if water use restrictions are  placed  on a residence in
 order to assure  operability of an on-site  system, then the owner's use of  the
 property also  may be  restricted resulting in  a negative   benefit.   Placing
 dollar figures on the amount of benefits  received by users is at  best very
 subjective.    Historically,  assessed   property  values have  been  the most
 extensively  used method  of  assigning  benefits  from centralized wastewater
 facilities.   At  present  data  on  the  property value  benefits  associated with
 on-site  technologies  are not  available.   Therefore,  until  these  data  become
 available,  the community  should  measures equity on  the basis of costs imposed
 on the system.

      Efficiency considerations  in the development of  user charges  are focused
 on meeting  the overall  water  quality objectives of  the management  agency  (the
 second  stated purpose  of user  charges).   Ffficient  user   charges  are those
 which promote  the wise  use  of wastewater  facilities.   Charges that promote
 efficiency may not be  equitable for all cases.  For  example, if the  equitable
 user  charge  for  a person served by a holding  tank  is so  high as to  encourage
 the person to occasionally (and illegally)  dispose of the  wastes personally in
 a  manner that is potentially  injurious to the health of the  person and his or
 her  surrounding  neighbors,  then the particular user charge   is inefficient.  A
 user  charge  also is  inefficient if  the costs of determining the precise costs
 attributable  to  each  user exceeds the expected  improvement,  in water quality.
 An  example  of an efficient  user charge system  would  be  one which encourages
 users  to reduce their flows  or maintain their  system in order  to meet water
 quality  objectives.    A  user charge  based on  metered  flows  would  be   both
 equitable  and efficient  if  it is  not too expensive  to  implement.   Clearly,
 equity  and  efficiency  considerations  must be balanced in the development  of  a
 local user  charge system.

       There  are discreet  differences  between  the ways in which  user  charges
 have, been  allocated  in  the  "classic" way  for centralized  facilitied and  the
 way  that user charges need to be allocated for  decentralized facilities.   The
 differences  are  most evident when  a mix of several  on-  and off-site  techno-
 logies  are employed.   Centralized  systems generally  serve  all users  in  the
 same way,   i.e.,  a  sewer  collects  and  transports waste  to  a  publicly owned
. wastewater  treatment plant.   Capital  costs  are  easily  amortized over  a  certain
 number  of years  and  0  & M  costs  are constant  from  month  to month.  Decen-
 tralized facilities  serving  an area  may  involve several different types of
 privately  owned  systems each  having  different cost characteristics.   In addi-
 tion,  0 &  M costs are  not  constant  on a  regular basis  and may even  come at
 intervals  of  once every  two to five years  in the case  of pumping septic tanks.
 In light of these differences,  user  charges for decentralized  facilities  must


                                   VIII-B-2

-------
be approached from  a  different perspective than user charges for conventional
centralized facilities.  The issues of equity and efficiency become more acute
and a wider range of ways to allocate user charges should be examined.

3.   COMPONENTS OF  USER  CHARGE SYSTEMS

     User charges basically consist of debt service (repayment of capital plus
interest on public debt), operation and maintenance (0 & M) costs, administra-
tive  costs,  and a  reserve  fund.  As  stated above,  capital costs  are  not a
required part of U.S. EPA approved user charge systems.  However, it is appro-
priate to  include  capital costs in a  local  user charge system.  As an option
the  local  management  agency  may require  users  to pay for  all  capital  as an
upfront charge at the beginning of the project's operation.

     0 & M costs,  if  the project receives U.S. EPA grant funds, must be allo-
cated  on  the basis  of each user's proportionate  use  of  the system.  Propor-
tionate use  is  rather straightforward to  measure  for centralized facilities.
However, for  decentralized  facilities, proportionate use can be determined in
a  number  of  ways.   Proportionate use  can  be measured by type of user, (i.e.,
residential  or   commercial),  type of  user  group, or by  specific  individual
characteristics  as  flow,  waste load type, and  degree  of seasonality.  In the
case  of  some on-site technologies,  some  0  &  M  costs  may be  paid by users
directly  to  private   contractors  such as  septic  tank  pumpers  and haulers.

     Administrative  costs consist of the  salaries  and fringe benefits paid to
management  agency employees  such  as  sanitarians,  secretaries,  surveyors, and
soil  scientists.  Also included under administrative  costs are rent payments
for  office space,  office supplies and telephone,  lease (plus gas & oil)  of a
service van,  and lease of  a  small motorboat  used  for monitoring.  Administra-
tive  costs may  be included in  the 0 & M charges or split out by themselves at
the  option of the  local management agency.

      A reserve   fund  is  not required but  is  encouraged  by  U.S.  EPA.  The re-
serve  fund  can  be used  to provide for  the replacement  of existing systems '
which fail in the future.  The reserve  fund may  also  reflect the liability a
management agency is willing to  assume for  each type  of system  used.  In  this
sense,  the reserve fund  is analogous  to an  insurance  policy.  Two methods may
be used to compute reserve fund charges.   The first  is relatively  simple and
consist  of charging all  users  a fixed percentage capital  costs of  their  sys-
tems.   The amount  collected at  the end of  20  years should be  enough  to replace
all  systems.   This method  does  not  accurately  reflect the  actual  liability or
potential  for failure attached  to  each system.   The second  method  of computing-
 reserve fund  charges  does reflect  each system's  failure potential.   Under  this
method,  "premiums"  (reserve  fund charges) are  billed  to  users  at  a rate  re-
 flecting  the failure  potential  and  replacement cost of their systems or  com-
ponents  thereof.  Thus  reserve fund  charges can be extracted  from different
user groups at varying rates.   Probabilities for system and component  (e.g.,
 drainfield)   failure  can be  determined  by  design engineers and  sanitarians.
 Initial probability estimates can be  derived from  sanitary  survey  and detailed
 site  analysis  data.   These  estimates can   be  updated over  time  to  reflect
 actual failure  rates.
                                  VIII-B-3

-------
4.   ALLOCATION OF USER CHARGES

     Local management agencies may allocate  each component of user charges  in
a variety of ways.  The major ways of allocating user charges  are:

     •  averaging the costs among all users in the service area;

     •  averaging costs  within user  groups  defined on the basis  of  criteria
        such as flow, technology used, or location;

     •  charging  each  individual user  the specific  costs of facilities  and
        services  provided  to  the user  by the  local management  agency;  and

     •  allowing  the  users  to  deal directly  with  private  contractors  and
        requiring payments for administration costs  only.

The selection of either of these (or other) allocation methods may be  based on
the consideration of the following factors:  the cost of implementing  the user
charge  system;  community support  for the overall  wastewater  facilities pro-
ject;  the  mix of technologies employed; the proportion  of seasonal  and per-
manent users in the service area; the income characteristics of the population
to be  served;  and the  concepts of equity  and efficiency.  It must be pointed
out that  each  of the four components of a user charge system (debt service, 0
& M,  administration, and reserve fund) may be allocated independently through
the  allocation methods delineated above.  For  instance,  debt  service charges
may be based on user groups while administration charges may be averaged among
all users.

     The  cost  of implementing  the  user charge  system may be  expensive,  yet
politically  feasible,  if all users are charged by the community for the speci
fie  costs  they  impose  on the community.  A  sophisticated bookkeeping system
would  be  required  to   allocate  specific  capital,  0  &  M,  and  reserve fund •
charges  for  each user  and may exceed the administrative capacity of the local
government.  Averaging  all  costs among all users would be the least expensive
and  time  consuming  method of allocating costs.  A system based on user groups
probably would be intermediate in cost.

     Community  support  is  measured by a number of methods.  These include the
number  of persons  directly served  by the project and  the  overall  benefits
received by  the  community in terms of improved water quality and public health
conditions.  If  community support is high in terms of benefits received, there
is  a  strong justification for averaging costs  evenly amongst all users since
everyone  receives benefits  from the project.   If  only  a  few users  benefits
from  the project, then  users  who benefit the most would pay  more.   With low
community  support and  benefits  it may  not  politically  feasible  to  allocate
costs  evenly among all users.

      In areas  where a  variety of on-  and  off-site  technologies will be used,
allocating  costs  by  user  classes   or  by  individual  users would  be most
equitable.   Costs may  vary significantly according  to  the type of technology
used.   Unless  community support  is  very high,  users  with  low  cost systems
would  be quite reluctant to subsidize users with high cost systems.  Charging
by  user class or by individual  user will  require the local management  agency
to  spend more time and  effort for  bookkeeping than it would with the case of
averaging costs  among  all users  and may  lead  to inefficiencies.

                                  VIII-B-4

-------
     Many  lakeside  communities  have  a  substantial  population of  seasonal
residents.   The  local  management  agency  may wish  to allocate  user  charges
differently  between  permanent and seasonal  residents.  Debt  service  and re-
serve  fund  charges would  be  the same  for both  groups.   However,  0  &  M and
administration costs could be prorated to seasonal residents based on how much
of  the year they  spend  in the  service area.  Charging seasonal  users on the
basis of the amount of time they reside in the service area is equitable since
they are  imposing  fewer costs on the management  agency.   Trying to determine
the degree of seasonality may prove difficult (i.e., inefficient) to the local
management agency  in the absence of water meters.   The agency may request that
seasonal  residents present  copies  of  electrical  bills  if  they wish  to  be
granted  seasonal  status and  leave  the  burden  of proof with seasonal users.

     The income characteristics of the service area can be an important factor
in  the political  acceptability of  a  particular user  charge  system.   Many
lakeside community residents are former seasonal residents who have retired in
the  service  area.   Some  of these persons  may have  relatively  low fixed in-
comes.  A  user  charge system which allocates high  costs  to certain users may
place  a  severe  economic hardship on retired persons.  If the service area has
a  high proportion of  persons  with  low or fixed  incomes,  then the  management
agency  may want to average  costs  among all users  to  mitigate  the  impacts  of
high  cost  systems.  Other mitigative measures include averaging specific high
cost  user charge  components  such  as  0 & M  or the  establishment  of  a local
low-interest loan  program  funded by revenue from the reserve fund.

     Examples of the different ways in which user charges can be allocated are
shown   in  Table   VIII-B-1.   The  examples  involve  a hypothetical   lakeside
community  consisting of  a  total 2,480 households or dwelling unit equivalents.
Approximately half of  the  dwellings are  located in a densely developed village
and  are served by conventional centralized  facilities.   The facilities plan
for  the service area  calls for the upgrading  of the centralized facilities.
The  rest of the  community is  less  densely  developed and  located  around the
lake.   Centralized  facilities  are  not cost-effective  for this part of the
community  and  these  residences will  be  served  by  a  variety  of  on-site
technologies.  The examples assume  that centralized facilities will be funded
on  the basis of a 75% federal  grant,  15% state grant, and a 10% local share.
The  on-site  systems  will be  funded with an 85% federal grant, 9% state grant,
and  6%  local  share.   The  costs  used  in the  examples are  based on  costs
estimates  from the  Seven Lakes EIS's  for  similar  facilities.   Back-up costs
data  are  presented in Table VIII-B-2.   These cost  sheets  demonstrate how raw
community-wide costs are   broken down  into user charges.

      Two  user  charge allocation options are  not provided in  the  example.  The
first  is  the option where  individual  users  are billed for the  specific costs
attributed to  their  systems.   These  costs  are site  specific  and beyond the
scope  of  the example.   It  is  likely that the  individual costs would be roughly
similar to the user class  allocation  option.  The  other allocation option not
presented in the example  is  the case where  individual users  deal directly for
the  construction and 0 &  M of  their systems.  These users would be billed for
administration  costs but would bargain directly  with private contractors for
capital and certain  maintenance  costs.  This  allocation  method has  the dis-
advantage  of being somewhat unpredictable, subject  to  high one-time costs, and
thus  inefficient.
                                 VIII-B-5

-------
     The three  options presented  in  Table VIII-B-1 illustrate the  degree to
which  actual charges can vary.   The question of which class is subsidizing or
being  subsidized by other  user  classes  can  be  examined  by comparing  the
different  allocation  schemes.   In  the  first  option where  all  costs  are
averaged among  all  users  (both  sewered and on-site), the  annual  user charge
for  household  would be  $104.    Under  the  second  option, users served  by
centralized  facilities  would pay  $113.   The  reserve fund  in both  of  these
options was  determined  by charging users 20% of the  total  (i.e.,  without the
state or Federal grant) averaged capital costs of the project.

     The third  option consists  of allocating user charges by class  of  user.
The  user  classes are based  on  the twelve different types  of  on-site actions
proposed  for the  service area.   Under this scheme,  user  charges vary con-
siderably from  a  low of $75 to  a  high of $373.  The reserve fund charges for
the  third  option also  were  based on  the 20% of capital cost  criteria.  The
reserve fund charges for  all  options  can  be based  on  estimated  liabilities
associated  with  failure  potential.    Failure  potential  is   determined  by
estimating  the  percentage  of   each  type  of  system  that  would  need  to  be
replaced each year.   An  example of  computing a reserve  fund  charge  based on
system  component  failure potential is presented along with the  back-up cost
information  in Table VIII-B-2.

     The  hypothetical  user  charge  allocation systems  presented  in  Table
VIII-B-1 represent  options which  local management agencies can  consider for
their  communities.    These  options  do  not  represent   all  of   the  options
available  to communities  and  they  may  wish  to develop additional  options.
Communities  should be encouraged to develop options such as these prior to the
adoption of  a local user charge  system.
                                 VIII-B-6

-------





























W
as
o


Cu
o

55
o
g
u
s
1-9


g


jj2
u

1

[an
O

CO

| ^
OH



W




1
CQ

I-H

I-H


iJ
oa

H







IA 41
00

U CO
41 -C
"-> O
0
Ul U
O, 41
tA
41 S
4-1

e
'"^

Cl -H
4J E
•rt T3
IA <

e IH
O TO -f
01
•0 >.
C -~ 01
to *o ^

T3 O 41
01 .C IA
i-i 41 41
01 IA 05
3 3
41 O
to J! +
\^ ' ^^

W 4-1 S
•e to
i-H O t£
o u
41
CO
3 +
O

41
^H U
i-H -H
re >

00 41
C tA
0
s *->
re Xi
QJ
>> Q
C


CJ

t:
CJ

«
u
o
1— 1
i-H
re

M re
CJ CJ
00 Li
JW ft
ffi
x: a;
u o
•H
»- >
CJ la
M QJ
£) W


• •
rH
S*S
0
• H
^j
SI
41
00
U
TO
-3- J3
O U


41
IA
3



tA •
•o c
00 rH -H
n o £
js -o
01 <
tO ^N
3 ^
O re +
J= 41

41 -^ U
4J -0 >



sj QJ
r-i ^ W
r-t
CJ *•>
2 1
-^. D.
W QJ

3
T3 *O
QJ QJ
4J
o re
OO U

f-*
CM rH


OJ (A
4J QJ
^H 00
W I-'

C J3
o u

QJ

"S o
1H
QJ

QJ CM
W
=&
o
• H
+J
s-
QJ

t_i
re

^ *^ tj
rH
•CO- V-l
CJ


j_)
•H -f-

C
o d

fM in *w s
O TD
^

1-1 |^
C 03 +
OO Qj
QJ >>
*J -^ QJ
re 13 >
u i— i ij
*.
re EA
4J J2
•9 M
CM CO Li O
U Xi- ** O
3
en +

d
QJ CJ
QJ U
S -H
4J >
QJ Ll
ON O Xl QJ
r-( i-H W

QJ X>
« 0
ct)
&
QJ
M

*D

4-1
re
u
/-N^-N O
w w •— i

33 « CJ
•O "O W
CJ QJ U 3
QJ
tN (^ 00 >.
i— \O Li 00
CM CM « O
* - X. r-i
i-t rH U O

L. x:
*O CJ QJ U
QJ 4-> CQ QJ
U .H ^J jj
CJ CO
S i
QJ d
WO CO
=Ss
O
•H
j_i
O.
O





^ r*- oo r*»- ON ON r*~ in r^ o\ oo ^o o
CM ^ CM CO rH CM CO CM









UOCMCMCMCMCM CMCMCM CM CM CMCM
CM in in in in un in in in in in in in











CM ONrHr-t CO0NrH fNj vj OUO
1— 1

















c° PO in r^* oo oo oo "fl* f** co CM ON r^


w
"s ^
M r--. QJ b 3 O (0
CO ^-s Q *U r-t
3-cQ/-vuo QJ by i— i 3


QJT33 rH CO » W W

OO ^T U Q re rH *O X! OO


^N >^"« ' r- O cox! O O E

- oj H ;c rHQj ajs1-^ *-^ ^» *j
3 rC] C/D W W re W (fl *t3 f— i E-H £-H [0
T3U »


cMXlretwHHH H'-'C d d LI
rH rH www w^re re^-vre cj
CM "O &-T3 W *J
r, r^j QJ ^ 111 i os o; pg • p*] (n
rnn:Wire [JH E tn3fe'-^3
* — ' W CO CO •—*. tfl x-^, "D W i— 1
t I li-Hi-HrHCOrH*OTrM"OQJ'O- U
T3 OOO-OTS'O-'TJ "O3
CJWC/3WO o o 3 o*? re 3 rexo reTJrn
Li *i ^ ^ p, pt Q, «^3 fa "^3 pj QJ

3 	 \ ^v. CO CO CO U SO
. > d
W QJ -
d V* U "t3 TJ 4J
re o 3 d rH d
J-) W *O 3 CJ QJ
XI QJ O -H rH
u re LI E ^ re
•H d >
•U f-H 3 TJ -H -H
CL-H o d re 3
QJ o I-H re LI o*
W W tfa W Q W

>> W 3
QJ H < OS X: OS T3
X W W In W Q QJ
VIII-B-7

-------























CO

o
HH
E
o
1
cs
a
o>
9

s
hH
H
s
o




o;
£

w

en
0


^P
1

£_J

CO

CM
1
CC
I
I-H


to
cc


CM OO
l-H SO
CM CM
r-T ^
II II
CA eg
*O "O
0 0
a; cu
U CA
3 3
O O
,£ .C
MH -O *+H
O rH O
-». ° -w.

QJ
CA
3

,£! »-« CM CM CM CT\
•^. -co-
4J

O








CA
CA
O OOOCOOCO^

i— ( f — O I"™1 CO O LO

C 00 CM i-H
3 <*>


cu o
to CJ
CU
4-t
C
•H
CA

00 CA Cfl
•^ 4J O
(^ CA O
CA O
cu E cu •£> cj co
CO W CU ^i * (L>
E «j eu cu 4J co 4-> CA h .i-t
OJ-CI-iMMJSQJQJWWQJ >% *•>
4->COco«J>»COUit-id -H ^»* *H
CAWJ3J3CO«nJOT34-> CO OJ r-H
C >»fHCOCO I-HJ3J3 -HC *H 4J ->CA -H
OC/3« 'O R) CO CO J-J O •— ( COOJ J-IJH4J U
•i-t ixtUrH QJ l-i & ^l -H O ^ • >iQJCA (0
JJ ^CU4JCO N CJ C J-£ 5*6 +J 5^ QJ *H (0 *H cO co 3 'H
< umtno CLOSES?* ooo N G.cj>-iH4Jd •-!
OOB U -H ^H Ui-HCU^COCi^lH
C ey cu u co co *•-* -H co 4J

C C C 4J4-)X>t^E^4-tU
3- • -i-t u OOQJ*OOOCU
ISM co .A f*H O HHQO co oo
•H \O LO i"™1 CO \O CM -CT
C uO *^ '*^
3 » 
E CM

o












>. QJ

CA QJ -H
4J • > CA CO
CO QJ ig ij 4J 1
O 1-t • X CU tA C
43 >>, C QJ CJ
r-H CO *^. O to +
CO CU -H >-H
'H CO *H (Q CO 3 QJ
a CJ > • IH j_l C N
CO O to to 4-> -H C T^
Ui-HCUXtACl4< <— 1
tA **^. -H CC CO
>™ ^ ^™t SCO r-t M
(0 (0 4-» -H CO 4-1
O O CU TT O O QJ
HHC3O
t— i












•o
i—i
o


CA
3
O
-Z,

CA
4J
CA
O -^ O CO CM "*
t_J '-H CO CO OJ O
S-



j


to
CA
o OO\OOCOOOCM

O ^ CO xj CM ^ ^*
•H 23coScSSS
C -J- ^J CM
3 -«>


0
CJ)










I-l
^>

CO CU
4-> • > CA
CA QJ in to -4-J
O to • X QJ w
U fO U *^ W O
J3 >» C QJ CJ
r-H CO --». O ^
CO QJ -H i-H
•H CO -H 03 CO 3
OH 0 > . tH 4-1 C
co O 1- to 4J -H C
L> r-H QJ X CO &4 <
CA *-*. -H CO
(0 CO 4J -H CO
O O QJ *O O O
E-< E-t Q O < CM t-i

VIII-B-8

-------



























































T3
D
3
C
•H

C
0
u



1
es

M
HH

>
a
CQ













































to
bO
O
rH
O
C
u
QJ
H
QJ
•H

1
C
O

rH
ra
3
•o

^
•iH
•o
rH

WH
O

CA

CO
O
u


CO
m
M
CA
•o
o
Xl
QJ
CO
3
o


WH
O

;**-



















CO
QJ

u

(0


*o
<
!
CO

CO

C
o

CL
0
CO
XJ


f-H
•H
O
CO


p*
(Q
E-
CJ
•H
4-1
a.
QJ
CO



m


CM
m
i
CA
T:
o

QJ
to
3
O

*o
0 0

QJ =fe
CA

o
,£ en *tf CM v£ in
--». rH tn (•"-
CO 
4->

O
CJ


C

f-H

u

"cL
QJ
00
col
4-» QJ

O I~H 1-4 r*~ O oo in O fC
u CM rH \o O CM en en «—(
in vT o N£> CM CM «— &

-H 1 CM rH CM CM
C CM  1
3 
i QJ
O 4J
CJ (A

CO
C
o
• H
&
o
CA
X:



CO QJ -H
4J • > W O
CO QJ IM I- 4J CO
C SH • [X QJ CA
U TO L< -^ tA O Jtf
-C >> C QJ CJ C
rH CA ""-^ O Ll W
TO QJ -H i — 1 E— I
•rH CO 'H CD TO 3 (•*
O, U > • iH 4J C -H
(C O V- U *J --H C 4J

CO '^ -H TO QJ
rH r^ S C U rH CO

4J *J X) b8 E 5-S 4J
O O CJ T3 O O
HHQO i— m oo 3
CO  O
4J S

O TJ
cj d
CO
cC
d
o
-H
4J
U
3
QJ
CX

col 3
*J O
CO rH
O en PH

«J"V£)rHir; 
i e
E O
0 4J
O (A

CO
C
o
-H
ex
0




rH
CA QJ -H
4-J • > CA O
(A QJ IH U J-> CO
O U • >» QJ CA
U TO Ui -^. CA O Jd
x: >, d QJ cj d
rH CO ^ O IH TO
TO QJ -iH rH E-.
•rl TO -iH TO  • IH 4J C -H
noinLi4JiHd 4J
(JrHQJ>»CO&(< &
CA "*-* -i
CO

C
o
4-1
CH

col O
4-1 CO
CO XI
o in ON o o o iniin <
U \£> CM CO NO O r- rH
•— oo •— i co en ^3- oo i— f

•f-i -4" rH ]<» CO
d CM
3  -^
§d
flj
0 H
CJ
u
•H
Q.
QJ
CO
x:
•tH


QJ
u

CA QJ rH
•*-» > a
CO QJ l-i QJ
o w • i> r**j
tJ TO Li {A
_d >> C QJ 1
rH « -^ O Li
TO QJ -H rH
•H TO TH TO TO O
&, U > • Lt *J Q,
TO O L( Li 4J -H CO
U rH QJ >i CO D. CA
CO -^. -H TO QJ
rH rn 1C d (J rH CJ
TO TO 4-* -H TO
*J *J XI t^J E 3"£ *^
O O QJ "COO
HH-QC
u
CO
o
O











to
4-1
to
O f*- -tf CM O eM r-lr-i

oo  • > «
CA QJ U Ll 4J

O TO Li -^. W C
x: t>. c QJ cj
rH IB -s^ O IH

•H (0 -M TO (0 3
&. U > • l-l 4-1 C
TO C Li in 4-> -H d
O rH QJ >> 10 Q, <
CA "-^. -iH TO
rH -H X d U -H

4-* 4-1 -Q CC £ g*2 *J
O 0 QJ T3 O C



VIII-B-9

-------




























































T)
QJ
3
c
•H
4J
C
o



CN

CQ

t— i


>
W
CO
H
tn
m
it

CO
T:
"o
X
QJ

3
O



O
5JJ.










•o

QJ
•H
U-l
C
•H
re

Q

^
O

i— (
re

CO
c

H

u
•H

p.
QJ
CO
X
• H
QJ
U
TO
r-l
d
QJ
OS



rH
O
o
tfl

QJ





QJ





m
en

ll
w
*o
i— i
o

QJ
«

r-l O
O X
QJ =5=
CO
3
O
X co 

QJ
CO
4J
3

LJ
TO
CO OJ PH-
4j • > to d.
CO QJ in i-t 4-J QJ
O ^ • ^> QJ Cfl PH
(J TO ^ --v. Cfl O
X >. C QJ O 1
p-t W "*%. O V-
re  • >-i 4-1 c P-
TO O l-l l-i *J -i-t C to
L/p-(QJ>,Wd.< W
W ^>. •<-! TO QJ
-H PH z: c u p-t u

4_» jj ,l~- t^J g g*g iJ
O O QJ T5 O O
f-lE-iQO
O
u


•o
c
3
O
2

T3
C
TO


Cfl T3
4-1 QJ
Ifl Cfl


p- CO \D -J OO CN i-*
•H CO i-CO- TO
d —•
3 -to- ^i

g TO
O H

U
-H

a
QJ
CO
4-i
3
QJ
D
TO
CO QJ p-i
4J • J> W d<
10 QJ U l-l 4J QJ
O VH >> QJ W 0£
U TO fcJ "*^ Cfl O
X ^i C QJ U 1
pH M -^ O l-<
TO QJ -H i — I P-<
•H TO -H TO TO 3 O
d< tJ > • k* 4J C p(
roOUil-i^-HC W
Ur-*Qj>iCfld.
O O
CJ Cj|













CO Cfl |
4J 4J
CO CO
o PH 
3 to- 3

g C e
O O O
CJ -H CJ
4-1

3

QJ
PS
o
pH
fe
TJ
•o
^
W QJ W QJ
4-> • > Cfl 1 4J • > Cfl
W QJ U1-I4J W QJ Uj U 4J
O J-i • >.QJCfl Jtf Cl-i- >>QJCfl
U TO i-i "^» WO C O TO Ul "-», W O
X>-. CQJO TO J=>> CQ^CJ
pH Cfl -^. O l-l E— i pH to \ O IM
TO QJ -H •— 1 TO QJ -p^ i — f
•i-t re *i-f TO TO 3 C -i-i re -p^ re ra 3
d4L>>-J-i4->C -^ d-U>-S-(4-'C
re o ^ ^ *J *p* c "D fc o ^ uj 4-J -f^ c
U p-t QJ >, Cfl d-i W d- <
Cfl -«^. -H TO O W *>^ *H TO

TOTO4-»-HTO nJTO4J'Hre
4-» 4-i X fcC E 5^ J-* jJ 4-) X cB E 31* 4-J
COCL T3OC • OOQJ T3OO
HHQO
-------
oo
II

w
•o

0
x:
QJ
W

O


o






*t?
i-H
QJ
•H

d
-H


Q

3
o
i-H
r-H
TO
x:
CO
X!
4J
•H
3
"d
TO
H
U

4-J
rt

t«
d
o
H
4->
U
QJ
OS
3
O

U-i
T3
T>




d
TO
E-H

60
d
|H
•0
t




•1-1
TJ
O
-C

w
3
0


4_i
O

^fc


T3

"O QJ 'O
i — 1 -H i-H
O 4H O
x: ex:
QJ -H 0»
W TO M
3 U 3
C Q O
XJ cn oj oj r^-  —4 J->
M r-4 K
o to o
u! x: u


•o
QJ
w
o
Q
x:
•u
"rH
d
w nj w ]
J+J E— i 4->
w w j

u o~i oj o •— ' •— < —* m -H u co

>>t * - *• ex >> ••
4-> i— r-. I-H QJ 4J m
•H OJ  t/} -i-t OJ
c  d —

E C c
o! o oj
O! -H ul
4-J
U
OJ

3
O
r— 1
tin
•D
•o
w o; "^ w

tO QJ U iJ 4-J «
o ^ • >^ QJ w ^: o
U TO IH '^~ « O d U
x; >. d QJ o TO
f-H to ^> O S-t E-H f-4
TO QJ -f-t i — I TO
••H C3 -H "TO TO 3 C? -H
a,o>'i-4-Jd ^ D-

Oi—iQrf>lw:a-< i— ( o
w -^ -T-i re o
r-l—l SdO-H SC ,-H

4J 4J Xl tC E S*2 *J 4J
O O QJ *D O C • C
HHQO i— i
i— i
TO
X»
CO

t?
QJ

O
Q
5
3
d
TO
H
OO O  W I
QJ lH IH 4J
W • >> QJ W ^.
TO ^ ^*^ WO d
x: >, c QJ u TO
w -^ o n H
QJ -IH ^H
TO -H TO TO 3 C
U > • U 4J d -H
O SH i-l 4-) -H d "O
«— t QJ >> H Ci- < >— I
W ^^ -H TO O
-* r c u -4 x

4J rf> cB £ 5^ J-1
C 0, -COO
H Q O < 
3
O

•^

rH O O
0 XI
J-l ^J. QJ
QJ W
W 3
3 0
O (^ CO oj ro OJ x:
.d "^ LO LT) O \D "^*-

4-i  4->
w w
0 0











t/3 W
4-» 4J
O C^-^fJOOOJCCOJ O

r** *"H o\i I-H rn \o •*&

d oj d
3 -to- 3
E =
0 0
u u


E
QJ
en

CO
u
QJ
4-*
W QJ 3
4-) • > W •— 1
W QJ l-i 1- 4-J O
O M >> QJ W ^^
U TO IH ^ WO J«i
js >> d QJ u d
i-H W \ O l-i TO
TO QJ -H i — f-H
•H TO -H TO TO 3 U
CL U > • IH 4J C H

W "-^ rH TO QJ
— —I E C 0 F- ' CO
TO TO 4-* 'rH TO
4-J *J X) t^J E £*6 4-*
C O QJ IT O O


























r*- O"> oj r^ LO
OJ \O iT) uT) O
OJ
•CO-















CO oo oo o> oj r~» LO
-3- r- •— oo •— " O
^D OO OJ in CM \C \C
^ 04 •—














W Qj
4-> • > cn
W QJ in Li j-J
O IH >, Qj W
(J TO IH "--.WO !
x: >> d QJ o
i-H cn ^^ O IM
TO QJ --H r-H
r-i 'TO --H TO 1c 3
d, O > • IH 4J C
TO O in IH 4J -« d
U •— ' QJ >, W d, <
10 *^^. -IH TO
-H -H r: d u r-H
TO TO 4-> -H TO
4_i ^j X) tfl E S'S J-J
O O CL1 T? C O
E- H 0 O < oj H
VIII-B-11

-------
                                REFERENCES
American Public  Works  Association,  American  Society  of Civil Engineers,  and
     Water  Pollution  Control Federation.   1973.  Financing  and charges  for
     wastewater systems.   Joint  Committee Report.

U.S. Environmental Protection Agency.   1976.   PRM 76-3:   Presentation of  local
     government  costs   of  wastewater  treatment  works   in  facility plans.
     Washington DC.

U.S. General Accounting  Office.   1980.   EPA should help  communities cope with
     federal  pollution  control  requirements.    CED-80-92.   Washington  DC.
                                  VIII-B-1I

-------
C.   WATER QUALITY MONITORING PLANS
     The success  of  pollution control  programs  cannot be taken for  granted;
there are many  causes  of  suboptimal  performance  for  any  facility.   Generally,
more complex programs and/or more facilities   will  increase the probability of
failure.  However, causes of  failure can be  thoroughly addressed so that many
potential failures may be  avoided.  To the extent that  failures may  yet  occur,
and depending upon the  value  of  impacted resources,  long-term monitoring may
be necessary to complement structural elements of a selected pollution control
program.

     Monitoring of groundwaters affected by funded  on-site systems is  required
by  40  CFR  35.318-1(i)  and  PRM 79-8,  although  these policies do not address
monitoring of surface waters.  Where primary body  contact waters or  drinking
water  supplies  may  be  adversely  affected by funded  systems,  surface water
monitoring plans will  also  be required.  Groundwater and surface water moni-
toring  approaches  are  discussed below  as  they would  be  applied  in  decen-
tralized wastewater management.

1.   GROUNDWATER

     Nearly all on-site and many  small-scale  wastewater technologies discharge
effluents to  the  soil.  Except in rare instances,  the treated effluents then
enter  groundwater.   Effluent  impacts  on  receiving groundwaters,  and the re-
sulting  degradation  in  the  groundwater's   potential   use,  are not  easily
predicted.    Because  of the difficulties  in predicting   groundwater  impacts,
planning and  long-term  operational  success depend  upon  sample collection and
laboratory analysis.

     Three types of  groundwater  monitoring  strategies  may be  needed:  potable
well sampling, aquifer sampling,  and  shallow  groundwater  sampling.

a.   Potable Well  Sampling

     Many  dwellings  served  by on-site systems  in Region V  have  well water
supplied on-site also.  These  wells  are usually the point closest  to on-site
wastewater  systems where  groundwater quality is  a  concern.    Requirements for
monitoring potable water  wells are  stated in 40  CFR  35.318-l(i) and PRM 79-8.
PRM  79-8  states:   "A  comprehensive  program  for regulation and inspection of
(funded publicly and privately-owned  and small alternative wastewater  systems)
shall  also  include,  at  a  minimum,  testing of selected existing potable water
wells on an annual basis."

     This policy  allows a  case-by-case selection  of wells  to be tested each
year.   In developing  local  monitoring programs,  the  following suggestions are
made :

     •  On-site wells that are within 50 feet of  drain  fields, within  100 feet
        and down gradient from drain fields  in unconfined aquifers,  or pene-
        trating fractured or  channeled aquifers  that are unconfined  could be
        sampled annually.
                                 VIII-C-1

-------
     •  Sand point wells and  other  shallow wells that are down  gradient from
        drain  fields  could be  sampled  every two  or five years  or when  the
        on-site system is inspected  every three  years.

     •  Wells that are not  at risk  need not be  monitored.   Examples  are pro-
        perly located wells cased and grouted to a  known,  continuous confining
        layer;   wells  that  are  known to  be substantially  up-gradient  from
        wastewater disposal systems;  and wells that have  tested satisfactorily
        over extended periods  of time.

     •  Private wells  serving  more  than  one   dwelling  could be  sampled  as
        suggested   for  on-site  systems  except  where water  withdrawal may  be
        sufficient to alter natural  groundwater  flow patterns.  These  could be
        sampled annually unless a hydrogeologist demonstrates why more or less
        frequent sampling is appropriate.

     •  Public  water supplies  should  be  sampled as required by  state  requla-
        tory agencies.

     At a minimum, a sample analysis  should include nitrate  nitrogen and fecal
coliform bacteria.   Where  improperly protected  wells (inadequate  seals,  cas-
ing,  or grouting)  must  be  sampled,  analysis  is   also  recommended for  non-
naturally occurring constituents  of  domestic wastewater,  such as brighteners.
This analysis will help  determine the source of  contamination.

     When samples  are positive  for  bacteria or  show unexpectedly high nitrate
concentrations, provisions  should be  made for  confirmatory  sampling  within a
short time.

b.   Aquifer  Sampling

     Sampling  of   aquifers  in  addition  to potable  well   sampling  will  be
necessary when  large numbers  of on-site systems are present in  a groundwater
shed, or when  wastewater from multiple  dwellings or dwelling unit equivalents
is land disposed at a single site.

     Accumulations of nitrates  in an aquifer down  gradient  from  on-site sys-
tems  are  unlikely to be of public  health concern  unless a  number  of systems
are  lined  up  in  the direction of groundwater flow.  While  the  boundaries of
groundwater  sheds  and flow vectors  within them  are difficult to  delineate, it
is safe to assume that single or double  tiers of development will not  generate
hazardous  concentrations or  nitrates.   Therefore,  strip developments  along
roads or  lakeshores should seldom  be causes for  aquifer monitoring;  on-site
well monitoring will suffice.   For  more intensive  development,   the need for,
and  design  of,  aquifer  monitoring programs should  be determined  on a  case-by-
case basis by qualified hydrogeologists.

     Monitoring programs for cluster systems, rapid infiltration, or slow rate
land  application  should be developed in concert with detailed  design of the
system itself.   Hydrogeologic studies conducted  for site  evaluation and system
design  will provide  information required  for  development  of the  monitoring
program.   A minimum  system  size above  which  aquifer  monitoring should  be
required is not recommended here.  State regulatory agencies are  encouraged to
address this topic.
                                 VIII-C-2

-------
c.   Shallow Groundwater  Sampling

     On-site  systems  along  stream  banks  and  lake  shores,  and  larger land
disposal  systems  further  removed,  may  contribute pathogenic  organisms  and
phosphorus to  these  water resources by  way  of effluent transport in ground-
water.  Although  unacceptable  discharges of this  type  should have been dis-
covered and remedied during  the  Construction Grants  process  or similar work,
continued surveillance of  suspect systems  may  be advisable.  The  need for and
design of a monitoring program  should  be based on results of prior sampling,
uses  of  the impacted surface  waters,  possible temporal  changes  in the dis-
charges, results of  septic leachate  scans, and requests  for this  service from
property owners.

     An advantage  of monitoring groundwater before  it  enters surface waters is
that dilution in the surface  waters  is  avoided.  Since mixing  rates are  seldom
known, back calculating  from  surface water measurements  to groundwater  counts
or concentrations  is rarely accurate.

     Technical  problems  with  sampling  effluent plumes  from  on-site systems
before  the  plumes  enter  lakes  (see  Chapter Il-D)  remain to  be  solved.  The
need  to solve  these  problems  arises  from economic  decisions that  will have to
be made for on-site systems near shoreline — a means is required  to measure the
nutrient  concentrations  and  bacteria  counts  at the interface between ground-
and surface-waters.   Given reproducible  sampling methods,  the  states could set
criteria  for  groundwater discharges  to sensitive   surface waters.  Monitoring
which shows individual  effluent plumes  to be  violating these criteria could be
the basis for future abandonment or  upgrading of on-site  systems.

d.   Viruses  and Toxic  Substances in Groundwater

     Parameters recommended above for  analysis  do not  include viruses or toxic
substances.    Possible  contamination  of  groundwater by  these  parameters is a
concern as  discussed in  Chapter  II-A.   At present, the  threats  posed by these
materials in  on-site  settings  have  been insufficiently  measured.  Because of
the costs of  sampling  and analysis  and uncertainties in  the  effects of these
materials,  grantees  will  not  be  required  to include  analyses  of  them  in
groundwater monitoring  plans.

2.   SURFACE WATERS

     Two  types  of  surface water monitoring may  be  advisable  in rural com-
munities:   effluent surveys and non-point source monitoring.

a.   Effluent  Surveys

      In lake  communities,  periodic  repetition  of septic  leachate  surveys (see
Chapter  II-D  and  E)  would  identify  future groundwater  failures of on-site
systems  and  improve understanding  of  factors  that  influence  effluent plume
movement.   As with  septic  leachate  surveys conducted  in Step 1,  capabilities
for collecting, storing and analyzing  selected  samples are advisable.

     Because  the  state-of-the-art  in  leachate  detection  is still developing,
and  because of uncertainties  regarding  presently  available  instrumentation,
shoreline septic leachate surveys will  not be required in  monitoring programs.


                                 VIII-C-3

-------
Currently available  instrumentation  will  be eligible for Construction Grants
funding  until  superior  equipment  is  developed.   To  be  eligible  for these
instruments, grantees will  be  required  to  show  that  comparable  instruments are
not available on a  timely  basis  from other  nearby grantees.  Grantees will be
required also to make funded instruments available to other grantees.

     Where leachates from cluster systems, rapid  infiltration systems, or slow
rate  land  application  systems  are  expected to  emerge in streams  or lakes,
monitoring  of  the  leachate may  be  required  depending on proximity  of the
systems to  surface  waters,  use  of the  surface  waters,   and results  of aquifer
monitoring.   Appropriate  monitoring  methods  should be  specified during de-
tailed design of the systems.

b.   Non-point  Source Monitoring

     Grantees will  not  be  required to  monitor  non-point sources  of  pollution.
However,  Construction  Grants funded laboratory facilities  may  be used for
sample analysis.  In  comparing the cost-effectiveness  of constructing a local
laboratory,   contracting with private  laboratories   or joint  use with other
municipal laboratories, the projected  number and type  of samples can  include
those  generated  by  a  non-point  source monitoring  program,  which the grantee
implements  prior  to  or  concurrent  with   Step 3 of Construction  Grants
activities.
                                 VIII-C-4

-------
D.   IMPLEMENTATON METHODS FOR  WATER CONSERVATION

     For areas with central  water  distribution,  typical  methods  suggested  for
implementing water  conservation  programs include pricing schemes,  regulation
(such  as  plumbing  and building  code changes  and use  regulations),  taxes,
education,  and  subsidies  (Clouser  et  al. ,  1979;  Flack et al.,  1977).   These
methods can be  effective  for areas  served by central  water  facilities.   These
methods deserve particular attention  in  areas with community water supply  and
on-site wastewater  disposal.  Since  customers  of a  community water  supply
usually consume  more  water  than those  who use  individual  wells, a  greater
chance exists for hydraulically overloading on-site systems.

     Many  of  the methods  listed  above,  however,  do  not apply  to individual
water  supply systems.   The  methods  which are  feasible and reserve  further
discussion for these areas include:

     •  Regulation (plumbing code changes and use permits)

     •  Public education

     •  Subsidies

1.   REGULATION

     Two  major  regulatory approaches to  implement  water conservation include
plumbing  code changes  and use permits.  Plumbing codes can be changed so that
all  new  (and replacement) water-using fixtures such as toilets,  shower heads,
and  faucet  aerators will  be the low-flow  type.   The  results of such a change
would  not be immediate since replacement of  water-using fixtures  at existing
dwellings would not occur frequently.  Plumbing code changes would have better
results in  areas  where new houses are being constructed.  In these residences
low-flow  fixtures would be installed as original equipment.   To encourage user
acceptance  and  promote good  public relations, care should be taken to require
fixtures  that do not  change existing life styles  and habits.   Plumbing code
changes may also allow and encourage development and acceptance of new devices
such as composting, recycle, and air assisted toilets.

     Use  permits  could be required such that septic tank permits would not be
issued unless flow reduction devices were installed.  This system would easily
lend itself to use with  new septic tank permits.  Use  permits  could be used
also for  existing  septic systems  by  instituting a  renewable  permit system;
proof  of  installation of flow conservation  devices  would  be  a condition of
renewal.   A  renewal  permit  system  would also  have  joint  benefits  if main-
tenance and  inspection requirements were additional conditions of the renewal.

2.   PUBLIC  EDUCATION

     In  the  Seven  Rural  Lake  EIS's  sanitary  surveys,  very  few homeowners
claimed  to  have  water  conservation devices.   Many  of those  without water
                                 VIII-D-1

-------
conservation devices did  not  realize  the benefits of flow  reduction  and were
unaware of the  existence  of these devices.  In either  case,  public education
could provide information  to  aid the  homeowners.   One of the  main reasons for
water conservation in rural areas is to prolong the life of  individual on-site
treatment  systems.   Test  data  is  needed  to  confirm and  quantify  this
theoretical benefit.  Until  relevant  test data is obtained, methods suggested
in Chapter IV-D  may be  used to estimate the benefits of water conservation to
on-site  systems.   Additional  benefits of water conservation,  which should be
mentioned as part  of a  public education program,  include savings from reduced
water pumping treatment  (where applicable) and heating (Flack,  1981,  personal
communication).

     Public education should be used in conjunction with other water conserva-
tion  implementation methodologies (Schaefer, 1979).  For example,  changes in
building codes  and requirements for renewable use permits  would have greater
chances  for  success  if  accompanied  by  a  thorough public education program
explaining, in  simple terms,  why and how  water use  could be  reduced.  Educa-
tion  can also increase  the effectiveness  of  community-supplied  or subsidized
water conservation devices.

3.   SUBSIDIES

     To  provide individuals with an  incentive  for  installing water conserva-
tion  devices, communities  may purchase particular devices  at a  bulk rate and
furnish  them  to the local citizens at  a  lower price than otherwise possible.
This  type  of  effort often results  in  good public relations between the local
government and  the citizen, and achieves  the  goal  of water  conservation.  If
the water  conservation  devices were sold at a reduced rate, people would have
a  tendancy  to install them in  order to recover their investment.  However, if
the devices were free,  there would be no immediate incentive  to install them,
since  no initial investment had been made.  To combat this  problem two "kits"
could  be offered:   one  containing inexpensive items  such  as plastic bottles
for  displacement  of flushing water,  and  orifice  restrictors  for  reducing
shower  flows; the other containing more  expensive  devices  such as dual flush
controls for toilets, faucet aerators and  low-flow shower heads.  The inexpen-
sive  kits  could be  given  away  and  the more expensive kits could be  sold  at  a
reduced  price.   Thus,  the community  could minimize the risk  of  spending a lot
of money for devices that  never get installed.

4.   SUMMARY

      In  areas without central  sewer,  the  three main methodologies for imple-
menting  water  conservation  are:   1)   regulation,  2)  public  education  and 3)
subsidies.  Studies  should be  conducted to determine  the method  most  effective
in reducing water usage,  and  the  effects of  reduction on the operation and
costs of  decentralized wastewater facilities.   Little data  exists  on  these
subjects due  to one or  more  of the  following  reasons:   1) the concentration on
urban water-users  as compared to  rural  water users,  2) the small  amount of
 residential  water that  can be  saved  compared  to  the  total  water used in  rural
areas,  especially for irrigation,  and 3)  the  lack of  an  agency with the  knowl-
edge  of  the  benefits  of  flow conservation  and  with the  interest and  funds
 required to  carry out such a  program.   For these  and  other  reasons  a  community
may  not be able to readily demonstrate a  need  for water  conservation.
                                  VIII-D-2

-------
                                REFERENCES
Clouser,  Rodney L. , and  William  L.  Miller.   1979.   Household  demand  for water
     and   policies  to   encourage  conservation.   Purdue  University  Water
     Resources Research Center,  West Lafayette  IN.

Flack, J.  Ernest,  and Wade P.  Weakly,  with Duane W. Hill.   1977.   Achieving
     urban  water  conservation:    A  handbook.    Completion  Report   No.   80.
     Colorado State University,  Environmental  Resources Center, Fort  Collins
     CO.

Flack, J. Ernest.  University  of Colorado Department of Civil,  Environmental,
     and  Architectural  Engineering,  Boulder,  Colorado.  Personal Communica-
     tion.  8 January 1981.

Schaefer,  Richard   K.     1979.   Economics   and  water   conservation.    In:
     Proceedings,  National Conference  on  Water  Conservation  and  Municipal
     Wastewater  Flow  Reduction,  Chicago  IL November  29,  1978.   U.S.  EPA,
     Washington DC.
                                 VIII-D-3

-------
            PART THREE
FACILITIES PLANNING METHODOLOGIES

-------
       CHAPTER IX
PLANNING AREA DEFINITION

-------
A.    DEVELOPMENTAL AND ENVIRONMENTAL CRITERIA  FOR IDENTIFICATION
      OF  SMALL  WASTE  FLOWS  AREAS

1.    INTRODUCTION

     Faced  with   demands  to  improve wastewater  facilities  and  services  in
unsewered communities,  governments  and wastewater utilities typically either
propose centralized  collection and  treatment  facilities,  or if  that  is not
economically feasible, opt to  do  nothing until it  is.   Intermediate solutions
historically have seldom been seriously investigated.

     This  chapter discusses   the  major  economic,  public  health  and water
quality factors  that  planners  should take into account when deciding  whether
to consider intermediate solutions,  especially upgrading and  community  manage-
ment  of  existing  wastewater  systems.   These factors  are  applicable  to un-
sewered neighborhoods in  or  near  sewered communities,  as well as  to communi-
ties with no sewers.

     In assessing the potential need for intermediate  solutions, planners will
want to ask two key questions:

     • Are improvements actually necessary?

     • Is upgrading  and  community  management  of existing wastewater  systems
       cost-effective compared to constructing sewers?

     If  the  answers   to  both questions  are  positive,  planners  may also ask:

     • Is  it  economically attractive  to plan and implement an upgrading and
       community management program with Construction  Grants  funding?

     The  following sections  of  this report address each of these questions.

2.    WHY DO  ANYTHING?

     Whether sewers  are  constructed or the community  provides more management
services, the  owners of private wastewater systems will relinquish all  or some
control over that part of their property, and will usually have  to pay  for the
new management or sewer service that is provided.  Each approach represents  an
intrusion that should be  justified either  on the grounds  that  the property
owners  are  individually  better off  (for  example,  it would  cost  an owner less
to  hook up  to a new  sewer than  to  replace a failing  drain field) or that the
community as  a  whole  is better  off than  they  are  at  present.   Legitimate
justifications for such intrusions would  include:

       protecting public  health
        improving surface  or groundwater quality
        abating and preventing  nuisances
        improving property values
       providing infrastructure for  development.

     Aside  from funding  agency  requirements to document need  for government
expenditures,  property owners affected by new improvements  should be  advised
from  the inception of  a  project  as to the  justifications on which plans  are
based.

                                  IX-A-1

-------
a.    Protecting Public Health

     Improper disposal  of wastewater, particularly toilet wastes, can directly
threaten public health through several modes of disease transmission, includ-
ing direct contact, insect and rodent  vectors,  and  drinking water contamina-
tion.   In  addition, poor personal  hygiene resulting from sluggish wastewater
flow out  of  a dwelling  can  threaten the  residents'  health and, indirectly,
that of the people with whom  they come  into  contact.

     Three types  of septic  tank  system malfuction permit  these  direct and
indirect modes of  disease  transmission:   Surface malfunctions, drinking water
aquifer contamination,  and recurrent backups.   Interpretation of the malfunc-
tions'  significance and  their potential  for disease transmission, however,  is
based on judgement; quantitative criteria  do not exist for making this judge-
ment.   Nevertheless, information on  density of  development and the percentage
of  existing  systems that  are malfunctioning can be used together to support
the judgement.  As housing density increases,  potentials for direct contact,
transmission by vectors,  and well  contamination also  increase.  Failure  rates
correlate  with the probability  that  persons  living nearby  may be affected
through  one  of   these  modes  of  disease   transmission.    Failure  notes,   if
interpreted  in light  of  their causes  and  feasibility of control, are also  a
reasonable guide to estimating future failures.

b.    Improving Surface Water  and Groundwater  Quality

     Measuring  wastewater  impacts  on  water   resources  must  be  a primary
objective  of a needs assessment.   Water quality  impacts of  on-site  systems  are
typically  localized.    Contamination  of  entire  aquifers by  on-site systems
occurs only where development is  dense and covers  large areas  above  unconfined
aquifers.   Groundwater  transport of domestic  effluents  at  detectable  levels
for more   than a  few hundred  feet  occurs very  rarely, except in  channeled  or
grossly  fissured  bedrock.   And  in  surface waters,  rapid  dilution of  these
small wastewater  flows limits their impacts to  the  areas  of discharge.

     Nevertheless,  contamination of  water resources by on-site systems  has a
significance  to  the   public  that  is  measured  not  by  the  volume  of  water
polluted  or  the  pollutant load that is discharged.   It is  the threat posed by
the proximity of contaminated  waters to residences, to swimming areas,  and to
sources of drinking water that makes this  type of  contamination significant.

     These dispersed,  small-scale impacts pose limited  threats  to  ecological
values, and  are  of most  concern because  of their possible public health con-
sequences.  In  contrast,  centralized  treatment plant effluents  are of most
concern for  their ecological impacts, generally speaking.  Their public  health
impacts  are  minimized  because  their  discharge points  are  located,  where
possible,  away from areas  of most intensive water use.

     The  strong  interrelation  between public health and water quality impacts
of on-site systems, the multiple paths possible for disease transmission, and
the normal  lack  of data on water  quality,  epidemiology, and  failure  rates
combine  to  make  the  planner's  and the  decision  maker's  task complex  and
potentially   inconclusive.   Nevertheless,  the  public  benefits  of  improving
wastewater services and  facilities  will often more  than justify  a thorough
needs  assessment.
                                   IX-A-2

-------
c.    Abating  and Preventing Nuisances

     Aside from  their  potential  public health effects, direct discharges  and
surface malfunctions  can be odor  sources.   Odors  can also be  released  from
properly operating septic tanks  through soil stacks (vents) in  the  household
plumbing.  Neighbors are quick to  recognize and complain about  septic  sewage
odors, and often erroneously assume that these represent improperly  operating
systems.

     Other nuisances occur  in  the  form of marshy places,  dead  vegetation,  and
algae-filled  ditches  resulting  from  direct  discharges  and  from  surface
malfunctions.   These  are visually  unpleasant, especially when their  cause is
known.

     As with  public  health  impacts, the community's interest  in abating  odor
and visual nuisances  is  related  to density of development.   If houses are far
apart  or  are  removed from public rights-of-way, these problems  are  primarily
of  concern to the wastewater system's owners and users.   As distances between
houses decrease, these aesthetic impacts increase.

d.     Increasing Property Values

      A property's  intrinsic value  is measured in terms  of  its possible uses.
Its economic  value is measured in terms of the willingness of potential buyers
to  pay for  these  uses.    Lack of  adequate  wastewater services  or facilities
can reduce property uses and intrinsic value in three ways:

      • regulatory  restrictions  on  new building  construction or modifications
        to existing buildings,

      • hydraulic capacity limitations  which prevent occupants from using water
        as desired,

      • reduced  enjoyment in the  use  of property because of nuisances  or the
        fear  of  sewage-related illness.

      With  the  possible  exceptions  of dwellings  located  near  new  treatment
 facilities,   pumping  stations,   or  potential  sewer  overflow  locations,  new
 centralized   systems  can remove all  three restrictions.   The  increased  uses
 thus  achieved may be reflected  in  increased economic value  as well, depending
 on other market variables.  One  of  these variables may be the homeowner's  cost
 for the new  facilities.   Thus,  while the improvements  in use and intrinsic
 value may  be  unequivocal, translation  of  those  improvements  into  higher
 economic values may  be problematic  and variable  from one  community to another,
 depending on the cost  of new centralized facilities.

      In  contrast,   increased  management  services  for  on-site  systems  may
 counter these use restrictions,  but such success  is subject  to qualifications.
 New  building  construction  may be  allowed on  sites  that are  marginal or
 unsuitable  for  standard on-site systems.   But the  innovative  on-site technol-
 ogies that  make  this  possible may  first  have  to be  tested locally.   Flow
 reduction devices may save enough  water  to allow new uses  without  increasing
 wastewater  flows.  But the devices  may need maintenance  or  special  use proce-
 dures to be  effective in the long  term.  Nuisances  and fears of  illness may be


                                   IX-A-3

-------
abated by  a management program.   But  continuing public  funding and support
will be necessary to maintain the program.

     Therefore, improvements in  use  and  intrinsic value are problematic.  And
any increase in economic value is even  more  problematic.   However, because the
homeowner  costs  of management services  are in most  cases  a  fraction of the
costs  of  new centralized systems, the net  increase  in economic value may be
higher even though all use restrictions are  not removed.

     Quantitative  analyses  of the  net economic value  increases with either
approach are not  likely to  be accurate.   However, qualitative assessments are
possible,  and  may contribute  to a determination of  whether  any increase in
services or facilities is justified.

e.    Providing Infrastructure For  Development

     In addition to increases in value  of individual  properties,  a  community's
ability  to accommodate new  development  can be expanded by investment in new
wastewater  facilities.  Unsewered  communities  providing only  standard permit-
ting and enforcement services are leaving development up to  private  initiative
and the ability of sites to acccommodate  standard septic tank  systems.

     Sewers, of  course,  can be constructed to collect any  type  of  wastewater
and  to overcome any site limitations.    Communities with  definite  industrial,
commercial,  or  residential  development  demand  and  with adequate  financial
capability  typically opt for expansion of collection and treatment  facilities.

     The  capability  of  on-site  wastewater facilities  to  accommodate  devel-
opment  is  limited  by  the  assimilative  capacity of the  land.   Conservative
design  standards  probably prevent the  full assimilative capacity of a site  or
of  entire  communities  from  being utilized.   Lacking  the data  to  accurately
assess  assimilative capacity, and lacking the means  of ensuring maintenance  of
innovative  technologies  that may expand  assimilative capacity,  a conservative
approach  is the surest way to protect public  health and  water quality.   How-
ever,  these institutional  limitations can be reviewed and perhaps made more
flexible.   Performance  data from existing on-site systems, local pilot studies
on  innovative  technologies, and appropriate management services are key ele-
ments  in  supporting  such flexibility.   Where  acceptable, small-scale systems
such  as cluster systems, small  lagoons,  land  application,  and  package  plants
can provide additional  capacity to accommodate development  without the sub-
stantial  public  investment  required  to build sewers.

f.     A Preliminary Needs Assessment

      Considerable  time and money can be  spent studying solutions  to problems
that  do not exist.  One way to avoid this is to keep an account of  information
on  needs.

      At the inception of a  wastewater project, the account may include  simply
the statements of  knowledgeable citizens  and  officials.   Recorded in writing
or  on  tape,  the opinions  of public health and public works officials, real
 estate brokers,  development  commissions,  planning and zoning  officials, and
 civic leaders  can  identify  the  types  (public  health, water quality,  nuisance,
property value,  development potential) and  degrees of severity of local  waste-


                                   IX-A-4

-------
water-related problems.   Such informal information can indicate which problems
call for more formal documentation of need.   A brief synopsis of this informal
information can also  serve  as a focal point  for  discussion  and as a means of
encouraging further serious consideration, if warranted.

3.    BUILD SEWERS  OR UPGRADE  AND MANAGE ON-SITE SYSTEMS?

     Several  factors  will  influence a community's  decision either  to  build
sewers or  to  upgrade  and manage existing wastewater  systems.   The ability of
the chosen approach to meet the community's needs will be important.  However,
lack of state enabling legislation for on-site management districts, and other
obstacles  to  implementation,  may make that  approach  unattractive  even before
its technical and economic merits are measured.

     But for many small communities, the most significant factor will be cost.
In  seven  rural  lake communities studied by  EPA  Region V,  the amortized local
cost per house for new centralized wastewater systems ranged from $247 to $795
per  year,  even with  generous grant and  loan programs.  The weighted average
was  $497  per year.   In  contrast,  comprehensive  on-site  system management
programs  were estimated to  cost $50  to  $170  per  house per  year, with  a
weighted  average  of $91 per house per year  (all figures are in 1980 dollars).
See  Technical  Reference  Document  X.E.,  "On-Site  Systems  in  Region V  and
Potential  Cost  Avoidance from Adoption of  Optimum Operation Alternative"  for
an  expanded analysis  of these cost differentials.

     To evaluate  the  effects  of key  developmental and environmental factors on
the  relative  costs  of sewering and on-site system management, numerous present
worth  analyses were prepared.  The  methods  and  results  of these analyses are
reported   in  Technical  Reference  Document  IV.A.,  "Cost  Variability Study."
Housing  density,  measured  as dwellings per  mile  of  potential sewer, was  the
primary  independent variable.  Graphs showing the results of  the analyses are
plotted  as 20-year present worth per house  over a range of housing densities.
Other  variables  incorporated in the analyses  are  listed in Table  IX.A.I.   In
addition  to those listed, variable  rates  of on-site system replacement (10%,
20,  and 50%)  were also  included.

     The  results  of these  analyses can be helpful to planners  during  the early
stages of comparing wastewater management approaches.  Table  IX.A.2. presents
data that planners  can  compare to  parts of their  community.

     To understand this  table, it  is necessary to visualize  the cost  per house
for sewers as declining curvilinearly as housing  density  increases.  However,
costs  per  house  for on-site  management  change  little,  if at  all,  within  a
 reasonable range of  densities.   Therefore,  at  some housing  density,   cost
curves for on-site and  sewered alternatives may cross.   At higher  densities,
 sewers will become more  cost-effective; at  lower  densities,  on-site management
will be cost-effective.  The point  at which the  cost  curves intersect is  here
 called the  "trade-off   density,"  that is,  the  housing density  at which the
present worth of installing sewers is equal to  the present worth of on-site
management.

      Table IX.A.2. presents  trade-off densities  for a variety of variables.
 Eight  environmental  scenarios  are  represented,  each except the  first  incor-
                                   IX-A-5

-------
TABLE IX-A-1.  FACTORS VARIED AND TECHNOLOGIES CONSIDERED IN THE COST VARIABILITY STUDY
Environmental Factors
Topography
Average Depth o£ Groundwater


Average Depth of Bedrock



Soil Unstable


Developmental Factors

Growth Rate


Housing Density




Technologies

Collection Only  (assumes
collection system  and
treatment facilities are
in place nearby)

Centralized  Treatment
 (transport and treatment  costs
derived  from engineering  studies
 for Seven Rural  Lake EIS's)

Small-scale  Land Application
 Cluster Systems
Values

Flat
Optimal (8T  average depth of cut)
Rough (16' average depth of cut)
Rough (necessitates one pump and force main)
Rough (necessitates one pump and force main; 50% of houses
  require grinder pumps)

Below deepest sewer
6' below ground surface (with flat topography only)

Below deepest sewer
2' below ground surface
6' feet below ground surface

Not a problem
Imported fill needed to replace 1,000' of peat soil
0% in 20 years
50% in 20 years

25, 50, 75,  100 houses per mile of potential sewer  for 0
  growth rate
39, 75, 113, 150 houses per mile of potential sewer for
  50% growth rate
 Conventional  Gravity Sewers
 Small Diameter  Gravity  Sewers
 Pressure  Sewers with Septic Tank Effluent  Pumps
 Pressure  Sewers with Grinder Pumps

 Four sewering methods
 Spray Irrigation
 Overland Flow
 Rapid Infiltration
 Four Sewering Methods

 Four Sewering Methods
                                             IX-A-6

-------
TABLE IX-A-2.  TRADE-OFF DENSITIES (IN HOMES PER MILE) ABOVE WHICH OFF-SITE FACILITIES ARE
               COMPETITIVE.  BASED ON 50% REPLACEMENT OF ON-SITE SYSTEMS AT 0% AND 50%
               GROWTH.

Scenarios
1 No constraints
Collection
only
0%
45
50%
69
Centralized
treatment
0%
93
50%
125
Land Cluster
application system
0% 50% 0% 50%
-
   8' adc1

2  No constraints         -
   16' adc

3  Steep topography      57      81        -        137
   1 pump

4  Flat; 6' to
   groundwater; peat2

5  Flat; 6' to
   groundwater

6  Steep topography;     77      113        -        150
   1 pump; 6' to
   bedrock

7  Flat                  75      109        -        144

8  Steep topography;     76      111        -        138
   2' to bedrock;  50%
   of houses  need
   grinder pumps
 1   adc  =  average  depth  of  cut.
 2   Imported  fill  needed to replace  1,000'  of  peat soil.
 -   Greater than  150  homes  per  mile.
                                           IX-A-7

-------
porating  one  or  more  factors that  increase the  cost  of  sewering.   On-site
system  costs  are  also  increased  as appropriate  to  reflect  the  different
settings.

     Four  centralized   treatment  cases  are  also  included.    The   first,
"Collected Only,"  assumes  that  interceptor  sewers and treatment  plants  with
sufficient  reserve  capacity  are  already  in  place.   The  interceptor  and
treatment costs  for  "Centralized Treatment"  were  derived  from case studies of
communities with 200 to 4,200 dwellings,  and hence reflect an economy of scale
that depends  on  total  size of the community.  The  remaining treatment cases,
"Land Application" and  "Cluster  System," were assumed to  be applied only with
a  limited number of  one-mile segments, so that  economies  of scale were small.
As  a  result,  these  treatment cases  are not  competitive with on-site  manage-
ment,   except  for  Scenario  8,   which  requires   very   elaborate  on-site
technologies.

     The  last major  variable reflected in Table IX.A.2. is growth rate, which
was taken as  either 0% or 50% over a 20-year planning period.  Note that costs
per  house were  calculated from   the  number  of houses  present in  the design
year,  or  20  years  from  the  beginning of the planning  period.   Higher growth
rates favor sewering relative to lower growth rates.

     One  key  variable  not  reflected in Table IX.A.2 is percent replacement of
onsite  systems.   All trade-off densities were derived from cost curves of 50%
replacement of  existing  systems.  The mix of on-site  technologies included  a
large proportion of  sophisticated designs, to reflect supposedly high natural
constraints to  on-site systems.   Therefore,  the  trade-off densities shown in
Table  IX. A. 2. are  lower than would be obtained with  10%  or 20%, replacement
levels  appropriate  for  most communities.   Table  IX.A.2.   is  conservative in
favor of  sewering.

     Using  this  information, planners can make a first estimate as  to whether
sewer   construction  will  come  anywhere  near on-site  management  costs.   In
general,  if a treatment plant and interceptors are  required,  housing densities
of 100  homes  or more per  mile of collector sewer  at the  end of the  planning
period  would  be  be  necessary to make sewering  cost-effective.  Converted to
average property  frontage,  100  homes per  mile  is  equivalent  to 95  feet per
house,  assuming that 10%  of  frontage  will  be taken up by side roads,  rights-
of-way, and other  undeveloped property.  Even if all  lots  are twice  as  deep as
they  are  wide,   the  average  lot  size  would have to  be less than one-half acre.

      In  cases  where nearby  interceptors  and treatment  capacity are  already
available and  no environmental  obstacles  to  sewer construction  have to be
overcome, sewering may be cost-effective  at  densities  as low as  30 homes per
mile  in  the  design  year.   Assuming that 10% of  frontage  will  be taken up by
 side  roads and  other undeveloped property,  average frontages of  320  feet may
be cost-effective  to  sewer under  the  most  favorable conditions.   Assuming
 square  lots,  the  average  lot  size  would be 7\ acres or  smaller  when  the  area
 is fully  developed.

      The  effects  of environmental  constraints on sewer  construction  become
 evident when the  trade-off  densities  for  other scenarios  are examined.   Topo-
 graphy which  results in a  16-foot average  depth of cut  for sewer  trenches,  for
 example,  increases  the  trade-off density  from  <38  to  123.  Flat  topography


                                   IX-A-8

-------
requiring lift stations at  intervals,  combined with groundwater  that  needs  to
be lowered,  raises the trade-off density above  the  range  studied.   Thus,  while
housing density is a significant factor in the  cost-effectiveness  comparisons,
environmental constraints to  sewer  construction must also  be  considered,  even
in very preliminary analyses.

     The trade-off  density  figures  in  Table IX.A.2. or the more  comprehensive
information  in  the  Cost  Variability  Study  (TRD  IV.A),   can  be used  in  a
segment-by-segment  analysis  of costs.    Using  a topographic map or other map
that  shows  individual buildings, lay  out segments within a  community of one
mile  or less  in  length  and  calculate  housing density.   For each  segment,
estimate from available data:

     • percentage  of  on-site   systems  needing  replacement  (10%, 20%,  or 50%)

     • expected growth (0% or 50% over 20 years)

     • environmental  scenario that best approximates the actual setting

     • availability of existing interceptors and treatment capacity.

Compare  appropriate per-house cost  values from the Cost Variability Study for
sewering and  on-site  management on a segment-by-segment basis.  Or,  use  Table
IX.A.2.  to  designate  segments that may be cost-effective to sewer.  This type
of  cost  analysis  should not be used to  make decisions on whether to  sewer  or
not.   But  along  with the  preliminary  needs  assessment discussed  in  the
previous  section,  it  can  provide  a  rapid,  low-cost  means  of  focusing
subsequent  data collection and analysis where it is needed.

4.     FUNDING OF  ON-SITE UPGRADING AND MANAGEMENT:   LOCAL MONEY  OR
       CONSTRUCTION  GRANTS?

      Interested  parties  have  expressed  the concern  that  Construction Grants
program  requirements  for  planning and procurement, plus increased local  costs
for  project adminstration,  will offset  the  economic advantages of the grants.
This  concern has increased because of the  1981 changes in the Clean Water Act
that  limit  federal funding of  facilities  planning and design to a percentage
of  construction  costs.  It is widely  recognized that  locating, analyzing, and
designing  replacement facilities  for problem  on-site  systems will represent a
larger  percentage  of  construction costs  than  will  design  of  centralized
 facilities.   Thus, it  has  been  suggested that small  communities  would save
both  time and expense by  funding  their own on-site  programs.

      To analyze  the  relationships  between  community  size, on-site upgrading
 costs,   and  the  economic  benefits  of   using   Construction  Grants   funds,
 statistics  were  drawn from  the  Cost  Variability  Study  (Technical Reference
Document IV.A),   and  several  assumptions  were  made regarding the  costs of a
non-Construction  Grants on-site upgrading  program.

      First, the  least expensive  and most  expensive mixes  of on-site technol-
 ogies  were  selected  from the eight scenarios  of  the Cost Variability  Study.
The average  cost  per house  increased  within  each  scenario  as  the percent
 replacement increased:
                                   IX-A-9

-------
                                   Least Expensive           Most  Expensive
                                   (Scenarios  4&5)            (Scenario 8)
                                       $/house                 $/house

10% Replacement                           168                       879
20% Replacement                           533                     1,152
50% Replacement                         1,117                     3,183

Note that these were  averages  for all houses in a  segment, not  just the  ones
requiring  upgrading.    These  figures  were 20%  above  construction  costs  to
account  for  project  administration,  legal fees,  and  project  contingencies.

     The  costs  of sanitary surveys,  detailed site analysis, and  design  also
increased as the replacement rate increased:

                                      $/house  for Sanitary Survey,
                                   Detailed Site Analysis, and Design

          10% Replacement                         $307
          20% Replacement                          438
          50% Replacement                          720

It  was  assumed that  these  measures  would be required  whether or  not federal
funding was involved.

     The  increased project costs for a  federally-funded  project were assumed
to  be as  follows:

     • for  a  community of 400  or fewer  dwellings,  $30,000 for  studies and
       reports  that  would not   be  essential  in  a  locally  funded program.
       Covers  facilities  plan  and  management  program description  (plan of
       operation)

     • an additional  10% of all  other  costs  to  pay for  the extra  administra-
       tion  required   to  maintain  contact  with  state  and  federal  grants
       personnel  and meet certification  requirements.

     The  local cost trade-offs were than  evaluated in  the  form  of  three  cases
representing past, present, and  future  funding equations:

     Case 1:    Step  1  and  2  Grant applicants  approved before  May 1982  were
                eligible for 85%  federal funding  if innovative  or  alternative
                technologies  were selected.   Step  3  construction  was   also
                eligible for 85%  federal funding  if innovative  or  alternative
                technologies  were selected.   Step  3  construction  was   also
                eligible for 85%  funding.

     Case 2:    After  May 1982,  grants were not  awarded for Step 1 or  2  work.
                Instead, applicants could  receive  allowances  of up  to 11%  of
                their  estimated  construction  costs  to help pay  for facilities
                planning and design  (based on an  allowance of  12.971%  and  a
                federal share  of  85%).   Construction  of innovative  or alterna-
                tive  technologies remains eligible  for 85% grants.
                                   IX-A-10

-------
     Case 3:    After September  1984,  grants for construction will  not exceed
               75%.   The  maximum for planning  and design would  then  be 9.7%
               (based on  an allowance of 12.971% and a federal  share of 75%).

     Given the  above assumptions and cases,  formulas can be written  for the
local capital  costs of  an  on-site  upgrading and  management  program.   (Post-
construction  costs   for   maintenance,  monitoring,  administration,   etc.,  are
assumed to be  the  same with total local  construction funding or with Federal
funding.)

These formulas are:

     Total local funding:
          x's + x*y

     Federal funding, Case 1:
          1.1 • .5  (30,000 + x's + x'y)

     Federal funding, Case 2:
          1.1 (30,000 + x's + x-y) - .11 x y - .85 x y

     Federal funding, Case 3:
          1.1 (30,000 + x's + x-y) - .097 xy - .75xy

     Where:
          x = number of unsewered houses in community
          y = cost  of construction per house in the community
          s = cost  of sanitary survey, detailed site analysis, and design per
              house  in the community

     To  find  the  number of homes at which total local funding would be equal
to  local  shares with federal funding, the first formula is made  equal to each
of  the  federal funding  formulas and  solved for  "x",  the  number  of homes:

     Case 1:

          x-s + x-y =  1.1 x .15  (30,000  + x-s + x-y)
                    5928
                x =  	
                    y+s

     Case 2:

          x-s + x'y =  1.1 (30,000 + x-5  + x-y) -  .llxy -  .85  xy
                     33,000
                x =  	l	
                    .86y  - .15

     Case 3:
                      33,000
                x =  	l	
x«s + x-y = 1.1 (30,000 + x-5 + x-y) - .097xy - .75xy

           33,000

         .747y - .Is


                        IX-A-11

-------
     Substituting values  for  cost of  construction per  house,  y, and  appro-
priate costs for  sanitary surveys,  detailed site analysis,  and design,  s,  the
community sizes below which total  local funding would be less  expensive have
been  calculated.   These values, and  the input  data,  are presented  in Table
IX.A.3.

     Subject to  the  assumptions  on which  the unit  costs  and  formulas  were
based,  few  communities  that  have substantial  problems  with  on-site  systems
would not benefit from federal assistance.   This was especially true under the
old  (pre-1982)  funding formula.  But  it will remain true even  in  late 1984,
when the federal share drops to 75%.

     These  community  sizes at the margin are in all cases so  small  that the
economic  question  of whether  local   costs  would  be  less  with total  local
funding  is  overshadowed  by another  question:  Will  unsewered communities of
these  sizes ever be  high enough on  state  priority lists  to  receive federal
funding  for on-site upgrading  and  management?"   This  issue is  addressed in
Technical Reference Document  XV.D,  "Benefits of Separate State Priority Lists
for Small Waste Flow Areas."

      The  issue  of  the  amount of time required to  solve wastewater problems
with  Construction Grants  funds should  contribute to local decisions on whether
to  proceed alone.   The  primary  factor that  should  be  considered  is  timely
solution  of water  quality and public  health problems.  Even  if  sufficient
priority  is given to a  project,  it  will still take an  average  of  2.25 years
more  to construct  facilities  with federal funds  than with  local funds alone
(based  on past experience  with centralized system projects).

      Inevitably,  however, the decision to go  it  alone  or to wait for  federal
assistance  will  be partly economic.   The formulas presented above can be  used
to  calculate  net and percentage savings with federal  funding.  Tables  IX.A.4
and  IX.A.5 present  these statistics  for hypothetical  communities  of 100 and
1,000 unsewered  houses.  The same input data  is used, except  that the  assumed
costs of facilities plan  and management plan preparation increase to  $50,000
for  1,000  homes.  Declining allowances  are  also  reflected,  as percentages of
construction costs.

      Comparison  of the percentages of local  savings  for Cases 2 and 3 versus
Case 1  in  these tables  shows  the significant  effects  of changes in  federal
funding of planning  and  design.   The significantly reduced benefits  are due
primarily  to  the proportionately high costs  of planning and design  for small
wastewater  facilities.   The  allowance  formula  in effect since  May 1982 was
based on planning  and design  costs  for centralized systems.  The  relatively
low allowance for  centralized facilities  is  due  in  part to the high  capital
 cost  of sewers  and  treatment plants.   Applicants proposing  projects  with
 comparable  planning and design  costs  but significantly  lower  capital  costs are
therefore   penalized  in regard to  the federal share  of their  total project.

      Nevertheless,  the  local price per household of federally  funded  on-site
 upgrading  and management  projects are in  all cases a bargain compared  to con-
 struction  of  sewers  and  treatment plants.   The  costs  of house  sewers alone,
 which are  paid  for  by the property owner without grant  assistance,  range from
 $800 to  $2,000.   This is roughly equivalent to  the range of local  costs per
 house  for  the examples  of  entire on-site  projects in  Tables  IX.A.4  and  5.


                                   IX-A-12

-------
TABLE IX-A-3.
NUMBER OF HOUSES IN A COMMUNITY BELOW WHICH TOTAL LOCAL FUNDING
WOULD BE LESS EXPENSIVE FOR THE COMMUNITY THAN FEDERAL FUNDING

Case 1: 85% Federal Funding of All Expenses

Scenario 4
(least costly)

Scenario 8
(most costly)

Case 2: 85% Federal
Scenario 4
(lease costly)

Scenario 8
(most costly)


10% replacement
20% replacement
50% replacement
10% replacement
20% replacement
50% replacement
Funding of Allowance
10% replacement
20% replacement
50% replacement
10% replacement
20% replacement
50% replacement
Case 3: 75% Federal Funding of Allowance
Scenario 4
(least costly)

Scenario 8
(most costly)

10% replacement
20% replacement
50% replacement
10% replacement
20% replacement
50% replacement
y
$ 168
533
1,117
879
1,152
3,183
s
$307
438
720
307
438
720
X
12 houses
6
3
5
4
2
and Construction
$ 168
533
1,117
879
1,152
3,183
$307
438
720
307
438
720
290 houses
80
37
45
35
12
and Construction
168
533
1,117
879
1,152
3,183
307
438
720
307
438
720
348 houses
93
43
53
40
14

                                   IX-A-13

-------
TABLE IX-A-4.
NET AND PERCENTAGE SAVING TO UNSEWERED COMMUNITIES WITH 100
HOMES:  TOTAL LOCAL FUNDING VS.  CONSTRUCTION GRANTS FUNDING

Local Cost
Replacement Local with Construe- Net Level
Level Funding tion Grant Funding Savings

% ($1,000)
Percent
Local
Savings
($1,000) ($1,000) %
Case I: 85% Federal Funding of All Expenses
Scenario 4
(least costly)

Scenario 8
(most costly)

10 47.5
20 97.1
50 183.7
10 118.6
20 159.0
50 390.3
Case 2: 85% Federal Funding of Allowance
Scenario 4
(least costly)

Scenario 8
(most costly)

10 47.5
20 97.1
50 183.7
10 118.6
20 159.0
50 390.3
Case 3: 75% Federal Funding of Allowance
Scenario 4
(least costly)

Scenario 8
(most costly)

Case 3: 75%
Scenario 4
(least costly)

Scenario 8
(most costly)

10 47.5
20 97.1
50 183.7
10 118.6
20 159.0
50 390.3
Federal Funding of Allowance
10 47.5
20 97.1
50 183.7
10 118.6
20 159.0
50 390.3
12.8
21.0
35.3
24.5
31.2
69.3
and Construction
69.1
88.6
127.9
79.1
97.3
159.9
and Construction
70.9
94.5
127.9
79.1
97.3
159.9
and Construction
70.9
94.5
140.1
88.8
110.0
194.9
34.7
76.1
148.4
94.1
127.8
321.0

(21.6)
8.5
55.8
39.4
61.7
230.4

(23.4)
2.6
55.8
39.4
61.7
230.4

(23.4)
2.6
43.5
29.8
49.0
195.4
73
78
81
79
80
82

_
9
30
33
39
59

_
9
30
33
39
59

_
3
24
25
31
50

                                   IX-A-14

-------
TABLE IX-A-5.
NET AND PERCENTAGE SAVING TO UNSEWERED COMMUNITIES WITH 1000
HOMES:  TOTAL LOCAL FUNDING VS.  CONSTRUCTION GRANTS FUNDING

Local Cost
Replacement Local with Construe- Net Level
Level Funding tion Grant Funding Savings
% ($1,000)
Percent
Local
Savings
($1,000) ($1,000) %
Case 1: 85% Federal Funding of All Expenses
Scenario 4
(least costly)

Scenario 8
(most costly

Case 2: 85%
Scenario 4
(least costly)

Scenario 8
(most costly)

Case 3: 75%
Scenario 4
(least costly)

Scenario
(most costly)

10
20
50
10
20
50
Federal Funding
10
20
50
10
20
50
Federal Funding
10
20
50
10
20
50
475
971
1,837
1,186
1,590
3,903
of Allowances
475
971
1,837 1
1,186
1,590
3,903 1
of Allowances
475
971
1,837 1
1,186
1,590
3,903 1
86.6
168.5
311.4 1
203.9
270.6 1
652.2 3
and Construction
417.9
622.1
,036.9
533.3
744.1
,419.9 2
and Construction
436.4
680.7
,159.8
630.0
859.4
,770.1 2
388.4
802.5
,525.6
982.1
,319.4
,250.7

57.1
348.9
800.1
652.7
845.8
,483.1

38.6
290.3
677.2
556.0
730.6
,123.9
82
83
83
83
83
83

12
36
44
55
53
64

8
30
37
47
46
55

                                   IX-A-15

-------
B.   APPROACHES  FOR DEFINING FACILITIES PLANNING AREA BOUNDARIES


     Current construction  grants program  guidelines  (40 CFR Section 35.917-2
and  35.917-4)  indicate  the responsibilities for delineating facilities plan-
ning area boundaries.   Specifically,  the guidelines state:

     To  assure  that  facilities  planning  will  include  the appropriate geo-
graphic areas,  the State shall:

     (1)  Delineate, as  a  preliminary basis  for  planning, the boundaries of
          the planning areas.  In  the  determination  of  each area, appropriate
          attention should  be  given to  including  the entire  area where cost
          savings,  other  management advantages,  or  environmental  gains  may
          result from interconnection of  individual waste  treatment systems or
          collective management  of  such systems;

     (2)  Include maps, which shall  be updated annually, showing the  identi-
          fied areas and boundary determinations, as  part  of the State  submis-
          sion under Section 106  of the act;

     (3)  Consult with local officials in making the area and boundary deter-
          minations ; and

     (4)  Where individual  systems are likely to be  cost-effective, delineate
          a planning area large  enough to  take advantage of economies of scale
          and efficiencies in planning and management.

If the State does not delineate  the planning area boundaries,  the  EPA Regional
Administration  (RA) may make  the preliminary delineation of the boundaries of
the  planning area.   In  addition,  the RA  may revise boundaries selected by  the
locality or  State  agency,  after  appropriate consultation with State and local
officials.

     When  deciding  on facility  planning  area boundaries, a number of  issues
must be evaluated,  including:

     •  Local area growth and development objectives

     •  Wastewater treatment needs

     •  Housing density and identified public health  problems

     •  Sensitivity of local water resources to on-site  system failure

     •  Availability  of  data  (both  socioeconomic  and natural  environment)

     •  Cooperation of local municipalities.

     Three  basic  approaches  can  be  taken for delineating  planning  areas:

     •  Jurisdictional approach
                                  IX-B-1

-------
     •  Environmental approach

     •  Developmental approach.

Each of these  approaches  has  advantages and disadvantages for the small waste
flows approach depending  on the  identified issues in each project  area.   The
jurisdictional approach  can  be  utilized  to designate  study areas based  on
county boundaries,  municipal  boundaries,  or  census  count boundaries  (census
tract or  minor civil  division).   This  approach allows the planner  access  to
key  design  and impact data,  including census data, population  (existing and
projected),   income  characteristics,  employment patterns, and  land  use plans.
This approach  may also have  possible management  advantages  due to  in-place
governmental structures to  handle  administration of the  facility plan and/or
small waste flows district.   Additionally,  finance mechanisms  may be easier to
implement at this  level.   However,  numerous  drawbacks  also  exist  in  this
approach.    It  could lead to  conflicts between  jurisdictions due  to  lack of
cooperation which in  turn could  limit the  range of alternatives that could be
implemented (i.e., land application).  Environmental  impact evaluation may not
be  comprehensive  at  this level.   This approach  may  exclude  small  outlying
problem areas.

     Based on previous work done  in the Seven Lakes EIS's, this approach would
have been difficult to utilize  because large lakes in  the Midwest generally
traverse  several  municipal  boundaries.  In addition, numerous problems areas
would have been missed by this type of approach.

     The environmental approach considers the watershed or lake drainage basin
as  the  principal unit of delineation for  facility planning.   From an impact
assessment point  of  view,  this  is  an ideal area for impact evaluation.  Point
and  non-point  sources of pollution  can be comprehensively addressed  at this
level.  This unit of evaluation  adequately considers the sensitivity of water
resources to septic tank  failures.   Data   for  natural  resources may  be more
readily available at  this  level.   Disadvantages to the  approach may include
the  problem of municipal boundary crossover.  In addition,  the approach may
not  adequately consider county growth objectives.

     The  developmental  approach  to  study  area delineation would  utilize
special development  districts;  areas designated  for future  residential,  com-
mercial,  and industrial  growth;  and undeveloped  waterfront areas as planning
area boundaries.  This approach  would include all areas which are expected to
increase  in population during the planning period.  Growth objectives would be
adequately  addressed in  this  approach.   However, several problems may arise
including difficulty  in  obtaining  socioeconomic and environmental data.  This
approach  may  not  adequately address  the  major  sources  of water  quality
problems  or  septic tank failures.
                                  IX-B-2

-------
       CHAPTER IX
PLANNING AREA DEFINITION

-------
C.   USE  OF SEGMENTATION  IN SWF  PLANNING AND IMPLEMENTATION

     Segmentation of proposed sewer service  areas was used  in  all  of  the  Seven
Rural Lake EIS  study  areas  to provide  a  level of data  aggregation between  the
individual  dwelling  and  an  entire  community  or lakeshore.   As  the  studies
progressed,  a  number  of  purposes were  found in  the  use  of this  approach.
Segmentation helped to  organize and  summarize  site-specific data such as  the
following:

     •  Existing number of structures

     •  Existing seasonal  and permanent population

     •  Average lot sizes  and housing patterns

     •  Soils

     •  Environmentally sensitive  areas

     •  Land use/vegetation

     •  Identified wastewater management  problems

Segmentation will  help  facilitate  and  schedule  work such as  Step II sanitary
or site surveys.   In the  final design  phases,  segments requiring  conventional
facilities  will proceed  rapidly  with regulatory  approval and  construction,
while  segments  requiring  special  design  considerations will  receive  a higher
level  of  review.  The  segment will  be  a  mechanism for legal action  via  the
issuance  of  block  warrants  where  appropriate during Step I or II surveys  and
site analyses.

     In the Seven Lake projects,  the  segment  typically consisted of  a  small
geographic  area (one mile  long,  several residential  lots wide,  depending on
the  development  pattern),   containing  a variable  number  of dwelling  units
segregated   according  to  established  land-use  patterns,  neighborhoods,   or
physical  barriers  such as  roads,  forests,  waterways,  etc.   The  segment pro-
vided  a useful  subarea for defining  wastewater management problems  and needs;
identifying  land-use  characteristics,  socioeconomic characteristics,  housing
features,-  and occupancy  status of residents;  identifying  site-specific con-
straints  to  on-site  management;  and  allowing formulation of on-site and small
waste  flows alternatives.  A  major  reason for using  the  segment approach is
that  in most study  areas,  a  wide diversity of  socioeconomic, environmental,
and  land-use characteristics exist.  The segment approach allows these factors
to be  spatially  evaluated.

     A number of  criteria  are available for delineating  segments;  these  are
highly dependent on local environmental conditions,  data availability, settle-
ment  patterns,  etc.   No single approach need be taken in a study area.  Areas
with  malfunctioning on-site  disposal  systems  or other  identified  wastewater
management  problems  are useful for  segment  delineation.   Areas  with malfunc-
tions  may also  have restrictive environmental conditions, such as high ground-
water  or  poor  soils, which  may be due to older housing units with small  lot
                                  IX-C-1

-------
sizes.   Areas  can  be subdivided  according to  land-use  information  such  as
housing  densities,  platted  subdivisions,  distinct  land-use patterns  (i.e.,
residential areas vs.  farmland),  zoning,  census count units (census tracts  or
minor civil divisions),  or  physical  boundaries such as forests,  water bodies,
or significant topographic features.

     Using an  environmental constraints evaluation,  the  segment  approach can
delineate  high groundwater  areas,   sensitive  potable water  supply aquifers,
shallow  bedrock  areas,  poor  soils   for  on-site  wastewater management,  and
sensitive watershed areas.

     As  discussed  here "segmentation" is a planning  and  implementation tool.
This  use  of  the word is not the  same as  its use  in  Construction Grants  par-
lance where its  meaning  is  to divide  a  study  area or proposed facilities for
separate grant actions.
                                  IX-C-2

-------
        CHAPTER X
DEMOGRAPHY AND RECREATION

-------
A.    NUMBER AND RANGE OF RURAL AND  RURAL LAKE PROJECTS

1.    PURPOSE AND METHODOLOGY

     To plan for  future  rural wastewater  management, the number  and  range  of
rural projects that will  occur in U.S. EPA Region  V must be estimated.   This
information provides  a  generalized  indicator,  as discussed  in  other  sections
of  this  report,  of the  magnitude and  types  of wastewater  problems  found  in
rural  projects  as  well  as  the  capital  investment  and  manpower required  to
alleviate  such  problems.   In  addition,  the   evaluation   of  rural  project
locations  and  characteristics  provides   further  insight  into  the  unique
problems associated with rural wastewater  management projects.

     This  section presents  on  a  state-by-state basis  the  number  of  rural
projects anticipated during the next five  to twenty years.  "Rural"  is defined
in  this  report as  a  service  area  (community,  township,  county, or  portions
thereof) with  an existing  population  of  less than  10,000.  To  determine the
number of projects likely to occur during the next five years,  U.S.  EPA Region
V Facility  Planning Branch records  were  evaluated  via a  computer printout of
all  active  facilities plan  projects  in  Region  V  (EPA,  1980).   All  projects
with a population of 10,000 people or less and in the Step I facility planning
phase  were  identified as  likely candidates for  small waste flows  management
during  the  next  five years.   Small waste flows management  is  an approach to
wastewater  management  that   relies  on  non-sewered  and  neighborhood-scale
sewered technologies.

     Because  of  the  large  number  of  projects   identified  as  meeting  these
criteria, only  25 percent were  surveyed  to ascertain detailed characteristics
of  these projects.   The  sample selected  for  each  state  was  based  on that
state's  proportional   share  of  the  total  number  of  regional  projects.
Individual  state samples  were  based  on  the  proportional  share of  projects
within  the  state  falling within each of  three population categories:   0-3500,
3501-5000,  and 5001-10,000.  The total number of projects and the proportional
sample  are  indicated  in Table  X-A-1.

     The  precise  number  of  potential  rural projects in U.S. EPA Region V is
not known.   Estimates can,  however,  be  developed  from  a  variety of sources.
Estimation  methods  are  different for  communities with  over 2,500 populations
and those  under  2,500.   These  estimates  are   statistical  projections  only.
They  do not presuppose  the  future  of the Construction  Grants program.  The
estimates  are  probably  high to  the extent  that  not all communities will need
or  request  grants.

     For communities  over 2,500  population, the estimate of  post-1985 projects
takes  the  total number  of "places" (see  description of term later in section)
in  each state,  subtracts the  number of places  requesting grants through 1985
and subtracts  the  number  of places  that have  substantially  completed the
Construction  Grants process.  The  number of places  between 2,500  and  10,000
population  was taken  from County and City Note Book  - 1977  (U.S. Bureau  of the
Census,  1978).   The number of places  requesting  grants through 1985 was taken
from  U.S.  EPA's Grants  Information Control System  (GICS),  a computer file of
all active  and  proposed  projects.   The  number  of places  that have sub-
stantially  completed  the Construction Grants process was  assumed to  be  those
listed  in  U.S.  EPA's  File  of  Approved  Municipal Revenue  System   (FOAMRS).


                                   X-A-1

-------
TABLE X-A-1,
ESTIMATED TOTAL AND PROPORTIONAL SAMPLE BY STATE AND POPULATION
CATEGORY OF RURAL PROJECTS IN U.S. EPA REGION V - 1980 to 1985

Total rural
State projects
Percent of
regional total
Proportional
25% sample
Total
rural lake
projects
Illinois             240
   0-3500            172
   3501-5000          32
   5,001-10,000       36

Indiana              177
   0-3500            134
   3501-5000          12
   5001-10,000        31

Michigan             122
   0-3500             78
   3501-5000          17
   5001-10,000        27

Minnesota            276
   0-3500            252
   3501-5000          15
   5001-10,000         9

Ohio                 143
   0-3500             88
   3501-5000          24
   5001-10,000        31

Wisconsin            163
   0-3500            144
   3501-5000           8
   5001-10,000     	11.
Total               1121
                      21.4
                      15.3
                       2.9
                       3.2

                      15.8
                      11.9
                       1.1
                       2.8

                      10.9
                       7.0
                       1.5
                       2.4

                      24.6
                      22.5
                       1.3
                         .8

                      12.8
                       7.9
                       2.1
                       2.8

                      14.5
                      12.8
                       0.7
                       1.0
                      100.0
 60
 43
  8
  9

 44
 33
  3
  8

 30
 20
  4
  6

 69
 63
  4
  2

 36
 22
  6
  8

 41
 36
  2
  3
280
 12
 12
 42
 72
 29
171
 Source:  U.S. EPA Region V, Facility Planning Branch, Unpublished printout
         from EPA's Grants Information Control System, 1980 and file data on
         grant  applications.

 Since Department of Commerce defines places of 2,500 or more as urban  and this
 number  is  different from a GICS  category that begins at 3,500, adjustments to
 the  raw GICS  data  were made  based on  the  25% proportional sample discussed
 above.   Community  projections  for 2500-5,000, 5001-7,500  and 7,500-10,000 are
 presented  in Table X-A-2.  Anomalous results for  Indiana and Michigan  probably
 reflect the fact that  the data bases are not exactly comparable.
                                    X-A-2

-------
TABLE X-A-2.
PROJECTION OF SMALL COMMUNITIES OF POPULATION 2,500-10,000 IN
REGION V POTENTIALLY APPLYING FOR CONSTRUCTION GRANTS ASSISTANCE
AFTER 1985

State

Illinois
2501-5000
5001-7500
7501-10,000
Indiana
2501-5000
5001-7500
7501-10000
Michigan
2501-5000
5001-7500
7501-10000
Minnesota
2501-5000
5001-7500
7501-10000
Ohio
2501-5000
5001-7500
7501-10000
Wisconsin
2501-5000
5001-7500
7501-10000
Region V
2501-5000
5001-7500
7501-10000
Total
Number of
places


128
54
37

50
22
14

72
34
17

70
21
17

101
57
33

62
20
22

483
208
140
831
Communities
applying before
1985


48

36

29

31

29

27

35

9

36

31

24

11

201

145
346
Potential
completed with
Construction
Grants


18
5
5

8
9
11

32
21
12

11
3
0

13
12
6

14
6
6

96
56
40
192
Potential
applicants
after 1985


62

45

13

(15)

11

(9)

24

26

52

41

24

19

186

107
293

     A different approach must be taken for estimating number of projects with
populations below  2,500 since the U.S. Bureau does not list individual places
below  this size.   Also the  units  of  government  (county, township  or other
municipal  corporation)  applying for grant assistance will affect the number of
applications.   Several  methods  of making this projection are discussed below.
                                   X-A-3

-------
     County Applicants.   The lowest number  of  potential projects is estimated
by assuming  that only  county  governments  will apply for places  under 2,500.
There are  524 counties  in  Region V  ranging  from 72  in Wisconsin  to 102 in
Illinois.   It is  conceivable  that  every county  has  sparsely  settled  areas
where  Construction  Grants  assistance  would   help  remedy  water quality  and
public health problems.   Some counties are heavily urbanized so that unsewered
areas  are  limited  and  unlikely  to be  considered for Construction Grants
assistance.  Other counties  are so sparsely settled that wastewater management
needs  are  better  addressed  by  local  initiatives  without  Federal  help.
Potential  county  applicants could number  in  the 400-500 range.   If counties
were  to  apply on  behalf of places over  2,500 as well  as  those  under 2,500,
this  estimate would  be double  counted  if  added  to  the  639 places  in  the
2,500-10,000 population range.

     Township Applicants.  There are  8120 townships within Region V.  As there
is  no reasonable  way  to  estimate what  proportion of  these have  needs  for
improved wastewater  management,  this  number can only serve  as an unrealisti-
cally high upper limit on the number  of potential applicants.

     Places.  The U.S. Bureau of the  Census publishes statistics on the number
of incorporated  and  unincorporated places  in  each state.  Incorporated places
include  cities,  towns  and villages.   These units of government typically have
responsibilities for wastewater  management  and thus are potential applicants.
Unincorporated places are closely settled population centers without corporate
boundaries,  contain  a  population of  at  least  1,000,  and  have  a   definite
nucleus  of residences  (U.S. Bureau  of the Census,  1978).   Places less than
2,500 population can be determined by subtracting number of places over 2,500
from  the total listed.  From  this remainder  can be subtracted  the number of
places   less  than  2,500 that  are  already  on  priority   lists,  working  on
Construction  Grants  and substantially furnished  with Construction  Grants.
Table X-A-3 presents this data by state.

TABLE X-A-3.  PROJECTION OF SMALL COMMUNITIES  OF POPULATION 0-2,500 IN
              REGION V POTENTIALLY APPLYING FOR CONSTRUCTON GRANTS ASSISTANCE
              AFTER  1985
                                                      Places <2500
                                       Places < 2500  finished with  Potential
                Total number   Places    applying      Construction  applicants
State
Illinois
Indiana
Michigan
Minnesota
Ohio
Wisconsin
of places ->2500 - before 1985 -
1310
578
591
855
982
600
4916 -
400
150
245
168
364
163
1490
156
117
66
232
76
128
775
Grants =
16
69
73
36
40
57
291
= after 1985
738
242
207
419
502
252
2360

                                   X-A-4

-------
     Figure X-A-1 summarizes  data  on number of places below 10,000 population
and numbers already  involved  in the Construction Grants process.   The numbers
presented  are  subject  to an  unknown net  error  due to  double   counting  of
communities that  have approved  user charge systems  and are still  receiving
Step 3 grants and to undercounting places where more than one place is covered
by  single  grants.   Error  due  to  single  places receiving  multiple  grants  is
expected to be negligible for these smaller communities.

     In  summary,  there appear  to  be approximately  2660 places  remaining  in
Region  V  not  yet  involved  in  the Construction Grants  process,   the  vast
majority of  which,  2360,  have  populations less  than 2500  persons.   Because
nearly  all communities below  10,000 population likely  have unsewered areas,
they are candidates  for  small waste flows management for all or part of their
facilities planning areas.

2.    ILLINOIS

     The State  of Illinois  has the  largest  population of  the six  states  in
Region  V  (11,197,051  people  in 1976) and the  third largest land  area (56,400
square  miles).   This  results  in  a population  density  of  198.5  persons  per
square  mile, the  second  most densely populated  state  in Region V.  The state
is  provided  good  access  by a large number of interstate, four-lane,  and other
limited  access highways  that traverse the entire state.  Lake Michigan to the
northeast  represents  the  only  natural  feature  that  has limited  development.

a.    Number  of Rural  Projects  1980 to  2000

     The analysis  of U.S. EPA  Region V records indicates  that there are 240
projects on  the state  priority list or receiving  grants  that  currently meet
the  rural  project  criteria.   Although  the densely  populated  nature  of  the
state would  seem to  imply a  smaller number of  rural projects  than in less
populous states,  the  240 projects  in Illinois are second only to Minnesota in
Region  V.  This  can in part be  explained  by  the fact that a large portion of
Illinois'  population  is  concentrated  in  the  Chicago  metropolitan  area,
resulting  in a more  rural density  pattern throughout  other portions of the
state.

     Of  the  240  projects in  Illinois  that are  likely candidates  for small
waste  flows  management  during  the next  five years,  only twelve  have been
identified as  potential  rural lake  projects.  This determination was made via
the  25% sample and  by locating  all 240 projects  on  state maps  to ascertain
their proximity to lakes.  The  relatively low number of  rural lake projects in
Illinois is  apparently due to  the  small number of lakes within the state that
have  significant  residential usage on  their  shorelines.   The  Illinois EPA's
Assessment and Classification of Illinois Lakes - Vol. II lists only 106 lakes
with 10% or more of their  shoreline  in residential usage.

     Projections for  the  twenty-year period from 1980 to 2000 indicate that as
many  as 1529 rural  places may be  candidates for small waste flows management.
With  284  rural  projects  already   in  various   stages  of  Construction Grants
activity,  a  maximum of 1245 places  are  estimated  to remain as candidates for
small waste flows management between 1985 and 2000.
                                   X-A-5

-------
   3,000
   2,500
to
o  2,000
o
a:
LJ

§   1,500
   1,000
    500
                       3,426
                       1,066
                       291
                                   483
                                   297
                                   96
                                       TOTAL PLACES
                              PLACES ON 5 YEAR STATE
                              PRIORTY LISTS, RECEIVING
                              CONSTRUCTION GRANTS FUNDS
                              OR SUBSTANTIALLY FINISHED
                              WITH CONSTRUCTION GRANTS


                              PLACES SUBSTANTIALLY
                              FINISHED WITH CONSTRUCTION
                              GRANTS (USER CHARGE SYSTEM
                              HAS BEEN APPROVED)
                                      208

                                      143

                                      56
                  140
                  98
                  40
                  0-
                 2,500
                    2,500-
                    5,000
5,000-
7,500
7,500-
10,000
                                POPULATION
Figure X-A-1.
                          Involvement of  small communities  in the
                          Construction Grants Program.
                                X-A-6

-------
b.    Locational Characteristics

     The relatively flat nature of the northern two-thirds  of  the  state  limits
the number of  natural  lakes  found in Illinois and  consequently the  number  of
rural lake projects.   Of  the  12 identified rural lake  projects, 7  are located
in  the  southern one-third of the  state;  3 other projects  are located  in the
McHenry-Lake  County  area  (extreme northeast  portion  of  the  state) where  a
large number  of  lakes  exist.   An additional 12 to 14 projects  were identified
as  being  located  on  dammed-up  portions  of  the  Mississippi  River. In  some
aspects, they  exhibit  similar development characteristics  to many rural  lake
areas.

     Although  Illinois has  a  relatively  high  proportion  of man-made  lakes
(approximately one-third  of the major lakes in  the  state  are  man-made),  only
two rural lake  projects  were  identified that either served or discharged  into
a  man-made  water body.   Rather,  most of  the  rural lake  projects  identified
were associated  with relatively small natural lakes such as 18-acre  Prestbury
Lake in Sugar Grove.

     The overall distribution of the 240 projects as indicated in  Figure X-A-2
is  fairly  even  throughout the  state.  Nearly  40% of the  rural  projects are
located  in   the  interstate   or  other   four-lane,   limited-access highway
corridors.    This correlation is  apparently related to the growth  induced  by
the  relatively  recent  construction  of  these  highways through  small  rural
communities.   Perhaps  the  resulting development  and  population  growth  have
required  these   communities   to  consider  more   sophisticated   methods   of
wastewater treatment than currently used.

c.    Project Characteristics

     The 25% sample of  rural projects  in Illinois included  60  projects,  of
which approximately 20% were rural lake projects.  Data on  population,  income,
land use, and level  of wastewater treatment were  surveyed.   This  information
is  summarized in Table X-A-4.

     Population  Characteristics. Sixty-five percent of the  rural project areas
surveyed have an existing population of  3500  people  or  less. Most of these
project areas  have  less  than 2000 people.  Project  areas  with 5001 to  10,000
people  represented  20% of the sample and were  largely  comprised  of multiple
jurisdiction service areas that included several communities and/or townships.
Rural  project  areas  in  all  three  population  groups projected  significant
growth  during  the  planning period.  In fact,  one-third  of the rural projects
for  which  future  population  data was  available  projected greater than 50%
growth during the planning period.

     Per Capita  Income.  Rural project areas generally had  a  lower per  capita
income  than  the state per capita income  of $5,334 in  1975  (U.S.  DOC  1979).
Rural lake project areas were found to have a lower per capita income ($4,334)
than non-lake  projects ($5,015).   In Illinois, the difference in rural  versus
statewide per  capita income  figures  is largely  explained  by  the  agricultural
basis   of   rural  economics   and  the  lack   of   higher   paying  employment
opportunities.
                                   X-A-7

-------
    ILLINOIS
 •  RURAL PROJECT
 A  RURAL LAKE PROJECT
Figure X-A-2.  Distribution of rural  projects in Illinois.
                             X-A-8

-------
TABLE X-A-4.   CHARACTERISTICS OF SELECTED RURAL PROJECTS  IN  ILLINOIS

Existing
popu-
lation
0-3500
3501-5000
Number
of
projects
39
9
5001-10,000 12
Total
60
Number
of lake
projects
7
3
2
12
Per
capita
income1
4,945
4,470
5,068
-
Level of
wastewater
management2

1
17
5
1
23

2
16
2
7
25

3
6
2
4
12
Projected
population
growth3

<10%
5
1
0
6

10-50%
14
2
2
18

>50%
8
1
3
12

1  1975 per capita income figure from U.S.  Bureau of the Census,  Current
   Population Reports, Series P-25,  No.  752,  January 1979
2  Level 1 - No treatment or on-site systems
   Level 2 - Primary treatment
   Level 3 - Secondary treatment or  greater
3  Total may differ from the number  of projects  indicated because of data
   deficiencies

     Land Use.  With  the  exception  of those  projects located  near the  Chicago
and St. Louis  metropolitan  areas,  the project areas sampled  were found to be
largely rural  in  character  and agriculturally oriented.  Seasonal  and resort
land  uses  are  uncommon  in  the state,  although  several  of  the  rural  lake
projects are  comprised  largely of  second home residences.  Most  of the rural
service  areas  have   a  relatively  small percentage  of  developed  land,  but
residential development is generally increasing.
3.
INDIANA
     Indiana  has  the  smallest  land  area  (36,291  square miles)  of the  six
states in Region V and a 1976 population of 5,313,034 persons.   Its  population
density  of  146.4 persons  per square mile  ranks  Indiana as  the fourth most
densely populated state  in Region V.   The state is  afforded  good  access by  a
system of  interstate and  other  four-lane highways  focusing on Indianapolis.

a.    Number of Rural Projects 1980  to 2000

     U.S. EPA Region  V  records  indicate 177 projects that currently meet  the
rural  project  criteria.   Of  these  projects,   only  12  (6.8%)   have  been
identified  as  rural lake  projects.   This determination  is  based  on the  25%
sample survey and by  locating  all 177  projects  on  state  maps to  ascertain
their proximity to lakes.  The relatively low number of  rural  lake  projects in
Indiana  is  somewhat surprising since  the state has nearly 100 major lakes.
However,   the  low  population  densities  and  largely   seasonal  populations
associated  with many  of  these  lakes may  account  for  the  low interest in
facility planning in these areas  at this time.
                                   X-A-9

-------
     The projections for the period  from  1980 to 2000 indicate that approxi-
mately 664  places  are candidates  for  small waste  flow  planning during this
period.  Since 274  projects  have  been identified  as  currently involved in some
type of facility planning activity, a maximum  of  390 places remain as possible
candidates for small waste flows  management  between  1985 and 2000.

b.    Locational  Characteristics

     The majority of the  lakes  in Indiana  are  concentrated in the northeastern
section of the state.  Accordingly, 7 of the 12 identified rural lake projects
are also  found  in  this portion of the  state,  primarily associated with small
natural lakes.   The southern  two-thirds  of Indiana is  relatively  devoid of
natural lakes  although  a number  of  man-made  lakes  and reservoirs exist.   Of
the  5  rural  lake  projects  located in  this portion of the  state,  4  are
associated with  reservoir areas.  This includes two  different  projects on the
Brookville Reservoir near the Ohio-Indiana border.

     The  177  rural projects within  Indiana appear to be  distributed evenly
throughout  the  state  as  indicated  in   Figure  X-A-3.   As   is  the  case in
Illinois,  a large percentage of the rural  projects  (nearly 45%) are located in
the interstate and  other  major limited-access  highway corridors.

c.    Project  Characteristics

     The  25%  sample of  rural  projects  in  Indiana  included   44  projects;
approximately 25% were rural  lake projects.   Data on population, income, land
use,  and  level of  wastewater  treatment  were  surveyed.   This  information is
summarized in Table X-A-5.

     Population Characteristics.    Approximately   82%  of   the  rural  areas
surveyed  have  an existing population of  3500 people  or less;  most of these
project areas  have  less  than  2000 people.    Project  areas with 3501 to 5000
represented 7%  of  the sample,  while project  areas  with from 5001 to 10,000
people accounted for the  remaining 11% of  the  sample.

     Many of the project areas sampled  are  comprised of multiple jurisdiction
service areas that  involve more than  one community  and/or township.

     Rural project  areas  in all three population  categories expect significant
population growth  during  the  planning period.  Over half of the projects have
a predicted growth  rate  of  more than 10% and one-quarter anticipate  a growth
rate  of over  50%.   Seasonal population  was  not apparent in most of the rural
projects surveyed.

     Per Capita Income.   Rural project areas  generally had a  lower per capita
income  than  the state per  capita income of  $4,673 in 1975  (U.S. DOC 1979).
Rural lake projects were  found to have a lower per  capita  income  ($4,170) than
non-lake projects  ($4,322).  The  agricultural orientation and general lack of
higher-paying  employment opportunities   in  rural   areas  of  Indiana largely
explain the difference in the statewide  versus rural income levels.

     Land Use.   Except for  the  projects  located in the vicinity of  Indiana-
polis,  the  project  areas sampled were  found to  be rural and  agriculturally
oriented.  Seasonal  and  resort land  uses  are  not common  in the  state  although
several of  the  rural lake projects indicated  a seasonal population  increase,

                                   X-A-10

-------
INDIANA

RURAL      I
PROJECT    |

RURAL LAKE I
PROJECT
                           r'—lSJS-' — ~ —?-—-	-T J-=.J
                |               •  .  V    A         /   RT  ,
                !•  V   *           /            •/  WAYNE|
                          •                   ••       '   •
                                                  •    •
                                                       .     J
                                                           26
Figure X-A-3.   Distribution of rural projects in Indiana.
                             X-A-11

-------
TABLE X-A-5.  CHARACTERISTICS OF SELECTED RURAL PROJECTS  IN INDIANA

Existing
popu-
lation
0-3500
3501-5000
Number
of
projects
36
3
5001-10,000 5
Total
44
Number
of lake
projects
8
1
2
11
Level of
wastewater
Per management2
capita
income1 1
$4,459 17
3,953 1
4,389 0
18

2
11
0
2
13

3
8
2
3
13
Projected
population
growth3

<10% 10%-50%
6 12
-
2 1
8 13


>50%
7
2
2
11

1  1975 per capita income figure from U.S.  Census Bureau,  Current Population
   Reports, Series P-25, No. 752, January 1979
2  Level 1 - No treatment or on-site systems
   Level 2 - Primary treatment
   Level 3 - Secondary treatment or greater
3  Total may differ from the number of projects indicated  because of data
   deficiencies

implying  some  form of  seasonal/resort  land use.   Many of the  rural service
areas have a high percentage of undeveloped land that is projected to decrease
in the future as population growth increases.

     Level of Wastewater Treatment.   The  most   common  type   of  wastewater
treatment in the surveyed rural areas is an on-site septic tank system (40% of
the  projects).  Primary  treatment and  secondary  or greater treatment  levels
each  account  for  30%  of  the  projects.   More  than  70% of  the  rural  lake
projects  rely  on septic  tank  systems,  which  are claimed  in some  cases  to be
contributing to the  eutrophication of the lakes.  Rural project areas relying
on  primary and  secondary  treatment  systems  are  generally  at or  near  their
design capacity in almost all areas.
4.
MICHIGAN
     The  State  of Michigan  has  the  second  largest land  area  (58,216 square
miles)  of  the  six Region  V  states  and  the third  largest 1976  population
(9,142,785  people).   The  population density of 157.0 persons per square mile
makes  it  the third most densely populated  state  in Region V.  Other than the
borders  with  Indiana  and  Wisconsin,  Michigan  is  completely   surrounded  by
bodies  of water  (Lake  Michigan,  Lake  Erie,  Lake Huron,  Lake  Superior) that
have  provided  natural geographic  barriers  to  its  growth.    These  natural
features have also served to limit access to and from the state, although good
internal access is provided in the southern two-thirds of Michigan by a number
of  interstate and other major highways.
                                   X-A-12

-------
a.    Number of  Rural  Projects  1980  to 2000

     The analysis  of  U.S.  EPA  Region  V  records  indicated  only 122 projects
that currently meet the rural  project criteria.  This figure is not surprising
considering that the northern half  of  Michigan is largely state and national
forest holdings.   The  bulk of  the  state's  population  is concentrated in the
southern half,  which  is less rural than  the  population density figure would
indicate.

     Of the 122 projects  in Michigan that  are  candidates  for small waste flows
management during the  next  5  years, 42 (34.4%) have been identified as rural
lake projects based on the  survey and mapping  of the projects.  Only Minnesota
has  a  larger  number  of  rural   lake projects,  but Michigan  has  the highest
percentage of  rural  lake projects.  This high percentage  is  not surprising
considering the  state  is largely  surrounded  by  lakes  and  has well over 600
major interior lakes.

     Projections for  the twenty-year  period  from 1980 to 2000 indicate that
714  places  are  candidates  for  small  waste  flows  planning.   This  total
represents the smallest number projected for any of the Region  V states. Since
260 projects will  have  been involved  in Construction Grant programs by 1985,
an  estimated  454  places  remain  possible  candidates  for  small waste  flow
management between 1985 and 2000.

b.    Locational Characteristics

     Although  there  are  lakes   throughout  the entire  state,  the  rural  lake
projects are  largely  concentrated  in  the northern half  of Michigan and the
Upper Peninsula.   In  fact, over 65%  of  the  projects  in this portion of the
state are classified as rural  lake projects.   Within the  state  as a whole, the
rural  lake projects  tend  to be located  near borders  with  few  rural  lake
projects  found  in  the  interior.   Only  30%  of   the  rural  lake  projects  in
Michigan are located  in  the southern half of  the  state.   The  southern portion
of  Michigan,  however,  has  the  largest concentration  of rural projects (over
62%) of the  state's  total.   This is largely due to the fact that the south is
more heavily populated and developed than  the  north.

     Rural projects  are  more common in the interior  of the southern half of
the  state  where  major  transportation  routes   are  more  prevalent.   Where
interstate and  other  major four-lane  highways are found  in  Michigan,  rural
projects are largely concentrated in the development corridors  as indicated in
Figure X-A-4.   There is also an  apparent concentration  of  rural projects along
the  water, with over  20% of the projects  located  near one  of the four Great
Lakes bordering Michigan.

c.    Project  Characteristics

     The sample of  rural projects  in Michigan included 30 projects, of which
17  (57%) were  rural  lake projects.  Data  on population,  income, land use, and
level of wastewater  treatment were  surveyed.   This information is summarized
in Table X-A-6.

     Population Characteristics.   Over  75%  of  the rural  projects  surveyed
serve an existing population of  3500 people  or less.  These  projects generally


                                   X-A-13

-------
           MICHIGAN




         • RURAL PROJECT


    \   A RURAL LAKE PROJECT

      N              _.-.^ —
       *            *^
NORTHWESTERN      *** **)


  SECTION     XX° ^


        -i  /A/"*

        60 /   /
       o^—v   r
   MAROUETTE  *»*\
        •

   ESCANABAoj
           |l    \       .          ••\



           8     v  *••   /
            I      1    «»	GRAND*RAPIDS_ (
            *      t    &°\  .1-*    *
           MILES,     \  •£>	^^v^-
             38     l^r      .   A     I
Figure X-A-4.   Distribution of  rural projects in Michigan.
                                X-A-14

-------
tended  to  fall  in either  the  lower  (less than  1000)  or upper  (3000-3500)
ranges  of  this category.   The  larger  (over 3500 people)  rural  project areas
show no distinct  trend  toward single or multiple  jurisdiction  service areas.
Rural project  areas  in  all three population categories  are predicted to have
significant growth during  the planning period.   For those projects  for which
future population  data  was  available,  nearly two-thirds are  expected to have
future population growth exceeding 50%.  Significant seasonal  populations were
apparent  in  many  of the  rural  project  areas,  particularly the  rural lake
projects.

     Per Capita Income.   The state per capita income of $4,884 in 1976 exceeds
that  for   all  categories  of  rural  projects  (U.S.  DOC,  1979).  Rural lake
projects in Michigan were characterized by a slightly higher per capita income
than non-lake projects,  but the average per capita income figure for all rural
projects  was   over  $1,100  lower than  the  state  figure.   In  Michigan, this
relatively large difference in rural area per capita incomes is largely due to
the  seasonal nature  of  employment generally found in these areas.  Employment
in   various   service  establishments  catering   to   resort   and/or  seasonal
residents, as well as in agriculture, leads to a lack of economic diversifica-
tion and a consequent limiting of employment opportunities.

TABLE X-A-6.  CHARACTERISTICS OF SELECTED RURAL PROJECTS IN MICHIGAN

Level of Projected
Existing Number
popu- of
lation projects
0-3500 23
3501-5000 3
5001-10,000 4
Total 30
Number
of lake
projects
13
2
2
17
wastewater population
Per management2 growth3
capita
income1 1
$3765 9
3887 0
4156 1
10
2 3 <10% 10%-50% >50%
14 0 - 4 9
21-11
3 0 - - 1
19 1 - 5 1

    1975 per  capita  income  figure  from U.S. Census Bureau, Current Population
    Reports,  Series  P-25, No.  752, January  1979
 2   Level  1 - No  treatment  or  on-site systems
    Level  2 - Primary  treatment
    Level  3 - Secondary  treatment  or greater
 3   Total  may differ from the  number of projects  indicated because of data
    deficiencies

      Land Use.   The rural  projects surveyed  in  Michigan are  largely dominated
 by  agricultural,  residential,  other  undeveloped  land,  or  a  combination of
 these uses.   Although no  absolute pattern is apparent, the rural agricultural
 areas are more  predominant in the southern  portion  of the state while rural
 lake  resort/seasonal  areas  are more predominant  in the north and the Upper
                                    X-A-15

-------
Peninsula.  Many  of  the rural service areas  are  fairly large and consist of
more than one jurisdiction,  often including a  city and portions of one or more
townships.  These  service  areas  are  also  characterized by large expanses of
undeveloped land  (agriculture, forest, water), but are  generally experiencing
increased development,  which is largely residential.

     Level of Wastewater Treatment.    Primary   wastewater  treatment  is  the
predominant mode  (63.3%) among the  rural  projects  surveyed.   Over 30% of the
rural projects  currently had on-site systems  or no  treatment.   None of the
rural  lake  projects  is  using   a   secondary  or  better  treatment  system.
Approximately  59% of  the  rural lake  projects  currently  rely on  primary
treatment.  Where inadequate wastewater treatment exists,  the lakes are often
characterized  by  poor  water  quality, due  perhaps in  part  to  the  level of
treatment as well as  to the runoff characteristics of  the watershed.

5.    MINNESOTA

     Minnesota  has  the  largest  land area  (84,068  square  miles) of  the six
Region V  states  and  the smallest population  (3,970,576  people)  in 1976.  The
resultant population density of  47.2  persons  per square mile makes Minnesota
the least densely populated  state in Region  V.  The presence of large tracts
of state  and  national  forests  and Indian  reservations in the northern half of
the  state increases  the actual  population  density  somewhat,  but  does not
prevent Minnesota from being the  most rural state  in Region V.

a.    Number  of Rural Projects  1980  to 2000

     The  largely  rural nature of Minnesota  justifies the  findings  from U.S.
EPA Region V  records  that  the state has  the most rural projects  (276) in the
Region.  This total represents nearly 25%  of all  the identified rural projects
in Region V.

     The 72 rural lake projects as identified  during state  mapping and the 25%
sample  survey  represent  over   26%  of   the   states  rural  projects.   This
percentage is  second only  to  Michigan of  the  Region V states while the actual
number of lake projects is  the largest within  the Region.   The large number of
rural lake projects  in Minnesota is not surprising considering that the  state
has  over 700  major  lakes, including several  large  lakes:  Mille  Lacs Lake,
Leech Lake, Upper  and  Lower Red  Lakes, and Lake  of the  Woods.  As a result of
the  large number  of  lakes, Minnesota attracts  a large  seasonal  and resort
population that also contributes  to  the large  number of  rural projects.

     The  projections  for the twenty-year period  from  1980  to  2000  indicate
that Minnesota has 963 rural places  that are  likely candidates for small waste
flow  planning  in  Region V.  With  326  rural  projects  currently involved in
Construction   Grants,   Minnesota  has  a  maximum 637   estimated  places  as
candidates for small waste  flows  management  from  1985  to 2000.

b.    Locational Characteristics

     Although  lakes  are apparent throughout  the entire  state,  the  heaviest
concentration  of  rural  lake  projects   occurs   in  the  central portion of
Minnesota.   Nearly half of the  rural  lake  projects  lie within this  area,
defined  by  U.S.  10 to the  north and  U.S. 212  to the  south.   Only 30% of the
                                   X-A-16

-------
rural lake projects are  located  in the northern one-third of the state.  There
are large public land  holdings in this area and less development than in other
portions of Minnesota.   The  southern two-thirds of Minnesota has  the  largest
concentration of total rural  projects (84%) owing  to greater development  and
population density.

     As indicated in  Figure  X-A-5,  Minnesota does not exhibit the development
pattern along major highways  as  found in the other Region V states.   Only  20%
of  the  rural  projects  are  located  within the  development corridors  of  the
interstate and  other  major  four-lane highways in the state.  Minnesota is  not
well served by highways  of this type, which in part may explain  why it is less
developed than the other states in Region V.

c.    Project  Characteristics

     The  25%  sample  of  rural projects  in  Minnesota  included  69  projects  of
which over 43%  were rural lake projects.   Data  on population,  income levels,
land use,  and  level of  wastewater treatment were  surveyed.   This  information
is summarized in Table X-A-7.

     Population Characteristics.   Over 90% of the  rural  projects  surveyed  in
Minnesota  serve an  existing  population of 3500 people or less.   Approximately
60%  of  the rural service areas  in  this category have  less  than 1000 people.
Rural  project   areas  of   under  5000  people generally  are projected  to have
significant  population  growth  during  the  planning period.  This  population
growth  will  largely  fall  in  the  10% to  50% range.   Seasonal and  resort
population influx during the summer months represents a significant portion of
the population for those rural service areas for which it was reported.

     Per Capita Income.   Rural project areas  in Minnesota have  an average  per
capita income that is significantly lower than the 1975 state figure of $4825.
Rural  lake projects  have a  slightly  higher per  capita  income  figure than
non-lake projects,  but  the  difference is not  significant.   The difference  in
rural  versus  statewide  per  capita  income  figures  in  Minnesota  can  be
attributed  to  both the  agricultural  orientation  and  the  seasonal  nature  of
many rural  economies.  Both  of these  characteristics tend to limit the number
and type of employment opportunities available to area residents.

     Land Use.   Farmland and  seasonal/resort land uses  are dominant  in  the
rural project  areas.  Many  of the rural  lake  project areas are characterized
as  recreational areas with  a significant  number  of summer  homes  and resort
facilities.   Agricultural and  other  undeveloped  land  is  predominant  in  the
non-lake  rural  areas.  Most  of  the  rural  project areas  are experiencing  or
projecting  increased  residential  development,  although at  least one community
justified  its  need  for  increased   wastewater  treatment  capacity  on  the
construction of an industrial park.

     Level of Wastewater Treatment.  Rural project areas in Minnesota are less
reliant  on on-site  systems  than might be expected for such a largely seasonal
usage  pattern.   Only 23% of the  rural projects  have  on-site   systems  or  no
wastewater   treatment  while  approximately   35%  have  secondary  treatment
facilities  or  better.   Only  20%  of  the  rural  lake projects  are  currently
relying on septic or  other on-site systems.  However, many  of the projects are
providing  primary  or greater  levels of  treatment only  to portions  of  the
service  area.   Many  of  the  rural  project areas' requests  for construction
grant funds are for upgrading rather than expanding facilities.
                                   X-A-17

-------
      _n
     ~  A" .}
                                 CANADA
(.
\
 i
• • •
             BEMIDJP
                          A   A«'
  \«
                                       f





         *    A            * DULUTH0 /  ^\^
                                             MINNESOTA



                                           • RURAL PROJECT


                                           A RURAL LAKE PROJECT
 Figure X-A-5.  Distribution of rural projects  in Minnesota.
                            X-A-18

-------
























^4
H
O
CO

E?
£5
i— i
S

55

CO
H
CJ
JV]
r^
0
PS
OH

r^

pM
S
PS

Q
13
CJ
w

w
co

flj
o

co
CJ
rH
H
co
rH
PS

£—•
CJ

U «3 S
0) i— 1 O
•>-) 3 rH
O OH 60
M O
Pi f\J



CN
W 4-J
0) d
<4H 4-> OJ
0 03 S
& 01
i-l U 60
0) 4-> 03
> en d
0) 03 03
i-3 s e




































03
4-)
M *iH
OJ OH
P-i 03
CJ







Ol
^H ^
OJ 03
'e '""'
3 m
55 o








J_j
 3
CO OH
•H 0
X OH


O
A
s-s
0
m
i
o
1— 1


g-S
0
V

CO





CM





i— 1







,_,
HJ
S
0
u
d
•H






CO
4-1
U
OJ
o
^
OH







CO
4-)
U
01
• i—)
O
S-l
OH















d
0
rH
4_)
03
—1
r»- O O r~-



f^*^ OJ ^D O^
rH i— 1






CM O O CM

rH i— 1 CM >J
CM CM




00 i— 1 O C3-N
CM CM





i— 1 i— 1









^4" in ^
m rH oo i
O*\ CO ^G
OO 








^O i— 1 CO O
CN CO












CO CO CO O\
^o ^o













0
o
0 0
o
o o
o m I-H
O 1 t rH
U-) r_) r_| 03
CO O O 4->
i m o o
o co in H

















d
o
•H
4O
«3
rH
3
O-
O
P-4

4->
d
0)
SH
S-l
3
CJ
„
3
03
01
ihH
3
m

CO
3
in
d
(U
CJ

>
CO
d

E
o
J^
M-l

01
S-i
3
60
•H
MH

OJ
E
O
U
d
•H

O3
4-)
•H
OH

CJ

^H
o>
OH

m
r--
o>
i— i


T-H














































C7^
r^
o^
i-i

>
u
3
d
03
1—5

»
CM
m

m
O
55

».
m
CM
i
OH

co
0)
•H
S-i
OJ
co

*»
CO
4_)
S-l
0
OH
OJ
PS



















































W
E
01
4_)
CO
CO

01
4-1
•H
CO
1
a
o
S-J
0

4-1
d
0)
gi
4_j
03
Ol
S-i
4.)

0
55

1

rH

rH
OJ

OJ
i-5


IN





























































4_J
d
0)
s

03
OJ

4J

^
V)
flj
E
•H
^
OH

I

CM

i— 1
01

Ol
rJ



















































^H
OJ
4-)
OJ
M
60

^)
O

4_)
c
0)
s
«
Ol
S-l
4_J

r*^
(-1
n3
•O
d
o
CJ
01
co

i

CO

1— 1
01
^
01























03
4_)
03
T)

MH
O

OJ
CO
3

u
01
•°
T3
0>
4-1
03
U
•iH
rO
d
•H

CO
4J
U
a;

o
1-1
OH
>4H
O

^
01
JZ

3
d
0)
tf"j
4_)

s
o
}^
4H

S-l
01

<4_j
• H
^

^^
TO
E

i— i
03

O
H













































































CO
1)
•H
U
d
0)
•H
u
•H
4H
Ol
•a


CO
X-A-19

-------
6.    OHIO

     The State of Ohio  is  the most  densely populated state in Region V with a
1976 population density of  260.3 persons per square mile.  The 1976 population
of 10,727,985 people is well-distributed throughout the 41,222 square miles of
land area within the state,  as there are only several major state and national
forest  land  holdings.   Ohio is also well-served by the  interstate and U.S.
highway network  that  has encouraged  development  throughout  the state.  Lake
Erie, which  forms the  majority of  the northern border  of Ohio, serves as the
only major geographical development  barrier.

a.    Number of Rural Projects  1980  to  2000

     The analysis of U.S. EPA Region V records  indicates that 143 projects in
Ohio currently meet  the criteria for rural projects.  As might be expected for
the  most  densely populated state  in the  Region,  this  figure represents the
second  lowest number of  rural projects of the  six states.  Although Ohio has
approximately 75 major  natural and  man-made lakes, only 4 rural lake projects
were  identified.  This may be due  to the fact that over half of the major
lakes in Ohio  are man-made  and may  not be designed for recreational purposes.
Consequently, development around these lakes may be limited.

     Projections  for  1980  to  2000 indicate  that  1173  places  could  be
candidates  for  small  waste  flows  management.   With  283 projects involved
already  with the Construction Grants process, a  maximum of 890  places are
estimated  to  remain as  candidates  for  small  waste  flows  management between
1985 and 2000.

b.    Locational Characteristics

     The limited  number of rural  lake  projects identified  in  Ohio does not
permit  any extensive  locational  analysis of these types  of  projects.   It is
apparent, however, that all four rural lake projects  are located on  relatively
small natural lakes, partially supporting  the earlier finding  that development
around  the many man-made lakes  in Ohio may be largely restricted by  the public
ownership and/or purposes of such facilities.

     As illustrated  in Figure  X-A-6, the rural  projects located  in Ohio appear
to be evenly distributed throughout the  state.   Interstate highway and other
major  highway corridors account for the  location of  over 40%  of  the rural
projects in the state.

c.    Project  Characteristics

     The 25% sample  of rural projects in Ohio surveyed 36 projects.  Only four
of these projects were classified  as rural lake projects.  During the  survey,
data  on population,  income,  land use, and level of wastewater  treatment were
compiled.   This information is summarized in Table X-A-8.

     Population Characteristics  . Nearly  70% of the rural projects surveyed in
Ohio  had 3500 people  or less.   Over 75% of  the projects in this  population
category had  less than 2000 people.  Service areas with 5000  to  10,000 people
represented  25%  of  the sample  and  all of the  rural  projects  in this category
are  predicting population growth  of 10% or greater during  the  planning  period.

                                   X-A-20

-------
        OHIO
      •  RURAL PROJECT
      A  RURAL LAKE PROJECT
                                                  'AKRON0/*"  YOUNGSTOWNO.

                                                              )N   -  J
                                                                30
Figure X-A-6.  Distribution of rural  projects in Ohio.
                                  X-A-21

-------





























o
1— 1
w
0
*
to
H
QJ
f*3
^^
O
fV]
PM

,_}
^
P^
P
PS

Q
W

QJ
W
j_j
w
to

CT j
O

to
u
r-l
H
to
t— 1
P3
w
H
U

PH
3
W
CJ


00
1
^
1
^

w
H?
P3
^
H



d
TD O CO
0) -H X!
4-> 4-1 4-1
u co S
0) i— 1 O
•r-) 3 S-l
0 ft 00
S-l O
p [ (*N !



IN
S-l 4->
4-1 Ol d
O 4-1 0)
co S
r-l S 0)
01 0) 00
> 4-1 CO
01 co d
h^3 CO CO
S S


































CO
4-1
SH T-l
01 ft
P-i co
0







01
S-l ^
Ol CO
XI I—I
e
3 4-1
55 0












^
OJ
XI 4-1
S O
3
55









00
d
•H 1
4-1 3

•H O
X ft
w

o
A
0^
O
m
i
o
i— i


5*^
O
|
V

co





CM





i— 1





^
OJ
e
o
u
d
•r-l






CO
4_>
O
0)
•r-)
O
S-(
ft










CO
4-1
U
01
•i—)
o
S-l
ft











d
o
•H
4_>
CO
r-l
^O i — 1 CM C7>



r^* r— I r^- in
i — i -






I—I O O rH

CO i-H ^ OO





co i— i m o>
r— 1 r— 1




O> O O O^








r~~ co co
CO 00 








CM r-l i— 1 >3-


















in CM o> \o
CM CO









O
O
O O
0
o o
O in r-l
O 1 1 r-l
in r-l r-l CO
CO O O 4-)
i m o o
o co m H
















d
o
•H
4-1
CO
i— 1
3

O
PU

4_t
d
O1
S-l
S-l
3
3
CO
Ol
S-l
3
m

CO
3
CO
d
0)
^j

•
;/}
•
^

S
O
S-l
4-1

01
S-l
3
00
H
4-J

01
S
O
u
d
H

CO
4-1
r-l
ft
n)
U

S-l
OJ
ft

in

ON
i— 1


-t











































C7i
r^.
ON
, — |

>
S-l
CO
3
d
CO
r-)

»•
CM
m


•
o
J25

*•
m
CM
1
PLJ

CO
01
• H
S-i
01
co

«>
CO
4-1
S-i
o
ft
0)
03
















































CO
S
o>
*_>
CO
^
00

0)
4_)
•H
CO
1
d
o

S-l
o

4_1
d
Ol
g
4-1
CO
01
S-l
4-1

o
£5

1

r— 1

1— 1
Ol
^
OJ



CM



























































4-1
d
0)
e
4-1
(0
0)
S-l
4-1

E>>
S-l
CO
Q
•H
S-l
PH

1

CM

i— 1
Ol
^
01
I_J

















































S-l
01
4_)
CO
Ol
S-l
00

S-l
o

4-1
d
Ol
S
4-1
(0
0)
S-l
4-1

£>*
S-l
CO
T3
d
o
o
01
to

1

CO

1— 1
01
^
0)























CO
4_>
CO
"O

4-1
o

OJ
CO
3
CO
u
OJ
Ol
4-1
CO
u
•H
'O
d
• H

CO
4_>
u
OJ
•r-3
o
S-l
ft

4-1
o

S-i
0)
XI
c
3
rj

OJ
<-]
4-1

g
o
S-l
4-1

S-l
Ol
4-4
4-1
•H
T3

K**
CO
S

r— i
CO
4-1
0
H


•*J










































































00
Ol
•r-l
O
d
OJ
• H
O
•H
4-4
01
"O



X-A-22

-------
In fact, 24  out  of the 25 rural projects  for which future  population data  was
available  expect  population  growth  of  10%  or  more.   Multiple  jurisdiction
service  areas  are  common among  the sampled  rural  projects with  population
figures  generally  broken  down  by municipal and  rural  totals.   No  seasonal
population estimates were included for  any of the projects  surveyed.

     Per Capita Income.   The  average   per  capita  income  figure  for  rural
projects in  Ohio ($4354) is much  closer  to the  state  figure ($4772)  than in
any other Region V state.  This  apparently is due to  the  more urbanized nature
of  Ohio and  the  lower  reliance on   agricultural  and  seasonal  employment
opportunities in rural communities throughout the state.

     Land Use.    Rural  service   areas   in  Ohio   are   generally   more  highly
developed  than  in the  other Region  V  states.   Residential land  uses  are
predominant,  but  most  of  the   rural  service  areas  also  have  a  core   of
commercial and/or industrial land uses.   The general  pattern  within  many rural
project areas  appears  to include a central urban area that  is well  developed
and  a  less  developed   fringe  area, which includes  agricultural  and  rural
residential development.

     Level of Wastewater Treatment.  Over  52% of the  rural  projects  surveyed
in Ohio  currently rely  on  some  type of primary treatment of wastewater.   An
additional 25% of the  rural project areas  currently  use  on-site  systems or
provide  no  wastewater treatment.  The  large population growth projected  for
nearly  all  of  the  rural projects in Ohio  necessitates  service expansion, as
well as upgrading of existing facilities.

7.    WISCONSIN

     Wisconsin's 1976  population  of  4,610,871 people  and land area  of 56,154
square miles results  in a population density of  82.1 persons per  square mile.
This  figure  is the  second lowest of  the  six states  in Region V,  with only
Minnesota  less  densely  developed.   Wisconsin  does   not  have  an  extensive
interstate highway  system,  particularly in the northern portion of  the state
where national and state forest lands are common.

a.    Number  of Rural Projects 1980  to  2000

     The analysis  of U.S.  EPA  Region  V  records indicates  163 projects that
meet  the criteria  for  rural  projects.  The  population within  Wisconsin is
largely  concentrated  in  the southern portion of  the  state  with more scattered
development  patterns   apparent  in the  northern  portion  of  the  state.  As  a
result,  the  overall population  density figure for Wisconsin may be  somewhat
misleading.

     Although  Wisconsin  has well  over  350  major  lakes,  only  29  projects
(17.8%) of the rural projects were identified during  the  survey and  mapping as
rural  lake projects.   This may  in  part  be  explained by the  fact  that  the
majority of lakes are found in northern Wisconsin where the population density
is fairly  low.  This  portion  of  the  state is  also where a large  seasonal/
resort  population  is  located.   Consequently, the low  percentage  of  permanent
residents in many  of  these areas has likely discouraged  wastewater  management
planning.
                                   X-A-23

-------
     Projections to  the  year 2000  indicate  that a  maximum of 704 places  in
Wisconsin may be candidates for  small  waste flows planning.  With 246 projects
in various  stages  of Construction  Grants  activity,  a  maximum of 458 places
remain  as  candidates  for  small  waste  flows  management  in the  period  of
1985-2000.

b.    Locational  Characterisitcs

     Nearly  half of  the  identified   rural  lake  projects  in  Wisconsin are
located  in  the southeastern portion of the  state.   Lakes  then tend to  serve
both permanent  and  seasonal/resort populations, perhaps encouraging facility
planning  activities  to  a greater extent than  in  the northern portion of the
state.

     The  overall distribution  of rural projects  in Wisconsin  appears  to  be
fairly  even  as illustrated  in  Figure X-A-7. Wisconsin  does  not exhibit the
development pattern  along  major highway corridors that  is  found in all  four
other Region  V states except Minnesota.  Only  18% of  the rural projects are
located  within  the  development  corridors of the  interstate  and  other  major
highways.  Northern  Wisconsin  is not  extensively  served by highways of  this
type, which  explains  in part  why  this portion of the  state is less heavily
developed.

c.    Project  Characteristics

     The  25% sample  of  rural  projects  in  Wisconsin  surveyed  41 projects,
including 21 rural  lake  projects.  Data on population, per capita income,  land
use, and level of wastewater  treatment  were surveyed.   This information  is
summarized in Table  X-A-9.

     Population Characteristics.   Of  the  rural  areas  surveyed,  83% have  an
existing population  of less than 3500  people.  More than  half  of these project
areas  have  less than 1000 people.   Project  areas  with 3501  to  5000 people
represent  10% of the projects  surveyed.   The same percentage  breakdown  by
population  category  applies  to  rural  lake  project areas.   The population  of
the rural lake project areas increases substantially  as  seasonal residents and
tourists  are  attracted  during the  summer months.   In  a number of rural  lake
areas, the population more  than doubles during this period.

     Rural  project  areas  in all three population  categories predict signi-
ficant population growth during  the planning period.  In fact, nearly 95%  of
the  project  areas  for which future population  data  were available expect  at
least  a  10%  rate  of  growth.   Over  44%  of  the rural  projects  anticipate
population growth to exceed 50% during the planning period.

     Per Capita Income.   Rural  projects  of   3500  people  or  less have a  lower
average  per  capita  income  ($4213)   than   the  1975  state  figure  ($4673).
However,  the  larger rural projects  (3500  to 10,000 people)  generally exceed
the  state  per  capita  income  figure.  Apparently,  the smaller  size  rural
project  areas  offer residents  fewer  job  opportunities and consequently less
income potential than the larger areas.

     Land Use.  With  the exception  of the  rural lake project  areas, the land
use  patterns  of  the  rural  project  areas surveyed  consist typically  of one  or
more  areas  of  urban  development   surrounded  by  agricultural  and/or silvi-

                                   X-A-24

-------
X*l
   /
                                               WISCONSIN


                                             • RURAL PROJECT

                                             A RURAL LAKE PROJECT
Figure X-A-7.  Distribtion of rural projects in Wisconsin.
                                X-A-25

-------
























5=H
l_f
CO
^
0

CO
J-H
13^

^
i — i

CO
H
CJ

^
o
/•y'
P-J

1-1

o2
p


O,
W
H
U
w
1-5
W
CO

["T |
O

CO

1 — 1
EH
CO
M
OS
w
H
U

CH
^
p-i
CJ


o>
1
 3 S-i
O ft 00
S-l O
Q-i ft


CM
S-l 4-1
4-1 CD d
O 4-1 CJ
03 S
i—i 3 CJ
CJ CJ 00
> 4-1 03
cj w d
1-3 03 03
3 E





































03
4-1
S-4 -H
CJ ft
O- O3
U







CJ
i-l M
CJ 03
-Q i—l
E
3 4-1
25 0












S-J
CJ
O 4-4
E o

25









oc
d
•H 1
4-1 3
CO ft
•H O
X ft
W

O
LO
A
3-S
O
LO
1
o
, — i


o^J
O
V
en





CN





i — l








iH
CJ
E
o
u
d
• H






CO
4-1
U
CJ
• 1— j
O
S-l
ft










w
4-1
O
CJ
-i — j
o
S-l
ft











3,
o
•r-\
4_)
03
i — 1
cn CN i — i ^o
r— t 1 — '


LO CM
I 	 1 r— 1 CO
, 	 1






CM 1 1 CN

LO ^ CM jH




<}• o O ~-J"
rH i — 1




LO O i — i 'O











cn V^D oo
^H O 
03
, — i
3
ft
O
ft

4-1
d
0)
j-i
S-i
3
CJ

r.
3
03
CJ
S-l
3
ffl

w
3
CO
d
CJ
o

*
CO
•
pp

E
o
S-l
4-1

CJ
S-l
3
00
•H
4-1

CJ
£
O
U
d
•H

03
4-1
.^
ft
03
U

^
CJ
ft

LO
| 	
o*,
^


1 rt














































cn
r — .
C3>
i— 1

>
S-l
03
3
d
03
1 — 3

••
CM
LO
I — .


O
^

^
LO
CM
1
O-i

CO
CJ
•H
U
CD
CO

rv
CO
4-1
S-l
o
ft
CJ
OS



















































CO
£
CJ
4-J
co
£*•»
w

CJ
4->
• H
CO
1
d
o

S-l
o

4-1
d
CJ
S
4-1
03
CJ
S-l
4-J

o
^

1

, — 1

1— t
CJ
£>
CJ
1-1


CM






























































4-1
d
CJ
E
4-1
03
CJ
S-l
4-1

K^>
S-l
03
E
•H
S-i
0^

1

CN

^H
CJ
£>
CJ
I-J




















































S-4
CJ
4-1
03
O)
S-l
oc

!-l
O

4-1
d
CJ
E
4-1
03
CJ
S-l
4-1

^
S-l
03
"O
d
o
CJ
i)
CO

1

cn

i — i
CJ
^
CJ
1 	 ^






















03
4-1
03
T3

4-1
O

CJ
CO
3
03
U
CJ
ft

T3
CJ
4-1
03
U
•H
T3
C
•H

CO
4-1
U
CJ
• I—)
o
S-l
ft

4-1
0

S-l
cu
r^
£
3
d

CJ
f~!
4-1

S
O
s^
4-1

S-i
CJ
4-1
4-1
•H
T3

t*i
03
E

i — i
03
4-1
O
H


-o













































































CO
CJ
•H
0
d
CJ
•H
U
•H
4-1
CJ




X-A-26

-------
cultural  land  uses.   Land  use  patterns  in  rural  lake  project areas  are
oriented more toward  recreational  and natural areas uses  along  with  seasonal
and resort  residences.   The majority of the rural service  areas  are largely
undeveloped, with developed land uses representing less than one fourth of the
service area.  Notable exceptions are areas like the Wisconsin Dells,  a highly
developed tourist  area,  and the Salem service  area that  serves as a bedroom
community for nearby metropolitan areas.

     Level of Wastewater Treatment.  Approximately half  of the rural  projects
surveyed in Wisconsin have at least secondary wastewater treatment facilities.
Less than  15% of the rural  project areas rely on  on-site treatment  systems.
In  spite  of the high level  of  wastewater treatment common  to the rural lake
projects, many  of  the  lakes  in the survey have  water quality problems related
to the surrounding development.
                                   X-A-27

-------
                                REFERENCES
Illinois Environmental Protection Agency.  Undated.  Assessment and  classifi-
     cation of Illinois lakes,  Vol.  II.

U.S.  Bureau  of the  Census.   1978.   County  and  City Data  Book,  1977.  U.S.
     Government Printing Office,  Washington DC.

U.S. Bureau of the Census.   1979.  Current population reports:  Services P-25,
     No. 752.  U.S. Government  Printing  Office, Washington DC.

U.S. Environmental Protection Agency.   1980.   Unpublished printout  from Grants
     Information  Control  System.    Region  V,   Faciliites   Planning  Branch,
     Chicago IL.
                                   X-A-28

-------
B.    POPULATION PROJECTION AND IMPACT TECHNIQUES

1.    INTRODUCTION

     The  estimation  and  projection of  population  levels  within a proposed
wastewater management service area  are  important  not only in the  design of a
wastewater treatment system, but  also  in the  evaluation of  impacts induced by
the proposed system.   Changes in population levels within a  particular  service
area induced by a proposed wastewater treatment system  are largely accountable
for the impacts  that may result on community  facilities  and  services,  trans-
portation systems, housing, and  community character  and composition.

     Although existing data  are  often  available,  the application  of this data
to  small  rural  service  areas  may  be  difficult.  Such  data  may be  outdated,
based on  assumptions unsuitable  for wastewater treatment planning and  design,
and/or  unacceptable  for  use at  the small  service area  level.   Often,  the
required  data  are not even  available  for  small rural  service areas where no
formalized  planning  programs exist.  In  addition,  many  of  the factors that
influence rural  area  population  dynamics  (for example,  seasonal  population,
dwelling  unit  conversions) are  largely  undocumented.  Consequently, new data
may have to be generated that include estimates and  projections  of population.

     Based on these needs,  this  section presents  methods designed to identify
and evaluate existing data,  to  develop new data where  necessary,  and to eval-
uate the  impacts  of  a  wastewater management project on population and  related
areas.   Included  in  this  section  are  recommended  approaches  based  on  the
experience of  the Seven  Rural  Lake EIS's  prepared  for U.S.  EPA Region V in
Michigan,  Minnesota,  Wisconsin,  Ohio, and Indiana.

2.    DEFINING THE PLANNING AREA
     Wastewater management planning  for  rural  areas typically relies on  four
geographic areas from which  the  various  levels of evaluation are  undertaken:
(1)  the  study area, (2)  the  service area,  (3) the facilities planning area,
and  (4)  segments.   The study area  typically  represents  the entire area  of  a
county, a township(s),  an urban  area and its  fringe development, or a special
district,  whereas the service area  represents  that portion of the study  area
where wastewater treatment facilities are proposed.  Normally,  the service  area
includes the more densely populated and  developed portions of the study  area
as well as  those  areas  where development is likely  to occur  during the plan-
ning period. The  service  area may also be divided  into  segments for purposes
of more detailed  evaluation  particularly in  regard to  the  design and analysis
of  on-site  and  cluster systems. These  three  types of  geographic areas  are
illustrated in Figure X-B-1.   Generally,  the  study area,  the service area,  and
the segments are fairly easily defined and are  often defined by the facilities
plan.  However,  the  facilities planning  area,  that area for  which population
estimates and  projections must  be  calculated, is normally more difficult to
define. The facilities  planning  area must include not only the proposed  ser-
vice area, but  also  an  area  surrounding the service area  where growth may be
induced by  a  proposed  wastewater  management  system.  As such, the facilities
planning  area  is usually larger  than the service  area but may  or  may  not
include the entire study area.
                                   X-B-1

-------




















\
\
\
\
\
\
\
\








U.
C
>
tr
u.
V





















o

\

\
\



^
\1
i
»<
:s
<
i
\










n
8
^










L

L




^
C




J
"t
L.
l_

/
f

C3
Z^
— <
zu
za
«
_i
0.










L.

U




•Ik
J





CJ

^


















—

x'

/



o




. !_.
n
ro 1
^^^

v
\
\
\
1-
y
LtJ ^*
so"
oz
HI





/
/
/
/
/
/
/
1-



o






UJ
tr
>- ^
0 -HH
O |3 c3
w "S 2
• . i cd V-<
LU -HO
0- 8"
^ CO 60
X co C
CO rt -n
3^ C
^ >> C
^ d ^3
01 — 1 rn
. ni 0,
K- o
01
en oo
cd cd
0) C
cfl £
0 M
•H 0)
cx n)
u) ? •
ti ,^j pfl
M VJV WJ
60 -P cd
O CO Q)
QJ Cfl >-l
O > cfl

rH
1
PQ
X

0)
60
•H

X-B-2

-------
     The actual definition of  the  facilities planning area may be based on one
or  a  combination  of  a  number  of  different  factors.  These  factors include
census tracts,  jurisdictional  boundaries,  geographic  boundaries, and special
district boundaries.

a.    Census Tracts
     In larger urban areas,  census  tracts  provide a viable means of defining a
planning  area  for  which  demographic  data  are available.  However,  in rural
areas, census tracts are  normally  larger  in  physical  size and may actually be
composed of an entire  township  or  combination of townships. Since many rural
service areas do not conform  to township  boundaries,  the use of census tracts
for  defining  a   facilities  planning  area  is  generally not  acceptable.
Demographic data  obtained at the  census  tract  level  may  however,  be of some
value if  they can  be  disaggregated or if they  can be used  to indicate trends
that are relevant to the smaller service area level.

b.    Jurisdictional Boundaries
     The jurisdictional  boundaries  of a  political  subdivision will not nor-
mally conform to a reasonable planning area  in  small  rural  areas. Township and
county boundaries  are  often  too  large for  planning  area purposes since they
may physically  include several  watersheds and/or  communities. Municipal boun-
daries, at the  other extreme,  usually represent an area  that  is too  small for
planning area purposes since  they may not include future  growth areas and/or
areas  likely to  have  induced  growth. Consequently,  it  is  unlikely  that a
jurisdictional  boundary  will define  a  planning  area appropriate  for a rural
area.

c.    Geographic Boundaries


     Geographic boundaries often provide the most  defensible means of defining
a  planning  area.  Where  they  exist, geographic  boundaries  such  as  lakes,
rivers, mountains, or  artificially  made  features  often represent the physical
limits to  growth in an  area. Watersheds represent  an additional geographic
boundary  that  is  easy to  define and  appropriate  for wastewater management
planning.  In addition,  geographic  boundaries  often  define all or portions of
the  boundaries  of jurisdictions  or  special districts.  This  allows  for con-
formity  among a variety  of  data sources that might arise from any of these
three areas.

d.    Special  Districts


     In  many areas, particularly rural  areas,  special  districts  have been
established  to  serve  the wastewater  management  and/or water supply needs of
the  area.  Generally, the  special districts  are authorized  to  operate publicly
owned facilities  and to  collect funds through user  charges,   connection fees,
special  assessments, and  revenue bonds.   The boundaries of special  districts
often define a logical  planning  area because these boundaries represent the
physical limits  to which  wastewater management service can be extended by the


                                   X-B-3

-------
district.  Consequently,  special  districts  provide  a logical, easily defined
planning area that may  conform  to jurisdictional or  geographic boundaries. In
addition,  special  districts may  provide a  source  of  data  relevant  to the
estimation and projection of population.

e.    Other Factors
     Not every planning area will  conform  to  the boundaries of a jurisdiction,
special  district,  census  tract,  or  geographic  features. In  some  cases,  a
planning  area  may  have to be  delineated simply on  subjective  factors that
define a  logical area  for  future  growth and  development.  As was evidenced  in
several  of  the Seven  Rural  Lake  EIS's,  planning  areas  could  not be  defined
that  conformed  to  established boundaries. Instead,  geographic  areas  such  as
first-  and  second-tier  shoreline  development were  defined  that  represented
only  portions  of  large areas  such as  special  districts  or  jurisdictions.

3.    SOURCES  OF POPULATION DATA
     Data  describing  the  size  and characteristics of  populations  for  small
rural areas are available from government agencies  and other  sources. Federal,
state,  regional,  county,  and  local (township and municipal) agencies  collect
and  distribute  such  data in  various  forms.  Other information  that  may be
available  includes  university studies  and  surveys,  reports by water  quality
planning  agencies,  homeowner  association  surveys and  directories,   utility
company  data,  and other private organizations'  reports. This section  identi-
fies data  sources available to  define  population size and characteristics as
well as potential problems that are inherent in  their use.

a.    Data Available from  Federal Agencies
     The  U.S.  Department  of Commerce,  Bureau of  the Census,  is the  major
source  of demographic data  within  the Federal government. Four  publications
are issued by  the  Census Bureau that may be useful  in planning  for wastewater
management facilities  in rural  areas.  These include  the  decennial  censuses,
[Current  Population Reports,  the  economic  censuses,] and  the  Construction
Reports.

     The  decennial  census  is the most comprehensive source of information for
population  size  and  characteristics available.  The  Census of Population  is
currently  conducted at the  beginning  of  each  decade and  serves as  the  basis
for a  series  of  other related topics. Data  typically  presented  at the state,
SMSA,  city,  county,  and township  levels  include permanent population  size,
household  size,  income  levels,  residence  patterns,  vacancy rates,  and housing
unit characteristics. Of  particular importance to wastewater management plan-
ning for  small rural areas is the information  regarding household size,  popu-
lation  levels,  and vacancy  rates.   Counts of  seasonal  populations  are  not
provided  in the  decennial census.

     Census  data have several  limitations  that restrict  their use  for  small
rural  planning areas.  Since  the census  is issued at  10-year  intervals,  the
data quickly become outdated.  A proposed mid-decade census will  provide more


                                   X-B-4

-------
frequent reporting  of  these data,  but the  dynamics  of population growth  in
small rural  areas  may require  even more  frequent updating. In addition,  the
fact that census data are normally not reported for small  rural  areas  prevents
their use in many cases.

     More current information on  population  and per capita  income  is  found  in
the  Current  Population Reports  Series P-25,  Population Estimates  and Projec-
tions , which is  issued annually.  This publication includes  estimates  of popu-
lation for counties, incorporated places,  and minor civil  divisions (townships
and villages) by state.  The estimates are dated  2  years  preceding the report
date.  Estimates of  per  capita  income dated  4 years preceding  the  report date
are  also included.  Series  P-26,  Federal-State   Cooperative   Program   for
Population Estimates, is  also issued annually. This report contains population
estimates for  counties  and metropolitan  areas by  state.  These estimates  are
dated  1 year  preceding  the  report  date.  Components of  population  change
(births, deaths, and net  migration) are also  defined in this report.

     Economic data  are available  from the economic censuses published  by  the
Census  Bureau  every 5 years.  This  census series is  comprised of individual
reports  on  retail  trade,  wholesale trade, selected service  industries,  manu-
facturers,  agriculture,  transportation,  and  mineral  industries.   Each  report
includes information on employment levels, wages, sales, size of firms,  number
of  firms and a level of production.  The  results are released in  the  form  of
printed  reports  and  computer  tapes. Their use in small rural areas is limited
by the size of the reporting areas which often include only county, state,  and
major incorporated areas.

     Construction Reports—Housing Authorized By Building  Permits   and  Public
Contracts is issued monthly by the Census Bureau and includes  the number and
type  of residential  building  permits  issued  by  local  permit offices.   An
annual  summary  is  also  included in each monthly report.   The  information can
be used  to assess a number of factors relevant to small rural areas, including
the  rate of  growth of the housing stock,  development trends, housing mix,  and
the age  of the housing stock.

     The  Bureau  of Economic  Analysis  (BEA),  U.S.  Department of  Commerce,
prepares  national,   regional,  state,  county,  and SMSA income  and population
projections  to  the  year  2020.  These are contained in the  seven-volume PEERS
Projections  (Office  of   Business   Economics/Economic  Research Service).  The
projections  utilize an  employment-derived  population model based  on census
bureau  demographic data and projections of economic activity. In addition, BEA
can   provide   employment  estimates,  migration  tabulations,  and  long-term
economic projections by state,  county, and SMSA.

b.    Data Available from State  Agencies


      State  government  agencies  generally  provide  the  official  population
estimates and projections at the county level  and,  in  some cases,  at the town-
ship  level. The  state government agencies in U.S. EPA Region V responsible for
such  data are:

      •   Illinois  -  Illinois Bureau of the Budget
                                   X-B-5

-------
     •  Indiana   -  Indiana   Board  of  Health,  Division  of  Public  Health
        Statistics

     •  Michigan  -  Michigan Department  of  Management and Budget,  Office  of
        the Budget,  Information Systems  Division

     •  Minnesota -  Minnesota  State Planning Agency,  Office  of  the  State
        Demographer

     •  Ohio      -  Ohio Department  of Economic  and Community Development,
        Office of Research

     •  Wisconsin    -    Department   of   Administration,  Demographic   Service
        Center

     The availability and types  of  information that can be obtained from the
state agencies vary with  each  state.  Population  estimates  at the county  level
are prepared  annually  in conjunction with  the  Census  Bureau  as  part of  the
Current Population Reports  series.  Official population  projections are  pre-
pared in 5-year increments to the year 2000  or  beyond  for counties and, in one
case  (Indiana),  for townships.  Upon special request,  it  is possible to obtain
useful unpublished population data for specific areas  from  the state agencies.

     These same  state agencies  and  other state departments can often  provide
other information, such as income levels, retail  sales,  employment data,  local
government finances, and recreation  data. The availability  and source of  these
data  vary  from state to  state.   However, when such data are available,  they
may often be more current and relevant to small rural  areas than Census Bureau
data.

c.    Data Available  from Regional  Agencies


     Regional  planning,  water  quality,   or  government agencies may also have
useful  data  pertaining  to  small  rural  project  areas.  Regional  planning  and
development agencies are  often responsible  for preparing demographic studies,
comprehensive plans, land use  controls,  economic studies,  and community  faci-
lity  reports  for the  small  villages and rural  settlements  within their juris-
diction.  Information  obtained  in  these  types  of  reports can be  useful  in
establishing  baseline  conditions as  well  as  for  the  projection  of future
population levels. Many  regional  planning  agencies and councils of  government
are  also  designated as  the economic development coordinator for the  region,
which requires  that an  Overall Economic Development Plan  (OEDP) be submitted
annually  to  the  U.S.  Economic  Development Administration  (EDA).  This  plan
normally includes information on demography, economic  base,  income levels, and
public works projects.

     Regional  water quality management  agencies  such as river authorities  or
basin  commissions often prepare  reports that  include demographic, land use,
and economic  data. In particular, 303(e) Basin  Plans,  required  for every  major
river basin  in each state under the Clean Water  Act,  contain data relevant to
small  rural  planning  areas. The  usefulness of these  data  lies in  their con-
formity with service  area  boundaries because  the 303(e) Basin Plans  are de-
signed to identify wastewater management planning priorities.


                                   X-B-6

-------
d.    Data  Available  from  Local  Sources
     Municipal and  county  planning departments  or  government  offices may be
able to provide pertinent  data  concerning  rural  area populations.  Tax rolls,
utility connections,  school  censuses,  and building  permits can  be  used to
determine  the  rate  of growth,  the permanent  or  seasonal  composition of the
population,  the current number of  dwelling  units,  and  other characteristics of
a specific rural area.  In  most cases,  personal examination of the records of
such offices  is  necessary  because  such  data  are  not normally published. In
addition,  conversation with local government officials  may  provide valuable
insights  into  current  trends  that  are  not apparent  from  the examination of
other data sources.

     Other sources  of  information are available  through contacts  with  local
real-estate  agents,  homeowner associations,  chambers of commerce,  utilities,
and  other community  groups.  Discussions  with  local  real-estate  agents can
yield information about housing vacancy rates, housing stock, property values,
and second-home housing construction.  Real-estate agents may also be aware of
planned developments and future market activity  in  the area. Local homeowner/
community  groups,  on the  other hand  may  be  able to provide information re-
garding housing  vacancy rates, the  permanent-seasonal population  breakdown,
and local  attitudes regarding development and  growth.

     Local utility  companies  and the postal  service provide  an  additional
source  of  information  that in some cases  may be  the only  means  of obtaining
seasonal dwelling unit information  and current  vacancy rates.  Review of uti-
lity connection  and use data  or  mail delivery  schedules  can indicate  which
homes  are permanently  occupied and  which  are occupied  on a seasonal basis.

e.    Data  Available  from  Universities or  Other  Research  Groups
     State and private universities  represent  valuable  data  sources  for local
population, economic,  and  other demographic information. Frequently, univer-
sities with programs in urban and regional  planning,  urban studies, geography,
or similar programs  conduct  field  studies  and  research projects that involve
small towns and rural areas.  These  studies  can  contain useful data on the size
and  characteristics  of local population,  but  may  be difficult to obtain be-
cause they  are often  not  formally published.  Contacts  with the appropriate
university personnel   are  usually required  in  order   to  determine if such
studies have  been performed  and are  available.  Other private  and public re-
search groups  such  as  the  independent research branches  of  local  colleges may
provide similar information.

f.    Other Data Sources
     Windshield surveys  and  aerial  photo interpretation provide reliable and
readily available  methods  for determining  the  number  of  housing  units in a
rural  planning  area  and,  consequently,  required  information  for population
estimates and projections.  The windshield survey  can  be  accomplished by  one or
preferably two persons driving through the planning area and  rioting the  number
and  location  of housing units on a map.  In some rural areas,  the windshield
                                   X-B-7

-------
survey method  may  be  inaccurate because  not all  of the  housing  units are
visible from public roads.   In  such  cases, or when windshield surveys are not
practical,  aerial  photographs  can  be  used  to  inventory  housing  units. The
aerial photographs  can also  be  used  to  distinguish land use activities and to
identify land available for future development.

4.    POPULATION ESTIMATION AND  PROJECTION  TECHNIQUES
     The use of existing population estimates  and projections for a particular
service area  is  the  recommended  but  not normally  the  best course of action
available. Not  only are many of  the  existing estimates  and forecasts out of
date or not applicable to smaller  subareas,  but  often  they are not even avail-
able for  small  service  areas.  In  addition,  the forecasting techniques and/or
the  underlying  assumptions utilized  may make  the  estimates  and projections
inconsistent with the need to  determine  subarea  baseline  population levels and
sewer-induced growth. As  a  result,  the  need for original population estimates
and projections is apparent in many rural service areas.

     This  section  discusses  the population  estimation and projection techni-
ques available  and the  relative  merits of each  technique  for rural service
areas .

a.    Population Estimation Techniques
     Population estimates are used  to  describe  the size of a population at a
current  or very  recent point  in  time.   These estimates  serve as  existing
baseline descriptions upon which future population  projections and  impacts are
based.   Consequently,  the  accuracy  of  population  projections  and  impact
evaluations  is  directly  related  to  the  accuracy of  population  estimates.

     Estimates  of  study  area  population  (typically the  entire   area  of a
county,  township,  or  incorporated  area)  can  normally be  obtained  through
Census  Bureau  reports or  state  planning  agency publications  (see  Section 3,
Sources  of Population Data).   However, estimates of planning area  population
levels  are generally not  readily  available  because  the  planning   area boun-
daries often include only portions of areas  for  which  population  estimates are
available. If the larger area's population estimates are presented  in a format
that  can  be  disaggregated,  their use is acceptable if the  forecasting techni-
ques  and  assumptions  are  consistent with  wastewater management planning acti-
vities and needs.

     Where population estimates do not exist  or  cannot be  disaggregated to the
planning  area, independent  estimates  of  population  must  be developed. The
typical  methods  used  to  prepare population  estimates  for cities,  counties,
townships,  or  other  government  jurisdictions  are  not normally  applicable to
smaller rural areas. These methods require detailed information concerning the
number  of  births  and deaths,  migration rates, and other demographic data not
normally   available  for  small  areas.  Consequently,   alternative   estimation
techniques  are  usually  required for small rural planning  areas.  The following
population  estimation  techniques  are  recommended  for small  rural  planning
areas.
                                   X-B--8

-------
     House Survey Method.  Small area population  estimates  may be developed by
housing survey methods. This  method consists of a  comprehensive  housing unit
inventory and personal  interviews  with a sample or all of the households. The
housing unit  inventory should  result  in the number,  location,  and occupancy
status of  all the existing housing units  in the planning  area.  The personal
interviews conducted in conjunction with the inventory will  result in either
an average  household size based on a  partial sample of households  or a com-
plete population  enumeration  based  on all households.  This  method will not
distinguish permanent  and seasonal  populations  unless the  survey  and inter-
views are conducted when seasonal residents are present.

     The housing  survey method  produces a very  accurate estimate  of existing
population  levels  as well  as a complete  housing  inventory.  The  information
developed is detailed and void of assumptions. However, the time and resources
involved in field  work may make this method impractical for all but extremely
small planning areas.

     Tax Roll Survey Method.  Land  population  is estimated using tax rolls by
first identifying  the  land parcels  on lots  that occur within the  area  to be
studied and then  determining  the number of housing  units  that occur on these
parcels through  the tax  records.  The  seasonal  or permanent  occupancy can be
determined  by the address  of the  land  owner.  It  can be assumed  that if the
owner's place of  residence is not within the general study area, the house is
probably a  seasonally  occupied  dwelling. This assumption,  if  made,  should be
supported by  local  knowledge  that the number of absentee landlords renting to
year-round residents is low.

     This  method  alone  does  not  supply all of the information  required to
develop an  estimate  of population.  It only produces  an  accurate count of the
number of  permanent and  seasonal  housing units.  The other  data  required to
make  the  estimate consist of the  average  size of  households  in  the area and
the current housing vacancy rate. The average household size can be determined
through  a   limited  sample  of households, census  figures  updated  to  reflect
current household  trends, and  estimates from knowledgeable  local officials.
Housing vacancy  rates  may be  obtained through interviews with  local  real-
estate agents, knowledgeable local officials, or homeowner groups.

     This  method  provides a  relatively simple  and  efficient means  of  esti-
mating population  for  small rural areas. The major  drawback lies  in the need
for additional data  beyond those that can be found in the tax rolls. Although
these  other  data  are  available  from  other  sources,  they are  somewhat sub-
jective.

     Aerial Photo Analysis Method.   Small  area  population  estimates can be
developed  through the  use of  current aerial photographs  of the  area.  This
method is similar to the tax roll survey described  above except that the total
number of  housing units  is determined  by examination  of  aerial photographs.
The aerial  photo  analysis will yield an accurate count of total housing units
provided that the analyst can distinguish between  multiple and single-family
structures.   The  number  of  seasonal  and permanent  housing units  cannot be
determined  through  the  photo  analysis, however.  This information and data on
the housing vacancy rates  and  household size must be  obtained  through other
sources. The  main advantage of the aerial photo analysis method is that it is
less  time  consuming  than  other methods  primarily because  it does not require
extensive field work.

                                   X-B-9

-------
     The  major  drawback  of  this  method  lies  in  the need  to  distinguish
multiple-family  from  single-family  dwelling  units  and  to obtain  additional
information regarding seasonal-permanent  population  breakdown,  vacancy rates,
and average  household size from  other sources.  However, used  in  combination
with other data sources,  the aerial photo analysis  method provides  perhaps the
most efficient means of developing reliable population estimates.

     Dwelling Unit Review Method.  Instead of using  surveys  or  other methods to
obtain a  housing  count,  the most recent  census data  regarding  housing stocks
can be updated  by studying  building permit  records.  The  local  permitting
agency or census publications can be used to determine the  housing  units built
in  the planning area  since the date  of the most recent housing  count.  This
would  result  in  a  total  dwelling unit count for  the  planning  area  broken down
into single- and multiple-units.

     Like  many of  the  other methods, data  would  still need  to be  obtained
regarding  vacancy   rates,  household size,  and permanent-seasonal  population
breakdown. This  information can be obtained from other  sources, however, and
should result in a reliable population estimate.

     Each  of  the  population  estimation  techniques  described  has  certain
advantages and disadvantages  regarding cost,  reliability,  and additional data
needs. No  single  method  can be considered superior since each method yields a
certain piece  of  the  required information.  Normally, a combination  of these
estimation  techniques is  required  to  produce accurate results  in  a  cost-
effective  manner.   During  the preparation  of  the  Seven Rural  Lake  EIS's,  a
combination of these  techniques was utilized to  fit  the needs of a particular
planning  area best.  In  some  cases, the  resultant estimates were  utilized to
disaggregate  larger area population estimates while other rural planning areas
required original estimates for baseline population data.

b.     Population  Projection Techniques


     Population  projection techniques  normally  rely  on one  or more  of six
different  types  of models:  (1)  mathematical,  (2)  economic-employment,  (3)
cohort analysis,  (4)  component,  (5) ratio/share,  and  (6)  land use.   Beyond
these  projection models,  there are also various  disaggregation techniques for
distributing  the  population  totals  to smaller subareas within  a  study area.
Each  of  these  various  projection  and disaggregation techniques  has certain
limitations,  and some techniques are more applicable  to smaller areas.  Often,
a  combination of  techniques  is required to develop projections for  a parti-
cular  area.  The  following sections briefly describe  the projection models and
their  relative advantages  and  disadvantages  for  small  rural  planning areas.

     Mathematical Models.   Mathematical  projection  models  assume  that  the
components  that  characterize past population change  will continue  for some
period into  the  future.   This  extrapolation of  historical  trends   requires
relatively  little  data  and  consequently is  simple to apply.  However,  such
projections do not  explain  the  reasons for past growth nor do they account for
possible  future  changes  that  may affect future  growth.  As  a  result,  these
types  of  projections  should  only be used for  a  short period into the  future.
In  addition,  they are  normally  more accurate  for  larger  areas  since the
changes  from past  trends  are more likely to average  out  over  a larger  area.
                                   X-B-10

-------
     The most  common  mathematical  model  is  linear  extrapolation, which  is
based on a  fairly  constant past numerical growth that is expected to continue
in the future.  The formula for this  model is as follows:
          Pt+n = *t = 
-------
other data  are lacking. These  models  are,  however, reliable only  for  short-
term projections since  the  relationship  between employment and  population can
shift rapidly.

     The OBERS  projections  prepared by  BEA utilize national fertility rates
and  estimates  of  net migration  derived from  employment projections.  Other
population  projections  prepared  by some of  the state  agencies  in U.S.  EPA
Region  V utilize  similar  economic  employment  models.  Normally,  population
projections  from  these  models  are  not  available  for  small  rural  planning
areas    because  the  required data  are  often not  available  for these small
areas; even  when they are,  the  relationship between employment  and  population
upon which  these models  are based is tenuous.  That is, people  living in small
rural areas  do not normally  work in these  areas and  the  resultant commuting
labor force clouds  the employment-population relationship.

     Cohort Analysis.   A demographic cohort-survival model relies  on  assump-
tions regarding  future births  and  deaths  and gross in- and out-migration to
determine future population levels  by  age and sex.  The  cohort-survival model
divides the population by sex into groups (cohorts) of  persons  of the same age
and  uses  these base  cohorts  to project  future  cohorts  using  fertility rates
and net migration.

     Since   this   model  considers  each   component  of   population  change
separately, it is very precise if the data inputs are accurate.  It is particu-
larly sensitive to  fluctuations in migration and requires data  that are often
not  available  for  many  cities  and  smaller  areas.  Consequently, its  use for
small rural  planning  areas  is limited by the availability and accuracy of the
required data inputs.

     Component Method. The  component method of population projection uses the
total population to derive  one or more of the component projections. The basis
of  the  component method requires the preparation of separate projections for
births,  deaths,  and  net migration.  These projected  components can  then be
summed algebraically  and  added  to the base population to derive the projected
population  at  a  future date.   The use of this method for small rural planning
areas  is constrained  by  both the  availability  and accuracy of the required
data inputs.

     Ratio/Share Method.  The ratio/share  method uses  population projections
available  for  a  larger area  and  allocates a portion of the change to the area
under evaluation. The model assumes  that the population change in a particular
area  depends  on  the   amount  of  change  in  the  larger  region. The  ratio of
regional growth  to  local growth  may be chosen from one point in time or as an
annual average  ratio  from  several periods.  The  formula  for determining local
population  share is as follows:
           c,t+n =  c.t or  c,t+n =  c,t  s,t+n
            s,t+n    s , t              s , t
                                   X-B-12

-------
where:           c = community

                 s = larger region
                p
                 t = population at time t
               p
                t+n = population in year of projection
              p
               c ,t _ community's constant share of the region's population

                   ~
     The ratio/share method  is  most reliable when used for short-term projec-
tions  but  can be  used  for  larger period projections.  Smaller areas  will
generally always have  some  larger area projection to rely on for this method,
making it widely applicable.  However,  its use for  small  rural planning areas
is  limited  by the  hard data assumptions  required to  determine  the planning
area's share of the regional growth.

     Land Use Models.  Land  use  models  project  population on  the   basis  of
available land and population  density.  This type  of  projection  reverses the
process of  projecting  population growth first and  then determining  what land
area will be  required.  Instead, it begins with the amount of developable land
available  and then  determines   how  many people  can  be accommodated  at full
capacity.   In  order  to determine the amount of developable land available, an
environmental  constraints evaluation may be performed that incorporates infor-
mation  on  land  use,  environmental  resources,   and  economic  factors.   This
evaluation  defines  the  suitability of  land parcels for  various   types  of
development and establishes  the carrying capacity of the land.  A methodology
for such an evaluation is presented  in Chapter XI, Section B.

     Some type of  density factor based on  (1) houses  or persons per residen-
tial  acre,  (2) persons  residing per  square  mile, or  (3)  the  ratio of floor
space  to land area  is  then  assigned to  each  land  area. Depending  on the
density  factor used,  a  persons-per-household figure  can  then be applied to
determine either the number of people or residential units.

     The  advantage of  land  use models for smaller cities  and  areas is their
ease of disaggregation. Given the total projected population for a study area,
that  portion  of the  growth that will  occur in  a particular  subarea  can be
determined  by  the  land area available and pertinent density restrictions such
as  zoning  ordinances,  comprehensive  plans, environmental  constraints,  or
building  code  restrictions.  Land use models  have the  additional  advantage of
being  sensitive  to  local  policy decisions  as   they  relate  to  land  use and
density.  The  major disadvantage  is the  model's reliance on  zoning laws or
land use plans that may or may  not be implemented. Additionally, these projec-
tions  often require that  some   sort  of phasing  be  applied since all  of the
available land may not be developed  within the projection period.

     The  population  projection  methods   discussed  have  varying degrees  of
applicability  to  small rural planning  areas.  Data requirements,  assumptions,
and  the  projection outputs may  limit  the  usefulness  of many of these projec-
tions techniques for small rural planning areas.  During the preparation of the


                                   X-B-13

-------
Seven Rural  Lake  EIS's,  several  different  or  a combination  of projection
techniques were  utilized. Most  of these projection  methodologies relied  at
least in  part on  land  use models  and land holding  capacity analysis.  This
method seems  to fit the  requirements of small  rural planning  areas  best,  given
the data  normally  available for  such areas.   In  rare instances,  data  will  be
available  to  use  more  sophisticated projection  techniques that result  in
somewhat more reliable projections.

c.    Permanent-Seasonal Population  Breakdown


     A  recurring  problem in  rural  service  planning  areas  that include  some
type  of natural  recreational  amenity  (that  is, lakes,  mountains, rivers)  is
the determination  of  permanent and seasonal populations.  In  many of  the  rural
service areas where such amenities exist,  seasonal residents  (normally  summer)
comprise a major share of the  total population.  Their  short-term habitation  of
a  dwelling unit  (3  to  4 months  on the average) requires as much wastewater
treatment  capacity as  a permanent  year-round  dwelling  unit  but results  in
lower   annual  volumes   generated.  Consequently,  the   determination   of   a
permanent-seasonal  population breakdown  is  an  important  consideration  for
calculating  design flows  for conventional treatment systems  as well  as  a
determining  factor  for  the  introduction of  small waste flows systems  in some
areas.

     There is  no  straightforward  or  easy way to determine  the  percentage  of
the population that  is  seasonal.  For estimates  of  the  existing  population,
house by  house surveys  provide  the most  reliable figures but  are also expen-
sive  and  time  consuming to obtain. However,  if  house to  house  survey  methods
are  needed  for  other purposes  anyway (such  as  sanitary surveys),  then  the
incremental  cost for population and occupancy  data would be  negligible.  Infor-
mation  from  local  post  offices  and utilities  presents another option that can
indicate which dwelling units  are receiving  mail delivery  or  using the  various
utility services on a year-round basis.  This information eliminates the need
for  house-to-house surveys except for  some  possible  follow-up  cross  check
surveys.

     The  method  most  commonly used in the various Seven  Rural  Lake  EIS's was
an  analysis  of  the  property  tax  rolls.  The  property tax rolls  indicate the
home  address  of  the  owner of each residence.  This  provides  a breakdown  of
those dwelling units  that are owner-occupied.  While  it  cannot be fully deter-
mined which  units  are  seasonally occupied  and which are rented  to  permanent
residents, a fairly accurate  delineation of permanent and seasonal  units can
be  made.  Discussions  with local  realtors may  further refine this delineation.

     Application  of  permanent  and  seasonal  household  size figures  to this
dwelling  unit  delineation will  then  define the permanent-seasonal population
breakdown.   A  close approximation of permanent resident  average household size
can  be  obtained from available  census data;  however,  the  average  household
size  of seasonal  residences  is  not well documented  in the  available  litera-
ture.   In the Seven  Rural Lake  EIS's,  the  household  size  of  seasonal resi-
dences  was  determined  to  be larger  than  permanent  residences  because  the
seasonal  residences  were  more  likely  to  have  additional  persons  (guests,
relatives, etc.) during the vacation season.
                                   X-B-14

-------
     The determination of  the  percentage  of permanent and seasonal population
for population  projections requires a  more subjective analysis.  Neither  the
survey nor the  utility  connection methods will provide any usable information
for projection purposes  unless  past trends indicate that the breakdown between
seasonal and permanent population has remained fairly constant.  Normally,  this
will  not  be  the case  since  the second-home  market varies dramatically  in
accordance with national  economic  cycles.  When the  economy is  growing,  the
demand for second homes  is normally high, and potential buyers  are willing to
pay prices sufficiently high enough to drive out permanent owners and renters.
Conversely, when the  economy  is  in a declining  cycle,  second-home owners  are
often willing to sell these units at prices low enough to encourage permanent
residents to purchase them.

     A second trend  that may affect second-home demand is the increasing  cost
of  fuel  and the resultant effect on  travel.  As  gasoline  prices  continue  to
increase,  less  disposable income  is  available not only to  maintain a second
home but  also  to travel to the second home. This trend may reduce second-home
demand  in the  future and should be considered  accordingly  in  the permanent-
seasonal population projections.   Alternatively,  gasoline price increases  may
only  shift demand  from  remote to close-in recreational  communities,  thereby
exacerbating lot supply limits in the close-in communities.

     The use of property tax rolls may provide some insight into future perma-
nent-seasonal population breakdowns.  Analysis of  the  tax  rolls  will normally
indicate  recent activity  in  the second-home  market.  If second  homes either
have recently been constructed or have recently changed ownership, then it can
be  assumed that the  seasonal  second-home population will  remain  a  stable  if
not  increasing  portion  of the population. Conversely, if  no new second-home
dwelling  units  have  been constructed in  recent  years,  it can be assumed  that
second-home demand in the  service area is either stagnant or declining. Either
of  these  trends can  be verified through discussions  with  local realtors  and
officials.

     Another factor  to  consider  when projecting the number of second homes is
the  conversion  of  existing second homes  to primary  residences.  Often, second
homes are  purchased  as  eventual  post-retirement residences by the owners.  The
owners utilize  the houses  on a seasonal basis until retirement and then occupy
them  permanently.   Second-home  communities can eventually  become year-round
residences  for  many  people  and  will require  the same services  as  any other
community.   Unfortunately,  current  literature  does  not  address  rates  of
second-home  conversion  to permanent residences  or factors  that  influence  the
rates.  Analysis of local  building permits and utility or postal records,  when
accessable,  is  the  principal  means available for addressing conversion rates.

5.    EVALUATION OF IMPACTS  ON POPULATION
     The  provision of  wastewater treatment  and  collection facilities  in an
area that  was  previously unserved may cause a variety of impacts on the local
population. The  capacity of an area to support existing and future population
varies  to  the  degree  to which wastewater facilities are site-related. On-site
wastewater  treatment  facilities  will support a limited  population  in a given
area because  they  are  dependent, among other  factors,  upon soil suitability
characteristics  and are generally constructed  without  excess  capacity.  Cen-
                                   X-B-15

-------
tralized sewage treatment,  on the other  hand,  is  generally  independent  of  site
characteristics  and  can  be  designed  to   support  vastly  higher  population
densities.  When centralized wastewater  treatment  is  supplied  to  a  previously
unsewered area,  the  potential  for additional development, population  growth,
and the associated impacts  on population is  increased.  This  is  due not  only to
the centralized  nature  of the system,  but  also  to the excess capacity often
associated with the construction  of such system.

     Impacts on population caused  by  wastewater  treatment  facilities occur in
the form  of induced population  growth, changes  in community  composition and
character,  increased property  values  and taxes,  additional demands upon  com-
munity facilities and services,  and  changes in housing mix and demand. These
impact categories are described in the following  sections.

a.    Induced  Population  Growth
     Induced population growth  is  defined  as the increase in population,  over
and above  the  projected baseline  population, that results from  the  provision
of  wastewater  collection  and  treatment  facilities.  The amount  of  induced
population growth  can  be  determined by comparing the baseline projected popu-
lation levels  with the projected  population capacity that can be supported by
the wastewater  treatment  facility  in the planning area.  The  estimate  of this
induced population  can be  developed by examining the amount  of underdeveloped
land  in  the planning  area  and projecting  the  density of future  development
that  will  take place  as  a  result  of the provision  of  centralized wastewater
treatment.

     Greater densities of development can occur when site-related restrictions
to  development are removed.  In many cases,  land that was  previously under-
developable for residential purposes because of site-related  wastewater treat-
ment  restrictions  may  become  available  for development with  the provision of
centralized  wastewater  treatment.  In  addition,  land  that may  have  been
developable only at very low densities can often be developed at significantly
greater  densities  with the introduction of  centralized wastewater treatment.
The net  result for a given planning area may be not only  a larger  population,
but also  a more dense development pattern. This often creates problems in the
delivery  of  services,  changes in community  composition and  character,  and
increases  in property values and taxes.

     While  these  problems are  significant for  all  planning areas, they  are
amplified  in  small rural  planning areas where  even  small amounts of  induced
growth may represent  a sizable percentage increase  in  population.  The resul-
tant  development  patterns, changes  in  housing  demand, demands  for increased
levels of  service, and potential   changes  in  the rural  environment may negate
the benefits derived from the introduction of centralized  wastewater treatment
systems.   In addition, the financial burdens placed on a homeowner may also be
overwhelming,  forcing  displacement of households.

     As  a  rule, on-site and small-scale systems  induce less growth than cen-
tralized systems and consequently  result in fewer and less significant impacts
on  small  rural planning areas. These systems are normally smaller in size and
are  void  of  extensive interceptor and collection systems.   As  a  result,  the
development potential  of vacant  land is  not  typically enhanced by continued


                                   X-B-16

-------
reliance of  on-site  systems.   Small-scale facilities such as cluster  systems
will not  induce  growth unless  significant excess treatment capacity  is  con-
structed.

b.    Changes in Community Character and  Composition

     The character and composition of small rural planning areas  may be signi-
ficantly  affected by  the  introduction  of  centralized  wastewater  treatment
systems.  The financial burden of  increased property taxes,  user  fees,  and
connection  costs  may  result  in  displacement  of  seasonal  and  lower  income
permanent  residents.  Permanent residents  may be displaced by the  combination
of  increased property  values  and  resultant tax  increases as  well as excessive
user and  connection  charges.   Seasonal residents, on the  other  hand,  may not
be  able to  justify  the  expenditure of money on a year-round basis  for  user
charges for  a  seasonal dwelling.  The net  result of these factors would likely
be  an increase in the average income of the residents.

     The  character  of rural  areas  may undergo  subtle changes as  centralized
wastewater  treatment is made  available.  More land would be devoted to resi-
dential users  and the  accompanying support  services. The higher  development
densities made possible by the central treatment of wastewater  would result in
a  greater  concentration of population and urban-related  activities not common
in  rural  areas.  In general, the rural way of life enjoyed by lifetime inhabi-
tants of  the area may be  changed as  new  development occurs  and  new residents
move  into the area.  Increased traffic congestion, a greater demand for  ser-
vices,  and   changing  community   attitudes  may  accompany  this  change  in
character.

     The  impacts on  community  character and composition do not  occur suddenly.
Rather,  these changes  occur  gradually  over a period  of time  generally in
accordance  with  the  rate  and  timing of new development and population growth.

c.    Property Values

     The value of property  is  determined to a large extent by its highest use.
These  uses  are  often  limited by  the physical  characteristics of  the  land
itself  (soils, topography,  drainage) or by legal constraints (zoning, land use
plans).   Changes  in  the value  of land  are a major socioeconomic impact result-
ing from  the construction  of wastewater treatment facilities.  Land values may
be  altered  in several ways by the provision  of  wastewater treatment.  Land
adjacent  to  the treatment  plant may decline in value owing to actual perceived
nuisances  such as odors,  the  generally unaesthetic character of the facility,
and public  health hazards  such as the  presence of coliform aerosols that exist
in the  vicinity of  treatment  plants  (Zimmerman,  1974).   The land  in the area
served  by a  wastewater  treatment plant may  increase  in value  by  influencing
its potential use.   By  increasing  the potential use of  the land,  the income
that can be  derived from  the property  increases  and  the value  of the land
rises.  The existence and  availability of  the  additional expansion in public
service increase  the development potential of the land.

      Because the  construction  of   wastewater  treatment  facilities improves
water  quality,  such an improvement  can increase land  values for recreational
                                   X-B-17

-------
uses along the shore of water resources.   A number of studies have related the
quality of  water resources  with  land values  for both primary  and  secondary
residential development  and the development of general  recreational  opportu-
nities .

     "Another set of  studies primarily cross-sectional and conceptual in
     nature relate a tendency for increase in water quality to be related
     to increases in  land  values.   The study of  Wisconsin Lake  develop-
     ments  shows  that lake development property  was  less  valuable where
     lakes were  more  polluted.   A study of Lake  Onondaga,  an urban lake
     in Syracuse, New York,  estimated that an increase  in water quality
     would have  a  significantly high dollar value  in  terms  of increased
     revenues  from  recreational  opportunities.    A  study  of  property
     developments on  the Rockaway River in New Jersey found that higher
     property values are generally associated with cleaner waters, though
     in the case of primary homes other factors such as proximity to jobs
     may  be  more  important.   A  recreational  demand  model for  Upper
     Klamath Lake  in  Oregon concluded that an increase  in water quality
     would  increase  the  recreational use  of  the Lake.   In particular,
     they estimated that if  algae were removed from the lake and the lake
     temperature  lowered,  the annual rise in net economic value would be
     2.65 million  dollars  plus 542,000 in household  income.   A  study of
     sites on San Diego Bay,  the Kanawha River in Ohio and the Willamette
     River  found that pollution abatement  could increase  the  value of
     waterfront  sites from 8 to 25 percent.  Values were affected as far
     as 4,000  feet from the  water's  edge.  They  estimated that the total
     capital value  to  waterfront residential and  recreational development
     would be from  .6  to 3.1  billion  dollars."  (Zimmerman,  1973)

     Other  studies  have indicated that sewered property is  approximately four
times  more valuable  than  unsewered property and that the value of unsewered
property  rises  more   quickly  if  sewer service  is anticipated  in the  future
 (U.S. EPA,  1978). Sewer  facilities change  the value  of land  by influencing  its
potential  use.   By  increasing the potential use  of  the  land, the income that
 can be derived  from  the property increases and  the  value of the land  rises.

     The  impact of  centralized wastewater treatment  on land values in  rural
 areas  depends  upon  the basic economic  concept  of supply  and  demand.  Fre-
 quently,  the value of sewered land  in rural  areas  is not affected until  the
 supply  of  lots  is reduced  and  demand outstrips  the  remaining supply.  Around
 recreational  lakes, however, the value of sewered property may  increase  sub-
 stantially as the  availability of  such  land  for second homes and  retirement
 residences  becomes  limited. The  sewered land is  also more  valuable to  the
 developer  of these types  of residences because  more  units  can  be built on  a
 given parcel  of  land.

      Property taxes on land sewered  by central treatment systems  will increase
 to reflect the  added value of the  land.  The increase  in property tax on  a
 parcel of undeveloped  land  may create a  financial burden  on the owner of the
 property  and force a  higher use of  the property. It is  possible that some  low
 income landowners  may be  displaced  by the combination of  increased property
 taxes,  user fees,  and connection charges resulting from the implementation of
 central treatment systems.
                                    X-B-18

-------
d.    Impacts on Community Services  and Facilities


     The  provision  of  wastewater  treatment  facilities  in rural  areas  can
create  a  number  of  adverse  impacts  on the existing  community services  and
facilities.  The impacts  to community services and  facilities  are caused by the
more  rapid  pace  of development  and the sewer-induced population growth that
occurs when centralized  wastewater treatment is  provided.  In general,  elements
such  as water  supply,  police  and fire  protection,  health care,  education,
recreation,   solid  waste  disposal,  and transportation networks  will  have to
serve a larger number  of people than  originally  planned.  Such  services are
often operated at a minimal level in rural areas  and  do  not have the  built-in
capacity  to provide  an  adequate  level  of  service  for  larger  populations.
Therefore, it is important to assess the consequences  that a sewer project may
have on rural planning area services.

     In order to assess  the impacts on community services, the  existing design
capacity  and  planned  capacity  increases  must  be determined for  each service
sector. This  information can  be obtained from local government  officials or
the private operator who provides the service.  The service capacity,  including
any  known planned increases  in capacity, is  then  compared to  the  projected
population  of the  area  at the end  of the planning period  to  determine if
adequate levels of service will be available.

      In rural lakes  or  other  seasonal areas, the provision  of an  adequate
level  of  community facilities  and services is  compounded  by  large  seasonal
population  increases. The seasonal peak population often creates a  short-term
demand  for  services.  Consequently,  a rural community is faced with providing
a  high level of services  and facilities  during a short, three  to  four month
period  that may go unidentified  during the remainder of the year.  This places
a  possibly  unjust financial  burden on the  local governments  and  their  tax-
payers .

e.    Changes in Housing Characteristics


      Changes  in  housing characteristics are often caused by the provision  of
centralized  wastewater  treatment in rural areas.  These changes are brought  on
by  the easing of minimum lot size restrictions that are necessitated by  on-
site  wastewater  treatment.  With  the introduction of  centralized  wastewater
treatment,  new housing  and  other types  of development will tend to be built  at
greater densities  than  before.  For  the  first  time   in  many  communities,
multiple-family  housing will become  feasible  because  wastewater treatment  is
no  longer a  limiting  factor.  In  areas around rural recreational lakes, housing
for tourists  and  short-term  residents,  in the  form of motels,  lodges,  and
resorts may become more common,  as will second-home communities. In general,  a
change  from predominantly large, single-family homes to  a  greater  variety  of
housing types at higher densities can be  expected to  occur once centralized
wastewater  treatment  is  in place.  The rate at which  this  change occurs  will
depend  on the location of  the  planning area in relation  to metropolitan areas
and on  the  housing market in  the area.
                                   X-B-19

-------
6.    SUMMARY

     As is  apparent in the  preceding discussion, no  one single  approach  to
population  estimation   and  projections  or  impact  evaluation  techniques  is
preferable  over  the  others.   Each  rural  planning area  will  have  unique
characteristics related to data  needs,  data availability, resources,  and time
constraints  that will  in  large  measure  determine  the  most  effective  and
efficient techniques to use.  In many cases, a combination of  techniques will
be required  to  develop  the  information needed for a particular  project. Many
of the techniques discussed can be effectively combined into  a  single  approach
that will produce reliable results. However, it is necessary  that professional
judgment  be  used throughout  the process to ensure  that  required assumptions
are valid and that the techniques utilized are compatible.
                                    X-B-20

-------
                                REFERENCES
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency.   1978.   Manual  for  evaluating  secondary
     impacts of wastewater treatment facilities.   EPA-600/5-78-003.   Office  of
     Air, Land and Water Use,  Washington DC.

Zimmerman, R.   1973.   Hydrologic modifications  associated  with the vacation
     home market.   Presented at the  Tenth American Water Resources  Association
     Conference, Puerto Rico.

Zimmerman, R.  1974.   Manual for estimating selected socioeconomic  impacts and
     secondary  environmental  impacts of  sewage  treatment plant  construction
     and operation.  Prepared for U.S.  EPA Region II.
                                   X-B-21

-------
C.   RECREATION HOME  DEMAND

     Recreation lot sales  and  second home development have been a significant
market  force  in  the  United  States  in  recent  years.   Rising  levels  of
disposable income, ready mobility,  and increased leisure time  have  led  to an
increase in  the  purchase  of second homes.  This has  been true particularly in
areas that are  contiguous  to inland lakes and  rivers  and that are accessible
to major employment centers (Marans and Wellman, 1977).  The  only thing that
is   certain   about  the  future  of  second  home   development,   though,   is
uncertainty.   The  housing  recession  and  oil shortages between  1973  and 1975
resulted in  a significant  downturn in second  home  development (ASPO,  1976).
If this  experience  is extrapolated to current conditions, the availability of
gasoline for leisure  travel  and prevailing  interest  rates may  curtail this
type of development.

     Nationally,  5.7  million  households  own a recreation property, most of
which occur  in  areas  with  outstanding natural  attractions  such as streams or
lakes   (Burby,  1979).   Other  estimates  show  a  stock  of  10 million  lots
subdivided in the U.S.  as of 1976  (ASPO,  1976).   As of 1973, approximately 3.5
million  households, or  5.1% of  all households  in the U.S., owned second homes
(ASPO,  1976).   Other  estimates show a national stock of 12 to 15 million lots
and  3.5  million recreation homes  (Ragatz, 1980).  Of  the national stock of 2
million  second  homes  identified in the 1970  census, Michigan had the greatest
number with  188,864 or  8.8% (U.S. Department  of Commerce, 1972).  Of the other
states  in  Region V,  Wisconsin  had  4.7%, Minnesota 3.9%,  Ohio 2.2%, Indiana
2.1%, and Illinois 1.8%.

     The  period of the late  1960s  through  the decade  of  the 1970s showed a
steady  climb in this  type  of  development.   Approximately 150,000 second home
units  were   being  constructed  in the U.S. annually  prior  to  the 1970s  (ASPO,
1976).   Data available  from three  of  the Seven Rural Lake  EISs  showed a 12.4%
(Crooked/Pickerel  Lakes),  12.5% (Otter  Tail Lake), and  15%  (Crystal   Lake),
increase  in  dwelling  units  between  1970  and   1975.   Table  X-C-1  shows the
percent increase in  total population projected  for each  of  the Seven Rural
Lake EIS lake project  communities  to  the year  2000 and the percentage  of the

TABLE X-C-1. SEVEN RURAL  LAKE EISs  POPULATION  PROJECTIONS  (Increase  to  the
              Year  2000 and Seasonal  Population, expressed  in  Percentage)
       Study area             Population increase       Seasonal population
 Crooked/Pickerel Lakes              33.5                      47.7
 Crystal Lake                       31.8                      46.0
 Otter Tail Lake                    16.0                      76.0
 Nettle Lake                         1.6                      88.0
 Steuben Lakes                      27.0                      68.0
 Green Lake                         18.0                      43.0
 Salem Utility District              31.5                      27.6
                                    X-C-1

-------
total accounted for by  seasonal  population.   These projections run from a low
of  1.6% growth  in population  at Nettle  Lake, Ohio  to a  high of 33.5%  at
Crooked/Pickerel Lakes, Michigan.  As  these  data show, these rural lake areas
are projected to experience fairly rapid rates of growth and be comprised to a
large extent, of seasonal residents.

     The  overwhelming  attraction   factor   for  second-home  development  is
accessibility to lakes  and rivers and the recreation  opportunities  that they
afford  (Marans  and Wellman,  1977).   In Michigan,  55% of second  homes  are  on
inland lakes, 21% on the Great Lakes, and 10% on rivers or streams, and of the
total, 89%  are  within a five-minute walk of  some  body of water (ASPO, 1976).
Other  stated reasons  for second home  or lot  purchases are  for investment/
speculation  purposes  or to escape the pressures of  more urbanized living for
more natural surroundings.

     Travel  distance  is a  significant  factor  in  the  location of second-home
development.  Data  from a study conducted in northern Michigan indicate that
the  distance traveled  to  recreation  homes  averaged  250  miles  (Marans  and
Wellman, 1977).  Other  studies  state that accessibility  is  the key factor in
second-home  development,  with natural amenities second (ASPO, 1976).  Natural
amenities  include  bodies  of water,  scenic  views,  seclusion,  and woodlands.
This  latter study  indicates that the majority  of second homes in the U.S. are
located within  100 miles of the primary home.

     Characteristics  of  the  second-home lot  that  are preferential  are lot
sizes  of  between  1/4 and 1  acre,  single-family  detached  housing,  and ready
access  to  surface  water for  recreation.  Of the national stock, approximately
57%  of  the lots are  between  1/4 and 1 acre (ASPO, 1976).  According to Marans
and  Wellman  (1977),   a  lake's  shoreline  development  density  is  the  most
important  factor to resident  satisfaction levels.  Their data  show that houses
spaced  less than 40  feet  apart  engender  dissatisfaction because residents do
not  feel  any sense of  privacy at higher density.  This tendency towards lower
density  residential  development is  also borne  out  by the  required zoning
densities  in each  of the Seven Rural  Lake EIS areas.   As Table X-C-2 shows
most  of the lakeshore  areas  zoning  districts allow  densities  of approximately
1  to 2  dwelling units per  acre.
 TABLE  X-C-2.
DWELLING UNITS PER ACRE PERMITTED UNDER LAKESHORE ZONING
ORDINANCES
     Lake  area
                              Dwelling units per acre
 Crooked/Pickerel  Lakes
 Crystal  Lakes
 Salem Utility  District
 Steuben  Lakes
 Green Lake Lake
 Otter Tail Lake
 Nettle Lake
                                       1.98
                                       2.5-5.1
                                       0.2-2.2
                                       4.3
                                        .5-1
                                         1-2
                                      No zoning
                                    X-C-2

-------
     In  all  of  the  Seven Rural  Lake EIS  project  areas,  the  overwhelming
dwelling unit type is single-family detached.  Even in areas where development
density bonuses  are permitted  for clustering units  in  return  for conserving
open  space,  no  clustering or  higher  density development  has taken  place.
Marans and Wellman  (1977)  found in surveying  residents  in northern Michigan,
that residents favored  single-family  detached units even if more clustered or
high density  residential development  allowed  for  environmental preservation.

     Along with  housing  type  and density, lakefront  access  for recreation is
critical  to  recreation  home  residents  (Marans   and  Wellman,   1977).   The
dominant  settlement pattern  in five   of  the Seven Rural  Lake  EIS  areas  was
single tier development along the banks of the major surface water bodies with
direct access  to those  resources.  In the Seven Rural  Lake  areas EIS public
access in the form  of public beaches or boat ramps  is  limited.   Nettle Lake
has no public  facilities.   On Crooked/Pickerel Lakes only 2% of the shoreline
is available, in Green Lake 2.9%, and  in the Salem Utility District a total of
960  feet  are in public access  facilities.   These  limitations  could severely
curtail the  incidence  of second tier  residential development where little or
no direct access to  lakefront recreation is available.

     Various  literature sources  are   in  agreement  with  two  aspects  of  the
market  for  second   homes.   One is  that  the recent  past has  seen  a large
increase  in the  purchase of recreation lots and development of second homes as
a  direct result of  larger   amounts  of disposable income,  increased  leisure
time,  and ready, inexpensive mobility (ASPO, 1976;  Burby,  1979).  The other
aspect  is that  the future is  uncertain.   One of  the  factors  that makes an
analysis  of recent  market  forces  in  recreation properties  difficult  is that
recent statistics  are  not available.    Ragatz  (1980)  has projected demand for
recreation properties in the  north central regions of  the  United States to the
year  1985.    He  cautions that  these projections are based upon scant data and
market statistics that have varied significantly in recent years.  Table X-C-3
shows  these projections for  recreation lots, single-family recreation homes,
and  resort   condominiums.    The  number  of   households   owning   recreational
properties  is expected  to  increase by 21%,  the number of households owning
single-family vacation homes  will  increase 14.2%, and  the  number of  households
owning  resort condominiums will increase by 32%.   Based upon data from the
1973  to  1975  housing recession,  the  rate  of development in  this  market is
subject  to  major shifts in the economy.   Sources  are again  in agreement that
the  future  of this  market will be dependent on the  price and  availability of
gasoline  as  well   as  the  availability of  mortgage money and  the  prevailing
interest  rates.    Possible   shifts   in  the   market  could  occur  that would
encourage more  intensive lakeside development in areas  in closer  proximity to
major  employment centers.
                                    X-C-3

-------
TABLE X-C-3.  RECREATION DEMAND IN THE NORTH CENTRAL REGION OF THE
              UNITED STATES
                                                  1980
                    1985
Total number of households
Number of households owning recreational
  properties
Number of households owning single-family
  vacation homes
Number of households owning a resort
  condominium
20,500,000

 1,827,200

 1,107,600

  163,200
22,000,000

 2,318,400

 1,290,200

   240,000
Source:  Ragatz, 1980
                                    X-C-4

-------
RAILROADS

TRANSPORTATION
WAR & NATIONAL
DEFENSE
45 U.S.C.

49 U.S.C.
6708

6728


6881(h)


6979



7614


 565

1609
1636
1722
50 U.S.C.  App. § 2281
                                           D.B.A.  wage  standards adopted  for
                                           local public  works  projects.
                                           D.B.A.   wage  standards   apply   to
                                           construction   projects  implemented
                                           to   stimulate   economic   recovery.
                                           Construction   undertaken  as  energy
                                           conservation   measure  or  renewable
                                           resource  measure subject  to  D.B.A.
                                           D.B.A.   applies  to   construction
                                           related  to resource  recovery tech-
                                           nology   (solid  or  hazardous  waste
                                           disposal/recovery).
                                           D.B.A.  wage  rates  adopted.  (See  §
                                           1857J-3).
D.B.A. also referred to  in D.C.  Code  §  31-1053  and cross-referenced in
                                                •
                  20 U.S.C.   355c           Public library construction

                  42 U.S.C.   1416           Housing & slum  clearance contracts
                                   XVI-E-12
                                                       US GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE 1983—655-178/102

-------
42 U.S.C.  3310
          3884
          3909
          3936
          4529
          4728
          5046
          5310
          5919
          6042
          6063(b)(19)

          6371J
Construction    of    demonstration
cities  and  metropolitan  develop-
ment programs is  subject to D.B.A.
provided   that   residential  faci-
lities are designed  to  house eight
more families.
D.B.A.  applies  to  construction of
facilities for  training of person-
nel to diagnose and treat potential
delinquent youths.
D.B.A.  applies  to  construction on
new   community   land   development
financed by HUD.
D.B.A.  applies  to  construction or
rehabilitation   of   housing   and
related   facilities   for  low  and
moderate-income  families  and indi-
viduals .
D.B.A.  applies  to Federally funded
construction  for urban  growth and
community development.
Transfer of functions to U.S. Civil
Service  Commission;  all  statutory
personnel  requirements  established
as  condition  of  the  receipt  of
Federal  funds  are abolished except
D.B.A.
D.B.A.  applies  to any construction
carried   on   with   ACTION  funds.
D.B.A.  labor  standards  apply  to
construction  with  funds  of commu-
nity  development programs  so long
as   residential   housing   involves
eight  or  more  family or individual
units.
Construction  of  alternative  fuel
demonstration facilities subject to
D.B.A.
D.B.A.   applies   to  construction,
renovation   or   modernization  of
university-affiliated    facilities
for  those with  developmental dis-
abilities.   (References related to
grants for projects and application
requirements omitted in revision of
Subchap.  by  PL  95-602,  Title V,  §
509, Nov.  6, 1978).
Construction   on  university-affi-
liated facilities subject to D.B.A.
Energy  conservation  projects  for
schools   and  hospitals  involving
over  $5000 must pay prevailing wage
rate.
               XVI-E-11

-------
3000-3(h)     Construction  or  modernization  of
              medical   facilities   subject   to
              D.B.A.
1437J         Development  of low-income  housing
              project  with  nine  or  more  units
              subject to D.B.A.
1440          State housing, finance and develop-
              ment agencies.
1459          Development   of   a  project  under
              Subchap.  II,  Slum  clearance  and
              urban renewal, is  subject to D.B.A.
              requirements  unless  laborers  and
              mechanics are  municipal employees.
I486(f)       D.B.A.    requirements   on  projects
              involving  financial  assistance  to
              provide  low-rent   housing  for  do-
              mestic  farm  labor are  only waived
              for  voluntary  donation  of  labor.
1500c-3       D.B.A.   applies to  development  of
              open space land.
1592i         D.B.A.   applies  to HUD  housing  for
              defense  workers  and  military per-
              sonnel and communication facilities
              for  national  defense  activities.
1857J-3       Construction  of facilities  for  air
              pollution  prevention  and  control
              (Clean  Air  Act)  subject  to D.B.A.
              labor  standards  (transferred to  §
              7614).
2689j(5)      Construction  of  community  mental
              health  centers subject  to  D.B.A.
2992a         Construction  of buildings or faci-
              lities in connection with volunteer
              programs subject to D.B.A.
2947          Any  repair,  alteration or improve-
              ment  of  buildings  for  Community
              Service  Administration  subject  to
              D.B.A.
304la(4)      Construction    of    multi-purpose
              senior  citizen centers  subject  to
              D.B.A.
3027          Grants   for   community  and  state
              plans  on aging requires assurances
              that workers will  be paid in accor-
              dance   with   D.B.A.    provisions.
3107          Construction  of basic neighborhood
              water  and  sewer facilities  subject
              to D.B.A.
3222          Any  construction   on   property  ac-
              quired by Sec. of  HUD in connection
              with  loans  made  for   public  works
              and economic development is subject
              to D.B.A.
     XVI-E-10

-------
MONEY & FINANCE
31 U.S.C.  1243
NAVIGATION & NAVIGA-
TION WATERS
33 U.S.C.  1372
VETERANS' BENEFITS

POSTAL SERVICE

PUBLIC BUILDINGS,
PROPERTY, & WORKS
PUBLIC CONTRACTS
38 U.S.C. 5035

39 U.S.C. 410
40 U.S.C. App.
          808
41 U.S.C.  42
                                 258
PUBLIC HEALTH &
WELFARE
42 U.S.C. 242m
          (h)(z)
      247d(f)(l)

      254c(e)(l)

      25 4b

      291e(a)(5)


      293a(c)(7)


      295d(a)(6)


      296a(b)(5)


      299d(b)(4)


      300j-9(e)
D.B.A.   applies  to   construction
under   Federal   Water   Pollution
Control Act.   Note:   No provisions
for municipal workers to be exempt.
§ 402 (omitted)
D.B.A.  applies to  construction on
Union  Station building  (including
parking lot).

D.B.A. provisions not modified by §
35-45,  contracts   for  materials,
breach  of   government  contracts,
etc.
D.B.A.  requirement  applies  even if
purchase  or  contract was  entered
without advertising.
Construction   of   mental   health
facility subject to D.B.A.
Construction   of  migrant   health
centers subject to B.D.A.
Construction  of  community  health
centers subject to D.B.A.
Repealed,  Oct.   12,  1976 (referred
to  National Health  Service Corps)
Construction  and  modification  of
public  and other non-profit hospi-
tals subject to D.B.A.
Construction  of  regional training
facilities  for  professionals  sub-
ject to D.B.A.
Construction  of  public and private
non-profit  medical  schools subject
to D.B.A.
Construction  of  public or non-pro-
fit private nursing schools subject
to D.B.A.
Construction   of   facilities   for
regional  medical programs  subject
to D.B.A.
Construction   of   facilities   for
family planning projects  subject to
D.B.A.
                                  XVI-E-9

-------
                 SECTIONS THAT INCORPORATE THE LABOR STANDARDS
                      ESTABLISHED IN THE DAVIS-BACON ACT
40 U.S.C.  § 276a  (1976)  lists  73  sections of  the  U.S.C. that  refer to the
Davis-Bacon Act (as amended by PL 88-349).

Volume II  of  the  1978 Supplement to the U.S.C. lists nine additional sections
referring  to  the  Davis-Bacon Act and  fails to list six  included  in the 1976
listing.
ARMED FORCES
BANKS & BANKING



COMMERCE & TRADE



CONSERVATION

EDUCATION



HIGHWAYS

INDIANS



LABOR
10 U.S.C.  2304
12 U.S.C. 1701q
          1715c
          1749a

15 U.S.C. 3152b
16 U.S.C. 779e

20 U.S.C. 684
          954
          1232b

23 U.S.C. 113

25 U.S.C. 450e
          458
          1633

29 U.S.C. 251
          252
          253
          254
          256
          258
          259
          262
          776
          827
                                 964
                                 968
                                 917
Exempts   certain   contracts,  pur-
chases, and formal advertising from
Davis-Bacon Act [hereinafter D.B.A.]
provisions.
General  provisions   specify  that
reservoir work  funded  shall not be
of  type to  which D.B.A.  applies.
                                           D.B.A. noted  to apply  to all Fed-
                                           erally assisted construction.
                    D.B.A.  not   applicable   to  youth
                    unemployment projects  under $5000.
                                  XVI-E-8

-------
14.  Section  276a  authorizes  the  contracting  officer to  withhold  those
    payments considered necessary  to  compensate  workers for  the  difference
    between the wage  rates required  by contract and  the  rates  actually
    paid by the contractor or  subcontractor.

    Section 276a-l allows  for  the  termination  of a contractor's  right  to
    proceed with work  under the contract if the specified wage  rates  are
    not paid.

    Section 276a-2 directs the Comptroller General  of  the United States  to
    give  workers  those  payments  withheld  from contractors  because  the
    required wage  rates  had  not  been paid.  The  Comptroller General  is
    also  authorized  to  compile   and  distribute   among   all  government
    departments a list of  those contractors recommended  for debarment  due
    to  their  violation  of  contract  obligations.    A  debarment  listing
    renders a  contractor ineligible  to  receive any Federal  contract  for
    three years.

    Some  unions  are concerned that  the Comptroller General  is  given  too
    much  discretion.   They would   like  to see  actual enforcement  in  the
    hands  of  the  Labor  Department, where  unions have  more  influence.

    Sections 276a-3, 276a-4,  and  276a-5 establish  the Act as an integral
    part  of the body  of Federal  law  providing for  the establishment of
    wage  rates,  effective  since  September  29,   1935,  but  subject  to
    suspension  by the  President  in  the event  of  a national  emergency.

15. 40 U.S.C.A. 276a, 276a-2,  Notes of Decision.

16. United States v. Binghamton Construction Co., 347 U.S.  171  (1954)  was
    a  landmark decision  that established  that  the Secretary  of Labor's
    wage  determinations are not subject to judicial review.

17. The Wage Appeals  Board was created by the Labor Secretary's Order No.
    32-63.   Administrative review of  disputed  wage  rates  by a  board  of
    procurements and  industry experts had been recommended by the General
    Subcommittee  on Labor of  the House Committee  on Education and Labor
    upon  the conclusion of its oversight hearings on the Davis-Bacon Act's
    administration.   The  Secretary's  Order  No.   32-63  acted   upon  the
    subcommittee's recommendation.

18. Associated  Builders  and Contractors, Inc. v. Brennan,  73 L.C. 33,036
    D.C.,  1974).

19. 29  C.F.R.,  Section 5.5(a)(3).

20. 40  U.S.C.  276a  (1964).

21. Statement  of  Labor Secretary  Marshall before House Labor Subcommittee
    on  Labor  Standards,  C.L.R.   No.  1231  (BNA),  June  20,  1979,  p. E-l.

22. Id.,  p. E-2.

23. See nn.  10.
                              XVI-E-7

-------
                             FOOTNOTES
 1. Act of March 3, 1931, 40 U.S.C. 276a.

   The Act  has  been amended four times to further original Congressional
   intent  and incorporate  fringe  benefits in  computation  of prevailing
   wages.

   Act  of August  3,  1935, 40  U.S.C.  276a made  the Secretary  of Labor
   responsible  for  issuing  the  prevailing   wage   rate  determinations.

   Act  of  June  15,  1940, 40  U.S.C.  276a  et  seq.  extended  the Act's
   benefits to the Territories of Alaska and Hawaii.

   Act of  July 12, 1960,  40 U.S.C.  276a  et seq., P.L. 86-624 eliminated
   references to the Territories of Alaska and Hawaii.

   Act of  July 2, 1964, 40 U.S.C. 276a et seq., P.L. 88-349 expanded the
   term  "prevailing wage"  to include fringe benefits.

 2. See list attached at  the end of these notes.

 3. Act of August  14, 1946,  60 Stat.  1062.

 4. See nn.  2.

 5. Building  &  Construction Trades  Dept.,  AFL-CIO, Davis-Bacon Handbook
    (1979) at  section entitled, "The  Pro-Davis-Bacon  Amendment."

 6. 40 U.S.C.  276a.

 7. Building  & Construction  Trades  Dept., AFL-CIO,  op.  cit. ,  at  section
   entitled "Questions  & Answers," p.  8.

 8. 29 C.F.R.,  Subtitle A,  Part  1,  Section  1.2  (a)(l);  Elisburg, Wage
   Protection Under the Davis-Bacon  Act,   28   LABOR  L.J.  323,   at  325
    (1977).

 9. U.S.  Dept. of  Labor, Manual of Operations  For Issuance  of Wage Deter-
   minations  Under the  Davis-Bacon And Related Acts,  pp.  14-A-C (Aug.  1,
    1977).

10.  Interview  With Tony  Ponturiero,  U.S.  Dept.  of Labor,  director  of the
   Division of Government Contract  Wage  Determinations,  July 24,  1980.

11. Building & Construction  Trades Dept., AFL-CIO,  op.  cit.,  at  section
   entitled "Questions  & Answers," pp. 9-10.

12. U.S.  Dept.  of  Labor,  op cit. ,  pp.  14-A-C  (Aug.  1, 1977).

13.  Id.
                              XVI-E-6

-------
     The data on which  the  charges were based was  refuted  by the  Secretary of
Labor who noted that  the  GAO estimates  had been obtained from a survey of the
wages paid workers  on private construction sites only.   The unions published a
forty page  rebuttal,  entitled "A  Fatally Flawed  Study."   The Department  of
Labor calculates the  prevailing  wage  rate based on the  wages  paid workers on
government-financed or assisted  projects  as  well as those wages  paid  workers
employed on  private  construction  projects.22   Differences in opinion  on the
proper prevailing  rate  determination cannot  be attributed to differences  in
the method of survey  alone,  however.   Labor unions object  when the prevailing
wage  rate  is established at  less  than  union wages and openshop contractors
challenge decisions that  set  union wages as the prevailing  rate.23  The pre-
vailing  wage rate  is  a  bone  of political contention,  as are the  paperwork
requirements of the law.

     One way to shed light on the problem is to compare labor costs of similar
EPA-funded and  Farmer's  Home Administration-funded sewer  projects.   Farmer's
Home  Administration  projects  are  not subject  to  Davis-Bacon.   EPA  projects
are.  Finding comparable projects may prove difficult.

4.   RECOMMENDATIONS

     Federally-funded alternative  sewage  projects  in  small communities should
be  treated  as the new  phenomena  they  are.   EPA and the  Department  of Labor
should  carefully  investigate  private  and public  contracts  to determine the
appropriate  job  classifications,  rates  of pay, and  area differences.   They
should take special care to investigage whether rural  alternative  projects are
similar  to  all  other water  and  sewer  projects.   It  may be appropriate  to
establish  a  new project  classification  or to  change the  classification  of
rural projects from heavy to commercial or residential.   Such an examination
is  especially important if,  as we  believe, the success of the small community
programs depends in part  on whether contractors with experience  in the field,
but little experience with  EPA,  are encouraged to  bid on EPA-funded projects.
It  makes  sense  for EPA  to  require Project Wage Determinations on individual
projects  until  the Agency  is satisfied  that  it  has  enough data  to  develop
General Wage Determinations.

     EPA and  the  Department  of  Labor  should make  a better  effort to educate
contractors, particularly smaller  businesses,  on the Davis-Bacon  Act, as well
as  other Federal requirements.

     The alternative  technology, small  community water and water  industry—if
such  an industry  exists — should  organize  itself  to  see  that   it  gets fair
treatment from the Secretary of Labor.
                                  XVI-E-5

-------
     All water  and  sewer  projects,  from the  largest to  the  smallest,  are
classified  as  heavy.13   This  assumes  that  there  are  no  labor  condition
differences between big city  and  small town projects.   This assumption  needs
close examination.

e.   Other Provisions

     The provisions  dealing  with  the administrative concerns of  enforcement,
effective  date,  effect  on other  Federal laws,   and  effect  in the event of  a
national  emergency14  have generated some  concern and  case law,15  but  the
prevailing  wage  rate  provision   is  generally  recognized  as   the   pivotal
provision  of  the  Davis-Bacon Act,  the  one  that  in  principle  and  practice
creates the most controversy.

     The decisions  made  by the Secretary of  Labor on prevailing wage  rates  are
not  subject to  judicial  review.16   Since   1963,  however,  the  Secretary's
decisions   have   been   subject   to   administrative   review.17    The   Labor
Department's Wage  Appeals Board  is the  administrative  body responsible  for
hearing  and ruling  on  the  validity of  prevailing  wage rate determinations
challenged  by  labor or industry  representatives.   The Board's decisions  are
final.18

f.   Record Keeping

     The  law  requires  contractors  to  maintain  payrolls  and  basic  records
during the  course  of  work,  submit a weekly  signed copy of all payrolls to  the
contracting  agencies,  and  preserve  those  records  for  three  years.19   The
payroll  records  should  include the  employee's  name,  his job classification,
his  social  security  number,  and wage  and   fringe  benefits.   The  Act also
requires the contractor  or subcontractors to post the specified wage  rates  for
the  contract at  the construction  site and to pay  not  less often  than  once  a
week the  full  amount  due  their workers according to the  wage rates set by  the
Secretary of Labor.20  One contractor on a small rural  sewage project  estimated
that  Davis-Bacon added  two  to four person-hours  of work  each  week  for  its
bookkeeping department.

3.   THE ARGUMENT OVER INFLATION

     Estimates  of  how inflationary  Davis-Bacon  is on small  community projects
varied  widely,  from  a  percent or two  of the  total  cost to a wild  forty to
fifty percent of the cost.

     The Secretary's prevailing wage rate decisions draw  a line over  which  the
conflicting  interests of  contractors,   labor,  and  government administrators
frequently  clash.   On  April   27,  1979,  the  General  Accounting  Office  (GAO)
issued a recommendation  that  the Davis-Bacon Act be repealed because  the Act's
prevailing  wage  provision was  considered to  be  inflationary.  Advancing  the
argument  commonly  made  by   contractors,  the   GAO charged  that  the  Labor
Department's prevailing  wage  determinations  were excessive, that  they caused
higher  wages  to prevail  in  the  industry,  and  that as a  result  construction
costs were  increased.   The expense  of administering the  law was  also  cited in
the  GAO  report  as   adding  millions  of  dollars  to  the  cost  of  government
construction.21
                                  XVI-E-4

-------
     The Department of  Labor  gives  three alternative methods for calculating
prevailing wages for a  particular job  classification in a particular area, in
projects of a similar  character:

(1)  the hourly rate plus  fringe benefits  paid to the majority of workers in
     the area, project  type,  and  job classification;

(2)  if a majority are  not paid the  same  wage  rate, plus fringes, the prevail-
     ing rate  is  that  received by  the  greatest number of workers, so  long as
     the number  represents at least 30% of  those in the job classification;

(3)  if  less  than 30% of  those employed are  paid the same  rate,  the  average
     wage plus fringes  is taken to be the prevailing  wage.8

     Most wage determinations  are general in  nature,  applying  to many projects
and lasting until  the  Department of Labor  modifies  or supercedes them.  How-
ever, when a  contracting or  funding agency believes  that  a particular  project
is unique, and  that there are no appropriate general wage determinations, it
may  request  a Project  Wage Determination.   Project  Wage Determinations  apply
to single projects and  expire  120 days  after  issuance.9  If the project is not
bid within the time period, a  new determination must  be  issued.

     The  unions  closely  watch both general  wage determinations  and  project
determinations.10  Local  unions  are encouraged  to send all  evidence  of wage
increases  to  their international union  for  submission to the  Department of
Labor.11   Contractors   and  engineers,  particularly  those who  specialize in
rural projects, appear to be mounting no  comparable efforts.

c.   Job  Classifications

     A major  gripe  of  contractors  is that  Davis-Bacon forces them to  pay the
same  worker   who  does  different jobs  different  rates of pay.   This  creates
worker dissatisfaction  and bookkeeping confusion.  This is especially  true of
non-union shops.

     The Department of  Labor  is  supposed to  classify jobs on the  basis of the
contractors'   actual practice.

     The unions claimed  that  many  contractors underclassify  jobs  in order to
bid  low.   We were  not able to determine  whether  small community  contractors
are  more  or  less  likely to  be affected  by classification problems than con-
tractors in general.

d.   Project Classifications

     Construction projects are generally  classified as:

     •  residential,
     •  commercial building,
     •  highway, and
     •  heavy.12
                                  XVI-E-3

-------
2.   WHAT  DAVIS-BACON SAYS

     Davis-Bacon requires contractors and  subcontractors  on  eligible projects
to pay  at  least the  prevailing  wages paid corresponding classes of laborers
and mechanics employed  on projects  of similar character  in the  area where  the
contract work is performed.6   Each of these  terms—prevailing wages,  classes
of laborers,  projects of similar  character,  area where  the  contract work  is
performed—requires and has received  extensive  interpretation.   The key  issue
for us  is  the way  in which  this  law affects alternative  treatment projects  in
small communities.

a.   Areas

     The whole  idea  of  Davis-Bacon is to protect  the  stability  of  local wage
rates.  The  law defines  local area as the city,  town,  village,  or other  civil
subdivision of the  state in  which the work is to  be performed.   The  Department
of Labor continually  surveys  the counties of America  to  determine  prevailing
wages in various trades for  various types of projects.

     A  number   of  contractors and  engineers complained  that  the  effect  of
Davis-Bacon  was to drive up  wages beyond local  rates, particularly in  rural
areas.  Some engineers and contractors dissented  from the majority view.  They
felt that not enough Federal money had been spent on on-site, alternative-type
sewage technologies and therefore it was hard to  make a judgment. In  strongly
union areas, and in  states  where they were  aware of state equivalents to  the
Davis-Bacon  Act, several  noted that the Federal  law makes little difference.

     Each  Friday,  the Department  of  Labor publishes  revisions  and modifica-
tions of its general or area-wide wage determinations in  the  Federal Register,
which the department and certain union leaders defend as  accurate and  current.
Some union officials admit that in certain cases  rural wage determinations  are
based  on  data  from  urban  areas.   This  occurs,  they say,  when there  is  no
project  of a similar  character  in a  rural area and  the Department of  Labor
investigators are  obliged to  go  to the  nearest  urban  area where that  kind of
project exists.   It  would  seem at first  that small-scale rural  projects have
no  urban  counterparts;  however,  construction  of  Chicago's  or  New  York's
massive sewage  treatment  facilities  is  considered by  the Department of  Labor
to be  of a similar character to the construction of the  smallest rural sewage
lagoon.

     According  to  the AFL-CIO,  "Generally speaking,  the Department of  Labor
analyzes data on a county-by-county basis except  where  the  facts  in  a parti-
cular  area indicate  that a different civil  subdivision  should  be  applied."7
Sometimes  one determination covers  several counties.  The Department  of Labor
computes more than 17,000 wage determinations annually.

     The argument  of  whether Davis-Bacon  rates  are  truly  local  is  usually
fought  out in  the context  of whether Davis-Bacon is  or  is  not  inflationary.

b.   Prevailing Wages

     It  is commonly  believed  that Davis-Bacon wages  are always union wages.
This  is false.   According  to  the  Department of  Labor,  in most  categories  of
construction, non-union wages predominate.
                                  XVI-E-2

-------
E.   THE DAVIS-BACON  ACT AND SMALL COMMUNITY ALTERNATIVE WASTE-
     WATER MANAGEMENT PROJECTS  FUNDED  BY EPA

     The Davis-Bacon  Act1  is  a Federal law that  regulates  the  wages paid to
laborers and mechanics under Federally  funded construction contracts  involving
more than  $2000.   All projects funded by the Clean Water Act  are covered by
Davis-Bacon2 as  are  most other Federal or  Federally  funded public works and
public buildings.  Projects funded  by  Farmer's Home Administration,  including
municipal water and sewer projects,  are exceptions.3

     The  purposes  of  this  paper  are (1)  to  set  out  the  provisions and
procedures  of  Davis-Bacon  in   a   clear   way  for   the  use   of  designers,
contractors, labor unions,  administrators, and municipal officials involved in
alternative and  innovative  water and  sewage  projects;  (2)  to  report on the
controversies  surrounding  this  law,  particularly  as  they relate  to  small
community water and  sewage problems;  and  (3)  to make recommendations  to U.S.
EPA on reconciling Davis-Bacon  to  EPA's Small Community Program.

1.    A  SHORT HISTORY

     The Davis-Bacon Act was  a  child of the  Depression.  It  was  passed  in 1931
to  discourage  construction contractors from underbidding  each other by  using
low-cost, non-local  labor.  The Davis-Bacon Act passed  the  Congress  on a wave
of  emotion, prompted  by Depression  labor  conditions of the  type  described in
John  Steinbeck's  novel,  The  Grapes of Wrath.    Contractors  in  those  days
imported bands of  displaced,  desperate workers  from the hardest-hit sections
of  the  country to fulfill Federal  contracts  in areas with  higher prevailing
wages  and  somewhat  more  stable economies.   This practice accelerated the
spreading  collapse  of wages and  labor markets across  the   country.    It also
sowed enmity among workers  from different  regions.  Steinbeck's book portrays
the  conflicts  between   displaced   Oklahoma   farmers  (the Okies)   and the
marginally more prosperous Californians.

     While  labor  conditions   have  changed   considerably   since 1931,  the
Davis-Bacon  Act   continues  to  stir  deep   emotions  in labor  and management
circles.   Dick O'Brecht  of  the Associated General  Contractors surveyed his
members  and found  that they  regard  Davis-Bacon  as  the  second  most vexing
redtape  requirement  associated with Federally  funded sewage projects.   (The
first  most  vexing  requirement  is  the  rules  governing  minority   business
enterprise.)   In  Washington,  D.C.  and  in the  state  capitols,  labor and
management   lobbyists   engage   in   a  perpetual   legislative  battle   over
Davis-Bacon.   The  American  Consulting  Engineers  Council,  the Associated
General  Contractors,  and other management  groups  are committed to an across-
the-board  repeal  of Davis-Bacon,  a  feat that  would  require  amending  60
separate  statutes4  and  involve  almost every committee of  the  Congress.  The
AFL-CIO  Building  Trades  Council has its own agenda for  Davis-Bacon reform,5  a
collection  of  technical amendments  that together  would  give advantages to the
labor  side  of  disputes.   This  perpetual  legislative conflict  mirrors and
magnifies  the  conflicting interests  of labor,  management,  and government  on
the Federally financed job sites across America.
                                  XVI-E-1

-------
B.   The  public  meeting required  by 40  CFR 35.917-5(b)(6) provides  an
    opportunity  for  property  owners to  be informed  of whether  or  not
    they have been found to need wastewater treatment facilities.   During
    the  meeting  they  can  respond to  the consultant's  determination  of
    their  need  status.   A  map  with  each  lot  designated as  no-need,
    obvious-problem,  or  inconclusive would be helpful  for  public  under-
    standing.  This meeting could be conveniently scheduled at the  end of
    Phase I.

C.  Partial  sanitary surveys  conducted during Phase 2  of  needs  documen-
    tation  offer  an  excellent opportunity to gain  public  input  provided
    surveyors  are  adequately  informed about  the  project  or can refer
    difficult  questions to   a  knowledgeable  person  for   immediate  re-
    sponse.

D.  The  final  public hearing  required by 40 CFR 35.917-5 should  be sche-
    duled  at the end  of facilities  planning.   At  this  public hearing a
    map  showing  service  areas  for  grantee  supervised   decentralized
    technologies  will  be displayed.   Within service  areas,  tentatively
    proposed methods  of treatment and  disposal  for individual  developed
    lots will  be available to  the  lot owners.   It  should  made  clear to
    the  public that  site  investigations  conducted  in  Steps  2 or 3  may
    result  in  adjustments  to  the proposed treatment and disposal methods
    for  individual lots.
                               A-12

-------
     Field work necessary  to  thoroughly evaluate the condition  of  individual
on-site systems and to  select technology for necessary upgrading or  replace-
ment is generally  to  be viewed as Step  2  or Step 2 + 3 work.   Typical field
work for  this level  of analysis includes  completion  of the  sanitary  survey
and, as  appropriate  to  each  building,   installation and  monitoring of  water
meters, inspection of  septic  tanks,  rodding house sewers and  effluent  lines,
probing or limited excavation of soil absorption systems for  inspection,  and
other  measures listed  above  for  representative  sampling.   Construction  of
on-site  replacements   and  upgrading  may  proceed  in  tandem  with  this  site
specific analysis provided:

     • state  and  local  officials  concur  (their prior  concurrence might  be
       limited to standard systems),

     • contract language allows  for  flexibility in the facilities  to  be con-
       structed,

     • property owner concurrence with  the  selected alterations is obtained,
       and

     • additional  cost-effectiveness  analysis  to support technology selection
       is not necessary.


     Necessary  state  and local agency  approval  of  off-site,  non-standard, or
owner-protested  facilities or those  requiring  additional  cost analysis would
optimally proceed  on  a segment-by-segment basis  to minimize  the time between
technology selection  and construction.

     The  establishment  of a  management  district's  authority  to  accept  re-
sponsibility  for  the proper  installation,  operation and  maintenance of indi-
vidual systems per 40  CFR  35.918-l(e) and  (i) should be completed before award
of  Step  2 or Step 2+3 grants.  Development of a management district's pro-
gram for  regulation and inspection of  systems must be completed before  a Step
3 grant award or before authorization to proceed with construction  procurement
is  granted under a Step 2+3 grant.

VI.  Public Participation

     The  following  comments   are  intended  to   demonstrate  how  this  guidance
relates  to  the standard requirements for  public participation.   It is  not  all
inclusive.

     A.   Although mailed  questionnaries have  limited  utility for  needs  docu-
          mentation,  they  can serve   as  useful  public participation tools.   A
          useful "mailing  list"  may  include all owners  of residences  within
          unsewered  areas   in the  planning area  and  other  interested  and
          affected  parties.

          The  requirement  for consulting  with  the  public  set forth in  40  CFR
          35.917-5(b)(5) will be considered satisfied  if  questionnaires  are
          submitted by individuals  on  the "mailing list."
                                     A-ll

-------
^^
I



o
z



















i^
L



«
w
U
S
^> «
11

u.
0>
a c
•^ ^i S
c o •»
3 ^ t_ i**
00. C
-0.25 o


c E .c 
o 'c "a 3
o o a> o
Q o JT in






'to
3
U
C
o
o
c


}








4) k.
o£
0
A


U
O
^s ^x
^ Ift
'in =

5 «
0 S
a.
0
V
J













o
z













r




£
o

c
qj O> fc O
lrt-0 3'-
Q  o =
CLZQ «







I
'tf)
c
o
m
a
a>
W
^
a>
E
3
U
O
Q










r»-
0.3;
*" J3
s
is
5*

>
°n
3
O
e
o
|
1









w «1
4> 4>
S.2
£So
2 -*- c
^ ^ 6°»
^ * XJ a
= ° c
s.§§
£tJ?
a. «j.E


olls
§§; 2.1
•o »£.2^
« Q» _ S
.S5S §3
lillS
41 »: •— w £
•a -c fe —



0
o

CVJ S
4> <0 E S
O 4> 0 ^
£ 4> O 2
Q.ZO v>
M o i * £
— M 0 « 0
5 S * "£ •
.2 • « ai^
2 e =" - .£ &
3 o 2 "gi^ -

|l|lf|
~^m
/
o
z




^^
i

c ,- —
O C 4>
|S|
•J a* C
<— >i>
« «
— Q. oi
2 c **
c.2>-
2o~
<".- 1
J3 ja O*
w5.£

i

w
<0
a.
a
o>
£
U
in
w

w
a
a.
E
o
U
U9
O
o
>

i«
*! /r>
< o / 5^5
^ 1 > 2 o>
I 4) ^ . —
V en ^
1 E
•rl CD
iH )-l
, -H 60
• i c ^ cd
e -g c £ C 1-1 -H
— 2 «> -j ,O 60 T3
Jlljj^l "52
£ o £ *= o c a a) r^
•-• •— CX *- » O » 5 C
w J <£ C C flj C yj .^ p£?
** 5 S 2 — 35 en p.)
^5 ^H 'J ^L M ^^ ^ >r^
Oe.«n>>o-- OOC
o o o "° •— « ° 4-1 a) o
-•«— £ o 5 °- OT3
75-3 >.5 3-5 >» > rt
|2§"1?.2< u w -°
J o i1* o 3"?
o c-| >,« S o
          = SH 0-5 o,
          O —   . C O C
          « = « o> * -~
          •° 2'5'S ..2
          3 g o a> o x
          CO vi .a •o«S  O O U.
                   3
                   60
                   •rl
          o
          Z
                          a>
                          o
A-10

-------
V.  Planning of Alternatives

     In unsewered,  low housing density  areas,  PRM  78-9,  "Funding of  Sewage
Collection  System Projects",  puts  the  burden  of  proof  for  need and  cost-
effectiveness of  sewers on  the applicant.   The  four criteria  outlined  in PRM
78-9 for eligibility of collector  sewers  are:

     •  need
     •  cost-effectiveness
     •  substantial human habitation in 1972
     •  2/3 rule

     Figure 1 portrays  the  relationship  of these criteria  in  a decision flow
diagram.

     Definition of  need by  the approach outlined above will address the first
criterion.   Estimating cost-effectiveness will  typically require  two  steps:
determining the feasibility of non-sewered technologies for remedying obvious
and  potential problems,  and  comparing  the  present worth  of feasible  non-
sewered technologies with the present worth of sewers.

     The  determination  of feasibility for non-sewered technologies should not
be  limited  to standard septic tank/soil absorption systems.  Where lot sites,
site  limitations  or excessive  flows  can  be  overcome  by  alternative techno-
logies, these must  be  considered.   To the extent that the needs documentation
results show  that existing  soil absorption systems  smaller  than  current code
requirements  can  operate  satisfactorily  sub-code  replacements   for obvious
problems  should also be considered if lot site  or other restrictions preclude
full sized  systems.

     The  use  of  needs  documentation results in developing alternatives should
be  guided by methods selected to design the Phase II field investigations.  If
sanitary  surveys  and representative sampling were conducted on a random basis,
then  the  types  and numbers of  technical  remedies  should be projected for the
entire  area  surveyed   without bias.   However,  if efforts  were  focused  on
identified  problem or  inconclusive segments  of  a  community,  then predictions
from  the  data  should  be  made  for surveyed segments  only.   Real  but unre-
cognized  problems  in  "no  problem" areas  can  be  accounted  for  by assuming
upgrading  or replacement of  existing systems  in  these  areas  at frequencies
reasonably  lower  than  surveyed  segments.

      Infeasibility  of  remedying individual,  obvious problems on-site will not
be  sufficient justification for proposing central  sewering  of a  community or
segment  of a  community.   Off-site treatment can  be achieved  by pumping and
hauling  and  by  small   scale,  neighborhood collection  and  treatment systems.
The choice between these approaches should  be based  upon  a cost comparison
which  includes serious  flow reduction measures  in conjunction with any holding
tanks.

      Segment  by  segment  cost-effectiveness comparisons  will  be required only
for those segments where new  facilities  for  off-site  treatment are  proposed.
Community-wide  cost estimates for  upgrading  or replacement of  on-site  systems
in  decentralized  areas will generally be  adequate  for  description of Proposed
Actions pending detailed  site  analysis and cost estimates  for  each building in
Step  2.

                                    A-9

-------
       water or bedrock will suffice.   Percolation tests for existing
       systems will be necessary only in extraordinary circumstances.

2. Partial Sanitary Surveys

   It  is  not the  intent  of needs documentation  to  finally identify
   each  and every  wastewater . problem  in a  community.   It is  not
   cost-effective   to   select  appropriate  technologies   for   each
   property in Step 1.

   Therefore,  Phase II  sanitary surveys  will include  only a  suf-
   ficient number of existing buildings to confirm the level and type
   of need present, and to predict the type and approximate number of
   measures to correct the problems.   Correlation of partial sanitary
   survey  data,  representative  sampling,  and  indirect evidence  of
   system  problems should  be sufficient  to  meet  these  objectives.

   Sanitary surveys should include for each building:

   •   an  interview with the resident to determine  age  of  the build-
       ing  and sewage  disposal   system,  design and  location of  the
       sewage  disposal system, system  maintenance,  occupancy of  the
      building,  water using  appliances,   use  of water  conservation
       devices, and problems with the wastewater system.

   •   an inspection of the property,  preferably in the company of the
       resident, noting location of well, septic tank, soil absorption
       system,  pit  privies and other sanitary  facilities;  lot dimen-
       sions;  slope;  roof  and surface drainage; evidence of past and
      present malfunctions;  and other relevant information such as a
       algae growth in shoreline areas.

   •   any representative sampling that is appropriate to the site and
       that  can be scheduled concurrently.

   •   preliminary  conclusions  on maintenance,   repairs,  applicable
       water  conservation  methods,  and  types  and location of replace-
       ment  or upgrading for existing wastewater systems.

   As  a  rule  of  thumb,  the number of  buildings  surveyed  should not
   exceed  30 percent.  Where Phase  I  data  is very  incomplete,  the
   buildings may be selected on a random  basis  and should include a
   minimum  of 20 percent of existing buildings.  Where buildings with
   obvious  problems  and  areas with indirect evidence of problems are
   well  delineated in Phase  I,  the surveys  can be  better focused,
   perhaps  requiring  fewer buildings  to be surveyed.  From 10  to 50
   percent  of buildings having  obvious problems  should be surveyed.
   In  areas with  indirect  evidence  of problems,  20 to  30 percent
   would  be  sufficient.    Areas with  neither  direct nor indirect
   evidence  may  be  surveyed where  system  age, unusual  occupancy
   patterns  or especially  severe  consequences of  system  failure so
   indicate.
                           A-8

-------
1.  Representative Sampling

   a.   Seasonal  or permanent  high  water  table.   Soil surveys  and
       comparison with known lake levels reviewed  in Phase  I  may not
       be accurate enough to  explain specific  on-site system problems
       or to  carefully  delineate  groups  of  lots  where high  water
       table is a  serious  site  limitation.  Soil  to a depth  of 5 or 6
       feet  on  or adjacent to  suspect lots can resolve such uncer-
       tainties.   Where  seasonal  high water  table is  suspected and
       work  has to be  conducted during dry weather,  a soil  scientist
       with  knowledge  of local  soils should be involved.

   b.   Groundwater Flow.   The  safety of on-site well  water supplies
       and springs on  small lots may depend on the  rate and  direction
       of groundwater  flow.  Estimating the effects  of  effluents on
       surface waters  may also require  such information.   Methods
       which  indicate  groundwater   flow  characteristics  should  be
       selected and supervised  by qualified professionals.   Generally
       this  work  in  Phase II  will  be limited to  evaluation  of well
       logs  and other  available data and of rapid  surveys  in special
       areas such  as  lakeshores.  Exceptions  for more intensive work
       will  be  considered where uncertainties about  sources  of well
       contamination need  to be resolved  for  specific lots  or groups
       of lots.

   c.   Well  water  contamination.  Where  lot sizes  are small or soils
       are  especially  permeable,   collection  and  analysis  of  well
       water  samples   at  residences  included   in  sanitary  surveys
       should  be  considered.   Parameters  that  can be  evaluated as
       pollution  indicators  include, but  are  not  limited  to:  chlo-
       rides,  nitrates,  phosphates,   fecal  coliforms,  surfactants,
       whiteners  and  other readily  detectable  constituents inherent
       to domestic waste water.  No well samples should be collected
       from wells  that are improperly protected from surface runoff
       or other  non-wastewater  sources.  An inspection report should
       accompany each well analysis.
   d.  Shallow  groundwater  contamination.   In  areas  with drainfield
       to groundwater separation distances less than state standards,
       shallow  groundwater  at or  near affected water  bodies (lake,
       stream,  unconfined aquifers)  should  be sampled  before aban-
       doning  on-site  wastewater systems on the basis  of high water
       tables.  Discrete  samples  may  be  collected during  checks of
       high  water tables for analysis  of  conventional  parameters as
       listed  above.   Alternatively,  as rapid  survey techniques are
       perfected, they may be more appropriate.

   e.  Soil  permeability.   If   very slow  or  very  rapid  soil  per-
       meability  is suspected  of  contributing  to  surface malfunc-
       tions, backups or  groundwater contamination, soil characteris-
       tics  can be  evaluated by augering to 5  or  6 foot depth on or
       adjacent  to  selected lots.    Usually,  descriptions  of  soil
       horizons  by  depth, color,  texture  and presence  of mottling,
                           A-7

-------
        submitted and a  grant  amendment expeditiously processed provided
        there is concurrence at the Mid-Course Meeting.

C.   Phase II Work

    Field investigations in Phase II have two primary purposes:

    •  reclassification of buildings  from  the "inconclusive" category to
       "obvious problem", "no  problem"  or  "potential problem" categories
       (defined below)

    •  development of information  needed to predict the technologies and
       their  costs   for   responding   to  the  community's  waste  water
       problems.

    Field investigations can also  be  designed to accomplish other objec-
    tives such  as public participation,  socio-economic data collection,
    etc.

    During Phase II previously unrecognised but documentable water quali-
    ty  and   public  health  problems  may be  identified,   increasing  the
    number  of  "obvious  problem" buildings.   The  remainder of  buildings
    investigated  will be classified in  the  two  remaining categories. In
    order to do  this,   representative  sampling  of site  conditions  and
    water quality in conjunction  with  partial  santiary  surveys  may be
    conducted.   Both  "obvious"  and  "inconclusive"  problem  buildings
    should be  included  in  the  partial sanitary survey so that reasonable
    correlations  between   site  conditions,  system  usage  and  system
    failures in the community  can be made.

    "Potential  problems" are  systems  which do  not  yet  exhibit direct
    evidence of  failure  but which  can  reasonably be expected to fail in
    the future.  Justifying this expectation must rely on analysis of the
    causes for failure of substantially similar systems in the community.
    Similarity will be  judged  on informaton  for  system usage (number of
    occupants  and types of sanitary  appliances), system  design and  age,
    and verified  site limitations  (permeability, depth to groundwater or
    bedrock,  slope,  surface drainage,  etc.).  Buildings  in the "inclu-
    sive" category whose systems are not similar to any documented fail-
    ing system will be included  in the  "No Problem"  category.

    This  work should be  proposed  and  conducted  with  the knowledge  that
    adoption of decentralized  alternatives will necessitate  complete  site
    analysis  for  each building later in the  Construction Grants process.
    Work  should,  therefore, be  thorough enough  that augmentation of the
    Phase II  work by later studies can be accomplished without duplicat-
    ing  the  Phase  II  work.   The  work should  also  seek the  causes of
    problem,  not  just their existence,  so that typical on-site and small
    scale  technologies   can be  tentatively  identified  and  incorporated
    into  community alternatives.

    Representative  sampling of  site  conditions  and water quality should
    be  carefully coordinated  with partial  sanitary surveys.  While the
    design  of  this  work will  obviously  have to  be  tailored  to each  com-
    munity's unique situation, general  guidance is provided  here.

                               A-6

-------
    The  "inconclusive"  group  consist  of  developed lots  with  indirect
    evidence of problems.  The size  of  this group  and the types of  in-
    direct evidence associated with  it will dictate the scope and  level
    of effort of field investigations conducted  during  Phase  II.

    Typically field work in  Phase  I  will  be limited to rapid,  community-
    wide surveys which require little or  no entry onto private property.
    Examples are  acquisition and  interpretation  of aerial  photography,
    field checking  of aerial photography interpretations, and shoreline
    effluent scans.   Additionally,  a windshield survey of the community
    in  the  company of health department officials,  soil scientists  or
    other locally knowledgeable persons will help the  applicants'  repre-
    sentative or  consultant  develop a  strategy  and  cost estimate  for
    Phase II field investigations.

    To facilitate communication of Phase  I  information, preparation of a
    planning area  base  map  at a  scale sufficient  to   locate  individual
    buildings will normally be  helpful.   U.S.   Geological   survey  7.5
    minute maps  (1:24,000)  Soil Conservation Service soil  maps  (1:15,840)
    or local tax maps  can be used   to inexpensively prepare base  maps.  At
    the  end  of  Phase I,  base maps  can  be  used to  show  developed  areas
    obviously requiring centralized facilities,  individual buildings with
    obvious  problems   and  developed areas with   indirect  evidence  of
    problems.

    Phase  I as used  here  applies  principally  to needs  documentation
    activi ties.  Obviously,  other  facilities  planning tasks can proceed
    concurrently with Phase I.

B.  Mid-Course Review

    At  the  end  of Phase  I,  the results  of  the Phase  I effort should be
    presented for  review and concurrence before proceeding  to Phase II.
    The  Mid-Course  Meeting  facilities plan  review is an appropriate time
    for  the presentation and discussion of the  Phase I  results.

    The  following should be considered  at the Mid-Course Meeting:

    1.   It  may  become apparent during  Phase I  that on-site,  alternative
         technology systems will not be  cost-effective for segments of the
         community  that have obvious  needs.   In this case,  a preliminary
         cost estimate for conventional  collection and treatment should be
         compared  to that for  the  innovative/alternative  treatment solu-
         tion.   If cost estimates  and technical  analysis indicate  that the
         use  of  alternative  technology   is  clearly not  cost-effective,
         needs documentation  may be terminated  for these segments without
         proceeding to the on-site investigations of Phase II.

    2.   The  number of lots to be  investiaged  during the  on-site evalua-
         tion should be  reasonably  estimated.   If the original estimation
         of  on-site  work  included  in the  Step  1 Grant  Agreement  is found
         to  be   in  error  at the end  of the  preliminary evaluation  (Phase
         I),  a   request to  amend  the grant  amount,  if  necessary,  may be
                               A-5

-------
pling necessary to adequately define water quality and public health problems,
identify causes of the problems and predict measures that remedy the problems.
Phase II will  also  include development of alternatives  and  completion of the
facilities plans.   Both phases should  be addressed in the Plan  of Study and
grant application.  The phases are discussed in greater detail below.

     A.   Phase I

         The  review of  existing   or  easily obtainable  data may  include the
         following as appropriate:

         1.  Review  of local  well and septic  tank permit  records.   Repair
             permits  for   septic  tank  systems  can  provide  valuable  data  on
             rates and causes of system failures as well as information on the
             repairability of local systems.

         2.  Interviews with  health department  or other officials responsible
             for  existing  systems, with  septic tank  installers  and haulers,
             and with well drillers.

         3.  Review of soils maps

         4.  Calculation of lot sizes

         5.  Estimate depth to water table by reference to lake levels or from
             information in soil maps.

         6.  Aerial  photography  interpreted  to  identify  suspected  surface
             malfunctions

         7.  Leachate detection surveys of ground or surface water

         8.  A  mailed  questionnaire  regarding  each  owner's  or  resident's
             knowledge  of  the on-site  system  and  its performance.  Mailed
             questionnaires will  generate useful data  only  if  well prepared.
             Generally, mailed questionnaires should be used only where avail-
             able information indicate  very low problem  rates  (to support No
             Action alternatives)  or where the data indicate very high problem
             rates  (to support central  collection and treatment alternatives).

         This  preliminary  data  will  be  used   to  categorize  developed  lots
         within the planning area into one of three groups:

         1.  Obvious-problem
         2.  No-problem
         3.  Inconclusive

         The"obvious-problem"  group consists  of those lots where at least one
         criterion  of  direct  evidence of a need  (specified  on  Page 2 of this
         guidance)  is satisfied.

         The  "no-problem"  group  consists of  theose  lots  where  there  is  no
         direct  or  indirect  evidence  to indicate that  the  present system is
         inadequate or malfunctioning.


                                    A-4

-------
         4.  Sewage effluent  or  tracer dye in surface water detected by site
             visit  or  various effluent  detection  systems.   Additional tests
             that  indicate  unacceptable quantities  of  nutrients  or bacteria
             in  the effluent  reaching  surface  water will  establish direct
             evidence of need.

         5.  Bedrock proximity (within three feet of filter  field pipe) can
             be assessed by utilizing existing SCS soils maps.

         6.  Slowly permeable soils with  greater  than  60 minutes/inch perc-
             olation rate.

         7.  Rapidly permeable soil with less than 0.1 minutes/inch percola-
             tion  rate.   Soil permeability  may  be  assessed  by evaluating
             existing SCS maps.

         8.  While  holding tanks, in certain cases,  can  be a  cost-effective
             alternative,  for purposes  of site-specific needs  determination,
             a  residence  equipped  with a  holding tank  for  domestic sewage
             should  be  considered  as indirect  evidence  of  need for sewage
             treatment  facilities.  Location of holding tanks will be  identi-
             fied  through  records  of  local  permitting  officials,   septage
             haulers, or  results  of mailed questionnaires.

         9.  On-site treatment systems which do not  conform to  accepted prac-
             tices  or  current sanitary codes  may be  documented by  owners,
             installers,  or  local permitting officials.  This  category would
             include  cesspools,  inadequately  sized system  components   (the
             proverbial "55  gallon  drum"  septic tank),  and  systems which
             feature  direct  discharge  of  septic tank effluent  to   surface
             water.

          10. On-site systems:   (a)  incorporating components,  (b)  installed  on
             individual lots, or (c) of an  age, that local data  indicate are
             characterized  by  excessive defect  and failure  rates,  or non-
             cost-effective maintenance  requirements.

          Indirect  evidence may  not be  used alone  to  document the need for
          either  centralized   or  decentralized   facilities.   Prior  to  field
          investigation, indirect evidence should  be  used  to  define the  scope
          and  level of  effort  of  the  investigations.  When  the  investigations
          are  finalized, indirect evidence and  results  of the  field work can
          be used together to  predict  the type and  number  of on-site and  small
          scale  facilities needed in the  community.  Facilities  predictions
          form  the  basis for  alternatives  development in  Step  1  facilities
          planning.

IV.   Needs  determination for  unsewered communities

     For projects in which the scope of  work is  difficult  to assess during the
Step 1 application, it  is  recommended that Step 1 be divided into two phases
to  more  effectively allow  estimation  of  the planning  scope  and  associated
costs.    Phase  I  will  consist of a  review of existing  or easily  obtainable
data.  Phase II  will  include  on-site investigations and  representative  sam-
                                    A-3

-------
III.  Criteria for site-specific needs determination

     A.   Direct evidence that demonstrates obvious problems includes:

          1.

              naires, and remote imagery.
cr evidence tnau demonstrates ODVIOUS prooiems iiiciuaes:

 Failure by surface (breakout) ponding of filter field discharges
 can be identified through  direct  observations, mailed question-
 na-ivoc  anrl Y-*»mr»1-*» -i ma Of*r\T
          2.  Sewage backup  in residences can be  identified  through respones
              to mailed questionnaires, knowledge of local septage haulers, or
              knowledge of local health or zoning officials.

          3.  Flowing  effluent  pipes  detected  by  aerial photography,  site
              visits, knowledge of local officials, or results of mailed ques-
              tionnnaires.

          4.  Contamination of  water  supply  wells (groundwater) by sewage can
              be demonstrated by well inspection and sampling and analyses for
              whiteners,  chlorides,  nitrates,   fecal   coliform  bacteria,  or
              other  indicators, and  a finding  of their presence  in concen-
              trations which significantly exceed background levels in ground-
              waters of  the  area or primary drinking water quality standards.
              Improperly  constructed  wells  or  wells   inadequately protected
              from  surface  runoff  cannot be used to  demonstrate  an obvious
              need.  Wells for  which construction and protection are  unknown
              cannot be used to demonstrate an obvious  need.

          5.  Samples taken from effluents entering surface water through soil
              that analysis shows to have unacceptable quantities of nutrients
              or bacteria.

     B.   Indirect  evidence   that  indicates potential problems  due  to  site
          limitations  or  inadequate  design  of  treatment systems includes:

          1.  Seasonal  or  year-round  high water  table.   Seasonal or annual
              water table can be determined by taking transit sightings from a
              known  lake level, if the dwelling in  question  is  adjacent to a
              lake  or  other  surface  waters.   Elsewhere, Soil  Conservation
              Service maps may  indicate depth to groundwater.

          2.  Water  well isolation distances (depending  on depth  of well and
              presence or absence  of impermeable  soils).   Isolation distances
              may be  addressed  in part by lot  size.   In cases where a commu-
              nity water system is installed or is concurrently planned, this
              criterion will  not be considered.   Lots, including consolidated
              lots,  which  are  less  than 10,000 square  feet  in  area, will be
              assumed  to  have  insufficient isolation  distances.   However,
              before this criterion may be used as areawide evidence, a corre-
              lation  with  results  of  limited  representative  sampling which
              substantiate water well contamination must be made.

          3.  Documented groundwater flow from a  filter  field  toward a water
              supply   well   may   override   seemingly   adequate   separation
              distances.
                                    A-2

-------
                                  APPENDIX A

                              REGION V GUIDANCE

                             SITE SPECIFIC NEEDS
                     DETERMINATION AND ALTERNATIVE  PLANNING
                              FOR UNSEWERED AREAS.
I.   Objective

     The objective of this  guidance  is to clarify fulfillment of the require-
ments regarding the demonstration of  need for sewage treatment associated with
the  application  of  Program Requirements Memorandum  (PRM)  78-9,  "Funding  of
Sewage Collection  System  Projects,"  and PRM 79-8, "Small Wastewater Systems."
This  guidance is  written particularly  with respect to  the  needs  of  small,
rural communities  and the consideration of individual on-site and small scale
technologies.  It  suggests  procedures  which may be utilized  to  minimize the
time, effort,  and expense  necessary to demonstrate facilities  needs.   It is
also intended to provide guidance pertaining to the selection of decentraliza-
tion  alternatives  for  a cost-effectiveness  comparison.  It  is  intended  to
prevent  indiscriminate  definition of  need  based upon "broad brush"  use of a
single criterion or on decisions unsupported by fact.

     The procedure recommended herein may not be the optimum procedure for all
projects.  However, compliance with this approach will be prima facie evidence
for  the  acceptability  of  the "needs" portion of a proposed plan of study.  If
another method is proposed for documenting needs for wastewater facilities, it
is  recommended that the  grant applicant discuss  the proposed  approach with
reviewing  authorities  prior to  the  submission  of  the Plan  of  Study and the
Step  1 grant  application.

      This  guidance  is  predicated on  the premise  that  planning  expenditures
should be  commensurate  with the cost and risk of implementing feasible  alter-
natives  for a specific planning area.   The guidance further  recognizes the
complexity  of planning alternative  technology.   It  presents procedures for,
and  rationally limits,  the amount of detailed site  investigation  necessary to
determine  the suitability of alternative technology for specific  areas  within
the  community,  and  allows  for a  degree  of  risk  inherent  to  limited data
gathering.

II.   Goal

      The goal of this process  is to enable  communities to categorize existing
on-site  treatment systems  into three  groups.   The groups are  those  experi-
encing:    (a)  obvious  sewage  treatment problems,  (b)   no problem,  and  (c)
potential  problems representing a planning risk that  requires resolution by
the  acquisition  of original data.

      The acquisition  of  original  data  as  described will   support  not  only
documentation of  need but  also  development  of  appropriate  alternatives  and
their associated costs.
                                     A-l

-------
Amend facilities planning  guidance  to reflect the need  for site data
in  developing,  designing  and constructing  decentralized facilities.
Existing (February, 1981) regulations, Program Requirements memoranda,
and  facilities  planning guidance provide  insufficient  information on
the  types   of   information  necessary  to  develop  and support  viable
decentralized   alternatives.   Emphasis   is  generally   placed   on
documenting needs  for improved wastewater facilities. However,  it is
one  thing  to  document  a  need.  It  is  quite  another to  collect
sufficient information to select an alternative other than abandonment
of existing systems.  Applicants  and facilities planners would be well
served  by  a  greater  emphasis  in  the  regulatory literature  on data
requirements for alternatives to sewering.
                          XVI-D-20

-------
     A number of officials  have  expressed concern with this level  of  techno-
logy  specification.  The  primary  purpose  for allowing  less  than absolute
descriptions of funded  facilities  is  to expedite  Step 2 work  on  conventional
centralized  treatment   works.  For  facilities  planning  areas  where  Phase  I
information indicates that centralized technologies  will  not  be necessary,  all
or most field data  collection  could be scheduled and  completed in  Step  1,  as
portrayed in sequences  2,  4, and  6.  Alternatively,  if centralized  technologies
are necessary, the project  could be segmented and  sequences 2, 4,  or  6  could
be used for decentralized  service areas.

d.    Administrative  Measures

     Administrative measures to  facilitate  the construction  grants  process in
rural and developing communities  include:


     •  Overcome local unfamiliarity with the Construction  Grants  process.  The
        optimium means  for  doing this is to train a local  elected or salaried
        official  by intensive   review  of  regulations  or   by short  courses
        developed for this  purpose.  Regional or state officials  may often be
        very  helpful  in  training  local  officials  or  actually  providing
        assistance  in   grant application  and  administration. Delegation  of
        local  grant  responsibilities   to   facilities  planning   and   design
        consultants  is  typically  practiced,   but  is not  always  the  best
        solution (see Chapter V).

     •  Use  of  milestones  for  decision-making.   Several   times  during  the
        Construction Grants  process,  applicants are required  to  consult with
        state  or  Federal  reviewing  agencies.  Examples  of  interest  are  the
        preapplication  conference and  the mid-course meeting in Step 1.  These
        meetings can be used to  identify reasonable short cuts in field data
        collection,  alternatives  development, environmental  analysis,  etc.
        Informal contacts between applicants and reviewing  agencies frequently
        occur  and  can  also be  useful  in  tailoring the  process to  local
        situations.

     •  Segment  projects   for  centralized   and  decentralized  service  areas.
        Because of  substantial  differences  in the Construction Grants  process
        for   centralized   and   decentralized  facilities,   letting  different
        service areas proceed  at their own pace may achieve project goals for
        each  part more rapidly. A typical objection to  such segmenting is
        based  on fears that  the   state  priority  rating  given  decentralized
        projects  may be  too low to  set  funding.  This  topic  is  addressed in
        Chapter XV-D.

     •  Enact county ordinances  and/or  state legislation enabling provision of
        access  to  private  systems.   In  many  communities,  housing  density,
        frequency  of failures,  or  sensitivity of  water  resources are high
        enough  to require  comprehensive  management approaches (as  opposed to
        voluntary approaches). Gaining legal access to survey, test, upgrade,
        replace,  and maintain  on-site  systems can  complicate  and delay needed
        action  on   some  properties.   This  can  be  overcome  by legislation
        reasonably  designed to protect the  public's interest  in water quality
        and public health.


                                  XVI-D-19

-------
 CO i-l
 to
 01  p.
 !-J  0)
                                                                                ,^"22
                                                                               u  >
   CO
T3
 0) 13
 ^  0)
 CU T)
 to  o
    01

 O  CO
M-l  Ol
   •H
 4-1 4-1
 C -H
 0) H

 A  O
 O  CO

 CU

 CU  CU
 T3  N
   •H
 CO i-l
 0)  CO
 >  H
 •H 4J
 4-1  C
 CO  OJ
 C  0

 CU  i-i
 4J  O
 H M-l
 CO
   TJ
 T3  OJ
 C  01
 CO  C

 C  O
 o  a
 •H
 4J  I
 O
 CU vD
 i-l
 i-i  cu
 o  o
 o  c
    CU
 CO  3
 4J  cr
 CO  CU
 Q V)
 I
Q
 3
 60
•H
                 •i
                 o
                 _L
                              UBjd
                                           58.5
                                           « r. « ^
                          asanoo-pfw
                            /Cpnjg
                                               £ s g
                                             C 0)
                                             I £
                                             2 o
   - ai -a e
 « a) -a c 9
01 > O ID T]
  -H o   t:
                                                                                  O  0)
                                                                                  Q. CO
                                                                                  o  a
                          hss
                          MI*
                          •H ^ g^ r^
                          4-i rt p o
                          o r\_ P C
                                                                               ••-(    "
                                                                               til   "^
                                                                                    CD e
                                                                            >  w
                                                                            h -H
                                                                            3  , O T3
                                                                                                       M i-* OJ
                                                                                                       CO O C
                                                                                                       U C i-l
                                                                                                       •H £ JZ
                                                                                                       COB
                                                                                                       CD 0) o
                                                                                                       en H u
                                                          0) 4-1

                                                          58
                                                          4J B
                                            XVI-D-18

-------
                  T
                                                            en C  0 O a.
                                                            o o -H c e
                                                            0.-H ^ X 3
                                                            O 4J  QJ U to
                                                            U O  *-i (U W
                                                            D. co  a. 4-1 tfl
P
X

0)
M
jo
                                           XVI-D-17

-------
 CO
 ct)
 cu

 ct)   0)
    4-1

 0>   CO
 !-l   I
 cu   C
 3   o
 QJ
 CO  T3
                                                                                               i
                                                                                               1 o -H  en
                                                                                                ^ 4-1  M
                                                                                                CL CO  OJ
                                                                                                ex u  tn
    TJ
     C
     CO
4-1 ~-»
 C  n)
 O)  4-)
 a  nj
 0)
 >
 cu
 OJ
    •H
     nj
     >
     cfl
•H
4-1  M-l
Cfl   O
C
tj   *>   11
0)   Q)   C
4-1  -H   0)
r-l   >   6
nj   QJ   D.
     to   O
*~O      i~i
C   >,  OJ
CO  rH   >
     J-l   0)
G   cfl  T3
O   QJ
•H      ''O
4-1   I    C
O       nj
QJ  H

                   S.° o


                   i|5
                   •u ?j en

                  c«
                                                                                                                 a, 4-j
                                                                                                                 «  C
                                                                                                                 C  U
                                                                                                                 n)  co o
                                                                                                                 )-l T3 -H
                                                                                                                 4J  C! >
                                                                                                                 C  co ^
                                                                                                                            o to
                                                                                                                            OJ QJ
                                                                                                                           H T3
                                                                                                                           r-H  OJ QJ
                                                                                                                               4-J 4-J
                                                                                                                            a en -H
                                                                                                                               q] -1  p.,
                                                                                                                            cfl  > M
                                                                                                                            *J  )-"    C
                                                                                                                            ttj  D T3  -H
                                                                                                                           T3  cn c
                                                                                                                                 CO  TD
                                                                                                                            QJ  X    QJ
                                                                                                                           i—I  4-J CO  4-1
                                                                                                                           pO *i-t >^ QJ
                                                                                                                            QJ  3 4-1 -a
                                                                                                                            O  O CO 3
                                                      XVI-D-16

-------
 en
 rt
                   T
                                                                           c-a 3
                                                                          :2§S
 M  CO
 CO  fi
    O
T)  -H
 0)  4->

 Ol  H
 13  O
 cu  co
 co
 C  X
 3  OJ
 o   e
"4-1   O
     a
4->  ~->
 C   co
 CD  4J
 6   co
 ex 'd
 o
rH   0)
 0)  rH
 >  &
 a)   n)
 w   to
 a;   >
 >   CO
•H
 4J  14-1
 tfl   O

 fi   »
 0)   OJ
 4-1  -rl
•H   >
 a   >
c
o
•H
4-J
O
01
i
r-1
rH
O
CJ
CO
QJ

1

m
0)
o

 CO   3
 4J   cr
 cfl   0)
 O  CO
CO

p
 I
 60
•rl
                                                                                                  j 0 £

                                                                                                  >- S
                                                                         >- p !C
                                                                         u 5 c
                                                       o »
                                                        f > s •
                                                         » 2
                                                                                                                O u tr
                                                                                                                C OJ HI
                                                                                                                OJ -J U]
                                                                                                                >, J) l«
                                                                                                                HI I  u-<
                                                                                                                  EC OJ
                                                                                                                  O I
                                                                                                                Xl C OJ   W 4J
                                                     XVI-D-15

-------
     2) Conduct community surveys prior  to  Step 1 (see Section G.4.a.  of this
        chapter).   This   could  facilitate  the  same  modifications  as  above.

     3) Include supplemental site analysis  and  cost-effectiveness comparisons
        (see Chapter  II-H)  for buildings in Phase II sanitary survey  (up  to
        30% of buildings).  This  could enable modifications 5 and  6,  depending
        on conclusiveness of the data.

     4) Include  sanitary  surveys  and  supplemental   site  analysis  for  all
        decentralized service area buildings  in Phase II.  This would substan-
        tially abbreviate Step  2  and more conclusively allow  modifications  5
        and 6.

     5) Complete technology selection and preparation of standard designs and
        specifications in Step 1.  This could facilitate Modification 6.

     6) Complete technology selection, design of non-standard on-site systems
        and  construction with  a  Step  2 and 3  grant.  This  modification  is
        subject to 40 CFR 35.909,  .920-3(d)  and .935-4.

     Decisions to  adopt these modifications  may  reasonably be considered  as
milestones before  and during  Step 1, including the preapplication conference,
Plan of Study,  mid-course meeting, public hearings, and final Facilities Plan.

     Specific modifications taken from the list of six in preceding paragraphs
are noted for each alternate sequence.

     Several possible modified  Construction  Grants sequences are  portrayed in
Figures XVI-D-2  through 6.   All  of  the  sequences assume  that  decentralized
technologies are selected in the end.  This  obviously will not be  the case for
all unsewered  areas,  but the  several milestones  allow for modifying  future
work to incorporate  selection,  design, and  construction of centralized alter-
natives as appropriate.

     The  sequences vary in  the degree to which the Proposed Sections identify
the technologies  specified  for each building.  Sequences 1, 3, and 5 end Step
1 with "preliminary technology assumptions," which would include:

     •  Detailed  service area delineations  (sewered, grantee managed  decen-
        tralized facilities, or no action),

     •  Within  decentralized  service  areas, identification  of  neighborhoods
        probably requiring off-site treatment,

     •  For  off-site  decentralized  facilities   (including  septage  disposal),
        identification  of apparently suitable soils and expected availability
        of sites, and

     •  For the remainder of decentralized service areas, predictions based on
        available  data  and  field  data collection  of  the mix of technologies,
        including  no action,  for  upgrading and  replacing existing  on-site
        systems.  Tentatively  proposed methods  of treatment and  disposal for
        individual developed  lots should be available to  lot owners  at the
        final  public  hearing  on the Facilities  Plan (see Appendix  A,  Part
        VI.D.).

                                  XVI-D-14

-------
 a
 00
                         T
                          s
                          o
                         u
                                                                                X -a o
                                                                                o c o
                                                                                CO flj T3
 to   cd
 a)   a.
 >  -H
•H   o
4-1  -H
 n)  4-i

 ri   cd
 a)   Cl>
     a)
     4J

     §
 C   O
 o   >
•rH

4-1   I
 O
 (1)  CM
rH   0)
 o   a
 o   a
     OJ
 «   S
 4-1   cr
 rt    to
13 (U
Surveys
>>
4~l
c
3
O
O
Complete
review of
offer
tance




available
data
                                                                                CO O T3
                                                                                   •i-t    -
                                                                                T3 U "O
                                                                                a) a 1-1
                                                                                cn -H to
                                                                                O J-i TD  tn  CO
                                                                                a cj c     c
                                                                                ~
                                                                                   OJ
                                                                                       )  T3  o
                                                                                •H >,
                                                                                 O 60 C
                                                                                 0) O O
                                                                                                             CO    4J
                                                                                                             > CO  CJ
                                                                                                                11  3
                                                                                                             n a. i-i
                                                                                                             O >> -u
                                                                                                             «w 4-1  cn
n)
•H

a


a
a. •
m
a
   J! "

   o §
   4-J rH

   •o °

   4J O
   U -C
   a) s
   a
   cn in
                                                                                                                            C  00 T3
                                                                                                                            o  o-  QJ
                                                                                                                           •H  3  C
                                                                                                                                        cn 4-1
                                                                                                                                        M cn
                                                                                                                                        C
                                                                                                                                        3 C
                                                                                                                                       XI O
                                                                                                                                        6 u
                                                                                                                                        3 -H
                                                                                                                                        O ^
                                                                                                                                        0)   cfl
                                                            XVI-D-13

-------
 en
 n)
 01
 VJ
 n)
 a)
 M
 a)
 O>
 CO
4J
c
0)

a
O
iH
0)
 en
 01   •
 >  o)
•H  O
4-i  e
 n!  ts
0)
    -H
    3
    60
rH
 n)  >

T3  a
 C  O
 n)  -H
    to
 c  
-------
        Minimize                                Minimize

Planning time and cost                  Repetitious  field work

Design time and cost          vs.        Repetitious  cost analysis

Intrusion on occupants                  Premature failure of selected
                                          technologies

     The subjects discussed  in  this  section will have  to  be considered along
with  other  planning  and  design  exercises  such as  environmental  analysis,
management  agency  design,   and  public participation.  However,  to  make  the
concepts discussed  manageable,  this  section primarily considers the  impact of
field  data  collection on  the  development of  alternatives and  the  transfor-
mation  of  the  selected alternative  into a design  that  can  be bid  for  and
built.

     Figure  XVI-D-1  portrays  sequences   for   data  collection,  alternatives
development, and supporting cost analysis  consistent with "Region V Guidance."
There  are  four  implicit assumptions  incorporated into the Guidance and Figure
XVI-D-1:

     1) There exists very meager data prior to Step  1 that reliably define the
        design, usage, and performance of  existing on-site systems.

     2) Service areas cannot readily be delineated  for centralized collection
        and  treatment,  community  supervision  of  decentralized facilities, or
        no action.

     3) The  severity  of existing and potential problems  with on-site systems
        justifies active community management of all or a significant fraction
        of the systems.

     A) Technologies  to replace  and  upgrade   existing  on-site  systems  will
        include   substantial  use   of  off-site,  innovative  and/or  subcode
        designs,  thereby necessitating delays in technology  selection until
        all  individual  developed sites are  thoroughly  surveyed and analyzed.

     Note  that all four  assumptions are  pessimistic.  Lacking information to
the contrary, such  assumptions should be made by applicants and grant adminis-
trators.  This  is appropriate because  the pessimistic assumptions necessitate
more  data  collection.  The  high level of data  collection also  has to be staged
by the introduction of  several decision points  for the  sake of flexibility and
ultimate economy.

     Depending  on  verification  or  rejection  of these  four  assumptions,  six
modifications  to  Figure XVI-D-1 consistent with  overall  time, cost, and  com-
plexity objectives, can be considered:

      1) Collect  and review  all  available data  prior to  Step 1 (See Section
        G.4.a.  of this  Chapter).  This  could facilitate modifications 5 and  6
        below.
                                  XVT-D-11

-------
     Initiate Management Planning Early.   Planning  of  management  approaches
that complement decentralized technologies can be  a  complex process. Although
most of the decisions are based  on common  sense, many types of information are
needed to make good decisions. Communities that forsee the need for management
approaches discussed in  Part Two of this  document could save time in Steps 1
and 2 by examining the following topics  at the onset  of Step 1:

     •  Inventory  skills  of  existing personnel that might be available from
        local, state,  and  Federal agencies and  from consultants and contrac-
        tors. (See Chapter VI.C.)

     •  Assess the impacts of  existing  regulatory  authorities  on  the local
        management agency's design.

     •  Familiarize  local  decision makers and  the interested  public with the
        functions  that may be required  and options for providing those func-
        tions (See Chapter VI. A and B.  and Chapter VII).

     Begin Pilot Renovation and  Flow Reduction  Studies  in  Step  1  or 2.   Tech-
nology  selection,  whether  at  the end of  Step 1 or in  Step 2,  will take into
account the  probability  that  various modification or replacement technologies
will perform as  expected.  A number of potentially useful  technologies  are not
well demonstrated,  however.  Most alternatives may never  have  been tried in a
specific  community  or  physiographic province. Technology  selection will be
improved  if  some  of the  most  promising   techniques have  been  installed and
monitored locally  for a period of time.

     At present,  such initiatives could only receive Federal  funds  if  applied
for  separately  from  the  Facilities  Plan grant.  Coordination  and timing of
separate  grants  in  order  to  get timely  performance data would  certainly add
complexities — complexities that may not be worth  the  trouble.

     In order to achieve the benefits of technology demonstration at  the local
level,  the Regional Administrator could allow Step 1  or 2  funding of  construc-
tion  and  monitoring provided  that the applicant  can justify its  applicability
and  utility to  wastewater  management decisions  for the rest of community or
physiographic province.

     Establish Standard Design Packages.   Specifications   and   layouts   for
various  decentralized  technologies will be similar for many individual sites.
Time  and  effort  may be  saved in Step 2 by the development and description of
standard  specifications and layouts. Designers should be  allowed flexibility
within the  standard design packages to  accommodate individual  site  charac-
teristics .

c.    Sequences  For Field Data Collection,  Alternatives Develop-
       ment,  and  Design of Decentralized  Approaches

      "Region V Guidance  -  Site  Specifie  Needs  Determination  and Alternative
Planning  for Unsewered Areas" (Appendix A) defines an approach to rural waste-
water  planning that is  generally  applicable to  a  wide  variety of rural plan-
ning  situations.  This  section discusses modifications to the planning sequence
reflected in the  guidance. The  section also reviews factors  to  be considered
in selecting these modifications.  In very general terms,  persons considering
modifications  should constantly  weigh the following  objectives:

                                   XVI-D-10

-------
as possible.  Continuity of decision-makers  from Step  1  through  implementation
of  the  agency  and facilities  construction will make  for better  decisions.
Also, key staff  involvement  in  planning,  design and construction  of a  project
will  be  excellent preparation  for  subsequent decisions  during  long  term
operations.

b.    Planning Considerations

     Voluntary Participation in  the Construction Grants  Process.   Much  of the
discussion  here  assumes that counties  or municipalities will be  designating
parts or  all  of  their  jurisdictions as  wastewater  service  areas and  that
either  centralized or  decentralized  wastewater  management will  be provided to
all buildings in the designated  service areas.  Construction Grants regulations
(especially 40  CFR 35.918)  and  the nature of decentralized facilities  provide
an  alternate  approach—that is, participation  only  by owners who  volunteer.
The advantages of this approach  include:

     •  Rapid  identification of  sites to  be evaluated.  Instead of  community-
        wide  surveys,  sanitary  surveys,  etc.,  the  applicant would publicize
        data on soil conditions  and past failure rates,  then designate  a place
        for owners to sign up for assistance.

     •  Access  considerations   would  be   reduced   to  requiring   contractual
        permission to enter property as needed for  inspection and  repairs as a
        condition of grant assistance.

     •  Field  data collection  could  be  limited to detailed site  analysis in
        Step  1.  Individual  sites  could be demonstrated  in the  Facilities Plan
        as  called  for  in 40 CFR 35.917-1. Technologies could be  selected for
        each site  in Step 1.

     •  Step 2 work for this approach would be relatively trivial.

     This approach would  be appropriate for areas  with  relatively low housing
densities,  with no unusually sensitive  surface or groundwater resources and
with  problems amenable to  on-site solutions. Where  these  conditions  are not
met, the following disadvantages may be encountered:

     •  Serious  public  health  and   water  quality problems may  be  missed.
        Individuals who  know they  have difficult problems with solutions that
        require  high  operational   costs  may  not  find  grant  assistance for
        construction very attractive.

     •  Unless  most  occupants  in  segments  with high density  or  high failure
        rates  volunteer,  feasible  off-site  solutions  may not be affordable by
        those who  do seek relief.

     The applicant's decision to adopt this voluntary approach can be made any
time during Steps  1 and 2. However, within limits,  the decision should be made
as  soon as  possible to  gain the advantages cited.

      Initiate Analysis  of Growth Objectives and Impacts Early.   This  subject
has been discussed in  detail in Section 3 above.
                                  XVI-D-9

-------
     •  Each visit to a dwelling  or business  should  result  in  as  much unequi-
        vocal  data  as  possible.   Sanitary  survey  formats  developed  during
        preparation  of the  Seven Rural  Lake EIS's  require  a  substantial amount
        of data to  be requested  from  the  occupant and recorded. Gaining  the
        needed  information before  the  patience  of  either the  surveyor  or
        occupant  runs  out  requires  that the  surveyor  understand  on-site
        systems and local  jargon  (see  Staffing below).  Additional information
        sheets can be added  to  the survey format. However, as  increased  data
        requirements  are   added,  the  skill of  the   interviewer  should  also
        increase.

     •  Sanitary surveys are  intended to  collect data useful  for  subsequent
        technology  selection   if  decentralized  approaches   are   selected.
        Reducing  the  scope  of  information  in  the  survey format  or using
        surveyors  whose skills  are  below  the minimum  will  only thwart  that
        intention  and ultimately necessitate return visits.

     •  Soil  or well water  sampling  conducted  to  support sanitary  surveys
        should either be concurrent  with the interview and  site inspection or
        scheduled  to take place  as soon thereafter as possible.  Occupants  will
        readily forgive  a  few  days'  lag between interview  and sampling  if
        warned  of the "second  part  of the survey" in  advance. Longer delays
        may be seen  as new  intrusions.  Waiting for the second visit  may create
        subtle anxieties that increase occupant resistance.

     •  Where access  agreements must be  sought from each property  owner,  the
        sanitary surveyor  should have the necessary forms  available  and should
        be  able  to  respond  to  related  questions  or  have ready  access  to
        someone who  can.

     •  Detailed site analysis  (which  could include  water meter installation,
        excavations  of  septic  tanks  and  portions  of  soil absorptions,  and
        augering holes for groundwater or  soil sampling)  is likely  to be the
        most intrusive procedure  short of  actual upgrading  or  system replace-
        ment. Optimally, all  detailed  site analysis  on a  lot would  be done in
        one  or two  days.  Contractors  or  public employees doing  this  work
        should be  required  to restore the site before leaving  it.

     Staffing. The success  of some data collection efforts is  dependent on the
personnel  selected.  Some  methods,  such  as aerial photography interpretation
for surface  malfunctions,  and  septic leachate detection,  must  be carried out
by  professionals.   Other   methods  require  only  professional   supervision  or
input;  these would  include  sanitary surveys  and  site  analysis.  Much of the
effort  could be provided  after some  training  by local  residents  whose  main
qualifications are familiarity with the community and a willingness  to achieve
good sanitation and water quality.

     As with the  design of field  studies,  designation of  the  types  of person-
nel to  be used should be  made  by persons who  understand Construction Grants
procedures for  rural  areas and  who can weigh the cost and skills  of potential
personnel against  data requirements for decision-making.

     An  effective  way  to minimize  time  required   for  Construction Grants
activities is  to  assign  or hire  key staff for the management  agency as early
                                  XVI-D-8

-------
     Early Collection of Available^ Data.   Decisions  on  delineation  of  cen-
tralized and decentralized service  areas  are key to  expeditious  completion of
Step  1  facilities  planning.  Plans  of study  can be much  more specific  and
service area  delineations  could be  made  earlier, if  available data  is  col-
lected  as  described in  "Region  V Guidance-Site  Specific Needs  Determination
and Alternative  Planning for Unsewered Areas"  (Appendix A)  were started  or
substantially completed before Step 1.  This  could be  accomplished in two ways:
by the applicant or by regional planning agencies.

     First, the  applicant  should have  access to  available  data on  existing
on-site systems. This information should include well and septic tank permits,
lot sizes, and soils maps.  Some of this should be reviewed in preparing a Plan
of Study  for  unsewered  areas  anyway. A more extensive  review, perhaps includ-
ing graphic presentation of  the  data,  and interviews with septic tank instal-
lers  and  haulers  would be  even  more  informative.    This  often  could  be
accomplished by  existing public works,  health  department or planning agency
staff during  winter months or  other periods when ordinary  demands  for their
services are low

     Regional or  state  agencies  could  also compile available  data.   Several
208 agencies  in  Region V have already collected data  relevant to performance
of on-site  systems  (See Chapter XV-C).  Significant economies of  scale could
be  achieved by  having  knowledgable  regional  planning  agency  staff compile
available  data  and organize  community  survey  data  collection in  advance  of
rural  201 planning  within an  agency's  planning area.  Possible  sources  of
funding for such efforts include:

     •  Section 106 grants (grants to states and interstate agencies to assist
        them in administering pollution control programs), and

     •  Section 205(g)  (grants  to  states  to administer Sections 201, 203, 204
        and 212).

     Avoiding Duplication of Effort. The  data  collection  and decision-making
steps described in "Region V Guidance..." (Appendix A) could result in several
return  visits to  individual  residences  or businesses.  Besides the  cost of
mobilizing  personnel,   numerous  visits  could  unnecessarily interfere  with
privacy and  thereby decrease  public support for the project. Suggestions for
minimizing return visits include:

     •  Mailed questionnaires  can  provide a certain level of problem documen-
        tation  but seldom yield  complete returns and  cannot be  expected to
        develop  information for  alternative development or  subsequent tech-
        nology  selection.  They require the  recipient to respond and to return
        the  questionnaire—to  some people a greater  intrusion than answering
        questions  from  an interviewer. For these reasons,  it is recommended
        that  mailed  questionnaires  be used only where previously available
        data  indicate very low  problem  rates  (to support  No Action alterna-
        tives)  or very high problem rates  (to  support  central collection and
        treatment  alternatives).

     •  Field  verification of  aerial  photographic  interpretations  could be
        accomplished  along with  sanitary  surveys.
                                  XVI-D-7

-------
     include aerial photography  and  boat-carried leachate-sensing equip-
     ment  which  can  be helpful  in  locating  failing  systems.  Detailed
     engineering  investigation,  including  soil   profile  examination,
     percolation  tests, etc.,   on  each  and  every  occupied lot  should
     rarely be necessary during facilities planning.

     These  statements  agree  in  intent.  Only the second  source  provides
guidance on field data collection, and this guidance is general in nature. The
intent, however, is  to  prohibit overly conservative data collection programs.
Appendix   A,   "Region  V  Guidance-Site   Specific   Needs   Determination  and
Alternative Planning  for Unsewered  Areas" addresses the need for data in more
detail.

     The third source of  guidance does not discuss  data collection directly,
but could  be  interpreted  as calling  for  comprehensive  data in Step 1. 40 CFR
35.917-1, "Content of Facilities Plans" states in part:

     (b)...For individual  systems,  planning area maps must include those
     individual  systems which are  proposed for funding under § 35.918.

If this  is taken to mean that every  system with problems has to be located or
that the  specific  on-site  technology proposed for funding has to be selected,
then all of the field work otherwise  reserved for Step 2 would have to be done
during Step  1.  While this  may be appropriate  for  communities with low levels
of problems  amenable  to conventional on-site measures  (as discussed later in
this section),  it  would not be appropriate for many communities where collec-
tion of the data would hold up other  activities and decisions.

     Timing.  Several  types of  field data  are  best collected  during certain
parts of the year. Examples are:
          Method

Sanitary Survey - permanent residents

Sanitary Survey - seasonal residents

Aerial Photography


Groundwater Depth Determination

Septic Leachate Detections
Time Limitation

Wet weather; spring

Summer; in some cases winter

After snow melt-before tree
  foliation; after leaf fall

Wet weather

Variable. Depends on seasonal
  occupancy patterns and weather
     For  any of  these  methods,  usable data can be  collected at other times.
However,  there  is a risk of having to repeat them should the data be insuffi-
cient  or  inconclusive.  Decisions about balancing this  risk with the costs of
delay  should be made with the assistance of persons  familiar with the methods
and  how  they relate  to alternatives  development  and subsequent technology
selection.
                                  XVI-D-6

-------
     Any decisions made to use  decentralized technologies before all relevant
data are collected contain the  risk  of reversal when final and complete data
become available. Obviously,  the more  data  on hand, the less risk is involved
in  making  such  a decision.  The most  likely consequences  of  the decision's
being reversed are the  time  and cost of  redundant planning  and design activi-
ties. In  the event that  decentralized facilities  are upgraded or installed,
and  then  fail,  the consequences of  being wrong are more substantial.  Addi-
tional expenditures for cluster systems, holding tanks or  sewers  may be re-
quired.

     Finally, it  is often the  case  that community objectives in applying for
Construction Grants assistance  are more related  to growth and development than
to  resolution  of water quality  and  public  health  problems.  For areas where
sewering is  needed and  is  cost-effective, this  emphasis creates few conflicts
with  Construction Grants  funding goals.  Indeed,  cost-effectiveness criteria
allow for sewer  and for treatment  capacity  to accommodate  20 years of growth
at  "reasonable rates."  Additional capacity  can  be  bought  by the applicant at
the margin—that is,  for its  incremental  cost.

     In  contrast,  decentralized technologies,  especially  on-site  systems,
provide little or no reserve  capacity for new  development. Reserve capacity is
dependent on the stock of  land suitable for  development  with these techno-
logies.  (See futher discussion  in Chapter VIII.A.)

     Therefore,  if  decentralized facilities are  likely  to be cost-effective
solutions  to  local  water  quality  problems,   some  applicants  may  want  to
initiate early  public   debate on growth and alternate funding of centralized
technologies. Other applicants  may want to incorporate planning tools in their
Step  1 application that assess  the  stock of suitable  land.  (See Chapter IX.B.
for an example).

4.   OPPORTUNITIES FOR FACILITATING THE CONSTRUCTION GRANTS
     PROCESS

a.    Managing Field Data Collection

     Identifying the Need for Field  Data Collection.   Three sources in exist-
ing  regulations  and guidance  relate to how much  and what  type  of data are
required in  Facilities  Plans (Step  1). 40CFR 35.917-4 titled "Planning Scope
and Detail"  states:

      (b) Facilities planning shall  be  conducted only to the extent that
     the Regional Administrator finds  necessary in order to insure that
     facilities  for which grants are awarded will be cost-effective  and
     environmentally sound  and to permit reasonable evaluation of  grant
     applications  and  subsequent  preparation  of  designs,  construction
     drawings and specifications.

     Program Guidance Memorandum 79-8 states in part:

     Though  house-to-house visits are necessary in some  areas,  sufficient
     augmenting  information  may be  available from  the  local  sanitarian,
      geologist,  Soil Conservation Service  representative  or other source
      to permit  preparation  of  the cost-effective analysis.  Other  sources
                                  XVI-D-5

-------
area.  The  need   for   or,   particularly,  the  presence  of,   sewer  systems
essentially creates  two  planning,  design, and construction projects  within a
community. In the  past,  the decentralized project has  either  been ignored or
sewers have been extended  into  areas where  decentralized  technologies  would
have been cost-effective. The Clean Water Act, regulations supporting the Act,
and  conclusions  of  the  Seven  Rural Lake  EIS's  demand that  decentralized
projects  be  seriously  considered  unless  no  need  exists for  improvements  in
unsewered  areas of  a  community.  Two projects  with  dissimiliar  information
requirements,  planning  and  impact  considerations,  and  design  procedures are
obviously going to be more complex technically. Local administration of grants
and  local decision-making  may  require  more  effort and  sophistication than
either centralized or decentralized projects alone.

     As  discussed  above,  selection  of  decentralized technologies  is  highly
dependent on field data collection. It is indicative of traditional management
practices for decentralized systems that  performance and usage  data are almost
always lacking  and that  design information is reliable for only the past ten,
or at the most twenty,  years of installation. Costs and time required for data
collection can become exorbitant if not well managed. To address the necessary
balance between need for data and the cost and time for obtaining it, U.S. EPA
Region V in  conjunction with  states in the region  has prepared  "Region V
Guidance  -  Site  Specific  Needs  Determination  and  Alternative Planning for
Unsewered Areas." The  current  version is attached as  Appendix  A to this sec-
tion. Basically,  the guidance  describes  a  sequential  process  with decisions
after  each step  on  technology  selection and the  scope of subsequent,  more
detailed field studies.

     Other matters besides  field data affect the  outcome  and  timing of deci-
sions to sewer or not.  The sooner in Step 1 that this decision  is made or that
service  areas  for  sewered and  non-sewered approaches  are  delineated,  the
quicker  and  cheaper  will the  Construction  Grants  process be.  Besides  field
data, three matters are of primary importance:

     1. Cost-effectiveness,

     2. Risk of selecting the wrong approach, and

     3. Compatibility between local growth objectives and development capacity
        of the selected technology.

     To  enable  preliminary  comparisons   of  cost-effectiveness  for  various
centralized   and   decentralized  technologies,   the  Cost-Variability  Study
reported  in Chapter  IV.A.  has  been prepared. The  methods  developed there are
based  upon readily  available  housing density,  topographic,  and  soils  data.
Applicants can  use the cost curves either during preparation of their Plan of
Study or early in Step  1 to generate rough  present-worth  costs.  Early deci-
sions can  then  be  made regarding areas that  definitely would  or would not be
cost-effective  to  sewer  and areas where  more work  is  necessary to reach this
conclusion.  For  parts of  a  community  where  sewers  are  clearly not  cost-
effective, sequential approaches to data  collection may be short-circuited and
full-scale site analysis might be initiated thereby saving time and redundancy
in field trips.
                                  XVI-D-4

-------
     •  Methods of securing access  to  facilities  on  private  property,

     •  Review  and possible  modification of  current regulations  and  legal
        authorities,  and

     •  Delineation  of  private/public/contractor  functions  and  responsibi-
        lities .

     A major  difference between centralized  and decentralized  approaches  is
the degree  to which feasible technologies can be  selected  with the level  of
field data  collection normally  allowed  for facilities planning  (Step  1). For
centralized  technologies,   field  data   needed   to   address  feasibility and
approximate  cost  seldom  go  beyond  soil borings  to  determine   subsurface
conditions for pipe installation and foundation support.  Given the  assumptions
of  proper  engineering   and  operation,   it   is  presumed  that  conventional,
centralized  collection  and  treatment   facilities   will   operate  reliably.
However, performance data  on  many  decentralized  technologies  are insufficient
to  support  such generalities.  Because  of this  and  because  of  dependence  on
conditions  at  many sites instead of  one  or  a few,  field data  collection for
decentralized facilities must be more extensive.  Yet, if all  available  means
of  site  analysis  were  applied to each  existing  building  in a   facilities
planning  area,  the costs  of  data  collection would substantially  reduce, and
perhaps  exceed,   the   savings   due  to  the  lower  costs  of  decentralized
facilities. The need for effective  management of  field data  collection  efforts
is obvious.

     In terms  of  time and  cost, increased requirements for  field data  collec-
tion  are  offset by decreased requirements for design work. The keys  to most
design  problems  for decentralized  technologies  are  selection of  the  appro-
priate  technologies  and   knowledge  of  the individual   site.  Structural,
mechanical, and  electrical  design  elements will  normally be  trivial  compared
to  those  for  centralized  technologies.  Designs  and  specifications for many
on-site technologies can be standardized for any given community.  Designs and
specifications  for systems requiring  construction  variances  and  for  off-lot
technologies will be more demanding, but will seldom require the effort needed
for the more  complex processes  and structures of most mechanical,  centralized
technologies.

3.   FACTORS  AFFECTING PROJECT COMPLEXITY

     The  opportunities  discussed  below  to reduce  project  duration and com-
plexity apply to  a  number of  facilities  planning  elements.   Three  elements,
however, are likely to  be of greatest  consequence.  These are:

      1. Need for both centralized and  decentralized facilities,

      2. Lack of performance, design, and usage information for existing waste-
        water facilities, and

      3. Community development goals.

     Many rural and developing communities have existing sewer and  centralized
treatment  systems  or have  housing  and commercial densities sufficiently high
to make centralized systems cost-effective for part of the facilities planning


                                  XVI-D-3

-------
     On  the  other  hand,  long-standing  requirements  to  inventory  existing
treatment  systems  and  to  evaluate optimal  operation of existing  facilities
have been  reinforced  in unsewered areas by provisions  of the  Clean Water Act
and  related  regulations  that  make  existing  on-site  systems  eligible  for
upgrading and replacement.

     Activities  that  may  be  necessary  for  the  inventory  and  evaluation
include, but are not limited to:

     •  Compilation and review of septic tank and well records,

     •  Interviews  with responsible  officials,  septic  tank  contractors  and
        well drillers,

     •  Review of soils data,

     *  Calculation of lot sizes,

     •  Estimation of depths to water tables,

     •  Aerial photography  interpretation for  identification  of  surface mal-
        functions ,

     •  Leachate detection surveys of ground and surface waters,

     •  Mailed questionnaires to residences,

     •  Base  map  and  overlay  preparation  showing  soil,  groundwater,  and
        geologic conditions along with identified failures,

     •  Representative  sampling of depths to water tables,  groundwater flow,
        well water  contamination,  shallow groundwater contamination, and soil
        permeability,

     •  Sanitary  surveys involving  resident interviews and property inspec-
        tions ,

     •  Supplemental  site  analysis,  such as inspection of septic tanks, house
        sewers, and  effluent lines,  and probing or limited excavation of soil
        absorption systems, to  determine causes of failure,

     •  Delineation of  centralized and decentralized  service areas,

     •  Development of  monitoring programs for ground and surface waters, and

     •  Pilot  programs  to evaluate  innovative or  subcode  wastewater techno-
        logies and flow reduction devices.

     Eligibility  requirements   for individual  systems (and,  by analogy, other
on-site and decentralized  facilities) include  applicant certification that...
"such treatment works will be properly installed, operated,  and maintained and
that  the  public body will be  responsible for  such  actions." Management and
implementation measures that need to be addressed in  response  to this require-
ment include:
                                  XVI-D-2

-------
D.   ALTERNATIVE CONSTRUCTION GRANTS PROCEDURES FOR SMALL WASTE
     FLOW  AREAS

1.    INTRODUCTION

     The three-step  Construction Grants  process  requires  consideration  and
documentation of  literally hundreds  of topics  or  activities.  For  any  one
community,   many  of  these topics or  activities  can be  addressed  cursorily,
thereby simplifying  and  shortening  the process.  However,  local  decisions to
pass  over  items  can be  expensive  and time-consuming if  state  or U.S.  EPA
officials disagree with the omissions. To a great extent,  coordination between
applicants  and  reviewing  officials  will  minimize  such  omissions and  their
consequences.  However,  in  any  planning situation,   there   is  an irreducible
level of manpower  and  expertise  required  to  ensure  informed coordination  and
to allow for local decision-making. Many rural communities and some developing
communities do  not have  the  requisite  manpower  and expertise.  Attempts to
simplify the  Construction Grants process without such  appropriate decision-
making capabilities can be frustrating and counter-productive.

     At  a  minimum,  completion  of the  Construction Grants  process  requires
several years.  New program guidance, problems  in state  and  Federal  review,
contract difficulties,  and other factors can prolong the  process  even more.
The time required for the process can  frustrate the individuals in a community
who have taken the initiative  to  achieve clean water goals.

     The evaluation  of alternative  technologies, as addressed in  this docu-
ment, adds to the potential number  of topics and activities to be considered
in  rural  communities.  This section  first  addresses  the  differences  in Con-
struction  Grants  procedures between  unsewered and  previously sewered areas.
Then, specific  opportunities for  facilitating the Construction Grants process
are  reviewed. The  goal of this presentation  is to explore ways of simplifying
and  shortening  the Construction  Grants  process for  rural and developing com-
munities  that  will  be  evaluating  alternative,  particularly decentralized,
technologies.

2.   UNSEWERED VS.  SEWERED AREAS: DIFFERENCES IN  PLANNING,
     DESIGN, AND CONSTRUCTION

     There  are  several  potentially  expensive and  time-consuming  activities
that will  rarely be necessary  in  unsewered areas.  These include:

     •  Infiltration/Inflow analysis,

     •  Sewer System Evaluation Survey,

     •  Sewer rehabilitation,

     •  Location,  design,  flows,  and  performance  of  existing  treatment plants
        (although small privately owned  plants may be present),

     •  Industrial pretreatment  program  (although  individual plants  may be
        treating and disposing of process  wastes), and

     •  Value engineering.


                                  XVI-D-1

-------
                                REFERENCES
U.S.  Environmental   Protection   Agency.    1977.   Environmental   assessment
     guidance,  municipal  sewage  treatment  works  program,  EPA-905/2-77-004
     Chicago IL.

U.S. Environmental Protection Agency.   1980.   Construction grants  program  for
     municipal  wastewater  treatment  works, Handbook  of  procedures.  2nd  ed.
     Office of Water Programs,  Washington  DC.

U.S.  Environmental  Protection  Agency.   1981.    Facilities   planning   1981.
     Municipal wastewater treatment works  construction grants program (draft).
     FP-81 Washington DC.
                                  XVI-C-A

-------
supply  is  subjected  to normal  environmental impact  reviews.   Thus, in  the
facility planning process, early  attention must  be paid to  effluent  disposal
impacts  on  downstream  and groundwater  sources  of public  water supply.   In
rural lake areas that rely extensively on land application,  on-site  wastewater
treatment,  or  cluster  systems  and   individual  on-site  wells,  groundwater
quality impacts are  a  major  consideration.  If a state designates the aquifer
that would  receive  wastewater at a sole-source  aquifer,  U.S.  EPA may not be
permitted to  fund alternative  waste  treatment systems under provisions of the
SDWA Sole Source  Aquifer Protection Program  (Section  1424(e)).   If  construc-
tion or upgrading  of  these  systems   causes  adverse  impacts  on  groundwater
quality, then well closure, relocation, or reconstruction may be  necessary.  A
policy  decision that  U.S. EPA must  address is  whether  or not  Construction
Grants  funds  for  relocation  of utilities under 40 CFR-35.940-1(k)  are allow-
able for ameliorating this problem.

     While  not specifically  required by law,  applicants  should  coordinate
their efforts with local and regional  land use planning agencies  for an inven-
tory of existing land use plans and zoning ordinances  funded under Section 701
of  the Housing  and Community  Development  Act  of  1974  (PL 93-383).   These
documents should afford an assessment of land use trends  and  population pro-
jections as well as  community development goals and objectives.   This planning
coordination  will  also  allow for  an assessment  of  growth management  tools
available,  including  environmental  performance  standards,  which  may  have
direct  bearing on  the  size,  timing, and location  of proposed  facilities.

     In  the  facility planning process, applicants must also demonstrate com-
pliance  with  Federal   requirements  for  jointly funded  projects.   U.S.  EPA
Region  V  should accept evidence of compliance with requirments of the follow-
ing acts:  The  Uniform Relocation and Real  Property  Acquisition Policies Act
of  1970,  the Davis-Bacon  Fair Labor  Standards  Act,  the  Contract  Work  Hours
Standards Act, the Copeland (Anti-Kickback) Act,  and The Hatch  Act.
                                  XVI-C-3

-------
     Under provisions  of EPA's Policy to Protect  Environmentally Significant
Agricultural  Lands,  the  state or  county  offices of  the  U.S. Department  of
Agriculture  Soil Conservation  Service  should  be  consulted for  information
related to prime  and  unique farmlands.  It must be  determined whether or not
there are  significant agricultural  lands  in the area.  If  the proposed plan
includes  direct  or   indirect  impacts,  means  to  avoid  or mitigate  adverse
impacts should be developed.

     In U.S. EPA Region V, the Great Lakes are covered under the provisions of
the  Coastal  Zones Management Act  of 1972.   If the prospective study  area is
within  the  Great Lakes  Basin  and the proposed project  affects  coastal zones
and  coastal  waters as defined in Title III, the state coastal zone management
agency  and  the  appropriate office  of the U.S.  Department of Commerce NOAA
should  be  contacted  and  comments  solicited.   If  the proposed plan signifi-
cantly affects a coastal zone area, and the state has an approved coastal zone
management program,  a consistency determination must be sought.

     Under the Wild and Scenic Rivers Act of 1968, contact should be made with
regional  offices of  the U.S. Department  of Interior  to determine if local
rivers  have been  designated  as  wild,  scenic,  or  recreational.   Designated
areas should be identified  in the  facility  plan and  alternatives  should be
developed and evaluated to avoid direct, adverse impacts.

     Section 4 of the Endangered Species Act of 1973 mandates contact with the
U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service, National Marine Fisheries Services, and appro-
priate  state  agencies  to determine if the  proposed  project poses a threat to
any  threatened  or endangered species.  Where the proposed action will have an
adverse  impact  on  listed  species  or  habitat,  mitigation  measures must  be
enacted.

     The Fish  and Wildlife Coordination Act requires that all Federal actions
be  performed  so as  to  protect  fish  and wildlife  resources  that  may  be
affected.  During facilities planning, therefore, consultation should be made
with the  U.S. Fish  and  Wildlife Service and any  appropriate  state agency to
determine  the means   of  preventing or mitigating  adverse  impacts on wildlife
resources associated with the project.

     U.S. EPA's  actions  under the Construction Grants  Program are subject to
provisions  of  the  Clean Air Act, which requires all Federally funded projects
to   conform  to  any   approved  State  Air Quality  Implementation  Plan   (SIP).
Applicants  should evaluate the direct and  indirect  impacts  on air quality of
the  alternatives  in  the  facilities  plan  after  consulting  the  state  and
regional  agencies  responsible  for  monitoring  conformance  with  the  SIP.
Alternatives  should  be  evaluated  for  compliance,  including  measures  to
mitigate adverse effects.

     An important consideration in the facility planning process  is its  inter-
relationship  with the Safe Drinking Water Act  (SDWA) of 1974.  At present, no
formal  avenues  exist to guarantee that relevant coordination between facility
planning  and safe water supply will  occur.   However,  drinking water supplies
are  an important consideration in  establishing  in-stream water quality stan-
dards,  wasteload allocation, and effluent standards that must be met by  treat-
ment alternatives.  As well, a proposed alternative's impact on drinking water
                                  XVI-C-2

-------
C.   FEDERAL PROGRAMS  AFFECTING  CONSTRUCTION GRANTS ACTIVITIES
     IN RURAL LAKE AREAS

     Applicants  for  facility  planning grants in rural  areas  will  need to be
aware not  only  of Federal water quality programs, but  also  of other Federal
programs and regulations that will affect  their  planning effort.   These pro-
grams must be  evaluated  in  the  facility planning  process  to  comply with
coordination procedures required by U.S. EPA  for environmental review.  Early
evaluation of these  program requirements  may provide positive input  to the
facility planning process  that  could  result  in an  understanding of points of
controversy and, thereby,  render a project easier  to  implement.  The resource
information to  be  inventoried  includes elements  of the  Environmental Con-
straints  Evaluation  Methodology  outlined in  Chapter  XI.    The  evaluation
process  will also provide  considerable  information for  the required inventory
of the existing  environment.

     Under section  106 of the  National Historical Preservation Act of  1966,
the Archaeological and Historic  Preservation  Act of  1974, and Executive  Order
11593,  programs  administered  by U.S.  EPA  must comply with coordination pro-
cedures  of the Advisory Council  on  Historic Preservation if any Federal  action
affects  a  property  listed  or  eligible for  listing  on  the National  Register of
Historic Places.   During preparation  of the facilities plan, contact should be
established with the  State Historic  Preservation Officer (SHPO) for the  loca-
tion  of existing and  proposed  properties.   Contact  should  also be made with
county or local  historical societies  for more  detailed information  on eligible
properties.  All properties and  sites in the  planning area must be identified
and measures taken to avoid impact  on them.

     Under provisions  of  the Federal Flood  Disaster Protection Act of  1973,
the  National  Flood  Insurance Act  of 1973, Executive Order   11988, and  EPA's
Statement  of Procedures  on Floodplain Management and  Wetlands Protection, the
U.S.  Department  of  Housing and  Urban Development Regional  Office should be
contacted  for  information on Flood  Hazard Boundary  maps  or Flood Insurance
Rate  Maps.  These maps should be consulted to ensure  that proposed facilities
comply  with  EPA policy  on height  and  location  and  that they do not  induce
residential development  in flood plain areas.  Quite frequently in rural lake
areas,  mapping  has  not  been  done  and detailed information is not available.
In  these  instances,  county soil surveys available  from  the U.S. Department  of
Agriculture  Soil  Conservation  Service should  provide information  on and
mapping of alluvial soils, which approximate  flood  boundary areas.

      Another sensitive environmental resource type, wetlands,  is covered under
Executive  Order  11990 and U.S.  EPA's  Statement of  Procedures on Floodplain
Management and Wetlands  Protection.   Consultation  and written comments should
be  solicited  from  the Department of Interior, Fish and  Wildlife Service, U.S.
Army  Corps of Engineers  (if  a  404/Section 10 permit for discharge of dredge
and  fill  material  is required)  and the U.S.  Department of  Commerce,  National
Oceanographic  and  Atmospheric   Administration.    If  these   agencies  have  no
information on  wetland resources in the planning  area,  state universities  or
state wildlife   agencies  should be  contacted for  inventory  information.   If
these contacts  prove fruitless,  soil maps  of the area should be evaluated for
perennially  wet,  organic  soils  (Histosols such as Peat and  Muck), or aerial
photographs  may be  interpreted  for   emergent vegetation types.   Alternatives
should  be  developed or modified to avoid impacts in these areas.


                                  XVI-C-1

-------
             pus
ELIGIBLE
ACTIVITIES
                  SUTUUBTd
-BAaasuoj
pus pUBi
                               X
                                                X
ELIGIBLE
TICIPANTS
           sdnoag
       sassauTsng
                               X
PAR
                                                X
TYPE OF
SSISTANCE
                   jo
                                                X
                 TBOfutpaj,
                       UBoq
                               X
P
                               X
                                                X

                0)

                «
                2
                     ca "
                     >-i 5 K
                     
-------
ELIGIBLE
ACTIVITIES
ELIGIBLE
PARTICIPANTS
TYPE OF
ASSISTANCE
TYPE OF
PROGRAM
uonBdTOTM-d omna
aSS°p£Hn£nT™I
s^fcaa u«w«Bw»aa
gUTUTBJX
8uTUUBTd
MoaBasa*
— BAJtBSUO*} i94^/*\ pUH? plll?1^
UOT 3onji3suo3
STBnpTATpU!
sdncuj) a^BATaj
sassaujsns a,BATzd
S^DfaaSTQ
sao^Baado "9 saaunrj UUBJ
S3U3HIUJ9A03 "[BOOT
sjBTaa^B^ jo pusq
IBOTuqoax
UBOT
1U*1D
TB.auao
3UToduoN
^utod
AGENCY
SUBAGENCY
"Program Name"
Catalog of Federal
Domestic Assistance
Program Number
X
X

X


X

X
X

X
X
X
X
X







X

X
X
X


X
kJ t^l
KS r*S
X
X

X



X
X
X


X
X
X


X

X
X
X
X

X
X


X
US FISH AND WILDLIFE SERVICE
(USFWS)
"Environmental Contaminant
Evaluation" 16.607
US GEOLOGICAL SURVEY (USGS)
"Water Resources Investigations"
15.804
OFFICE OF WATER RESEARCH TECHNOLOGY
(OWRT)
"National Water Research and
Development Program" 15.950
"Water Resources Scientific
Information Center" 15.955
SMALL BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION (SBA)
"Water Pollution Control Loans"
59.024
XVI-B-7

-------
ELIGIBLE
ACTIVITIES
ELIGIBLE
PARTICIPANTS
TYPE OF
ASSISTANCE
TYPE OF
PROGRAM
norwlTDTWBj ojiqnd
a^°^x£3iS2
s^aFcua uo-pB^suou.aa
gu-pufBai
8U"JUUB1£
qo^asan
-BAJaSUOQ J33BM pUB pUBl
S9T3TTTD™T^i2wB
STBnpTATpui
sdnoaj) a^BA-pj,}
sassatrrsng a^BAjaj
pMTwslirSSl
sao^Baado 9 saauAiQ ULIB^
s^uatmuaAoo TBOOT
s^B-paa^Bw Jto pueq
•[BOTUtpax
UBOI
3UB.if)
"[BJtauag
3UjoduoN
5UTOJ
AGENCY
SUBAGENCY
"Program Name"
Catalog of Federal
Domestic Assistance
Program Number




X X

X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X XX
X

X

X X
X X
X
X

X
w  c ^ M ^
O lj Q -H O 00 O
Q OB4J W
u ^ bo o -H eg a -H pa
QMcfl a;^— -cn-oo H
O C p £ fH O
•—' 0) 01 03
HpuiC H (Jrog H
25O-H SHCUQJ CO 2
W tfl WZgU>, W
SCrtrH SWOCWI 2
HPnP-i HSOtrJ-H H
CrfCtf -d- RdCM WCW«7> OS
<; O T3O < rHtM Q> r>-CD OM
-------



Id W
J M
CO H
M M
e> >
M M
<



g
p-J <
« PJ
M H
ca cj
M H
r^
CL,

W
o |j
gg
<

O <
W O
Cu O
>-< M
H &H


noT,BdTDT3»i onqna
Sllf JO^TUOpJ A3T"£BnQ
J33Bfi pUB 5UB3n"£^O£
s^ogfoaj uof3BJ3SuomaQ
StlfUTBJX
SUJUUB"[,J
qoaeasan
-.A».wa9!SJr£»n^
MWTTa^£S;!Sft
STBnpTATpui
sdnojf) s^HAfa^
sassaufsng a^BAjaj
pBZTUBSjQ XTT^S^I
S JOtJB^l3dQ $ S J3UM/} TOJ^ j[
SIJUBCUtlJISAOf) THDO*^
STBT Jt33^W -tO pU'BrJ
TBOTuqoai
UB01
3UBa0
"[FJ3U3f)
3UTOdUOfJ
aufoj
.-( *
S M S M
S .g 2 «
Z ^ E **•! *
W ^ cfl O "* 6
M i— i „ O
t3 o ^





X
X X X X X
X X
X
X XX
X
t-jt S*-1 S*-4 !v*
?S »^S KS (^N
X
X X XX
X
XX XX
X
X X XX

X X X X X
X X
= iz; -o
C 1 0 C
O -H M Cfl 1
T3 -H 4J g H P- -*
O 4-> 01 to -ajoio OO
r O CO OJ l-i MAJr-l-Hro
0^ > > W) HCOI.H-
O fn M C O MCO^XliH
•H OJMM M >-i 01 3 iH
4JT3 0) PH 2;OpOP-i
CO C C "0 W H O
> CO O C T3 O S 1 « ^ ' =
£t UCOC p% rHo> ^IHQJS Sj11
o .u  «<-i o) cfl. ozB B •"->
u a- >VDOIO CJUP.O: P-.O
at o oi i^o-Hr-i s O-HOI 01-1
V-j -t-J i — 1 r— 1 Z3 fJ^ cd P-) P-t »~H rH 0) T— { PH
0) O CO cn«M OOO)^3-HOI
4J J-i -H OP-= nJ^SW^JJ
CO P-i= M CiH CUiJ HW aipn'iH 0)O
S en -H O-HQCO
-aow o) a) yw M-H o<
-a at -H co co= o»B so aoo OB
C X-US W CD OO. H -HU-lCO'HM
O t--iO 3iH < M O01 O01
•H • wo) co- >w cn> W o otflC O>-i
OO (Oh ^IO i-(cd 0)0) O 25 OOO) OO
c/3i — 1 [^PH PHI — 1 £3&Qp£Q O W i— 3 B W£5
~ "" ^ p [jj
XVI-B-5

-------
ELIGIBLE
ACTIVITIES
ELIGIBLE
PARTICIPANTS
TYPE OF
ASSISTANCE
TYPE OF
PROGRAM
uof tjBdjOfijjB^ ^TTV^d
8ufJto3fuoj^ A^y^BnQ
s.oafoja uo-pB^suomaa
SuTUTBax
SUTUUBT*
qoaBasa*
S9DT3O?;i£ UOJ4
— BAJ13SUOQ JtS^B/^ ptIB pll'E'J
UOT ^onji^suoQ
S "[ T?npT Af pU]£
sdnoag a^pAfij
sassaujsng s^BAfa^
P92TUBSao^nSai
saojBaado "5 saauwo uu^i
s.uamuaaAOo T^OT
SJBf J3^BJ^ JO pUB'J
TBDfiiuoax
UBO^
3UBJ.J)
"[BJ3U3f)
3UToduo^
.UTOd
AGENCY
SUBAGENCY
"Program Name"
Catalog of Federal
Domestic Assistance
Program Number




X


X

X

X

X

X


X



X



X
X
X



X

X


X

X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X




X
X
X
X
X
X

X


X

X

X



X


X

X
"Water and Waste Disposal Systems
for Rural Communities" 10.418

X
"Watershed Protection and Flood
Prevention Loan" 10.419

X
"Business and Industrial Loans"
10.422

X
"Community Facilities Loans"
10.423

X
"Industrial Development Grants"
10.424


"Area Development Assistance
Planning Grants" 10.426
X

US FOREST SERVICE (USFS)
"Cooperative Forestry Assitance"
10.664


SOIL CONSERVATION SERVICE (SCS)
X

1 "Resource Conservation and Devel-


r-l
0
&
o
iH
u
C
Q)
a.
o
XVI-B-4

-------
ELIGIBLE
ACTIVITIES
ELIGIBLE
PARTICIPANTS
TYPE OF
ASSISTANCE
TYPE OF
PROGRAM
noT3FdTaT9»d OTTqn*
aa^Bfl pire ^up^njjo^
saoafojj uo-pBaasuouraa
Su^ujBai
SUTUUBW
ijDJBasa^
-BAJeSUOQ JiatlBfl pUB pUB^
UOT^Dnj^SUOQ
S3f 3 JfJDBJ .IS-JEMa^SBM
sTBnpTATpu!
sdnojj) a^BAfaa
sassautsng a^BATJd
S30f JtJSfQ
sao^Bjado "9 SJSUAO UUB.J
sauamuaaAoo TBOO-J
STBT^BH *o po^
Tp^yuuDaj,
UBOT
3UBJt£)
TBaauao
3Utoduotj
5UTO.J
AGENCY
SUBAGENCY
"Program Name"
Catalog of Federal
Domestic Assistance
Program Number






XK*> *s^* *^ Kx* "^ S/1
v*v i^S i^N **S >^N KN

X X
XX XX
XX X
X X XX
X X X X X
X X

X
X XX
XX X X
X
X X X X X XX

— . i "e
 ^0
W •< ^£> nj - O •
0£ OC ^ E ^Td-HTJO
p2 • O oo to OP-u p rH
M O ^^ O'H O J-t MtTJ03 Cd
fj M W tH JJ J-l 00 H >
MH M t-(0O cOOO
DQCJOOO 4J 4-1 Mtfl M
OH>M  -u Jj • vi • M • w h-Hnj toB -H
Q MOJ to ooo oo DO a woo S;D. o
DiW 3 J PrfO CH
S<"" " " 1*4 "
XVI-B-3

-------
ELIGIBLE
ACTIVITIES
ELIGIBLE
PARTICIPANTS
TYPE OF
ASSISTANCE
TYPE OF
PROGRAM
UOf^BdTOf^JB^ ^TTVi
8uf Jio^TUOjj Ajf^BriQ
J33BM pUB t}UB:mn°H 4_i I QJ rd
u o nj MO
^ 0) E cd S-i C co
UJ^S-i^-i C fOOO
O -H O O >>^Ora~ OJ-H \Q
<; Q >« 4-1 4-1 CM g K 03 4-J .
d -H ^ 4J a) a] \o
g; 1 WOOI— 1 i— 1 • Q) C PH>-I vD
O 4-lr-( CO\O4-)CO 4-1
M i— 1 C O" T— H POW^ i— ) W
H O cO • O O* CO O O C ~
CJ M >-j vD i-i ^2 >-iO W
t-* C CcMCL)CiOWV-< Cd) CJJ
O O C O-3-4JC3O OP 4->
pi Ur^O: CJ.cfl-HOCX. CJ C
d-i3 cc"~i >j
j o- cjs-j o aico cac/3 ocoo co
-iS 4-ir -HCM cog 4J«-o
a D -1-1 3EJS fficO 34-ivD
S t-n: debt— I4J CUCT3M iHO) co
g OMO4J OW S-iCU CO OB O
O P-iC On) Di>>PM OJ-rH rH4J (DC OOCO -H 4J -J- OlOld r-l
SSW 4-)(0 OW 4JO OC t-IC- 4->>cO O
Wt/) cOV-i CNito TO-H CMnJ oOJvD cOOJVj CN
p^"""~"
XVI-B-2

-------
B.    FEDERAL WATER QUALITY IMPROVEMENT PROGRAMS  IN RURAL LAKE
      AREAS

     This  section  is  a  guide  to  the  financial  and  technical  assistance
programs that  are  available for  conducting  water quality planning  in rural
lake areas  in  U.S. EPA  Region V.  This  information  originally was  compiled
under 208  funding  for the  Tri-County  Regional Planning Commission,  Lansing,
Michigan, and has  been  revised  and  updated for this document.  The accompany-
ing  matrix  identifies Federal  assistance  programs,  the  types  of assistance
available,   eligible  participants,  and  eligible  activities.   It  is  designed
primarily for use  by  the local governing bodies,  agencies, organizations, and
individuals responsible  for conducting facility planning  in rural lake areas.
The matrix  is  keyed  to  the Catalog  of Federal Domestic Assistance (Office of
Management and Budget,  1980),  which gives  details of applicant eligiblity and
procedure.   Although several programs  listed  here  pertain  to issues other than
water quality,  the  focus  is  on the  relevance  of  these programs  to water
quality management.

     The information  about these programs is  considered  current as  of 1980.
Programs changes,  however, have  been made since  that  time and some proposed
changes have not yet been instituted.   Interested  readers  are advised to check
on the status of specific programs.
                                  XVI-B-1

-------
plans  for centralized  systems.   But  eligibility of  sewers  depends  on  the
cost-effectiveness  of  non-sewered  alternatives  and  their  ability to  meet
project needs.

     In  almost  any  unsewered  community,  there  will  be  properties  with
dwellings or places of business on them where standard on-site systems  (septic
tank and gravity-fed soil absorption system) just will not work if loaded with
design wastewater  flows.   Many of these properties might be adequately served
if alternating drain fields, dosing siphon or pumps,  elevated mounds, or other
design variations  are added.  But  some of these properties may  also  have to
accept flow  restrictions  to allow the  systems to  work;  for example, removing
garbage grinders,  dishwashers  or  clothes washers; replacing faucets, toilets,
and showers with more efficient fixtures; or abandoning plans to expand house-
hold or business  size.   And some properties may  have  to abandon soil  absorp-
tion systems  altogether  and use holding tanks with accompanying flow restric-
tions .

     Undeveloped land,  land that  could be developed if sewers were available,
will  remain  undeveloped  unless  it  is suited for on-site systems  or unless
permits for  small,  effluent discharging systems are obtainable.  Depending on
the stringency of regulatory programs,  the suitability of sites or streams for
assimilating  wastewater,   and  the  local  pressures  for growth,  the  lack of
sewers may retard  development  in comparison with what  would  occur if sewers
were available.

     The  costs  and the benefits  of eliminating water  use restrictions and of
fostering  land use conversions  are  relative.   With  a program  of upgrading
on-site  systems and improving their management,  water use restrictions would
generally  increase,  since this is one  of the most effective means of control-
ling  system  failures  on  marginally suitable  sites.    However,  some   of the
restrictions  to development might be eased if an  effective management program
were  instituted.   But the major  benefit of  such  an approach would be in  con-
trolling water  quality and public health problems.

     Sewering can  also  control  water quality  and  public  health problems,
although  some have argued  that the problems  are  just transferred to one  dis-
charge  point.   In terms  of  societal  benefits,   the  main value of sewering
compared  to upgrading on-site systems  is  that of avoiding water use restric-
tions  and  increasing  community development potential.  However, the  added  cost
to achieve these benefits  in most unsewered communities  is  substantial.

     Should the Construction Grants program subsidize  this  added  cost?   If the
expressed  goals of  the Clean Water Act are  translated into the criteria for
"need," the answer is  clearly  "No."
                                   XVI-A-3

-------
Goals and  policies to  achieve  this objective  listed in Section  101  make no
mention of  improving property values  or providing  infrastructure for devel-
opment.    The  reference  to  public health protection related to "recreation in
and on the water" and the prohibition of "the discharge of toxic pollutants in
toxic amounts"  leave  little room for debate that  water  quality and the bene-
fits  of  activities that improve water  quality are  the  focuses  of the  Act.

     In the  statements  of goals  and policies of the Act in Section 101 and of
the Construction  Grants  program  in Section 201, the  following references are
made to non-water quality objectives:

     • "...to  recognize, preserve,  and  protect the  primary responsibilities
       and  rights of the  States...to  plan the  development  and use...of land
       and water  resources..."(Section 101(b)).

     • encouraging  and  assisting  "public  participation  in  the  development,
       revision,  and  enforcement of any  regulation,  standard, effluent limi-
       tation, plan, or  program...under this Act..."  (Section 101(e)).

     • "...application   of  the   best practicable  waste  treatment technology
       before  any discharge into receiving waters..."(Section 201(b)).

     • "...construction   of  revenue-producing  facilities   providing  for...
       recycling  of  potential  sewage  pollutants...confined  and  contained
       disposal  of pollutants not  recycled...(and)  the  reclamation of waste-
       water..."  (Section 201 (d)).

     • combining  waste treatment management with "open space" and  recreational
       considerations  (Section 201(f) and 201(g)(6)).

     • evaluating   alternative    waste    management   techniques   (Sections
       201(g)(2)(A) and  201 (g)(5)).

     • reducing total energy requirements (201(i)).

     The point of this  review is that the Act  does not mention, much less  list
 as  goals  or even benefits,  the property value  and community development goals
 that  applicants  might  see  as their  "need" for sewers.   Even public-health-
 related goals  are limited  to allowing recreation  on or in  surface waters and
 controlling disposal  of toxic substances.  Relating  this to determinations of
 collector  sewer  eligibility, it is difficult  to  justify  a documentation of
 need  on  any basis other than water  quality and public health problems  closely
 associated  with impaired water quality.

     The  practical  effects  of  this  line of  thinking  are  several.  These
 effects  will  also result  from  the  termination  in 1984  of  collector  sewer
 eligibility.   (See amendments to  Section  201(g)(l) passed in 1981.)

     Obviously,   the  financial  feasibility  of  sewering  previously unsewered
 communities is  greatly  reduced  if the  collector  sewers  are  not eligible.
 Collector  sewers  represent up to  80 percent  of the  capital investment in new
 centralized  wastewater  systems.   Even   when that cost  is  eligible  for
 Construction Grants,  the local cost  per household  is  burdensome.   If it is not
 eligible,  many  unsewered  communities  simply  will  not be  able  to implement


                                   XVI-A-2

-------
A.    EPA  POLICY REGARDING CONVENTIONAL WATER USE AND POPULATION
      GROWTH

     In  administering  the  Construction  Grants program,  EPA will  repeatedly
face  the  issue  of  sewer  eligibility in  unsewered areas.   (However, with
passage  of  the Municipal Construction  Grants  Act of 1981,  collector  sewers,
except ones  funded  under governors'  discretionary powers, will be  ineligible
after September 1984).   Eligibility determinations will  be based on  documented
need,  cost-effectiveness  of sewers compared to non-sewer solutions,  and  the
"substantial human habitation" rule.

     For most unsewered  communities  and  neighborhoods,  non-sewer  solutions
will be  found to  be cost-effective as a result of preliminary cost analysis.
Where  the  comparison  with  sewers is  closer,  the  determination  as to  cost-
effectiveness  may have  to  wait  for  detailed  cost analysis  (see  Technical
Reference  Document   IV.A.,  Cost Variability Study),  and  the only  remaining
determinant  will  be whether  documented  needs  can  be  satisfied  by  non-sewer
solutions.   The substantial  human habitation rule  will  not be a determinant in
such  situations,  since  its effect is only  to  rule out sewers that meet  the
other tests.

     The question of whether  non-sewer solutions  can satisfy documented needs
is,  of course, open to  policy  regarding what  is, and what  is not,  a  "need."
The broadest  definition  of  "need"  could be based  on  the  whole range of goals
that  communities  might be pursuing.   Technical Reference Document  IX.A.  dis-
cusses five major community goals:

       protecting public health
       improving surface water or groundwater quality
       abating and preventing nuisances
       improving property values
       providing infrastructure for development.

In  addition,  obtaining  specific benefits  associated with a government-funded
program  might also  be  listed.  Examples are recreational benefits of property
acquisition  and  improved water quality, and jobs  created by the  expenditure.

     Federal  support for any and  all of these goals and benefits can be found
in  ongoing  or relatively  recent  grant  and loan programs.  (See  Technical
Reference  Document  XVI. B.,  Federal Water Quality Improvement  Programs in
Rural  Lake Areas.)   Indeed, most  of the small communities receiving Construc-
tion  Grants  funds   since the beginning of  the program  have  built collector
sewers with part of their  grants.  And they have  realized the benefits listed
above  to one degree  or another.

      But the  issue is  not whether  sewers  are  good  or  bad.  The  issue  is:
Which benefits  are considered,  within the  law   authorizing  and regulations
implementing  the  Construction Grants  program,   to  be primary  goals  of  the
program  and,  therefore,  determinants  of need?

      The best current  guide  for addressing  this  issue  is the Clean Water Act
of  1977, as  amended by the  Municipal  Construction Grants Act of 1981.   Section
 101 (a)  of  the Act  reads:   "The  objective  of this Act  is to restore and main-
 tain the chemical,  physical,  and biological  integrity of  the Nation's  waters."


                                   XVI-A-1

-------
   CHAPTER XVI
FEDERAL PROGRAMS

-------
7.    CONSEQUENCES  OF   ESTABLISHING  SEPARATE   SMALL   WASTE   FLOWS
      PRIORITY LISTS

     Utilization of  separate small waste flows priority lists will potentially
result in the following:

     • Rural areas that need small waste flows management systems will  be able
       to  receive  EPA  Construction  Grants  Program  funding  (if  available)
       according  to  a priority ranking system based on criteria that consider
       the true needs of  rural  communities and the possible accomplishments of
       small waste flows  facilities.

     • Monies allocated by states  for funding of  small  waste  flows programs
       will be spent efficiently, cost-effectively, and for projects that will
       do  the  most  good  for rural  areas of the states  within EPA Region V.

     • Small waste  flows  management systems typically do  not  cause abnormal
       secondary  growth.   As a result, utilization of separate priority lists
       and the subsequent  funding of  small waste flows facilities will enable
       small rural  communities  to retain  small-town characteristics.

     • Groundwater pollution and public health problems will be recognized and
       subsequently   reduced  or eliminated  through use  of  separate priority
       lists that identify these problem  areas by  virtue of the new criteria
       to be utilized.

     • Applicants will be  encouraged to  base  their  proposed projects on the
       true  nature   of  their  wastewater-related  problems,  not undocumented
       problems that result in  the highest priority.
                                  XV-D-11

-------
state-specific  public  health  problems  and  other  small  community  concerns.
Use  of  separate  small  waste  flows  priority lists would  enable the various
states  within Region V  to  utilize grant  funds  specifically  set aside  for
alternative  small  waste  flows systems in  a cost-effective, environmentally
sound  manner  that  is   also  responsive   to small community  needs  and  is
consistent with EPA regulations.

6.    EXAMPLE  CRITERIA  FOR   SEPARATE  SMALL WASTE  FLOWS  PRIORITY
      LISTS

     A  review of  Tables XV-D-1  through XV-D-6  will show that  several  rating
criteria currently used  within Region  V are favorable  to  the  concept of small
waste  flows  programs.   These  criteria,   and  several  additional  ones,  are
suggested  herein  for  consideration by the various  states, particularly those
with  a  rural  population  of  25%  or  more.   The criteria  are  offered  as
suggestions  only,  and should not be construed or  interpreted as  requirements
of EPA Region V.  Development and consideration  of other criteria that address
state-specific  needs, problems,  and interests,  are encouraged.   The suggested
criteria (in random order)  for which priority points might be  given include:

     • Correction of failing on-site systems that are  causing or contribution
       to public health problems.

     • Reduction  or  elimination  of systems  adversely affecting  groundwater
       uses.

     • Reduction in the number of stream segments polluted by failing systems.

     • Projects in designated national priority  basins.

     • Per  capita cost  of  the  project.   Projects with  the  lowest  cost per
        capita  should  receive priority,  since this  will result  in  serving the
       most  persons possible per dollar of grant funds  expended.  If a project
        is  so expensive  that it  causes a financial burden for  citizens,  then
        additional  funding  potentially  should  be  made  available   from other
        federal  agencies  (e.g., HUD or FHA), and  not from EPA.

     •  Low per  capita income.

     •  Bonded  indebtedness  of  the grantee  per  dollars  of assessed  value.
        Cities  with lowest  debts  should receive priority.  If  a community is
        heavily  in debt,  it potentially cannot  pay for proper system 0  & M
        (which is not federally subsidized).

     •  Communities  with a   large  percentage of  residents  served  by on-site
        systems.

     •  Elimination of ponding or surface  runoff from failing on-site systems.

     •  Number of  persons  to be  served by  proposed small  waste flows systems
        that  currently have  on-site  systems.

     In addition,  state-specific criteria addressing the needs  and desires of
the  public  should be included  in  the priority ranking system.


                                  XV-D-10

-------
     A review of Tables XV-D-1  through  6 reveals that an overwhelming number
of criteria currently used by various  states  to develop funding priority lists
place small  waste  flows management systems  at a  distinct  disadvantage when
competing with  centralized treatment  systems.  This  does not mean that the
existing criteria being utilized are  wrong or bad;  in fact, existing criteria
appear  to  follow  closely the  four  general  criteria  established  by  40 CFR
35.915(a)(1).  Nonetheless,  small waste  flows management  systems do not sur-
vive well when  subjected  to  current state criteria  established in response to
the Clean Water Act.   Perhaps more  recent  legislation will enable  changes to
be made, as discussed in the  next section.

4.    REGULATIONS ASSOCIATED WITH THE  MUNICIPAL  WASTEWATER
      TREATMENT  CONSTRUCTION GRANTS AMENDMENTS OF 1981

     Regulations have  been promulgated by EPA in  response  to  the Municipal
Wastewater  Treatment  Construction  Grants   Amendments  of  1981   (Public  Law
97-117).  These regulations  comprise  a  new subpart  I  to 40 CFR 35.  They were
published in  the Federal  Register on  May 12, 1982.  Among other changes from
the  earlier  regulations,  the use of  existing population as  a  criterion is
optional under the new regulations.  The mandatory criteria emphasize restora-
tion  of groundwater as well as surface water  uses.   And, significantly for
unsewered   communities,  public  health  improvements   are   included   in  the
mandatory criteria.

     How the revised  criteria  actually  impact the distribution of funds to
small communities  will depend on how  the states  modify  specific  provisions of
their  priority lists.   As  is  evident from  their  earlier priority criteria
analyzed here, the states vary in their concern for small  community  wastewater
problems.   As suggested above,  the form of  the states' priority criteria is
likely  to influence how communities  present  their projects to  be  rated.

     The proposed  regulations still require  that 4% of  a  state's allotment be
reserved  for funding  alternative systems  for small  communities.   Therefore,
monies  are  provided for construction  of eligible small waste flows projects.

5.   Concept  of Separate Small Waste Flows  Priority Lists

     One  way to promote  fair consideration  of  small waste  flows  management
systems  within EPA Region  V,  and still  maintain  the integrity  of  current
priority  methodologies,   is  to  develop  separate priority  criteria  and  a
separate priority  ranking list for  utilization with small community projects.
It has  been shown  that the rating criteria currently used by states  within EPA
Region  V  do fulfill  the intent of  EPA's  general  criteria  as developed  in
response  to  the Clean Water Act.   Continued use of the  same rating  criteria
also  should  fulfill the  intent  of  the first criteria of the new  1981 amend-
ments  (i.e.,  correction of municipal  wastewater discharges which impair water
uses),  and should  provide continued successful construction or rehabilitation
of centralized municipal  treatment  systems,  which  serve  a  majority  of  the
nation's population.

      In a  like manner,  separate  small waste flows  priority lists could  be
developed,  using new  rating criteria that  are  directed  toward  helping small
and rural  communities comply with the  second criteria  of the new  1981 amend-
ments   (i.e.,  restoring groundwater uses and improving public  health).   New
rating  procedures  or  formulas also could contain criteria developed to address

                                  XV-D-9

-------
TABLE XV-D-6.  EVALUATION OF PRIORITY RANKING CRITERIA USED FOR EPA'S
               CONSTRUCTION GRANTS PROGRAM IN WISCONSIN

Ranking Criteria Developed by:  WISCONSIN DEPARTMENT OF NATURAL RESOURCES
                                                      Effect on SWF Systems
          DESCRIPTION OF CRITERIA                     Pro    Neutral    Con

•    Basin priority                                             X

•    Eliminating groundwater pollution                 X

•    Eliminating discharges of raw sewage              X

•    Eliminating ponding or runoff of effluent from    X
     septic tank systems

•    Eliminating bypasses in sewage treatment plants                     X

•    Eliminating backups of sewage into basements               X

•    Assimilative capacity of receiving stream                           X

•    Elimination of discharges of phosphorus                    X

•    Population affected (priority to large citiess)                     X

•    Project category  (priority for new plants, new                      X
     sewers, and eliminating on-site systems)



COMMENTS:

(1)  Procedures state  that "It is the position of the DNR that correction of
     malfunctioning septic systems is not...central to achievement of...
     water quality goals....Unsewered community projects are not needed to
     meet enforceable  requirements of the  Clean Water Act....Elimination of
      ...points for unsewered communities will put those projects on the
     bottom of the priority list...."
                                  XV-D-8

-------
TABLE XV-D-5.  EVALUATION OF PRIORITY RANKING CRITERIA USED FOR EPA'S
               CONSTRUCTION GRANTS PROGRAM IN OHIO

Ranking Criteria Developed by:  OHIO ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY
                                                      Effect on SWF Systems
          DESCRIPTION OF CRITERIA                     Pro    Neutral    Con

     Severity of pollution (priority if effluent                         X
     is more than stream flow)

     Priority for many industrial dischargers in a              X
     basin

     Priority for discharge to cold water fisheries,                     X
     wild and scenic rivers, or recreational waters

     Designated federal priority basins                         X

     Population affected (weighted to large cities)                      X

     Protection of existing water uses  (priority for                     X
     discharges to surface drinking water supplies
     and recreational waters)

     Public health hazards (priority for groundwater   X
     contamination, public health problems, and
     fish kills)

     Project type  (priority for existing centralized                     X
     systems)
 COMMENTS:

 (1)   Procedures  allow  unsewered  areas  with  population  problems  to  receive
      funding,  but  projects  are ranked  using the  above  priority  criteria  and
      placed on one priority list.
                                   XV-D-7

-------
TABLE XV-D-4.  EVALUATION OF PRIORITY RANKING CRITERIA USED FOR EPA'S
               CONSTRUCTION GRANTS PROGRAM IN MINNESOTA

Ranking Criteria Developed by:  MINNESOTA POLLUTION CONTROL AGENCY
                                                      Effect on SWF Systems
          DESCRIPTION OF CRITERIA                     Pro    Neutral    Con

•    Population affected (weighted to large cities)                      X

•    Segment ranking                                            X

•    Category of project (SWF projects are not listed)                   X

•    Per capita cost of project  (high cost gets priority)                X

•    Bond debt  (City more in debt gets priority)                X

•    Per-capita income  (low income gets priority)               X



COMMENTS:

(1)  Unsewered  communities may get on the priority  list only by demonstrating
     the need for a project.  This is done by submitting data on:   (a)  soil
     type;  (b)  lot size; (c) depth to high groundwater; and  (d) age of
     existing system.   These criteria demonstrate the need for centralized
     projects;  SWF systems apparently are not considered.

(2)  Grant  funds are allocated for metropolitan and non-metropolitan projects
     according  to the  ratio of sewered metropolitan population to  sewered non-
     metropolitan population.  Unsewered populations apparently are not
     considered.

(3)  Small  waste flow  funding  (4%) is set aside.
                                   XV-D-6

-------
TABLE XV-D-3.   EVALUATION OF PRIORITY RANKING CRITERIA USED FOR EPA'S
               CONSTRUCTION GRANTS PROGRAM IN MICHIGAN

Ranking Criteria Developed by:   MICHIGAN DEPARTMENT OF NATURAL RESOURCES
                                                      Effect on SW Systems
          DESCRIPTION OF CRITERIA                     Pro    Neutral    Con

     Population to be served (weighted to big cities)                    X

     Designated water use (on-site systems are         X
     considered as discharging to groundwater,
     and get extra points)

     Drought flow ration  (groundwater considered       X
     infinite)

     High quality effluent                             X

     Discharge directly to Great Lakes                          X

     Amount discharged to groundwater                  X

     Elimination of point source discharge to                   X
     an inland lake

     Stream segment ranking                                     X

     Extra weight given to projects which eliminate    X
     a public health problem
 COMMENTS:

 (1)   Michigan procedures  call  for  spending  all  of  the  state's  available  SWF
      funding on SWF projects  in  the  order in  which the projects  fall  on  the
      priority list.   In addition,  SWF projects  also are funded with regular
      grant funds.
                                   XV-D-5

-------
TABLE XV-D-2.  EVALUATION OF PRIORITY RANKING CRITERIA USED FOR EPA'S
               CONSTRUCTION GRANTS PROGRAM IN INDIANA

Ranking  Criteria  Developed  by:   INDIANA  STREAM  POLLUTION  CONTROL  BOARD
          DESCRIPTION OF CRITERIA

     Dilution by streamflow per 1,000 persons

     Ranking of stream segment

     Population per square mile of basin

     Assimilative capacity of receiving stream

     Basin designated by EPA or plant expansion of
     existing system

     Major need for new conventional system or plant
     expansion of existing system
     New regional plants or proposed conventional plants
     in Steps  1, 2, or 3
Effect on SWF Systems
Pro    Neutral    Con

          X

          X

                   X

          X

                   X
                   X
 COMMENTS:

 (1)  Municipalities without existing plants can be added to the priority
     list.

 (2)  Municipalities that  do not have point source discharges and that have
     enforceable pollution problems  (e.g., failing on-site system) can be
     removed  from  the priority list.

 (3)  The  narrative accompanying the  description of the  rating system states
     that "compliance with I/A technology rules is difficult."  Procedures
     for  spending  funds for small  community systems  are not established;
     however,  it is noted that 4%  of the state's allotment is set  aside
     for  small community  systems.

 (4)  Procedures allow municipalities with on-site systems to get on the
     priority list by "documenting substantial pollution problems  from raw
     sewage discharge or  inadequate  septic systems." No mention is made of
     public health problems.
                                   XV-D-4

-------
TABLE XV-D-1.  EVALUATION OF PRIORITY RANKING CRITERIA USED FOR EPA'S
               CONSTRUCTION GRANTS PROGRAM IN ILLINOIS

Ranking Criteria Developed by:   ILLINOIS ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY
                                                      Effect on SWF Systems
          DESCRIPTION OF CRITERIA                     Pro    Neutral    Con

     Discharge of large amounts of BOD to stream                         X

     Adequacy of existing facilities in meeting                          X
     permit limitations

     Ranking of stream segments according to                    X
     effluents to discharged

     Types of additional facilities required                             X

     Types of existing facilities which are overloaded                   X

     Discharge does not comply with 30/30 (BOD/TSS)                      X

     Number of 600-feet downstream segments                              X
     polluted by the municipality's activities

     Number of 600-feet downstream segments            X
     polluted by drainage tile fields

     Number of 600-feet downstream segments that                         X
     have unbalanced aquatic environments due to
     the municipality's activities

     Severity of public health hazards  resulting       X
     from inadequate or malfunctioning  private
     sewage disposal systems

     Multiplying factor biased to  favor large                            X
     municipalities
 COMMENTS:

 (1)  Points given for inadequate existing centralized facilities appear to
      greatly overshadow points available for on-site systems.

 (2)  The narrative associated with the ranking criteria states that the trend
      in Illinois is to support and encourage innovative/alternative technology
      in 1982.
                                   XV-D-3

-------
Water Act, EPA promulgated changes in its regulations involving establishments
of priority rating  systems  and funding reserves relating to  the  Construction
Grants Program.  Of  relevance  to this discussion are the provisions of 40 CFR
35.915(a)(1),  which established criteria to be used in state priority systems.
These  regulations  required  states to  establish  project  rating  systems  for
determining priorities  for  grant funding  based  on the following criteria:

     •    severity of the pollution problem;
     •    existing population;
     •    need for preservation of water quality; and
     •    specific  categories  of  need, to  be  addressed  on  a  state  basis.

     The  first of the  above-stated  criteria is not particularly well suited
for application to rural communities with proposed small waste flows projects,
because  failing on-site  systems  often result  in  significant public health
problems without  causing  significant pollution problems.  The second criteria
increases  priority  according  to  the  number  of persons  affected  by (i.e.,
benefiting  from)  a  proposed project—a situation which obviously places rural
communities  at  a  disadvantage  when  they  compete  for funding  with  large
metropolitan  areas.   The  third  criteria  also  is not  advantageous  to  small
waste  flows systems, since  water quality  degradation  does not  always  occur
with  failing  on-site  systems.   Advantages  or disadvantages  of  the fourth
criteria  are  dependent upon  the specific category  selected by the state, if
any.   It is  noteworthy that  neither the Clean  Water Act  nor the  regulations
suggest  a  specific  category  for  non-sewered technologies, despite  the  fact
that  the Act made individual systems eligible for  Construction Grants  funding.

      Additional provisions  are given in 40 CFR  35.915(a)(1)(iv), which speci-
fies  that other additional criteria consistent  with those listed above may be
considered,  including  the  special   needs  of   small  and  rural  communities.
Furthermore,  40  CFR 35.915-1(a), dealing  with required reserves  related to
priority  lists  and federal  funding allotments to the various states, specifies
that  "each state  with  a  rural population of  25% or  more shall  set  aside 4% of
the  prescribed state allotment to fund  alternative  systems for small  communi-
ties."   These additional provisions, which allow  states to establish ranking
criteria  specifically geared to  small communities, and which require monies to
be  set aside  for funding  alternative  small  waste  flows management programs,
provided  the  means  for states to  recognize  and satisfy the need  for  improved
small waste  flows   systems in unsewered communities.   The  following section
presents  the  results of an analysis  conducted  to  determine how proposed  small
waste flows management programs are affected  by the  state  priority ranking
systems  within EPA Region V.

3.     EVALUATION  OF  STATE  PRIORITY SYSTEMS

      Tables XV-D-1  through XV-D-6 summarize  the results of evaluations of the
priority ranking  systems  used  by Illinois,  Indiana,  Michigan,  Minnesota,  Ohio,
and  Wisconsin,  respectively.   Each table lists  the major rating criteria  used,
and   designates  whether  the  criteria  are  advantageous to  small waste  flows
 systems  (pro); do  not  affect small  waste flows  systems  (neutral);  or  place
 small waste  flows  systems  at a substantial  disadvantage (con)  when  compared
with large municipal projects.
                                   XV-D-2

-------
D.    BENEFITS  OF SEPARATE  STATE PRIORITY  LISTS  FOR  SMALL  WASTE
      FLOW AREAS

     Wastewater  management  problems  in  unsewered  communities  are  seldom
similar to those  of  sewered  communities.  This  chapter  explores the proposi-
tion that criteria used to rank sewered communities for  grant funding are not,
therefore,  appropriate for  the  ranking  of  unsewered  communities.    It  is
suggested here that  states consider  adoption  of  separate priority lists to be
used for  communities where public  health  and  groundwater protection goals are
as significant as surface  water quality goals.

1.    GOALS

     Of  the  municipal  wastewater management  problems  faced by local, state,
and  federal  governments at the beginning  of the Construction Grants program,
inadequately treated discharges  of wastewater to surface waters, primarily by
large,  centralized  systems,  were the  most  obvious and the most amenable to
solution by known technologies.  It is thus  not  surprising  that  Section 216 of
the Federal Water Pollution Control Act of 1972  (Public  Law 92-500)  lists only
elements  of  centralized wastewater  systems  as mandatory categories for state
priority  lists.   Billions of  dollars  have  now been  spent  on thousands of
centralized  treatment   systems  to  address  the  worst of  these  surface water
pollution problems.

     But  there  remain  on  state priority lists many projects for which  surface
water  quality  goals are  not as urgent as  are  public  health and  groundwater
protection  goals  related to  operation  of  on-site  systems.  Increasingly,
communities  with  limited or  no  collection facilities   are  rising  on  the
priority  lists.

     The  priority   lists,  however,  were  established   to  rank   centralized
projects,  the  dominant goals of which are  surface water pollution  abatement.
As  a result, upcoming  projects for  unsewered communities,  many of  which  have
real public  health or  groundwater problems,   have  to  compete  with  wholly
dissimilar projects.   The response  of many applicants appears to  be to tailor
their  proposed  projects  to  get as  many points  in  the  priority rating  as
possible.  The resulting  project may be as inappropriate for the  community as
were the priority  criteria.   Such  projects  are typically the  most expensive
means  of abating  the  actual public health and  groundwater  problems  at  hand,
requiring installation  of  new collection  and  treatment  systems  with  new
discharges   to   surface   waters.   Misapplication  of  priority  criteria   can
actually be  counter-productive,  in addition to being expensive.

      Several reasons  for having  separate  state  small waste  flows  priority
 lists  are presented herein.   The following  paragraphs discuss the basis  of
 current grant  funding  priority lists,  evaluate ranking  criteria used by states
within EPA Region V,  discuss  the need for  separate funding lists, and mention
 some of  the anticipated  consequences  of  establishing  separate  priority lists
 for funding  small waste flows  management programs.

 2.    REGULATIONS ASSOCIATED  WITH  THE  CLEAN  WATER  ACT  OF  1977

      The Clean  Water   Act of  1977  (Public  Law 95-217) provided  for several
 modifications  to EPA's Construction  Grants Program.  As a result of the Clean
                                   XV-D-1

-------
Wisconsin

John Cain
Department of Natural Resources
P. 0. Box 450
Madison, WI 53701

Lyman Wible
S.E. Wisconsin Regional
  Planning Commission
916 South East Avenue
Waukesha, WI 53186

William Lane
Dane County Regional
  Planning Commission
City-County Building, Room 312
Madison, WI 53709

John Laumer
Fox Valley Water Quality
  Planning Agency
1919 American Court
Neenah, WI 54956
                                  XV-C-14

-------
Minnesota

Paul Davis, Chief Planner
Pollution Control Agency
1935 West County Road B2
Roseville, MN 55113

John Harrington, Environmental Planner
Metropolitan Council
300 Metro Square Building
7th and Robert Streets
St. Paul, MN 55101

Ohio

Edward Armstrong, Office of
  Planning Coordinator
Environmental Protection Agency
361 East Broad Street
P. 0. Box 1049
Columbus, OH

Jim King, Environmental Engineer
Northeast Ohio Four County
  Coordinating Organization
137 South Main Street
Delaware Building, Suite 300
Akron, OH 44308

John Becker, 208 Director
Northeast Ohio Areawide
  Coordinating Agency
1501 Euclid Avenue
Cleveland, OH

Dorey Montezumi, 208 Director
Ohio-Kentucky-Indiana Regional
  Council of Governments
426 East Fourth Street
Cincinnati, OH

Dick Roberson, 208 Planner
Miami Valley Regional Planning
  Commission
333 West First Street, Suite 500
Dayton, OH 45402

John Getchey, 208 Director
Eastgate Development and
  Transportation Agency
1616 Covington Street
Youngstown, OH 45402
                                  XV-C-13

-------
Angela Preston, Water Quality Coordinator
Indiana Heartland Coordinating Commission
7212 North Shadeland, Suite 120
Indianapolis, IN 46250

Larry Koepfle, Water Quality Planner
Michigan Area Council of Governments
County-City Building, llth Floor
South Bend, IN 46601

Rosemary Harvey, Environmental Planner
Region VI Planning and Development
  Commission
207 North Talley
Muncie, IN 47303

Michigan

Ron Wilson
Department of Natural Resources
Stevens T. Mason Building, 8th Floor
Box 30028
Lansing, MI 48909

Chuck Grant, 208 Coordinator
Northwest Michigan Regional Planning
  and Development Commission
2334 Aero Par Court
Traverse City, MI 49684

Marty Skoglund, 208 Coordinator
Central Upper Peninsula Planning
  and Development District
2415 14th Avenue South
Escanaba, MI 29829

Ron Karwowski, 208 Director
Genesee, Lapeer and Shiawassee
Region V Planning and Development
  Commission
100 Phoenix Building
Flint, MI 48502

James Sygo, 208 Director
East Central Michigan Regional Planning
  Commission
500 Federal Avenue
Castle Building, Second Floor
Saginaw, MI 48607

John Koches
West Michigan Shoreline Regional
  Development Commission
315 West Webster Avenue
Muskegon, MI 49440

                                  XV-C-12

-------
                   AGENCIES  AND PERSONNEL CONTACTED
U.S. EPA

Mark Alderson
Mike Philips
U.S. EPA Region V
230 South Dearborn St.
Chicago, IL 60604

Illinois

William Sullivan
Terri Zeal
Illinois Environmental Protection Agency
220 Churchill Road
Springfield, IL 62706

Angela Kazakevicius
Greater Egypt Regional Planning and
  Development Commission
P. 0. Box 3160
608 East College Street
Carbondale, IL 62901

Jacqueline Bruemmer, 208 Program Manager
Southwestern Illinois Metropolitan and
  Regional Planning Commission
203 West Main Street
Collinsville, IL 62234

Thomas Trybus
Northeastern Illinois Planning and
  Development Commission
400 West Madison Street
Chicago, IL 60606

Indiana

Steve Kim
Ron Weiss
Stream Pollution Control Board
Board of Health
1330 West Michigan  Street
Indianapolis, IN 46206

Mose McNeese, 208 Planner
Northwestern Indiana Regional
  Planning  Commission
8149 Kennedy Avenue
Highland,  IN 46322
                                  XV-C-11

-------
                                REFERENCES
Environmental Protection  Agency  1978.   Grants for construction  of  treatment
     works - Clean Water Act (40 CFR 35  Part E):   Rules and regulations.   43FE
     44022, 27 September 1978.

Greater Egypt  Regional Planning and Development  Commission.   1980.   Areawide
     waste  treatment  and  water  quality  management  planning  -  facilities
     planning  for   small   communities.    Publication   No.  1  GERPDC-80-552.
     Carbondale IL.

Illinois  Environmental  Protection  Agency.   1979.    Illinois  water  quality
     management plan, volume 4.  Springfield IL.

Indiana Heartland Coordinating Commission.  Variously dated.  Hendricks County
     sewage treatment management study.   Indianapolis IN.

Northeastern  Illinois Planning  and  Development  Commission.   1979.   Areawide
     water quality management plan, volume 1.  Chicago IL.

Southwestern  Illinois Metropolitan  and  Regional  Planning  Commission.   1979.
     Feasibility   study   of   alternative  wastewater    treatment   systems.
     Collinsville IL.
                                  XV-C-10

-------
could also  become  involved in providing  technical  assistance  to local  com-
munities in the use of  small  waste  flows  technologies  and management.   Where
the 208 agency did  not possess  the necessary expertise in-house  to provide the
assistance, it  could  function as a  clearinghouse and  obtain assistance  from
other agencies.

e.   Preparing Manpower Inventories  for Local Small Waste Flows
     Programs

     A wide range  of types of expertise may be required by a local community
in operation  of a  small waste flows  program.   Many  communities may find that
they have  deficiencies  in  certain  expertise  levels  among existing personnel.
A 208 agency  could assist  these  communities on a regional basis, by preparing
inventories of the  types of  expertise  available to the community from private
organizations and  other public agencies.  A  208  agency,  with  its familiarity
with public and private agencies,  could provide  new sources of assistance to
local communities.  A  feasible method of solving the  manpower needs  of many
small communities  with limited resources would be the identification of expert
personnel who could be shared by  more than one community.

f.    Assisting  Local Communities  in Grant  Application and
      Administration

     The application for,  and  administration of, Construction  Grants funds to
be  utilized for decentralized systems  may  involve  more expertise,  time, and
effort than rural communities have  at their  disposal.   Additional requirements
for  individual  systems  as provided  in Section 35.918-1  of the Construction
Grants Regulations  (EPA, 1978) provide an example  of the greater regulations
governing  grants   for  individual systems.   Many  208  agencies have provided
grants  assistance  to  local communities under the Construction Grants program
and  other  Federal  programs.   With  staff expertise  in the construction grants
program  and requirements,  the 208  agencies  would be  ideally suited to provide
assistance  to local communities.   The  208 agencies  also  could  provide ongoing
assistance  in the  administration of  the grants.  Such  activities as providing
assistance  to communities  in  contracting for  services, hiring of personnel,
budget  preparation, and others  could  all be  feasibly performed under a 208
agency assistance  program.
                                  XV-C-9

-------
     •  serve as  a  repository  for performance  data  on  the  utilization  of
        alternative wastewater  technology.

All  of  these measures  comprise preliminary  planning efforts that  would  be
valuable  to  local  communities  in  identifying  the  feasibility  of utilizing
small waste  flows  technology and management.  The  activities  would require a
greater involvement by the  208  agencies  in recognition and identification of
the needs of rural areas  and planning  for  these areas.  However, 208 agencies
should benefit from familiarity with the  local communities and availability of
necessary planning tools,  and  possess  necessary  expertise  to  perform such
studies.

c.   Reviewing  and Making Recommendations  for  Upgrading of  Local
     and  State  Regulations

     Many local and  state  regulations  inhibit the  utilization of small waste
flows technology and the  management of decentralized  systems.  In many states
this  is  done prudently because  the feasibility of  the  utilization of small
waste flows  technology has  not  been proven in a given area  and the mechanisms
for  the proper management  of these systems have not been developed.  However,
as  the  use   of decentralized systems  proves feasible, cost-effective,  and in
harmony with environmental objectives,  the need  for  amendments  to existing
local and state  regulations becomes apparent.   Similarly,  as the utilization
of  small  waste  flows  technologies  becomes  a  reality,  the  development  of
appropriate  management  capabilities will  in  many cases require  revision of
local and/or state regulations.

     The  208 agencies should  be familiar  with  existing  regulatory controls
within  a  community as well as  with regulatory  techniques  used in other com-
munities.   The 208 agencies can review local codes  and recommend amendments to
communities  that lack sufficient expertise to  initiate such changes on their
own.  A 208  agency with  available  staff  and expertise would also be more able
to  lobby  state agencies  for necesary  amendments  than  would  a  rural community.

d.   Disseminating  Information on Small Waste  Flows Technology
     and  Management

     The  dissemination  of  information on  small  waste  flows technology  and
management  is an  activity that most  existing  208 agencies  perform in some
manner.   The level and types of information disseminated vary  widely, however.
There  are three  main methods of information dissemination:   educational pro-
grams, training programs, and provision of technical  assistance.  A 208 agency
would be  an  ideal  agency for providing these  services because it posseses  the
necessary expertise and can provide assistance over a  wide  area.

     Educational  programs  consist  of  a  variety  of  activities  that  may be
utilized  to  educate the  general  public  in small  waste  flows technology  and
management.    Examples might  include  holding  public meetings, and workshops;
preparation  of  brochures and pamphlets  describing small waste flows manage-
ment;  and similar activities.   Most  208 agencies  will have  already attained
expertise in these activities  through other 208 programs.   Training programs
that  may  be  coordinated  through a  208 agency include  programs  for regulatory
personnel,   system  installers,  designers,  and   evaluators.   The  208  agency
personnel could  develop  the  programs and bring  in  necessary expertise  for
these programs  to supplement  agency  personnel  as needed.   The  208 agencies

                                  XV-C-8

-------
     •  a  mailed  questionnaire  regarding  each  resident's  knowledge  of  the
        on-site system and  its  performance,

     •  review of  soils maps,

     •  review of  local permit  records,

     •  lot elevations  to  estimate  depth  to water  table  (lakeshore areas),

     •  calculation of lot  sizes,

     •  remote photo imagery, and

     •  leachate detection  of ground  or  surface water in the area.

Following  such a  needs  determination, the condition  of  existing on-site
systems  within the  community  may be categorized  into one of  three groups:

     1.  those with obvious problems,
     2.  those with no problems,  and
     3.  those requiring more investigation for evaluation.

This  type  of   initial  screening  indicates  to a  community  the  severity of its
wastewater needs.    It  also  indicates  the level of  effort required  for  comple-
tion  of  the   needs  analysis   based   on the  number  and  type  of properties
requiring more investigation for  evaluation.

     Performance of this type of  needs analysis could feasibly be  conducted by
existing  208  agencies.  The 208  agencies  represent  the  only  personnel with
expertise  in   wastewater planning in many  rural  areas,  and  this  expertise
should  be  fully utilized.   In addition,  208 agencies  may have already con-
ducted studies providing some of  the  data needs and may have available  or have
ready  access  to and  familiarity with soils maps,  topographic  maps, lot line
maps,  and  other data.   These agencies would also have staff available who are
capable of assimilating and interpreting the necessary data.

b.   Identifying Local  Feasibility of  Small Waste Flows  Technology
     and Management

     The  identification of the  local  feasibility  of small waste  flows tech-
nology  and management  includes a wide range of  activities that  could  be per-
formed  by  208 agencies. Many  existing  208  agencies  are already  performing  a
number  of  these activities.  The  list of potential  activities includes:

     •  prepare soil  and other studies  indicating the  feasibility of  on-site
        disposal techniques throughout the  community,

     •  identify local measures for septage treatment,

     •  conduct institutional  analyses of local communities for  the management
        of decentralized systems,

     •  Prepare  site-specific  cost  benefit analysis  for the  use  of  decen-
         tralized systems vs. centralized collection and disposal,  and


                                  XV-C-7

-------
3.   POTENTIAL  208 PROGRAM ACTIVITIES

     The 208 agencies  represent  the  only body  concerned with wastewater plan-
ning in many rural  areas.   As such,  they can  have  a  tremendous impact on the
utilization of small waste flows  technology and management  to serve the waste-
water needs of rural areas by providing assistance  to  local communities.  Many
208  programs  have  already  been  active  in  promoting  the  use  of  small waste
flows technology and management.   Ongoing activities  include conducting Muni-
cipal Needs  Analysis  for  rural  communities,  studying the use of alternative
technology, managing decentralized facilities,  etc.  The  purpose of this sec-
tion will  be to identify the expanded  role  that  208  agencies  can fulfill in
providing  assistance   to  local  communities.    While   it   is  recognized that
funding limitations may affect any expansion of 208 programs, the purpose here
is to assess  the potential for 208 involvement in  small waste  flows programs.

     The range  of potential  208  activities that  will be  discussed includes:

     •  preparing of community needs  analysis,

     •  identifying  local  feasibility  of  small  waste flows  technology and
        management,

     •  reviewing and making  recommendations for upgrading of  local and state
        regulations,

     •  disseminating information on  small  waste  flows technology and  manage-
        ment,

     •  preparing manpower  inventories for local  small waste  flows programs,
        and

     •  assisting  local  communities  in  grant  application  and  administration.

a.    Preparing of a Community Needs Analysis

     The State of  Illinois  provides  an excellent  example  of what existing 208
agencies  have accomplished in  identifying  community needs.   As  previously
discussed  under  current programs,  the state and designated 208 agencies pre-
pared  Municipal  Needs  Analyses  (MNA)  for those  communities that  had not
applied  for  construction grants  and  had not,  therefore  prepared  a  facility
plan.  These MNAs  are  essentially the same as  facilities  plans although their
recommendations  are not necessarily  readily  implementable as are the  recom-
mendations of  facilities  plans.   Through these MNAs,  the  state and designated
208  agencies have  appraised the  wastewater  needs of rural   communities and
identified approaches to meeting these needs.

     Needs  analysis assistance to local communities   does  not have  to be as
extensive  as  has been done in  Illinois to be  of  value.   Needs  documentation
based on easily obtainable data,  such as Phase  I studies  described  in  Region  V
Guidance  on Site  Specific  Needs Determination and Alternative Planning for
Unsewered  Areas  may be performed.   The needs  documentation is based  on data
such as:
                                  XV-C-6

-------
discussed setting up a  program to manage on-site systems  and  another subplan
that  dealt  with  the  environmental problems  associated  with leachate  from
on-site systems.  According to  agency  personnel,  both of  these subplans  were
general and  have been  improved upon by more recent  and  expansive literature.
The Ohio-Kentucky-Indiana Regional  Council  of  Governments  prepared a separate
report on  alternative  methods  of on-site disposal.  The Eastgate Development
and Transportation Agency is  currently preparing  a study dealing  with on-site
systems.    The  study entitled  Operation and Maintenance  Standards for On-Site
Systems is looking at  current  regulatory practices regarding system operation
and maintenance and making recommendations for  changes.

g.    Wisconsin

     The Wisconsin Department  of Natural Resources (DNR) prepared a statewide
208 plan that  did  not  go into  extensive  discussion  of  alternative wastewater
technology.  The  plan  did  make  recommendations  that alternative technology
should be  considered as part  of the facilities planning  process.   The DNR has
been  funded  for fiscal  year  1981 to prepare a study entitled Implication of
Small and Alternative Technology.   This  study  will  look at  the  ramifications
of applying small waste flows  and alternative technology  to rural  communities.
They  hope  from this  study to  encourage extensive use of  new alternative tech-
nology when community conditions warrant its use.

     The Southeast  Wisconsin  Regional  Planning  Commission members  have been
very  active  in exploring the  issue of alternative  technology to serve rural
areas.  Their  208 plan  discussed the  feasibility  of  the use of alternative
technology and  particularly the Wisconsin mound system.   They also developed,
in  1976,   a  technical   report  entitled State of the Art  of Wastewater Manage-
ment .  Their 208 plan developed sewer service areas surrounding existing urban
centers and  looked at alternatives for sewering these areas where  conventional
sewerage did not  appear feasible.  They intend to conduct a detailed study to
look  at alternative methods to  service these areas.

      The Dane  County Regional  Planning Commission's 208  plan primarily con-
centrated  on the  control of non-point  source pollution  problems.  Outside of
readily  sewerable areas,  the  Commission  did  discuss the need   to  address  a
variety of alternatives in considering the sewer service.  However, the agency
is  not  encouraging the use of  alternative technology because  it  is attempting
to  channel  future  development  into  areas  already served  by   conventional
sewerage.  The  agency intends to undertake a study this year (1981) of systems
for  requiring   homeowner  operation  and maintenance  of  all  existing on-site
systems, monitored by the issuance  of yearly operating permits.

      The remaining  designated  208 agency, the Fox Valley  Water  Quality Plan-
ning  Agency,  did  not  extensively  cover  the  use  of alternative technology
within  its 208 plan.  The planning  area  contains  very  poor soils, high water
tables,  and floodplains  that  preclude the  use   of on-site  systems  in many
areas.  Much of the district  is  so  environmentally  sensitive  that any type of
sewerage and development is disadvantageous.  The agency  plans  to review  the
sewer service  areas  to identify  the environmentally sensitive areas as being
unsuitable for any type  of development.
                                  XV-C-5

-------
The plans  have at least provided  a  starting point from which further  use  of
alternative technology  may be  considered.   The statewide  208  plan that  has
been recently  funded will  primarily  focus on point source pollution problems.

     Several of  the  208 agencies  have conducted or are becoming  involved  in
special studies  and  activities  related to small waste  flows  management.   The
West Michigan  Shoreline Regional Development Commission prepared  a  report  in
1977   entitled  Sewerless  Methods  of Household  Waste Disposal.    This   report
looked at  the  state-of-the-art  in on-site and alternative wastewater disposal
as it existed in 1977.   This 208 agency has been actively promoting the use of
alternative technology,  but local counties  are reluctant  to change  from  the
status  quo of  conventional technology.   The  Genesee,  Lapeer,   and  Shiawasse
Planning Development Commission prepared  a report in 1978 entitled The Impact
of Unsewered Development on Water Quality.  This agency worked with one county
in  attempting  to establish  a  small   waste  flows management  district  but  ran
into numerous bureaucratic problems.   These problems were attributed to a lack
of  designation  and approval on the state level of the appropriate administra-
tive  mechanisms. The  Northwest  Michigan Regional  Planning and  Development
Commission has  recently been funded  by the  Northwest Michigan Human Services
Agency to  investigate  starting  an inspection and pump-out  program for septic
tanks  in  a small community.  They will be exploring and developing management
strategy and options.

e.    Minnesota

     Minnesota has only one designated 208 agency serving the Minneapolis-St.
Paul area.  The Metropolitan Council, which is the designated 208 agency serv-
ing  this   area,  has  been  very  active indirectly  in  looking at alternative
wastewater  technology  to service their area.   The  Metropolitan  Waste Control
Commission  (MWCC), which received funds from the Metropolitan Council and the
201 program, completed an alternative wastewater management study that identi-
fied wastewater  problem areas  in the region and recommended generic solutions
to  these  problems.   The MWCC  is  currently being funded for  Phase II  of this
project,  which  involves  performing  site-specific  needs   analysis  of  each
dwelling unit.   The  MWCC has adopted a policy  of  not extending sewers beyond
the present urban areas, and this will increase the likely use of alternative
technology  to   serve  these  areas.   Two  townships  and counties  have  already
prepared  facilities  plans  considering the  use of  alternative  technologies.

     The  Minnesota  Pollution Control  Agency has prepared  a  208  plan for  the
non-designated  areas of the state.  The plan did not specifically address the
needs  of  rural planning areas  or  discuss the use of small waste flows tech-
nology  to  serve  rural  areas.   The  plan  focused on  the  control of non-point
source pollution problems within the state.

f.    Ohio

     The  statewide  208 plan prepared  by  the Ohio EPA  and  the 208 plans pre-
pared  by  the  designated  208 agencies  contacted did  not  consider extensively
the use of small waste  flows technology beyond recognition of the need for its
consideration  during the facilities  planning stage.  Generally,  the 208 plans
emphasized urban and non-point source pollution problems.  The Northeast Ohio
Areawide  Coordinating  Agency did include a  subplan within their 208 plan that
                                  XV-C-4

-------
     All three of the designated 208 agencies have begun to consider the needs
of rural areas  and  the utilization of small waste flows technologies to serve
these  areas  in their  respective  208  planning.   The  Southwestern  Illinois
Metropolitan Regional Planning  Commission  has reassessed area 201 plans where
conventional sewering was not  conisdered cost-effective for the feasibile use
of small waste  flows technology.   They have also prepared a feasibility study
on  the  utilization of  alternative  wastewater  technology  for their  entire
region  (Southwestern Illinois  Metropolitan  and  Regional  Planning Commission,
1979).   Greater Egypt Regional Planning and Development  Commission has been
very progressive in looking at the wastewater needs of rural areas.  A report
entitled  Facilities Planning for Small Communities  (Greater  Egypt  Regional
Planning and  Development  Commission,  1980) has been prepared, which describes
ten unsewered  communities and  the types of factors to be considered in making
facilities  planning decisions.  The Northeastern Illinois Planning and Devel-
opment  Commission assessed  the use of land  application of treated wastewater
as part of its  Areawide  Water Quality Management Plan  (Northeastern Illinois
Planning  and  Development Commission,  1979).  As a result  of  poor soils, the
high  cost  of  available land, variability  and nature  of the region's climate,
and adverse public  opinion, land application of  wastewater was considered in
the plan as ill-suited to most areas  of northeastern Illinois.

c.     Indiana

     The  statewide   208 plan developed by the Indiana  State Board of Health,
Division of Water Pollution Control,  considered the use of  alternative techno-
logy  and the  special  needs of  rural areas only in  a  general manner by men-
tioning that  alternative technologies must be considered during the  facilities
planning  stage.   Because  of   poor  soil  conditions  and  high water   tables
throughout  much of   the state,  the  agency  is  currently  skeptical of  the  use of
alternative  on-site  systems  versus centralized  collection and  treatment
systems.   Also cited as a  problem  with  the use of alternative systems  is the
present lack  of effective community management mechanisms.

      The 208  plans  prepared by the  four  designated  208  agencies only generally
addressed  the use  of  small waste  flows  technology  to serve rural  communities.
The  Indiana Heartland Coordinating Commission is  currently the most active in
looking at  alternative wastewater  technology.  The  Commission  has  prepared the
Hendricks  County Sewage Treatment  Management Study, which  looked  at the  insti-
tutional options in this  county  for managing small package  treatment  plants
 (Indiana Heartland   Coordinating Commission, variously  dated).  The Commission
 is also working with  Hancock  County  on a similar  study  for the  management of
mound systems.

 d.    Michigan

      The entire  state of  Michigan  is  divided  into  designated  208  planning
 regions.   All  fourteen  of the  designated 208  agencies  considered and  dis-
 cussed, in some manner, the  issue  of  the use  of alternative technology to
 service rural  areas in development of their 208 plans.  About one-half of the
 208 plans  contained extensive  discussion  of the use  of alternative technology
 and made  recommendations   for  its  usage.   None  of the 208 plans  specifically
 addressed  the  issue of  setting up management agencies beyond the designation
 of the county as the management agency.   There has been minimal follow through
 to date with  the use  of alternative technology  recommended in the 208 plans.


                                   XV-C-3

-------
be incapable  or unwilling  to  manage small waste  flows facilities.   In  this
event,  a  new  management agency  would have  to be  designated.   None of  the
agencies felt that there would be any difficulties  encountered in changing the
designated management  agency as  long  as  the  208 plan was  updated.   However,
they  did  state that  compliance  with the  208 plan  recommendations  and  local
support of  the change  in management agency designation were of  major impor-
tance.

     Almost  all of the  208 agencies  in  the  region  professed  that  they  had
staff  available who were knowledgeable  in small  waste  flows technology  and
management.   The  level  of   knowledge  varied  widely from  agency to  agency,
depending upon  the  particular  agencies'  needs and programs  relative  to  small
waste  flows management.  On the whole, agencies considered that their greatest
staff  expertise remained in the use  of  conventional wastewater technology,
with  expertise  in  the control of non-point source  pollutants being secondary.

     Potential  funding  support  for  small  waste flows programs was not seen as
feasible by  any of the agencies under the current 208 program funding levels.
Many  agencies  felt  that they have not been able to maintain existing programs
because of  funding  limitations  and  cutbacks,  and some agencies indicated that
they  would  become  more involved in small waste flows management if additional
funding became  available.   The  201  Construction Grants program  is a possible
source of funding for small waste flows programs.

      The  assessment  of  current  208  programs'  consideration of  small  waste
flows  technology  and  management is  given on  a  state-by-state basis, with the
U.S.  EPA Region V personnel  comments provided first.

a,     U.S. EPA Region  V  Personnel

      U.S.  EPA personnel contacted felt that  most  208 plans in the region had
not  incorporated  the  potential utilization of small waste flows technology or
the  particular wastewater needs of rural areas in their plans.  Their percep-
tion was  that the  current plans  generally   concentrated  on the control of
pollution problems  in urban areas with emphasis currently being shifted to the
control  of non-point  source pollution problems.   The problems  and  needs of
rural wastewater areas were only beginning to be addressed with the new incen-
tives for  the  use of  innovative and alternative technology.

b.     Illinois

      Illinois  EPA  prepared a  208  plan  for  the non-designated  areas of the
state, which encompass more than 75% of  the  state  (Illinois EPA,  1979).  This
plan and the  plans developed by  the three  designated  208 agencies  included
Municipal  Needs Analysis (MNA) for all communities  with populations  above 200
that had not prepared a  facilties plan.  The Municipal Needs Analyses identi-
fied the present wastewater-related needs of the  community  in relation to the
state's  strategy for  point source  control and projected  these  needs over a
20-year planning period.   Alternative  strategies   for  meeting the needs were
determined,  and the most cost-effective  solution  was  identified.  An environ-
mental assessment was then  performed, and recommendations for action  were made
for  the individual communities.   In many  instances, the recommended actions
include upgrading  or  continued  use of existing  on-site  systems.
                                   XV-C-2

-------
C.   POTENTIAL  208 PROGRAM ROLES  IN SMALL WASTE  FLOWS  AREAS

1.    INTRODUCTION

     Rural  communities  wishing to utilize  small  waste  flows  technology and
management may not  possess the expertise,  manpower,  and/or  capital that are
needed for  the  design, implementation, and operation of a small waste flows
program.   Such communities will require assistance from  other public agencies
or  private   contractors  who  can  provide  necessary  expertise  and  services.
Existing  state  and  regional  agencies, primarily  208  agencies,  involved in
wastewater  planning can  provide  valuable  assistance  to  these communities.
Advantages  to  utilization of these  existing  agencies  are  many,   including:

     •  the   agencies'  familiarity with  the  communities'  and  areas'  needs,
        resources,  people, and other characteristics,

     •  economies of  scale in  costs  and  personnel that can be gained  by a
        centralized agency performing  region-wide studies  serving  a  number of
        communities,

     •  the   agencies'  access  to and  familiarity with existing planning tools
        and  their utilization, and

     •  the   expertise  within  the  agencies  that may not be  present in rural
        communities.

     The  intent  of this  report will  be first  to  assess current  208 program
activities in relation  to small waste flows management  and secondly to assess
activities related  to  small waste flows  management that potentially could be
performed by regional and statewide  208 agencies.

2.    CURRENT 208 PROGRAMS

     In assessing the involvement  that existing  208 agencies  have had in  small
waste  flows management,  information  was  sought  from  U.S.  EPA,  state,  and
regional  208 agencies concerning answers  to the  following questions:

     •  How  have rural wastewater planning areas  been  incorporated into  the
        208  planning process,  and how has  the use of small  waste  flows  tech-
        nology and management been considered?

     •  A certified 208 plan designates who the  grant  applicant must be.   Will
        this cause problems for small  waste flows management  programs?

     •  Are  there  staff members available  within the  208 agency knowledgeable
        in small waste flows technology and management?

     •  Is  there potential  funding  support  for  small  waste  flows programs
        under the 208 programs?

Answers to  all  but the first  of  these questions were basically the same from
all of  the  208 agencies  contacted.    The question  concerning designation of a
management  agency  was  raised because it was felt that  the  management agency
that was  designated to operate conventional wastewater  facilities may either
                                  XV-C-1

-------
tion and  experience requirements in each  of  these States are similar to  the
Illinois  requirements.   However,  sanitarians  do  not have to be  certified  to
work within  these  states.   Certain  local health  departments require  their
sanitarians to be  certified  in accordance  with the  State program while  other
localities  fill  sanitarian  positions  with  political  appointees and under-
skilled personnel.   Wisconsin, as explained above,  requires persons  involved
in the administration and enforcement of on-site sewage disposal  facilities  to
be certified plumbing  inspectors.   Requirements for obtaining  plumbing certi-
fication  include  the  successful  completion  of  a  training program  and  the
passage of a state  examination.   Wisconsin also requires all persons  conduct-
ing soils  evaluation  to  be  certified as soil  testers.   Certified  soil testers
are  required  to  pass a  state examination.   All  local units of  government
regulating  on-site  disposal  systems in Wisconsin  are  required  to  hire  or
contract  the  services of a  certified soil tester.  Certification  and hiring
requirements are described in greater detail in Section VI.F.

4.   AUTHORITY  OF SANITARIANS

     The authority of sanitarians  to regulate  on-site systems,  like hiring and
certification requirements,  vary  from  locality to  locality within Region  V.
The extent of a  sanitarian's authority is  determined by the State's codes for
on-site regulation  (Section XV.A.)  and  enabling legislation  (both local  and
state)  concerning  issues such as  access to inspect systems and  the  power  to
condemn houses served  by systems  creating  a health  hazard.  Facilities  plan-
ners considering SWF  alternatives  need  to  investigate the  authority  that the
local health department of utility district has with regards to the regulation
of  on-site systems  and  enforcement  of health and water  quality  standards.
                                  XV-B-2

-------
B.   ORGANIZATION AND  MANPOWER FOR ON-SITE  REGULATION

1.   INTRODUCTION

     On-site systems in the Region V  states primarily are regulated by county
and  municipal  governments.   State involvement  in the regulation  of on-site
systems, in  contrast  with centralized  facilities,  is  relatively minor.   The
States'  role  consists  of  promulgating  on-site  regulations  and  providing
technical assistance to local health  departments.  Overall, the regulation of
on-site systems varies from one  locality to another throughout most of Region
V.

2.   MANPOWER ESTIMATES

     Sanitarians,  in  most cases, are  the  persons responsible  for regulating
on-site  systems  on the  local  level.    Hiring  and certification requirements
differ  according  to  locality  and state.   Estimates  of  the number  of sani-
tarians were collected from each of the Region V  states.  These estimates are
the following:

     •  Illinois:   1,189  registered sanitarians

     •  Indiana:   680  registered  and unregistered  sanitarians

     •  Michigan:   550 registered and  unregistered sanitarians

     •  Minnesota:  329 registered sanitarians

     •  Ohio:  775 registered  sanitarians

     •  Wisconsin:  111 certified plumbing  inspectors
                    3,000 certified soil testers.

     It must be noted that  these estimates do not give  a true picture of the
actual  number  of  sanitarians  actually working  with on-site  systems  in the
field.  Reasons for this  include the  difficulty  in determining what amount of
effort  is  spent by  sanitarians  on on-site  systems in addition to other duties
such  as restaurant inspection,  rodent  control,  etc.  and  the  fact that many
states  do  not  require the registration of  sanitarians.   One state, Wisconsin,
does  not  list  on-site regulators as  sanitarians.   They  are  classified  as
plumbing inspectors and soil testers  instead.

3.   TRAINING AND HIRING REQUIREMENTS

     Illinois  is  the  only state  within Region V  which requires  the  registra-
tion  of all sanitarians  working  in the state.   The remaining states, with the
exception  of Wisconsin,  having voluntary  certification requirements  for  sani-
tarians .

     The  Illinois  requirements  consists   of  a combination  of education and
experience  criteria  which must  be met prior  to  a sanitarian becoming certi-
fied.   Persons meeting  the  education  requirements but  lacking the required
experience   may   work  in  Illinois   as   sanitarians-in-training.   Indiana,
Michigan,  Ohio,  and Minnesota have voluntary  certification programs.  Educa-


                                  XV-B-1

-------
Wheeler, Gil, and Jim Bennett.   1979.   The campaign in California for alterna-
     tive systems.   In:   Individual on-site wastewater  systems:   Proceedings
     of the  Fifth National Conference,  1978 (Nina I. McClelland,  ed.).   Ann
     Arbor Science Publishers,  Ann Arbor MI,  pp  83-93.

Wisconsin Department of Health and Social Services.  1976.   Wisconsin Plumbing
     Code.  In:  Wisconsin Administrative Code,   Rules of Department of Health
     and Social Services.   Madison WI.
                                   XV-A-19

-------
                                REFERENCES
Great Lakes Basin Commission.   1976.   Appendix 520.   State laws,  policies,  and
     institutional  arrangements.   Great  Lakes  Basin  framework study.   Ann
     Arbor MI.

Ilinois Department  of  Public  Health.   1974.   Private Sewage Disposal  Act  and
     Code.  Springfield IL.

Illinois Environmental Protection  Agency.   1980.   Illinois recommended stand-
     ards for sewage works.  Springfield IL.

Illinois  Pollution  Control Board.   1979.   Rules and regulations,  Chapter 3:
     Water pollution.  Springfield IL.

Indiana  State  Board  of  Health.   1978.   Septic tank-absorption  field sewage
     disposal systems.  Bulletin No.  S.E.8.  Indianapolis IN.

Indiana  State  Board of  Health.   1978.  Planning  guide for water  supply  and
     wastewater  disposal  for  small public, commercial and place of employment
     buildings:   Minimum  requirements.   Bulletin  S.E.13.  Indianapolis  IN,

Indiana  State  Board of  Health.   1978.  Regulation  HSE  25-R,  Residential  on-
     site wastewater disposal.  Indianapolis IN.

Indiana Stream Pollution Control Board.  1980.  State water quality management
     plan.  Indianapolis IN.

Michigan Department of Public Health, Bureau of Environmental and Occupational
     Health.   1977.   Michigan  guidelines  for  subsurface  sewage  disposal.
     Lansing MI.

Minnesota  Department  of  Natural Resources, Division of Waters.   1976.  Shore-
     land   management:  Elements  and explanation of the municipal shoreland
     rules  and regulations.   Supplementary Report No. 5.   St. Paul MN.

Minnesota  Pollution Control Agency.   1978.  6 MCAR Section 4, 8040, Individual
     sewage treatment  standards, WPC  40.   St. Paul MN.

Ohio  Department of   Health.   1977.   Home  sewage  disposal  rules.   Chapter
     3701-20-01  to  3701-29-21 inclusive of  the Ohio Sanitary Code.   Columbus
     OH.

Ohio Environmental  Protection  Agency.   1974.  Rules of  the Ohio  EPA.   Home
     sewage disposal  in  special sanitary districts.  OAC-3745-13; OAC-3745-43.
     Columbus  OH.

Ohio Environmental  Protection Agency.   1979.   Initial water  quality management
     plan,  Maumee/Portage  River Basins.  Columbus OH.

Otis,  Richard  J., and  David E.  Stewart.  1976.  Alternative  wastewater facili-
     ties  for  small unsewered communities  in rural America.   University of
     Wisconsin,  Small  Scale Waste  Management  Project, Madison WI.


                                   XV-A-18

-------
system, levy  property taxes, or  levy  special assessments for the purpose  of
raising revenues  to  pay debt  service  as well  as  operation and  maintenance
costs.  Town  utility  districts  appear  to be eligible for  EPA and FmHA waste-
water facilities grants.

     Metropolitan  sewerage  districts   are   established   by  an  order  from
Wisconsin DNR after the  receipt  of  a  resolution for district formation from
one  or more  municipalities.   Authorities  granted  to  metropolitan  sewerage
districts  are delineated  in  Section  59,  66, and 67  of  the Wisconsin Statutes
1973.   Metropolitan  sewerage   districts  have been  granted  broad powers  to
manage  wastewater  systems.  They may  raise  revenue through property taxes,
special  assessments,   service  charges,   and  standby  charges.    Methods  of
borrowing include:  municipal bonds,  general obligation bonds, mortgage bonds
and  certificates,  special  improvement bonds, and  promissory notes.   Metro-
politan sewerage districts are enabled  to receive grants from EPA and FmHA for
water pollution control facilities.
                                  XV-A-17

-------
     Cities in Wisconsin  are  enabled to own, operate and  maintain wastewater
systems under  Sections 62  and  66 of the Wisconsin  Statutes  1973.   Wisconsin
cities  are authorized  to  incur  indebtedness to  fund wastewater  facilities
through  financing mechanisms  such  as  general  obligation bonds,  promissory
notes, mortgage bonds,  and  special assessment bonds.  Cities may  institute a
user  charge  system  and  levy  special  assessments.   Cities  are eligible  to
receive Federal grants for wastewater facilities.

     The  powers  and  authorities  of  villages  essentially are  the same  as
cities.   Villages may  own and  operate wastewater  facilities  as  well  as  to
incur  indebtedness   and   establish  user  charge  systems  to  pay  for  the
facilities.   Villages  may receive  grants  from  EPA and  FmHA to  construct
wastewater facilities.   The authorization  for villages to manage wastewater
systems is contained within Sections 61, 62, and 66 of the Wisconsin Statutes
1973.

     Towns   (townships)   are  authorized  to  construct,   own,   and  operate
wastewater  facilities  in  accordance  with  Sections  60,  66,  and  67  of  the
Wisconsin  Statutes  1973.   Towns which  are  incorporated under  Section 60.18
have  the  same  powers and authorities as  villages.   Unincorporated towns have
the ability to incur  indebtedness through means such as borrowing, town bonds,
general  obligation   bonds,  mortgage  bonds,  and  special  assessment  bonds.
Indebtedness is limited by  statute and must be approved by  the electors of the
town.  Towns may  institute  a system  of user charges to retire debt and finance
operation  and maintenance costs.

     Wisconsin  counties  also are  authorized to  directly manage wastewater
facilities  through Sections  59  and 66  of the  Wisconsin  Statutes 1973.  The
financial  powers  of  counties are  limited  to the  use  of  mortgage  bonds  and
constructors certificates to pay  facilities construction costs.  They have the
ability to tax, institute user charges,  and, to  a  limited extent, levy special
assessments.   It  is  not clear whether  or not counties  have even the implicit
authority  to  manage  decentralized  facilities  and  they  may  not  have  the
authority  to accept  EPA Construction Grants  (Otis  and Stewart, 1976).

      Special  purpose  districts   allowed under  Wisconsin  law  include town
utility   districts,   town   sanitary  districts,  and  metropolitan  sewerage
commissions.   Town  sanitary  districts  (TSD's)  may  be  formed in any unincor-
porated  area  of   Wisconsin under  Section  60,  66,  and  67 of  the Wisconsin
Statutes  1973.  TSD's are enabled  to borrow money, issue mortgage bonds, gen-
eral   obligation  bonds,  TSD bonds, revenue  bonds,  and  special  improvement
bonds.   TSD also  have been  granted authority  to  levy a  tax  on all  taxable
property   within   the  district   to  cover   debt  retirement,  operation,   and
maintenance  costs.   TSD's are  authorized  to  collect  user  charges and levy
special  assessments.   They are  authorized  and eligible  to  receive Federal
water pollution control grants.  TSD's  may  be established by a town board  or
by order  of  the Wisconsin Department of Natural  Resources.

      Town utility districts  are  formed by  a town board  ordinance (after  a
public hearing)  in accordance with Section 66.072.   Town utility districts  are
authorized  to  provide  and  manage  wastewater  facilities.   A  town  utility
district   may   use  the  following  methods  of  borrowing:   municipal   bonds,
mortgage  bonds, public improvement  bonds,  certificates, promissory notes,  and
bond anticipation notes.   Town utility  districts may develop  a  user  charge


                                   XV-A-16

-------
     Ohio municipalities are authorized  to  manage wastewater facilities  under
Article XVIII  of the Ohio Code and  Section 729.49 of the Ohio Revised  Code.
Municipalities may  acquire,  construct,  own, maintain, and operate  wastewater
collection and  treatment systems.   Municipalities  have  the power  of  eminent
domain  for  any  public  purpose   including  wastewater   facilities.   Fiscal
authorities granted municipalities include setting rates  for  services provided
within  and outside  corporate  boundaries,  levy property and  use  taxes,  and
issue bonds (general obligation and revenue).

     Counties  may   acquire,   construct,   and  operate   wastewater  systems.
Counties  are  authorized by Ohio  Revised Code Section 6117  to provide waste-
water service.   Ohio  counties  have taxing authority and  the  ability  to  issue
bonds to plan and construct wastewater facilities.

     Sanitary  districts  are  allowed  under  Section 6115  of  the  Ohio  Revised
Code.   Sanitary  districts may be  established by  a  petition of landowners,
municipalities,  or  counties.   The purposes  of the district  include correcting
water pollution  problems,  providing  water,  and disposing of liquid and  solid
waste.  As  such they  are  enabled to  own,  construct, and operate  wastewater
systems.   Sanitary  districts  may  levy  special assessments  against benefited
property and issue bonds to pay for the costs of wastewater  facilities.

     Regional  sewer and water  districts are organized under Section  6119 of
the  Ohio  Revised Code.   The  purpose of regional sewer and water districts are
the  provision  of water and the collection of liquid wastes.   Formation of the
districts may be accomplished by court petition within unincorporated  portions
of  counties  or  by  one  or more  municipalities.   Powers include  acquiring,
constructing  and operating wastewater  facilities as well as  eminent  domain.
Regional  sewer  and  water districts  may  issue  bonds  for  construction  and
operation costs, levy taxes for bond retirement, and levy special assessments.

     Conservancy districts are  the final form of management agency allowed in
Ohio.   Their  authority is  contained in Section 6101 of the Ohio Revised Code.
Conservancy  districts are organized  for a variety of purposes  such  as  flood
control,  flow  regulation,  public  water supply, and collection and disposal of
liquid  wastes.  Conservancy  districts  can be established  by a  court  order
resulting  from the petitions  of  either  landholders  or  local  governments.  A
conservancy  district  must develop  and  adopt  a  plan  for  carrying   out  its
purposes.  The districts have limited power of eminent domain and the power to
own,  construct,  and operate  wastewater facilities.  Conservancy districts are
enabled  to   tax   property,   levy  special   assessments   against  benefited
properties, and  issue  revenue or general obligation bonds.

      Wisconsin

     Five  mechanisms  exist in Wisconsin to manage wastewater facilities.  The
management  mechanisms  are:   cities,  villages,  towns,  counties,  and  special
purpose districts.    None  of  these  have been granted explicit  authority to
manage  on-site  systems.   The  breadth of their  authorities  granted under the
Wisconsin statutes  appears  to grant  implicit authority for  this management
function.   All  of  the management  agencies  described  in   the   section  are
eligible  for receipt  of  Federal water pollution control grants from either EPA
or FmHA.
                                  XV-A-15

-------
upgrade and  rehabilitate  the  community's  malfunctioning on-site systems.   The
State  of  Illinois  is  monitoring  the  performance  of  on-site  wastewater
management  zones  to  determine whether  or not  similar mechanisms  should  be
established   for   counties,   townships,   and   special   purpose  districts.
Currently,  Illinois  enables  the   on-site  wastewater  management  zones to  be
created only within the boundaries of cities,  villages, and incorporated towns
(IEPA, 1979).

     Counties  in  Illinois   have  very  little  active  involvement  in  the
management  of  either  centralized  or decentralized  facilities outside  of
traditional  health department  and planning department  activities.   Counties
have  been  granted authority  (Chapter  34,  Section  3101,   Illinois  Revised
Statutes)  to  construct  and   operate  a  sewage  system  for   the purpose  of
controlling  and regulating the disposal of sewage.   They may also pass rules
and  regulations governing the operation and maintenance of sewage facilities.
Despite the authority, few counties appear to be actively involved in managing
wastewater  facilities.   No  explicit authority  has  been  granted counties  to
manage SWF districts in Illinois  (IEPA, 1979).

     Townships  having  less   than  500,000  population  have  the  power  to
construct,  own, and  operate sewerage facilities (Chapter  139, Section 160.31,
Illinois  Revised  Code).   No  explicit authorities  have been granted townships
in  Illinois  to manage SWF districts.  Like counties, townships  are used very
little as wastewater system management agencies  (IEPA,  1979).

     Two  types of special purpose districts are enabled under Illinois law to
manage  wastewater facilities.  Sanitary  districts  (Chapter  42,  Sections 247
and  418,  Illinois  Revised Code) are organized  to  prevent  the  pollution of
water  through the construction and  operation  of wastewater facilities.  Over
100  districts  have been formed  throughout Illinois.   Sanitary  districts can be
formed  to serve  either  incorporated or  unincorporated areas.  They have the
authority to  establish  user  charges and  levy property  taxes.   No explicit
authority has  been  granted   sanitary  districts  to manage  on-site systems.

     Conservancy  districts are the  other  type  special purpose district which
can  be  utilized  in  Illinois to manage  wastewater  (Chapter  42,  Sections
383-410.1,   Illinois   Revised  Code).   In  addition  to  prevention  of  water
pollution,  conservancy districts  may organize  to  carry out activities such as
conservation  practices,  construct  flood  control projects,  irrigation,  and
recreation.   Conservancy  districts  generally  are more difficult to form and
few  have  been used  recently for the  purpose of constructing  and  operating
wastewater  facilities.   Conservancy  districts  have  not been  granted explicit
authority to  manage  on-site  systems.   Conservancy  districts  do  have the
authority to  issue  general obligation bonds  with referendum approval and to
levy special assessment taxes  on property benefited by district  improvements.
Because  of the taxing power,  it  is  easier for  conservancy districts to  issue
funds  to meet front  end  costs than it  is for special districts lacking the
authority to tax.

       Indiana

     Municipalities  and  special  purpose  districts are the only  public bodies
enabled  under Indiana  law to  manage wastewater  facilities.  Neither munici-
palities or special purpose  districts  have been granted explicit authority to


                                   XV-A-11

-------
manage  a  SWF  district.   However,  these management  structures  do have  the
implicit authority to carry out a local SWF program.

     Municipalities  (cities  and  towns)  do  have  the  authority  to  manage
wastewater systems  (Indiana  Code  19-2-5).   Their authorities are broad enough
to meet the grant  assistance  requirements of  U.S.  EPA and FmHA.   Front-end
costs can be met  through taxes or general  revenues of  the municipality.  The
authority of municipalities extends only  to their boundaries,  but they  may
accept wastes from other nearby jurisdictions.

     There are three  types  of special  purpose  districts which  may  be used to
manage  wastewater  facilities  in Indiana:  sanitary districts, regional sewage
districts,  and conservancy  districts.   Sanitary districts can be formed only
by cities having  a relatively large population  (50,000  and  over) and are not
applicable to this study.

     Indiana enabled  the  formation of  regional sewage districts (RSD) in 1969
under Indiana Code 19-3-1.   RSD's can be formed  to  serve  either incorporated
or unincorporated  areas.  They  are  the predominate mechanism used to manage
wastewater  facilities  in unincorporated areas.  RSD's are  relatively  easy to
form  in  comparison  to  conservancy districts.   They  also  meet  eligibility
requirements for Federal  grants.   They do not  have taxing authority and thus
have difficulty generating funds to meet front-end costs.  Operating costs and
debt retirement are paid through the receipt of user charges.

     Conservancy districts are formed under Indiana Code 19-3-2 to provide one
or more functions  such as flood  control, drainage, irrigation,  water supply,
sewage,   recreation,   and   soil  erosion  control.    The  actual  process  of
establishing a conservancy  district  can be arduous and  time consuming.  Con-
servancy districts have the statutory authority to levy taxes on real property
within  the  district  and  to make assessments on  property  within the district
receiving  special  benefits  from district improvements.  They can meet front-
end  costs  as  a result of their  taxing authority.  However,  also due to their
power to  tax,  they meet more public opposition during the process of district
formation.

     Counties  and  townships  have not been  granted  the  legal  authority to
construct,  own,  and  operate  wastewater facilities in  Indiana.   Attempts are
being made, however, to grant counties this authority.

      Michigan

     Four major  types of public  agencies are  enabled to manage SWF districts
in   Michigan.    These  management  structures  are  incorporated   cities  and
villages,  counties, townships,  and  special purpose  districts.   The State of
Michigan  has not granted explicit  authority to  any of these  for the purpose of
managing  a  local SWF  district.

     Municipalities  (cities  and villages) are legally enabled (Act  233, Public
Acts of 1955)  to  construct, own,  and  operate  wastewater facilities.  Munici-
palities  can  serve  users inside  and  outside  of its boundaries.   It  is not
known  whether or not  municipalities   can  manage a  SWF  district  which  lies
outside the corporate  boundaries.  Municipalities can levy special  assessments
and  property taxes.   Front-end  costs can be met through  the  taxing  mechanisms.


                                   XV-A-12

-------
Michigan municipalities  meet the management  agency requirements for EPA  and
FmHA grant assistance.

     Counties have been  granted  the  authority to manage wastewater  systems in
Michigan (Act 342, Public Acts of 1939).   Their powers and authorities  include
taxing.  Counties also are eligible for federal grant assistiance from  EPA and
FmHA.   No  explicit   authority  exists for  counties  to manage  decentralized
facilities, but they have implicit authority to do so.

     Townships  also  have been granted the authority  (Michigan Constitution,
Article 7,  Section  123.241)  to construct, own, and operate wastewater  facili-
ties.  Townships  are  grant  eligible  and have taxing authority.   They have the
ability  to  meet front-end  costs  associated  with planning   centralized  or
decentralized wastewater facilities.

     Special  purpose  districts   which   are  allowed  to  manage  wastewater
facilities  under Michigan's  laws include water  and  sewage districts,  special
assessment  districts,  and metropolitan districts.   Water  and  sewage disposal
districts  are  empowered under the Michigan  Constitution,  Article  7,  Section
323.158, to construct, own, and operate sewage disposal districts within their
territory.  The water and sewage districts may be created when any two  or more
municipalities  (defined to be any county, township, city, or village) petition
the  Michigan Water Resources  Commission for  the  organization of  a water or
sewage  disposal  district.   Approval by  the  electorate of  the participating
local  units  of  government also is required.  A participating municipality may
levy special  assessments and issue general obligation  bonds  against the full
faith  and  credit  of the municipality to pay for its portion of district costs.
The  districts are eligible to receive Federal grants from EPA and FmHA.

     Special  assessment  districts  may be formed to  acquire,  own, and  operate
parks  or  public utilities   for  the  purpose  of  supplying  sewage disposal,
drainage,  water,  or  transportation.    Special  assessment  districts  may be
formed  by  any  two   or  more  local  units  of  government.   Their  powers  and
authorities are  similar  to those of the water and sewage districts.

     Metropolitan districts   may  be  formed   for  the  purpose   of  owning,
operating,  and  maintaining  sewage  disposal  systems  (Act  312,  Public  Acts of
1929).  The  districts may establish special  assessments  to pay for the costs
associated with construction,  operation,  and  debt  retirement.   They  are
enabled to receive grants from any government or private source.

       Minnesota

     Cities,  counties,  towns,  and  special  purpose districts  are  enabled to
manage wastewater facilities.   Cities,  including villages  and boroughs, are
authorized to construct, operate,  and  maintain  sewer systems, sewage treatment
works,  disposal systems, and other  facilities  for  disposing of sewage within
or outside of their  corporate limits.   While not explicitly allowed to manage
SWF  districts,  the  implicit authority of  cities, villages, and boroughs to do
so is apparent  (Otis and  Stewart, 1976).  They are able  to issue   tax backed
general  obligation bonds and  levy special assessments against property which
is benefitted by the wastewater  facilities.   Cities, villages, and boroughs
are  eligible  to  receive  Federal wastewater pollution control grants and loans.
                                   XV-A-13

-------
     Minnesota  counties  are empowered  to manage wastewater  facilities in  a
manner similar  to that  of  cities.   The  major  exception to this is  that  the
seven  counties  of  the  Twin  Cities metropolitan  area.   These  couties must
obtain  approval  by  the  Metropolitan  Council  prior  to  receipt  of  Federal
wastewater facilities grants.

     Only organized  towns  (townships) having a  population exceeding 3,000  and
an assessed valuation of taxable property of more  than $10 million  are enabled
under Minnesota's statutes  to  manage sewage treatment plants and  lay sewers.
It is  uncertain whether  or  not towns are enabled  to collect user charges and,
thus,  they  may  not  be  eligible  for   Construction  Grants  from  EPA.   The
Minnesota statutes enable towns  to  pay  operating costs  from  the general fund
or from special assessments.

     There  are  two  major  types  of special purpose  districts  which  can be
formed in Minnesota for  the  purpose of  providing  wastewater collection  and
treatment.   One  form  of  sanitary  district  may   be  formed  under  Chapter
115.17-37 of  the  Minnesota  Statutes.  The Minnesota Pollution Control Agency
must be petitioned  to  establish a sanitary  district under Chapter 115.19-37.
Sanitary districts may include municipalities, organized towns,  or unorganized
(unincorporated)  parts  of  counties.   Sanitary districts  formed  under  this
chapter  have  the  explicit  authority  to  manage  on-site  systems  as  well as
centralized facilities.   Sanitary districts  may issue bonds and draw upon the
full faith  and  credit  of participating units of government to back up general
obligation bonds.  Bond  issues must be approved by the participating units of
government.  Sanitary districts organized under Chapter 115.19-37 are eligible
to receive Federal water pollution control grants.

     Public water and sewer systems may be formed under  Chapter  116A of the
Minnesota Statutes  in  all areas of the State except for the seven-county Twin
Cities metropolitan  area and Mower County.  Public water and sewer systems are
relatively  easier to  organize than sanitary districts  formed  under Chapter
115.19-37.   Public   water  and sewer  systems are created by a  county board,
district  court, or  upon petition  from  50 percent  of the landowners  in  the
proposed  service  area.   Unlike  sanitary districts,  public  water  and sewer
systems  are not  required  to  be  approved by the Minnesota Pollution Control
Agency prior  to  formation.  No  explicit  authority  to manage on-site systems
has  been granted to public water  and  sewer systems.   However, the enabling
legislation  is very broad and  implicitly  allows   for  management  of decen-
tralized  facilities.  The  public water and  sewer  systems may  issue general
obligation  bonds  backed  by the full faith and  credit of the county where the
management  agency  is  located.   At least  60  percent  of  the  principal  and
interest  on general obligation  bonds  must  be  paid  from user charge  receipts
and  special assessments.  Public water and sewer systems are not authorized to
issue  revenue  bonds or  special  assessment  bonds.    Public  water  and sewer
systems  clearly  are  eligible for  Federal  water  pollution control grants.

       Ohio

     Five  types of  public  bodies  have  legal authority  to manage wastewater
facilities.   These  agencies are municipalities, counties,  sanitary districts,
regional  sewer  and  water districts, and  conservancy districts.  None  of these
are  explicitly  authorized to manage  SWF  systems.  However,  it does appear  that
implicit  authority  does  exist for  the agencies to manage  SWF systems  in Ohio.


                                  XV-A-14

-------
purpose  district  does  vary according  to the  legal authority  granted by  a
state.  In some cases, special purpose districts  such as  conservancy  districts
have the legal authority to levy taxes on property.   However,  districts  having
the power  to tax often involve a  long and tedious  legal formation process.
Districts  which do  not have  taxing  authority  are easier to  form  but  have
difficulty raising funds to meet front-end costs associated with the planning
and   designing  of   wastewater   facilities.     Special   purpose   districts
historically  have  been   oriented   towards   the  ownership,   operation,   and
management of  centralized  facilities.   They  also appear  to be well suited for
the management  of SWF districts.   The State of  California has  been  promoting
the  on-site  wastewater management  district  (OSWMD) concept.    The  use  of
OSWMD's  gives  great  flexibility  in  supervising  potential  water  quality
problems  from  on-site  systems  and  provides  a  means  to  ensure   reliable
management of on-site systems (Wheeler and Bennett, 1979).

      Municipalities

     Municipalities (including  cities,  villages,  and townships)  traditionally
have  been heavily  involved  in the  construction,  ownership, operation,  and
management  of wastewater  facilities.   The focus of  municipalities  typically
has been on centralized facilities.  Most states  have granted municipalities
the legal  authority  to manage  sewers and treatment plants.   It  is  not known
definitely whether or not  this power also enables municipalities to manage SWF
systems.   In  response  to  this uncertainty,  the  State  of   Illinois  granted
explicit  authority  to  municipalities  to create on-site  wastewater  disposal
zones.

      In   addition   to  direct  management   of  wastewater  facilities,  some
municipalities  also  have  their own health department and planning department.
As  such,  these municipalities have the authority to approve or disapprove the
installation of individual on-site  systems and  to make planning  decisions
based on soils  suitability criteria.

c.     Local Management  Agencies  in the Region V  States

      Different  types  of  public agencies   can  be  used  to  directly  manage
 (construct,  own,  and operate) a local  SWF program in Region V.  This section
describes  the types of management agencies  with a state-by-state focus.   The
focus is  on  the   primary management  agencies, i.  e.  those  which will be
eligible  for EPA Construction  Grants  and which will be  responsible  for the
day-to-day operation  of the SWF district.

       Illinois

      The  State  of  Illinois  has enabled several  types  of  public  bodies  to
manage wastewater  facilities.  Most  of the  bodies  have  implicit authority  to
manage a  SWF  system.  However,   in 1978,  the Illinois  legislature  passed
legislation (Public Act 80-1371) enabling the creation  of on-site wastewater
disposal  zones.  Local  governments  are  enabled  to assume responsibility for
assuring  proper  design,   installation,  maintenance, and rehabilitation  of
 systems  within their boundaries.  The  ownership  of on-site systems can remain
private,   but  the   responsibility   for   system  performance  is  the   local
 government's.   Under  the   State  legislation,  municipalities  forming  on-site
wastewater  management  zones are  eligible  for  an EPA  Construction  Grant  to


                                  XV-A-10

-------
to a public body to operate and maintain private  on-site  systems.   In  spite of
this, SWF management agencies  can  be  organized on the basis that  their  legal
authority  is  implicit  from  existing  legislation.   The  types  of  existing
management  agencies  which  have been  set  up  to own,  operate,  and  maintain
publicly owned centralized  wastewater  facilities  can  be used to manage  local
SWF  programs.   The  authority   granted  these  agencies to  operate  sewers and
wastewater treatment facilities has been interpretated  by some to imply  that
these agencies also have the legal  authority to manage privately owned on-site
systems (Otis and Stewart, 1976).

     The interpretation of implied  authority will vary from state to state and
may be  challenged  in courts on the grounds that  the authority  to run  publicly
owned facilities  does  not  imply authority  to manage  privately owned  on-site
facilities.  Thus,  while SWF programs  can be  operated on  the basis of implied
legal authority,  there is  a  need  in  each Region V state except  Illinois to
judicially  test  implied  authorities  or to  grant explicit  authority to SWF
management agencies along the lines of the  legislation enacted  in Illinois and
California.

b.    Types of  Management Agencies

     Several  types  of  management  agency structures   can be  utilized to
implement a  local  SWF  program.  The functions of SWF management agencies are
described  in  Section  VI.A.   Management agencies must  have  administrative,
technical,  and planning  capabilities  to successfully conduct a SWF  program.
These functions may be shared by more than  one agency  on the local  level.  The
types of local management agencies  which can be used to  carry out SWF  programs
are described in this section.

      Counties

     Counties  may  perform  a  variety  of  SWF management functions.    County
health  departments  generally have   the   responsibility  for approving or
disapproving   individual   on-site   systems.    Health  departments  have the
authority  to monitor and  inspect  individual  systems.   They have the  power to
enter upon private  land  if a  threat  to public health  from a malfunctioning
on-site system is  suspected.   Some states  have granted  health  departments the
authority to issue permits  to  install on-site  systems.

     County  planning and  zoning departments  have the ability  to perform some
of  the  planning functions  necessary for a SWF program.   Planning and zoning
departments  also have the  authority for the  approval  of  on-site systems  in
some states.

     Counties  often  have  the authority to own and operate non-central  systems.
The  authority  of counties to operate wastewater facilities varies  considerably
from state to  state.

      Special Purpose  Districts
                         •t
     There  are several forms of special purpose  districts  which  can  serve  as
SWF  management  agencies.   Major  types  of  special purpose  districts include
conservancy  districts,   sanitary  districts,   regional   sewer  districts,  and
on-site wastewater management  districts.  The powers  of  each  kind of special


                                  XV-A-9

-------
code requirements cannot be met  and when the  proposed  system would not  create
potential for  problems.   This also  is  the case  in Illinois, which  requires
that data must  support  the  request.   In Ohio,  variances  can be requested when
compliance with  the  requirements  would  cause  unusual hardships.   Although  it
appears that in  these  states  a variance procedure exists for new systems,  no
specific guidance is provided  in  the codes on what information must accompany
a request or on what criteria  the  request will be  evaluated.

     Performance  standards  or other requirements  for  existing  systems that
were installed  prior to the.enactment  of the current state codes are  rarely
addressed, if  at all,  in  the codes.   It is  inapparent whether  this lack  of
attention implies  that if existing  systems are  located  in violation  of the
setback requirements, then their  continued use is permitted.  This would seem
reasonable  if  the  system  were  functioning properly;  however,  it  would   be
undesirable  if  the system is  gradually contributing to the contamination  of
nearby  waters.   In the  few  codes that  mention existing on-site systems,  it
generally is  in connection with  the need for  corrective action for  malfunc-
tioning systems.  But  without  routine or periodic monitoring of water quality
near existing  on-site  systems,  which  would  detect the  discharge  of  inade-
quately treated  effluent to the  groundwater,  only the more obvious  failures
would  be  detected,  such as surface  ponding or backup of wastewater  into the
house.

     The Wisconsin rules state that when a failing or malfunctioning private
sewage  system  is encountered, it  must  be  corrected  or its use discontinued
within a period not to exceed  one year.   For existing systems  that are located
in  floodplains  and  that have failed,  replacement systems are  allowed on  a
case-by-case basis in  order to abate health hazards.  In flood-fringe  areas,
malfunctioning systems may be  replaced  provided favorable  soil conditions and
other  site  conditions  exist.   The Indiana code also specifies that when mal-
functions exist  or occur and  cause  unsanitary conditions, corrective  action
must be taken within the time  set by the health officer.

     The  Minnesota  code is   the  only  one  in  Region  V  that  specifically
addresses existing  systems  in relation to  setback requirements.  Substandard
systems, which  are  those that do not meet  the  setback requirements,  are per-
mitted  for  as long  as they function properly.   Nonconforming systems, which
are those that are  not sized   or  located  in accordance with the  code, must  be
eliminated  or upgraded  to  meet  the  standards.  The  nonconformance  provison
does not  necessarily apply to all  setback requirements.   For example, if a
system  is functioning properly but it is in violation of the setback  distance,
the  owner is  not required  to move the  system; however, if  the  system  is
located  in  groundwater  or  in an  area  with  shallow  or  exposed  bedrock, the
system would have to be moved.

5.   IMPLEMENTATION OF SMALL  WASTE FLOWS MANAGEMENT PROGRAMS

a.   Explicit vs.  Implicit Authority

     Management  agencies organized  to carry out a local SWF program  must have
the legal authority  to perform their roles.  Some States such as Illinois and
California   have  passed   enabling  legislation  granting  explicit   legal
authorities  to  certain public  bodies to perform the functions  necessary for a
local  SWF program.   However,  most states have  not granted  explicit  authority


                                  XV-A-8

-------
     •  Establishment  of a  procedure  for evaluation of new technologies

     •  Collection of  performance  data  for alternative systems

     •  Prevention  of  public  health  problems  related  to  unsatisfactory
        performance of new  systems

     •  Provisions  for  inspection during  construction  and  monitoring after
        system is operational

     •  Encouragement   of  additional   specialized   training  of  regulatory
        personnel.

     Indiana allows alternative  on-site treatment  facilities to be constructed
in cases  where soil  conditions preclude the  use  of standard systems.  While
not  detailing  the  evaluation  procedure to  be followed,  such  rules  do not
prevent the use of alternative  systems.

c.   Improving  Outdated Regulations

     Many   state   regulations   have  not   been  updated  since  the   various
alternatives to  septic  tank  systems  were  developed.   These codes, therefore,
do not include mechanisms,  other than variance procedures, for encouraging new
technologies.  Before  updating  these  codes,  states  should  enact legislation
which  provides for enforcement of  the codes,  if such  legislation  does not
exist.  Regulations are  much more effective  if enforcement power exists.  The
criteria  mentioned in  part a.   of  this  section  should be  considered when
updating  codes.   Regulations  from other  states  should also be reviewed  to
determine  if ideas or  approaches to  specific  problems  may  have some  appli-
cability in  revising  outdated  codes.   By  revising outdated  codes, states can
develop the flexibility needed  to deal  with the many  types of alternatives now
being proposed.

4.   SETBACK  REQUIREMENTS  OF  THE  STATE  CODES

     Implicit  in the  state  codes  is  the  recognition   that  private  on-site
disposal systems,  if  improperly designed  or if operated in unsuitable  sites,
could  lead to water  quality degradation  or human health hazards.  The  state
codes  recommend  minimum  setback and  soil  depth  requirements as  a  means  to
minimize the potential for future adverse  effects  on local water  quality.  The
primary emphasis in these codes, however,  is placed  on the design and  approval
of new or,  in some cases,  replacement systems.  In general, the state  codes
give very  little  guidance  concerning the  use of existing systems that are not
in compliance with  setback requirements.

     Most  of the  codes  specify the minimum distances that new soil absorption
fields  can be located  from  water supply wells, surface waters,  and  property
lines.  Also set are separation distances  between the bottom  of  new absorption
fields  and  groundwater tables  or  bedrock   layers.  Conformance  with  other
siting  requirements,   which  are  intended partially  to  minimize   pollution
potential,  is  required  as well.   Typically, more stringent standards  can  be
adopted in local ordinances when  such provisions would be necessary  to protect
groundwater  and surface water.

     For  new  systems,   some  codes  allow  design  factors,  including  setback
requirements,  to  be  waived.   Variances  are  considered  in  Michigan when  the
                                  XV-A-7

-------
     State regulatory programs often  do  not include  guidance  for  dealing with
existing systems.   The main thrust of  state  regulatory programs  is usually the
permitting of new  systems  and  not the management of existing systems.  Rural
areas  expecting Federal  grants  must propose  an  acceptable  operation and
maintenance program  along  with  a  program  for regulation  and  inspection of
individual systems.

     These programs need to address the continuing operation and management of
existing systems,  thus  broadening  the scope of  regulatory programs  to  include
more than  the permitting  of new systems.  Such programs should be  considered
regardless of the status of Federal grants  funds.

     State  codes  can  be  judged  for  their  encouragement  of  alternative
technology development  by  reviewing them in light of the following  criteria:

     •  Ability to adopt new technologies

     •  Control of new technologies through experimental programs

     •  Guidance on how to use variance procedures

     •  Consideration  of  existing systems  in  regard to facilities  planning,
        variances, design,  application procedures, and  community management.

     Every state has  a different approach to regulation of on-site  treatment
systems.   After  evaluating  existing  state  codes  in EPA's  Region  V for
regulation  of   on-site  wastewater  systems,  methods  that   encourage  the
development and acceptance of alternative on-site  systems are  noted  in  Section
b.  below.   Regulatory  approaches  that do  not promote the  development  of new
alternatives are identified in Section c.

b.    Regulatory Approches Encouraging  the Development of
      Alternative Technologies

     One  of  the better ideas  for encouraging the development  of alternative
on-site  systems  is  Minnesota's  Advisory  Committee   on   Individual   Sewage
Treatment  Systems  (ISTS).   This  Committee  is  comprised  of on-site  systems
contractors and other  people  knowledgable  of on-site  treatment  technologies
from  universities  and  regulatory  agencies.   The  ISTS Committee  has power to
change  existing codes so that they can  be  kept  up to date with  the numerous
alternatives available.

     Wisconsin  developed  regulations   in June  of  1980  that allow alternative
on-site  treatment  systems  to  be acceptable  under  controlled  conditions.
Although  other alternatives  can  be  considered,   the  only systems  currently
included in the rules are mounds and subsurface pressure distribution systems.
The conditions  under which these alternatives can be accepted  include a 5-year
control  period during  which  inspections  and monitoring  are  conducted.  If
performance is  satisfactory after the 5-year monitoring and  assessment  period,
controlled  use  shall  no   longer  be  required.    A  limit  on  the  number of
alternative systems allowed in each region is established  which  controls the
use  of unproven technologies.   Additionally, new  alternative systems  must be
inspected  by a certified  plumbing  inspector  specifically trained in mound
systems  during  the construction of the  system.   This  regulatory  approach has
many beneficial aspects, such as:

                                  XV-A-6

-------
     Construction  variances   are   granted  under  Ohio's  on-site  regulatory
program  for  experimental systems  systems  having design  or  components which
differ from  those  specified  in the  Rules.  No mention  is  made in the Rules
concerning use variances.

f.    Wisconsin

     Chapter  H  63  of  the   Wisconsin Administrative  Code  is  the   primary
regulation governing on-site  systems.   Wisconsin's regulatory program  recently
was transferred  from the  Departemnt  of Health and Social Services (DH&SS) to
the Department of  Industry,  Labor  and Human  Relations (DILHR).   Counties are
the local unit of  government responsible for  carrying out Wisconsin's  on-site
regulations.   Every  county  in Wisconsin is  required to  adopt  ordinances in
conformance with Chapter H 63.

     Two permits are required for  new on-site  systems.   The first  of  these is
the State septic tank permit.  The  septic tank  permit is  required prior to the
purchase and  installation of a septic tank.   The permit is obtained  from the
local agency  responsible  for regulating on-site  systems.  Septic tank permits
are required  for the purpose of keeping a record of the number of tanks sold
and the location of tank installations throughout  the State.

     Sanitary  permits  also  are  required   by  Wisconsin  law.   They are to be
obtained prior to  the  installation of any  type of on-site system.  No permits
are  required for  systems in existence  prior  to 1977   unless  the system is
required to be altered or replaced.

     Wisconsin   provides  for an   open-ended   consideration  of   alternative
systems.   Chapter  H 63  specifically  allows septic tanks, mounds,  and  shallow
subsurface pressure distribution systems.  The use  of alternative  systems  can
be approved  provided written approval from local authorities is obtained  and
submitted  along  with  detailed plans  and  specifications to  DILHR for  their
review and consideration.

     Variances are not specifically  mentioned  in Chapter H  63.   However,  a
county  is  required to  issue  a written notice  to each applicant  whose  sanitary
permit  application is  disapproved.   The  rejection notice is to state reasons
for disapproval  and  list any changes which would lead to the approval of  the
application.   Appeal procedures  are  delineated on the rejection notice.   The
appeals  procedure  applies   to  new  systems.    There is  no  formal   variance
procedure  for allowing properly functioning  substandard existing systems to
continue to be used.

3.    THE EFFECT OF  STATE CODES ON ALTERNATIVE TECHNOLOGY
      DEVELOPMENT

a.   Introduction

     A  variety  of  on-site technologies are available for the  unsewered public
to  treat and dispose of  their wastewater.   Many individual  homeowners are not
aware  of the large number of these options.   As new techniques  are tested and
field  data  are  accumulated,  alternatives to conventional septic tanks-soil
absorption  systems become accepted  and  widely known.   A restriction to this
process  is often the regulatory codes that do not allow alternative systems to
be evaluated,  installed,  and monitored on  an ongoing basis.

                                  XV-A-5

-------
a number of  innovative  and alternative systems such as modified standard sys-
tems, privies, toilet devices, greywater systems, mounds, sewers for community
systems, sewage osmosis, seepage pits, and holding tanks.

     Both WPC-40 and  the  Shoreland Management Act govern  the  use of existing
as  well as  new on-site  systems.  The  Shoreland Management  Act categorizes
lakes by three major uses and requires varying septic system setback distances
according to lake category types.  Under Minnesota's Shoreland Management Act,
on-site systems are classified as conforming, non-conforming, and substandard.
Non-conforming systems  are  those which fall into one or more of the following
categories:   1)  do  not  conform to  size,  construction, use,  or maintenance
requirements  of  the  local  shoreland  ordinance; 2)  create  a nuisance,  public
health, or pollution problem; or 3) are located in certain areas having severe
limitations  for  on-site systems.  Substandard systems  are  properly sized and
constructed but do not meet minimum setback requirements.  Substandard systems
may  be utilized  until  there  are  indications of system  failure or need  of
repairs while  non-conforming  systems  are to be eliminated or upgraded to meet
standards upon identification.

e.    Ohio

     The principal  regulations  governing  the use of  on-site  systems  in Ohio
are  the "Home Sewage Disposal Rules."  The  Rules  are  minimum standards for
on-site systems  serving up to three residences.  The Rules are promulgated by
the  Ohio Department  of  Health under the Ohio Sanitary Code.  All local health
districts  are required  to,  at a  minimum,  adopt and  enforce  the Rules.   How
ever,  ODH  does not  have the power  to  force local health dis tricts to comply
with  the  "Home Sewage  Disposal Rules"  and,  as a result,  some counties have
on-site programs falling below ODH's minimum standards.

     Systems  serving more  than  three  residences are regulated by  the Ohio
Environmental  Protection  Agency  (OEPA).   OEPA  also  has  jurisdiction  over
on-site  systems serving  three or  less  residences  within  designated special
sanitary districts.   Approximately 100  special sanitary  districts  have been
designated in Ohio  and  OEPA has established on-site system permit programs in
eight  of the  districts.   Special sanitary districts  consist of the land (up to
one  mile)   surrounding   lakes,  State  parks,   canals,  reservoirs,  and  nature
preserves.    OEPA enforces  the  "Home  Sewage Disposal  Rules"  in the districts
where  permitting programs are established.  On-site systems  in the remaining
special sanitary districts  are regulated by OEPA in  cooperation with the local
health departments.

     The  design criteria  set  out  in the  Rules cover  septic  tanks,  aerobic
systems, surface and  subsurface  sand filters, pit privies, and soil absorption
systems.   Innovative and alternative systems  may  be permited after receiving
written approval from the Director  of ODH.

     The  Rules  focus  on  new  systems  and  systems  undergoing alterations.
Installation  and  operation permits are required  for all newly constructed or
altered on-site systems.   No  operation permits  are required  for  systems  in
place  prior to the effective date of the Rules.  Existing systems specifically
come  under the  regulations when malfunctions  cause a  nuisance or discharge
into groundwater or water supply.
                                  XV-A-4

-------
     Procedures for variances are  contained  in HSE-25R.   Permits are required
prior to  the installation of all  new systems and any alteration  of existing
systems.  No provision is contained regarding permits for substandard existing
systems not planning or requiring alterations and repairs.

     Three  goals   for   improving   the  State's  on-site  program  have  been
identified by the  Indiana  Stream Pollution Control Board  (SPCB)  in the State
Water Quality  Management (208)  Plan.   These are 1) improving the  quality  of
siting  septic systems,  2)  promoting the utilization of acceptable alternative
systems,  and  3)  strengthening  the local management structure  (Indiana SPCB,
1980).

c.   Michigan

     The  regulation of  on-site  systems treating up to 10,000  gpd in Michigan
is  carried out  by local  health  departments.   The "Michigan Guidelines  for
Subsurface  Sewage  Disposal"  promulgated by the Michigan Department of Public
Health  (MDPH) suggest minimum standards which may be adopted at the discretion
of  local  health departments.   Thus the actual regulation  of  on-site systems
varies  from county to county.

     The  "Michigan Guidelines   for Subsurface  Sewage  Disposal"  consist  of
standard  design  criteria  for  on-site  systems.    No  mention  is  contained
concerning  innovative  and alternative on-site  systems.  A  variance procedure
is  outlined  in the  Guidelines where  site  conditions  preclude  the  use  of
standard  on-site systems.  A variance may be granted after the applicant makes
a  written  request  stating the  reason for  the  request  and  documenting site
conditions.   The Guidelines  also  fail  to  make any  mention of  granting  use
variances  for  existing  systems  which are operating without any malfunctions
but do  not meet design criteria.

d.    Minnesota

     On-site  systems  are managed under  two  major  regulatory  programs  in
Minnesota.   The  "Individual   Sewage   Treatment   Standards"   (WPC-40)  were
developed by the Minnesota Pollution Control Agency (MPCA) and are enforced by
local units  of  government.   WPC-40 represents minimum standards which must be
enforced  throughout Minnesota.   Local governments have the option of enacting
standards stricter  than  the ones delineated in WPC-40.

     Some on-site systems also are  subject to Minnesota's Shoreland Management
Act.  All land  located within 1,000  feet of a lake or 300 feet from a stream
fall  under the  jurisdiction  of the  Shoreland  Management  Act.   The Minnesota
Department  of  Natural  Resources has been  responsible  for developing  regula-
tions  under the Act.   These regulations must be adopted and enforced by local
governments.

     Minnesota's  on-site regulatory  program  is an  exemplary  one for  several
reasons.   WPC-40 created the Advisory Committee on Individual Sewage Treatment
Systems  (ISTS).   The  ISTS  Committee is  enpowered to  recommend  changes  in
WPC-40.   Committee  members   consist  of   regulators,   practitioners,  and
university professors  specializing  in  on-site systems.   Thus,  a mechanism
exists  for keeping Minnesota's  on-site  regulatory program technologically up
to  date.   WPC-40 also is a  flexible  regulation in that it  specifically allows


                                   XV-A-3

-------
Sewage Disposal Licensing Act  and Code."  The Code  sets  out minimum require-
ments  which  must  be  adopted  by  each  county.   The  code  requirements  are
enforced  by  local  health  departments.   Permits   for  systems  serving  one
residence are handled  by the local health departments.   A number of different
systems are allowed under the Code:  privies, septic tanks, Imhoff tanks (with
or  without  sand  filters),   waste  stabilization ponds,  and approved  package
treatment units in conjunction with approved supplemental treatment.  Existing
as well as new systems are to comply with the Code.

     The  State  of  Illinois authorizes  the trial and  use of  innovative  and
alternative  systems  for  private  on-site systems.  Variances for new  systems
will  be  considered where  site limitations  make it  impossible  to comply with
the  Code.   No mention  is made in the  Code  of  "use variances"  for existing
on-site systems which  do not meet the State of Illinois standards.   Variances
are  described in  detail in Chapter VII-A. Generally, existing systems with no
problems are left alone  (By phone, Mr. Larry Heisserer,  Illinois Department of
Public Health to Mr. Robert France, WAPORA,  July 1980).

     The  Code is applicable  to systems  serving only one  residence.  Systems
serving more  than one  residence  are  regulated by  the  Illinois Environmental
Protection  Agency  (IEPA)  through the  "Illinois  Recommended Standards  for
Sewage Waste"  (March  1980)  and the State's NPDES program.  Explicit standards
for  innovative  systems  serving   small  rural  and  lakeshore   areas are  not
detailed  by  IEPA.   However, the Standards do mention that it is the policy of
IEPA to  encourage rather  than obstruct the development of  any equipment for
treatment of wastewater.

b.     Indiana

      Indiana State Board of Health (ISBH) issued minimum standards for on-site
systems  in  1978 under  Regulation HSE 25-R.  The standards  delineated  in HSE
25-R are  to be  adopted and  enforced  by   local  health  departments.   Local
governments  also  may  enact standards which are stricter  than Regulation HSE
25-R.  Further  technical criteria are delineated in Bulletin  S.E.  8 and S.E.
13.
      Design  criteria   for septic   tanks  and subsurface  absorption  fields  are
strictly  laid  out  in  HSE   25-R.    The  regulation  covers components  such as
building  sewers, septic  tanks, subsurface absorption fields, and privy vaults.
Site evaluations for the use of an on-site system in Indiana are based on soil
properties  as set forth in the  soil manuals and handbooks of the U.S. Soil
Conservation  Service  (SCS).   Alternative equipment, facilities,  or pollution
control   devices   may   be   approved  where   soil   conditions  preclude  the
installation  of a standard  subsurface  absorption field sewage disposal system.
The   staff  of  the  ISBH,   Division  of  Sanitary  Engineering,   Area Personnel
Section  must be  consulted  prior  to the  installation of  systems  which  are an
alternative to  conventional  on-site systems.

      Purdue  University,  in  cooperation with the ISBH, currently  is  conducting
research  on several alternative systems.  The systems being considered include
pressure  distribution  system,  alternating  drainfields, double  wide systems,
and  elevated  sand mound systems.   The results of the study will be  integrated
into ISBH's on-site education and  assistance  program.   The education program
is   carried out  by ISBH  in conjunction with  Purdue University  and the SCS.
                                  XV-A-2

-------
A.    REVIEW OF  STATE CODES AND  IMPLEMENTATION AUTHORITY FOR SMALL
      WASTE FLOWS (SWF) MANAGEMENT

1.    INTRODUCTION

     The treatment  and disposal of  wastewater  in the U.S. traditionally has
relied  on  two  vastly  different  methods.   Centralized  facilities  serving
densely developed urban areas consist of  publicly  owned  sewers and a treatment
plant.  A  number  of management  structures  have been developed to construct,
operate, maintain, and pay for these  facilities.   The  effluent discharged from
centralized facilities must meet legislated  standards  for protecting the water
quality of the receiving stream or  lake.

     Decentralized facilities, on the other  hand,  serve  less densely developed
rural areas and small communities.   Decentralized  facilities primarily consist
of  privately owned  on-site  systems  serving  individual  residences.  They are
regulated  by local health  departments.   Therefore,  the objective of on-site
systems has  been to protect  public  health  rather than to meet water quality
standards.   Small yet  relatively dense  rural and  lake communities located far
beyond  centralized  wastewater systems may  experience water quality problems
when  numbers of  on-site systems are high  or where  local ground or surface
water  resources  are  sensitive  to  the  impacts   of  these  systems.    Often,
malfunctions  are  caused by  poor maintenance or  inappropriate  system design.
Many  rural  communities  cannot afford centralized  facilities  to solve  their
water  quality problems.   Thus, a need has  arisen  to  merge certain  aspects  of
centralized  and  decentralized systems   into  a new  system.   The small  waste
flows  (SWF)  management  approach  serves  small  rural  communities  by  providing
centralized  management to  insure  the proper planning,  design,  installation,
operation,  and maintenance of decentralized facilities  at an  affordable  cost
to  users.   The  purpose of  this  report  is  to  review existing state  on-site
codes  and authority granted for their management.  The focus  of the review  is
on  the  ability  of  each  Region  V  state   to  provide  or allow  centralized
management of  on-site  systems  and  to  carry  out  a SWF  management  program.

2.     ON-SITE REGULATORY PROGRAMS

      On-site regulatory programs  vary  from state  to state within Region  V.
Generally, all of  the state  codes  regulating  on-site  systems  are  focused  on
specific  design standards rather than on the  performance  of  on-site systems.
Homeowners and builders  wishing to install systems  which do  not meet  design
 standards,  but  which  should  perform   without  creating  a  public  health  or
pollution problem,  must obtain a variance from  either local or state agencies.
 In  addition,  the  state  codes are  oriented  towards  the  installation  of  new
 systems or replacement of  malfunctioning existing  systems.  For the most part,
 substandard existing  systems  (in terms of  design)  are  left  alone  until they
malfunction whereupon they are required  to  be upgraded to  meet code standards.
 Program  specifics  such as  the agencies  involved,  on-site  design criteria,
 allowance for alternative  systems,  regulation of  existing  on-site systems, and
 variances are described in this section.

 a.    Illinois

      Regulations for  the  use  of  on-site systems serving  one  residence have
 been promulgated by  the Illinois  Department of Public Health in the "Private


                                   XV-A-1

-------
      CHAPTER XV
STATE AND 208 PROGRAMS

-------
                PART FOUR
STATE AND EPA ADMINISTRATIVE ALTERNATIVES

-------
                                REFERENCES
American City and County.   December 1980.   Public  forum:   Public  participation
     costs prove small change.   96(12):12.

Glass,  J.  J.    1979.   Citizen participation in planning:   The   relationship
     between  objectives   and   techniques.  J.   of  the  American   Planning
     Association, Chicago IL.

Gravity,  N. ,  et  al.   Shopping  for sewage  treatment:   How  to  get  the  best
     bargain for  your community or home.   The Environmental  Policy  Institute
     and the Clean Water Fund,  Washington  DC.

Sargent,  F.O.  1976.   Rural environmmental planning.  American Planning  Asso-
     ciation, Chicago IL.

U.S. Environmental Protection Agency.  1979.   Municipal wastewater management:
     Public involvement  activities  guide.  EPA-430-9-79-005.   Office of  Water
     Program Operations.  Washington DC.
                                   XIV-A-15

-------
local group responsible for providing input to a project at these meetings.   A
self-contained slide  program keyed  to  a narrative  tape recording  is  parti-
cularly effective  since it  can  be presented  at meetings, be  stationed  at a
centralized information center,  and be presented through media such as televi-
sion.  Brochures  may also  be  developed that  coordinate with an audio-visual
package and provide more in-depth information.

     A slide  and  tape program  is relatively  inexpensive and  can be developed
around and  aimed at  a  specific  locality.   Such media  can portray the local
existing natural  and  man-made  environment in a manner with which the audience
can  readily  identify.   Within  this framework, existing water quality problems
and  their  interrelationship with  the existing  environment can be explained.
It would then be  possible to demonstrate the growth trends in the area, which
would in turn lead  to a discussion of the 20-year planning period in terms of
population growth and wastewater flows.  Treatment  alternatives,  including a
demonstration  of  standard  as  well  as  alternative  and innovative treatment
systems,  can then be presented.

     The  audience would  be shown  how  to  scrutinize  a facilities  plan and
evaluate the alternatives  in terms  of  how  they would  affect the community.
Evaluative tools  are outlined  in U.S.  EPA  Environmental  Assessment Manuals.
Local technical expertise  could  be provided by the Soil Conservation Service,
Agricultural Extension Service,  and public health agencies.

     The chronology  and structure of the facilities planning process would be
presented with emphasis upon input  by the public.  Notice of when and where
public hearings  are to be  held  would be given, and  testimony would be soli-
cited.  The  requirements  for formulation of  a  Public  Advisory Committee that
acts  as  an  intermediary  between the public and the  grantee  or the grantee's
consultants  would be explained.   The avenues  of  communication between faci-
lities planners  and  the  public  and  mechanisms  for  two-way  communication and
feedback  would also  be  discussed.   Such  a program  would   fulfill  both the
letter and  spirit of the  Clean  Water Act in  providing  a  meaningful dialogue
between the planners and the public.
                                  XIV-A-14

-------
     Wastewater  treatment  facilities planning  may be  perceived  as a  highly
complex process  by the  citizens  of an  area.   For any given decision-making
process,  some  segments  of the  public   will  feel  adversely  affected,  while
others will feel positively  affected.   In addition, part of the public sector
will  show lesser  levels  of  interest in the  decisions  that  are  being  made.
These  individuals  can  be inventoried and identified,  particularly  since many
of them belong to voluntary associations, professional groups, and other civic
organizations.

     Interest groups may be categorized  according to the likely impacts of the
proposed action.   Improvement of surface water quality by abating  point-source
pollution will be  felt as a benefit by  lakeside homeowner associations and by
fishing and sports  clubs.   Taxpayers'  associations may  feel  that the  project
will  erode  the  local   tax  base  and  have  an overall  adverse impact  on the
locality.

     For  each  type  of  impact,  organizations  and individuals likely  to  be
affected  can  be  identified.   Research  to identify  organizations can take
various forms.   Techniques include canvassing the community, membership direc-
tories,  and the  yellow pages.   This  may  be  accompanied by  formal  attitude
surveys, such as the sanitary survey outlined in Chapter II-G, interviews, and
examination of existing membership mailing lists.

     The recipient population might generally be categorized into  four general
segments:

     1.   public interest groups,
     2.   general civic organigations ,
     3.   public health associations, and
     4s.   social groups.

Public  interest  groups  include  consumer associations,  environmental  organi-
zations,  and  minority  associations.    General  civic   organizations  include
homeowner associations,  industrial  and  labor groups,  a  Rotary or Lions Club,
state  and  local governments,  and  educational  institutions.  Public   health
associations  inlude   scientific  societies  and  professional  organizations.
Social  groups  are  differentiated  into  organized  and  unaffiliated citizens.
Organized  social groups  encompass  churches,  the  Grange,  4-H  Clubs,  swim or
boat  clubs  and historical societies.   Unaffiliated citizens  are  those who do
not  fall into the above  categories  and may  include such diverse  groups as
large  land  parcel owners or minorities.   The public  participation specialist
would  uncover  these local  groups,  associations,  and institutions that  could
provide input to the public participation program.

     Once population groups have been identified,  a public information program
may  be designed.   Such a program would respond  to local concerns, and would
explain  in  simple language what  facilities planning  is, how it  proceeds, and
how  the public can provide input.

     Many information  mechanisms are  available  to reach the public and draw
them  into  the  process.   Such   mechanisms  include  audiovisuals,  brochures,
public service announcements in  commercial  TV or  radio  programs,  and presenta-
tions  at organization meetings.   Information meetings  could be  sponsored by
local  organizations and associations, and  efforts should be  taken  to make the


                                  XIV-A-13

-------
TABLE XIV-A-4.   MODEL PLAN OF STUDY:  FULL SCALE PUBLIC PARTICIPATION  (Concluded)
Decision point/technique
                                        Schedule
                                                      Staff support
                    Target audience
5 .
    Engineer's recommendation on
    preferred alternative
    a)  public hearing notice2
    b)  prepare and mall fact sheet
        30 days in advance2
    c)
        hearing  on recommended
        alternative and  EIS1
6.
    Town approval
    a)  agency responsiveness summary
        distributed to hearing
        participants2
    b)  final responsiveness study
        submitted to U.S. EPA with
        facility plan1
    c)  public notice of final
        decision3

    Application for Step 2 grant
    a)  CAC meeting to develop public
        participation plan for Step
        2  and 3
                                        mos. 7-8
                                        mos. 9
Public part. coor.  General public
Public part. coor.  Mailing list, civic
                    organizations, local
                    government
Grantee,            General public
public part. coor.
                                                       Public  part.  coor.   EPA,  state,  hearing
                                                                           participants
                                                       Public part.  coor.   CAC members,  grantee
                                                                           rep.
 1   Required by Part  35.

 2   Required by Part  25.

 3   Meets  a performance  standard  of Parts  25  and/or  35.
 SOURCE:   Municipal  Wastewater Management:   Public  Involvement Activities  Guide, United  States
          Environmental  Protection Agency,  Office of Water  Program Operations,  Facility
          Requirements Division, Washington,  DC.
                                                    XIV-A-12

-------
TABLE XIV-A-4.  MODEL PLAN OF STUDY:   FULL SCALE  PUBLIC  PARTICIPATION—Continued
Decision point/technique
                                        Schedule
          Staff support
Target audience
Review public participation work
element.  Develop public participa-
tion work.
a)  Public CAS meeting to review
    public participation workplan3
b)  Revised public participation
    workplan3

Development of Facilities Plan

1.  Assess current situation
    a)  begin monthly newsletter3

    b)  informal consultation/
        interviews3
c)  joint 201-208 staff and CAC
                                        wk.  5
mos. 2-4
          Grantee,
          Public part.
          coor.
          Public part.
          coor.
          Public part.
          coor.,
          consultant's
          public liaison
Broad range of com-
munity interests, CAC,
consulting engineer,
grantee representative
General public

Key officials,
selected citizen
leaders and special
interests
          Public part. coor.  201-208 staff and key
          Grantee rep.,       advisory committees
          consultant staff
          and public liaison
2.  Assess future situation             mos. 3-6
    a)  field trip3
    b)  speakers bureau3
    c)  series of workshops on special
        issues3
        1)  sensitive environmental areas
        2)  residential and industrial
            growth
    d)  public meeting1
     e)   agency  responsiveness summary1
          Public part. coor.
          CAC, consulting
          engineer, grantee
          rep.
          Public part. coor.
          consultant,
          public liaison
          CAC, public
          part. coor.,
          consultant
          liaison, grantee
          rep.
          public part. coor.
General public
Public  and  civic
interest  group
 General public  and
 special interests
 U.S.  EPA,  state
 participants
 in meetings
     Consideration of  alternatives
     Cost-effectiveness analysis
     a)   fact sheet on alternatives2
     b)   speakers  bureau  continues3

     c)   CAC mid-study briefing3

     d)   public meeting1
     e)   agency responsiveness  summary1
          Public part, coor., General public
          as previously
          described
          consulting  engi-
          neer  staff
           public part.  coor.
 CAC,  grantee,  public
 groups
 General public
 U.S.  EPA,  participants
 in meeting
                                                                            (Continued)
                                              XIV-A-11

-------
TABLE XIV-A-4.  MODEL PLAN OF STUDY:  FULL SCALE PUBLIC PARTICIPATION
Decision point/technique
                                        Schedule
               Staff support
                    Target audience
Award of Step 1 Grant

Engineer selection
a)  public notice
b)  informal meeting w/key interests
wk. 1
               Grantee
                    Range of community
                    interest that will
                    ultimately be on
                    advisory committee
                      environmental
                      civic
                      business
                      labor
Initiate preliminary stages of
public participation plan of
study (work element of)
a)  grantee hires public participation  wk. 2
    coordinator
b)  consulting firm designates public   wk. 2
c)  begin to develop mailing list2      wks.
     1-3
               Grantee

               Consultant
               Grantee
d)  Deposit key documents in town
    library
e)  public notice regarding avail-
    ability of documents
f)  establish citizen advisory
    committee1
    1)  notice to mailing list
        and media of opportunity
        to become member2
    2)  notice to mailing list and
        media of finally selected
        members.3

g)  public notice w/fact sheet of
    first CAC meeting to review public
    participation workplan.  Fact sheet
    will describe project.  Notice will
    include list of advisory committee
    and engineer.3

h)  train advisory committee members
    and grantee in one-day workshop.
    Purpose will be to review
    briefly town's water quality
    problems, need for action, role
    of CAC, types of conflicts, and
    tradeoffs likely.  Establish
    goals of CAC.  Workshop run by
    grantee and consulting engineer.2
wks. 1-3

wk. 3
Grantee

Public part.
coor.
Grantee
wk. 6
               Public part.
               coor.
               Grantee
                    Voluntary community
                    leader w/organizational
                    skills and knowledge of
                    water
                    All those private and
                    public interests with a
                    potential interest in
                    the facilities plan.  Some
                    of the list will be
                    obtained from the 208
                    agency.
Mailing list media

Members of local organi-
zations such as:
  League of Women Voters
  Chamber of Commerce
  Sierra Club
  taxpayers association
  local union
  minority group
  mailing list
  newspapers
                    CAC members, engineer,
                    town officials, state
                    officals
                                                                            (Continued)
                                              XIV-A-10

-------
TABLE XIV-A-3.  PUBLIC PARTICIPATION WORK PLAN FOR BASIC PROGRAM (TOWN OF 10,000)  (Concluded)
Decision point/technique
Schedule
               Staff support
Target audience
b) notice of public hearing wk. 41
in local newspaper and
sent to all on mailing list2
Public liaison
General public,
mailing list
    c)  conduct public hearing to       wk. 46
        present final plan along
        with the draft EIS (if
        required) for their approval
        to community.  Allow for
        additional citizen comments.
        If previous public partici-
        pation efforts have been
        successful, however, no
        significant new issues should
        be raised at this time.1

5.  Town of approval and submission
    to State and EPA
    a)  public notice                   wk. 47
    b)  prepare final responsiveness    wk. 48
        1)  place on file at local
            libraries, town hall
               Public liaison,     General public
               consultant, grantee
               Public liaison
               Public liaison
General public
U.S. EPA
 1   Required  by Part  35.

 2   Required  by Part  25.

 3   Meets a performance standard of Parts  25  and/or  35.


 SOURCE:   Municipal^ Wastewater Management:  Public Involvement Activities  Guide,  United States
          Environmental Protection Agency,  Office of Water Program Operations,  Facility
          Requirements Division, Washington,  DC.
                                                    XIV-A-9

-------
TABLE XIV-A-3.  PUBLIC PARTICIPATION WORKPLAN FOR BASIC PROGRAM (TOWN OF 10,000)--Continued
Decision
e)
f)
point/ technique
compile
attend
results
various
of survey3
local group
Schedule
wks.
wks.
15-16
17-10
Staff support
Public liaison
Consultant/public
Target
PTA,
JC
audience
' s , Grange ,
     8)
3.
meetings3
   Get on the agenda of
   various civic groups'
   weekly/monthly meetings.
   Present overview of com-
   munity water quality problems,
   answer questions, explain re-
   sults of citizen survey,  seek
   to further refine community
   goals and objectives

prepare agency respon-         wk. 22
siveness summary2
1)  summarizes results of
    citizen survey and other
    public consultation efforts
2)  outlines grantee's response
    to citizen input
3)  placed on file at local
    libraries, town hall
    Consideration of alternatives
    a)  develop fact sheets that        wk. 26
        describe various alternatives
        being considered and outline
        the costs and environmental
        impacts of each3

    b)  distribute fact sheets that     wk. 28
        also include notice of up-
        coming public meeting2

    c)  informal public meeting to      wk. 32
        discuss various alternatives,
        answer questions, identify
        options that may require
        future study1

    d)  prepare local newspaper         wk. 33
        article that describes
        public meeting and decisions
        made3
                                                       liaison             League of Women Voters,
                                                                           Sierra Club
Public liaison      U.S. EPA
                                              Public liaison      Mailing list
                                              Public liaison      Mailing list
                                              Consultant,         General public
                                              public liaison,
                                              grantee
                                              Public liaison      General public
    e)
        prepare agency responsiveness
        summary2
A.  Submission of final plan to town
    a)  distribute fact sheet that
        highlights the major elements
        of  the proposed plan and
        rationale for the selection3
                               wk. 34
                               wk. 40
                                              Public liaison      U.S. EPA
                                              Public liasion      Mailing list
                                                                            (Continued)
                                            XIV-A-8

-------
TABLE XIV-A-3.  PUBLIC PARTICIPATION WORKPLAN FOR BASIC PROGRAM (TOWN OF 10,000)
Decision point/technique
                                        Schedule
Staff support
Target audience
1.   Step 1 grant award
    a)  hire public liaison
    b)  develop mailing list
    c)  develop public participation
        workplan
    d)  distribute workplan and fact
        sheet
                                        wks. 1-6
Public liaison      General public
    Assessment of present and future
    situation
    a)  interview 208 PAC and/or
        CAC members3
        1)  their views on areawide
            and local water quality
            problems and key issues
            that should be addressed,
            population projections
        2)  their experience w/public
            participation, key citizens
            who should be contacted
                                        wks. 9-10
Consultant
Members of 208 PAC
and CAC
    b)  interview key local officials   wks. 11-12
        and citizens3
        1)  identify major water
        2)  identify community goals
            and objectives
    c)  publish article in local        wk. 13
        newspaper that:3
        1)  describes current situa-
            tion and status of facilities
            planning process
        2)  summarizes attitude of town
            officials and key citizens
            on local water quality
            problems
        3)  highlights the importance
            of public input and
            describes scheduled public
            participation activities
        4)  identifies staff contacts

    d)  develop and distribute          wks.  13-14
        citizen survey3
            Based on data collected
            during previous interviews,
            survey will seek to refine
            community goals, identify
            level of knowledge and
            preferences concerning
            water quality.
Consultants
Public liaison
Public health officer,
town engineers, planners,
Conservation Commission
members, industrial
dischargers, Chamber of
Commerce

General public
Public liaison on
consultant or
grantee's staff
All  registered voters
                                                                            (Continued)
                                             XIV-A-7

-------
TABLE XIV-A-2.   MODEL PLAN OF STUDY OUTLINE:   BASIC PROGRAM (TOWN OF 10,000)   (Concluded)
Decision point/technique
                                        Schedule
Staff support
Target audience
Consideration of alternatives
        Develop and distribute          mos.  7-9
        factsheets3

        Notice of public meeting2

     -  Public meeting1
        Prepare article for local

     -  Agency responsiveness summary2

Submission of final plan to town
     -  Distribute factsheets3          mo. 10

     -  Notice of public hearing2

        Public hearing1
        Agency responsiveness
        summary1
 Town  approval  state/EPA  review
 and EIS decision
      -  Final responsiveness            mo. 11
        summary1
Public liaison


Public liaison

Public liaison,
consultant,
grantee

Public liaison

Public liaison


Public liaison

Public liaison

Consultant,
grantee
Mailing list


Mailing list

General public



General public

General public


Mailing list

Mailing list

General public
 1   Required  by Part 35.

 2   Required  by Part 25.

 3   Meets  a performance  standard of Parts 25 and/or 35.


 Source:   Municipal Wastewater Management:  Public Involvement Activities Guide, US Environmental
          Protection Agency, Office of Water Program Operations, Facility Requirements Division,
          Washington,  DC.
                                                   XIV-A-6

-------
TABLE XIV-A-2.  MODEL PLAN OF STUDY OUTLINE:   BASIC PROGRAM (TOWN OF 10,000)
Decision point/technique
Schedule
Staff support
Target audience
Grant Award

Select engineer
     - Public notice                    wk.  1

     - Identify public liaison on       wk.  2
       grantee/consultant staff2

Information program
     - Public notice to media and
       mailing list of despository
       and materials available

        Identify key interests and
        develop project mailing list2

     -  Deposit key documents in        wks. 6-7
        town library2

Public participation workplan
     -  Develop detailed public         wks. 3-4
        participation workplan
        w/informal public input3

     -  Develop and distribute public   wk.  5
        participation workplan and
        first factsbeet which identi-
        fies engineer and describes
        project1

Development of Plan

Assessment of present and
future situation
        Interview 208 PAC members3      mos. 2-6

     -  Interview key local officials
        and citizens3
      -  Newspaper  articles in paper

      -  Develop  and  distribute
         citizen  survey3

      -   Attend various local  group
         meetings3

         Compile  results  of  survey3

      -   Agency responsiveness summary2
               Grantee

               Grantee and/or
               consultant
               Consultant
               Public liaison
               on grantee or
               consultant's staff
               Consultant

               Consultant
               Public  liaison


               Consultant


               Public  liaison

               Public  liaison
                    Key citizen leaders who
                    express interest in
                    participating

                    Mailing list
                    208 PAC members

                    Public health  officer,
                    town engineer, town
                    planner,  regional
                    planners,  conservation
                    commission members,
                    rep. of local  industry,
                    Chamber of Commerce,  etc.
                     Mailing  list
                     PTA,  JC's,  Grange,
                     League of Women Voters
                     Available  to general
                     public,  prepared for
                     EPA
                                                                            (Continued)
                                            XIV-A-5

-------
the formation  of a mailing  list.   The  public must be notified  and  consulted
regarding  the  nature and  scope of  the  proposed project.   The  Step 1  grant
application  must  include  an  outline of  the  proposed  public  participation
program, and,  if that is  accepted,  a Public Participation Work Plan must  be
submitted (see Tables XIV-A-2 and XIV-A-3).   Before selecting alternatives for
evaluation, the  grantee  should  consult  with the public as well as  prepare and
distribute  a  responsiveness  summary.   When  the  alternatives  are  largely
developed,  a public  meeting  must be held for consultation before a particular
plan has been  selected.   At  this juncture,  the  grantee  must prepare and dis-
tribute a responsiveness  summary.  Before final adoption of a facilities  plan,
the grantee  is  required  to hold a formal public hearing to discuss the  recom-
mended alternative.  A final responsiveness summary is to be  included  in the
final facilities plan.

     For projects that justify a more intensive public involvement effort, the
regulations  outline  a  full-scale public participation program.  This type  of
program is required  when an  Environmental Impact Statement  is prepared,  when
advanced wastewater treatment is called for, or when more active  public  parti-
cipation is  needed.  Reasons cited for more active public involvement include
significant  cultural  or  environmental  impacts,   significant   increase  in
capacity or service area, substantial capital cost or user charge,  significant
public controversy,  and  substantial  opportunity for innovative or alternative
wastewater treatment systems.

     In  complying  with  these  regulations,  a  grantee  must  institute a  more
in-depth public  information  program.  During the development of  the plan  of
study,  the grantee  must  notify and  consult with  the  public  regarding the
nature and scope of the proposed project and outline the participation program
(see Table XIV-A-4).   In this expanded program, a public participation coordi-
nator  must be  hired or  designated  and an  advisory group  established.   The
grantee  is required  to  submit a public participation work plan,  including
measures to  coordinate with  the water quality management agency public  parti-
cipation activities.  A  public  meeting must be  held  during  assessment  of the
existing environment and discussion of the 20-year planning period, but before
selection  of alternatives  for   evaluation.   At  this  point  a  responsiveness
summary must be  prepared.  When alternatives are largely developed but  before
a  particular  plan is  selected, a public meeting should again be held  and a
responsiveness summary prepared.   Prior  to  the adoption of a final facilities
plan, a  formal  public  hearing  is to be held that may coincide with the  public
hearing on the  Draft EIS.   Part of  the  final facilities plan must be a final
responsiveness survey.

     In rural  lake areas,  the potential for  public  controversy  in facilities
planning is  high,  judging  by the experience  of the  Seven Rural Lake EIS.  An
understanding  of the human  ecology  of an area,  the  resident's  current  view-
points, attitudes, and goals, must be understood in  order  to develop a faci-
lities plan  that is  appropriate to  the  area.   There are a number of ways  in
which a community can go  beyond  the minimum  participation requirements to meet
the particular  needs in  these  rural areas.   Grantees and  their  consultants
must be prepared to discover  who the citizens in the area are and how they are
organized  and  to involve  them  directly in  the  facilities  planning process.
This program will maximize the use of existing community resources.
                                  XIV-A-4

-------
TABLE XIV-A-1.
DISTINCTIONS BETWEEN BASIC AND FULL-SCALE PUBLIC PARTICIPATION
PROGRAMS
            Basic Public
        Participation Programs
                                           Full-Scale Public
                                        Participation Programs
•  Public notification and consultation
   during preparation of the plan of study
•  Public consultation early in the planning
   process during the assessment of existing
   and future situations but before the
   selection of alternatives for study
•  A public meeting when alternatives have
   been developed but the preferred alter-
   native has not yet been selected

•  A public hearing prior to the adoption
   of the facilities plan

•  A public information program throughout
   the planning process (including develop-
   ment and use of a mailing list)

•  Responsiveness summaries (1) after the
   public consultation/public meeting that
   occurs before selection of alternatives,
   (2) after the public meeting on alterna-
   tives, and (3) in the facility plan
   (Final Responsiveness Summary)
                                  •  Advisory group

                                  •  Public participation
                                     coordinator
                                  •  Consultation with advisory
                                     group in developing public
                                     participation workplan

                                  •  A public meeting early in
                                     the planning process dur-
                                     ing assessment of existing
                                     and future situations but
                                     before the selection of
                                     alternatives for study
*This table is from material prepared by Barry Lawson Associates, Inc., Boston,
 Massachusetts.
                                  XIV-A-3

-------
     monstrating that those viewpoints and preferences have been considered by
     the decision-making official."

These regulations cover  all  aspects  of the facilities planning process.   Part
25 also  specifies  certain general  ways to  carry out the  necessary  steps to
gain public input.

     Section 25 contains provisions  specifying  effective ways of carrying out
public  participation activities.  Section 25.4  requires  the formation  of  a
mailing  list  to notify  interested parties  of  deeds and  events and to  dis-
seminate pertinent information  through fact sheets or newsletters.   A central
repository  of  reports  or  information documents must  be established at  such
locations  as  schools,  public  libraries,  town halls,  or other places  where
economical  reproduction  facilities exist.   Periodic  notice is to be  given of
the  availability  of  information materials,  major  decision-making  events,
public  hearings,  or public  meetings.   In rural  lake   areas,  consideration
should be  given to  conducting these meetings in  areas  most contiguous  to the
lake,  such as  in  swim  clubs,   boat  houses, or  sport clubs.   Besides  local
newspaper notice, efforts  should be  made to post meeting information at local
stores, crossroads  areas, or in local membership newsletters.

     Section 25.5 spells out  the necessary steps  for  the timely distribution
of pertinent project information prior to notification of a public  hearing or
public  meeting.   More  informal public  meetings  may  include such  forums as
conferences,  seminars,   or workshops  with  local voluntary  associations  or
interest  groups  and  should be  held  at a publicly convenient place  and time.
The  procedures  for  conducting  public  hearings are  more  fully  described
(Section 25.6) to include 45-day notification,  with background information, so
that  presentations   and  witnesses may be  scheduled  in advance.  The  public
hearing must be  located  and  scheduled to facilitate  public attendance.   Hear-
ing locations should be accessable by public transit and should be planned for
evening  or weekend  hours.   In rural  lake areas,  these meetings  should be
conducted  in the summer  months  when  seasonal residents  may attend.   A record
of the  public  hearing  is to be  made  available  to interested parties at cost.

     Section  25.7  outlines provisions for  the  establishment of an  advisory
group composed of balanced interests in the project area.  These include local
business  interests,   local government officials,  realtors,  churches,  civic
groups,  sport  clubs,  developers,  or  environmental  groups.   The  advisory
group's specified responsibilities  include making recommendations to U.S. EPA
and decision makers,  and conducting public participation activities.   U.S. EPA
is to be  available  for training and  assistance  to the advisory group.   These
specific sections should be consulted for further information.

     40  CFR Subpart  E,  Part  35, Grants for Construction of  Treatment  Works,
outlines  a  two-tier  public participation  program in  planning  for  wastewater
treatment  facilities.   A basic  public participation program  consists  of the
minimum  tasks   and   tools  necessary  in most  Federally  funded projects.   A
full-scale  public participation program applies to more complex projects with
potentially significant  community impacts.  Table XIV-A-1  shows the distinc-
tions between  a basic  and full-scale public participation program.   A basic
public participation program  is defined as suitable  for less complex projects
with  only  minor  community impacts.   Under these provisons, a  grantee  must
conduct a  public information  program as specified in  Section 25.4,  including
                                  XIV-A-2

-------
A.    PUBLIC PARTICIPATION PLANS FOR RURAL PLANNING  AREAS

     The Clean Water Act regulations  requiring public  participation in  the  201
facilities planning process have been  in effect for almost  2 years.   Sources
indicate  that  the  reaction  to  the regulations  has been  frustration over
another set of  regulations  and  very  little experience with the  techniques  for
satisfying them  (American City  and County, 1980).   However,  it is  recognized
that budgetary  expenditures on  public  participation are modest in comparison
to  the  cost of  litigation  and  construction  delays  that  result  from  project
controversy.  The  public participation process does afford  opportunities  for
constructive input  to  the  facilities planning process that  can be  key to  the
implementation  of  a project.    Through  this process,  facilities  planners  can
take into  consideration  a  community's  character,  its  social  and environmental
values, and the attitudes  of  its citizens.  This  is  especially true  in rural
lake areas where the  populace  is more  in touch with community  and  environ-
mental resources.

     The  Clean  Water Act  stipulates in Section 101(e)  that "public  partici-
pation... [in the facility planning process] shall be provided for, encouraged,
and assisted by the [EPA] Administrator and the States.  The  administrator, in
cooperation with the  states,  shall  develop and publish regulations specifying
minimum guidelines  for  public participation in such processes."  This  mandate
reflects  Congressional  recognition that clean water depends  on strong grass-
roots  support.   It demonstrates the  necessity for  the  establishment of  a
working relationship  between  the public and officials who make water  quality
management decisions.

     The  Federal  regulations  referenced  were  published in  final   form on
16 February 1979 in 40  CFR 25,  which relates to public participation programs
under the  Resource  Conservation and Recovery Act, the Safe Drinking Water Act,
and the Clean Water Act, as well as  in 40 CFR Subpart E, Parts 35.917-1(g)  and
35.917-5,  which relates  to  Federal grants  for  the  construction of sewage
treatment  works.  These regulations provide the overall framework for a public
participation program and  furnish facilities planners with some useful tools.

     Part  25  regulations define  the public  as  "representatives  of consumer,
environmental,  and  minority associations; trade, industrial,  agricultural,  and
labor  organizations; public  health, scientific,  and  professional societies;
civic  associations; public officials;  and governmental  and  educational asso-
ciations."  This is  a  partial   listing  of persons and  organizations  who  may
feel direct impacts,  either benefical or adverse, from the implementation  of a
particular facilities plan alternative.  While these  associations and organi-
zations exert considerable  influence on decisions made on  the local level,  the
public  at large must  also be  actively solicited for input.

     Part 25  also  defines public participation as  follows:

     "Public  participation  is that part of  the decision-making process through
     which responsible  officials become aware of public  attitudes by providing
     ample opportunity  for  interested  and  affected  parties  to communicate
     their views.   Public  participation  includes  providing  access  to  the
     decision-making process, seeking  input from  and  conducting  dialogue  with
     the   public,   assimilating  public  viewpoints and  preferences,  and  de-
                                   XIV-A-1

-------
    CHAPTER XIV
PUBLIC PARTICIPATION

-------
                                REFERENCES
Nelson, J.  D. ,   and R.  C.  Ward.  1980.  Groundwater monitoring  strategies  to
     support  community  management  of  on-site  home  sewage disposal  systems.
     Bulletin 140.   Colorado State University Experiment Station.

Todd, D. K. ,  R.  M.  Tinlin,  K.  D.  Schmidt,  and L.  G.  Everett.  1976.  Monitoring
     groundwater  quality:   monitoring  methodology.   EPA-600/4-76-026.   U.S.
     Environmental Protection Agency.

Wolterink,  T.  J. ,  H. J.  Williamson,   D. C.  Jones,  T.  W. Grimshaw, and W.  F.
     Holland. 1979.  Identifying  sources of subsurface nitrate pollution  with
     stable   nitrogen    isotopes.    EPA-600/4-79-050.    U.S.   Environmental
     Protection Agency.

Hagedorn,  C.,  and  E.   L.   McCoy.  1979.  Soil suitability  for  on-site waste
     disposal:   Development  of  genetically marked Escherichia coli strains  as
     tracers  of subsurface  water  flow.   WRRI-65.   Water  Resources  Research
     Institute, Oregon State University.

Stewart,  G. L.  and J.  R.   Stetson.   1975.   Tritium  and  deuterium  as water
     tracers  in  hydrologic systems.  Pub.  No.  55,  Report  FY-76-2.  Water
     Resources  Research  Center,   University  of  Massachusetts,  Amherst  MA.

Thompson, G. M., and V.  M.  Hayes.  1979. Trichlorofluoromethane in groundwater:
     A  possible tracer  and indicator of  groundwater age.   Water Resources
     Research 15(3).

Bouwer,  H.  , and R.  C.  Rice.   1976.   A slug test  for  determining hydraulic
     conductivity of  unconfined aquifers  with completely  or  partially pene-
     trating wells.  American Geophysical Union 12(3).
                                 XIII-C-10

-------
would  probably  reveal  a  three-way  interrelation  between  data  locations,
nitrate levels, and the concentrations of phosphorus.   Although the results in
this example  are  fairly obvious,  correlation analysis can  demonstrate  inter-
relations that are sometimes surprising and unexpected.

     Hydrologic  phenomena  typically  exhibit  seasonal  variations,  and  the
sampling  of  surface water bodies  is  often planned to coincide with  low flow
periods  when dilution  is  minimal and  contaminant concentrations  at  maximum
levels.  Thus,  sampling times  are  generally selected on a  systematic,  rather
than  random,  basis.  Sampling locations  for surface  water  can  be  selected
either  randomly  or systematically.   Groundwater  is  far less  accessible,  and
available  access  points such  as wells  or springs must be  used  regardless of
the  resulting  sampling pattern.   Discrete  samples  collected   from  varying
depths  within the water  column  of a  well should be  acquired when possible,
since  the  chemical  species  present can vary with  changes  in temperature,  eH,
pH, and lithologic contacts.

     The  determination  of  a statistically representative number of samples is
difficult because the groundwater chemical variance is often high but unknown.
Estimates  of sample population variance can be  made by  studying the varia-
bility  in previous  data and  applying  confidence tests  to the  results.  One
method  of determining a valid number  of samples  in this way  is  described by
Nelson  and Ward  (1980).  The investigator  must  realize  that  the variance of
hydrologic data is especially subject to time-variant change.

3.   CONCLUSIONS

     Assuming  that  the treated effluent from an  on-site  system  consists only
of  typical household  greywater  and  blackwater waste, the  two most important
chemical  quality  parameters  to  know are  the  concentrations  of  nitrates  and
fecal  coliforms.   These potential contaminants  must always be considered in a
monitoring plan.   The  proximity  of lakes  to on-site  systems will  also neces-
sitate  the study  of  phosphorus  influx  rates because  high  levels can greatly
accelerate eutrophication processes.

     Despite  advances  in  remote  sensing  of  hydrologic phenomena,  there is
presently no substitute for on-site   inspection of waste  treatment systems to
evaluate  performance  accurately.  The  effective   implementation  of a ground-
water  monitoring  network requires  technical expertise in the areas  of environ-
mental   engineering,    chemistry,   hydrogeology,   and    photography/photo-
interpretation.

     The  use of experienced technical personnel  is  essential to the  accurate
prediction  of  the  results  of  establishing various  treatment  options.  The
examples  cited throughout  this  chapter  have been intended to illustrate the
normal conditions that may  be  expected  in rural areas  of U.S.  EPA Region V and
to  describe  possible variations of those  conditions  that might be  encountered
at  specific  sites.  This  chapter has shown that different levels of  data  may be
required  for  different  applications.   The application  of  full-scale model
results  from  similar nearby  systems  is  a crucial  and  most accurate first
approximation for  assessing the  suitability of  a site  for a particular  land
application  system.
                                  XIII-C-9

-------
     Chloride measurements can be  useful  in the planning of  on-site  systems,
but only in areas isolated from roadways that are salted during winter months.
Highly soluble salts  such as  NaCl and KC1 are relatively nonreactive  and thus
are easily  transported  long  distances in groundwater.  Chloride  analyses  pro-
vide no measure of the degree of treatment provided to effluent by existing or
proposed  drainage  fields.  But  chlorides  are  useful   tracers  for  studying
groundwater flow  patterns  and for evaluating the possible extent of pollution
caused by system failures.

     The use  of  tracers  for  groundwater flow studies has  the basic advantage
of  providing irrefutable  results.   It  has  the  disadvantages of  being  very
costly and of suffering from the uncertainty associated with monitoring only a
very few points,  any or all  of which could miss detecting the main stream of
any plume  of  tagged water.  An additional  limitation is that only one injec-
tion point  may be  used in one groundwater shed at one time.  Tests  on addi-
tional points  could not be performed until the system is flushed of the first
test.  Tracer tests  are  also very  slow.   With  groundwater  flow  velocities
averaging 0.5  to  0.05 feet per day,  long  monitoring  periods (lead times) are
required for the useful completion of such tests.

     For  these  reasons,  tracer tests are used less  frequently  than  less re-
liable modeling of various types (Chapter XIII, Section B).

i.   Evaluate  the Potential for  Dilution

     The  preceeding  paragraphs  of  this  report  describe water  body tagging
techniques  and  refer to  Chapter  XIII, Section  B on modeling of groundwater
flow.  Both of these  techniques  are  useful for evaluating  the potential for
contaminant  dilution.  Standard  techniques  are  used  in such  an evaluation.

2.   SAMPLING THEORY

     Some  information  about  sampling statistics  is  included  here   to  make
researchers   aware  of  the  difficulty  of  obtaining  theoretically  adequate
samples. Too  often, an  investigator assumes that data collected in the general
area of  a proposed site will permit  significant conclusions to be drawn about
the  site itself.  Water  quality samples are  especially sensitive to  mistaken
conclusions  of  this kind, necessitating on-site sampling in almost all cases.

     Determinations  of  the number of  required samples  and  the time and loca-
tion  of sampling  are necessary.   The  planner generally must  prepare a moni-
toring  plan without  the  luxury of an adequate  groundwater  data  base.  In the
absence  of data  that could reveal spatial  or time correlation in samples, the
investigator  must  assume  that  all observations  are  independent (unrelated).
Correlation  analysis  refers  to the branch  of statistics used to determine the
degree  of interrelation between variables. For example, within a set of water
samples  a group  may appear  with  higher  than average  nitrate and phosphorus
levels.   These  samples  may  also cluster together,  perhaps  near  cropland
fertilized  by the  detected  nutrients. In  this  example, correlation analysis
                                 XIII-C-8

-------
Some specialized  fluids  (high density,  low kinematic viscosity) may  violate
this rule with predicted  migration rates  faster than water.

     The  gradients  and  relationships  between  water table  and piezometric
surfaces may control groundwater  and contaminant flow.  In general, groundwater
flows toward the  center  of  the earth,  following the path of least resistance.
In  special  circumstances  (when the piezometric surface of  a  confined  aquifer
is  higher than  the  piezometric or water  table surface in overlying  aquifers),
groundwater flow may be opposite  of that  normally expected.

h.   Tracing Subsurface  Flow

     A number of  substances can  be used  in the evaluation of soil suitability
for  on-site disposal  systems. Tracers  are especially valuable  when  used  to
determine  soil  permeabilities  in  lakeshore  areas  selected  for  development.
Perhaps the best  tracer  of  this  sort is  tritium, because it can  comprise part
of  the  structure of the  water molecule.  Minute quantities of tritium can  be
used to  "tag"  large volumes  of  water,  remaining detectible  in very  low con-
centrations owing to its radioactivity (Stewart and Stetson, 1975).  The use  of
tritium as a tracer is especially attractive for groundwater flow into and out
of  lakes  located  in low  population density areas. The method involves inject-
ing  a  small amount of tritium  into  an  aquifer, utilizing an auger  hole  or
well.  The  tagged  water  forms a plume that  migrates down-gradient  from the
source. It  could  be detected in monitoring wells drilled down-gradient of the
injection hole. An up-gradient well would be monitored for reference.  The flow
direction  and  average  flow  velocity  could  be determined  by this  process.
However,  because  of the  controversy associated with  the  introduction of even
minute  quantities  of  radioactive  material into  the  environment, this option
must be  evaluated thoroughly prior to its  use.  Although tritium is theoreti-
cally one of  the most reliable tracers of groundwater flow, other,  more envi-
ronmentally  safe  tracers,  (dyes,  conservative  nontoxic  substances)  should  be
used when possible.

     Genetically marked strains of E. coli have also been used successfully as
tracers to  study groundwater  flow patterns in soil columns. Hagedorn and McCoy
(1979) demonstrated the superiority of bacterial tracers over fluorescein dyes
in  applications of  this type.

     Thompson and  Hayes  (1979) have shown that trichlorofluoromethane  (CC1JF,
trade name  Freon II)  can be  useful as a tracer and as an indicator of  ground-
water  age.  All  sources of  this  compound are believed to be artificially made,
more  of  the  material  existed in the environment prior  to  1931.  Although re-
leased to the atmosphere, this substance establishes an equilibrium solubility
in  surface water.  Even  in ppt  concentrations, Freon II  in water  is  readily
detectable  by gas chromatography.

     With regard  to the planning of on-site treatment systems, the presence of
Freon  II  in confined  aquifers   would  indicate the  occurrence  of  relatively
recent  recharge from  surface sources.  Therefore,  areas  can be  identified in
which  groundwater reservoirs  are  especially  sensitive  to degradation  by sur-
face contamination. The analysis  of Freon  II  levels  is best applied on a  local
or   county  basis  to  evaluate  the potential  impacts  to  water supplies  of
implementing  new  small waste  flows  systems.
                                  XIII-C-7

-------
     D.  Acid  rain

     Recent research has shown that organic and inorganic sources of nitrates
in groundwater can be differentiated on the basis  of  stable nitrogen isotope
levels (Wolterink  et al.,  1979).

f.   Evaluate Site Suitability Systems

     Important considerations in evaluating site suitability  for small  waste
flows treatment systems  include the following:

          1.    Proximity to  drinking water supplies
          2.    Soil type and permeability  (suitability)
          3.    Proximity  to sensitive  ecosystems  such as  lakes, bogs,  and
               marshes
          4.    Flooding  potential
          5.    Prediction  of  future   impacts  that  may  result   from  system
               failure by

                    a.    Determination  of  groundwater  flow  direction  from
                         hydrologic  gradient  data  (see  Chapter XIII, Section
                         B)
                    b.    Determination  of  groundwater  flow  velocities  from
                         gradient data  and permeability estimates

     These factors  must  be  considered  and  compared for each treatment alter-
native  to determine  the respective contaminant  loading rates  and  point of
introduction  into  the environment. This evaluation results  in the delineation
of the forcing function  for the evaluation that follows.

g.    Vertical Mobility  of Pollutants from  the Surface  or  Shallow
     Subsurface  Application of  Small  Waste  Treatment  Systems

     Vertical  mobility   of  pollutants  must  be  evaluated  to predict  their
effects  on the groundwater  system.  Vertical  mobility of pollutants  is most
strongly  controlled by the solubility,  stability, and  physical properties such
as  density of the contaminant;  by  rate of recharge, permeability, and altera-
tions  of the  aquifers  and  intervening geohydrologic units,  and by the gra-
dients  of the water tables affected.

     The  solubility, stability  and  other  physical  properties  of  the con-
taminant  may  affect its  rate of dispersion and  its  direction of migration. For
example,  a contaminant with low solubility and  with density  greater  than water
may  migrate along  the bottom of the aquifer.  A  contaminant with low  solubility
and  with  density lower than water would float  on the water table.  Either could
become  trapped in  a local feature on the water  table and  defy  predicted migra-
tion patterns  and  rates.

      Rate of  recharge,  permeability, and  ability  of an aquifer or intervening
geohydrologic unit (aquitard) to attenuate contamination may affect  vertical
mobility  of a contaminant.  Other factors  that  may limit  the vertical movement
of  groundwater and/or  contaminants  include  groundwater  discharge or removal
rates  and thicknesses  and  continuity  of aquitards.  In  general,  contaminants
travel  through aquifers at or below the average groundwater  transport  rates.


                                 XIII-C-6

-------
     Chapter  II,  Section  C  of  this  report  describes  direct  and indirect
sensing  techniques  that  may  be  applicable  to  small  waste  flows studies.
Expensive methods  such as  well  drilling,  aquifer  testing,  and geophysical
surveying are generally cost-effective  only  if  the planning effort encompasses
a  large  area.  Planning a  new lakeshore community is  an  example of a project
for which these  geophysical  and engineering techniques  would prove valuable.

     Whenever possible, field data  should be collected from existing sampling
locations.   Wells  and  natural  springs  can  be  sampled  to  analyze prevalent
groundwater chemical species.  An existing  open  well  can also be  used to deter-
mine  the approximate  hydraulic  conductivity  of  penetrated  formations,  uti-
lizing the  slug  test  method  described  by  Bouwer and Rice  (1976).   Preliminary
information  of  this type creates  a data base,  allowing the investigator  to
evaluate properly  future  trends  discovered  from continued monitoring at pro-
posed wastewater treatment sites.

     The  ability of  soils  to  treat  domestic  effluent properly  can only  be
determined  by  on-site inspection of soil wetness,  texture, and horizonation,
including the  collection  of  samples for analyses of  grain size distribution.
As  described in Chapter  III,  Section B  of this report, existing  wastewater
treatment systems can function as full-scale models  for  the  evaluation  of  soil
effectiveness in treating effluent.

     Seasonally  flown aerial  photography  (both color and infrared)  should  be
an integral part of any water quality data  base. Similar photographs  obtained
as  part of a  trend  monitoring  program  could,  during  the period following
facility construction,  be used  to help identify the significant  changes  in
vegetation  caused by system failures.

e.   Identify Existing Nonseptic Pollutant  Sources  from Collected
     Data

     For most  researchers,  it is only important to identify existing chemical
constituents in groundwater without regard for their source(s).  In some cases,
it may  be useful   to  identify  specifically  existing  nonseptic  pollutant
sources. The most prevalent ones are outlined below:

     A.  Agricultural  and domestic

         1.   Fertilizers (applied to field or lawn)
         2.   Pesticides
         3.   Animal  wastes
         4.   Salt applied  to roads  during winter

      B.  Industrial  sources

         1.   Organic solvents
         2.   Metal  cations
         3.   Petrochemicals

      C.  Drainage from surface  and  underground  mines
                                  XIII-C-5

-------
        3.   Geohydrologic units
            a.   Transmissivity and storativity
            b.   Flow and boundary conditions

     C.  Remote  sensing

        1.   Geophysics

        2.   Multi-spectral aerial photography (including  infrared)

     Chapter XIII,  Section A describes  in detail the sources of  groundwater
quality data available in U.S. EPA Region V.

     The primary sources  of  this information,  which vary from state  to  state,
are listed below:

     A. Federal government

        1.   U.S. Geological Survey*
        2.   U.S. EPA
        3.   U.S. Army Corps of Engineers

     B. State government

        1.   Department of Health
        2.   Department of Natural Resources*
        3.   Geological Survey*
        4.   Water Survey*
        5.   State EPA
        6.   Pollution Control Agency
        7.   Soil Conservation Service

     C. Local government

        1.   Department of Health

     D. Other

        1.  Universities*
        2.   Scientific journals*
        3.  Well-drilling companies and operators
        4.  Private companies using groundwater
        5.  Personal  communications*

     Those  sources  followed  by  an asterisk can  often provide extensive geo-
 logic and geophysical data.

 d.   Collection of Field Data

     In areas  for  which little published groundwater and geologic data exist,
 it  may  be  necessary  to acquire  additional  field data  to guide  planning
 efforts.
                                 XIII-C-4

-------
     After the data described  above  are  collected and evaluated, the conserva-
tively defined groundwater basin may be refined. Careful consideration of the
time required for the system to  cause contamination at any given location must
be included in the analysis of the data.

b.   Describe Existing Uses of Groundwater within  the  Study Area

     After the boundaries of  the  study  area are determined, existing ground-
water usage  should  be  described.  This may be done by survey or evaluation of
existing records. The  sensitivity of the groundwater  use is the primary goal
of  this  phase of study.  Potable water  supplies  are  of  the highest priority,
while agricultural,  industrial  process  and cooling uses have  correspondingly
lower priority for protection.

     High  groundwater  withdrawal  rates   associated with  public or  industrial
water supplies  should be identified at this  stage,  because they may locally
increase groundwater  flow rates by  increasing water table gradients. They may
locally  even reverse groundwater flow  directions.  If their use is intermit-
tent, they may further complicate expected groundwater pollutant  dispersion.

c.   The Existing Data Base

     Planners can avoid considerable expense of obtaining new groundwater data
if  the  existing  data base is first acquired. This data  base consists of both
published  and unpublished material. When collecting  this  information, it  is
most  cost-effective to obtain  it  for   the  entire  planning area at one time.
Then, first  approximations (of affected  areas, for  example)  may be  enhanced  by
extrapolating  the  known characteristics of the planning area.  Outlined below
are the  general  classes of data that are applicable to groundwater  problems  in
small waste flows  planning and that may be found  in the existing  data base:

     A.  Groundwater data

         1.   Water table elevations and variability

         2.   Groundwater geochemical analyses for the following:
             a.   pH
             b.   Specific  conductivity
             c.   Acidity and alkalinity
             d.   Nitrates
             e.   Bacteria
             f.   Viruses
             g.   Phosphorus
             h.   Iron
             i.   Calcium,  magnesium, and manganese
             j.   Aluminum

      B.  Geologic data

         1.  Soil types (thickness,  composition, and variability)

         2.  Geologic formations
             a.  Lithology
             b.  Structure
                                  XIII-C-3

-------
     5. Describe  any  existing pollutants, their source(s), and identify poten-
       tial pollutants

     6. Evaluate  waste disposal methods  (existing and proposed)

     7. Evaluate  the vertical mobility  of  pollutants  from surface or shallow
       sources to  the saturated  zone

     8. Estimate  velocities  of groundwater  flow within underlying  aquifers and
       their  ability to transmit pollutants

     9. Estimate  the  potential   for dilution of pollutants  within the  study
       area  or hydrologic basin (evaluate  sensitivity  of surface and subsur-
        face waters)

     This is  an  outline of ideal steps  for  the  manager who is provided with
adequate   finances,  time,   equipment,   and   technical  skills.    However,  the
acquisition of original  data for areas  with little existing information  (Step
4) is often very expensive.  At  a minimum, soil  sampling  and testing might  be
performed on  selected developed  sites.  The performance  of existing systems  in
soils similar to those  found  at  the selected sites could  be inferred from the
data.

a.   Selection  of  the Monitoring Area

     The extent  of potential  groundwater effects from the land  application  of
small waste flows  may be closely approximated if the  following  basic informa-
tion is known:

     •  depth to the saturated zone (water table),
     •  permeability or grain size analysis of aquifer materials,  and
     •  direction of groundwater flow.

In  addition,  if the  groundwater flow  rates or  slope of the water table  are
known, then  the rate of groundwater transport of  potential contaminants  and
the  time required for   the  contaminants to  reach  a  sensitive receptor  (for
example,  well or surface water body) can also be modeled.

     Since this information is rarely available before the data  are collected,
it  may  be necessary to make a  preliminary  approximation  of the potentially
affected area by examining the topography of the area surrounding the  proposed
application site.   In  general,  in  humid areas such as those present  in U.S.
EPA  Region V, groundwater drainage basins coincide with surface  water  drainage
basins.   Groundwater flow paths  roughly approximate the  direction of  maximum
land surface  slope.  Thus,  the affected area would approximately duplicate the
surface  watershed of  the  application  site,  to the  zone   where  the  surface
watershed  is  intercepted  by  the  first  perennial surface water body  (for
example, a stream, river, or lake).

     Notable  exceptions  to  this rule  include  sites  near surface  drainage
divides,  sites  with very  deep  (greater than 50 feet)  water tables,  or sites
located  close to contacts of geohydrologic units or points of high groundwater
withdrawals.   The  first approximation  of the groundwater  basin  that  may  be
affected by  these  sites should  be  chosen  more  conservatively  than subsequent
approximations.

                                 XIII-C-2

-------
C.   GROUNDWATER RESOURCES  DATA  NEEDED FOR  FACILITIES  PLANNING  IN
     RURAL LAKE  AREAS

1.   INTRODUCTION

     This section identifies the groundwater quality information required for
planning and design of small waste  flows  treatment systems.  The benefits and
limitations of  various  data collection techniques  are identified, analyzed,
and  summarized  to assist  facilities  planners  in deciding how much background
data to  collect and how  to design an appropriate monitoring system.  Chapter
VIII, Section  C develops  guidelines  for  facilities planners who will design
monitoring plans for treatment  systems  that are already  constructed and under
operation.

     The level  of groundwater  quality monitoring  required is primarily depen-
dent on  the  utilization  of the groundwater resource and the proximity of the
aquifer  to the  source  of contamination.  For example, groundwater used mainly
for  agricultural  purposes  does not  require  the  close  monitoring needed  to
protect drinking water supplies.

     Confined and semi-confined aquifers have  at least  one zone of  low permea-
bility between  themselves  and  local  surface sources of contamination. Typical
semi-confined sandstone  aquifers are primarily  recharged laterally from loca-
tions where  the unit  is  exposed or  in hydraulic  continuity  with the surface.
As  the  water travels  over great distances from  the recharge  area to the point
of  discharge or  withdrawal,   dilution  or  attenuation of  low-levels  of  con-
tamination may  occur.

     Wells  developed   in  fractured   crystalline  rocks  are  recharged almost
entirely from  local surface  sources. They are  thus  more  readily  subject  to
contamination from these local sources.

     The following  outline (adapted  from Todd et  al.,  1976)  lists steps  that
may be necessary to develop a groundwater monitoring strategy:

     1.  Select  the monitoring area

     2.  Describe existing  uses  of groundwater within the study area

     3.  Obtain  existing  data on:

         a.   Groundwater  quality and water table depths
         b.   Aquifer characteristics  (flow and geology)
         c.   Soil properties
         d.   Climate (precipitation and temperatures)

     4.  Where data are  lacking,  obtain sufficient  field information  to  ade-
         quately evaluate the site, by means of:

         a.   Sampling  and chemical analyses  of well waters and  springs
         b.   Well  drilling to sample  geology, establish observation wells, and
             test  aquifers
         c.   Auger sampling of  soil profiles
                                  XIII-C-1

-------
                                REFERENCES
Appel, C.A., and  J.D.  Bredehoeft.  1976.  Status of groundwater modeling in the
     U.S. Geological Survey.  Circular  737.  U.S.  Geological Survey,  Reston VA.

Bachmat,  Y. ,  B.  Andrews,  D. Holtz,  and S.  Sebastian.  1978. Utilization  of
     numerical  groundwater  models  for water  resource management.   EPA-600/
     8-78-012.   U.S. Environmental Protection Agency.

Childs, K.  E., S. B. Upchurch, and B.  Ellis. 1974. Sampling of variable waste-
     migration  patterns  in  ground  water.  Ground Water,  November-December.

Davis, S. N. ,  and R.  J. M. DeWiest.  1966.  Hydrogeology.  John Wiley and Sons,
     Inc.,  New York NY.

Fetter,  C.W.,  Jr.,  W.  E.  Sloey, and F.  L.  Spangler.  1977. Potential replace-
     ment of septic tank drain fields  by artificial marsh wastewater treatment
     systems.   Proceedings   of   the  Third  National  Ground Water  Quality
     Symposium.  EPA-600/9-770H.  U.S. Environmental Protection Agency.

Grim, R.  E. 1968. Clay mineralogy. McGraw-Hill, Inc.,  New York NY.

Konikow,  L.  F. ,  and J. D. Bredehoeft. 1978. Computer model of two-dimensional
     solute  transport   and  dispersion in  ground  water.  Techniques  of water-
     resources  investigations of  the  U.  S. Geological Survey, Book 7, Chapter
     C2.  Washington DC..

Moore, J.  E.   1979.  Contributions of groundwater modeling to planning. J. of
     Hydrology 5:(43).

Mudroch,  A.,  and  J.  A. Capobianco.  1979.  Effects of  treated effluent  on a
     natural marsh. Journal WPCF, 51(9).

Prickett, T. A.  1979.  Ground-water computer models:  State of the art. Ground
     Water,  17(2).

Rea,  R.  A.,  and S. B.  Upchurch.  1980.  Influence of regolith  properties  on
     migration of septic tank effluent. Ground Water 18(2).

Rushton,  K.  R. ,  and S.  C.  Redshaw.  1979.  Seepage  and  groundwater  flow.  John
     Wiley and Sons, New York NY.

Seckel,  C.  W.  1978.  Feasibility study for  development  of a transient three-
      dimensional  groundwater flow model  utilizing the  finite element method.
     University of Maryland, College Park MD.

Walton,  W.  C.  1970.  Groundwater resource  evaluation.  McGraw-Hill,  Inc., New
     York NY.
                                   XIII-B-12

-------
TABLE XIII-B-2.   APPLICABILITY OF GROUNDWATER MODELING TO DECISION-LEVELS IN
                 SMALL WASTEWATER FLOW MANAGEMENT
Model Types
I. Physical
Permeameter
Individual
(systems)
X
Local
(developments
and towns)
X
Area and
Regional
(cities and
counties)

Generally not
Applicable

Sand tank (full        X               X
  scale)

Artificial marsh       X               X

Viscous flow                                                           X

II. Mathematical

    A. Analog

Discrete circuit                       X               X

Continuous circuit                                                     X

    B. Digital

Flow                                   X               X

Quality                                                                X

III. Analytical        XXX
      With regard  to the  planning  and  design of  on-site  treatment  systems,
 empirical conclusions  based  on  the  careful  monitoring of  selected  septic
 systems   are  far more  valuable  than  the  results  of  predictive  groundwater
 quality  monitoring.  When planning the design  of  a  treatment system  for a  new
 site, the first  priority for a  planner  should be  to examine nearby  existing
 septic systems  to evaluate  their  operating  performance.  If any system failures
 are  noted,  the  reasons for failure should be carefully analyzed and used as
 guidance  on the  new  site.   In  the  absence   of other  treatment  systems,  a
 thorough surface  and  subsurface sampling  program  should be implemented.  The
 initial  expenses  incurred in  carefully documenting  the  geologic  and hydrologic
 variables in a  new area would be  recouped when additional new sites are  added.
 In this  way, an  expanding  data  base can be established that will  allow plan-
 ners to  estimate more  reliably  the  ability of a  soil to treat septic effluent
 effectively.
                                    XIII-B-11

-------
     •  evaluation of existing septic system performance levels,  and
     •  application of remote sensing.

3.    SUMMARY AND CONCLUSIONS

     Modeling can  be  a practical  tool  in the study of  groundwater  flow pro-
blems. Groundwater  quality models  developed during the  1970's  represent the
state-of-the-art in digital flow analysis. But the use of these overly sophis-
ticated  models   can produce  misleading  results  and  is not  cost-effective.

     Solute  transport  in surface  aquifers  occurs  as  time-variant  flow under
unconfined conditions. The  boundary conditions and transport phenomena are so
complicated that computer analyses are required for credible quality modeling.
Unfortunately, quality models  are  not yet sophisticated enough to effectively
resolve  patterns  of multichemical transport and  interaction.  Thus,  a paradox
exists  in the  digital evaluation of  septic  seepage flow.  Although digital
methods  are   essential,  they currently  are  theoretically inadequate  and too
expensive for application to individual septic systems. Therefore, groundwater
quality  models  are not  of practical value  to planners  in  the  evaluation of
septic seepage.

     Applications  of  digital flow modeling are currently limited to the study
of  annual  water  table fluctuation and  patterns of  local and regional ground-
water  flow.  Conclusions  derived from large-scale studies of this type should
not be used  to  make assessments  of specific site  suitability.  Only on-site
inspection and data collection can provide the necessary information.

     The utility of groundwater modeling varies at different levels of manage-
ment decision-making. While only physical and analytical models can reasonably
be  applied to individual septic systems, a wider range of techniques is prac-
tical  on local,  area, and  regional  decision levels. Table XIII-B-2 summarizes
the decision-level  applicability of  models discussed in this section.

      In  approaching a groundwater problem,  the investigator should first try
to  apply the simpler analytical techniques  to determine whether mathematical
models  will  be  required  or useful. In  small  waste  flows management, the two
most important  variables  are  groundwater flow direction and velocity. After
obtaining  this  information, the planner  can  identify  those  areas that may be
affected by  leachate from  septic  systems  or that  may be land application
sites.  Reasonable, low-cost  estimates  of flow direction and velocity can be
made by  using water table  elevation  data  and estimates of aquifer porosity and
permeability.  Other  analytical  models  are  the  traditional  methods used to
analyze  aquifer test  data to determine  formation values of  storativity and
transmissivity.  These values are essential data for the  subsequent application
of  digital modeling.

      Mathematical  models  are the  only  methods capable of handling the  complex
boundary conditions  inherent  to  seepage flow problems.  Although electrical
analog techniques generally have  been  replaced by digital methods,  the  wide-
spread  use   of   micro-processors   should eventually  cause  a  resurgence  of
interest in  the  application of electrical  analog modeling  (Prickett,  1979).
                                    XIII-B-10

-------
c.   Analytical Models

     Analytical models  are  equations  which,  subject  to simplifying  assump-
tions, can  be directly  solved  to obtain information about  groundwater  flow.
The Laplace  transformation is  a  powerful  method for solving the  linear dif-
ferential  equations  that  describe  subsurface  flow   phenomena.   Analytical
methods can  only be used when the geometry and  boundaries  of the  flow medium
are relatively  simple.  These criteria  are compatible  with  the pumping  tests
used to derive the formation constants of transmissivity and storativity. Many
assumptions  must  be  made before this  class  of  problem becomes   amenable  to
analytical solution. For  the  case of pumping an  unconfined  aquifer,  the fol-
lowing assumptions were given for an example analyzed by Walton (1970):

     •  aquifer is  homogeneous,  isotropic,  infinite in areal extent,  and has
        uniform thickness,

     •  test wells fully penetrate the aquifer,

     •  water is unconfined,

     •  drawdown is very small  compared to the  original  saturated thickness,
        and

     •  pumping occurs at  a fixed rate, and flow  in the aquifer  is unsteady.

     It  is  apparent that  seepage flow problems  are often  incompatible with
these  ideal  assumptions,  necessitating  the use of numerical approximations of
the  governing  differential  equations. The   investigator  needs   significant
experience  dealing  with  groundwater   flow  problems  to correctly  determine
whether  analytical  methods  are  adequate  to  solve  a  specific  problem.
Analytical  techniques  provide the  essential  aquifer parameters  required for
the operation of  more sophisticated digital flow and solute-transport models.
For most facilities planning efforts, these methods are useful for determining
aquifer  characteristics  in areas  for which little  information is available.
This kind of  information is important when the possibility of aquifer contami-
nation  from surface sources  exists,  or has been  observed  in existing wells.

d.    Empirical Methods

     In applying empirical methods, conclusions are based only on  observations
without  regard for  existing  theory.  Because  of the need  for  extensive data
collection  to support  digital or analog modeling,  and  because  of the expense
and expertise required for  the actual theoretical modeling, the most straight-
forward  method  to  be used  in the planning and design of soil-dependent waste-
water  systems  may  often  be  a  well-designed  program  of  sampling  existing
systems.  Through  time,  a  program of this  type  can provide invaluable infor-
mation about  the wastewater treatment effectiveness of specific septic systems
and  soil types.  Another section  of this report describes a plan of data col-
lection  that  can  be  used to  establish  a  broad data  base for   use  in site
evaluation  and trend  monitoring.  The  basic  elements  of  this plan include:

     •   acquisition of existing data,
     •   sampling and analysis of  groundwater,
     •   determination of water table levels,
     •   collection  of geological  data,

                                   XIII-B-9

-------
TABLE XIII-B-1.  DATA REQUIREMENTS TO BE CONSIDERED FOR A PREDICTIVE MODEL
                 (after Moore,1979)
I.   Physical Framework

     A.   Groundwater Flow

          1.   Hydrogeological map showing areal extent, boundaries, and boundary
               conditions of all aquifers
          2.   Topographic map showing surface water bodies
          3.   Water-table, bedrock-configuration, and saturated-thickness maps
          4.   Transmissivity map showing aquifer and boundaries
          5.   Transmissivity and specific storage map of confining bed
          6.   Map showing variation in storage coefficient of aquifer
          7.   Relation of saturated thickness to transmissivity
          8.   Relation of stream and aquifer (hydraulic connection)

     B.   Solute Transport (in addition to above)

          9.   Estimates of the parameters that comprise hydrodynamic dispersion
         10.   Effective porosity distribution
         11.   Background information on natural concentration distribution
               (water quality) in aquifer
         12.   Estimates of fluid density variations and relationship of density
               to concentration
         13.   Hydraulic head distributions  (used to determine groundwater
               velocities)
         14.   Boundary conditions for concentrations

II.  Stresses on System

     A.   Groundwater Flow

          1.   Type and extent of recharge areas (irrigated areas, recharge
               basins, recharge wells, etc.)
          2.   Surface water diversions
          3.   Groundwater pumpage (distributed in time and space)
          4.   Stream flow (distributed in time and space)
          5.   Precipitation

     B.   Solute Transport (in addition to above)

          6.   Areal and temporal distribution of water quality in aquifer
          7.   Stream flow quality (distribution in time and space)
          8.   Sources and strengths of pollution

III. Other  Factors

     A.   Groundwater Flow and Dispersion

          1.   Economic information about water supply
          2.   Legal and administrative rules
          3.   Environmental factors
          4.   Planned changes in water and  land use
                                 XIII-B-8

-------
equation. The  transport  equation computes,  for any  point,  the  changes  in
concentration through  time  caused by  the processes of  convective  transport,
hydrodynamic dispersion,  and  dilution (Konikow and Bredehoeft,  1978).  Models
of this  type, which  consider  transport by flow only,  are  called conservative
mass-transport models.  In addition to flow transport mechanisms,  non-conserva-
tive mass-transport  models  also  consider physical  and  chemical interactions
between the solute and flow medium. For example,  models exist that include the
processes of  adsorption and  the  biochemical transformation  of  nitrogen com-
pounds (Bachmat et al., 1978).

     Groundwater quality modeling  provides  planners with a sophisticated tool
in  the  study of  solute  transport problems.  But this  kind  of modeling cannot
readily  be  done  without extensive  technical expertise,  the use  of  digital
computers,  and  the  availability  of  a broad data  base for  the hydrological
regime.  Table  XIII-B-1  lists  the data  requirements  for  predictive  digital
groundwater modeling.  Relatively  simple  and inexpensive  field  methods allow
for  determining parameters  for  flow  models, but  no  comparable methods are
available for mass-transport models.

     Soil  variability  is  a  serious  obstacle  in  the  study of  groundwater
quality  problems.  This  variability tends  to be site-specific  and generally
unpredictable on  a  regional basis. The most  important variables in the soil/
regolith column are soil composition and  structure,  plant growth, and phreatic
fluctuation. The physical and chemical evolution of a  soil profile is uniquely
controlled  by  climate  and the nature  and  source  of  its  parent  materials.
Climate  governs weathering  rates,  changes in  the phreatic zone,  and the growth
and  variety of  vegetation. Thus,  it  is  difficult  to fully  account  for the
complex  chemical transformation undergone by  septic leachate  as  it passes from
the  unsaturated zone into and through  the saturated zone.

     The  processes  affecting  these  chemical  changes  are  soil  absorption,
adsorption,  cation  exchange,  oxidation, and  the  activities  of  plants and
organisms.  Numerical  methods are  capable  of analyzing individual processes
like cation  exchange,  but  are  not  yet  sophisticated  enough to effectively
resolve  multichemical  transformation and  interactions.

      In  particular,  multichemical  waste migration does not  readily  lend itself
to   numerical  analysis.  There  is  good  evidence to   indicate  that chemicals
commonly found in  septic  leachate  can  migrate  at  different rates and  along
independent directional  axes  (Childs  et  al.,  1974).  Point source  leachate
cannot be  assumed  to  migrate  as  a single  plume,  and "index"  chemicals  like
chlorides  do not provide safe  indicators of solute transport patterns.  It  is
apparent that  the most sophisticated mass-transport models  provide  only first-
order estimates of solute  movements.  As  shown in Table XIII-B-1,  modeling  of
mass-transport  phenomena requires a much broader data base than that  required
 for the predictive  modeling  of  flow  systems,  further increasing the  cost  of
 the inherently  expensive  digital approach.  Also,   simplifying assumptions  are
 required in addition  to  those  required  for  flow modeling.  Considering all  of
 these factors,  mass-transport  models are  overly  sophisticated for the  small
waste flow problem.   The  problem of solute-transport  will continue   to be a
 topic of intense research.
                                    XIII-B-7

-------
     These techniques are  the  most accurate means available for studying flow
systems on  both a  local  and  a  regional basis, where they become  more cost-
effective.  Flow modeling  is  commonly  used  to  study  seasonal water  table
fluctuations,  especially  as   they  relate  to  precipitation   events  and  the
associated discharge and flood potential of surface waters.

     The  Laplace  equation  is  the  foundation of  all  digital  groundwater flow
problems.   This  differential   equation  takes  many  forms, dependent  on  the
aquifer characteristics, type  of flow,  and boundary  conditions.  Flow seepage
is  a very  complicated mathematical  problem  because of  the presence  of  an
unconfined  boundary.  The  position and  geometry of  this boundary are time-
dependent variables that change  in response to evapotranspiration and surface
and  subsurface  recharge. Digital groundwater models are based on a variety of
techniques that  are alternative  algebraic methods of solving the simultaneous
equations  that represent  the  flow process. Numerical  models of  the finite-
difference and finite-element type are common today.

     The  finite-difference method  (FDM)  is simpler, and the resulting equa-
tions  can be solved with  either analog or digital computers.  In digital solu-
tions,  involved  matrix operations are  not  required   for  this method.  The
geometry  of the field  is  maintained in the FDM solution, and boundary con-
ditions for  the model can  readily be changed.

     In the  finite-element method (FEM) the field is not  restricted to a grid
network of  uniform mesh.  Elements of varying size can be  used. The method can
more easily  handle  flow problems with highly irregular and complex geometries,
and  boundary conditions are more easily resolved than with FDM. Anisotropy of
aquifer properties  can be  included in the  solution.  Disadvantages of  the FEM
are  long  computational  times and large computer storage  requirements.

     The  basic idea of the finite-difference method  (FDM) is to represent the
flow system by  a  two-dimensional  gridded  network.  Derivatives at the inter-
section points are  replaced  by ratios  of the changes  in the flow variables
over small but finite intervals. This approximation generates a  set of  simpler
algebraic equations,  which are more easily solved. The  number of equations is
directly  proportional to  the  number of  intersection points.  Solution of the
equations provides the values of  hydraulic  head at each intersection point.
Three-dimensional  problems can  be  handled by  the use  of arrays of parallel
grids  to  represent  the  flow media dimensionally.

     A more  sophisticated technique is  the finite-element  method (FEM).  An
excellent description of the FEM is given by  Seckel  (1978). The  flow  domain is
divided into a finite number  of sections,  which  are  connected  at common nodal
points.  The  sections   collectively  represent  the  shape  of  the  actual flow
medium.  The  value of  the continuous  quantity  at  each  of  the nodal points
represents  the hydraulic  head variable.  The derived finite-element  equations
are  then  independently applied  to  each  section,  and  the results are  assembled
into the  total  flow domain.  Solution of  the  set of algebraic  equations then
determines  the values  of hydraulic  head  at  each node.

     Numerical models  that study the groundwater  transport of  contaminants are
called mass-transport models.  Most  of these techniques  have been created  since
1973.  In  actual  operation,  the  researcher first studies the pertinent flow
system to   thoroughly  understand  its   variables.  Then the   solute-transport
differential equation  is  coupled with  a  form of  Laplace's  groundwater flow

                                    XIII-B-6

-------
include heavy  organic  oils, silicone  oils,  and liquid plastics.  Temperature
control is  essential  since the  model  fluid viscosity may vary  significantly
with  temperature.  Both  steady  and non-steady effects  can be  included  by
changing the model's temperature.  Flow lines can be studied by  the injection
of colored  dyes, and groundwater potentials can be measured  with piezometers.
Viscous-flow models have the  major disadvantages  of complicated  construction
and operation procedures (Rushton and Redshaw,  1979). These models can be used
to study  and demonstrate  groundwater  flow in  aquifers, but they have little
practical value in the  analysis of quality problems.

b.    Mathematical Models

     Analog Models.  In  the past,  electrical  analog  modeling  has  been used
primarily  as  an instructional  technique in  engineering and  hydrology. Models
consisting  either  of  discrete circuits or  continuous conduction  media have
been devised. Electrical  analogs cannot be used to study  groundwater quality
problems  directly. The  physical  laws  governing  electrical  flow  are only
analogous  to  the  hydraulic   flow  equations,   and not  to  solute  transport
phenomena. Accordingly, the principal value of these models is  in the analysis
and demonstration of groundwater flow systems.

     Resistors  and capacitors  in a  mesh  network provide,  by   analogy,  the
solutions  in electrical terms  to  the  representative set  of  finite-difference
flow  equations. The  electrical network  may be constructed  in   two  or three
dimensions,  and circuit  connectors can be designed in a  way that  facilitates
the  disassembly and  reconstruction of the network.  This  kind  of  discrete
network,  compared  to  a continuous conducting medium,  has the advantage  of not
requiring  a constant  mesh size throughout  the  model. The  number of circuit
components  can  thus  be reduced  in model  regions that  are distant  from  speci-
fied boundaries  (Rushton and Redshaw,  1979).

     Other  electrical  analog  models, such as the  conductive paper method and
the  electrolytic tank,  employ continuous conduction  media. These models are
operationally   less  flexible  than  the resistance-capacitance  networks.  For
example,  in the  conducting paper model,  the flow medium  is  represented by  a
scaled model cut from paper with  a  conducting  layer.  Complete reconstruction
of  the model  is often  necessary  to implement  geometric  changes in  the flow
regime.   Also,   non-steady flow  characteristics  and   variations  in aquifer
hydraulic properties  cannot  conveniently be  represented  in this  way. Thus,
continuous  conduction models  cannot readily be  applied to non-steady,  uncon-
fined  flow.

     Digital (Mathematical) Models.   In  the study of  groundwater flow prob-
lems,  numerical models have substantially  replaced the analog techniques. This
is  a direct result of the availability,  utility,  and convenience  of computer
facilities.  Digital  computers are powerful  tools  for  the solution  of complex
hydrology  problems,   and  software  packages for  groundwater  models  are  now
accessible to potential  users.  Flow  modeling techniques are  available that  can
be  applied to  many combinations of  surface  and  subsurface data  variables.  And
 there  are numerous models  which could potentially be  applied to  flow problems
encountered  in  the   planning  and  design  of  on-site  wastewater  treatment
 systems.
                                    XIII-B-5

-------
of soil permeability. But  there are two important deficiencies, and therefore
disadvantages,  to  the  widespread use  of  this  method.  First, the  sampling
process  usually  disturbs   the  original  stratification  of  unconsolidated
samples.  Thus,  the  actual  soil layers  will  not be  represented in  the  flow
analysis.  Secondly,  permeameters  test  discrete  samples  that may not  be
statistically  representative  of  the  medium  underlying  the  seepage  field.

     Sand Tanks.   Sand  tank  models  are  scaled-down  versions  of  actual  flow
regimes.  Groundwater  flow  patterns  can  also  be  studied  by  observing  the
migration  of chemical  dyes through sediment-filled  tanks.  Flow  media  often
used in sand tanks  include sand, glass beads, and actual soil  sections.  It is
difficult to represent media porosities and permeabilities accurately in scale
models,  and, as a  result,  capillary  action in  the  unsaturated part of  the
model  often has an  exaggerated effect. Time-variant  effects  are  also poorly
represented by  these models. The principal value of sand tank models  is in the
realm   of  research,  studying  the  complex problems  of  molecular  diffusion,
dispersion,  and ion  exchange.  Small sand tank models may be of  use to planners
in  the  demonstration  of   local  flow  patterns, but  their  operation yields
strictly  qualitative results.

     Artificial Marshes.    Artificial  marshes   are  essentially flooded  and
vegetated sand tank models.   They have  recently become  a subject of experi-
mentation as alternative  means of wastewater  treatment.   Artificial marshes
can be considered models for  the biological treatment  of wastewater.  The marsh
consists  of a  gravel-filled  tank or basin in which  the  bottom and  sides are
sealed. Prior to the addition of effluent,  growths of  emergent  aquatic vegeta-
tion  are established  for   several growing  seasons.  Effluent is then filtered
through the  tank  to provide  a nutrient  supply for  absorption by the plant
rootlets.  Inflow and  outflow pipes must be high  enough  to prevent  the marsh
from   drying out.   Artificial  marshes  may be  used  only during  the growing
season; at  other  times,  alternative disposal  methods such  as holding tanks
would  be necessary.

     Existing System Performance.   Existing septic  tank  systems can function
as  full-scale  sand  tank models in the  hydrochemical  study of  leachate treat-
ment   and  migration (Childs  et al.,  1974;  Rea  and Upchurch,  1980). Only  in
this  manner  can  the actual  effects of  nutrient load and soil variability  be
 adequately  understood.  For   example,   the  most important  considerations  in
 evaluating  the suitability  of soils  for wastewater treatment  is  the  per-
 formance of similar nearby  systems.   On-site   inspections  are essential  for
proper evaluation,  and when  correlated  with site characteristics,  usage data,
 and design information, provide a data  base for  the  future trend monitoring of
 existing and newly  constructed systems. Sites with confirmed  system failures
 should be  classified  according  to probable  cause of failure,  such  as  system
 overloading due to  improper  maintenance,  high water tables,  and improper  soil
 conditions. Data  of  this type  constitute  a descriptive  model for  the  per-
 formance of existing on-site treatment systems.

      Viscous-Flow Models.   Viscous-flow models are three-dimensional construc-
 tions  of flow media  in which transmissive zones are represented  by parallel
 plates  made of metal  or  plastic.  The  movement of viscous  liquid  between the
 plates is  directly  analogous to the laminar flow of groundwater.  In fact, the
 equations  for  viscous  flow between parallel plates are identical  to the equa-
 tions  for  groundwater flow.  Liquids  used for  modeling  groundwater  to  scale


                                    XIII-B-4

-------
permeability varies  with the choice  of  direction from  a  specified point. A
flow  medium  is  said  to  be  homogeneous  if  its  properties,   isotropic  or
anisotropic conditions,  are  constant  throughout.  A fluid is homogeneous when
it consists of  a  single  phase.  Heterogeneous  flow occurs if either  the medium
or the fluid  is heterogeneous.  Theoretically,  a  medium can be both isotropic
and heterogeneous, as for example when permeability is  unaffected by direction
but varies at different points (Davis  and DeWiest,  1966).

     Groundwater  models   often  assume  that  flow occurs  under steady-state
conditions. This assumption  is  generally accurate for analyzing flow in con-
fined  aquifers, but  is  not  generally  applicable  to septic  seepage,  which
occurs under  unconfined  condition.  By definition, steady-state  flow does  not
vary,  through  time and only  occurs  when  the fluid variables  (velocity, pres-
sure,  density,   temperature,  and  viscosity)   are  functions  of  the spatial
coordinates within the medium. Time-variant flow  occurs when any  of  the  above-
listed variables  are  also functions of time.  Septic seepage is  always a time-
variant phenomenon in that it is influenced by diurnal and  seasonal  changes in
climate and by  household discharge rates.

d.    Boundary Assumptions

     The  functioning  of  a septic system is strongly  influenced  by  the  nature
of local hydrogeological boundaries. These  boundaries must  be  identified since
they  act  either as recharge areas or zones that  retard or  prevent  groundwater
flow.  Streams,   lakes,  and coastal areas  are generally recharge  boundaries.
Shale beds,  clay layers, and massive igneous  and metamorphic  formations often
function  as  barrier  boundaries.  Reservoir breastworks  and flood  levees  are
examples  of man-made barrier boundaries. Confined flow occurs when all  boun-
daries are fixed in space and do not change with time. Unconfined flow occurs
when  at least one boundary is a free surface exposed to the atmosphere.   Small
waste  flows management is a problem  in  unconfined seepage flow. Flow seepage
is  very  complicated  mathematically because  of the presence  of  an unconfined
phreatic  boundary (water  table).  The position and geometry  of  this boundary
are  time-dependent  variables  that  change  in response  to evapotranspiration
surface  and  subsurface  recharge.  The  proper operation  of  a  septic  system
requires  that its outflow point and  drainage  field  remain in the unsaturated
zone  above the  water  table.

2.    DESCRIPTIONS OF GROUNDWATER FLOW  MODELS

a.     Physical Reproductions

      Permeameters.   Physical  reproductions  of  flow  systems  have  been   used
scientifically  since the early 1800's.  In  1856  a French engineer  named Henri
Darcy was the  first person  to  state  the mathematical  law  that governs ground-
water flow.  Darcy  invented  the permeameter,  a  device  used to  measure the
hydraulic conductivity of earth materials. The equipment consists of a sample-
 filled pipe through which water  is forced to  flow. Pressure variations within
the  sediment  sample, in  combination with  the   discharge rate, are  used to
quantify   the ability  of the sample  to  transmit  water.  Permeameters are  used
today to  study the  permeability  and chemical  adsorption characteristics of
 soils,  sediments, and rocks. The  suitability  of  a soil as  a medium for septic
 seepage   application  is   often  evaluated by  the  use of  a permeameter.   This
method is inexpensive and generally provides  a reasonable  first-order estimate


                                    XIII-B-3

-------
it is  necessary to become  familiar  with the principles of  groundwater  flow.
The following paragraphs  describe  the development of the present  groundwater
flow theory and provide  insight into the analytical advantages water  quality
models may provide.

b.    Groundwater Flow

     The groundwater of most  interest in the management of  small  waste  flows
is the shallowest water,  which flows  through open spaces between shallow  earth
materials.    This  shallow  groundwater   flow  usually   occurs   approximately
parallel to  maximum  land surface gradients.  It is not like  an  underground
river,  rather  it  is  laterally  extensive  like  the flow of water through  a
sponge.

     The ability of a soil,  regolith, or aquifer to  hold and transmit  water is
dependent  on  the properties  of porosity and permeability.   The porosity  of  a
medium depends  on  the  shape,  distribution,  sorting, and cementation  of  indi-
vidual particles. Porosity is  a fraction defined as  the  void volume divided by
the given  volume  of  porous  medium. For  a medium to be  transmissive,  voids or
fractures must be interconnected. The coefficient of permeability for  a medium
is defined as the hydraulic conductivity (K).

     This  important variable  has traditionally been estimated by the  use of a
permeameter,  in which water  is forced to flow through  a sample  and the change
in hydraulic head between the inflow and outflow points  is measured. K has the
dimensions of  velocity and is  dependent on properties  of both the fluid and
the medium. The Darcy velocity (V) is defined as

              dh            Q
     V =   -K 	 = KS = 	
              dl            A

     in which K = hydraulic conductivity (L/T)

              S = —j-r- = hydraulic gradient (dimensionless)


              Q = flow rate (L3/T)
                                                 2
              A = cross-sectional area of flow (L )

     The Darcy  velocity  (V)  thus computed  is an apparent velocity. V divided
by  the porosity fraction  is  the  average velocity  of  the  fluid as  it  moves
around and between the particles of the flow medium.

c.     Simplifying Assumptions

     The application of flow modeling requires that  simplifying assumptions be
made  concerning  the  uniformity and directional properties  of a flow system.  A
medium is  said  to be homogeneous if its structure and  composition are uniform
or  vary uniformly.  A medium composed  of  random elements  is  heterogeneous.
Characteristics  of a  medium can  also  be  defined  in  directional terms.  For
example,  in  an  isotropic  flow medium,  the permeability is  the  same in all
directions emanating from any point.  Conversely, in  an  anisotropic medium, the


                                   XIII-B-2

-------
B.    REVIEW OF  GROUNDWATER MODELING  TECHNIQUES

1.    INTRODUCTION

     This  section  reviews   currently   available  techniques  of  groundwater
quality modeling.  The review  should be  useful  in determining which models are
applicable to planning and design  of on-site  sewage disposal technologies that
include  land  application of  wastes.  The  information  presented  will assist
planners in selecting models  that  represent  good balances between performance
and cost.

     In recent years,  groundwater  models of all types  have become increasingly
available. Scientific  journals,  textbooks,  and  the International Clearinghouse
for Groundwater Models  are all important  sources  of  this  information.  Some
useful references  to groundwater models  are listed in  the bibliography of this
section.

     The term "model" is  used to  denote an abstraction  of reality in any form
or scale  other  than that  of nature.   Models  range in  complexity over a broad
spectrum  from simple verbal  models  like  "water  flows downhill"  to highly
complex  numerical models  that require  digital  computers for their operation.

     Most  groundwater models  are  used  to  evaluate  the velocity,  volume, and
direction  of  subsurface  flow.  The principal  types  of flow  models include
physical  representations, analogs, digital methods, and analytical equations.
Groundwater  quality models are specialized  digital  flow models  that incor-
porate  solute-transport calculations.  Since  it is impossible to apply digital
quality  modeling  credibly  unless  the  underlying  flow system  is thoroughly
understood, groundwater flow models are  also  examined  here.

     It  is also possible to  model  groundwater flow and quality by  statisti-
cally  describing  trends in the areal   distribution of  subsurface  data.  Des-
criptive models of  this type  are  applicable  only to  the area for which there
are data,  and can be refined through time as  additional  subsurface information
is acquired.

     An  analysis  of seepage flow  problems  is presented, followed by  descrip-
tions of the existing models.  Finally,  recommendations are made  concerning the
limitations  and  benefits  of  various models  with  regard to small waste flows
management.

a.    Description of the Seepage  Flow Problem

     An  ubiquitous  problem in  small  waste flows management  is the  environ-
mental  impact  of  septic seepage.  Under optimum site and operation conditions,
the  impact is minimal.  But the long-term operational  effectiveness  of  indi-
vidual   and  cluster  septic  systems   and the specific  factors  that  cause
unacceptable impacts  (and possibly health hazards)  have seldom been  rigorously
evaluated.  Potential  problems caused by surburface failures of septic  tanks
include  the degradation of water quality in shallow  aquifers and the  accelera-
tion of  eutrophication processes in adjacent  lakes.

     To  provide planners and  health  officials with an evaluation of  the  aid
that  groundwater  quality models  can  provide  to the  decision-making process,


                                   XIII-B-1

-------
     Direct contact should be  made  with agencies for which data were obtained
from the computer data bases.   Often,  other miscellaneous information about the
site or  historic data may  not have  been entered into the system,  and these
items may reside in paper copy files at the agency.

     The  organizations  that  register their  data collection activities  with
NAWDEX  do not  all  store their data  in WATSTORE or STORE!.    These agencies
would have to be contacted to obtain the data.

     During this data  acquisition process, it is likely  that other potential
sources of data and relevant information will be identified  and will need to
be contacted.   If  after  all  leads  have been exhausted and no  data exist,  well
water  sampling  in  the  study  area  would be  the only  means  to  acquire the
necessary background data.
                                  XIII-A-15

-------
              TABLE XIII-A-3.  LIST OF U.S. EPA AND USGS OFFICES
                      THAT CAN PROVIDE COMPUTERIZED DATA
STORET*

Region V, STORET Representative
U.S. EPA
230 S. Dearborn Street
Chicago, IL 60604
312/353-2061
STORET User Assistance Group
U.S. EPA
401 M Street, SW
Washington, DC 20460
201/426-7792
NAWDEX**

National Water Data Exchange
USGS
421 National Center
Reston, VA 22092
703/860-6031
NAWDEX Assistance Centers, USGS, Water Resources Division
605 N. Neil Street
Champaign, IL 61820
217/398-5353

6520 Mercantile Way
Lansing, MI 48910
517/372-1910

975 W. Third Avenue
Columbus, OH 43212
614/469-5553
1819 N. Meridian Street
Indianapolis, IN 46202
317/269-7118

1033 Post Office Bldg.
St. Paul, MN 55101
612/725-7841

1815 University Avenue
Madison, WI 53706
608/263-2189
*  WATSTORE data also are stored in the STORET system.
** Data stored in the U.S. EPA STORET system and in the USGS WATSTORE system
   may be obtained through NAWDEX.
                                 XIII-A-14

-------
bottles for water  samples.   The  homeowner is notified of the  results.   In the
other  states,  water samples are  collected by  local  health department  sani-
tarians.   Most local  health departments  send the samples  to state  labora-
tories.

     Although there appears  to be  a significant amount  of potentially useful
data  collected,  data  storage methods  may frustrate efforts to retrieve  that
data.  In the worst case, the central state laboratory is the  only place where
all the water analysis records  are kept,  and they are  filed  or recorded in the
order  in  which the analysis was  completed.  It would be extremely  difficult
and time-consuming to obtain this type of data, as is  the case in  Illinois and
Wisconsin.

     Results  of  water sample analysis  for new  wells  and retested  wells are
maintained by local or county health departments in Michigan and Ohio,  and for
retested  wells  in Minnesota.  The  ease with  which the data  are retrievable
will  depend on how the records are  filed;  some  will  be organized by location
whereas  others will  be arranted  by well  owner's  name or by date of  water
analysis.  Regardless  of  filing  method,  it should be  possible to  obtain what-
ever  relevant  data are  available  because  the  number  of records  would  be
considerably  less  at  the county  level than at  the  state level.  Well owner's
permission is not required to access water quality data for  private wells from
state  or  local county health departments.

11.   OTHER  SOURCES

      Only  Federal  and  state agencies were contacted,  but other sources exist.
Local  agencies, including county health county heatlh  departments, may be able
to provide data or information.  State universities potentially are a valuable
source .of information.   Many  of  the  university engineering  departments are
involved  in  groundwater  studies,  looking at environmental problems,  and using
the  most  modern  techniques for  their  investigations.  Reports  or theses
published  by university members  offer the  advantage  of scientific  interpre-
tation along with data presentation.  Local  industries  using groundwater may
have  quality data.  Finally,  consulting firms may have gathered data in the
area  during projects.

12.    DATA ACQUISITION

      Initial  use of  computerized  data base  systems  may facilitate  the data
source identification  and  data  acquisition  process.   The  NAWDEX data bases
offer a  good  starting point;  these can be  accessed  concurrently for surface
water,  water quality,  and  groundwater.   Once the  study area boundaries have
been  defined,  the data bases can be searched by state and county codes or by
geographic locations  identified  by latitude-longitude  vertices.  The Master
Water Data Index  (MWDI)  can be  accessed to obtain a  list  of data collection
sites (for  example,  groundwater  quality,  lake  water  quality,  stream flow,
water level,  etc.)  in  the specified  area, and  the Water Data Sources Directory
 (WDSD)  can be used to obtain the addresses of offices from which  the  data may
be acquired.

      Data stored  in the  U.S. EPA STORET  system or the USGS WATSTORE  system may
be  obtained  through NAWDEX  Assistance Centers  or from U.S.  EPA  offices.  All
data  stored  in the WATSTORE data  files  are contained also in  STORET.  A list
of NAWDEX Assistance Centers and U.S. EPA  central offices is provided  in Table
XIII-A-3.
                                 XIII-A-13

-------


























§
£— 1
3
cd
13
H cu

Si S
E— 1 '|H

co e
u o
rH CJ
H 1
> CO
rH fa
H E-i
cj <;
< H
CO

£-4 >
w 3E
S o

OS U
la
w

r-H
3co
II
OH
Sd 3
H CO

H OS
CO Ed
H

0 3

•» cd
a; s
< o



CO EH
^

• rH
CN K
1 &4
> cu

O 4J
4J -H
CO rH
U -rH
0 43
43 CO
CO Oi
CJ



' t**
4-1
•rH
i-H
eg -,H
4J 43
eg eg
^4
eg
eg


s
3
t4 -0 S
CU CU -rl
4J 14 B
> 4J
4J CO
r-l >
rH -rl
CO Vi
3 Oi
CT
IH
Vi O
eu C*H
4J
CO
3

•O
CU CU
n a ca
•rH O CU
3 J3 -H
CT rH
cu eu a
V4 4J 0,
CO 3
ca > ca
00 -H
O rl IH
rH O, CU
4-1
rH IH CO
rH 0 3
CU <4H





eu

CO
4J




•o
cu
•H

0 -H

43 IH
eo cu
rH CJ

» 4-1 >H
4J Vl 14H C
CU C co O
JH T3 3 &4 eo -rl 4-1

B cj T3 eg eg IH cu
01 -i-< a M co e
4-1 eg eu 43 -iH > 4-1
3 B4JrH4-l egrH CO
ca -rH eg B 00 rH o,
OS i to -B s o '3 •£


t

M C O
Vi eu cj
CU a.
•u cu 01 ca •
cu -o a - 4-1
S 0 IH B
eg rH 43 01 -rl
VI rH B eg
CO -rH C 3 rH
OH 3 O O O.


T3 43

£ rH
14 CO 1
O 01 4J
tH 43 VI
M eg
cu X Q,
O. 4J 0)
•rl T5
00 B
B 3 CO

4-1 S CJ •
ca o -ri co
cu ej > 4J
4J 14 B
OI rS OI 01
OS 43 ca a















01
3
0"
01
IH

C3
O


























ca
0 43 4-1
ca 4J cj
CO eo U
CU 4-1
B ca 43 ca
•H 43 -iH
eg IH 13
43 rH 01
CO 43 4J
rH - 4J B
CO 0 01
rH 3 8
eg 43 01 4J

4J i 5 *
B rH O,
OJ O B 01
CJ CJ >H 13


i-H
eg 1
eu ej -ri
14 O I B
co rH cu - eg
•O 4-1 00
ca 4-1 a vi
4-1 eg 43 01 O
3 4-1 rH 4J 01
eo Oi eg 14 rH
eu cu cu eg -H
Of M 43 0,i4H






S eg

O Vi
14H CU
•rl 4-1
r-l O
O CO
CJ 43


^
CU -1
43 a 4-1
a B
O O cu
4-1 CJ B
4-1
eu >. Vi
rH 43 etj •
o, a, B
S 13 01 eg
eg cu -a 'H
CO 4J IH
CJ 43 eg
rl CU 4-1 4-1
CU i-H i-H -H
4J r-H CO B
eg O 01 co
3 U 43 CO





1 ^
43 eg cu 4-1
4-1 rH 14 -H
rH 3 -H 3 rH
eg 00 3 CU CO
cu eu CT B 3
43 tl 01 0*

13 4-1 O k4
01 B rH CU
ca CU rH 00 4J
O a -H C CO
0, 4J 3 -H 3
O 14 rH
k4 CO B O4IH
O. O, O S rH
01 -rH CO 01
•< *O 4J CO 3












ca
01










o
•H





















i-H
rH
• H
3
B
O •
•H >%
-" U
CO co





























































































rH
cu o
> ca ca
CU -rl rH
•O rH CO
CU <

o -u w •a
4-1 B 01
CO 3 <4H >
O -rH rH
co CJ O
4J -0 >
eo 4-1 B B
O CO JO -iH




CO
u >, -a
cu IH  W U
a oi
eg rH 43 O.
VH rH 4-1 CO
eg -H -H 3
OH 3 3 CO





•0 1 IH
CU 43 'iH 01
4J 4-1 C 43
CJ rH <0 4-1
oi co fa o
I-H eu
rH 43 4J > 01 eg
CO 43 13 4-1













4J
CO
eu
3
er
01


S
O













































<
CM
(d

>,
43
"53
0)
0
4J
CO






S'


rH
43
O

0,





rH
CO
•H

CU
4J
CJ
co
43

CO
B
CO
43
4-1


































































1
CU
S eg
eg O 4-1
4-1 43 • CQ
eg eu •o
•o >• s
43 eg B U
BOO
< -0 -no
CU 01 r^ 4-J CU
W --I CU (0
o a u o)
*J *J S o h
•< W O hJ n)

















1
X
o
B 4J
01 01
43 00
•a •
• rH T3
8 3 01
01 0 >
rH 3 rH
43 O
0 «S t»
IH CU B
O.W -H
























































C4H
O

43
eg •
rH CU
B
01 01
4-1 •-!
eg oo
CO 93



O

43
4-1
a. ca
01 43
4^ 4-1
B
CO O
4-> S
CO






§cg
•rH

UH eu
•H 4-1
rH CJ
O eg
CJ 43



4J 1
ca u
3 eg
S 43
a cu
H 4H
oi a
rH Ca
rH
•rH CO

•a a
• H
iH CO
rH 4J
01 43
3 0










ca
rH

eu
3

^
01
B


O













CO









B
• H
B
0
U
ca




43
4-1
•H ca
3 -rH

•0 - B
01 B -H
eg o ca -o e
•rH B CU O
rH • O 4J ca
•rH > CJ eg -rH
* 4-1 IH
•H 6 co 3 >>
43 00 3 P. O" O,
CO >» O CU cu O
r-3 X CJ "O VI CJ
















IH
01
4J
co
3

rH
eg
u
•iH

o •
— 1 0)
O rH
Vi S
01 eg
4J CO
































































42
ca *o *J
- a • ^H

— i .a >
•H4JC "4JJ3SCW
(4 3 >» O O
iT34Jo*JC>»cau
0) fll C -U 4-*
^ C — i a O G C nj
•H -M i-H O ca 3 01
01 O 4J U i— ' O S 4*
+Jt3O? fl3U*J>
i-H 0) ,J3 * lJ -H
3-^ •- CJ >» 0) <9 4)
ca b 00,0 S •<-* £ Cu u
cuooton-rtooiO)
fli CJrHl— 1 C! UCA'Q U




c
« -
O)
41 -O
4-> -l-t
CQ i-l
s- o
*J 3
•H r-H



(Q
1
« « -f-t
a -H *j
•H M-( Cfl ^ i-l
«J O >» nj OJ
4J ^H ,-H U
•£ J3 «3
o « c u u
I-J < (fl O)
^ J3.fi'
0) s - 4J *J .a
COO) O (Q
3 !M C >> i-H
O 4H 01 J3 >»
e w So d *° "S
O •* X 3 h -H
X JC 35 s-i 0 *«














ca
0)
3
a*

-------





























a
w
S
W
ta
K


H


£ri (73
Id
W H
W <
l-H H
H Cfl
> >
E-i 2
U 0
< l-H
O

£_ < 2
2


t"1
eg on
< u
04 hH
w hJ
a.
fr"^ W
)_3
^ P-
§ H
H *
H §

33
U-
0 W

§ >




CO O
H

CM
1
1
rH
rH
hH
X



CQ

H






















(A
>, QJ
i-i -H
O 4-J
4J *H
TO -H
Ui -H
0 JZ
JD (0
co a
1-3 CTj
o




4_)

f— 1
to -H
J-) .Q
(t CO
•H
«
>


p

E
U -0 -H
01 OJ E
4-1 L4 -H
01 3 E
E to
TO TO TO
14 01
TO S 4-1


01
3
•O
01
u
0

eu
00
B
•H
l-H
a,
TO


CQ
CO CQ
rH l-H
TO OJ
B 3
TO
01
>. 4J
4J TO
•iH >
p-H -iH
TO 14
3 a.
0"
14
Ui 0
01 HH
TO


•a
0) OJ
U E  to
00 -rl
O K 14
rH CU OJ
rH ^4 TO
rH 0 S
01 W



01


t \
CO






•o
B
C TO
•H ••
T3 -
10 rH 01
O QJ ,_^
TO '*H TO '
rH 4H t3 O
00 E 00
OJ B O TO
4-1 -H & U
TO U L4 -r*
4J a, TO jr,
t/3 C/3 C-J CJ

4J
*O CO 01 rH
01 01 J± 3 -
rH E tO 4J *C t-1 OJ
•rl -iH >% rH -rt >
UH TO 1 4-1 01 UH 01
U E U TO -H UH -H
CO 01 TO 01 UH -H Ui
4-1 "O f-XT~< OOO 4J
3 O U OJ E 'H • in
tO -rH U IH k4 ^
0) B -C 01 O dj TO O

1
U
TO


e B •
14 TO 01
O 4J
UH re TO
•H -H U4

O 0) 'H
CJ 4J B
O IQ
- e ,
U O (U

4-» U
4-1 QJ "G CA
O & B 4J
,0 erj rH
3
U V-l - V)
•O QJ M OJ
E B -H l-i
QJ 3 M
M O >» M
(U rH 4J
rQ E W IH
V-4 -fl « O.









4-1
CA
QJ
3
a*
QJ
^
B
O










QJ






CA

O
B
•H
rH

r-H




f}
n
rH CA
•H
QJ rH
4-» O
CQ CM
4rJ TO
CA B
(0
rH -H
«3 "O
l-i B
4J rH
B
QJ B
U -H
>. CA

B IH
4-> 3 QJ
G- OB
QJ 1 (0 U 3
^ CO 4J O
i-i co >, OJ
CA 0 Q rCt £
O rH >> QJ QJ
U !_ rH -0 S
QJ 4J O -H E CO


|
O
CA
•O •
* E QJ
QJ (0 "O

CC "1-1
*H E 0
4-> 3 3
• H -H rH
Z -D **H

CA CA rH •
CD -H rH tfl
rH CA QJ 4J
4-> >> 3 rH
4J l-H 3
O « W W
-Q E QJ U
CQ >H V4
CA t*H
"O CA -H UH
B g 4-> O
(U U O
W 0 E IH
rQ (H T3 E
TO 




CO
C
CQ
•H
-o
E
rH
00 - •
E W CA
-H T. U
CO -H QJ
E a 3
CO CO O
, ^ ^yj f^|

E *O "0
•H E E
B «
(A r-
rQ 0 -
CQ B
rH » O
^•"•s *J
QJ B -S
4-» -H 60
CQ CO 3
4j e o
W ^— ' X QJ »• B

O4-*OECJ CQ E-r-l
•HtATO4J >,QJ4J>v
4J B3 (04Jx: C v-j E re JD
O. O "BT3 (it 4-1 . O co 4v U
QJ 1 -H>.4JO CJrH4J'H>S-lOCA
J^ QJ*4->)-lE*H>t J£CQC4J (0 rH i-i
rH*O4Jn(OU4Jj^ QJQ;COCAC^ QJ
CATO ENi>E_;CQ cArCENQJO; >. _C
TTUXeU-r-t 4-.UM T3 4-l'HrH-OXl-^
OrHr— i4->TO4JfO-HQj OCQTOCOI+H_BQJ QJ
(J TO ^ 00 rH CU .E tJ U C^ 00 4-* E *O *-*
OJ4->QJCQUj-HQ;>t4J QJOQJJ-iLH-HOEcO
p^ TO «C & O '•H *U ^aQ O 05 rH *O O O 3 W TO *O
».
E

rH -H
i-H -OP..*..
ECO CA-r-il^»OQJQJCAC.O
Sn-H QJ3OUWT.'*OCA<;
Oh 'H M-( 4-t -H *H QJ CQ
<4HQj 4JC|ce->Ur^BH
•H 4>> BQJ4JhBOO 'O
1-HU 34-lM4JOrH3l-J'a
OCQ OM-IQJ-HU.CI-HCQE
UpO OO4-)E-HCJ>4HJ=TO

1
QJ

CA 1 >t CA 1 U
OO 3 O 4-t -H JZ'HQJCA
EE'HOJ 4-JErHQJ
•H 5-1 <4-l i— ! p—iTOrHrH
rH W QJ TO rH TO CA O Oj
•H 4J U 3 J3 4J CQ
IH tj (0 i— I B CA CA
•O TO ^0 TO QJ >>4JB
in CJ t-i • 4-> E TO >-•
pH4J3.HO'O E43.HQJ
rH E O OOMH  O
3 Ui 3 <-H MH
CA O *O CQ ^4
QJ 4J CO B E QJ
QS CA rH -H £0 ft
1
U
CQ

*T3
E B •
In CO CJ

<4H (0 CO
•tH -H l-i
rH >H 4->
o ey -H
U 4J E




•H
E CA •
,O QJ W
3 rH -H
w a. w
E >»
CA CQ f-H
IH CA co
QJ E
rH *H (Q
rH QJ
•H 4J Ul
IH CQ O
O 3 VH







CA
rH

QJ



QJ
E

O













W
0)



4-1
O

QJ
B
B
• H
E




































•O
QJ
3
E
• H
jj
E
O

x—/


























































XIII-A-11

-------
The other Region V states have not implemented statewide groundwater networks,
but rather  collect  quality  data as part of  these  areal projects.  Therefore,
groundwater  quality  data  may  not  be  available  for  the facility  planning
process unless  the  rural lake community happens to be located in one of these
studied areas.

     In Indiana, Michigan,  and  Wisconsin the USGS district offices have taken
the lead role in collecting groundwater quality data; other agencies generally
cooperate in some of the data collection.  In Minnesota, the Pollution Control
Agency  conducts the statewide  program,  but USGS  continues to  perform areal
studies.   Illinois  is the only  state  with a State Water  Survey,  and in this
case, this agency collects most data related to groundwater.

     In  most states,  USGS monitors well  water levels  through a  network of
observation wells.  In Ohio, the DNR operates this program, but USGS does some
of  the monitoring.   The  Illinois  State  Water  Survey maintains  the network
exclusively in  that state.

     In  all  the  Region V  states  except  Illinois  and Minnesota,  the State
Department  of Natural  Resources is the  central  repository for driller's well
logs.   In  Illinois,  again the State Water Survey  maintains most of these for
water  wells.   The Minnesota Geological  Survey  is  the designated organization
in  that  state,  and their records are perhaps the most useful in comparison to
the  other  states  in  that  all  geological  and  lithological  information is
verified and  translated  into scientific terminology  and is in the process of
being computerized.  Most of the other states maintain these records in manual
files.   In  all  the Region V states, well logs are required for private wells.

     Most  of the  state  health departments  are  involved  in  some  aspect of
groundwater  quality analysis  related  to  public  or private  water supplies.
Generally,  chemical and bacterial water  quality data  for public water supplies
are  readily available  from state health departments  or other designated state
agencies.   At  public  water  supplies,   the  intake well  water  is  monitoried
periodically.   Otherwise,  the water quality records  may be useful only if the
analysis reflects untreated groundwater  or if the treatment does not alter the
basic  quality  indicators.   If,  after  treatment,  the analysis  reveals high
concentrations  of certain constituents, this may  indicate a  poor groundwater
quality at  the  source.

     Private  water  supplies  are  under  the jurisdications  of  state  health
agencies  in all  the  Region V  states,  except in  Wisconsin,  where,  it is the
DNR,  rather  than  the  Department  of  Health  and Social  Services,  that  has
primacy  for  protection  of  private  wells.   State requirements  and  data
availability  for  residential  wells differ  among  the  states.   Private water
supply   related activities  are  summarized  in  Table XIII-A-2.   Currently,
Michigan,  Minnesota,  and Wisconsin  require  water testing of new wells; Ohio
has  proposed  a  similar requirement.   In these  states,  a safe bacteriological
sample  must be  obtained before the well  is put  into service.  Minnesota law
also  requires  an analysis for nitrates.   In most  of  states, the well-drilling
contractor  either  can submit a sample  for  laboratory  analysis or can perform a
field  determination.   In Ohio,  however, it  is the responsibility of the local
health  department  to collect the water sample from new wells.

     The  water  quality  of private wells  is tested  also  at  the  requests of
homeowners.   In  Illinois,  Indiana,   and  Wisconsin,  individual  well  owners
contact  the  state water  laboratory,  which  then  sends out  instructions and
                                 XIII-A-10

-------





































1
as
o
[>->

a
00
rM ^J
CO E-
55  01
U "O
B -H
3
oo u n
c! 4-1 o

-4 4-1
O W
4J
• H
O
33



^
MH 4J
O -rl
>% d eg
0 O 3
C -i CT
01 4J
00 U 14
nj aj ot

•O i-H 
•H
14
a.



<
U O< rH -H rH •
U 01 eg rH eg ca
eg rH eg o 3 eg u
fo eu a. oi
4-1 T4 «t-H O
0,< « T3 00 0, SJ
tu -D c a, D.
U (d U -H 3
S >* 4-1 L4 CO 00
o 4J n o O
M • -H eg 4J Ui 
o
u
u
4-1

j_)
u
T3
0
O
00


















































J3
4-1
rH
eg
u



JS

rH
eg






§1
a







CO
o
CO
3



3


u
01
•rt
T3
3
4J
M

rH
eg
•H
CJ
01
a.
CO
















CO
0
CO






eg
c

O 00 •
cj d e
0) tU rl
4-1 .a oo
eg o
4-1 O -J

•a d u
O eg -O
O — . •-!
OOCU 3



































D


eg
o -a
M
rH 01
eg 00
eg
co a.
8f
a a,


JS
4-> •
rH 4-1
eg a,
U U



J=
4-1 •
rH 4J
eg a.
01 01
W 0






35
a








CO
3

CO
01
•H
•a
I 3
• eg 4->
SUM
eg eg
U CUrH
00 eg

14 CO 0
a. 01
-4 a,
01 0 CO


3 01 e/l
U rH IH •
4-1 CU 0) O
eg B 4J 01
4J eg 0) rH
CO CO 5 eg








5
a

A
4J
• rl
3

CO

CO
3




d
eg
00
•H
.£
CJ
• H
C


















-C
4-1
rH 4J
eg a,



JS
4-1 •
rH 4J
ect a,
w w
x a



1 rH
O eg >v
01 U 01
C3 'rl f-
00 -4
Z 0 3
S rH CO







< CO
CJ C3
OH CO
3S 3



O rH
in eg
•H
O U
4-1 01
a.
8 m co
eo CO
1-
00 k4 to
O O k4
IH UH 11
a. u
01 01
01 rH S
4-» ex eg
eg E -<
4-> eg eg
co co a.

















CJ

32



eg
4-1
O
ua
01
d
d

E




















































T3 •
01 CO
4J U
U CO
3 9

0 1
U eg

M <
01 04
•H CJ
•0 33
3*
cy] £i















































/-N
00
•-1
JS -J
4-1 . 01

01 0) eg
X Q ^






eu
Cd






g
a
CO
CO
9

.a
4->
•r(
3

g
Q


eg
4J n
eg D
•O -H
• TJ
>> W 3
4J >H 4J
•H 01 CO
rH I4H
eg -PH rH
3 3 eg

eg cj
00 01
c co a,
•H .
O eg 4J
ca -H
CO rH
« u 
3 3
•O U CO
C W 4-1
o u
U rH 01 •
eg rH eg
OS 11 rH 4J
Z U O 5J
a eg o T3





1






1






i
a







CO
CO
9





.* rH
rl eg
O 01
3 rl
4-1 eg
01
d rH
eg
01 -rl
-O O •
•H O) U
3 04 01
01 CO -H
4J -O
eg -O 3
4j a 4-1
CO eg ca
















CO

CO
•=>



c

CD
d
o
u
tt
•H
3
XIII-A-9

-------
collected.  For the last  few years,  water quality samples  have been  taken  from
50 to 150  observation  wells per year throughout the  state.  Good physical and
chemical  quality data  exist  for  most  areas  of  Wisconsin.   More  detailed
nutrient data  are  obtained  at  their irrigation site monitoring wells. Water
levels  are  recorded  at about 200 wells.  All  recent and most of the  historic
data are stored in the  WATSTORE  system.

b.   Department of Natural Resources,  Madison

     The  Wisconsin  DNR  has  some   groundwater  quality   monitoring   efforts
dispersed   among   four  different   sections.    These  program  offices   are
responsible for private water supplies,  public  water  supplies,  waste  disposal
site  monitoring,  and  inland  lake   renewal projects.   The latter of these
divisions is perhaps the  best source of useful  data.   This office responds to
requests from  lake districts for technical  assistance.  Year-long programs at
problem lakes are conducted for  collection of data so  as to recommend  remedial
actions.  During these  intensive surveys,  of which there  have  been about 50,
groundwater quality of  the  area is  sampled and  flow  direction  is determined.

     Well-drilling contractors  are   required  to  submit  well  logs  and water
samples  for bacteriological testing.  At the well owner's request or if the
driller  suspects  problems  based  on  his  experience  of  local groundwater
quality, additional parameters  may  be measured  such as hardness, nitrate,  or
iron.   The  water  samples  are analyzed at the Wisconsin Lab of  Hygiene at the
University  of  Wisconsin  in Madison  or at  other laboratories  certified  for
bacteriological  analysis.   The  state  lab  only  keeps  these records  for  four
months.  Homeowners can  have their  well water tested  for  nitrate and  flouride
levels  by  obtaining a  kit for $3.00 from the Lab of Hygiene and by  submitting
a water sample.  At the lab, the results are recorded  only in a  daily  log  book
that  provides  the well  owner's  name, county,  and city.   Only if  the county
health  departments had applicable local codes, would any record  of the results
be sent to them from the Lab of  Hygiene.

     There are 400,000 to 500,000 well logs  on file at NCR.  They are  filed by
county  and  by date of well  completion.   Within one year, the  logs should be
microfilmed  and  should  be  retrievable  by  location  (for  example, township,
range,  and section).

10.   DATA AVAILABILITY

     The  primary agency  responsible for  the  collection and   maintenance  of
different  types  of groundwater  data in each Region  V state is presented in
Table XIII-A-1.

     A  few  summary statements  related to the availability  and  utility of the
existing  data   can  be  drawn   from  the  preceding  discussion.   Michigan,
Minnesota,  and  Wisconsin  have  implemented  statewide  groundwater   quality
monitoring  programs.   Their  monitoring wells  are selected  so as to avoid
known,  or  even suspected,  contamination; thus,  the data should  be  representa-
tive  of baseline  conditons.   Normally,  laboratory and field analyses  are  made
for most  chemical  and  physical  properties of the  water that would  be needed,
except  possibly  for  bacterial  levels.   This  informtion can serve  as  a basis
against which the short-term records acquired in local or  areal  studies can be
analyzed.   In  these  states,  more detailed areal  studies of the  groundwater
system  also are conducted; typically, these are  performed  on the county level.

                                 XIII-A-8

-------
dissolved solids  concentrations.  Similar maps  for each  of  the  11  bedrock
aquifers are being prepared as well.

8.    OHIO

a.    Ohio  Environmental Protection Agency,  Columbus

     Ohio EPA  has  detailed  chemical and bacteriological  data for about  700
public water  supply  wells;  data collected since 1973 have been entered  into
STORE!.  EPA  also  monitors  groundwater quality  at  waste disposal  sites  (for
example, landfills, lagoons,  spray  irrigation sites, etc.),  road  salt piles,
and coal piles. As part  of the U.S.EPA Underground Injection Control  Program,
Ohio  EPA  has  been compiling existing  data  to  prepare aquifer  groundwater
quality maps. As  of Octtober 1980,  only  3  of the 28 aquifer maps  and reports
had been completed. In the reports,  chemical quality data  for about  15 para-
meters are presented  for  each well  for which data are available.

     Until  January 1981, the Ohio EPA will continue  to  be  responsible  for
private home water supplies;  at that  time, however, the Department  of Health
will  assume most  of  the  responsibilities. Ohio EPA has  analyzed water samples
at  the  request of private well  owners  when the  suspected  problem  was  of  a
chemical nature rather than bacteriological.  The data are  stored  in  a manual
filing system by homeowners'  names,  and well location data  are scant.

b.    Department of Natural  Resources,  Columbus

     DNR is  involved in  the  quantitative aspects of groundwater.  In  coopera-
tion  with USGS, they maintain and  collect  water level  data from a network of
130  observation  wells.  All   data   are  readily  accessible  from  an  in-house
computer system,  and requests for  data are processed normally at no  cost. DNR
has  maintained the  well log program since  1946.  Records are  available  for
500,000 wells  in  paper files that  are organized by county,  land description,
and year, and  cross-referenced with housing  divisions and  drillers'  names.  A
nominal  fee  is  charged  for paper duplicating services.  DNR currently  is
mapping groundwater availability by  county. To  date, 18 of the 88  county maps
have  been  prepared under this  project.  The  agency also  has limited pumping
test  data and water use  data  for some areas.

c.    Ohio Department  of  Health,  Columbus

      The Ohio Department  of Health  has proposed  a regulation that will require
sampling of  any new  or  altered  private  well  for bacterial quality.  The water
sample  will  be collected by  county health  department  sanitarians  and will be
analyzed at  the central  laboratory in Columbus  or  at  other certified labora-
tories.  The local  health  departments also  will  collect  water  samples  for
analysis  at the  request of  a  homeowner.  If   chemical contamination of the
private  water  supply is suspected,  then individuals  from the  OHIO  EPA will
continue to  cooperate.

9.    WISCONSIN

a.    U.S.  Geological Survey,  Madison

      Through  the  USGS statewide monitoring  program  and their special county
studies,  a  considerable  amount of  background  water  quality  data  have been

                                 XIII-A-7

-------
sodium,  hardness,  and detergent screening.  At  a homeowner's  request,  these
same analyses would be run  for  a  water sample collected by a sanitarian from
the local health department. The data  are  maintained  on the local level,  and
file organization  and data  completeness  will vary with  health  departments.

7.    MINNESOTA

a.    Minnesota Pollution Control  Agency (MPCA),  Roseville

     MPCA is the lead  agency for the collection of groundwater quality data.  A
statewide monitoring  program was  initiated  during  1978 to  define  baseline
conditions  and  to evaluate  trends  in  statewide  groundwater  quality.   At
present,   200  wells  have  been  sampled  and  another  200  are scheduled  for
testing;   many  wells  are  resampled.  At  each site, 35  to 50  parameters  are
measured.  In the  southeastern  part  of  the  state,  the Karst region,  where
groundwater   contamination from septic tanks  and feedlots is widespread,  addi-
tional nutrient  and bacteriological  analyses are performed.  All groundwater
quality data are retrievable from the STORET  data base.

b.    U.S.  Geological  Survey,  St.  Paul

     Groundwater quality  data  that  were collected prior  to  the  inception of
the  MPCA program,  as well as  new  data  collected  during  special  regional
studies,   are available  for about 2,000  wells from USGS. Data for  the  major
anions and  cations  and other standard  physical and  chemical  constituents  are
collected. USGS operates  a  network of  272  observation wells  across  the  state
to  record water levels. DNR, Division  of Water,  in St.  Paul operates some of
these wells  arid also collects water pumpage  data in the state.

c.    Minnesota Department  of Health,  Minneapolis

     After a new well  is  drilled, the  contractor must submit a well log  and a
water sample to be  analyzed for  coliform bacteria  and nitrate levels. At the
present time,  it  is  necessary  to  know  the  unique well  number,  which can be
obtained  from  the  well log,  in  order to  match it with the quality data in the
water laboratory files.  Plans  have been made to  computerize the well record
and quality  data,  which will facilitate  the  data retrieval process.  Retesting
of  private  wells  is  done  at  the request  of the homeowner  by  the  community
health services departments, which generally are on the county level. Data are
maintained at this  level  also. The Department of Health routinely monitors the
water quality  of  public  water  supplies.  Results  of  their  chemical  and bac-
terial analyses are published every few years.

d.    Minnesota  Geological  Survey,  St. Paul

     The state geological  survey is the repository for water-well contractors'
logs of the  geologic materials encountered  during drilling. Also available are
well location,  well yield, water level,  and aquifer used.  All  geologic  and
location  data  are  validated by  staff geologists. About 10,000 of the approxi-
mately 70,000  well  logs have been  entered  into  a computerized data-retrieval
system;  the   rest reside in manual  files.  The Survey has prepared a groundwater
quality map  of  the  state  showing  areal extents  of major anions,  cations,  and
                                 XIII-A-6

-------
been  analyzed for  nearly  85 constituents.  Each year  30 to  40 wells  are
sampled; some  wells  are sampled  repetitively.  The  groundwater quality data,
plus the water level and  pumpage figures that also  are collected,  are pub-
lished  yearly and  are  entered   in  WATSTORE.  Groundwater  quality  data  are
available  from smaller-scale  studies that  have  been  conducted  in various
counties in  the  state.  For  these  projects,  data  have  been  gathered  for
chemical, nutrient,  metal,  and pesticide  levels, but very rarely for bacteria.
During 1979, water levels  were monitored in 138 observation wells across the
state.  The  quality and  water  level  data  generally are taken from observation
wells that  are located more in rural  areas than  in urban or populated areas so
as to reflect natural groundwater  quality.

b.    Department of  Natural Resources,  Geological Survey Division,
      Lansing

     Other  than DNR's cooperative effort  with USGS, no other routine sampling
of groundwater quality  is  performed.  They have  some chemical quality data for
private  water supplies. They receive requests  for water  analyses  from the
general  public when  taste or  odor  problems,  for instance,  develop. At  a
minimum, six parameters are  measured (Ca,  Na, SO,, Fe,  Mn, and  CO,..).  The
suspected source  of  contamination  would determine which other constituents are
analyzed. Normally,  concerns relating to  nitrate and bacteria contamination of
drinking water would be handled through the  local health departments.

     DNR maintains the  drillers'   well log records of  which  there are approxi-
mately 200,000 on file.  The data  are not computerized yet,  as the information
that is  submitted by the  drillers is not standardized.  The paper copy files
are  arranged  by  county,  township,   range,   and  section.   The well-drilling
contractor   is required  to complete  a  well  record  that  indicates  the well
owner's name,  location  of  well, well depth,  geologic  materials,  (for example,
clay,  sand,  gravel,  etc.), and thickness penetrated, amount  of  casing,  and
static water levels.  Copies are submitted to  the homeowner,  health department,
and the Michigan DNR.

c.    Michigan  Department  of  Public Health,  Water Supply Division,
      Lansing

     There   are about  1,000 public water  supply  systems  in the state.  Perhaps
the only useful  data  that  could be  obtained would be  for the smaller supplies
that  often  serve  rural areas and   that  use untreated  groundwater  as their
source  of  drinking  water.   Most water purveyors,  however,  treat  the water to
some extent.  All  data  are  computerized and  are  easily retrievable through the
agency.

     Although  the department  is  responsible also  for private water  supplies,
most  of the  sampling  and  recordkeeping  is  performed  by local health  depart-
ments. After completion of a  new  well,   the  contractor is  required to  chlori-
nate  the water  and  to obtain a  safe bacteriological water  sample  from the
well. Occasionally,  a contractor  also will use simple  field  tests  to  determine
water  hardness and  concentrations   of nitrate,  iron,  or   chlorides.  If the
contractor  submits water quality  data along with  the well  log record  to DNR,
then  DNR  would   maintain   this information  as well. About  half of  the 83
counties have  local  health codes  that require the sampling  of  new wells. Most
of these counties require bacteriological analysis;  some  counties  also  require
partial  chemical analyses that   include nitrate,  iron,  chloride,  fluoride,

                                XIII-A-5

-------
These data are computerized and can be obtained from the Department of Public
Health.

d.    Illinois  Geological Survey,  Urbana

     The State Geological  Survey  maps the geology  and  mineral resources of
Illinois.  It conducts  research and gives information on groundwater geology as
well as  on mineral resources and utilization.

5.    INDIANA

a.    U.S.  Geological  Survey,  Indianapolis

     At present,  USGS  is not monitoring  groundwater  quality  on a statewide
basis,  although  plans  have been made to do so. Groundwater quality data are
available for many areas  in the  state  in which county or regional studies  have
been  conducted.  Standard  parameters  include  temperature,  pH,  specific  con-
ductance,   and many  inorganic  and  organic constituents.  A  current project
involves groundwater  sampling  and water level data collection  near lakes in
northern Indiana. USGS also records water level fluctuations at 80 observation
wells throughout the state.

b.    Indiana Department of Natural Resources,  Indianapolis

     Well  logs  for private wells are  required in  Indiana. DNR  maintains the
water well  logs  in a  manual filing  system that is organized by location  data
(that is,  county,  township, range, and  section of  well  location).  Currently,
there are 250,000 to 300,000 well  logs  on file. Indiana DNR cooperates on  USGS
projects, but they  do  not  collect groundwater  quality  data as  an independent
effort. Most of the groundwater  work  is of  a quantitative nature.

c.    Indiana  State  Board  of Health,  Indianapolis

     Both public and private water supplies are within the jurisdiction  of the
State Board of Health.  Public  water supplies  are  analyzed  for chemical and
bacteriological quality  in  accordance with state drinking water requirements.
Private water supply  quality data are limited. At  a homeowner's request, the
state  laboratory in Indianapolis  will  analyze submitted water  samples.  At  a
minimum, nitrate,  sodium,  and  fluoride  concentrations  are measured, and the
individual  is  notified of  the  results.  Water  quality  data are  maintained by
the  Divison  of   Water  and Sewage   Laboratories.   Chemical data  are  stored
indefinitely, but bacterial data  are  discarded after two  years. Some  of the
data  are  now  being microfilmed.  Considerable  effort  would  be involved to
obtain  results of private  water samples  because data  are stored by homeowner
name within counties.

6.    MICHIGAN

a.    U.S. Geological  Survey,  Lansing

     USGS,  in  cooperation with  the Michigan DNR,  has been  involved in  a
groundwater  quality project to  develop statewide,  baseline data.  Since about
1975,  water samples have  been  taken from over 100 different  wells  and  have
                                 XIII-A-4

-------
Other observation  wells  are scattered  elsewhere  in the State.  Pumpage rates
for many  wells  are determined also.  These  data  are retrievable both through
the U.S.EPA  STORET system  and  the USGS WATSTORE  data bases.  Data  also  are
published periodically.  Most rural  lakes   are  located  in  southern Illinois
where groundwater  data  are not  as  extensive  as compared with other areas.

     The Illinois State  Water Survey  has published  a series of  bulletins that
may be  useful  in  the determination  of ambient  groundwater  quality  data in
certain areas.  Bulletin  6020:  Public  Groundwater  Supplies  lists, by county,
all public groundwater supplies and  provides for each  well, raw water quality
data for about  25  parameters, the  year the  well was installed,  and the strata
through which the  well was  drilled.  The chemical quality data  are considered
to be  representative  of background  concentrations  for a radius  of  18 to 20
miles from the well.

b.    Illinois Environmental Protection Agency,  Springfield

     There are  three  divisions within the  Illinois  EPA that are  involved, to
some extent,  in groundwater quality  studies.  One  section is responsible for
public  water supplies,  another  for  groundwater  quality  near waste disposal
sites,  and the third for groundwater  quality management programs under Section
208. The State  EPA will  test water samples from small, public  water supplies
for inorganic,  organic,  bacteriological, and radiological contaminants. Large
supply  systems  have their  drinking  water  tested by  a certified laboratory.
There are  some  rural,   public water  supply  systems   that  do  not  treat the
groundwater  before  its   distribution  as  drinking  water; the  quality data for
these  systems  would  be  useful,  but  all  other  systems  report  their water
quality after  treatment. Data collected as part of  the  waste disposal  site
monitoring program may  be  of limited  utility.  Groundwater  monitoring wells
have been installed near landfills,  surface impoundments, and injection wells
to  determine  long-term  changes  in  groundwater  quality.  The  data reflect
localized  rather  than   natural  background quality,  and not  many  of these
disposal sites are located near  rural lake  communities.  The 208  program office
that deals with groundwater protection is  relatively new and to  date has not
collected new quality data.

c.    Illinois Department of Pulbic Health,  Springfield

     The Illinois  Department of  Public Health  is  responsible  for  private  home
water  supplies  and  noncommunity water  supplies.  It  is not  a  state health
department requirement that chemical  analysis  of water samples  from new wells
be  performed.  The health department  laboratory  will  test water  samples for
coliform bacteria and nitrate concentrations at the  request of the well owner,
who can  submit  bottled  samples  for analysis.  The results of  the  analysis are
maintained at the  central  lab  in Springfield  for four  years, but the  records
are stored in a numerical filing system that  corresponds  to  the date  on which
the analysis  was  performed. The  lab does not prepare  any summary tabulations
from these analyses.

     Noncommunity  water  suppliers  are  establishments  that  serve at least 25
people  (non-residents)   per day  and  include  schools, factories,   road-side
taverns, and state parks.  These  supplies are monitored quarterly  for  bacteria
and  nitrate; state  parks'  water  supplies  are sampled two  times per month.
                                 XIII-A-3

-------
     Lakes and streams are both  sources  of groundwater  recharge  and points  of
groundwater discharge. Tributary flow data  and lake water  levels should  be
obtained.  A  declining lake level would  indicate  that the water table in the
area was dropping as well.

     Soils  information also  is  needed—soil  type,  composition, adsorption
potential, and many other  factors will affect the  groundwater resources in the
area. General knowledge of the local soils will aid in this  analysis.

     Additional  information  is  required  to determine the geologic conditions
in  the  area  and  the  properties of  the  subsurface  flow  system. Well  logs
supplemented by  test  drilling can be used to  define  and  map the areal extent
of  the  aquifer  and the  confining  layers. Testing methods  are available  to
estimate  the  hydraulic conductivity of the aquifer and to  help  determine the
horizontal flow characteristics.  Water level data  for  wells  in the area can  be
used to derive water  table slope information  and  to  provide an indication  of
groundwater  flow  direction.  This is  significant  in  delineating  those  areas
where the  groundwater  flow is toward the  lake. All this  information  combined
can be used to indicate groundwater flow direction, velocity, and volume  under
natural conditions and to evaluate the expected changes that would result from
alternative wastewater management systems.

     Groundwater  quality  will  differ from  area  to  area in response to the
source  and amount of recharge,  the  chemical  and  physical character of the
soils  and rocks  through  which  the  groundwater  moves,  and the  patterns  of
movement  from point of  recharge to  point of  discharge. Groundwater  quality
modeling  is  in  a developmental  stage. Of  those contaminant dispersion models
that  are  available,   all  are   dependent  on  groundwater  flow  models.   This
explains  why  so  much information, in addition to  groundwater quality data,  is
required.

3.    SOURCES  OF  GROUNDWATER DATA

     Many agencies  were   contacted  in  order to   present an  account of  the
available groundwater data in the Region V states. The following discussion  is
organized  by  state,   and  within each,  the  data holdings  of  the  contacted
agencies  are  described.  Following the state narratives, a general summary and
evaluation of the  availability and utility of  the  data is provided.

4.    ILLINOIS

a.    Illinois  State Water Survey,  Urbana

     The  Illinois  State  Water Survey  is  the  agency primarily responsible for
the  collection of  groundwater  quality data in the state.  In addition  to the
quality data, they collect and maintain records on groundwater levels, pumpage
rates,  well  capacities,   and  water  use.  The  State Water  Survey also  receives
most of the drillers' well logs.  Groundwater quality mentoring is  conducted on
a project basis  rather than as part of a statewide network;  however,  the water
quality  data that are available for more than  2,000  wells do provide good
coverage  of the  state and of the  major  aquifer  systems. Groundwater samples
are  analyzed for  many physical  properties and chemical substances.  Bacterio-
logical  data are  not collected. Water  levels are measured systematically  at
observation  wells that are  clustered in  two  areas where groundwater is used
heavily  (northern sandstone  aquifer  system and  in the  East St. Louis  area).

                                  XIII-A-2

-------
A.    EXTENT OF GROUNDWATER QUALITY DATA AVAILABLE  IN U.S.  EPA
      REGION V  STATES

1.    INTRODUCTION

     More  data  are  available  on  surface  water  quality  than on groundwater
quality. The intent  of  this  section  is  to  identify the sources of groundwater
quality  data for  locations  in  Region V,  to  describe  the nature  of  the
available  data,  and  to determine  the  preferred  method  of data acquisition.
Many agencies were contacted to  obtain  information on their groundwater moni-
toring  programs  and  on the extent  of  their data  bases. More  so  than with
surface water data,  potentially  useful  groundwater data  are scattered amongst
several different organizations.

     A  wide  variety  of modeling  techniques  can  be  used. The model selection
process will depend largely on  the availability of the model input data and on
available  funding, expertise of  the  facilities planner,  and access to appro-
priate computer facilities.

2.    TYPES OF  DATA REQUIRED

     Various types of  data that  relate  to  or affect  the  groundwater resources
of  an  area  are  desirable  in conducting an assessment of  existing conditions
and  in  projecting  future  groundwater quality impacts from wastewater manage-
ment  alternatives.  Information  on  groundwater  quality  and  flow  patterns
integrated with  some  knowledge  of the  local hydrology and geology are neces-
sary for these evaluations.

     The preservation  of  groundwater quality in a  rural lake area is parti-
cularly important  when  the groundwater  is  both a source  of lake recharge and
of  drinking  water. Of  major  concern is the contamination of groundwater by
excessive nutrients and bacteria; thus,  data on the  concentrations of nitrogen
and  phosphorus   compounds  and  of indicator  organisms   are  essential.  Other
chemical,  physical,  and biological  constituents of  the  groundwater,  such as
pH,  temperature,  specific  conductance,  and dissolved oxygen,  also are useful
in the determination of ambient groundwater quality.

     Because of the interrelations of ground and  surface  waters,  surface water
quality  data also  can be useful in  the   assessment.  In  fact,  if  no local
groundwater  quality  data  exist,  then  stream water quality data (obtained
during  low flows after drough conditions) can be  used as  an indicator,  to  some
extent,  of the  groundwater  quality;  groundwater maintains the  base  flow in
streams  under  these  conditions.  An  even  better  indicator would  be water
quality data for natural springs in the  area.

     Several  types of  information can  help to  establish the hydrologic and
geologic  characteristics   of an  area.   Precipitation is  a  major  source of
groundwater  recharge;  therefore,  rainfall  quantity  and  quality data would be
needed.  Quality  data for  precipitation likely will become more available in
the near future because of the increased research efforts devoted to acid  rain
impacts; the Wisconsin USGS district office plans to  begin monitoring rainfall
quality to generate data for use in future  water  quality studies.
                                 XIII-A-1

-------
    CHAPTER XIII
GROUNDWATER RESOURCES

-------
                                REFERENCES
Berg, N.  A.   1978.  Unmuddying  the Waters.   Great  Lakes Communicator  9(1).

Coote, D. R. , E.  M.  MacDonald, and W.  T.  Dickson.   1978.   Agricultural water-
     shed studies  in the  Canadian Great lakes basin; Final  summary  report to
     Task C  (Canadian  Section),  International Reference Group on  Great  Lakes
     Pollution from Land Use Activities.  Windsor Ontario.

Forster, D.  L.   1978.   Economic  impacts of changing tillage  practices in the
     Lake Erie Basin.  U.S. Army Engineer District, Buffalo NY

Logan,  T.   J.    1978.   Maumee  River  Basin summary pilot watershed  report.
     International Reference  Group  on Great  Lakes Pollution  from Land  Use
     Activities.

Lake, J., and J.  Morrison.  1977.  Environmental  impact of  land  use on water
     quality.  Final  report on the Black  Creek  Project.   EPA-905/5-77-077-B.

Miller,  M.  H. ,  and  A.  C.  Spires.   1978.   Contribution of  phosphorus to  the
     Great  Lakes  from agricultural  land  in the  Canadian Great Lakes Basin.
     International Reference  Group  on Great  Lakes Pollution  from Land  Use
     Activities.

Stewart, B.  A.,  et al.   1975.  Control of water pollution from cropland, Vol.
     I:    A  manual  for   guideline   development   EPA-600/2-75-026a.    U.S.
     Department of Agriculture,  Agricultural  Research  Service,  Washington DC.
     Prepared  under   Interagency  Agreement  with  the   U.S.   Environmental
     Protection Agency, Athens GA.

Walter,  M.  F. ,  T. S. Steenhuis,  and H. P. Delancey.   1978.   The effects of
     soil   and   water  conservation  practices  on  sediment  (Draft).    In:
     Effectiveness  of  Soil and  Water Conservation Practices  for  Pollution
     Control,  (D. A.  Haith  and  R.  C. Loehr,  eds.).   U.S. EPA, Athens  GA.
                                  XII-G-14

-------
Wisconsin.  At the present  time,  fifty million dollars has been set aside for
this program on a Federal level.

     The  construction  of pollution control  facilities  at the  Appoquinimink
(Delaware) and Double Pipe  Creek  (Maryland)  projects were completed recently.
EPA  has  made  two  grants  to  state   and  areawide  water quality  management
agencies  to  support monitoring  and  evaluation of  these two projects.   The
results from these two  studies will be useful for the design and selection of
future agricultural non-point pollution control.

6.   SUMMARY

     Practices that can  reduce nutrient losses from agricultural land include
those  that reduce  erosion,  surface runoff, and nutrient  loss  from fertilizer
applications  and animal  wastes.    To  be  effective,  these practices must be
selected  to  fit a specific site,  properly designed and  installed,  and care-
fully maintained.

     Use  of  these  practices in the contributing areas could reduce phosphorus
loading to lakes (e.g.,  about 20%  for  Lake  Erie)  from agriculture, and would
also  decrease sediment  damage to  fish,  reduce  loadings of  other sediment-
associated  contaminants, improve  the  quality  of  tributary  water,  and sub-
sequently maintain the productive capacity of the receiving lakes.

     Remedial programs should be based on management plans developed by appro-
priate  jurisdiction  such  as  Section  208 water  quality planning agencies.
These  implementation plans  should include a  timetable  and estimates for load
reductions and costs, and should identify the most serious contributing areas,
the most  suitable institutional arrangements, and available sources of funding
and  technical assistance.  Planning and  implementation  also  must involve the
public  and provide for accelerated  information  and educational efforts.
                                   XII-G-13

-------









^
ON

ON
FH

H

FH
K

CO

s

Z
O
FH

^

02
U
CO
Z
0
CJ
1

*

t«


FH
w

d
u
z
(d

F^
*
1

^rf*


1*3
rH
O



H
CO
IS
rH
^


1

OH
IS

CO
a
P
to
bJ
Q£

i
i— i

S

fH
CO



LO


1
1— i
X
s
CQ
.H







(— I «jt
to •&
B co
E O
< 0






i-' B
E 0
01 — 1
E 4J
•H U
•9 3
01 -O
CO OJ
05






FH
0 Z





•0
oi Z

FH
4-1
3

•D
OJ

to
M FH
OJ -H
4J CO PL,
* <

W

•o

«J
J

FH rH
2 So,
o o
H H





i
-H
•o
£



QJ
W
*O -H
QJ -C
•U O
U CO
QJ OH
U-l JC rH
4-1 OQ QJ 4-t
< .-H QJ QJ
>, pH 1-4 rH
BJ -O flj «H 4-J
QJ k4 4J 3








t.
M
CO
U
CO





,— ^

QJ G O O O O
U U") O *-* 00 u")
tJ »- O CM \O O
QJ f) CM f) i— i










/•^ r*» 0*1 O c*i ^
*8. U") CM CM t-i .—








/•••,
U

-^ 0v u*i r- r* co -3
rH



U
(0
-^ CM u"> ON O -H .3-
JD tH i-l ,«
rH





/— s
U
fl)
V., m CM CO -3 -.3 »H
fH








u

.a i-i 1-1 r-i ^
r-H
^




U
fl) O O O O O O

•O ro IT) 0s o IH "31
I— ( 1— 1 ^H f-H



/-^
U O VO tO CM -tf- *3
js S S £ £ S





U O  "31 in ^o






























































CO
OH
g
O
c
*
•D
QJ
3
O
&
•o
w
R]
0

rH
i

*«
tn

c
o
•H
•H
•o
C
o
u

QJ
c
•H

QJ
CO
CO

i— i
#
^

•H
u



HI
1*
R!

OJ
(fi
0
j3
4-*

^
C
o
•H

•H


tQ


c




QJ
J-i
U •
0 0

&


l« **

O -H
x:
[Q ^

U *•*
M U
QJ 3t

B jj
•H LJ
to
U U
* 4J

3 >-
« *

*s» ^
QJ
•^ tj
C -H
QJ 4^
6 

CM
i— i


O

CA
CO
QJ
U
X
OJ

c
•H

•o
I—I
(U



Jj
QJ
E
•H
•d
QJ
to

J=
4J
•H
5

«
QJ
U|
n
rH
r-l
^

^
B
O

•O
u

to
OJ

to
3
0)
J=
4J

M-l •
0 T3


•^ o
rH FH
Q.
01 rH
& 41
& to
3 -H
JS
 U
W QJ
G 4->
•H


(U
u *o
RS QJ
IH 4-)
IH 4J
QJ -H

O C

<-3-
















































TT
QJ

O
rH
&.
QJ
n
•H

U

QJ

n)

G
O
CM


c
«>

4J
M
QJ
4J
(0
QJ
OO

•o
QJ


G
Or)
E
•H
T3
tL
CO
j3
4J
•H


cn
n
QJ

(Q
>-4

un

w
O



c
o
•H
4J
•c
c
o
u
QJ
C
•H
rH
QJ
to
«
.O


QJ

H



•e
QJ
CA
3

«
R)
3
QJ
g
3
i—l

*£

____,
m

4J

d
n

f*">
•H
C
QJ
4J
C
'H

Ul
QJ
O •
rH U
R)

CM •-<
XI £
*~ i^j
3 ^


I?
w >H

CO
4J
CO OJ
Si E
4-* -H
U B
OJ

11 0

>. "
OC j,

CO


•^ E
" E
o
CO 4-1
CO CO

01 CO
E -H
ro s:

\D

•O OJ CO OJ T3 rH
01 ^ to U FH CO
to u 3 E a; u
to to -H -H O
J2 3 CO >irH
-4 0
"> OJ — ' "O tu
•H CX d- -01-3
OS U g,
to S oi • -o 'S
O . 10 O 4) 3
U ^ -H v> IH "^ CO
O ^ TJ C
£ j~ tO O B -H
H 01 S "4-1
,. Si E 10
"H . 0 co S
•5 3 4-1 c *J
CO •* O 1 o 'H

co cfl -Q o, 01 ^j
.« c tu ft a, oc
•a o 4J 3 i F E
E -H 4J OJ 4-1 3 -rt
tH 4J .H B M CO E
10 W 0 CO E
» rH QJ CO U tO ffl
>> 3 B FH
4J U tu IH OJ (S,
E r-i £ 0 J= Jf
3 "3 jJ t* in
O ^ Qj 4J *J? QJ
U J_ W * £ JR
QJ u O T> j 4-*
C W RJ U rH "^ O
QJ QJ > g 4J
< S. *J «
C & 4-» W QJ
C .H - G C ^
•"H /^ O QJ O J3
__ ^^ £ 4J OJ
CO ^ * -O -H L»

QJ Cfl CN) yj QJ QJ ^
4J = «> g W T., g.
>» QJ *H ,-H CQ
W Ui O * ffl -
3 OJ 3 ^ >.
QJ ec J-> JH C *J fH
U -H [Q {J G & rH
RJ 4-1 O R) R) QJ RJ
u U 3 u
tH (j, Ui QJ O QJ
QJ .e rH QJ X! 33 c
+•> C R) &• *J 5J
3 00
O c *•* {*» •
H C W fH jj OJ
0-t ' nj O U w fO
(*^t U 4-> O
IH « - R) u O
0 Jj g rH E 4-»

**"" TO — :§ 'K ^ -o
co *^ j G O TO QJ
w *> 5 n D- c aj
0*^*7. o- c "O
U 3 QJ R) « -H
^ *r oo co
GO W *O fli C
O rH ^ ^ QJ i O
-H QJ JS Qj y ^J u

3 JS Q fc ^s
5 « * jS ftrH**^

G 'C QJ RJ C
O CU QJ rH -H
0 3 QJ §"!= S
C7N A to M-l to 0) 3
r^ co in -H X CO O
CT tO rH 01 CO Si
rH ., 01 10
TJ to ^ co

O S 3 0) J3 ,.- 4J
C, >> 4J .2 .4
V 13 *" 2 .5 .H°
B Jjj FH 01 "4H
"^ 4-1 4J 4J 4J
CO £ « 01 « 3 «
CO u 41 > = 0 0

0) 1 * "c -c o)
e * o B u S
o -1 o 0 j- j;
•H to ^ 4-1 w .B



^ *n £ 00 tO cfi
0 0) 3 -H 3 E
*4 rt 4J CO io c
E « 4J CO 4> .H
•H 4J .H to ^j JU
° 4H r-H
to B CO tu E
O E 01 FH £ 4J O
.»
-it

XII-G-12

-------
     In order to  overcome  problems  with evaluating the impact of  the  BMPs,  a
model was developed  and  verified  with the data collected  in  the watershed  to
simulate various  runoff  conditions,  and to predict the reductions  obtained  by
installing BMPs.

     The 1,203 acre Marie Delarme  Watershed,  located in the Black Creek water-
shed, was  gridded into  6.4  acre  elements  for evaluation purposes.   Average
slopes  range  from 1  to 6 percent within  the  watershed elements.   Predominate
soils (60 percent) are poorly drained Blount, Crosby and  Hoytville silty clay
loams,  with  the  remainder being  moderately permeable Haskins and Rensselear
silt  loams.   The results  of  simulation  for  alternative  strategies are  pre-
sented  in Table XII-G-5.

     In general,  yields of both  total and  available phosphorus,   as  well  as
certain pesticides and herbicides,  are highly correlated  with sediment yield.
However, total  nitrogen  yields  are  much  less  dependent upon  sediment  yields.

     Table XII-G-5 shows the  effectiveness of different control  strategies by
reductions in sediment and nutrient yields as well as unit costs.   The selec-
tion  of a  particular strategy would depend on the ranking criteria used.  For
example, Strategy 2  is the most effective from the standpoint of yield reduc-
tion, but  has  a  high  unit cost.   Conversely, Strategy 5  has  the  lowest unit
cost, but  a  relatively minor total  impact.   Strategy 3 probably  has the best
result  from  the  standpoint  of a  comparatively large impact  on  yields  at a
moderate unit cost.

5.   RURAL CLEAN WATER  PROGRAM  (RCWP)

      The  RCWP  is  designed to help  farmers control  water  pollution caused by
sediment  from  eroding  cropland  and animal wastes  from dairies  and feedlots.
Farmers in selected  project areas may  receive up to  75 percent of  the  cost of
constructing  pollution  control systems known as  "best management  practices."
These  systems  differ  from  conventional  water pollution  control  in  that no
elaborate  treatment  plants are built.  Best management practices  include such
techniques  as  animal  waste  storage facilities,   grassed  waterways,  sediment
traps,  and contour strips.

      The RCWP is actually a  joint  effort of the  EPA  and  three agencies under
the U.S. Department of Agriculture.   The  Agriculture Stabilization and Con-
 servation  Service   is  responsible  for  overall  program  administration.    It
enters   into  contracts  with  individual  farmers   to  install  best  management
practices.  The Soil Conservation Service provides  technical assistance in  the
development  of water  quality plans  and the  installation of the controls.   The
 Cooperative   Extension Service helps  to  acquaint  farmers with the need  for
 agricultural  water pollution  control,  especially  as  it relates to  animal waste
 and application of fertilizers  and  pesticides.  EPA provides  substantial  funds
 for  the  control projects and  also  participates  in the selection  of  specific
 best management practices  to  be employed.

      Initially,  13  projects  have  been  selected.   They  are:   Lake Tholocco,
 Alabama; Appoquinimink,  Delaware;   Rock  Creek,  Idaho; Highland  Silver  Lake,
 Illinois;   Prairie  Rose  Lake,  Iowa;  Upper Wakarusa,  Kansas;   Bonne  Idee,
 Louisiana; Double Pipe Creek, Maryland; Saline Valley, Michigan; Redfoot Lake,
 Tennessee; Snake Creek, Utah; St.  Albans Bay, Vermont;   and  Lower Manitowac,


                                   XII-G-11

-------
 §
 (—I
 H
 O


 I
 CJ

 W
g
CO
H
co
O
CJ
 I
o
X

3
PQ
           01
           u
           01
          H
           d
           o
           d
          •o
          o
          o
          00
          •H

          J-l

          co
                     •rH



                      O
                     PQ
                     CJ
                      p<
                     •H
                      M
                     4->
                     U
                      01
                      W
                     •H

                      U

                     O
                 2
                  i   i—l
                 3=  iH
                  I   -H
                 CJ  4-»
                  I   I
                 CJ  O
                     d
                 u
                      i
                     o
                     d
 d
 o
 u

CJ
             §
             4J
                                r-.

                                co

                                o
                                SO
                                •co-
                                o
                                o
            in
            CM
                                •co-
                                O
                                O

                                in
                                CM
                                vo
                                 t\
                                in
                                o
                                m
                                CM
                                rH
                                co
           o
           m
           oo
           rH

           CM
                               O
                               O
CM

in


           d
           01

           01
           >-i

           w
           CO
           o

          a
            cMm     CM^-^J     cocMoom     rH
                                             rH ^-     CM












                                             rH IT)     CM














                                             rH U-)     CM






            CM O"N ^^ LO LO  ^D ^~^    ^^ ^^ lO     ^^


            CM co CM **^ to  to LO    O*N CM ^^     o^


            COOOrHCM^d'CO»-i    CMOO\O     <±
                                            r-t -^     i—)






           \£)rHCMOOOCM    CTsOO     O



           \o r*^  ^H co *~*  LO r**    oo  CM  co     ^-J
           co o^  i™^ c^ o^  r*^ ^^    co  c>  co     ^™*


                                            rH  <•     CM






           incoinooom    oooo     CM
           CM  CM 00 i-O  lO CO  r*^     CO  CO  ^3     O^


           co  ^ co ^"*  ^H o  o     c^  CM *^     r**-
                                              01
                                          01

                                          4-1 iH
                                              U
                                           •  X

                                          U v—'
                                          X
                                          01  CO

                                          ^  d
                                          (-1  01
                                          O  S
                                          4-1  41
                          h  en
                          01  01
                          N  T3
                         •H  -H
                             U
 00
 d
•i-t
 u
                                                        -H  -H  M  «>
                                          U  rH  i— 1  T3  4-1  4-1   O
                                                       X
                                                       01
                                                      4->

                                                       
    ^  W
    n)  o
   A  U
    U
       rH
0)  T3  n)
                                                                                     CM
                                      O
                                      CJ
d
u
d

01
u
                                                                                     01
                                                          XII-G-10

-------
officials,  however,  must  also  consider the  various positive  and  negative
economic  impacts  that  pollution  and  pollution  control   plans   have   upon
agricultural producers  and the economy as a  whole.

     The  assessment  of  these  economic  impacts  involves  first the  decision-
making process of  individual  farmers  faced  with new pollution limitations  or
recommended  runoff  control practices, since  all efforts to manage pollution
alter the decision-making options of the  farmer.   To insure  that  practices are
compatible with  site conditions  and with each other and  commensurate with the
farmer's  ability to sustain  an  economically viable  operation,  it  is  recom-
mended  that  farmers in  hydrologically active areas  work closely  with  local
planning  agencies  to develop  water quality  management plans for  their operat-
ing units.

     It  was  emphasized  earlier  in  this  chapter  that  phosphorus  reduction
practices on  agricultural  land must be  site-specific.  It  was also mentioned
that  a combination of  practices in  some  cases is  needed  to attain desired
effects.  For  these  reasons  and others,  costs of remedial treatment will vary
from  lake basin to lake  basin,  from farm  to  farm,  and  even from  field  to
field.   Estimated costs  for  such  practices,  in four PLUARG  (International
Reference  Group  on Great  Lakes  Pollution from  Land  Use  Activities) agricul-
tural  watersheds  in  Ontario, range  from $15 to  $58 annually  per watershed
hectare  (Miller  and Spires, 1978).  In the Black Creek, Indiana project, costs
for the  initial  application of practices were $146 per watershed hectare (Lake
and Morrison,  1977).

     For  comparison purposes,  a sample  calculation of costs and returns for  a
farm  of  250 acres  for  a  single  (average)  year  was calculated  to evaluate
several  practices (Stewart  et al., 1975).   Only the  summary  of the calcula-
tions  is  presented  here  (Table XII-G-4).    Detailed tables  and  sources  of
information  are  given  in Stewart et al., (1975). Although  some assumptions in
the  calculation  may not be valid  for  other site-specific cases, the calcula-
tion  does provide a general methodology to  compare the  costs of various non-
point  control  measures.

     Recent  estimates of  costs in  the  U.S. Lake  Erie  basin present  a more
optimistic  picture.   An analysis of the economic  impacts of changing tillage
practices in that area  indicates  that a significant portion of the  U.S. Lake
Erie  basin can  be treated at  minimal  or no long-term cost to farmers through
the  use  of minimum  tillage  or non-till planting  (Forster,  1978).  Initial
capital  outlay  for equipment and  for  improved subsurface  drainage on some
soils  may be a deterrent.

4.  BLACK  CREEK PROJECT

      The Black Creek  (Indiana) Project began in  1972 under  a Section 108 Great
Lakes  Demonstration Grant from EPA,  Region  V.   Initial  efforts in  the Black
 Creek Project were  directed  toward  getting needed conservation treatment  on
 the land to  improve  water  quality and to develop  and  install a  monitoring
 system to evaluate the  land  treatment measures.  Subsequently,  implementation
 of several best management  practices  (BMP) began and practical  application in
 the watershed was completed.
                                   XII-G-9

-------
TABLE XII-G-3.  PRACTICES FOR THE CONTROL OF NUTRIENT LOSS FROM FERTILIZER
                APPLICATIONS AND ANIMAL WASTES
Nutrient Control Practice
Practice Highlights
Eliminating excessive fertilization
Incorporating surface applications
Timing fertilizer plow-down
Livestock exclusion
Livestock waste management
Reduces available phosphorus
losses; reduces fertilizer
costs; has no effect on yield.

Decreases nutrients in runoff;
no yield effects; not always
possible; adds costs in some
cases.

Reduces erosion and nutrient
loss; may be less convenient.

Usually accomplished by fencing
streambanks; often very expen-
sive.

Components may include, but are
not limited to:  debris basins,
dikes, diversions, fencing,
grassed waterways or outlets,
filter strips, irrigation
systems, irrigation water con-
veyance, subsurface drains,
surface drains, storage ponds,
storage structures, waste treat-
ment  lagoons, and waste utili-
zation (including the timing  of
manure application).
                                   XII-G-8

-------
TABLE XII-G-2.  PRACTICES FOR CONTROLLING DIRECT RUNOFF AND  THEIR HIGHLIGHTS*
                *Erosion control practices with the same number are  identical.  Limitations
                 and interactions shown in Table XII-G-1 also  apply  to  runoff  control
                 practices.
No.
             Runoff Control Practice
                                                       Practice Highlights
Rl   No-till plant in prior crop residues
 R17  Other practices
        Contour furrows
        Diversions
        Drainage

        Landforming
Variable effect on direct runoff from
substantial reductions to increases on
soils subject to compaction.
R2
R3
R4
R5
R6
R7
R8
R9
RIO
Rll
R12
R13
R14
R15
R16
Conservation tillage
Sod-based rotations
Meadowless rotations
Winter cover crop
Improved soil fertility
Timing of field operations
Plow plant systems
Contouring
Graded rows
Contour strip cropping
Terraces
Grassed outlets
Ridge planting
Contour listing
Change in land use
Slight to substantial runoff reduction.
Substantial runoff reduction in sod year;
slight to moderate reduction in rowcrop year.
None to slight runoff reduction.
Slight runoff increase to moderate reduction.
Slight to substantial runoff reduction
depending on existing fertility level.
Slight runoff reduction.
Moderate runoff reduction.
Slight to moderate runoff reduction.
Slight to moderate runoff reduction.
Moderate to substantial runoff reduction.
Slight increases to substantial runoff
reduction.
Slight runoff reduction.
Slight to substantial runoff reduction.
Moderate to substantial runoff reduction.
Moderate to substantial runoff reduction.
 Moderate to substantial  reduction.
 No runoff reduction.
 Increase to substantial  decrease in surface
  runoff.
 Increase to slight runoff reduction.
 R18  Construction of ponds
 None to substantial runoff reduction.
 Relatively expensive.   Good pond sites must
 be available.   May-be  considered as a
 treatment device.
                                            XII-G-7

-------
la

S
1«
\
*
V
*H
J
f

o
u
«•
J


n
'S
rs





^™"
2
"S


GO

*N 2
| 5 .i E °
<£ •— u. o •=
| a. E £ M
£ <= | s S
•S S = .1 a-
I ^ =s 1
•S Zl ° 2 S)
S CC at ^j ^
£ 2 t§ -
°f -o ^ '*= a.
c c *- « o
1 * i 1 S
i :| gi |
- uj o ••= |
S = g w £
•— •— 2 S
a o o uj
ad u




Q>
9 CO
\\

[ *°.
3 2
: 52
3 e
S s
( JT













CSJ
From Table 3, F

























it
j$
X
X
DC








































*










^



•«
J.
opriate' P, Value
5. p. 27
Z a. .2
S 1 1
uj S 2
h- O UL
CO

1
1
0
T
1

§
o
• • -O e«"
CD M c
FRIPCROPPIN
re Rotation M
Practical Optio
K < =


•5.
NG:
Topography
With Contour!
CC "O a*
= •3-5
IS!
S x 3
CD


o 3
* „ >
2t ^ o
STRAIGHT ROW f
Select From Table 4
All Systems That Hi



i —
5









HD-




Hg>-

~T


2 S
Less Than X and
for the Climate anc
t_



c
r
4
.
L





J
>
i
1
_c
£
o



1
1
.e
JJ
cl
1


i
I*
U



!i
s j
i =
3"^
=•3
i'l
fj







<
om Table 5, p
u~



to
1
'e
13
01
ell


A
)



!-s
|f
Hi '
' § "^
rt= K







0?
fc •=
i
o




•*- r^
„ fl
_ 3
1 1
o u







fing Acceptable
Four Alternatives
Nutrient or Pesticide
~ -s *
H?
J O w
cri





3
£
^ M
,
m Table 4. n.2
o



0."
•i
'>
5



teps 7 and 8
1 Proceed to S



1
vt
e
o
5.
3
i
i
M
3 a
2 e
£ u




o

n '
1?
tems That IncI




















u
Q_
* ^*-
N. e
S |f
» «(
Have P Value
'S


3
" -1

•»" °
1 1
1- —
E S
0 1—
•i s
IS





i •

•w
"- d.
ll
o .2"
~ u.
If














O
d Are Suitable
'
c a '^
:«i
-< i
i5«







/~\
LT)
^ e
ON S
-< VJ
H-l
r— 1 • QJ
tH r-l )_,
0^4-'
•r-) 4J 4J £
CQ QJ ^, CU
^ W J 1
•^ ^ fi 3
ft M a o
ca o
00 S CO 13
C -i CU
d n) ^3 co
n) cu o
CO CU CU 4-1
S -H a) o
i — i CO j_) 4J
O T) CQ S-l
ft CU CU 14-1
•H ,0 a)
ri <*-i B f-<
o ^ §
CQ O O
O 14-1 CU fi
S-< OO
CU CO [fl O
CU ft TJ
00 0
s i! ^ 'H
•rl 4-1 p] 0
CQ o cd n)
cu >-i cu cu
CO ft J^ y
CO 3 J-l
n) ""i oo 3
O -H O
O 4-1
LW C « r-l
O a) cfl
*-> u .H a
VJ ^n -H
rC iH 4j -H
G *^ LJ
•H .. o
S CO Q)
O n) jj cu
-H CU o ^
PH M-l J2 4J
•
CN
O
M
1— 1
X
0)
M
3
•H

XII-G-6

-------



S
<
N
•o
!£
iZ


Land Area
•E
'S
s.
en
«
•S
•«
I











S
0.
r^
CO
* J>
u-
o

f


A
f
X
t
i. Y
n ti- — *
» °- ei
• > = ? u;
1 Il|
«J "Jo g o>
a w iZ
^-~/N
/I
5
s
1
80
V



i
u
S
C
S
i:
IS
oc il
































•d
*• c
I -t^
£c§ d
s^1:
ill
uj tu u_
H



i!=
f a>
uj u! i£
c\i















*l
X |












i

























res Combinationi
n Relatively
.Table 12, p. 63
»«t
= .« S
>. C <
S  «M~
~B> .£• "
ll -I
*> •£ =
S * H.
•5=8,
o- e «
0) o £
= S |
= -s 1
l£5









*















                                                                                          r-H  "I   0)
                                                                                          i-H  r^   (-4
                                                                                           cfl  crv   nJ
                                                                                           O  -H
                                                                                          •H       4-J
                                                                                           en    «  5-1
                                                                                           >>   •   nj
                                                                                          ,c  ^   j=:
                                                                                           &  ca   o

                                                                                           60  4-1   tn
                                                                                           c   cu   -H
                                                                                          •H       ,fl
                                                                                           4-14-14-1
                                                                                           O   5-1
                                                                                           cu   co   a
                                                                                          rH   S   O
                                                                                           cu   a)
                                                                                           Cfl   4-1   O
                                                                                               C/3   4-1
                                                                                          13  ^^
                                                                                           C       Td
                                                                                           ca    .  ai
                                                                                               CO  t-l
                                                                                           co   cfl  cu
                                                                                               §Q)  m
                                                                                               i-i  Q)
                                                                                          .H   cfl  M
                                                                                          ^3
                                                                                           o   cu  co
                                                                                           M   60 5-1
                                                                                           ca,  )-i  cu
                                                                                               Cfl  ,0
                                                                                           C   -i  6
                                                                                           O       3
                                                                                           co   o
                                                                                           O  IH   cu  -a
                                                                                           5-1       60  C
                                                                                           CU   CO   Cfl   Cfl
                                                                                                0)   O.
                                                                                                        CU
             4-1
             C
             0)
             e

             o
             o
             13

             CO
             •H
             -S
             4-1


             O
 60  a
 a  -H  -a
•H  4-1   C
 co   a   cfl
 en   ca
 co   t-i
 ca
 CO
 cO
                                                                                                        O
                                                                                                        O
                                                                                                    a)   co
     o
 5-1   5-1
 O   4-1
                                                                                                O   0)
                                                                                           4J   O  rH
                                                                                           5-c      43
                                                                                           cfl   CU   cfl
                                                                                           ,C  ^H   4->
                                                                                           O  ^
                                                                                                    60  CO

                                                                                                        B
                                                                                                        -rl
                                                                                                        60
                                                                                                        -H
                                                                                                co  cu  e
                                                                                                Cfl  4-1  O
                                                                                                <1)  O  M
                                                                                               14-1 ;z  m
                                                                                           6

                                                                                           M
                                                                                           H
                                                                                           X
                                                                                            60
                                                                                           •H
                                                                                           tn
XII-G-5

-------
     Erosion  can  usually be  controlled  by practices,  such as conservation
tillage, which  minimize  raindrop impact  on the soil  surface and weaken the
erosive  forces  of  the  runoff  by reducing its  velocity and  channelization.
Various  investigators  have concluded  that, to  control  pollution  from phos-
phorus  and  other   sediment-associated  contaminants,   reducing  detachment of
soil particles is  the best approach  (Walter et  al.,  1978;  Logan,  1978).

     For more  detailed  discussion of  different types of practices listed in
Table XII-G-1,  the  publication  by Stewart et al. (1975)  should  be  consulted.

     The  erosion-control  measures that can alleviate a non-point pollution
problem most effectively involve a logical sequence  of decisions, which  can be
illustrated  schematically by  flow charts  (Figures  XII-G-1 and XII-G-2).  For
practice selection,  it is  convenient to use the Universal Soil  Loss  Equation
(USLE)  during  different  steps  of  the process.   USLE  is  described  and its
application  is  demonstrated  in  Stewart  et al.  (1975), which  has  detailed
examples  illustrating the  usage of  flow  charts  and USLE  in the selection
process.

b.   Runoff  Control

     Surface  runoff from  agricultural  land can rarely be eliminated;  however,
it  can be substantially affected through agronomic and  engineering practices
by  changing  the  volume  of  runoff  or  changing  the peak rate of  runoff.   A
change  in  runoff volume will generally change the peak runoff rate  in  the  same
direction;  however, peak runoff  rates can be  changed without affecting the
volume.   Direct surface  runoff  volumes can be reduced by practices  that in-
crease  interception of rainfall by growing plants or residues.  Runoff control
practices  are  listed in  Table  XII-G-2.   In  general,  practices that  control
erosion will  reduce  runoff, although to a lesser extent.

c.   Fertilizer and Animal Waste  Control

     Nutrients  are  moved from  agricultural land by  leaching,  direct runoff,
and  in  association with sediment from erosion. A  number  of practices  will
reduce  direct  runoff and/or erosion  and,  thus,  reduce nutrient  transport.
These  practices will usually be adequate  for controlling  overland  nutrient
transport  in addition to  sediment  and pesticide  transport.   These practices
(Table  XII-G-3) reduce phosphorus losses by limiting fertilizer application  to
that  recommended  by soil tests,  reducing effects of erosion and runoff on the
transport  of phosphorus, and carefully managing livestock wastes.

     A similar flow  chart  for  selecting practices for  phosphorus  control  is
provided by Stewart et al. (1975).

3.   ECONOMIC CONSIDERATIONS

      It is not practical to embark  on an expensive undertaking without know-
ing,  at least with  some  degree of certainty, the effects and the costs.  This
technical  manual  provides information to individuals  or agencies charged with
developing plans  for the  control  or  reduction of pollution  from non-point
agricultural  sources.  The information presented  in  preceding sections dealt
with  the  technical  aspects of non-point pollution control.  Responsible
                                  XII-G-4

-------
TABLE XII-G-1.   PRINCIPAL TYPES OF CROPLAND EROSION CONTROL PRACTICES  AND  THEIR HIGHLIGHTS   (concluded)
No.       Erosion Control Practice
                                                            Practice Highlights
E9
          Contouring
                                  Can reduce average soil loss by 50% on moderate slopes,
                                  but less on steep slopes; loses effectiveness if rows
                                  break over; must be supported by terraces on long
                                  slopes; soil, climatic, and topographic limitations;
                                  not compatible with use of large farming equipment
                                  on many topographies.   Does not affect fertilizer
                                  and pesticide rates.
£10       Graded rows
                                             Similar to contouring but less susceptible to row
                                             breakovers.
Ell       Contour strip cropping
                                  Rowcrop aad hay in alternate 50- to 100-foot strips
                                  reduce soil loss to about 50% of that with the same
                                  rotation contoured only; fall seeded grain in lieu
                                  of meadow about half as effective; alternating corn
                                  and spring grain not effective; area must be suitable
                                  for across-slope farming and establishment of rotation
                                  meadows; favorable and unfavorable features similar to
                                  E3 and E9.
E12       Terraces
                                             Support contouring and agronomic practices by reducing
                                             effective slope length and runoff concentration; reduce
                                             erosion and conserve soil moisture; facilitate more
                                             intensive cropping; conventional gradient terraces
                                             often incompatible with use of large equipment, but
                                             new designs have alleviated this problem; substantial
                                             initial cost and some maintenance costs.
 E13
           Grassed  outlets
                                  Facilitate  drainage  of graded  rows  and  terrace  channels
                                  with minimal  erosion; involve  establishment  and main-
                                  tenance  costs  and may interfere with use  of  large
                                  implements.
 E14
           Ridge  planting
                                   Earlier warming and drying  of row  zone;  reduces  erosion
                                   by concentrating runoff  flow  in. mulch-covered furrows;
                                   most effective when rows are  across  slope.
 E15
Contour listing
Minimizes row breakover; can reduce annual soil loss by
50%; loses effectiveness with post-emergence corn
cultivation; disadvantages same as E9.
 E16
           Change in land use
                                   Sometimes the only solution.   Well managed permanent grass
                                   or woodland effective where other control practices are
                                   inadequate; lost acreage can be compensated for by more
                                   intensive use of less erodible land.
 E17
Other practices
Contour furrows, diversions, subsurface drainage, land
forming, closer row spacing, etc.
                                                   XII-G-3

-------
TABLE XII-G-1.  PRINCIPAL TYPES OF CROPLAND EROSION CONTROL PRACTICES AND THEIR HIGHLIGHTS
No.
          Erosion Control Practice
                                                  Practice  Highlights
El
          No-till plant in prior-crop
          residues
                                   Most effecitve in dormant  grass  or  small  grain;  highly
                                   effective in crop residues;  minimizes  spring  sediment
                                   surges  and provides  year-round control;  reduces  man,
                                   machine and fuel requirements; delays  soils warming
                                   and drying; requires more  pesticides and  nitrogen;
                                   limits  fertilizer- and pesticide-placement options;
                                   some climatic and soil restrictions.
E2
Conservation tillage
Includes a variety of no-plow systems that retain some of
the residues on the surface; more widely adaptable but
somewhat less effective than El; advantages and dis-
advantages generally same as El but to lesser degree.
E3
          Sod-based rotations
                                   Good meadows lose virtually no soil and reduce erosion
                                   from succeeding crops total soil loss greatly reduced
                                   but losses unequally distributed over rotation cycle;
                                   aid in control of some diseases and pests;  more
                                   fertilizer-placement options; less realized income
                                   from hay years; greater potential transport of water
                                   soluble P; some climatic restrictions.
           Meadowless  rotations
                                             Aid in disease and pest control; may provide more
                                             continuous soil protection than one-crop systems; much
                                             less effective than E3.
 E5
Winter cover crops
Reduce winter erosion where corn stover has been removed
and after low-residue crops; provide good base for slot-
planting next crop; usually no advantage over heavy cover
of chopped stalks or straw; may reduce leaching of
nitrate; water use by winter cover may reduce yield
of cash crop.
 E6
           Improved soil  fertility
                                   Can substantially reduce erosion hazards as well as
                                   increase crop yields.
 E7
           Timing of field operations
                                   Fall plowing facilitates more timely planting in wet
                                   springs, but it greatly increases winter and early
                                   spring erosion hazards; optimum timing of spring
                                   operations can reduce erosion and increase yields.
 E8
           Plow-plant systems
                                   Rough,  cloddy surface increases infiltration and reduces
                                   erosion; much less effective than El and E2 when long
                                   rain periods occur; seeding stands may be poor when
                                   moisture conditions are less than optimum.  Mulch
                                   effect  is  lost by plowing.
                                                 XII-G-2

-------
G.   WATER QUALITY BENEFITS  OF NON-POINT SOURCE  CONTROL

1.   INTRODUCTION AND  PURPOSE

     In cases where non-point source discharges or  septic  tank effluents are
largely  responsible  for  lake  eutrophication,  measures involving  non-sewer
control need to be considered  in 201  facilities planning.

     The case  study  of Green Lake,  Minnesota,  has  demonstrated  that septic
tanks contribute  insignificant  amounts of phosphorus to the lake.  Therefore,
instead of  eliminating the  septic  tanks by sewering  the dwelling units around
the lake, a more cost-effective  approach to improve wastewater disposal in the
area would  be  to  correct  the  malfunctioning on-site  systems and maintain them
properly.  In addition,  significant improvement of water quality in Green Lake
can  be  achieved only by  controlling the  non-point  sources in the watershed.

     Various control measures  currently  available  to reduce non-point source
nutrient  loads  are  discussed   and evaluated  in  this  section.   In addition,
current literature has  been consulted to summarize the  control measure and the
newly established Rural Clean  Water Program  (RCWP) is discussed.

2.   PRACTICES TO REDUCE PHOSPHORUS  FROM AGRICULTURAL LAND

     Practices for reducing phosphorus  losses  from agricultural  land fall into
three  general   categories:   (1) those  that   reduce  erosion;   (2)  those  that
reduce  surface  runoff;  and (3) those  that manage  or  control  fertilizer and
animal  waste.   One  of the most complete and useful  sources of information
currently  available  for the  selection  of agricultural pollution controls  is
the  two-volume  report  jointly prepared  by the U.S.  Department  of Agriculture
(USDA)  and EPA (Stewart  et al., 1975).  This  manual  includes  control  measures
available  for erosion,  runoff, and nutrients.  These  two volumes are complete,
have  been designed specifically  for  use  in  development  of non-point source
control  plans,  and represent the  state-of-the-art  for agricultural  sources.

a.   Erosion  Control

      Table XII-G-1 (from Stewart  et al.,  1975)  lists  the principal  types  of
erosion-control  practices  and  some  of their favorable and unfavorable  fea-
tures.   It may be necessary  under many conditions to  apply  various  combina-
tions  of  these practices.  Modifications  of specific  practices within  these
general  types  affect their  adaptability and also  their  effectives.

      To  be effective,  erosion-control practices  must  be  selected on a  site-
specific  basis (Coote  et al.,  1978).  For example,  a  given practice, no-till
farming,  which refers  to planting in narrow  slots opened  by  a fluted coulter
or  other  device   without  tillage,  is very  effective  in  reducing  phosphorus
losses  on  a wide range of soil types (Berg, 1980).  However,  on  some  soils
this practice  must be  accompanied by improved subsurface drainage in  order  to
be  effective.    Furthermore,  there  are  soils,  such as  the Paulding soil  in
Ohio,  on which this practice simply will not work (Logan,  1978).
                                  XII-G-1

-------
     The  assumptions  inherent  with  the  simplified  approach  are:    (1)  the
validity of Dillon model  and (2)  the EPA phosphorus input from septic systems
at 0.1  kg/capita/yr.  The  assumptions  associated with the Dillon model have
been discussed in a  separate document.   The EPA's assumption of septic system
phosphorus contribution is  justified  until additional data becomes  available.

     Data obtained from a number  of freshwater lakes  in  rural communities in
the  midwest  were  used   to  demonstrate  the  application  of   this  simplified
method.  In conclusion, the simplified assessment approach has been shown with
successful applications to substantiate its usefulness and validity.
                                   XII-F-15

-------
    1.0
£E
UJ

O
U.
u.
UJ
O
O
LU
I-
UJ
IT

CO
O
cr
o
x
OL
CO
O

Q.
                R = 0.426exp(-0.271 q) -I- 0.574exp(-0.00949q)
                        80       120       160

                    AREAL WATER LOAD, q(m/yr)
                                200
240
   Figure XII-F-5.
Relationship between  areal, q, and phosphorus
retention,  R (Kirchner and Dillon, 1975).
                           XII-F-14

-------
     When the data are available to use Equation 6,  the retention coefficient,
     R  can  be   approximated   using   the  following  empirical  relationship
     developed by Kirchner and Dillon  (1975).

     R = 0.426 exp (-0.271^)  + 0.574 exp (-0.00949^)                       (7)

     where a=  areal water load to lake (m/yr)

     The graphical form of Equation 7  is shown  in Figure XII-F-5.

     The  next  step  in the  procedure  is  to calculate  the value  of  K  [K  =
(1-R)/Q] based on the total  inflow/outflow, Q,  and  the retention coefficient,
R.  The  45° line  associated  with  the  calculated K value  is then  located in
Figure XII-F-4.   Drawing  a horizontal line from the intersection of this 45°
line with the vertical line based on the given  number of septic  systems to the
vertical axis of  the  plot yields the  total phosphorus  level  in the lake con-
tributed by the septic system alone.

     Several regions  can  be  divided out from Figure XII-F-4.  First, when the
total  phosphorus  concentration  in the  lake,   due  to  septic   systems  alone,
reaches  10 Mg/1  (which  is the upper  limit for oligotrophic  lakes),  septic
systems contribute  significant  loads  and deserve special attention  to correct
the problem.   In  the second  region,  total  phosphorus  concentration resulting
from  septic systems  lies  between 1  and  10 [Jg/1.  In this case, other phos-
phorus sources such as STP direct  discharges and non-point sources should be
evaluated  to determine  the  relative   significance  compared with septic tank
input.   That is,  the  general  approach  presented  in  Section  3.0  should be
followed.   In addition,  the  phosphorus  input  from  septic system  should be
verified through  field work.

     As with all water  quality models  that are the  approximation of proto-
types, this  simplified analysis has its limitations also.  The assumption of
0.1 kg/capita/yr  phosphorus  input  from systic  systems  to lakes is built in
this  analysis  and therefore  subject to field verification under this circum-
stance.   When the  phosphorus  concentration  determined  from  Figure  XII-F-4
falls  below 0.5  pg/1, the septic system input can be considered insignificant
in  contributing  lake  eutrophication because  this low  level   of  phosphorus
content is  usually below any background phosphorus  levels known in streams or
atmospheric precipitation.

5.   SUMMARY  AND  CONCLUSIONS

     A general methodology of  estimating the  significance of on-site systems
in  lake  eutrophication has  been  presented.   The  approach procedures,  which
include  comprehensive derivation of phosphorus  input from various sources, as
well  as the  application of this  methodology have been presented using the  data
from  Green  Lake,  Minnesota.

      To  provide  a  primary  assessment of  on-site   systems in  water  quality
management,  a simplified method  has  been  developed.   Based  on  the  hydro-
morphological  characteristics  and the  number   of  septic  systems  around the
lake,  the phosphorus  concentration can be  determined.   A graphical solution
has been  developed  for this simplified  approach.
                                  XII-F-13

-------
     100
V.
      I0
  co
o «?
gu
O 3

a. °  1.0
CO
O
x
CL
      0.1
        1.0
                    K =
                       I-R
                    R = Retention coefficient


                    Q =lnflow/0utflow(cfs)


                    m3/s"' = 0.0283 cfs"1
10
100
                      NUMBER OF ON-SITE SYSTEMS WITHIN

                          300 FEET OF LAKE SHORELINE
1,000
      Figure XII-F-4.  Lake phosphorus  concentration due to  on-site systems.
                                 XII-F-12

-------
           Q = inflow/outflow rate (m3/yr)
           C = total phosphorus concentration (mg/1)
           R = Dillon's retention coefficient, dimensionless

Rearranging Equation 1 yields:

     C = L(l-R)/f                                                          (2)
            ^

     where f - flushing rate (yr x)
           ^= mean depth (m)

     Equation z is the theoretical basis for Dillon's model.

     Assuming that  each septic  tank around a lake  serves  each dwelling unit
with an  average  number of residents equal  to  3,  the total phosphorus loading
from  each  septic  tank  is,  therefore,  0.3  kg/tank/yr  based  on the  0.1
kg/capita/yr  rate.   As  a  result,  the  total phosphorus  loading  rate,  L in
Equation 1 can be computed from:

     L = N*0.3/A                                                           (3)

     where N = number of septic tanks contributing phosphorus loading to the
               lake

     Substituting Equation 3 into Equation 2 yields

     C = 0.3 N(l-R)/p = 0.3 N(l-R) = 0.3 N(l-R)                            (4)
             Az             Vp           Q

     or             C = 0.3NK                                              (5)

     where K  =  (1-R)/Q, the hydromorphological characteristics  of  lakes.  For
     each K,  there  is a linear relationship between the phosphorus  concentra-
     tion,  C, which  is  associated only with septic tanks,  and the number of
     septic tanks,  N,  contributing phosphorus to the lake.  A  typical plot of
     C  vs .  N for  various hydromorphological  characteristics  is presented in
     Figure XII-F-4.

          Using Figure XII-F-4  to  determine the total phosphorus concentration
     in  the  lake  can  be  described in  the following  procedure.   First, the
     phosphorus  retention  coefficient,  R  should  be  obtained.   The  direct
     approach to  derive the inflow  and  outflow  volumes as well  as the  inflow
     and outflow phosphorus concentrations is from  the available data.  As  a
     result,  an  independent means  of calculating R  is:
R
        =  i-  j°P°                                                            (6)
      where  fy3  =  outflow  discharge volume  (cfs)
            P0  =  outflow  phosphorus  concentration  (|Jg/l)
            fyi  =  inflow volumes  (cfs)
            P^  =  inflow phosphorus concentrations  (|Jg/l)
                                   XII-F-11

-------
     lOc
E
*v
o»
    O.I
   0.01
             Green Lake, Minnesota
                                       EXCESSIVE.
             EUTROPHIC ZONE
                                              PERMISSIBLE
  1972-1973
— CONDITION
- 8% SEPTIC
I TANK LOAD
     J	I
      1.0
 AVERAGE
 CONDITION
 10% SEPTIC
' TANK LOAD
                                           OLIGOTROPHIC ZONE
                          jl
                    10                  100

                       MEAN DEPTH (m)
                                     1,000
       Figure XII-F-3.  Dillon phosphorus loading - phosphorus retention and
                      mean depth relationship (Green Lake, Minnesota).
                             XII-F-10

-------
                Phosphorus  Loadings  to  Green Lake  (in kg/yr)

                                  1972-1973       Normalized
                                  Observed        Average Year

          Outlet from Nest  Lake       1,913           1,329
          Direct precipitation         438            386
          Immediate drainage             59             53
          Septic tanks                 195            195
                         Total       2,605           1,963

     The phosphorus contribution from  septic  tanks  was  about 8% of  the  total
phosphorus input  to Green Lake in  1972-1973.   For  an  average year with nor-
malized  flow,  the  septic  tanks  contribute  approximately  10% of  the  total
phosphorus, due to  the  fact  that  1972-1973  was a relatively wet year.   Under
average  precipitation and runoff,  the non-point source phosphorus  input  is
greatly reduced and, therefore,  the  percentage of  phosphorus  input  from septic
tanks is raised.

     The Dillon model is used to  evaluate the  significance of  on-site septic
tanks  in terms of  trophic status of the lake.  The 1972-1973  conditions  and
the normalized  average  year  conditions are presented in Figure  XII-F-3.  Only
a  small difference  between  the two conditions is seen  from Figure  XII-F-3
because  of the  logarithmic nature  of the plot.  The lake is  mesotrophic  under
both  conditions.   Furthermore,  the portion  responsible  by  the  septic tank
input is also shown in Figure XII-F-3.   The  result indicates  that even  without
the  septic tank  inputs,  the  trophic  status  of Green Lake  would  still  be
mesotrophic under  both  1972-1973 and  normalized average conditions.  It  is,
therefore, concluded  that  the  phosphorus  contribution  from the septic  tanks
around  Green Lake  is  not significant as far  as  trophic status  of  the  lake is
concerned.  This  result also implies that any significant reduction of  phos-
phorus  loading  and improvement  of  trophic status has to come  from control of
non-point sources in the watershed.

4.   SIMPLIFIED APPROACH  TO ASSESS ON-SITE SYSTEM  IMPACT

     The preceding sections describe the general methodology and illustrate an
example  to assess  the  significance  of on-site  systems in  terms  of  trophic
status  of the lake on a whole.  For preliminary assessment  of the  significance
of  on-site systems alone,  however,  a  simplified  approach  can  be  taken.  This
simplified  approach  is  derived and presented  in  the following  paragraphs.

     Material  balance for steady-state  completely  mixed lake  can be  written
as:

     Input = Output + Retained

In  mathematical terms,  the above balance can be expressed as:

     L*A = Q*C + L*R*A                                                     (1)

     where L =  total  phosphorus loading rate per unit area (g/yr/m2)
           A =  lake surface  area (m2)
                                  XII-F-9

-------
XII-F-8

-------
septic tank systems can  be  reduced by the  number  and  occupancy of  septic tank
systems located  in  suspected  groundwater  outflow  areas.   Reductions may also
be warranted  if  septic  leachate  detection surveys find  few effluent plumes
emerging into a lake.

     In calculating the  phosphorus budget  for  No Action alternatives, point
source discharges,  direct discharges from  on-site  systems, or numerous  surface
malfunctions may be calculated in  the range of  0.25 to 3.3 Ibs/capita/year
(0.11 to  1.5  kg/capita/year)  depending on  the type and frequency of  discharge
and on the presence of detergent phosphorus bans.

     Precipitation.    A  figure of  9.634   Ibs  of  total nitrogen/acre  lake
surface/year  can be used as  an estimate  of  nitrogen in precipitation.   The
estimate  was  the average result reported  by Weible (1969)  and Corey, et  al.
(1967)  for areas  receiving approximately  30  inches  of rainfall  per year.

     An estimate of 0.156 Ibs  total phosphorus/acre/year is  used to  represent
total phosphorus in precipitation.   This  estimate, which is probably  conser-
vative, lies between  the number reported  by Corey, et al.  (1967)  for  soluble
phosphorus  and  the  lower end of the  range reported by Weible (1969)  for  the
Cincinnati, Ohio area.

3.   EVALUATION OF  QN-SITE SYSTEM NUTRIENT   INPUTS TO LAKES

     The  methodology  described  above  was  applied  to Green Lake, Minnesota, to
demonstrate its  use in evaluating  the significance of on-site  systems.  Green
Lake is located  approximately  100  miles west of the Minnesota-St.  Paul metro-
politan area  (Figure  XII-F-2).   The  Middle Fork of the  Crow  River, which
originates  south of Belgrade,  Minnesota,  is  the  main tributary to  Nest Lake
which, in turn, overflows into Green Lake.

     In order to assess  the water quality significance of on-site  systems  and
to use the Dillon model, phosphorus inputs  from  several sources are estimated:

     •  Non-point sources  carried  by  the  Middle  Fork of the Crow  River  via
        Nest Lake;

     •  On-Site systems;

     •  Direct precipitation; and

     •  Immediate drainage basins  around the lake.

Nutrients  from  other  non-point sources such as groundwater,  detritus,  water-
fowl, and sediments are assumed to be less significant than  those  listed above
and  are not  included.   Both Nest  Lake  and Green  Lake  were surveyed by  EPA
under  the NES program  (1974).  Data  from  the  NES studies are used,  and  pro-
cedures described  in  the preceding section are  followed to derive  the  phos-
phorus  loading in this anaylsis.
                                  XII-F-7

-------
     The nitrogen value  of  7.5  Ibs/capita/year was derived  from  the informa-
tion that nitrogen to phosphorus ratios in wastewater range from 3-6 (Bartsch,
1972) and that, on the average,  treatment removes only 20% of the total nitro-
gen.

     When septic tank  contributions  of phosphorus and nitrogen compounds have
not  already  been quantified, initial  nutrient budgets  will be  based on in-
formed  assumptions.   For any alternative  other  than  No Action,  direct dis-
charges  and  overland  runoff of  septic  tank effluent  will not  be allowed.
Therefore, nutrient  inputs  from on-site systems will be by way of groundwater
transport.

     Nitrogen  compounds  in  sewage  can be converted to  gases,  especially ele-
mental  nitrogen,  in  septic tanks  in  unsaturated soil  and  in  groundwater.
Nitrogen  compounds  can  also be taken up by  vegetation.   Otherwise, nitrogen
compounds are  oxidized in soil  to the nitrate form which is mobile  in ground-
water  and may be transported to  nearby lakeshores if  groundwater flow is in
this  direction.   Gaseous  transformation  and  uptake  by  vegetation  are  not
easily  quantified and  under most circumstances will be small fractions of the
nitrogen  in  raw  wastewater.  Initial  nitrogen budgets  may,  therefore, assume
that 100% of the nitrogen in raw sewage or 9.4 Ibs/capita/year (4.3  kg/capita/
year)  will reach the lake  from on-site  systems  near  the lakeshore  (U.S. EPA,
1974) .   The  nitrogen  load  calculated from this  assumption  may  be reduced by
the  number of  dwellings located on shorelines where  groundwater is suspected
to  flow out of, instead  of  into, the lake.

     Reported  phosphorus generation  rates in raw  household  sewage are on the
order  of  1.8 Ibs/capita/year (0.8 kg/capita/year)  (Dillon and Rigler,  1975) to
3.2  Ibs/capita/year  (1.5 kg/capita/year) (Small Scale Waste Management Project
1978).   The  lower value is appropriate  where  bans on  detergents  containing
phosphorus are in  effect.  Removal of phosphorus  from effluents as they pass
through most soils is  substantial.  Jones and Lee  (1977) state that  phosphorus
removals  reported  in  the  literature  were  typically  in excess  of 95% within
short  distances of soil  disposal systems.  Five percent of phosphorus  loads in
raw household sewage  would be .09  to  .16  Ibs/capita/year (.04  to  .07 kg/
capita/year).  They  also conclude that removal is  controlled by the  mineralogy
of  specific  soils,  not  by  soil particle size as  is often claimed.   Phosphorus
removal  is not limited  to  unsaturated soils.  Trace amounts of clay minerals,
iron oxide,  aluminum oxide and limestone, to some extent, will fix  phosphorus
in  aquifers.

     The  National  Eutrophication  Survey  methods  assume  that  all dwellings
within 100 yards of  a  lake  contribute  phosphorus  to lakes and that the load is
0.25 Ibs/capita/year  (0.11  kg/capita/year).   Compared  to the figures presented
above,  this  is a conservatively high  estimate,  made  more conservative  by the
fact  that groundwater hydrology prevents  some  effluents from reaching  nearby
shorelines  (outflow of  lake  water to  groundwater,  perched  lakes sealed off
from groundwater).

     In calculating  phosphorus  budgets when  local  data  is not available, the
National  Eutrophication Survey  estimate of 0.25  Ib/capita/year  is a conserva-
tive  first approximation  for  septic  tank  system loads.  Housing counts and
occupancy rates  for  existing  dwellings, which  are  needed to calculate  total
load,  will  generally be developed for facilities plans.  The total load  from


                                  XII-F-6

-------
     Sampled streams  usually include most  of the lake  watershed.   Unsampled
streams,  if  any,  and  drainage  from  the   lakeshore  area  also  contribute
nutrients.   The nutrient contribution of the unsampled portion of the drainage
area  is estimated  by using  the average  nutrient  export  per  unit  area  of
sampled  stream drainage  and multiplying that  by the  area  of  the  unsampled
portion.

     For a watershed with no sampling stations and no available data to derive
nutrient loads from  the  watershed runoff,  an approximate method can be used.
The  empirical  method  developed by  Omernik  (1974)  provides  annual  nutrient
loading  rates  from land  such  as forest, agriculture and residential.   A de-
tailed  description  of the  Omernik  methodology  can be found  in  the technical
report entitled "Review of Rural Non-point Source Models."  A summary table of
mean  nutrient  export  (kg/km2/yr)  from  various land  covers  is  presented  as
follows:

                                     Total               Total
          Land Use/Cover Type      Phosphorus          Nitrogen

               Agricultural          31.0                982.3
               Residential           31.3                788.6
               Commercial            31.3                788.6
               Industrial            31.3                788.6
               Open Space            14.5                449.4
               Forest                 8.9                440.1
               Wetland                8.9                440.1

     Municipal Sewage Treatment Plants.   Sewage  treatment  plant records  are
used  to estimate  the nutrient  loads  from  the municipal wastewaters.   Mean
daily flows for each month of sampling are averaged and the  total annual loads
in Ibs/year are estimated according to the following equation:

          Annual Load = (D)(F)(365)

     Where D = mean daily load in pounds per million gallons
           F = mean daily flow in million gallons

     If  a  plant   is  not  monitored  or  the  records  are not available,  the
nutrient loads can be estimated on the basis of sewered population or the 1980
census  figures for  the  municipality if no better  sewered population estimate
can be obtained.

     For areas not  under a phosphate detergent ban,  the following  per capita
estimates of total phosphorus and nitrogen contributions are used:
                                             Total P             Total N
                                        (Ibs/capita/yr)     (Ibs/capita/yr)

                    Secondary Treated Waste  2.5                 7.5
                    Raw Waste                3.5                 9.4

     The  3.5  Ibs  total  P.capita/year for raw waste  discharge was  taken from
Bartsch  (1972).   For treated waste, regardless of secondary treatment method,
approximately  29% of  the  total  phosphorus  would be removed leaving  a con-
tribution of 2.5 Ibs/capita/year.
                                  XII-F-5

-------
                                      12
          Annual load = 164.502 c Y S I  NF.
                                      i    i
     Where:
          164.502 = factor including average number of days
                    per month and conversion of concentration
                    and flow to pounds per day,
                c  = mean nutrient concentration in the sampled stream,

                        malized flow for i

                        b{log NF - log MF}
NF. = normalized flow for i   month,
                 Y = 10


                 S = (INF. .  10 b{1°8 M.  ~ l°* NF} } / INF.
                      l   i              i               i   i
          log NF = mean log normalized flow,



          log MF = mean log monthly flow for year sampled,


          and b = 0.11 for phosphorus, -0.06 for nitrogen.
     The "Y" factor  adjusts  the data to account for the fact that the year in
which  the  samples  are collected  may be  extremely wet or  dry which  has  an
influence  on measured  contributions.  The  "S"  factor adjusts  the data  to
account for seasonal flow variations.

     The net  result of the  regression  analysis and the formula  is  an  annual
loading value  generally within  a  few percent  of the  loading  which would be
estimated  if  it were  assumed  that nutrient concentrations did  not  vary with
change in stream flow.

     In analyzing data  for a tributary having a point source upstream from the
sampling point,  the total stream  load  is estimated  by the method detailed
above.  If the  point source is located reasonably close to the  sampling site,
the  total  annual  contribution  to  the stream is  subtracted from  the total
nutrient load at  the sampling  site,  and the  difference is attributed to non-
point-source input.  If the point  source  is  located  several  miles upstream
from  the  sampling   point,  the  scientist  determining  the nutrient loadings
analyzes the total  stream  load (including  the point source),  the magnitude of
the point-source load,  and the  nonpoint-source load of other stream systems in
the  area  to  determine  the portion  of the  nutrient load at the  sampling site
that  could  be  attributed  to  the point  source and subtracted  from  the total
stream load.  This  procedure is not standardized and is performed on an indi-
vidual basis for  each  stream system.   However, the  general  rule is  to  assume
that  100%  of the  point-source  load eventually  reaches  the  lake or reservoir.
                                  XII-F-4

-------
in  this  section.   In addition,  data  requirements  of  this  methodology  are
discussed in terms of data acquisition and data accuracy.

a.   Tributary  flows

     The U.S. Geological  Survey  (USGS)  surface water records should  first be
consulted for the  flow  of tributaries.   The various district offices of USGS
make estimates of the daily average flow,  the flow for  each month of sampling,
and  i-h^.  '"lit. 1.1.11. i i«... U"  ..icaii il-,.,  £01 ^-i«_h muiti u  >. j . ^ . ,  flowt, exjje^iv_a jariu& a
period of  average precipitation  and  hydrology).    In  addition,  runoff esti-
mates  are  made  for the immediate  drainage  area to the  lake.   In cases where
tributaries  are  ungaged,  flow estimates  are based on  runoff patterns  at the
nearest  similar  gaged streams.   When available, flow information can also be
available  from   the   Corps  of  Engineers  or power  companies  which  maintain
records of reservoir discharge.

     Errors  in   drainage  area measurement  and flow estimates  vary  from one
locale to  another  and are highly dependent on the availability  of topographic
maps of  the  appropriate scales,  the number  of  gaged  stream sites for a given
lake  system, land  relief,  and  other  factors.   In general, measurements or
estimates provided by USGS  for  the larger  drainage  areas  are  the best, since
these  are  subject to less  severe fluctuations in stream  flow  within a given
period of time.

     The  estimates of  annual tributary  and  outlet  flows  are  then used to
calculate  lake   hydraulic  residence  time  or  the  flushing  rate used  in the
Dillon model.

b.   Estimates  of Nutrient Loadings

     Tributaries and Outlets.  The nutrient loadings at tributaries and  out-
lets are calculated on an annual basis.  Continuous monitoring,  which provides
the  best accuracy of  the loading estimates,  is usually difficult because of
the  expense.  In  the  National  Eutrophication  Survey  (NES)  conducted by  EPA,
monthly  sampling was performed for lakes.   Normally, 14  samples were  collected
from each stream.  This  type of data  from  discrete sampling is usually  ade-
quate  to  provide  a  reasonable  estimate  of  the  average  concentration for  a
given  stream for  the sampled year.   However,  the data  from any one site are
not  adequate to satisfactorily  estimate  the  relationship between  flow and
concentration at that site.

     NES developed a procedure to  derive the annual nutrient loading  by taking
into consideration the  flow  concentration  relationships  for  nutrients.  The
flow concentration relationship  was obtained  from statistical analyses  of 250
sampling sites  in northeastern and northcentral states.   On the  average,  a 1%
change in flow  results  in a 0.11% change  in phosphorus  concentration and  a
0.06%  change in  nitrogen  concentration  (EPA, 1974).

     The method  of estimating loading  is to adjust the concentrations  to  what
they would be for  each  month  under normalized  flow conditions, and  then add up
the  estimated loadings  for  the 12 months.    The annual  nutrient  load  expressed
as  pounds/year is  calculated  by:
                                   XII-F-3

-------









•f
J

31-
D LU
JO
DO
CD
DCO
»-"
L

4

I
»- U

-X _
:>
coO
Si—
lo§^
— X i_ o
CCCLg-
cooy--
*§
0
4
f
CO
1 — ^
~
— .
H- _
_jO^
— ij— DI
^I< D
^cc .
CLH Jr>
Oz E
syl
XQ^
^0
1
I T
a: JJ-ri,
i— co 5^
r^ >
IM !IT O
LU^ °"
\s^-  -
3 *
.J


£ CL
I U
J LU
CC
CL
^11
Q_ Q
o
CL






                                                       c
                                                       O
                                                      •H

                                                      O
                                                       3
                                                       cr
                                                       a)
                                                      jd
                                                       n)
                                                      so
                                                      C
                                                      •H
                                                      cfl

                                                      CO

                                                      o
                                                      4-1
                                                      a
                                                     X

                                                      0)

                                                      M
                                                      3
                                                      M
                                                     •H
XII-F-2

-------
F.   EVALUATION  OF THE SIGNIFICANCE OF ON-SITE SYSTEMS  IN WATER
     QUALITY MANAGEMENT OF  LAKES

1.   INTRODUCTION AND PURPOSE

     The most common on-site  disposal  system for treatment of household waste-
water  consists  of  a  septic  tank  for  primary wastewater  treatment  and  a
leaching  bed  for  disposal  and  additional  treatment  of  the  septic  tank
effluent.  Septic  tank  effluents  are  rich  in nutrients  (nitrogen  and phos-
phorus), total solids,  COD,  BOD , dissolved ions (such as chloride, sulfates,
calcium,  sodium,  and potassium;, and coliform bacteria  (total  coliform and
fecal  coliform).   The  most  significant pollutants  in  terms  of  lake water
quality are nutrients and coliform bacteria.

     Normally phosphorus  is  not transported from  septic  tank disposal fields
to  surface waters.  The  literature  pertaining to  phosphorus  in groundwater
indicates  that  there is  a strong tendency  for  phosphorus to sorb on  aquifer
materials  or  on soil  or subsurface particles.   On  the other  hand, significant
amounts  of nitrogen can  be  transported from septic  tank disposal fields to
surface waters by groundwater.

     One of  the mostvserious pollution problems related  to nutrients  in  lakes
is  eutrophication which in many  cases is caused by excessive nutrient inputs.
Eutrophication, which   is  manifested  by  excessive growths  of  suspended and
attached  algae  and water plants,  can have significant deleterious effect on
the  beneficial uses  of  lakes.   Excessive growths of aquatic  plants  (either in
open water or near shore) can interfere with  the  use of waters for  domestic
and  industrial water supplies,  irrigation,  recreation,  fisheries, etc.

     When  it does occur,  bacterial  contamination  in lakes,  caused by septic
tank effluent,  is  limited  to  the  shoreline  of  the  lake  due  to the  shore
temporal scale associated with coliform bacteria decay.

     This  report  presents   a  simplified methodology  for evaluation of the
significance  of  on-site  systems  in  contributing   water  quality problems in
lakes.   Near shore algal bloom and bacteria contamination are not  addressed.
The analysis will be directed  toward the water quality management  of  the open
waters  in lakes.   Aquatic plant  nutrients  considered  to be the most signi-
ficant  ones  limiting the growth of aquatic plants  in lakes are  phosphorus and
nitrogen,  and will be included in the analysis.

2.   METHODOLOGY

      The major factors  and  the  major linkage among these factors  related  to
lake eutrophication  are shown qualitatively in Figure XII-F-1.   Because of the
complex nature  of the  processes  relating these factors  to phosphorus concen-
trations in lakes, empirical relationships between phosphorus  input and plant
productivity are  generally used to describe this cause-effect relationship for
 lake eutrophication.

      The  approach  recommended   for  this   analysis,  the  Vollenweider/Dillon
model,   has   been  discussed  in   another  technical guidance  report  for  this
project.  The procedures  used  to  apply this model are summarized and presented
                                   XII-F-1

-------
                                REFERENCES

U.S. Environmental  Protection  Agency,  National Eutrophication Survey.   1974.
     National  Eutrophication  Survey  methods  for  lakes  sampled  in  1972  -
     Working   Paper   No.   1.    Pacific  Northwest   Environmental  Research
     Laboratory,  Corvallis  OR.
                                  XII-E-6

-------
d.    Septic Leachate  Detection  Surveys

     Repeat surveys may be eligible  if justified by  suspected  seasonal  vari-
ability in on-site  system usage  or  groundwater  flow  characteristics.   Second
surveys will  not  be  approved for  Construction Grants  funding  until  prior
studies are  complete  and results are  submitted to reviewing  agencies.   Low
densities  of emergent plumes alone will not be  the basis for repeating these
surveys.

e.    Leachate  Plume Sampling

     During initial leachate  detection surveys,  sampling of an average of five
plumes per shoreline mile will suffice to characterize bacterial and nutrient
inputs from  on-site systems.  Sampling  should  include surface  grab  samples
and, where feasible, shallow groundwater samples taken as  close  to the point
of plume  emergence  as  can be  ascertained.

     In addition to plume samples, background samples  should be  collected to
allow interpretation of plume samples.  An average of two locations per shore-
line mile  will  provide this  information.   Shallow  groundwater  samples should
be collected where  feasible  at shoreline locations.  Two or more of the back-
ground surface samples  should be  collected from parts of the lake not directly
affected  by wastewate'r discharges.

f.    Pilot Studies

     Alternative or innovative wastewater facilities funded during Step 1 on
an  experimental  basis  may require surface  water  monitoring.   The  design of
appropriate surface water monitoring  should be specified along with the design
of pilot  facilities.
                                  XII-E-5

-------
     Descriptions  of  plant  growth  need  only  include type  (macrophytes  or
algae)  and  spatial distribution  relative  to  effluent plumes  and  tributary
streams.  Other  information such  as plant genus  or species, quantitatively
measured density, nutrient content  or periphyton  growth rates  may be  collected
but will ordinarily not  be eligible for added  survey  costs.

2.    HOW MUCH  FIELD  DATA  IN STEP 1?

     In cases where decisions  to sewer or  not  are not obvious, design of  field
data collection  efforts  should  rely on representative sampling and reasonable
extrapolation of data.   The purpose for minimizing field data  collection  prior
to  making sewering decisions is  to minimize  costs  that  are not productive.
For instance, data that  is necessary to refine  a  decentralized alternative may
be  wasted if  sewers are justified  by a lesser amount of  data.  Otherwise, if
representative  sampling fails  to  justify the need  for sewering, additional
data will seldom alter the final decision.

     The  following guidelines,  therefore,  are  intended to  establish a suitable
basis for making Step  1 decisions  to sewer or not,  and to  provide sufficient
information  for  describing  and  costing  decentralized  facilities.   To the
extent  that  sewering  decisions can  be made  prior  to proposing field data
collection  efforts, their  scope may be increased if  the  additional  data will
be  useful  in  designing,  costing  or  implementing  selected  decentralized
systems.

a.    Point  Sources

     Where  reliable nutrient  load  data is not available for  sewage  treatment
plants  discharging to lakes  or  lake tributaries and  the  data is  required for
making  decisions on wastewater  facilities,  three 24-hour  composite effluent
samples  taken at  least  one week  apart (or seasonally  for  resorts or  recrea-
tional  communities) will suffice to determine  average concentration.  Flow, if
not known, may be measured by calibrating existing meters,  installing portable
meters  or using  depth  of flow  in pipe  measurements  during  the  three sampling
periods.

b.    Tributary Sources

     National Eutrophication Survey methods  (U.S.  EPA, 1974)  which  include 12
monthly grab  samples plus two high flow samples are sufficient for development
of  nutrient budgets.  Flow estimation procedures  described in  that publication
are also  appropriate.

c.    Precipitation

     Monitoring  nutrients  in  precipitation  is  worth  the cost only when  lakes
occupy  a  large  portion  of their watershed.  Since both wet-fall  and dry-fall
will  contain nutrients,  collecting  equipment  should  be  left  in place  con-
tinuously.   The  minimum period  of  collection needed for locally valid  quanti-
fication  is not  established.  Three to twelve  months is suggested.
                                  XII-E-4

-------
b.    Special  Field  Data  Collection  for  Eutrophication  Studies

     In the majority of  cases,  facilities  planning  decisions  can be based on
the process outlined above.   In some  cases, however, known conditions will not
correspond to  model results or  the  results  will be  especially sensitive to
assumed model  inputs.    Where  necessary for  wastewater  facilities decision-
making, special field data  collection will be eligible contingent on case-by-
case  Construction  Grants  agency  review.   Examples  of  special  field  data
collection are:

     •  flow and effluent monitoring  of  point  sources,

     •  bioassay to determine the limiting  nutrient,

     •  tributary monitoring of flows and/or nutrients,

     •  collection and  nutrient analysis of precipitation,

     •  repeat septic leachate detection surveys to assess seasonal variation
        in effluent emergence and nutrient  release,

     •  groundwater hydrology surveys in shoreline areas,

     •  detailed  input/output  nutrient  analysis  of  typical lakeshore on-site
        systems (not to exceed one percent  of  lakeshore dwellings).

c.    Information on Localized Problems

     Whereas whole  lake  eutrophication  is  amenable  to mathematical analysis,
localized  problems  caused by  on-site systems  generally are not predictable.
They  must be  located  and  analyzed  individually.   Examples  are direct dis-
charges,  surface  malfunctions  that  run  off  to nearby streams  and  lakes,
excessive  nearshore plant  growth  stimulated  by leachate  and bacterial con-
tamination by leachate.

     Surface malfunctions are  normally  located by sanitary surveys and aerial
photography.  Other localized  surface water  quality problems  are best located
by  septic leachate  surveys.   Septic leachate  surveys will  be eligible for
unsewered  lakeshores   contingent  upon  guidance  described  in  Chapter   II-G.
These  surveys  may not be required for  lakes  where  other factors dictate the
need for sewering.

     During septic  leachate  surveys, provision should  be made  to collect both
plume  and  background water  samples and  to  describe  the occurrence  of attached
plant  growth.   Normally, water  samples  will  be analyzed  for fecal coliform
bacteria,  total  phosphorus, ammonia nitrogen and  nitrate nitrogen.  Viruses
and toxic  materials used in the home,  while of potential  importance, are not
readily  sampled  or  analyzed.   Their detection  will  not  be  eligible except
during  surveys  which the states  or EPA  believe to represent larger numbers of
on-site systems and for which qualified  virologists  and chemists are available
at competitive rates to analyze samples  and to interpret  the results.
                                  XII-E-3

-------
     Figure XII-E-1.
Sequential use of water  quality models,  field data,
and  alternatives development  for  facilities  planning
in rural  lake  communities.
                                    Simplified modeling of lake
                                    phosphorus concentration
                                    from on-site systems
                        i r

                   < P
-------
E.    GUIDELINES FOR  SURFACE WATER QUALITY  DATA  COLLECTION IN
      STEP  1 FACILITIES PLANNING

     Rural lake facilities planners  will  face  two central questions relating
to surface water data collection in Step 1:

     •  What type of data are necessary?   and

     •  How  much  field  data are enough  to  demonstrate need  and  to develop
        alternatives?

Facilities planners will  have  to answer these  questions  in  concert  with  state
(and U.S.  EPA in non-delegated states)  grant administrators.  The  decisions
cannot always be answered prior to Step 1  so that  appropriate  grant  amendments
may  be required  at decision  points  within  Step 1,  such as  at  mid-course
meetings.

     This  report  proposes guidelines  for  surface water quality data collec-
tions  programs  for  Step  1  facilities planning  in  rural  lake communities.

1.    TYPE OF  DATA

a.    Use of Models

     Of the  various  surface  water quality problems caused by  on-site systems,
the  one most amenable  to modeling is whole lake eutrophication.  Using  avail-
able  data in conjunction with the  specialized phosphorus model described  in
Section  XII-F,   and more generalized  nutrient budgeting/empirical  modeling
approaches,  the facilities  planner  can  assess the  magnitude and  impacts  of
nutrient  contributions   from   on-site  systems.    From   this  information  the
planner may  be  able to make presumptive  decisions on the need for field data
collection.

     Figure  XII-E-1  shows how models  can be used  in determining the need for
field  data  collection.   Key  criteria incorporated  in this  figure are  the
values  in Hg/1  f°r  the  average  concentration of phosphorus  attributable  to
effluent  plumes entering  a lake through groundwater.   Below l(Jg/l,  elimination
of  this  source  will have  negligible impact on lake trophic status  even if the
total  phosphorus load  to the  lake  is such that  the lake is  mesotrophic  or
slightly  eutrophic,  statuses which may be improved on with nominal phosphorus
reductions.   Removal of  10|Jg/l phosphorus in  all but the most eutrophic lakes
should result   in   appreciable  lake  water   quality  improvements.   Pending
analysis  of other considerations  (cost,  secondary impacts, potential  uses  of
the lake,   etc.),  a  presumptive decision  can  be   made  to   abandon  on-site
 systems.   Phosphorus budgets and eutrophication analysis using available data
 should be prepared  to  confirm  results  of  the simplified  model.

      With intermediate  results from the  simplified  model,  sequential  use of
models and  field  data   collection  are  suggested.   Following  the  simplified
 model, effluent plumes  and direct discharges may be  located and sampled.  Used
 in conjunction  with aerial photography or sanitary survey results,  the surface
 water data  can be  used  to develop alternatives for  remedying problems  caused
 by  on-site  systems.   With  appropriate modifications of the nutrient budget,
 alternatives that remedy on-site  system  problems  can then be compared with no
 action and wastewater export alternatives.

                                   XII-E-1

-------
Wischmeier, W.  H.   1975.   Control  of water pollution  from  cropland:   Manual
     for guideline development.

Wischmeier,  W.   H.    1976.   Control  of  water  pollution  from cropland:   An
     overview.

Wischmeier, W.  H.   1976.   Use and misuse of the universal soil loss equation.
     J. of soil and water conservation.
                                  XII-D-24

-------
                                REFERENCES

Dillon, P.  J.   1975.   The  Application of  the  phosphorus-loading concept  to
     eutrophication  research.   Scientific  Series No.  46.   Canada Centre  for
     Inland Waters.

Dillon, P.  J., and W.  B. Kirchner.   1975.   The efffects of geology  and land
     use  on  the  export  of  phosphorus  from  watersheds.   Water  research.
     9:135-148.

Dornbush, J.  N.,  J. R.  Anderson,  and L.  L. Harms.   1974.   Quantification of
     pollutants in agricultural runoff.  EPA-660/2-74-005.

Loehr,  R.  C.  1974.   Characteristics and  comparative magnitude  of  non-point
     sources.  J. Water Pollution Control Fed.   46(8):1849-1872.

McDowell, T. R. ,  and J. M.  Omernik.  1979.   Non-point source—stream nutrient
     level  relationships:   A  nationwide study supplement  1:   Nutrient  map
     reliability.  EPA-600/3-79-103.

Midwest Research  Institute.   1976.   Loading functions for assessment of water
     pollution from non-point sources.  EPA-600/2-76-151.

Omernik,  J.  M.   1976.   The influence of land  use  on stream nutrient levels.
     EPA-600/3-76-014.

Omernik,  J.  M.  1977.   Non-point source—stream nutrient level relationships:
     a  nationwide study.  EPA-600/3-77-105.

Patalas,  K.   1972.   Crustacean  plankton   and  the  eutrophication of the St.
     Lawrence  Great Lakes.   J.  of  the Fisheries  Research Board  of Canada,
     29:1451-1462.

Patalas,  K. , and A. Salki.  1973.  Crustacean  plankton  and the eutrophication
     of lakes  in the Okanegan Valley,  British  Columbia.  J. of the  Fisheries
     Research  Board  of  Canada.  30:519-542.

Stewart,  B.  A., et  al.   1975.  Control of  water pollution from cropland, Vol.
     I:   A  manual  for  guideline  development EPA-600/2-75-026a.  U.S. Depart-
     ment  of   Agriculture,  Agricultural   Research  Service,  Washington  DC.
     Prepared   under   Interagency   Agreement   with  the  U.S.  Environmental
     Protection Agency, Athens  GA.

True,   H.  A.   1976.   Non-point  assessment processes.   Planning  models  for
     non-point runoff  assessment;  documentation  and users'  manual.   U.S. EPA
     Region IV.  Ambient Monitoring Section,   Surveillance Analysis  Division,
     Athens GA.

 U.S.  EPA.   1976.   Areawide  Assessment  Procedures  Manual, Vol  1.  EPA-600/
      9-76-014.

 Uttormark,  P. D., J.  D.  Chapin,  and K. M.  Green.   1974.  Estimating nutrient
      loadings of lakes from non-point sources.   EPA-660/3-74-020.
                                   XII-D-23

-------
         B
       o 01
         3
       U 4J
       0) (0
       jj g

       " O
                         SPTT°S  papuadsng
                                snjoijdsona
          co
       >•> u
       u  n
       •H  m
       i-l  01
       n)  o
       3  o

       &&
                         uOfSOJa-3u3nrFP3S
1
2
Z W
O H


as
H O
  CQ
>• c<
H -3
M >
J
M O
pa H
H .J
^1 a
ex. a
Ov
 I
         &
         o
         r-t
         O

         T)

         X
sassaDOJj  aopjjnsqns
       •H h
       4J 0)
       a a.
       a o
       en h
         CM
                        juanrqoqEO 3-[dT3TnH
        O  I-l
        a u
               38BJ3AV tEuoseas ^o -[Bnuuv
                             01
                             T>
                                                        o

                                               w   31   5
                                               M   Cv,   o
                                               2   W   <
                                                                     PL,
                                                                     Z
                                      XII-D-22

-------
AGRUN Model

     AGRUN, a revised version of the RUNOFF block of the Stormwater Management
Model (SWMM), can be  used to estimate runoff quantity  and  quality from agri-
cultural lands.   This model has not  been tested extensively and  is not con-
sidered appropriate for use  in predicting nonpoint nutrient loading rates for
rural lakes.

5.   SUMMARY AND CONCLUSIONS

     Empirical and deterministic models  designed to estimate non-point source
sediment and nutrient loads from rural watersheds were examined and evaluated.
Empirical  models  are  calculation procedures  based on  analysis  of data or  a
certain known relationship among variables.  Regression equations,  such as the
Universal  Soil  Loss  Equation  and  the  nationwide  nutrient  statistics  by
Omernick (1975),  are  examples of empirical  approaches.   Deterministic models
are  analytical  frameworks based on fundamental processes such  as  hydrologic,
hydraulic,  and biochemical process  encountered in the watershed.   Thus, deter-
ministic models are based on a rigorous representation of known relationships.

     In the  empirical model  category, the Universal Soil Loss Equation  (USLE)
developed by the U.S.  Deparment of  Agriculture (USDA), has been used widely in
estimating  annual sediment  export  from  a  watershed and subsequent  sediment
loads in streams  draining the watershed.  When  estimating  non-point  nutrient
loads,  Omernik's  empirical  formulas   and  maps,   which  use   the  EPA  National
Eutrophication Study  Program,  prove to be appropriate for rural lake planning
of  water  quality  management.   Omernik's  formulas  offer simplicity,  and are
applicable  for preliminary estimates  of non-point nutrient  loads where little
local information  is  available.  Therefore,  Omernik's empirical approach will
be recommended for use in water quality planning for rural lakes.  Until local
data  are  acquired through  field monitoring  and  sampling,  Omernik's  formulas
and  maps  are the  best  tools  available  for nutrient  load estimates.    In
studies of 35 lakes  in rural midwest communities, Omernik's approach has been
proven  successful,  with  adequate  accuracy,  in cases where  little or  no data
was available for non-point nutrient loads (EPA 1979, 1980).

     A  number of deterministic  models suitable  for  rural  non-point nutrient
load  estimates were  examined.   Table XII-D-9 presents  a  brief  summary  review
of  these models.   A more comprehensive  summary  for  these models can be found
in  Huber and Heaney  (1980).  Deterministic models require more data input and
greater  effort  to perform the calculations  than  do  empirical models.    There-
fore,  a more  detailed  output  can  be  obtained  from  deterministic  models
although they are not  recommended for  use  in preliminary  planning of rural
lake  communities.   Instead,  empirical models are generally used to assess the
severity of non-point  source  contributions.  This is  not  to say that  deter-
ministic models are not useful, but their use should be limited to cases where
significant  expenditures  of monies  are at stake for nutrient  control.
                                  XII-D-21

-------
     Availability Factors.   The  fraction of  total  pollutants available  for
immediate use  by aquatic plants,  etc.,  is  also  difficult  to  estimate.   For
nitrogen, MRI  suggested an upper  limit  of  15%,  reported a value  of  8%,  and
used 6% in their completed example.  For phosphorus,  values of 5% and 10% were
reported, and 10% was chosen for use in their completed example.

Non-point Source Pollutant Loading Model (NFS)

     The  Non-point  Source   Pollutant  Loading  Model  (NFS),  designed  and
developed by  Hydrocomp, Inc.  for  U.S. EPA  for use  specifically in planning
studies,  is  compatible  with  existing water  quality impact  models.   It  is
comprised of sub-programs to represent the hydrologic processes in a watershed
including snow  accumulation  and melt,  and the  processes  of  pollutant accumu-
lation,  generation,  and washoff  from  the land surface.   The hydrologic  com-
ponents,  derived from  the Stanford  Watershed Model,  have  been  tested  pre-
viously  and verified on numerous watersheds across the country.  The sediment
and pollutant transport components have been tested on several urban and rural
watersheds  for  selected  pollutants and  are  currently  undergoing additional
testing.  The  simulation  of  pollutants is based  on  sediment as an indicator.
Erosion  processes are  simulated  and  the  resulting loads  are  converted  to
pollutant loads  by  user-specified  "potency factors" that indicate the pollu-
tant  strength  of the sediment  for each pollutant simulated.   Documentation of
the model,  complete  with a user manual and program listing,  is available from
EPA in a report  entitled "Modeling Non-point Pollution from the Land Surface,"
EPA-600/3-76-083.

      The  NFS  Model  can simulate  non-point  pollution from  a  maximum of five
different  land  used  in a single  simulation run.   Pollutant accumulation and
removal  on both  pervious and  impervious areas  is simulated separately for each
land  use.  Output from  the NPS  Model is available in various forms, from every
15  minutes  during  storm events  to  yearly  summaries  including the  mean,
maximum,  minimum,  and  standard deviation of  each variable.   The most useful
form  for the  rural  lakes non-point  nutrient  input  is  the  yearly summaries.

      As  the NPS  Model  continuously simulates  hydrologic processes  in  a de-
tailed  fashion,  extension  data  in  terms of  land  use,  soil  type, watershed
morphology,  and water  quality conditions are  required.   In most cases, this
type  of data  base may  not be available.   In addition, the required effort and
computing  cost  may  be  prohibitive such  that  the  NPS Model  is cost-effective
for only a  limited range of rural  lake water quality planning projects.

Agricultural Chemical and Transport Model (ACTMO)

      The Agricultural Chemical and Transport  Model  (ACTMO), developed by the
Agricultural  Research Service  (ARS),  USDA,  consists  of  three  components  simu-
lating  hydrology,  erosion and  sedimentation,  and interactions  of  agricultural
chemicals  (fertilizers  and pesticides)  with the  soil-water-plant systems.   A
separate model was used for  the hyrologic component  and  the  USLE  was modified
to  estimate erosion/sedimentation.  Documentation  of  the  model  is  available
from  ARS-USDA  in a report entitled "ACTMO:   An Agricultural  Chemical  Transport
Model,"  ARS-H-3.  The  hydrologic model  of  ACTMO has  been  tested on several
watersheds,  the  sediment model  has  been tested  in two locations,  and the
chemical transport model is  essentially  untested  (U.S.  EPA,  1976).   Thus, due
to  its  untested nature, the  ACTMO will not  be totally  suitable for prediction
of  nutrient loads  from  non-point  sources.

                                   XII-D-20

-------
MRI Loading Functions

     Using either  the USLE equation  or  TRUE model, the final  step  in devel-
oping a  series  of  pollutant loading functions based on  sediment delivered to
the  stream is  correlation of  pollutants  to  sediments.   A direct  ratio  of
pollutants to  sediments  can be  determined by  field  sampling.  An  alternate
approach  is  a  correlation  between  pollutants and  in  situ soil along with a
factor  to correct  for the  enrichment  process  (Midwest  Research  Institute,
1976).   A  series of loading functions were  developed  by MRI in the following
form:

               Y(P)E = aY(S)ECs(P)rp                                       (3)

where:  Y(P)_ is pollutant, P,  load to streams;

         a is the dimensional constant;

        Y(S)_ is sediment loading to the stream;
            Ci

         C  (P) is the concentration of pollutant, P, in the soil profile; and
         s

         r  is the enrichment ratio for pollutant, P.

     The MRI document strongly suggests the use of local data for deriving the
loadings.  In cases where local data are unavailable or where only a first-cut
analysis  is  desired, procedures  are  proposed  for  parameter estimation.  The
following  data  apply to  the pollutant-associated parameters of selected load-
ing  functions.

     Soil-Pollutant  Concentrations  -  C (P) of Equation 3.  Soil sampling data
are  the most reliable  and current data available for  estimating  C  (P).   If
local  data are not available,  an  approximate  estimate can  be obtained from
Figures  XII-D-4 and XII-D-5.

     Enrichment Ratios  -  r   in Equation  3.   Estimation of enrichment  ratios
without  the  benefit of  lorally derived  data  requires extrapolation at  its
best:   only a  few  experimental studies have  reported measured values and no
theoretical approaches to prediction have been attempted.  Table XII-D-8 gives
typical  values  for  nitrogen and phosphorus.

TABLE XII-D-8.  SUMMARY OF EXPERIMENTALLY DETERMINED ENRICHMENT RATIOS*
                                                             Ratio
 Land  use                                          Nitrogen       Phosphorus
Fallow
Rye winter cover crop
Manure spreading

Agricultural

3.88
4.08
4.28
3.35
2.00
2.70
1.59
1.56
1.47
1.47
--
"

   MRI (1976).
                                   XII-D-19

-------
TABLE XII-D-7.  RURAL NON-POINT SOURCE POLLUTANT MATRIX
                                                      Pollutants
     Source                                  Sediment            Nutrients
Construction
     Clearing, grubbing,
       pest control                             X                   X
     Rough grading                              X
     Site restoration                           X                   X

Agriculture
     Seed bed preparation                       X
     Chemical preparation                       X                   X
     Cultivation                                X
     Harvesting                                 X
     Concentrated feeding                       X                   X
     Grazing                                    X                   X

Silviculture
     Access                                     X
     Harvesting                                 X                   X
     Reforestation                              X                   X
     Intermediate growing practices                                 X

Hydrologic Modification
     Channel modification                       X
     Impoundments                               X
     Dredging                                   X                   X
     Maintenance facilities                                         X
nitrogen, phosphorus,  potassium,  BOD,  TOC,  and acid  drainage  are calculated
and reported  in  pounds.   Excluding acid drainage, the  remaining  common para-
meters are  calculated  from sediment,  litter (leaves, twigs, etc.), and animal
and fowl  droppings.   These  pollutant  loadings are  calculated  by inputting a
pollutant to delivered sediment ratio.

     This is  a probabilistic  process  using a random number  of generators to
obtain a  better  representation of  highly variable  conditions.   This process
can easily  be  made  into a pure deterministic process by using mean values and
zero deviations in the input data.

     Data input  to  this  model includes subarea acres,  plot size, one-to-five
soil types,  percent slope and slope length ranges,  one-to-five crop management
practices,  one-to-five  erosion control practices,  load factors  for sediment
and litter,  animal  and  fowl counts,  and  loading  factors  for  acid drainage.
                                  XII-D-18

-------
                    Drainage Area                 Sediment Delivery
                    (square miles)                 	Ratio	

                         0.5                           0.33
                         1                             0.30
                         5                             0.22
                        10                             0.18
                        50                             0.12
                       100                             0.10
                       200                             0.08

The above estimates, however,  should  be tempered with judgment and considera-
tion of other  factors,  such as texture, relief,  type of erosion,  the sediment
transport systems,  and  areas of deposition within the watershed.

4.   DETERMINISTIC MODELS

     Essentially all nonurban,  non-point source loads enter surface or ground-
water through  the  overland or  subsurface flow paths  of  the hydrologic cycle.
(Notable exceptions include  man-made  diversions  and sewers for highway drain-
age or  other  specific  hydraulic structures.)  Non-point  source problems  must
be  evaluated   with these  facts  in  mirid.   Stated  simply,  non-point  source
pollutants  result  from  the interactions  of hydrologic  cycle and  land  use.
Land use and the associated environmental conditions determine the type, form,
concentration, location,  quantity,  and  time  distribution of pollutants within
a  given watershed.  Numerical  modeling approaches evaluate  non-point source
loads  by establishing  two  key relationships:   the  impact  of  land use  on
pollutant type and the  impact  of the  hydrologic  cycle on pollutant transport.

     The relationship of  land  use  categories to  potential pollutants is given
in Table 7.   The  noted  relationships  do not  imply that water  quality problems
automatically  follow--it  only  shows those pollutants that have a  known poten-
tial for becoming a water quality problem as  a result of the land  use.

     The hydrologic cycle provides  the  transport of  pollutants to  surface  or
groundwater.   They will  be carried  with the  sediment  of overland  flow  or
dissovled  in  both  overland  and  subsurface  flow.   The  physical-chemical
processes  determining  distribution  of  pollutants   between  particulate  and
dissolved forms are poorly understood, and are even more difficult to describe
mathematically to  the  point where  the  theory  can be  incorporated into  non-
point  source  loading  models.    Partitioning phenomenon  must be  recognized,
however,  for  interpreting  measured  data and  predicting  loads  via  models.
Models  have been  designed to assume  that  some pollutants are attached to (or
behave  as)  sediment; other models  attempt to partition pollutants between the
two transporting media.

EPARRB Model

     The rural non-point  source model, TRUE,  developed by True (1972, 1976)  is
based  upon  the USLE.   This  planning  model is primarily  of the periodic  type
and  can be  run for a  single   month  or any  group  of consecutive  months not
exceeding  one year.   It  is essentially nonhydrologic since  the calculating
mechanism  is   the  USLE.   The  model  calculates   tons  of  soil  loss, sediment
delivery  to water bodies, and  sediment  downstream  migration.   Forest litter,
                                  XII-D-17

-------
TABLE XII-D-6.  VALUES OF SUPPORT-PRACTICE FACTOR, P
     Practice
1.1-2
                                            Land slope (percent)
2.1-7
7.1-12
12.1-18   18.1-24
                                                  (Factor P)
Contouring (P )
Contour strip cropping (P  )
     R-R-M-M1            SC
     R-W-M-M
     R-R-W-M
     R-W
     R-0

Contour listing or ridge
planting


Contour terracing (P )2

No support practice
0.60
                              0.30
                              0.30
                              0.45
                              0.52
                              0.60
                              0.30

                             30.6/Vn

                              1.0
0.50
          0.25
          0.25
          0.38
          0.44
          0.50
          0.25

          0.5/Vn

          1.0
0.60
          0.30
          0.30
          0.45
          0.52
          0.60
0.80
          0.40
          0.40
          0.60
          0.70
          0.80
                                                                      0.90
          0.45
          0.45
          0.68
          0.90
          0.90
          0.30      0.40      0.45

          0.6/Vn    0.8/Vn    0.9/Vn

          1.0       1.0       1.0
      1  R  = rowcrop,  W =  fall-seeded  grain, 0  = spring-seeded  grain.   M =
meadow.   The crops  are grown  in  rotation and so  arranged on the field  that
rowcrop  strips  are always  separated by  a meadow or  winter-grain strip.

      2  These P  values  estimate the  amount of  soil eroded  to  the  terrace
channels  and are used  for  conservation planning.   For prediction  of  off-field
sediment,  the P values are multiplied  by  0.2.

      3 n = number of approximately equal-length intervals  into which  the  field
slope is divided by  the terraces.  Tillage operations must be parallel to the
terraces.

      The soil loss equation computes  the annual soil  loss  rate  from the water-
shed but does not directly predict downstream sediment yield.  Sediment  yield
equals  the  gross  erosion  minus what is  deposited en route  to  the  place  of
measurement in  streams.  The  sediment  yield  can be estimated  by computing the
gross erosion  and multiplying it by a so-called  "sediment delivery  ratio."

      Many  factors  influence the sediment  delivery ratio.   Although no  general
equation for watershed delivery ratios  has been derived,  several relationships
provide  guidelines for approximating  them. Rough  estimates of delivery ratios
can be made from the following tabulation  (Wischmeier,  1975, 1976):
                                   XII-D-16

-------
TABLE XII-D-5.   GENERALIZED VALUES OF THE COVER AND MANAGEMENT FACTOR,  C,  IN
                THE 37 STATES EAST OF THE ROCKY MOUNTAINS^-Continued
Line      Crop, rotation,  and management3
No.
        Productivity Level2
          High	Mod.
              C value
Base value:  continous fallow, tilled up and down slope      1.00
                                                                        1.00
WHEAT
     38   W-F, fall TP after W (2)                           0.38
     39   W-F, stubble mulch, 500 Ibs re (2)                  .32
     40   W-F, stubble mulch, 1000 Ibs re (2)                 .21

     41   Spring W, RdL, Sept TP, conv (N & S Dak) (1)        .23
     42   Winter W, RdL, Aug TP, conv (Kans) (1)              .19

     43   Spring W, stubble mulch, 750 Ibs re (1)             .15
     44   Spring W, stubble mulch, 1250 Ibs re (1)            .12
     45   Winter W, stubble mulch, 750 Ibs re (1)             .11
     46   Winter W, stubble mulch, 1250 Ibs re (1)            .10

     47   W-M, conv (2)                                       .054
     48   W-M-M, conv  (3)                                     .026
     49   W-M-M-M, conv (4)                                   .021
     1 This table is for illustrative purposes only and is not a complete
list of cropping systems or potential practices.  Values of C differ with
rainfall pattern and planting dates.  These generalized values show approxi-
mately the relative erosion-reducing effectiveness of various crop systems,
but locationally derived C values should be used for conservation planning
at the field level.  Tables of local values are available from the Soil
Conservation Service.

     2 High level is exemplified by long-term yield averages greater than
75 bu. corn or 3 tons grass-and-legume hay; or cotton management that
regularly provides good stands and growth.

     3 Numbers in parentheses indicate number of years in the rotation cycle.
No. (1) designates a continuous one-crop system.

     4 Grain sorghum, soybeans, or cotton may be substituted for corn in lines
12, 14, 15, 17-19, 21-25 to estimate C values for sodbased rotations.
 Abbrevations  defined:

 B          -  soybeans
 C          -  corn
 c-k       -  chemically  killed
 conv      -  conventional
 cot       -  cotton
f    - fallow
m    - grass & legume hay
pi   - plant
w    - wheat
we   - winter cover
 Ibs  re    -  pounds  of  crop  residue  per  acre  remaining  on  surface  after  new
             crop seeding
 % re      -  percentage of soil  surface  covered  by  residue mulch after new
             crop seeding
 70-50% re -  70% cover  for C values  in first  column;  50% for  second column
 RdR        -  residues (corn stover,  straw,  etc.) removed or burned
 RdL        -  all residues  left on field  (on surface or  incorporated)
 TP        -  turn plowed (upper  5 or more inches of soil inverted, covering
             residues)
                               XII-D-15

-------
TABLE XII-D-5.   GENERALIZED VALUES OF THE COVER AND  MANAGEMENT FACTOR, C, IN
                THE  37 STATES EAST OF THE ROCKY MOUNTAINS1
                                                         Productivity Level2
Line
No.
Crop, rotation, and management3

Base value: continous fallow, tilled up and down slope
CORN
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
COTTON4
27
28
MEADOW
29
30
31
SORGHUM,
32
33
SOYBEANS4
34
35
36
37

C, RdR, fall TP. conv (1)
C, RdR, spring TP. conv (1)
C, RdL, fall TP. conv (1)
C, RdR, we seeding, spring TP. conv (1)
C, RdL, standing, spring TP. conv. (1)
C, fall shred stalks, spring TP, conv. (1)
C(silage) W (RdL, fall TP) (2)
C, RdL, fall chisel, spring disk, 40-30% rc(l)
C(silage), W we seeding, no-till pi in c-k W (1)
C(RdL) - W (RdL, spring TP) (2)
C, fall shred stalks, chisel pi, 40-30% re (1)
C-C-C-W-M. RdL, TP for C, disk for W (5)
C, RdL, strip till row zones, 55-40% re (1)
C-C-C-W-M-M, RdL, TP for C, disk for W (6)
C-C-W-M, RdL, TP for C, disk for W (4)
C, fall shred, no-till pi, 70-50% re (1)
C-C-W-M-M, RdL, TP for C, disk for W (5)
C-C-C-W-M, RdL, no-till pi 2d & 3rd C (5)
C-C-W-M, RdL, no-till pi 2d C (4)
C, no-till pi in c-k wheat, 90-70% re (1)
C-C-C-W-M-M, no-till pi 2d & 3rd C (6)
C-W-M, RdL, TP for C, disk for W (3)
C-C-W-M-M, RdL, no-till pi 2d C (5)
C-W-M-M, RdL, TP for C, disk for W (4)
C-W-M-M-M, RdL, TP for C, disk for W (5)
C, no-till pi in c-k sod, 95-80% re (I)

Cot. conv (Western Plains) (1)
Cot. conv (South) (1)

Grass & Legume mix
Alfalfa, lespedeza or Sericia
Sweet clover
GRAIN (Western Plains)4
RdL, spring TP , conv (1)
No-till pi shredded 70-50% re

B, RdL, spring TP, conv (1)
C-B, TP annually, conv (2)
B, no-till pi
C-B, no-till pi, fall shred C stalks (2)
High Mod.
C value
1.00 1.

0.54 0.
.50
.42
.40
.38
.35
.31
.24
.20
.20
.19
.17
.16
.14
.12
.11
.087
.076
.068
.062
.061
.055
.051
.039
.032
.017

0.42 0
.34

0.004 0
.020
.025

0.43 0
. 11

0.48 0
.43
.22
.18

00

62
59
52
49
48
44
35
30
24
28
.26
.23
.24
.20
.17
,18
.14
.13
.11
.14
.11
.095
.094
.074
.061
.053

.49
.40

.01



.53
.18

.54
.51
.28
.22
                                             (Continued)
                                 XII-D-14

-------





£
c/a
: FACTOR, 1
DEEPNESS1
TOPOGRAPHIC
:NGTH AND s
in
- a
Z OH
23
< m
EROSION EC
ilNATIONS C
o u
rH
w fa
J U
< c.
> to
Q
1
X
W
-J
03
H





HI
11
J3
4-1
a
rH
CLI
a
rH





O
o
o
00
o
so
o
m
o
o
eo
o
CM
o
0


in
CM
tl
O»
o
rH
to
O NO
CM CM
O 0
rH CM
O O
r- CM
-H CM
O O
SO r-
rH CM
O O
in o
rH CM
o o
•J- 00
o o
CM SO
rH rH
O O
rH in
rH rH
O O
O CO
O O
ON CM
O I-H
O O
00 O
O rH
O O
r- ON
o o
0 0
in
O rH
O
O
00
CO
o
eo
o
CO
o
l-H
CO
o
00
CM
O
m
CM
o
en
CM
O
o
CM
O
ON
O
O
CO
0
CM
in O r-
0 rH rH
•^ CM
in ON m
O O rH
ON CM
••3" OO CO
0 0 rH
-* r-. CM
J- 0
O O rH
O CM CO
o o o
in en NO
co m f-
O 0 0
co r— so
CO -3- NO
o o o
ON O -9
CM "31 m
o o o
so so so
CM CO -3-
O O O
CO O 00
CM en eo
000
rH CM CM
O O O
eo >3* in
rH rH CO
CM CO .3-
ON 00 ON
•-< CM CO
I-H CM CO
in CM rH
1-1 CM CO
sj- o r-
rH CM CM
CM f^ *3"
l-H l-H CM
in
ON "31 ON
O rH rH
CM
oo CM r-
O rH rH
r~ ON
NO ON -3-
0 0 I-H
00 SO
in oo CM
O O rH
oo o r-
v3" r~ ON
O O O
Vf O ON
co in NO
o o o
o
SO OO rH
r*« en o
m r— ON
rH 1.O O
in so oo
-» so o
3" -31
SO CO O
CM CO -»
CM oo in
CM CM CO
00 CO OO
rH CM CM
so o in
I-H CS CM
CO SO O
l-H rH CM
o
ON CM  r* CM
O O O
ON CO NO
t-H rH
CO ON O
SO 00 CM
I-H
00 0
research
alume II.
V
jr. e
4-1 -iH
MH "0
; range <
discuss*
£ 01
4-1 L4
CO
•c
C 01
0 0,
0) —1
U 14H
c o
o
4-1 4J
CO -H
re extrapo!
r irregulai
UH
CO IA
C
a 01
£5
3
^4 -^
0) T5

14H J3
O
0 B
JS
e 4->
co
-C B
4-1 -H
CO
01 U
M 01
0
I-H m
in
CD OJ
01 rH
rH 01
iven for
theref<
CCT5
B
to co
01
3 CO
rH 4-1
C5 CO
> -o
XII-D-13

-------
TABLE XII-D-3.  INDICATIONS OF THE GENERAL MAGNITUDE OF THE SOIL-ERODIBILITY
                FACTOR, K*

Texture class
Sand
Fine sand
Very fine sand
Loamy sand
Loamy fine sand
Loamy very fine sand
Sandy loam
Fine sandy loam
Very fine sandy loam
Loam
Silt loam
Silt
Sandy clay loam
Clay loam
Silty clay loam
Sandy clay
Silty clay
Clay
Organic
<0.5%
0.05
0.16
0.42
0.12
0.24
0.44
0.27
0.35
0.47
0.38
0.48
0.60
0.27
0.28
0.37
0.14
0.25

matter
2%
0.03
0.14
0.36
0.10
0.20
0.38
0.24
0.30
0.41
0.34
0.42
0.52
0.25
0.25
0.32
0.13
0.23
0.13-0
content
4%
0.02
0.10
0.28
0.08
0.16
0.30
0.19
0.24
0.33
0.29
0.33
0.42
0.21
0.21
0.26
0.12
0.19
.29
                                  XII-D-12

-------
ONVS 3NIJ AM3A -•• niS iN30JJ3d
            XII-D-11

-------
                                                         u
                                                         0)
                                                         t^
                                                         4J
                                                         •H
                                                         o
                                                         VJ
                                                         QJ
                                                         I
                                                         C
                                                         •H
                                                         tfl
                                                         W
                                                         a)
                                                         c
                                                         aj  i-l
                                                         60 n)
                                                         n)  S
                                                         !-i  0)
                                                         QJ  4J
                                                         ro
                                                         X

                                                         0)
                                                         S-l
                                                         3
                                                         60
                                                         •H
XII-D-10

-------
Universal Soil Loss Equation (USLE)

     Many non-point  source  models estimate  pollutant loads by  relating  pol-
lutants  to  sediments,  thus  reducing  the problem  to  calculating erosion  and
sedimentation.  The USLE, an analytical  tool used for soil conservation plan-
ning by  the  U.S.  Department of Agriculture (USDA), has had widespread use and
successful testing  over the  years.   Because of  this,  many non-point  source
loading  models  have been built  around  it.   Future development  of  non-point
source loading  models  will  likely  continue  the inclusion of USLE  and  varia-
tions of  it.   The following paragraphs present an  abbreviated  description of
the  method.    For more  information  about  the method,  several  publications
(Wischmeir, 1975, 1977; U.S. EPA, 1975) on this equation and its use should be
consulted.

     The Equation is:

          A = RKLSCP                                                       (2)

where A  is  the estimated average annual  soil  loss in tons/acre and the other

terms are defined as follows:

          R = the  rainfall  and  runoff erosivity  index.   Its  local  value can
              generally  be   obtained  by   interpolating  between  the  iso-value
              lines of Figure XII-D-3;

          K = the  soil-erodibility  factor.   The  value of K  for the  area of
              U.S.  EPA Region V can  be  obtained  from Figure  XII-D-4 if ade-
              quate soil survey  information is available.  Values for specific
              soils  are also  available  from state and  local offices  of the
              Soil Conservation  Service.   Gross approximations based primarily
              on  soil  texture  can be  obtained from Table XII-D-3;

          LS  = a  dimensionless  topographic factor  that represents the combined
              effects  of slope length and steepness.  Values of LS for uniform
               slopes are given in Table XII-D-4;

          C  =  the  cover and management factor.   C values  range from 0.001 for
              well-managed  woodland  to   1.0  for tilled,  continously  fallow
               land.  Generalized values  for  illustrative purposes are given in
              Table  XII-D-5.  Local  values  can   be  computed by a procedure
              published  in Agriculture  Handbook  No.   282,  or  computed values
              may be obtained  from the Soil  Conservation Service; and

          P  = the factor for supporting practices.   Its value can be obtained
               from Table XII-D-6.  With  no support practices, P = 1.0.

      Factors R,  K,  and LS are  relatively fixed  for  a given location.   Their
 product  is  the average annual soil  loss that would  occur without  any  vegeta-
 tion or  erosion-reducing practices.   Multiplying  this soil loss  rate by appro-
 priate  values of  factors C  and  P reduces it for  effects  of the  cropping sys-
 tem, cultural management,  and supporting  control practices,  so  that the  com-
 plete equation predicts average annual  soil loss for specific  cropland situa-
 tions .
                                   XII-D-9

-------
vv-
lllOJ»t HH>O
fM OMV NIOOk
i*
21
 V k;
5 i
*s!


1
i ii
a ; = ?






1

B ' p
i
i
i \ \
i >
™ *i
u '-.


•HP
«rp
M
;
r •
II EH






n
H
)
i 8
n i r
f

i
f j
i 1

f
t(
TP
i
li:
il




n

t
V

s

fj
1


y
1
kj
i
S"*
'


R
i -
l
j
i
j
j
1 '
j _


•

II '
j
i
|-

i

!

§



.
?
!
!
!
:
m
•
•
•
*
:
•











I
i
k
«
K


!
j
K
M



                                                         i?
                                                         •*:
                                                         i
                           j!

                           „, «
                           i *
                           i

                           |:


                           J:
                                                            3 :: i'
                                   V
                                   •!!
                                   i1
                                   j?
                                   •Ii
                                   •!>
                                   \l
                                   1!
                                   i?
                                   i1
                                   ji
                                   i ~
                                   jf
        9
        O




CM
|
a
i
M
M
X
01
M
3
bO
•H
C=H






z
S
<
H#
»
<
S
z
£
4
Z
<
AND Ml
Z
O
<
w
£«
IA
^
W
i
a
o
S
5
o
i
z
o
<
z
«
S
o

w*
~
2
X
a
z
<
*•
z
2
<
«
2
w
O
w



v«
O
wn
fll
M»
<
$

w
3
0
*n
1
z
o
«
"^
o
™



•
0
S
<
u
u*
3
o
z
•^

^
OVfffAl
^
•
a
I
o
«
o
«
<
o


                     if
                     If
                      V
                         ill
                         I 4 i  1
                         S j i  i
     &PI
     fll   '
     y'J u L
                                         ti
ijh
j  i i
   > i
 ?  if
 •:  i
tl  1*
• *  !
                              XII-D-8

-------
tlKO4V» fftlOlMSOlMOMI
v (nvoiuioiu iv tot MV
 «
• •i"


*tMII



k.-a
                              m
i:
                    t:-



M
t
. 1;
" fc
I ?
• t
5 11
1
5 •*•

fl '

j .
!
K ; •




B
»
i

j
!

n
»
j
i
t
i n
; a
! l
li




III
1 HI
I i
ii'
1 1 i



p
|
1 ; l
I
•
•

•
.



^
i
•

fl
I
i •
1 1
i !
    s  J2t:t
§i
i
1
h
U
t
f
5 lb
i M
i il
• S B
' I
E||
3 :: =




if! .
f
jl i
|]

" §P
1*
!
1.
is
I
•j -
I
1
•II
1
1 I-'
T s

i
qp li
!'(! !
i
• i -i •
p r
ll '•
1 •
. S
•
i -
i :
i
1 'l
1 \
ll Sfl 45
iDl W t
I ^!
• J"
il3
r'>i -
3 j i :
ii i
1 IS L
                                                                              i!
ftiiim

\zjaretnzz
                                                                                    j 2
                                                                                    j s
                                                                                    J.




r-t
1
Q
1
l — I
1 — l
x
0)
t.
M
3
M
•H
fe


O
£
£
4
•
4
3
2

4
2
4
M«
O
4
Z
O

4
;
O
i
0
4
2
^
0
J
„
J
O
6.
X
>M
O
4
Z


4


M
3
r
V*
•
4
f
w
•
S
O
2
5
«.
Z
O

M


^
V
0
e
4
u
w«
3
a
z
4
.*
4
«
>
0
»
•
a
k
p
0
     u Z
     u O
     5 -
     o

     o

     o
   111
   n
   i  i
          aq  n n
          M

                                                il
                                                      a <
                                                              jj
                                                              •S
                                                              n
                                          XII-D-7

-------
NES Study

     The results of  the  empirical relationships described, for the most part,
are  based  on  data  collected  from  a  small number  of drainage  areas  within
specific geographic  regions.   To  estimate nutrient runoff from land use based
on  coefficients  developed  entirely,  or  in part,  from the  literature,  most
investigators  presented  a range  of  values and,  in some  cases,  midpoints or
averages.  Generally,  these  ranges  are quite wide and the midpoints, or other
indicators of central tendency, do not vary appreciably from one land use type
to another.

     The Non-point Source -  Stream  Nutrient Level  Relationships  conducted by
the  US  Environmental Protection Agency  (U.S.  EPA),  (Omernik,   1976,  1977;
McDowell and Omernik, 1979),  under the National Eutrophication Survey Program,
was  designed to investigate  the  relationships between "macro"  drainage area
characteristics (particularly general  land use) and nutrient runoff in streams
with the means  of  estimating nutrient  (nitrogen and  phosphorus)  runoff based
on  land use and  related geographic characteristics.   This  afforded a unique
opportunity  to look  at  land  use—nutrient loadings--eutrophication relation-
ships  on a national scale, and to develop a  range of  coefficients to reflect
geographical or regional  differences.

     The results of the  analysis are  presented in Figures XII-D-1 and XII-D-2
for  phosphorus and  nitrogen,  respectively.   The  results were  compiled from
data collected  in  586 nonpoint source watersheds.  Land use types are classi-
fied as >90%  forest,  <90% - >75% forest,  >50%  forest, >75% agriculture, and
>90% agriculture.

     Some  important  conclusions   can   be  derived  from  Figures   XII-D-1  and
XII-D-2:   good correlations were made between general land use  and nonpoint
source  nutrient   concentrations  in  streams—streams  draining  agricultural
watersheds  had,  on  the  average,  considerably  higher nutrient concentrations
than those draining forested watersheds;  inorganic nitrogen made up a larger
percentage  of  total nitrogen concentrations in streams with watersheds having
larger  percentages  of  agricultural land;  and, differences  in nutrient loads in
streams  of various land  uses and differences  in nutrient concentrations were
not  as  pronounced.   Differences  in  magnitude  between  the relationships of
concentration  to  land use and export  to land use appear  to be  due mainly to
differences  in areal  stream flow from different land  use  types,  and,  to  a
lesser  degree, to differences  in  the  mean  precipitation  patterns  and mean
slope  of study areas  (Omernik, 1977).

     Figures XII-D-1 and XII-D-2 give  planners and managers a spatial picture
of  nutrient levels that   can be attributed to  non-point sources  in their geo-
graphical  areas of interest.   They will  also provide logical,  easy-to-use,
general predictive tools  for use  in  areas where more precise sampling data are
unavailable.

     As  can be seen also  from Figures XII-D-1 and XII-D-2, data requirements
of  Omernik's analysis are relatively  simple.  The major  input of the analysis
is  land use  in acres within  the watershed.   No  information on soil charac-
teristics  or slopes  is  required.  The calculated nutrient  loadings represent
the  average  values on an  annual basis.
                                  XII-D-6

-------
Dillon's and Kirchner's Phosphorus Export Estimates

     Based on  a study  of  34 watersheds  in southern Ontario,  as well  as an
extensive  review  of the literture  on phosphorus export, Dillon  and Kirchner
(1975)  proposed  a two-dimensional  export  scheme that  employed land  use  and
geology as the factors on which to estimate phosphorus export from a watershed
(Table XII-D-2).

TABLE XII-D-2.  RANGES AND MEAN VALUES FOR EXPORT OF TOTAL PHOSPHORUS
                (mg m~2 yr '*) (AFTER DILLON AND KIRCHNER 1975)
                                                 Geological Classification
     Land Use                                Igneous             Sedimentary
Forest
     Range                                   0.7-8.8                6.7-18.3
     Mean                                      4.7                    11.7

Forest and Pasture
     Range                                   5.9-16.0              11.1-37.0
     Mean                                      10.2                   23.3

Agriculture
     Range                                                           17-113
     Mean                                                              46

Urban
     Range                                                          110-1,660
     Mean                                                              1,050
Insufficient  data,  however,  were available for  agricultural  and urban water-
sheds  in  igneous  geologic settings to derive  reasonable  values for these two
land use types.

     Caution  has  to be exercised when using Dillon  and Kirchner's phosphorus
export  estimates  because these  figures  were  derived  from  local   data  in
southern  Ontario.   In addition,  the  ranges of  phosphorus  export  are so wide
that a good figure  for a  specific case becomes relatively subjective.

     Dillon's  and  Kirchner's  mean values for export of total phosphorus offer
a  straight-forward and easy  estimate of phosphorus  loadings to lakes.  Data
requirements  for  the  use of these  values  are  even  less  than that  for the
previous method  (Equation 1).  The only information  required is the  approxi-
mate land  use and  geological classification.  This method  is relatively crude
but  may be   suitable  for many  preliminary calculations of  non-point source
loads.
                                  XII-D-5

-------




















M
5
w
w
u
1— i
H
CO
§

Q

Z


/-s
U
w


CO
3
OS
o

OH

O
K
QJ


0

Z
o
M
B
CO
M
e
z
o


fH
§
u
0-


rH
1
Q
1
rH


a
CO
H































00

CT>



^
01
•o
• H
01
3
e

,__i

o


e
o











































01
u
c
V
V

K


























4-1
e


4J

CJ

4-1
•O
e
c
-H
00
•H
Ll




Ll

•*~
4J
•H
U d
U

OH
00
w.
?
<£
rH

/— s (fl /-\

10 oo in
r-l O r-l OX
- * . £
c . C 01 JiiEQiHUO4J^
CfiC/aO U3 SKl~3W(-)rH&% -H N
,— < MH *J
rH -H
(0 00 &
u ^ d w
<; -i-i o co -H
CO 60 00 l-l rH £3
S3 O TO OJ Jrf -H
i-l U *-> O
4> O O i-l -H J3
X -rH W «r* )H JJ
4-J Jt 4-i 4J *O
•o c
G - OJ 00 *H
-H G *J d ^ C hJ
•H 0) -H QJ «H
OJ W OJ i—i 00 W CO >.
OC C M Jtf *O d vOJb
« O J-> O 3 O ON

D w 3 li tn w o
M -H 4-> -H - -H
S * •— ' «O j; rH *J
"o re a; J3 w
CJ •• *J W 4J » ^ 00
•p a o -H « c -i-»
ffl O cfl O > O ^4->
QJ W U CS -H W QJ U
(H -H O -H *J -H •*-> OJ

»£2 HH^£ itS



^
00
iD uO • if} NO
m co o r* o
OlDrHQJrH rHCOCOftA^OO
i -i ooi socor-iiooovo^H
fsi « U S Hrf r^ r^ S f™i f^ ^^
. ft) .
O O > O O
to





































ffl
*J
10
Q

rH
CO
c
o
•H
4->
•H
•o















































(U
d
(U
M
QJ
UH
 Q U
•H 0) -H
SSS £§££ S°
co c c
CUCUCLi CLi CLi PLI W WO
OOO OOOOJ B ^
\OsOvO vOvO^D^ CMOrH
CNCsICM O1CSJCM3 r-'-Jffl'^s
O ON CO

333 333 CO -H-HON


•rl rH (0 fcJ CO
"S "w "a "S'X'wiarS'SSS
HHH HHHil-J^E^O
















(0
*o


a

00

u

V
•a

01

ft








cs vo oo r*> oo oo ON
r— CO CO -J" IT) ID lO







tO iD ""J ON ON iO
^P^J Q55vo(M(rHooCTNrv.ioc*jr*-
. > t i i i i .... i
O ^ "*T "•? in PO 00 O O ^ *^ *T O
O O O M O
CM







































































^

r-
rH
x_/

o
rH
rH
•H
a
•x
XII-D-4

-------
Patalas'  Empirical Formula

     Patalas (1972) proposed Equation 1:
     T    _,„   Ad   EcC            Ao(a)
     Lp = ES x — + 	 + 0.15 Lpa —^^-
               Ao    Ao             Ao

where:  Es is the_export coefficient of phosphorus from the soil in grams
        total P m 2 of land drainage per year;

        Ad is the area of the land drainage in m2;

        Ao is the area of the lake in m2;

        EC is the per capita discharge of P reaching the lake in grams total
        P/capital/yr;

        C is the basin population;

        Lpa is the total P loading for the next lake upstream in g m 2 yr 1;

        Ao(a)/Ao is the ratio of the surface area of the next lake upstream
        and the lake considered; and

        0.15 is obtained by assuming that 85% of the phosphorus supplied to
        the upstream lake is retained in that lake.

Equation  1 was used to calculate loadings for the Great Lakes, and good agree-
ment  between  the estimated and measured loadings  was  found for Lake Erie and
Lake  Ontario  (0.98 vs. 1.06 g m 2 yr 1, and 0.86 vs. 0.65 g m 2 yr 1, respec-
tively) .

      There are, however, a number of potential problems inherent in this model
that,  at  present,  impose severe restriction on its use  (Dillon, 1975).  First,
the export coefficient, E  , is only approximate at best and its use is subjec-
tive.  A  better estimate By Dillon and Kirchner  (1975)  is presented in a later
section.   Second,  the coefficient EC, the per  capita  discharge of phosphorus
reaching  the lake, may  be  one of the most difficult  values  to determine.  A
number of literature  values  are  presented in Table 1.   The  range of figures
used   in  the  past  was quite  broad,  and careful  attention must  be  given  to
picking  a suitable figure  in  the  future (in  view of  the  fact  that phosphorus
detergents  have  been banned  in most  of the  Great  Lakes  states  in  recent
years).   Finally,  Patalas'  choice  of  0.85  as the retention coefficient  is
reasonable  for the Great Lakes.  This figure  may  need  to be modified  for other
lakes.

      Despite  these limitations,  the appeal  of  Equation  1 is  its  simplicity.
With  coefficients E  and E   properly  derived or determined, a rough estimate
of phosphorus loading to a  lake  can be obtained  from  Equation 1  with minimum
data   requirements.  Other  data required are lake and basin morphology which
usually  can be obtained  readily.
                                   XII-D-3

-------
available data.  Other  empirical  models  are calibrated by applying  the  model
to  the  measured  data   and  calculating the  parameters  and coefficients  that
appear  as  unknowns  in the  equations.  Empirical  models will  yield  better
results  when  tested against data  from  areas having  the same properties  as
those associated with the calibration data  set.   Indeed,  the major weakness  of
empirical approaches is  their  inability  to accommodate changes in the  water-
shed.  Calibration of deterministic models  consists of estimating  the physical
constants applicable to  the  system under study.   Testing  is  inherent because
deterministic  formulations   are   developed  from  well understood,  thoroughly
tested theory.

     This review  evaluates  the various empirical  and deterministic  non-point
source  models  available and  capable of  predicting  non-point  sediment  and
nutrient loads  from  the watershed.   It is a  means  by which  lake  managers are
provided useful guidance for selecting and  applying  an  appropriate  non-point
source  model  that addresses the  non-point  source  pollution  to  lakes,  and a
better  understanding  of  model  capabilities and limitations  of  different
problem settings.

2.   SCOPE  OF  REVIEW

     This review is  limited to  rural non-point  source  models  and  does  not
include urban non-point models.

     In  rural  lake  planning  of  wastewater  management   facilities,  a  common
water  quality  problem  is  lake  eutrophication:   sediments  and  nutrients
(phosphorus and nitrogen) in  the water.   These  are  the  main  concern of this
review.

     In  assessing  the  non-point  source  loads,  the time  scale of a  potential
problem  (in this case,  eutrophication)  will determine the time  scale  of the
modeling technique.  The general  time scale of eutrophication and, therefore,
of  sediments  and  nutrients is  "year."   That is,  non-point  source  loads  of
sediments and nutrients  are  generally estimated on  an  annual basis.  There-
fore, models with fine  resolutions to  calculate sediment and nutrient loadings
for  individual  storms   are  not included  in this  review.   This does  not imply
that  non-point  loads  from  individual storms are not important;  on the con-
trary,  storm  runoff from agricultural lands contributes most of the  annual
loads of pollutants.

     While  field sampling  is,  of course,  an integral part of the rural non-
point  source  loads  assessment, it is  not  addressed in this  review.   Instead,
another  technical  document  prepared  under a different  subtask  describes the
applicability as  well  as the requirements of surface water sampling for rural
lake area facilities planning process.

3.   EMPIRICAL METHODS

     This  section  describes  the  empirical  relationships  developed  in the
1970's  for predicting non-point nutrient loads to lakes (Patalas 1972; Patalas
and  Salki,  1973; Dillon and Kirchner,  1975; Omernik,  1976).
                                  XII-D-2

-------
D.   REVIEW OF  RURAL  NON-POINT  MODELING TECHNIQUES

1.   INTRODUCTION AND PURPOSE

     Pollution emanating from man's activities  on  the  land  ("nonpoint" pollu-
tion) has  been a major  factor  in  the  degradation of water  quality in many
lakes.*  Nonpoint  pollution  differs  from  that of  individual  discharge and
municipal  sewage  treatment  discharge  ("point"  sources)  in  that the former
results  from  a large number  of diffuse  sources  often producing  significant
quantities of pollution.

     Traditionally,  estimating non-point  loadings  to  lakes  is done by gauging
and sampling  runoff  from  the  watershed.   Sampling has its  advantages because
it  is  derived from  local  conditions  such  as  land use,  rainfall, and other
watershed   characteristics.    In  larger   watersheds  where   insights  into
mechanisms  and  cause-effect  relationships may  be  required, a more  intensive
data base  is  desirable.  Monthly sampling and,  particularly,  continuous samp-
ling are time-consuming and may  be prohibitively expensive.  Sampling programs
are not  likely to-be cost-effective for  preliminary planning  of water quality
management programs  for rural lake  areas.  For detailed planning  and decision
making,  sampling  will be  appropriate  in some  cases  but  normally only where
non-point source control measures will  be implemented.

     A widely used  alternate approach  is an  estimate  of  non-point loadings
using empirical  or  deterministic modeling  techniques.   Empirical models are
based on analysis of data or a  certain known relationship among variables.
Regression equations, such as the Universal Soil Loss  Equation and the nation-
wide nutrient statistics by Omernick (1975), are examples  of empirical models,
whose data bases determine  their  ability to  satisfy  the needs  of  any given
task.  However,  solving problems  outside the range of the  original  data base
is  risky and  should  be done with  full   recognition of  the possible errors.

     Deterministic  models  are   analytical  frameworks  based  on  fundamental
processes such as hydrologic, hydraulic,  and biochemical processes encountered
in  the  watershed.  Although  the  mathematical  expressions  of these  processes
are, at  best, approximations of  the  prototype,  they  are  characterized by  a
rigorous representation of known  relationships.   Deterministic  models usually
provide highly detailed output but require significantly more  input.  For many
non-point source studies,  the current  lack of understanding  of rural  watershed
dynamics  and  the apparent  inability  to measure all the  necessary parameters
make such  models almost  impossible to use.  Nevertheless, progress has been
made in non-point source assessment for nonurban areas as  a  result of the  1972
Amendments  to the  Federal Water  Pollution Control  Act  (PL 92-500).  Under
Section  208  of   the Amendments,  several  modeling  methodologies  have been
developed  to   assess  the   magnitude  of  nonpoint  pollution  from  rural  areas.

     Applying  either of the  above  modeling approaches to  estimates of non-
point  source  loads  requires  calibration and testing  (or verification).  For
some empirical models,  such as regression  equations,  calibration and  testing
are  trivial  tasks  since  the  exact form of the  model is  determined by the
*  Atmospheric  precipitation is  one of  the  major non-point  sources  contri-
   buting to lake eutrophication in some cases.
                                  XII-D-1

-------
Vollenweider, R. A.   1968.   Scientific fundamentals of the  eutrophication of
          lakes and flowing waters,  with  particular reference to nitrogen and
          phosphorus   as   factors   in   eutrophication.    Technical   report
          DAS/CSI/68.27.  Organization for  Economic Cooperation and Development
          (OECD), Paris,  France.

Vollenweider, R. A.  1975.  Input-output models, with special reference to the
     phosphorus  loading  concept in  limnology.   Schweiz Z.  Hydrol.  37:53-83.

Vollenweider, R. A.   1976.   Advances in defining critical  loading levels for
     phosphorus  in lake  eutrophication.  Mem.  1st.  Ital.  Idrobis.  33:53-83.

Vollenweider, R.  A. ,  and P.  J.  Dillon.  1974.  The application of  the phos-
     phorus  loading  concept  to  eutrophication  research.   NRCC No.  13691.
     National Research  Council Canada, NRC Associate  Committee  on Scientific
     Criteria for Environmental Quality.

Welch,  E.  B.,  and  M.  A. Perkins.   1979.  Oxygen  deficit-phosphorus  loading
     relation in lakes.  J.  Water Pollution Control Fed.  51:2823-2828.
                                   XII-C-31

-------
Lung, W. S.,  R.  P.  Canale, and P.  L.  Freedman.   1976.   Phosphorus models for
     eutrophic lakes.  Water Res.   10:1101-1114.

Lung, W.  S.,  and R.  P. Canale.   1977.   Projections of phosphorus  levels  in
     White Lake.   J. Envir. Eng. Dis.,  ASCE.   103:663-676.

Ohle,  W.    1056.    Bioactivity  production and  energy  utilization of  lakes.
     Limnol. Oceanogr.  1:139-149.

Piwoni, M.  D. , and  G. F. Lee.  1975.  Report  on nutrient load-eutrophication
     response  of selected  south-central Wisconsin  impoundments.  Report  to
     U.S. EPA, Environmental Research Lab., Corvallis OR.

Rast, W. ,  and G.  F. Lee.   1978.   Summary  analysis  of the North America (U.S.
     portion), OECD eutrophication project:  Nutrient  loading—lake response
     relationships  and trophic state indices.

Rawson, D.  S.   1939.  Some physical and chemical factors in the metabolism of
     lakes.  Am.  Assoc. Adv. Sci.   10:9-26.

Rawson, D.  S.   1955.  Morphometry  as a dominant factor in the productivity of
     large  lakes.   Verb. Internat. Verein. Limnol.  12:164-175.

Sakamoto,  M.   1966.   Primary production  of phytoplankton community  in some
     Japanese  lakes,  and its dependence on  lake depth.  Arch. Hydrobiol., 62:
     1-28.

Sawyer,  C.  N.  1947.  Fertilization of lakes by agricultural and urban drain-
     age.   J. New England Water Works Assn.  61:109-127.

Thomann,  R.  V.,  D.  M. DiToro,  R.  P. Winfield,  and D. J.  O'Connor.   1975.
     Mathematical modeling of phytoplankton in  Lake  Ontario.  I. Development
     and verification.  EPA-660/3-75-005.

Thomann,  R.  V.,  R.  P. Winfield,  D.  M. DiToro,  and D. J.  O'Connor.   1976.
     Mathematical modeling  of phytoplankton  in Lake Ontario.  II.  Simulations
     using  Lake  I Model.  EPA-660/3-76-065.

Thomann, R. V.,  R.  P.  Winfield, and D. S. Szumski.  1977.  Estimated responses
     of Lake  Ontario phytoplankton biomass to  varying nutrient levels.  J.
     Great  Lakes Res.   3(1-2):124-131.

Thomann,  R.  V., and  J.  S.  Segna.   1980.   Dynamic phytoplankton-phosphorus
     model  of  Lake  Ontario:    Ten-year verification  and  simulations.   In:
     Phosphorus  management strategies  for   lakes  (R.  C.  Loehr,  C. S. Martin,
     and W. Rast, eds.).   Ann Arbor Science  Publishers,  Ann Arbor MI.

U.S.  Environmental Protection  Agency.    1974.   An  approach  to  a relative
     trophic  index  system  for  classifying  lakes  and impoundments.  National
     Eutrophication Survey Working Paper No.  24,  Pacific  Northwest Environ-
     mental Research Lab.,  Corvallis OR.
                                   XII-C-30

-------
                                REFERENCES

Carlson, R. E.   1974.   A trophic state index for lakes.   Contribution No.  141.
     Liranological Research  Center,  University  of  Minnesota, Minneapolis  MN.

Carlson, R.  E.   1977.  A  trophic state  index  for lakes.   Limnol.  Oceanogr.
     22:361-369.

Chapra,  S.   1975.    Comment  on:   "An  empirical  method  of  estimating  the
     retention  of phosphorus  in  lakes,"  by W.  B.  Kirchner  and P.  J.  Dillon.
     Water resources research.  11:1033-1034.

Chapra,  S.  C.,  and S.  J.  Tarapchak.   1976.  A chlorophyll a_ model  and its
     relationship  to  phosphorus  loading plots for  lakes.   Water  resources
     research.  12:1260-1264.

Dillon,  P. J.   1974.  A  critical review  of Vollenweider's nutrient budget
     model  and  other  related  models.   Water Res. Bulletin.   10(5):969-989.

Dillon,  P.  J.  1975.   The  phosphorus budget  of Cameron  Lake,  Ontario:   The
     importance of  flushing  rate to the degree of eutrophy  in lakes.  Limnol.
     Oceanogr.  19:28-39.

Dillon,  P.  J. ,  and F.  G. Rigler.   1974.   A test of  a  simple nutrient budget
     model  predicting the phosphorus  concentration  in  lake water.   J. Fish.
     Res. Bd. Canada.   31:1771-1778.

Edmondson,  W. T.   1961.  Changes in  Lake Washington  following  an increase in
     nutrient income.   Verb.  Internat. Verein. Limnol.  14:167-175.

Great  Lakes Water Quality Agreement between the United States  of America and
     Canada, signed at  Ottawa,  April  15,  1972.

Jones,   J.  R. ,   and  R. W.   Bachmann.   1976.   Prediction  of  phosphorus and
     chlorophyll   levels   in  lakes.     J.  Water   Pollution   Control  Fed.
     48:2176-2182.

Jones,  R. , A., W.  Rast,  and G. F. Lee.   1976.   Prediction  of phosphorus and
     chlorophyll   levels   in   lakes.    J.  Water   Pollution   Control  Fed.
     48:2176-2182.

Jones,  R.  A., W.  Rast,  and G. F.  Lee.   1979.  Relationship between summer mean
     and maximum chlorophyll a  concentrations  in  lakes.   Envir.  Sci.  &  Tech.
      13:869-870.

Kirchner,  W.  B. , and P. J.  Dillon.   1975.   An empirical  method  of  estimating
     the retention of  phosphorus in  lakes.   Water Resources Res.   11:182-183.

Larson, D. P.,  and H. T.  Mercier.   1976.   Phosphorus retention  capacity  of
      lakes.  J. Fish. Res.  Bd.  Canada.   33:1742-1750.

Lorenzen,  M.  W.  1980.  Use  of chlorophyll-Secchi dish relationship.   Limnol.
     Oceanogr.   25:371-372.
                                   XII-C-29

-------
6.   SUMMARY AND CONCLUSIONS
     Simplistic phosphorus models for lakes  have  been reviewed  to  assess  their
capabilities.    Based  on  the  evaluation  and  practical   applications,   the
approach  developed  and  modified  by  Vollenweider,   relating  the  phosphorus
loading of  a  phosphorus  limited  water body  to  its  morphological  and hydro-
logical characteristics,  has considerable validity as a  method  for determining
critical phosphorus  loading  levels  and associated overall  degree  of fertility
for rural lakes.

     The  Dillon model,  which was modified  based on Vollenweider's  original
model, was  chosen  for  demonstration of the  model application to Nest Lake  and
Green  Lake, Minnesota.   It  was  found to be superior to Vollenweider's  model
because it  offers  one more  variation to characterize the phosphorus loss  to
sediments.  When  data  are  available  to derive  the value(s)  of  phoshporus
retention coefficient,  Dillon's model is recommended  for use in the wastewater
treatment planning of rural lakes.

     This  modeling  approach  will,  hopefully,   contribute  to  the  rational
management  of  rural  lakes  eutrophication.   In this context, one  of its  major
strengths is its  simplicity.   All too often, models  are so complex that  their
credibility becomes,  to a certain degree, a  matter of faith.  It  is hoped that
the chosen  model  is  straightforward enough  to be  neither  oversold nor under-
estimated.
                                  XII-C-28

-------
       1.0
       O.I
      0.01
             EUTROPHIC ZONE
                             OLIGOTROPHIC ZONE
1.0                   10
               MEAN DEPTH (m)


      L= Areal Phosphorus Input (g/m2/yr)
      R= Phosphorus Retention Coefficient
      >°= Hydraulic Flushing Rate (yr~')
                                                    100
FIGURE XII-C-13.  Trophic conditions of Nest Lake and
                   Green Lake (1972-1973).
                          XII-C-27

-------
TABLE XII-C-5.  PHOSPHORUS BUDGETS FOR NEST LAKE AND GREEN LAKE (1972-1973)  in
                kg/yr.


                                   Nest Lake

     1.    Inputs:
               Middle Fork Crow River             2,447          56%
               Belgrade and New London STPs       1,751          40%
               Direct precipitation                  73           2%
               Immediate drainage                    59
               Septic tanks                       	40          }2%
                                        Total:    4,370         100%

     2.    Output:
               Outlet to Green Lake               1,913          44%

     3.    Retention                               2,457          56%

                                  Green Lake

     1.    Inputs:
               Outlet from Nest Lake              1,913          73%
               Direct precipitation                 438          17%
               Immediate drainage                    59           2%
               Septic tanks                         195         	8%
                                        Total:    2,605         100%

     2.    Output:
               Outlet to Middle Fork Crow River     975          37%

     3.    Retention                               1,630          63%
     As  indicated,  the  non-point sources upstream from  the  Belgrade  STP con-
 tribute  over  half of the phosphorus input  (56%)  to  Nest Lake.  The non-point
 sources  and  the  STPs were responsible for 96% of the total phosphorus load to
 Nest  Lake in  1972-1973.   Nest Lake retains  56% of  the phosphorus  input and
 allows only 44% of the input to Green Lake via the outlet channel.

     Output  from  Nest   Lake  represents  almost  three-quarters  of the  total
 phosphorus  input  to Green  Lake.   Outlet from Green  lake accounts  for  37% of
 the  total phosphorus input.   Green Lake retains 63% of the total phosphorus
 input.

 c.   Model Application

     Dillon's  model  (1975)  was  chosen  in  this  case because  the phosphorus
 retention coefficient was  available  for  both  lakes.   The  result  of  model
 application  is  shown in Figure XII-C-13.  Dillon's model  describes  Nest Lake
 as  eutrophic and  Green  Lake  as mesotrophic.  This result  is  concurrent with
 the  observed  water quality in the  open  water of both lakes (U.S. EPA, 1974).
                                  XII-C-26

-------
a.   Hydraulic Budget

     A generalized hydraulic budget for a  lake  includes  the hydraulic inputs
such as tributary  inflow,  precipitation, and groundwater, and the outputs such
as tributary outflow, evaporation, and groundwater.  The hydraulic budgets of
Nest Lake and Green Lake are presented  in Table XII-C-4.

TABLE XII-C-4.   HYDRAULIC BUDGET  FOR NEST LAKE AND GREEN LAKE (1972-1973)
                                   Nest  Lake

     1.     _

               Middle Fork Crow River                  45.2
               Immediate drainage                       2.2
               Precipitation                            2.8
                                             Total:     50.2

     2.   Outputs:

               Outlet                                  48.2
               Evaporation                              2.0
                                             Total:     50.2

                                  Green Lake

     1.   Inputs:
               Outlet from Nest Lake                   48.2
               Immediate drainage                       4.4
               Precipitation                           15.6
                                             Total:     68.2

     2.   Outputs:
               Outlet to Middle Fork Crow River        55.2
               Evaporation                             13.0
                                             Total:     68.2
 b.   Phosphorus Budget

      Phosphorus  budgets  for  Nest  Lake and Green Lake  are  derived using data
 from the National Eutrophication Survey in 1972-1973 (U.S.  EPA, 1974) and are
 presented in Table XII-C-5.
                                   XII-C-25

-------
XII-C-24

-------
TABLE XII-C-2.  A COMPARISON OF SIMPLISTIC PHOSPHORUS LOADING MODELS FOR LAKES
Model
Data
Requirement
Ease of
Application
Vollenweider (1968, 1974,
 1975, 1976)
Dillon (1974, 1975)
Larson & Mercier (1976)
Rast and Lee (1978)
Jones & Bachmann (1976)
Reckhow  (1977)
Chapra  (1976)
Mean depth, resi-
dence time, areal
phosphorus loading

Mean depth, resi-
dence time, areal
phosphorus loading,
retention coefficient

Mean depth, resi-
dence time, areal
phosphorus loading
retention coeffi-
cient

Mean depth, resi-
dence time, areal
phosphorus loading

Mean depth, resi-
dence time, areal
phosphorus loading

Mean depth, resi-
dence time, areal
phosphorus loading

Areal phosphorus
loading,  resi-
dence time
Desk top
calculation
Desk top
calculation
Desk top
calculation
Desk top
calculation
Desk top
calculation
Desk top
calculation
Desk top
calculation
TABLE XII-C-3.  PHYSICAL CHARACTERISTICS OF NEST LAKE AND GREEN LAKE

Parameter
Drainage area (square miles)
Lake surface area (acres)
Mean depth (feet)
Maximum depth (feet)
Inflow (cfs)
Outflow (cfs)
Lake volume (acre/feet)
Hydraulic retention time (year)
Nest Lake
121.7
945.0
15.0
40.0
37.6
37.6
14,175.0
0.5
Green Lake
129.6
5,406.0
21.0
110.0
42.4
42.4
113,536.0
3.7

                                  XII-C-23

-------
     In another  study,  Jones  et  al.  (1978)  proposed an  empirical formula
obtained using weighted least-square  regression as  follows:

     maximum summer Chi a = 1.7  (mean summer  surface  Chi a) + 0.2.         (21)

Chlorophyll a concentration in Equation 19  is expressed in pg/1.

     Subsequently,  Rast and Lee  (1978)  used  the above  equation to  develop the
relationship  between  chlorophyll  a  concentration and phosphorus  loading as
shown in Equation 8.

     Equations 18,  19,  20, and  21 were developed using  different  data  sets
containing information from numerous  lakes  in North America.   There are  dif-
ferent fundamental  assumptions used  in the development of these  relationships
and  it  is important  that  caution  be exercised when applying these  empirical
relationships to any  specific lake.   It is essential  to insure  that the  data
bases are  comparable  and  the assumption(s)  are appropriate for the specific
case.

h.   Trophic Status Classification  Indices

     Trophic Status Indices (TSI) have been developed recently to classify the
trophic  condition   of  water bodies  in a broad  and  objective  fashion.   Four
trophic index schemes  that show  varying degrees of promise include  the trophic
classifications of the U.S. EPA  (1974), Carlson (1974), Piwoni and  Lee  (1975),
and  Rast  and Lee  (1978).   These  classification  schemes,  which  assign   a
numerical  trophic  state  index for  a  water  body, have no predictive capability
as  opposed to those  empirical   relationships  or simplistic models  described
earlier in this  review.   Thus,  no further discussion  of these  classification
schemes is included in this review.

i.  Summary  of  Models

     Table  XII-C-2  presents a  comparison of the  simplistic phosphorus  models
discussed  in this  paper.   Data  requirement  and ease  of application are  sum-
marized also.

5.   EXAMPLE -  NEST LAKE/GREEN LAKE,  MINNESOTA

     Nest  Lake and  Green Lake  (Figure XII-C-12) are located approximately 100
miles west of the  Minneapolis-St.  Paul metropolitan area.   The  middle  fork  of
the  Crow  River  originates  south of Belgrade, Minnesota;  as  the  river meanders
southward  past New  London and the nearby New London sewage treatment plant,  it
enters Nest Lake from the north which, in turn, overflows  into  the  western end
of  Green  Lake.   The   river eventually  leaves the  study  area  to  the  east,
passing through  the wetlands  of the Dietrich State Wildlife Management Areas.
Table XII-C-3 presents the physical characteristics of the  lakes.

     Nest  Lake  and  Green Lake  were  surveyed  during  1972-1973  under the
National  Eutrophication  Survey  (NES)  program  (EPA, 1974).   Data from NES were
used  to derive  the hydraulic budget and phosphorus budget in  this analysis.
                                  XII-C-22

-------
     Chi a = 1,866 { L/(q  + 12.4)  }1>49                                   (16)
                         s

or

     L = 0.0055 (Chi a)°'69 (q  + 12.4).                                   (17)
                              S

g.   Other Empirical  Relationships

     Some of the  recent  studies  in lake  eutrophication have developed several
empirical  relationships  among  the  key  water  quality  parameters.   These
empirical relationships are  similar  in nature to the relationships derived by
Jones and  Bachmann (1976)  for total phosphorus and chlorophyll  a concentra-
tions, and to those developed by Rast and Lee (1978)  for chlorophyll a., Secchi
depth,  and the  oxygen depletion  rate.   They are reviewed in this  section,
although  they  lack  the  theoretical  basis  on  which  the  Vollenweider/Dillon
models were developed.

     Carlson (1977) presented  a  regression equation  between Secchi disk depth
and chlorophyll a. concentration as:

     In (Secchi disk) = 2.04 - 0.68 In (Chi a)                            (18)

where Chi a = chlorophyll a concentration in mg/1.

     Lorenzen  (1980)  pointed  out the weakness of the above equation and modi-
fied  the  relationship by  showing  a family  of  curves for  Secchi disk versus
chlorophyll a  concentration at  different values of light  extinction coeffi-
cient from factors other than algae.  Lorenzen1s (1980) empirical  relationship
is expressed as:

     c   v,- A-  i    -ln(-.2Q)
     Secchi disk = 	-	—
                   a + pChl a                                             (19)

where « = extinction coefficient from factors other than algae,

      p = incremental extinction coefficient from algae, and

      C = algal concentration.

     Welch  and Perkins (1979) developed  an  oxygen deficit-phosphorus loading
relationship for  lakes using  data from  26  lakes.   The  resulting regression
equation is

               log ODR =  1.58 + 0.37 L/p                                  (20)
                                          2
where ODR = oxygen deficit rate in mg 0_/m day,

     L = areal phosphorus loading in mg P/m2/year, and

     p = hydraulic flushing rate in year  1.

They found the oxygen deficit  rate in 26  lakes to be positively correlated

with phosphorus loading normalized for the flushing rate.


                                  XII-C-21

-------
TABLE XII-C-1.  RELATIONSHIPS DEVELOPED BY RECKHOW (1977)
General
     C = 	L	

         (z 0.0025z/Tu) + z (0.35 + 0.11 (z2/Tu))e - 0.015(z2/Tu)) + e - 100 L T^/

         TJ                                                              (11)

Oxic Lakes, Z/T  < 50 m/yr

     C = 	L	                                          (12)

           18z   + 1.05 — 0.012 z/T
         TO^TT        T  «
                         U))

Lakes with z/T  > 50 m/yr

     C = 	L	                                          (13)

         2.77z + 1.05 — 0.0011 a/T
                          G        U)


Anoxic Lakes
     C = 	L	                                            (14)

         0.17z + 1.13 z/T
                         U)
                    Total P concentration =    0.84L                      (15)
                                            z(0.65 + p)

where L = annual phosphorus loading per unit area of lake surface, mg/m2yr;

      z = mean depth, m; and

      p = hydraulic flushing  rate, yr  1.

The  Jones  and  Bachmann  model  is  identical to  any of  the  models presented
earlier with one exception:   the sedimentation rate was  determined to be 0.65
yr  1  (see Equation  15)  using the  specific data from  the  16 Iowa lakes they
studied.   Thus,   the  model  application and  data requirement  are similar to
those for other  previously discussed models.

f.   Chapra Model

     Chapra   and  Tarapchak  (1976)  presented  a  model  predicting  the  summer
concentrations  of  chlorophyll  a in  a phosphorus-limited  lake  from  simple
empirical  and semitheoretical  relationships.   The model  was  rearranged  and
expressed  as a  phosphorus loading plot which agrees closely with the predic-
tions of Vollenweider's model.   Chapra's model can be expressed as:


                                  XII-C-20

-------
           1,000
         o»
         JE
         eo
CL
en
o
£
             100
              I0
                        10
                      100    1,000
                        z(0.65
                 Total P =     0-84 L
                            z(0.65 + P
Figure XII-C-11.  Measured values of total  phosphorus
                  and calculated values  (Jones  and
                  Bachmann, 1976).
                     XII-C-19

-------
     Hypolimnetic Oxygen Depletion Rate
               10
        a.
        UJ
        Q *—

        Z O  10
        UJ -o  ''W
        x c
        O \
        o  ™

        uj" 1  0-'
        o
        a.
             0.01
                         1
         1
10      100

  L(P)/qs

  "V^"
                                       1,000
       Log Areal Hypolimnetic Oxygen Depletion (g02/m2/day)

       = 0.467 log[(L(P)/q,)/(lVfTqT)] - 1.07
Figure XII-C-10.  Hypolimnetic oxygen depletion rate

                  and  phosphorus loading relationship.
                       XII-C-18

-------
                 Secchi  Depth (Water Clarity)
                 a.
                 UJ
                 a
                    100
                     10
                 §    I
                 UJ
                    O.I
                               I
         I
                       I       I
.0       100

 L(P)/q«
1,000
       Log Secchi Depth =-0.359 log[(L(P)/qs)/{l+^/|yq^)]-f- 0.925
Figure XII-C-9.  Secchi  depth  and phosphorus loading relationship.
                             XII-C-17

-------
      Chlorophyll Concentration in Water
            100
          o>
          ai
             10
         X
         0_   i
         o   I
         ce
         o
         o
            O.I
          . •,/«
        . s? .
>/-'  '
                       I	I
                       10      100

                         L(P)/qs
                      1,000
   log [chlorophyll a] =0.76 log[(L(P)/qs) / (l+/f/oj]- 0.259
                                         v or
Figure XII-C-8.  Chlorophyll  a. and phosphorus loading

                 relat ionship.
                      XtI-C-16

-------
     3.   Phosphorus  loading  and  hypolimnetic oxygen depletion rate relation-

         ship:  log [areal/hypolimnetic  oxygen depletion in gO_/m2/day] = 0.467

         log [(L(P)/q /(I  +  z/q  )]  -  1.07                                  (10)
                     s        s
Figures XII-C-8,  XII-C-9,  and XII-C-10  present  these  relationships  in  diagrams.


     Equations 8, 9, and  10,  and  Figures XII-C-8, XII-C-9, and XII-C-10 were
developed from  data of approximately  200  lakes  and  impoundments.  They  are
valid  in  terms  of  predicting  the levels  of  these water  quality  parameters;
however  they  lack  the theoretical  basis  that  exists in the Vollenweider,
Dillon, and Larson  and Mercier models.   In addition,  there are at  least three
major  shortcomings  to  these  attempts  at exploring observed behavior:   (1)  the
empirical plots  are non-dynamic  and  assume  a one-to-one  correlation  between
observed phosphorus and/or biomass (such as chlorophyll a-) concentrations  and
input  loading; (2) as a corollary, the  relationships  and plots  do not  directly
relate phosphorus  loading to  the  resulting  plant biomass; and (3) the rela-
tionships  and plots   do  not  explore  the  interactions between  two  or more
nutrients.

d.   Reckhow Empirical Model

     Reckhow  (1977)  developed a  few  empirical relationships  using nonlinear
regression  for  optimal parameter  estimation  after exploratory data  analysis
and other curve-fitting exercises  suggested the terms and  forms of  the models.
Table  XII-C-1 lists his general and specific relationships.

     As seen in the equations listed in Table XII-C-1, Reckhow's models do  not
have any theoretical basis but are simply statistical exercises.  As a result,
the  application  of his models is a  black-box exercise without any  physical
insight  of  the  lake  ecosystem.   His  empirical  relationships  should   be  used
with caution.

e.   Jones and Bachmann  Model

     Jones  and  Bachmann  (1976)  measured  total  phosphorus and chlorophyll  a
concentrations on  the  surface waters of 16 Iowa lakes on  several  occasions in
July  and August,  1974.   The results were  used to develop an  empirical rela-
tionship  for phosphorus loading and mean depth and flushing rate.   Their model
can  be expressed  in  the  following form and is presented  in  Figure  XII-C-11.
                                  XII-C-15

-------
                                                               z
                                                               UJ
                                                            IO  uj
                                                            d  O
                                                               o
                                                               Z
                                                               o

                                                               t-

                                                               UJ


                                                            s  fc
                                                            O  (E

                                                               
-------
c.   Larsen and  Mercier Model
     Larson and  Mercier  (1976) shifted  emphasis  from phosphorus loadings  to
average  influent  phosphorus  concentrations  as a  measure  of trophic  state.
They  described  the  average  phosphorus  concentration  in  a water  body as a
function  of  the  relationship  between  the  mean  influent phosphorus  concen-
tration  and  the  water body's  ability to assimilate the  influent phosphorus.
As  with the  Dillon model,  their model  was   derived  from  the  steady  state
solution of  a simple phosphorus  mass  balance  model.   The Larson and  Mercier
model  is presented  in  a  diagram to  show  the relationship  between a  water
body's   influent   phosphorus   concentration  and   its  phosphorus   retention
capacity, as illustrated  in Figure XII-C-7.

     The Larsen and  Mercier model  is  identical to  the  Vollenweider  and Dillon
models  in  that  a  relationship  was developed  between  the  external  phosphorus
concentration and the lake  physical characteristics;  it will  require a  similar
level of data to that associated with  the Dillon model.

     Since the Larsen and Mercier  diagram attempts  to  relate trophic state  and
in-lake  phosphorus  concentrations, it  can also be  related to other  parameters
of  water quality  (e.g.,  chlorophyll  a-  concentration,  productivity,  Secchi
depth,  etc.).  For the  same values of L(P) , p, z,  and R,  the relative  posi-
tions of  lakes plotted on  Dillon's loading diagram (Figure  XII-C-6)  would be
identical to those on the Larsen and Mercier diagrams  (Figure XII-C-7)  because
both  diagrams  estimate  the property,  namely  in-lake  steady  state  phosphorus
concentration, from the  same variables.

d.   Lee Eutrophication Relationships

     In  order to  produce a relationship more useful  for  water quality manage-
ment, Vollenweider (1976)  extended the phosphorus  loading  concept  to  develop
the  relationship  between  phosphorus   load  and planktonic algal  chlorophyll
concentrations in water  bodies. Rast  and Lee  (1978)  have  further extended  the
Vollenweider  relationship  to  include the  impact  of  phosphorus  load on  the
Secchi  depth  (water  clarity)  and  the  hypolimnetic  oxygen  depletion  rate.  The
Vollenweider's  phosphorus   loading characteristics  and  mean  chlorophyll  
-------
         lOc
         1.0
    CM
     E
        O.I
       o.oi
                                     EXCESSIVE,
               EUTROPHIC ZONE
                                        OLIGOTROPHIC ZONE
          1.0
10                100

   MEAN DEPTH (m)
1,000
Figure XII-C-6.  Dillon  phosphorus loading - phosphorus retention
                 and mean  depth relationship (Dillon, 1975).
                           XII-C-12

-------
welder's model(s)  are  best  suited  for lakes with  short hydraulic  residence
time so that replacement of the water volume is  more frequent during the year.
Nevertheless,  Vollenweider's  simplified  plot  of  loading   rate  versus  lake
geometry and flushing rates, with its conceptual simplicity  and obvious poten-
tial advantages, make  it  an excellent starting point to  study lake eutrophi-
cation.

b.   Dillon Model

     Dillon  (1975) was  one of the first to  point  out one of the  omissions of
Vollenweider's original phosphorus  loading  diagram (Figure  XII-C-1).  Because
flushing rate  and  hydraulic residence time, as  well as  phosphorus loading and
mean depth,  play  a part in  determining the  relative  degree of fertility of a
water  body,  Dillon attempted to include these  parameters in a formulation of
his own.  The Dillon model can be derived from Equation 4:

          C  = L/z(  + p)                                                   (6)

     A much  more  easily measured parameter, retention coefficient R for phos-
phorus,  was  used  to replace the first order constant  for  phosphorus  loss to
sediment  via the  following  relationship:


                   L/z          p +

Therefore,    = Rp/(l - R)  and Equation 6 becomes C =   ^  —-.            (7)
                                                         zp


     Inclusion  of  the  factor  (1  - R), therefore, accounts  for one more  source
of  variation  in   determining  a  water  body's   trophic  status.  Dillon  (1975)
prepared  a  loading diagram  upon  which is plotted L(P)  (1 -  R)/P versus  z  on  a
log-log scale  (Figure XII-C-6).   The  trophic status is  defined by two  boundary
lines  associated with 0.01 mg/1  and  0.02 mg/1 phosphorus concentrations  in the
lake for permissible and  excessive  conditions,  respectively.

     Compared  with Vollenweider's model(s), Dillon's model  has one  more para-
meter  to evaluate:  the phosphorus  retention coefficient.   This parameter has
proven to be the  most  difficult to evaluate.   Phosphorus retention  is closely
 related to  phosphorus  sedimentation rate in the  lake.   It may vary  from one
 lake   to   another.  Several  correlations  between  phosphorus retention co-
 efficient  and  hydraulic  loading have  been derived  by various  investigators
 (Kirchner  and  Dillon,  1975;  Chapra,  1975; Vollenweider, 1975).   In  fact,
Vollenweider's  model(s),  such as Equation 3, include  this effect  of phosphorus
 retention by assuming  a  relation between  the phosphorus sedimentation  rate and
mean  depth.   Thus, using  Dillon's  model, Equation  5  (when  independent data  of
 R is   available) does have the option of using any directly measured  value  of
 R;  this  is  the advantage of Dillon's  model over Vollenweider's.   Because  of
 this  additional feature,  Dillon's model  requires  one  more piece of  information
 (R) than Vollenweider's  model.  Therefore,  when data  are available  to  directly
 evaluate the phosphorus  retention  in the lake, Dillon's model would give more
 accurate results  than  Vollenweider's model(s).
                                   XII-C-11

-------
O
o
o
o
                       III I
                                          > ll
                                                                    o
                                                                    o
                                                                    o
                                                                    o
                                                                    o
                                                                        o
                                                                    o  §
                                                                        o
                                                                        CE
                                                                        O
       o
       o
       o
(jA/2uu/d6uj)
o
o
                                          1VOI1I8D
                                                                                    c  tu
                                                                                    cfl T3
                                                                                      •H
                                                                                    t>0  OJ
                                                                                    c  S
                                                                                   •H  (li
                                                                                   -a  a)
                                        M v^

                                        M 0-
                                        O -rl
                                       X ^
                                        CX CO
                                        (0 C
                                        o o
                                       42 -H
                                        CX JJ
                                          CO
                                       r-l rH
                                        Cfl 01
                                        a M
                                       •H
                                       4-J
                                       •rl
                                                                       60
                                                                       C
                                                                       -H
                                                                    O  t3
                                                                       03
                                                                    rl  O
                                                                    0)  rH
                                                                    T3
                                                                    •H
                                                                    0)
                                                                    S
                                                                    C
                                                                                   rH  1-1
                                                                                   rH T3
                                                                                    O
                                                                                   LO

                                                                                   O
                                                                                    I
X

0)
S-i
P
60
                                      XII-C-10

-------
  10,000 r-
I
o
z

o
<
o
<
o
tr
o
   1,000
     100
      10
"Vo!lenweider(l968

V
                         10                100


                          MEAN  DEPTH,Z(m)
                                                   1,000
 Figure XII-C-4.   Critical phosphorus loading versus mean

                   depth (Vollenweider,  19763).
                      XII-C-9

-------
o
kj ~
i t^ ~
S. ^) C*^ ™
**- ^ 5> >• o _

(/) Q ^» ^ ^Q —
Uj ^ ^ ^ ^
^J O *t Q O LU —
I* "^J 4J *«J /V ^9
Uj ^ tt *.
\ \ 1° "
\\ 3 ,
1
\ \
:
\ \
:
\ \
\ \
\
* . ~
\ -
\
o
E
Q. UJ '
0 Z I
a: o
1- N '
Ul


1 1 t i i i i i 1 1 1 i i i i i i 1 1 i i i i i i i
o
^








^
o •£
0 £
ul
f—
UJ
10
RESIDENC
o
_i
cc
o
^v.
IN
X*
l_
_ Q-
| 1 [

O


UJ
2






^^

- o °.
0

o
a
0)
T3
•H
CO
0)
S-i
Q
•H
H
3
cfl
depth/h
a
a)
CO tfl
3 LO
CO l^~
QJ rH
>
60 M
C CU
*^ *i^
n3 cu
O S
H C
0)
CO H
3 rH
^ O
0 >

w a)

2 .p
P-l -U

B
ro
1
CJ
1
H
H
X
0)

3
W)
•H
(j*/2uj/d6) 9NIQV01 SnyOHdSOHd
                XII-C-8

-------
     0" = first order rate constant for loss of phosphorus to sediments (yr x).

Rearranging the above equation yields:
               LA = C(Q + Vff) and
               L = Cz(p

where z = mean depth (m)
L = Cz(p + ff) = C(z/T  +cr )                                 (4)
     p  = flushing rate (yr 1) = 1/t
     I  = residence time (yr).

Vollenweider (1975, 1976) further assumed thatcrcan be approximated by

                         a = 10/z

and C = 10 mg/m3 for critical concentration of total phosphorus at spring
overturn.

As a result. L = 100 + 10 (3/t ).
                              U)

     Equation  5  is plotted  in Figure XII-C-3,  which indicates  that below a
certain  combination  of  mean  depth  and  flushing,   the  phosphorus  loading
tolerance  of  a given water  body  becomes constant in  spite of  the fact that,
based  on mean depth alone,  water  bodies may appear to have  a  higher assimi-
lation capacity (Figure XII-C-2).

     The  lastest  modification by  Vollenweider  is  the development of  a more
generalized  relationship from  Equation  5,  into  the  form of  two equivalent
diagrams  (Figures  XII-C-4 and  XII-C-5).  In Figure  XII-C-4,  the permissible
phosphorus loading,  L (P), is plotted against mean depth and parameterized as
a function of the  load and as a function of mean depth z.

     Data Requirement.  Data required to apply Vollenweider's model(s) include
lake morphology (physical characteristics such as lake surface, drainage area,
mean  depth,  and volume), hydrology  (annual  precipitation,  runoff from water-
shed,  inflow  and  outflows of the lake), and water quality (phosphorus concen-
trations  in  inflows,  outflows, and water column of the lake).  These data are
required  to  construct  a hydraulic budget and a phosphorus budget  for the lake
being  studied.  All Vollenweider's model(s) or loading relationships are easy
to  use with  the   limited amount  of data  described above.  The  model(s)  are
capable  of  predicting  the   future  trophic  status  of  the  lake in  a very
straightforward fashion.

     Model Limitations.   Two inherent assumptions  of Vollenweider's model(s)
are  that  the  lake is  at  a  steady-state  condition and  is  completely mixed.
Theoretically,  a   lake  never  reaches  a  steady  state.   Practically,  however,
some  lakes with  short  hydraulic residence  time  approach steady  state  condi-
tions  much more rapidly than  lakes with long hydraulic residence  time.  Thus,
Vollenweider's  steady state  assumption  is valid  for  some  lakes  to a certain
extent.   His  second  assumption  implies that  substance   is  completely mixed
throughout the entire lake as  soon as it enters.  This is obviously  violated,
particularly  during summer stratification, when mixing between  the epiliminion
and  hypoliminion  is  prevented  by a  thermal gradient.   Once  again,   Volle-


                                  XII-C-7

-------
o
•m
i
Lii tfe t.5 —
NV| Cf\ 7** ^ — — ™
5)^ $$ ^
Uj ^r ^ ^ O ^ ""
^O S^ ^ "Z~
^^ ^^ ON
\ \ 2
% 'i
\\
\ —
\ I
\\ —
\ "™
V \ ""
\
\ \ ~
» \

\ \
\ \
\ \ -
CJ N v
iu, \ \ :
0 Z \ \
a: o \ \
H- N \
UJ


1 1 1 i i i i i 1 1 1 i i i i i i 1 1 1 i i i i i i
q







100
SIDENCE TIME,rw(m/yr)
~. iu
2 a:
o
_j
:D
<
o:
o
>-
x
IN
x"
0.
_ UJ
z
LU




^
-, _ _ _t>
- o P
OJ
a
G
0)
•H
CO
0)
>-"
a
• r-^
rH
tfl
T)
,r:
4J
a
0)
T3
01
B •
CO 10
3 m
co r^
0) rH

60 i-(
C 0)
•H *^
T3 -H
tO 
-------
     However, Vollenweider  (1968,  1975)  stated  that his  initial  phosphorus
loading diagrams were only approximate relationships and that other parameters
would  have  to  be considered  also  when establishing  a water body's  trophic
status.  These  parameters  included  the extent of shoreline and littoral zone,
the degree  of nutrient  mixing in the  water  column,  internal loading from the
sediments,  and  most  importantly,  water renewal time (Vollenweider and Dillon,
1974).   Vollenweider  (1975)   noted  that although  his  initial  model  worked
reasonably  well for hydraulic  residence  time of several  months,  no apparent
reason  was  provided  for two  water  bodies   having  identical mean  depths  but
different  hydraulic residence times.  Water bodies  with  shorter  hydraulic
residence times (i.e.,   faster flushing rates) would  also have  faster water
cycling through the systems.

     Dillon  (1974,  1975) was  the first to  report on  lakes  that  did not fit
Vollenweider' s  original phosphorus loading  diagram scheme.  Dillon concluded
that  the  anomalous  fit of these water bodies on the Vollenweider phosphorus
loading diagram was a result of their  high flushing rates.

     Vollenweider  (1975,  1976)  modified  his  loading  plot  to  include  the
hydraulic  residence time.   For  practical  purposes,  the  hydraulic residence
time  is defined  as  the ratio  of the water body volume  to the  annual inflow
rate,  assuming  that precipitation and  evaporation are  approximately equal over
the  annual   cycle.   The areal  loading versus depth/hydraulic  residence time
relationship  is  presented  graphically  in  Figure   XII-C-2.   According  to
Vollenweider  (1976), from  a  simple   inspection  of lakes  plotted  using this
modified  approach, the  phosphorus loading criteria  for separating oligotrophic
from  eutrophic  lakes was

                Lc(P) =  100 (z/tu))°-5                                        (3)

where  L (P) =  areal permissible total  phosphorus  loading  (mg  P/m2/yr) , z  =
mean  depth  (m), and t   =  hydraulic  residence time.   As before, the  excessive
phosphorus  loading was  assumed to be  equal  to twice  the  permissible  loading.

      Theoretical  Basis.   Vollenweider's model is  derived  from the  material
balance for completely mixed lakes  under  steady state conditions.   That  is,
the  phosphorus  input rate is equal to the  sum  of  the phosphorus output rate
and  the rate of  the phosphorus  retention  in the lake.  This material balance
can be expressed  in  mathematical  terms as follows:

                L  * A =  Q * C  + C  * V  *
                Input =  Output + Retention

where L = areal phosphorus loading  rate (mg  P/m2/yr)

      A =  lake surface  area  (m2)

      Q =  inflow/outflow (m3/yr)

      C = total  phosphorus  concentration (mg  P/m3)

      V = average lake  volume  (m3)
                                   XII-C-5

-------
   10
LOAD
%  0.1
o
i
Q.
I-
O
  0.01
         EUTROPHIC ZONE
                                  EXCESSIVE LOADING/
                                        PERMISSIBLE
                                          LOADING

      OLIGOTROPHIC ZONE
                                      i
                     10               100
                      MEAN DEPTH(m)
                             1,000
      TA = TAHOE
      A = AEGERISEE
      V =VANERN
      L =LEMAN
      0 =ONTARIO
      BO=CONSTANCE
      AN ^ANNECY
  KEY TO LAKES

MA=MALAREN
T =TURLERSEE
F =FURES
S ^SEBASTICOOK
H =HALLWILERSEE
MO =MOSES
NO =NORRVIKEN
E =ERIE
P =PFAFFIXERSEE
G sGRIEFENSEE
B :BALOEGGERSEE
W =WASHINGTON
Z =ZURICHSEE
  Figure XII-C-1.  Vollenweider's total phosphorus  loading
                  and mean depth relationship (Vollenweid-
                  er, 1968).
                       XII-C-4

-------
1974;  Larson and  Mercier,  1976;  Jones  and  Bachmann,  1976;  Rast  and Lee,
1978).   These latter models,  as  well  as Vollenweider's refinements, focus  on
phosphorus  loads  as the  major  nutrient  influencing  the eutrophication  re-
sponses of  lakes,  and  will be the main discussion  for the remainder of this
review.

4.   EVALUATION  OF MODELS

     This section  provides a brief  description of various phosphorus  eutro-
phication models  as well as  a detailed evaluation  of  each in terms of  model
capabilities, data  requirements, and  ease  of  application.   A summary  table
follows these evaluations.

a.   Vollenweider Models

     Vollenweider  (1968)  found  that when the areal total phosphorus  loading
was  plotted  against mean  depth  on a log-log  scale  (Figure XII-C-1),  straight
lines  or  bands  could be arbitrarily drawn separating the lakes into the three
standard  lake  types   in  terms  of  the  degree  of  eutrophy:    oligotrophic,
mesotrophic, and eutrophic lakes.

     The  lower line, separating oligotrophic and mesotrophic  lakes, was termed
"permissible  loading"  since  it  represented  the upper loading  level as  a func-
tion of mean depth  that could  be  permitted  without  having the  lakes  revert
beyond the   oligotrophic  state;  the upper  line,  termed  "excessive  loading,"
represented  the  level  above which a lake would be characterized as eutrophic.

     The  approximation  for  the  permissible  loading  boundary condition  was
empirically  determined  to be

                              L  (P) = 25z°'6                               (1)

where  L (P)  = areal permissible total  phosphorus loading (mg P/m2/yr) and z =
mean  depth  (m) .   The  excessive loading was considered to be  approximately
twice  the permissible  loading as follows:

                              L(P) = 50z°'6                                 (2)

where  L(P)  = areal  excessive phosphorus loading (mg P/m2/yr).

      This model  marked a  significant  advance  in  eutrophication  studies  and
became widely accepted as a  guide  to  the degree of eutrophy  of a given water
body.   It  was  the  first  credible  quantitative guide  to "permissible"  and
"excessive"  phosphorus loading  levels  for lakes  and  impoundments.  That  is,
for most  of the water  bodies for which  sufficient phosphorus loading data were
available,   the  trophic state predicted  by  the Vollenweider  loading diagram
agreed with the trophic state indicated  by the standard, but  arbitrary, indi-
 cators available  at  the  time   (e.g.,  nutrient  concentrations,   chlorophyll
 concentrations, primary productivity, Secchi  depth, hypolimnetic oxygen  deple-
 tion,  etc.).
                                   XII-C-3

-------
modeling approach has  been adopted for rural lake analysis.   As a result,  the
scope of this  review  will focus on the simplistic nutrient loading models  and
the role of phosphorus in lake eutrophication.

     Phosphorus  was  selected because  it  is  generally  considered the most
manageable  of  the major  nutrients.   The phosphorus  content of  domestic  and
certain industrial wastewaters has been closely scrutinized for at least three
reasons.   First,  wastewater  treatment  methods  to  remove  phosphorus  from  the
effluent have  been  known  for  several  years.   Second, a  large part  of  the
phosphorus  in  domestic  wastewaters and  essentially  all  phosphorus  in  some
industrial wastes are  contributed by snythetic detergents.  Third, phosphorus
limitation  in  lakes  and streams is the only known means to control the nitro-
gen fixing  blue-green  algae (Sawyer, 1971).  Thus, only the phosphorus models
for  lakes   are  addressed in  this  review;  however,   empirical  relationships
between  phosphorus  and some key  eutrophication parameters  are  included also.
These parameters  are  usually limited to  chlorophyll  a,  dissolved oxygen,  and
Secchi depth.

3.   MODELING APPROACH

     It  is  now well accepted that eutrophication of lakes depends upon exces-
sive  loads  or inputs  of phosphorus  and nitrogen to  lakes.   Eutrophication
control  programs are  frequently  based  on  controlling the  inputs  of these
aquatic plant  nutrients,  especially phosphorus to water bodies.

     This  approach  led to the development  of  the nutrient loading concept in
limnology,  which has  been known for several decades  as  a qualitative level.
Rawson   (1939,   1955),  Sawyer   (1947),  Ohle  (1956),  Edmondson  (1961),  and
Sakamato (1966)  have all  presented some expression  of the effects of nutrients
loads on the trophic conditions  of water  bodies.  None of these  investigators,
however, was  able  to  present definitive  quantitative conclusions concerning
nutrient   loading  levels  and expected  trophic  conditions  in  water bodies.

     Vollenweider (1968)  made the first  attempt  to formulate loading  criteria
for  phosphorus and nitrogen by  defining  a  boundary level between oligotrophic
and  eutrophic  water bodies,  taking  into  account  nutrient  loadings  relative to
mean depth (a  measure  of  lake volume) as  the principal parameters.  The appeal
of  Vollenweider's analysis is its  simplicity.  The graphical plot  of  nutrient
loading  to  the  lake,  such as areal phosphorus loading  rate as a  function of
mean  depth of the  lake with a  general  division into  eutrophic  or oligotrophic
lakes,  provides a basis  for  decision-making.   For a  given depth of  the lake,
the  "allowable"  loading  can be read directly  from the plot.   This,   in turn,
can  be translated  into  treatment  requirements.   Indeed,  for the  Great Lakes
system,  the analysis  of Vollenweider presumably formed  an  important input  into
original  agreement between  the United  States  and Canada  on allowable phos-
phorus  loading  for Lake Erie  and  Lake  Ontario  (Great  Lakes Water  Quality
Agreement, 1972).

     Vollenweider (1975,  1976)  has  subsequently  refined his approach through
several  stages  of development.   Other  investigators  have  also  subsequently
developed  models  based  on  the  nutrient loading  concept  for  predicting and
assessing  various  responses  of  lakes  to nutrient inputs (Dillon  and Rigler,
                                   XII-C-2

-------
C.   REVIEW OF  LAKE WATER  QUALITY MODELING  TECHNIQUES

1.   INTRODUCTION AND PURPOSE

     Eutrophication - excessive fertilization manifested by excessive growths
of  suspended  and attached algae and water weed  - can have significant dele-
terious effects  on the  beneficial  uses  of lakes  and  impoundments.  Excessive
growths of  aquatic plants can interfere  with the use of waters for domestic
and industrial water  supplies, irrigation, recreation,  fisheries, etc.

     The recent  increase  in the  use of the quantitative relationship between
the  degree  of  eutrophication and  the  amount  of pollutants has  helped  lake
managers in  the decision-making  process.   Applications of quantitative rela-
tionship,  usually expressed as "models," have proven highly successful,  and  as
a  result,  water quality modeling has become a key tool with which lake  man-
agers  can  study  the present  condition  of  the  lake  and  predict  the  future
condition.

     This  review will  assist  lake managers in selecting appropriate model(s)
for  use  in the  facility  planning process for  wastewater management in rural
lake areas.   The availability of  numerous modeling techniques, some of which
require highly  skilled  use, has  caused some  difficulties for lake  managers  or
planning staff when choosing the  right techniques  for a specific case.   There-
fore,  lake  managers  need  to understand the limitations  and weaknesses  of the
model(s)  so  that  they will  have  a  better  idea  of model capabilities.   In
addition,  as  a  guidebook  for easy reference, this review will provide  lake
managers and  planners  with a concise summary  of various models.  Rural  lake
managers and  facility  planners can consult this  guide when choosing  an  appro-
priate  model  to  determine  its associated data requirements and  limitations.

2.  SCOPE OF REVIEW

     Two basic  approaches have evolved for analysis of lake eutrophication:   a
dynamic  lake/reservoir  model,  which  simulates  the  interactions  occurring
within  ecological systems; and,  a simplistic nutrient loading model,  which
relates the  loading  or concentration of  phosphorus  in a body  of water  to its
physical properties.

     From  a  scientific standpoint, the  appropriate  approach   is  the  complex
modeling which,  with adequate data, can  be used  to accurately represent com-
plex interactions of aquatic  organisms and water quality  constituents.   Some
of the research work in  this  category is by Thomann and his associates  (1975,
1976,  1977,  1980) on  Lake Ontario,  and  Lung et  al.   (1976,   1977)  on White
Lake,  Michigan.   From a practical  standpoint,  however,  the  ability  to  repre-
sent these complex interactions  is limited:   some  interactions have  not  been
identified;  some  that  are  known  cannot  be  readily  measured;  and,  a dynamic
model  is very expensive.

      In contrast  to  the  complex  reservior models,  the empirical  nutrient
loading models  can  be  simply derived and  can   be  used with  a  minimum  data
requirement,   unlike  the dynamic  modeling.   Wastewater  treatment  facility
planning  for  rural  lakes  often  lacks  data and,  therefore,   the simplistic
                                   XII-C-1

-------
     There is  then,  a variety  of  information that can be used  in estimating
non-point source inputs  to  lakes.  However,  no information has been identified
in 208  agencies  or  other  sources  that evaluate  relationships between direct
runoff to lakes and the land use activities  that occur adjacent to lakeshores.
                                  XII-B-2

-------
B.   AVAILABILITY OF  NON-POINT  SOURCE DATA

     Nutrient modeling  of  35  glacial lakes  for the Seven  Rural Lake  EIS's
indicated  that  the  largest source  of phosphorus was  non-point runoff.  The
non-point  phosphorus  loads  were either  carried by  major  tributaries to  the
lakes or  entered  the lakes  directly as  sheet runoff or through  unidentified
channels.  For  the major  tributaries  that had been  sufficiently  sampled,  the
phosphorus portion of the non-point source load could be  calculated  directly.
But  for  many rural  lake  watersheds, sufficient  data are lacking for  direct
calculation of nutrient loads;  in  practically none have data on direct  runoff
been developed.   For  these  unsampled major tributaries  and for direct runoff,
load estimates had to be based on models.

     Designated  208   agencies  and  state  organizations  responsible for  208
planning in non-designated areas were contracted to assess  the availability of
studies  or monitoring data  for  direct runoff in Region V's  rural areas.   Of
particular  concern  was the availability  of  data describing  nutrient  losses
from lakeshore lot runoff. The assessment of non-point sources of pollution by
the 208 agencies has  been limited to qualitative analysis  of  pollution-related
problems in  the planning  areas and to gross  quantitative  estimates  generated
by empirical models  of  sediments and nutrient loads. The  final output  of the
analysis has been identification of priority watersheds on the basis of gross
erosion  rates  and potential  contribution of sediment  and  nutrients to  the
surface  waters.  Time and money  constraints have prevented  the collection of
water quality  data needed  to  assess the  actual contributions of  pollutants
from non-point sources in most areas.

     The 208 plans would thus not provide quantitative data that could be used
for assessing the water quality problems  of a lake with reference to  non-point
sources  of pollution. The  plans do provide land use,  soils,  population,  and
other physiographic data that could be used to conduct the initial qualitative
analysis.  To  quantify the pollutant loads from  non-point  sources,  other data
sources  (stream  water quality  and  flow data) or non-point  source  assessment
methodology will have to be used.

     The type  and degree  of detail of land use and soils data compiled by 208
agencies vary from  agency  to  agency. In  general,  most of  the agencies have
detailed  land use data  for urban areas  and  generalized  categories  for rural
areas. The soils  data also vary  from maps  showing general soil associations to
detailed data on  soil types.

     Some  of  the  208 agencies in Region V have also  carried out specific lake
water quality  studies as  part of the  208  planning project.  Illinois EPA con-
ducted  a  preliminary assessment,   classification,  and prioritization  of 353
inland  lakes.  The lakes were  classified into  eight  major  groups on the basis
of   their  present   conditions   and  potential  for  exhibiting problems.  The
assessment was based primarily on the  qualitative data available  for each
lake.  The  result of  the  assessment and  detailed data  for each lake are con-
tained  in  a  report,  "Assessment  and Classification of Illinois  lakes, Volume I
and  II."  The  208 agencies in  Michigan  identified priority  lakes  in their
region  and conducted detailed water quality  assessments  of the lakes.  Other
sources  of surface  water quality data  are  discussed  in  the previous  report
section.
                                  XII-B-1

-------
                                REFERENCES

Illinois Environmental Protection Agency.  1978. Assessment  and  classification
     of Illinois lakes.  Springfield  IL.

Indiana Stream Pollution Control Board.  Undated.   Indiana lake  classification
     system and management  plan.  Indianapolis  IN.

Northeast Michigan Council of  Governments.  1979.  A water quality  survey of  48
     lakes in northeast Michigan.

South Central Michigan  Planning  Council.   1977. Inland lake water quality:  An
     assessment  using  satellite imagery.   Nazareth  College, Nazareth MI.

U.S.  Environmental  Protection Agency.   1977.  An   evaluation  of  the  National
     Eutrophication Survey data.   Working Paper No. 900.  Corvallis OR.

U.S.  Geological Survey.  1979.  Chemical  and  biological  quality   of  selected
     lakes  in  Ohio,  1976 and  1977.  Water-Resources  Investigations  78-109.
     Columbus OH.
                                   XII-A-13

-------
agencies will perform computer searches for data or will provide the data from
their lake files  at  little or no charge  to  the requestor,  and they often can
identify other  organizations  to  contact  for more  site-specific information.
                                   XII-A-12

-------
4.    DATA GAPS

     Data  gaps  exist  in several  areas that  may  present  difficulties to  a
facilities planner  who must  assess  existing and  potential  rural lake  water
quality  problems  and  must  evaluate  the   impacts  of  wastewater  treatment
alternatives. Water quality  data  for rural  lake watersheds  are limited.  State
pollution  control  agencies  traditionally have  been faced with  personnel  and
budgetary  constraints.  This is evidenced by the number of lakes  that  can be
sampled. Most agencies develop a set of criteria that is used in the  selection
of lakes  for inclusion in monitoring programs while they  strive to  achieve a
representative cross-section  of the  state's inland lakes and reservoirs. Lake
size  and  degree  of lake  use  are  two common criteria.   Thus,  data more often
are available for the larger, more heavily used lakes.

     Because  of  the  same  constraints,  most lakes  are  sampled only once or
twice.   The  few lakes  that are  sampled repetitively  over the  years  are  the
exceptions.  If  a lake  is sampled oaly one time,  it  is to  be  expected that
parameter  values may  vary in time from  values  that are reported for the lake
on  the sampling date.  The  variation tends  to be  minimized  as extreme  values
are averaged with increasing numbers of  samples over time.

     Not  all major  parameters are analyzed. The  intent  of  current lake moni-
toring  programs  is to  assess eutrophication potential.  Thus,  data  for bac-
terial  and  heavy  metals  concentrations normally  are  not  collected.  Addi-
tionally,  sampling  locations generally are  located in the center of lakes, and
the results  are used  to  assess the whole lake potential for eutrophication. In
many  lakes,  the  immediate problem is the localized  or shoreline water quality
and algal  growth, and this  is not reflected  in these mid-lake  samples.

5.     CONCLUSIONS

      Water quality data  are available  for  many  rural  lakes  in Region V,  and
the number of lakes that are  sampled will continue to increase as  these  states
near  completion of  their Section  314 lake classification and  ranking programs.
However,   not  all  rural  lakes   will  be  included  in  these  lake monitoring
programs,  and it is possible  that no data exist  for  lakes for  which facilities
plans  will be prepared.

      Most lakes  in these classification programs  have been sampled only once.
The exceptions are  the  very few lakes that  are  intensively surveyed at various
times throughout a year for several years.  In these  exceptional cases,  less
reliance  on modeling techniques  is required because the  data can be used to
derive,  more  directly  and  accurately, nutrient loads and  to determine  the
in-lake responses  to those loads.  For  the  great majority  of lakes that  have
data   for  only one  sampling date,  it   will be  difficult  to  assess  with  any
certainty the existing  conditions,  and  it  will  be necessary  either to  collect
appropriate  data in  support  of facilities  planning or to rely  on appropriate
modeling approaches.

      Computerized   data  bases  are available both to identify sources  of  lake
water quality data  in a specified geographical  area and to  retrieve  the needed
 data.  The use  of  these  data bases  is  recommended in conjunction with  direct
 contact with the state office that  is  responsible for  lake  studies. Most state
                                   XII-A-11

-------
data for about 5,000  lakes,  which include lake morphometric  data,  ecological
and management classifications,  some  water quality data,  length of shoreline,
and reported lake problems.  A small amount of the data have been published or
entered into  the STORET  system.  During the  next several years, many  of  the
approximately 6,000  lakes  that support  DNR  fisheries  or  that have  public
access will be sampled.  MPCA also sponsors a citizen lake monitoring program;
lake  residents  take  Secchi  disc measurements and send water  samples  to MPCA
for color,  total phosphorus,  and  Kjeldahl nitrogen analysis.  These  data  are
available for  about  125  lakes.  Another possible  source for lake  data  is  the
Ecological  Services   Section  of  the  Minnesota  DNR,  which  has compiled  an
inventory of 15,000  lakes.  Some water quality data can be obtained from their
lake survey summaries.

     The Ohio EPA, in cooperation with the U.S. Geological Survey in Columbus,
Ohio,  has been monitoring water quality in lakes and resevoirs since 1975 at a
rate of  15  different lakes per year.  To date, about 85 of the 200 significant
lakes have  been  sampled.  Sampling of the remaining lakes will continue during
the next few  years. For each  lake,  a  comprehensive set  of  water quality
characteristics  are  gathered in the  spring and again  during late summer.  The
major  inflows  and outlet(s)  also  are sampled. All the data  are published in
yearly or bi-yearly reports  (USGS, 1979) and are entered into STORET. Complete
morphometric  data  are  available  for  the lakes.  The purposes  of  the data
collection  are  to classify  the lakes and to  obtain baseline  data for  future
lake management programs.

     The Wisconsin DNR  has two divisions  that are involved in the collection
of  lake  water  quality data. The Bureau of Research just has completed a major
lake monitoring program that has spanned a period  of 13 years. Each year, more
than  100  lakes  were  sampled quarterly  and analyzed for the standard physical,
biological,  and  chemical parameters.  Some   lakes  were  sampled  annually for
several  years.  Bacterial  and  heavy  metals  data  usually were  not collected.
Water  quality  and morphometric data  are available for about 1,200 lakes; all
of  the data are stored  on  an in-house computer,  rather than  in the  STORET
system. A  report of their results  and  lake  classification is  in preparation.

     A  separate  division within DNR, the Office  of  Inland Lake Renewal, was
established to  respond  to requests for technical assistance from Inland Lake
Protection  and  Rehabilitation Districts  in  the   State.  One-year  surveys are
designed  and  conducted   so  as  to  assess the reported lake  problems  and to
present  to  the  Lake Districts an  evaluation of pertinent  lake management
techniques.  Data for most major parameters are obtained; some  tributary water
quality  data and  groundwater data are collected also. These  lake management
reports have been prepared on  about 50  lakes.

      The  preceding  discussion of  existing  data  sources  is not  meant to be
exhaustive.   It  focuses   on the primary  agencies  that  are  responsible for
collecting  and maintaining water quality  data.   Regional planning  commissions
and state  universities  also can be involved  in lake studies.   Through  discus-
sions  with  individuals   in  the identified  lead  agencies,  it  is  likely  that
additional  sources  of data  would be  identified once the  study area  limits had
been  delineated.
                                   XII-A-10

-------
     The  Indiana   Stream  Pollution  Control Board  (ISPCB)  through the  Lake
Studies Program, has  completed  their classification process and has published
some  data  for about 450  lakes,  which  represents  most  public  lakes  and
reservoirs  in  the State  (ISPCB,  no  date).  All these  lakes were  sampled  at
least once  since  1972 for some physical, chemical,  and biological parameters.
There are  only limited chlorophyll  a  data and no data  for  pH,  conductivity,
bacteria,  or  heavy  metals.  Water  quality in  tributaries  was  not analyzed;
however, the Survey  Section,  which generates flow and some water quality data
for many  state  waterways,  does  have these data available for some lake tribu-
taries.  The data  gathered by  both of  these  divisions are  retrievable  from
STORET, as  well as from individuals in the offices. Ball State Univeristy has
been active in  lake  studies  and maintains close alliance with many lake asso-
ciations .

     The  Michigan Department  of Natural  Resources  (DNR)  has a  very active
Inland Lakes Management Group. This group performs intensive surveys for about
50 lakes per year.  The lakes, which generally are more than 50 acres and have
public  access, are   analyzed   for  about  25  water  quality  characteristics.
Bacteria  data  normally are  not collected. Some lakes  are  sampled only once,
whereas  others  are  sampled  repetitively throughout  several  years. Tributary
water  quality  is  not  analyzed  routinely,  but  these data  are  available
occasionally for  some lakes.  There are  2,000  lakes  in the state with surface
areas of  50 acres or more; only 750 of these,  however, have formalized public
access.  Baseline  water quality data for about 450 lakes  have been compiled,
and  the  remaining lakes  will be  sampled  during the next  two  years.  DNR has
established a  Self-Help Program  by which  lake  residents perform  weekly and
bi-weekly  sampling for Secchi  disc  transparency  and  chlorophyll a concentra-
tions. DNR  provides  analysis of frozen  chlorophyll a samples and prepares an
annual  report  that  contains  the results  for  each lake. On the average, 130
lake associations  or residents  participate each year,  and  many have the data
for  several years.  An  additional source  of  limited lake  water quality data
within DNR  is  the Fisheries  Division. Each time a fish survey is conducted in
lakes  that support  DNR  fisheries,  dissolved  oxygen  and temperature profiles
and pH and  alkalinity levels are measured.

     Many  of  the  regional planning commissions  and  universities in Michigan
have taken  active roles in lake  studies.  During  1977,  the Southeast Michigan
Council  of Governments  (SEMCOG)  sampled  76 lakes  twice. A similar group in
Northeast Michigan,  NEMCOG,  conducted a survey of  48 lakes in their area and
published  their findings  and their  lake classification scheme  (NEMCOG, 1979).
The  Southcentral  Michigan  Planning  Council   (SMPC)  used  LANDSAT satellite
imagery  to  assess lake water quality  for  approximately  100  lakes.  Data inter-
pretation  was  limited  to  identifying areas of  algal or macrophyte dominance
that could  be  attributed to probable  cultural eutrophication  (SMPC,  1977). The
Biological  Stations  of  the  University  of  Michigan  and  Michigan   State
University, and Central Michigan University have conducted various  lake  water
quality  surveys in the past.

     The  Minnesota  Pollution  Control Agency  (MPCA)  has collected lake  water
quality  data for  50  of  the  150 priority  lakes that  they have selected  for  a
pilot  clean lakes classification and  ranking  process.  In this program,  rural
lake  data  are  limited  because  most of  the  selected  lakes  are those that are
heavily  used  and  that are located  near  metropolitan  areas.  However, intensive
surveys  have  been conducted for  several other lakes, and MPCA  maintains file


                                  XII-A-9

-------
     All the  state agencies  have  been involved  in lake water  quality moni-
toring, although their purposes for data collection may vary slightly.  Because
of  the number  of Region  V inland  lakes  and because  of time  and  budgetary
constraints,  most of  the  programs  are  restricted to  one  or  two  sampling
efforts  at  randomly  selected  or representative  lakes  throughout the  state.
These  surveys  are designed  to  evaluate current conditions  and  potential for
future problems,  and to  determine  the necessity  for  more  intensive  studies
where problems  exist.  In some state agencies, intensive studies  are  performed
regularly each  year  on  a few lakes.  Survey objectives  may include the evalua-
tion  of  the need  for  lake  restoration  techniques or the  assessment  of lake
water quality responses to climatic conditions or to land use changes.

     All of the  states are  in various  stages of  completion of their lake
inventory and classification programs,  as mandated by Section 314 of  the Clean
Water  Act   of  1977  (PL  95-217).  The  states  are required  to  classify  all
publicly owned  freshwater  lakes according  to  their  trophic status   and  to
identify the  corrective  measures  that  would  control  pollution  sources  and
would restore the quality of problem lakes. Some of the states have undertaken
this  effort as  part  of their Section  208 Water  Quality Management Planning
Program. Indiana has  completed its  program and has classified all public lakes
and  resevoirs  according to  their  trophic status.  In  Illinois,  a  preliminary
lake  classification  and prioritization system has been  developed, but during
the  next  few years,  the  system  will be verified  and  refined, and additional
data  will  be collected.  Wisconsin  has gathered a  substantial amount  of lake
data  and is  in  the  process  of analyzing  that  data  to develop their lake
classification  system.  The other  states  still  are  collecting new  data,  and
their  lake  classification  and management reports should be available by 1982.

     The Illinois Environmental Protection  Agency  (IL-EPA),  as part  of the
Lake Protection and Restoration requirement of the statewide 208  Water Quality
Management  Planning   Program,  has  published  a  preliminary  assessment  and
classification  of about 350  Illinois  lakes  (IL-EPA,  1978).  For this  effort,
108  lakes were  sampled  during the  summer  of  1977  for  most of the significant
physical,  chemical,  and  biological  parameters. No  analyses for  bacteria  or
heavy metals were performed. Morphometric data and qualitative problem assess-
ments for the lakes that were not sampled were obtained from several  different
sources. Morphometric  data are  provided for most  lakes.  Continuing with the
classification process, an additional 65 lakes were sampled during 1979 and 15
during  1980.  The  Section 314 classification and prioritization  efforts are
expected to be completed during 1981. LANDSAT data will be used as part of the
classification process.  Only the lake  water quality data since 1979  have been
enter  into  STORET. IL-EPA will provide data from their files or the  computer.

     A  few  other organizations in Illinois have participated in lake-related
studies and may have some data of limited utility to facilities  planners. The
Illinois Department of Conservation conducted a surface water inventory during
1972.  For the  lakes  in each county, the  lake name, ownership classification,
and  surface area  are  provided.  This  same  organization has  compiled County
Surface  Water Resource  Reports  for  most counties,  which give physical and
morphological  descriptions of the  fishing lakes;  describe the  fishery;  and
include  some  information  on  lake  uses, management, vegetation,  and reported
problems. The Illinois  State Water Survey has conducted sedimentation surveys
for  about 100  lakes  and has performed  intensive studies on selected lakes in
the  State.   The  Water  Resources  Center  of  the University  of  Illinois  at
Urbana-Champaign  has  been involved in lake preservation and water management
planning programs for small Illinois communities.
                                  XII-A-8

-------















o
00

,^


CO
a
o

^

f^i
o


^j
^

JZ
S
1— 1
O

nP

%
1— t
CO

t— t
u
3


s

tij
CO

t>^
K

>3

OS



53

j.

e
Cd
1-3

3
M


4

W

•3

E-i
.5
B

*C

g

o

r_3

fe


K
S
£
W


i— t
i

i
H- 1
X



03

H




















CQ tO
*J 0)
(0 U

3
U O
U CO
5 u
O 0






d
o
• H

as W
U 3
•H *J

•H •*->
« CO
Cfl
nt
i-H
CJ






CN

cu w
h 01
o o
*J O






^

(0
<-> (Q

•O fl)
•H "G

g_4



U

u

13
O * fl
U -H
d ^

3 H
o* CQ
u w









0) 41
*J 00
§ 2
CO U
u >
CQ O
CL. U

"S
O CU

i^ > 01
rH >\ >
U d OI
OI CQ CO
u S
CO 4J 01
3 3 >
o* ^ o







•o
o
o







o
o

T3 0
d oi
3 rH
O rH
U O
00 U
OJ CO O
3 4J CO
O to rH
CO T3 CO




01
rH

to
CJ
• H
rH
0.
o.



o
X













o
»






CO
CU










CO
9J
X



^




u
o


^

J3
4-1
d
o








^
o







0
m
















rH
CU CO
U 3
•H 13 01


O rH OS
d
-rH CU

Q "S rJ







OJ
.4
co
! l
CO
J3
*J

CO
.4
01

OI
E
10
u
CO
o.

OI

o
a


o
m

4-1

4-1

(0
CU
4J
CO
u
•rt
•O
d
•r(
t
1

01

'g
• H
J


CO


4J

a



CO
OJ

•o
d
to
to
•H
U
01
U




0. 01
01 U
U 3
X co
OJ eo
-1
•0
OJ 4J
u o
a d
Hi OJ
01 U


OI CO

to 01
4-1
(0 01
i-i a
OJ CO
4J r4
01 to
a a.

to 01
d
•O OI
oi a

d o
01 U
9 01


CJ 44
CU O

4J
rH CO
rH •«
CO rH

CO CU
oi a

co
u d
-H -H
"O
d t)
•H 01

1 3
TJ rH
0 0
o e

H































06
e
CO

•o
p^

CQ
U

g
4J
CO
^
CO
rH
CO
r>
01
'Jj

U
u

t)
d
CO

OJ
00
eo

O
4-)
CO
CO
4-1
eo
•0
^
4J
•H
rH

0-

U
01
4-1
CO
3


cu
w


CO

01

4-1

d
•H
•o
01

o
CO

14
eo
10
4-1
CO
•o
CU

to
rH

OJ
_e
4-1




4-1
CU
JS
3

O
4-1

CO
b
OJ
01
OS
CM





o
4J

00
c
rrj
U
O
u
u
to

CO
01

to
rH

14
OI
4-1

5

CO
CU
14
MH
•0
01
g
0

IX
rH
U
•H
rH
_Q
3
O.
rH
rH
eo

>>
•H
CO
CO
CO
rH
U

O •
4J >,
4-1
CO -H
OJ rH
4-1 CO
CO 3
4J 0*
CO
.4
CO OJ
01 t->
U CO
0< 01
V Jt
u eo
rH
U OJ
•rt U
-d o
3 4J
CO


^,
C7N O

44 CO
O CU

4-1 3
CJ CO
t i
OJ
4-1 01
eo >
a -H
4J
c u
eo OJ
OI U
rH Ul
CJ 0
u
44
O >•
*t -H

-------
           CO  CO
          4->  * 4J 4H     M
                U CO      •  O
                eg o 13  co  ex
                B TH  tU  CU  CU

                S -H  CO  eg    c
                •H CO -rl rH rH C
                rH CO rH     eg r
                CU eg ,TJ en  B
                -< rH  3 in -n  i
          4-1 eg
          3 4J
          -a eg
          •H T5
          cu eg
          S -U
          O eg
          o
          s
          O
             00
          >. B
          O -r)
          a rH
          cu a,
          3 E
          C7* CO
          CU CO
                          cu
                         >4
          CU  CO
         -O
                         •o
                          o
                          o
                         o
3
03
eu  >,

eo  CO
   s
   •H

   a,
         W -H
                      12
                      rH ta
                                                   B
                                                   O
                                                  •H T3
                                        as
                                        -SrH
                                            o
                                      eo  B  M
                                      ti  eo  4J
                                      CO  CU  C
                                     •n 4J  o
                                     •O CO CJ
                                      B


CU
eo 4-> i
cu 4-t eo CU eg
S eg 4-t > -H
O"a t CO -H CJ
CO 3 4J O
>> >>.n rH CJ CO
CU M 4J -rl r-4 CO CO
> eg T-* M eg eg
U J3 rH 4J O) >•
3 eg 4-1 eu
CO • 3 CU -rt Jt!
B CT.M • CO co
* O co to M rH
CQ -rt M rH eu CU M
CJ 4J CU -H > J3 C
CUCJ4JMUI-H4JO
CO CU CO O CO B -H TH
rH CO 3 UH *J 3 34-1




M
o
4H

*O CO
eu eu
-a ^
co eg
•H rH
rH
a o
3 in





CO
CU


o
z
to
cu


cu
a
•H
4-1
CU
B
O

•>

CO
o
=

0)
• r-i
•H
K4
0












S"
CJ
cu
w
1— 1
s_s

S  « -H

ao S S  w i-i
O( 4-1 3 M» rHCOOJ
(9 • -H flj -H >
O- to  OJ • fl S -H
rH *J ^ -H -^ nj O S S
U fl) -yJ i-H Q C8 4-1" -i-t O 3
X t3 O*r-t -—I «J OO U
1 4J ^ W *^J V 4)
^ OJ T3 -C  ;il kiOO-U
r— Jd CU-rH 3 >, CCQ

U3 n^ _gj i^ D 03 «H > C W
U O J= r-4 •-, C

Z BJ 11 -fi '^ 

U C3
•U O «
fl) -H 0)
O* 4-1 Jrf
•H 4) (0
tj 1— ( r-4 •
•H a c^
4J S O 00
<; u r— <— '





u


o

U3

M

ffl
r— (

S
to *o

- rH
CO O,
CU 5
•H eg

CO CU
> u


•0
O
o
o

m
a
0
CU 'fH

CO CJ
*1 CU

•a
B 4-1

rH CU
B B
B rH CU
eo 00
00 - eo
•H a: B

o a z
s



S rH
CU co eg 5S5
J! Vi -rt 4J
CO OOJ3 O rH
rH O CJ 4J J3
Mo eo
C 04 eu **O CO
CU CA U rH U
N 00 O CU B
•H B CO rH -r^ eU
4J TH CU O X B
•H 1H 4J CJ CU
0 O CO T3 M
4J U - B 3
•\
0 3 CJ
CO rH B
CU rH CU
B O 00
E CU <
'n




















>4H CN
W O 00
B CJ 0>
O CJ a ^
•H a, o
4-1 X 'r( >,
O Lt4 4-1 J2
CU CO
rH 0 M
rH • -H CU
O 00 14H ^
O B -H CO
•rH CO r-t
CO O CO
4J 00 CO O
CO C rH 0
O O cj cs




CO
cu

CO
cu
>4
CO
CU
to
CU
_,

B
CO

g
•tH
4J

o
3



TJ
o
o
o
in
00
B
o
•H
4J
ca

cu
a<
o
O CO
o C5
.2s

JS

O CU •-(
•n [d 3
o


































•o
V
a
c
o
CJ













































                                                                           XII-A-6

-------
     The two data bases  have  common identifiers  that  allow them to  be  used in
conjunction with  each other.  For  example,  the  MWDI  may be used to  identify
sites for which data  are available within a geographic  area,  such as  a county
or the latitude and longitude  vertices of a  polygon; then the  WDSD can be used
to obtain  the  addresses of offices  from  which  the data may be  obtained.  The
NAWDEX data bases  are accessible by computer terminals that are  located in the
USGS  district  offices  in each Region  V state. The  addresses   and  telephone
numbers  of the  USGS  district  offices  that  function   as  NAWDEX  Assistance
Centers  are  listed in  Chapter  XIII,  Section A.  Nominal  charges  are  assessed
for  computer  costs,  extensive  personnel time,  and  duplicating  services.  No
standard  fee   schedule   exists,  but  most  of  the NAWDEX Assistance  Centers
provide  cost  estimates  for  their  services at  the  time  a  request is  made.

     Because the  two data bases  in NAWDEX  can  only  be used to  identify the
location of sites  and the agencies to  contact for water data,  there also are
data bases that store the actual data  values. U.S.EPA  maintains a  system for
the  storage  and  retrieval (STORET)  of  water  quality  data.  This  data  base
serves as  a central repository for all water quality data that are collected
by  U.S.EPA and  other   contributing  agencies.   Most  of  the  state  pollution
control  agencies, or  their equivalents, that are  involved  in lake  monitoring
programs,  store  their data on  the  system  and  can retrieve all  the  data for
sites  that are  selected  by  a  requestor of  such data.  The  state  agencies
generally  will  perform  STORET  searches for lake  data   at  no  cost;  if  large
amounts of data are involved,  however, requests  are better handled through the
U.S.EPA, Region V office  in Chicago,  IL,  and  a charge   for the  computer cost
will be  assessed.   The  computer charges are related linearly to the amount of
data  that  is  retrieved.  There  generally  is  a  lag before  recent  data are
entered  into  the  system  (Some very  old data are not  yet entered.).   Thus,
unless it  is  known that several different agencies have collected data in the
study area, it may be more expeditious to request the data that are contained
in the paper  files of the agency.  Often  files  are kept on each  lake  and may
contain more information than what is stored on the computer.

     The USGS  also  maintains  a  computerized  file  for  data that have been
collected  through   its   Water   Resources  Division's  investigations.  Their
National Water Data Storage  and Retrieval system  is  called WATSTORE and is a
subset of STORET.  Although USGS is involved in many studies related to surface
waters and  groundwaters, their  routine lake monitoring  program  is  limited to
water level and volume  measurements in relatively few  lakes  in each Region V
state. Some offices,  however,  do collect lake or tributary water quality data
as part  of statewide  or  regional water  resources appraisals. Lake mapping also
has  been undertaken by  some USGS district offices. Generally, USGS data bases
would be most  useful for  obtaining  tributary flow data and groundwater data.

b.    State Agencies  and Other Sources  of Data

     Each  Region V  state has  one  lead agency that is  responsible  for the
collection  and maintenance  of surface  water  quality  data.  Separate offices
within  most of  these  agencies have  been established  for the  state's lake
protection  and restoration programs.  This  agency often will be  the primary
source  of  lake water quality  and  morphometric  data  and  also  may  be able to
recommend  potential  sources   for  more  site-specific  data.  These  primary
agencies are  identified in Table XII-A-1, which summarizes some of the  infor-
mation  that is contained in the  narrative  descriptions of data availability
for  each state.

                                  XII-A-5

-------
limits  are  defined  and it  is  likely that  local  residents or  organizations
would be aware  of  what water quality studies had  been conducted in the plan-
ning area. This  section presents  some general information  about  Federal pro-
grams and data  sources and then a more  detailed account  of the data holdings
of  state  governmental agencies and,  in some cases, other  organizations that
were identified as  being actively involved in lake  studies.

a.    Federal  Agencies

     As part of the National Eutrophication Survey  (NES) that was conducted by
the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (U.S.EPA), 241 lakes in Region V were
sampled during  1972 and 1973.  Most  of  these lakes faced actual  or potential
accelerated eutrophication problems;  were  affected  by discharges  from muni-
cipal wastewater treatment plants  that  were within 25  miles of the lake; had
surface areas  of 100  acres  or  more;  and had hydraulic retention  times of at
least  30  days   (U.S.EPA,   1977).  Although  the  water quality  data  are  now
historic,  both  the  methodology  that  was  used  and  the  results  that were
obtained  are  considered to be reliable.  The results may  be  useful  in com-
parison with more  recent data.  Reports on individual lakes were published and
each  contained  data  on  lake morphometry;  physical,  chemical,  and biological
characteristics; and  nutrient  loads. The  number  of  lakes  in each  Region V
state and the year  in which they were sampled are listed below.

          Region V  Lakes in the National Eutrophication Survey (NES)

                 1972                                   1973
     State                 Number            State               Number

     Minnesota               78              Illinois               31
     Wisconsin               46              Indiana                27
     Michigan                39              Ohio                   20


     Because of  the number of agencies that are involved in the collection of
water  quality data and  in the  interest  of  storing  data for use  by other
investigators,  computerized data bases  have become  important mechanisms for
disseminating this  information.    The  National  Water  Data Exchange (NAWDEX)
is  an  interagency  program  that is  managed by USGS.  It  was  implemented to
assist  users of water  data  in  identifying,  locating,  and  acquiring needed
data. The NAWDEX program maintains two  computerized  data bases that serve as
central  indices  of  data available nationwide  and  that  may be  useful to faci-
lity  planners.   The  Water  Data  Sources  Directory  (WDSD) identifies organiza-
tions  that  are  sources  of water  data;  provides  the  names,  addresses,  and
telephone numbers   of  the  organizations; describes the  types  of data held by
the  organizations;  and lists  the geographic  locations  in which the data have
been  collected.  Broadly grouped,  the types  of  data  include  surface water
quantity and quality;  groundwater quality,  levels, and  pumpage;  and geological
descriptions.  Surface water  quality  stations are  not  differentiated in this
data  base as to type  of site  (i.e.,  lake  or  stream).  The other  computerized
data  base,  the  Master  Water Data  Index  (MWDI),  contains information about
sites  for which water data  are  available.  It  includes  information such as the
organization  collecting the  data,  geographic location of the  site,  type of
site  (i.e.,  lake,   stream, well, etc.),  type of  data, period  of record, major
data  parameters, and frequency of data  collection.
                                   XII-A-4

-------
face area,  mean and maximum  depths,  length of  shoreline,  volume,  retention
time, and watershed area.

b.    Other Data Requirements

     Water,  and hence  nutrient  loads, can  enter lakes  from  any of  several
sources. The  importance of these sources will  vary  with the lakes  and  their
watersheds. Hydraulic  and  nutrient budgets  for  a lake  can be derived if  the
quantity and  nutrient  loads of water  entering  the lake can be estimated  for
precipitation,  tributary  flow, point  sources,  and  groundwater.  Examples  of
these generalized budgets are presented later.

     Preciptiation on  lake  surfaces  may  be  of importance in  large  basins  but
tends to be rather insignificant  in terms of quantity  and  nutrient contribu-
tion to  lakes  with small surface  areas.  The extent  of  existing  data and non-
point source  modeling  approaches  as  they relate  to  runoff  from  the immediate
drainage area  of  the lake  are addressed  later.  If local rainfall  data are not
available,  summaries  of precipitation data  for  the nearest  National Weather
Station, which often is an airport,  can be obtained from the National Climatic
Center  of  the  National Oceanographic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA) in
Asheville,  North Carolina,  for a nominal  charge.

     When present, tributaries are a major source of water input  and pollutant
loads to  a lake.  It is, therefore,  necessary to obtain quality  and flow data
for  the streams that flow in and out of the lake. This information also may be
used to estimate  how  much of the  delivered  load  is  retained  in  the  lake.
Quality  data  should include nutrient,  bacterial, and dissolved oxygen concen-
trations,  at a minimum.   In the  ideal situation, the  water  quality and flow
data should be obtained  at the  inlets  and outlets of  the  lakes.  These data
sometimes  are  available from lake studies that are conducted by state agencies
or   other   organizations.  Another  source for  the  data may  be   through U.S.
Geological  Survey  (USGS) district  offices  that  maintain  gaging  stations up-
stream  on  some  tributaries  to  lakes. In general,  tributary data for stream-fed
lakes in rural  areas are sparse.

      If point  sources,  such  as  municipal  or  industrial  wastewater treament
plants,  are located upstream  on tributaries in  the  study area, effluent water
quality and the corresponding flow  data  should  be obtained.  Treatment plants
are required  to  monitor   their  effluent  water  quality  and  to  keep  these
records, thus  plant operators  are the best source  for this information.

      In landlocked lakes, groundwater  seepage will be more of a factor than in
stream-fed  lakes.  Groundwater data  requirements and  sources are  discussed
later.  Although  septic  tank  leachate is transported via the groundwater, in
the generalized nutrient budget for rural lakes,  it normally is  considered to
be  a separate  input.  Site-specific  data  rarely are available.  Therefore, the
nutrient contribution  from septic  tank leachate  to the lake is  derived  from
 literature values.

 3.    SOURCES OF RURAL  LAKE WATER QUALITY DATA

      In an effort  to  assess  the  extent  of available and useful  water quality
 data for  rural lakes  in Region V,  discussions were restricted to  individuals
 in Federal and state  agencies that  are  responsible  for the  collection of  lake
 water quality  data. In the actual  facilities planning  process, the study  area

                                   XII-A-3

-------
     The  two  major  concerns  in  rural  lake  water  quality  are  accelerated
eutrophication and public  health.  The following physical,  chemical,  and  bio-
logical water  quality  parameters  may be  used as  measures of potential  and
existing productivity  and  sanitary  conditions:  chlorophyll a,  Secchi  depth,
nutrients   (phosphorus   and  nitrogen),   dissolved  oxygen,   temperature,   pH,
alkalinity, conductivity, bacteria, and  heavy metals.

     Chlorophyll refers  to  the  green pigments of plants, and chlorophyll  a_ is
one of  the most  common pigments. Excessive growth in lakes  may cause nuisance
conditions, impair  recreational  value,  or  exert significant  oxygen demand.
Secchi  disc transparency is  a measure of  light penetration,  which influences
temperature and many biological  reactions and activities; it usually is among
the parameters measured  in most lake studies because the measurements are  made
with relative ease.  Chlorophyll 
-------
A.    EXTENT OF  SURFACE WATER QUALITY  DATA  AVAILABLE  IN U.S.  EPA
      REGION V

1.    INTRODUCTION

     This section identifies sources of  surface water  quality data for rural
lakes in U.S. EPA Region  V,  describes  approaches  for obtaining the data, and
identifies data gaps that  exist  in  relation to the application of  lake eutro-
phication models.  To obtain  this  information, Federal and state agencies that
are  responsible  for gathering and/or  maintaining water data were contacted.
Discussions were aimed at  determining  the  extent  of their lake water quality
monitoring programs and evaluating  whether  or not a facilities planner would
be able to obtain and use  their acquired  data.

     Many  agencies  have  opted to  reduce  the  number of  parameters  that  are
measured per  lake and  the frequency at which the lake  is sampled  in order to
increase  the number  of  lakes that  can be  surveyed.   Thus,  the parameter
coverage and  sampling  frequency  for a  particular  lake often will  dictate  the
range of modeling techniques that can be  used. Lake water  quality models range
from  simplistic models that  are  dependent  on few  readily  available parameters
to  complex models that require extensive input data  sets. Based on the extent
of the existing data, it appears that rather simplistic  models  will have to be
applied for most lakes.

     As a result, the emphasis that must  be placed on nonpoint source modeling
should  be  considered.  For  most  lakes in  rural  areas,  the nutrient and bac-
terial loads  that are contributed via nonpoint sources  of  pollution are signi-
ficant,  but  such  data rarely are  quantified.  If  a  lake  has  been  sampled
repetitively, then  it  might be possible  to use actual  data  to estimate pollu-
tant  loads  and  to evaluate the in-lake  response  to  those  loads. On the other
hand,  if  insufficient  data exist, then greater  reliance must be placed on  the
results of the nonpoint source models that are discussed later.

2.     SUGGESTED TYPES  OF DATA

      In  order to  conduct  a comprehensive assessment of existing  and potential
lake  water quality problems  and to develop a cost-effective  management plan
for those  problems, several types of data are required. In addition  to actual
data  on lake water quality,  data  are  needed to characterize the sources of
pollution  that  influence  the  in-lake  water quality. In  general,  these  would
include  hydrologic  data,   tributary  data,  point   source data,  and  septic  tank
leachate data.

a.     Lake  Water  Quality Data

      Depending  on  the  level  of  sophistication  of  the selected  analysis,
 several  water quality parameters can be  useful  when assessing existing  and
potential  water quality  problems in lakes.  In  rural lake  areas, where  data
 often  are  scarce,  more   simplistic analysis  methods must  be   used.  These
 simplistic modeling  approaches  are reviewed later.  The  extent of  available
 data often dictates which analysis  is appropriate.
                                   XII-A-1

-------
      Chapter XII
SURFACE WATER RESOURCES

-------
     An alternative  use  that may be  considered  for such an area  is  agricul-
tural adaptation.   If crops such  as  alfalfa, reed canary grass, or hay  are
grown,  revenues  from  their  sale could  offset  operation  and  maintenance
expenditures.   Perhaps the best suited use  would  be for pasture.   Drawbacks to
agricultural uses  include  prohibitions  from using heavy machinery that  would
disrupt or break  effluent  distribution  lines.  This would restrict the  use of
plows  and  harvesting  equipment  to smaller  machines possibly with  flotation
tires.  Other drawbacks would  be possible  soil compaction or  topsoil  loss to
erosion.  Evapotranspiration of  effluent would also be limited  if crop  cover
were not perennial.
                                   XI-C-2

-------
C.   MULTIPLE USE OF  CLUSTER SYSTEM  SITES

     With  the implementation  of  a  small  waste  flows  facility  plan  that
includes  a  multifamily  filter  field  or   cluster   system,   a   resource  of
community-owned  or controlled  land  becomes  available  for  public  use  and
benefit.   While  no  data  exist  on  the  current  use of  such sites,  it  is
anticipated that as the  use  of cluster systems becomes more  widespread,  this
resource  will  be   utilized   to  a  greater  extent.   Possible  uses  include
recreation  facilities  such  as  playgrounds,  tot  lots,  and  athletic  fields.
Also,  these  lands  could be  used to  produce  revenues through less  intensive
cropping  such as hay or other animal  fodder  and  for pasture lands.   Of the
obstacles  faced, the  greatest  opposition to  the multiple  use of  these sites
will  likely  be  based  on  the potential  of  pathogenic contamination  through
exposure  to wastewater  effluent.   However,  it is probable  that this potential
risk can be reduced to acceptable levels.

     The  land  that  is  used  for  these  types  of  systems  is  often  highly
desirable for other purposes  as well.  Usually, it  is level, well-drained land
so that it fits the needs for the absorption system.   It will also be in close
proximity  to  existing development  if economies  of  scale  for wastewater con-
veyance systems  are to  be achieved.  The amount  of land is dependent upon the
amount  of wastewater  generated  and the resulting  land area requirements.  In
the  Seven Rural  Lake  EIS on Crooked/Pickerel Lakes,  a cluster system included
to  serve  245 people would require 4.6 acres  including buffer areas  and land
set  aside  for  complete replacement  of the absorption  system.   In  the cost
variability study  conducted  for this EIS, a land  area  of  2.75 acres would be
needed  to  serve  the  wastewater  flows  for  200  persons,  5.25 acres  for 200
people,  7.75  acres for  600  people, and 12.5  for  1000 people.   These figures
also  include  land for  buffers  and  reserve  areas.  As   can be  seen,  this
represents  a  considerable  resource and provides  a significant opportunity for
use.

     Based  on  cost  savings   for  wastewater  conveyance,  one may  assume that
cluster site  would be in close proximity to the residences  served.  This would
provide easy  access  to   the cluster  site, to  areas between the houses, and to
areas  along the collection route.  Recreational use of the site could thus be
afforded  to  residents  at a  very nominal investment.   Possible  recreational
uses   include playgrounds,  tot   lots,  picnic  areas,   and  athletic   fields.
Cluster site  conditions would be  conducive  to playfield  use because they are
relatively level and well drained.

     The  major  point  of objection  that can  be envisioned  for such use  is the
possible   contact  between  recreation  users  and   wastewater  effluent  with
attendant pathogens that may  rise  to  the ground surface.  This can be a highly
emotional issue,  and,  if adequate  provision is not  made for  public safety and
education,  psychological  barriers  may preclude  the  use  of such  an  area.
Proper siting,  design,   and reserve  drainage  area  should provide a sufficient
margin of safety to allow for  drainage without the  chance  of wastewater  pond-
ing on the  ground surface.    If  intensive  recreation  is  anticipated,  obser-
vation wells  with alarm  systems could be  installed that  do interfere with
recreation  activities   but   do  indicate  groundwater  mound  depth  and  thus
exposure  risk factors.
                                   XI-C-1

-------
     Once  the  number of  the total  dwelling  units permitted  in the  area  is
calculated, the average number  of persons per seasonal and permanent dwelling
unit derived from  census  or other survey data may be multiplied to determine
the total  population carrying  capacity.   This figure should  provide  a sound
basis  as an  upper  limit  population  figure  to  compare against  projections
derived from other demographic sources.

     It  should be  noted  that reliance on on-site wastewater treatment systems
permits  much lower housing density than more  centralized  systems.   Also,  the
soils   limitations  portion  of   the   environmental   constraints   evaluation
methodology may be circumvented if centralized service is provided in order to
allow  development  in  marginally  suitable  areas  with  potential  significant
impacts.  An analysis of the carrying capacity under both conditions will thus
facilitate  a  more  in-depth  understanding  of  the  type  of  impacts  that
centralized collection and treatment may generate.

     For  additional information  on  this methodology  consult  the  following
references:

Gordon,  G.  1978.    User's  guide to  the  Ohio  Capability  Analysis Program.
     Ohio DNR, Division of Water, Columbus OH.

McHarg,  I.  L.  1971.  Design with nature.  Doubleday and Co., Garden City, NY.

Neiswand,  G. H. ,  and P.  Pizor.   1977.  Current planning capacity: A practical
     carrying-capacity approach to land use planning.  Extension Bulletin 413.
     Rutgers University, New Brunswick NJ.

Sargent, F.  0.,  and E. P.  Sargent.   1979.  Rural water planning:  The wave of
     the future.   American Planning Association,  Chicago IL.

U.S. Environmental Protection Agency.   1978.  Environmental assessment manual,
     Region  I.  J.  F. Kennedy Federal Building, Boston MA.
                                   XI-B-4

-------
     •  existing land use patterns,  including the  location of residen-
        tial, commercial, industrial,  and institutional uses, and

     •  future land uses and density information derived from local
        comprehensive plans, zoning ordinances,  and subdivision regula-
        tions .

All of this information is inventoried as part of any environmental assessment
process  in  planning  for wastewater  treatment  facilities.   The  information
should be  compiled in  narrative  and cartographic form  for  interpretation of
those  factors  that  would  constrain  land  development.   For  all  factors
examined, the statutory or  regulatory basis for constraining  the  use  must be
stated explicitly to remove normative judgments.

     Each natural  and  man-made  factor places a different degree of constraint
on  the  utilization of  the  land for  residential  development.   These  factors
must  be  ranked in  order of importance to determine if  they are prohibitive,
restrictive, or qualified constraints to development.  Prohibitive constraints
are  the  result of legislative  prohibition  on  development  in  areas  where
natural  phenomena  pose  hazards  to  health,  safety,  and  welfare.    These
prohibitions  include  such   codes  as  municipal  flood  plain  ordinances  and
sanitary codes  governing on-site  treatment systems or existing developed land
that  is  not available  for  future  use.  Restrictive constraints  are noted in
sensitive areas where performance standards must be met to minimize the impact
of  residential  development.   Performance criteria include density restriction
on  slopes  greater  than 15% and executive  orders governing  Federally funded
activities in wetland areas.  Some areas with resources that are valuable and,
therefore,  require protection are  covered by policy recommendations in local
or  municipal  comprehensive  plans;  these  may  be  designated  as  areas  of
qualified constraint.

     The rank  order of constraining factors enables mapping of these natural
and man-made factors on  a composite constraints map.  The rules of combination
in  overlaying these various  maps  are  based on a  preemptive hierarchy where
prohibitive  constraints  overrule   all   others.   Restrictive  constraints  are
noted  as  areas  where  some  development  may  occur  if  it  coincides  with
explicitly set forth criteria.  These restricted areas cannot be added to form
prohibitive  constraints in  areas  of concurrence, as  a  number of limitations
still  may  be overcome.   Qualified constraints are  the  lowest order priority
and constitute only policy  guidance.

     The result of  the  constraints mapping process should be a  single map that
graphically  shows  portions of the  study area where  prohibitive constraints
allow   no   development  to  occur,  restrictive  constraints   permit  limited
development,  qualified  constraints  where  policy  recommendations  should be
recognized,  and remaining  areas of  vacant unrestricted, developable acreage.
This  map should next  be overlaid with  existing  zoning  maps to determine the
maximum  number  of dwelling units permitted  per acre.  Planimetric measurement
or  a grid  cell  overlay of the amount  of developable  land  in each of these
districts  indicates the total acreage  in  each  category.  One  cautionary note
is  worthwhile  here:  a  certain percentage  (10  to 20%) of this land should be
deducted  for public  facilities  such as  roads,  utility right-of-ways, or odd
lot lines and sizes.
                                  XI-B-3

-------
                                      en .a

                                      2 °

                                      If
                                      o a>
                                      O >
                                       =    o
                                       •5 en  O
                                       •^ <=  i_
                                         o  eu
                                       •°a.<*
                                       o a>  »

                                       »s =

                                       III
                                       M52

1

3
Q.
0
0)
c
£
0)
cu
o
o>
c
£
o >,
U —
o o
— Q.
s s
r









                                       cr
                                       <
                                       »"5-S


                                       « H -~
                                       c 12 "o
                                       a> c a>
                                       en O "
                                           u

                                       • S S
                                       •£ a> v>
                                       O o 2
a.
o !
o  « « £

^  «« ®
O — .  m
>  o c >-
UJ  to O to
Site dependent
o

o
Q.
in
^
o>
en
O
(Considers future
development to be
on-site wastewoter
management)
                                                                                     W
                                                                                     U
                                                                                     w
                                                                                c
                                                                                o
                                                                                      cd
                                                                                      3
                                                                                     -H
                                                                                      a)
                                                                                     C
                                                                                     •H
                                                                                     CO
                                                                                     en
                                                                                     C
                                                                                     O
                                                                                     a
                                                                                     0)

                                                                                     c
                                                                                     o
                                                                               w
                                                                                      I
                                                                                     «
                                                                                      I
                                                                                     M
                                                                                     x

                                                                                     0)
                                                                                     S-(
                                                                                     3
                                                                                     ao
                                                                                     •H
                                  XI-B-2

-------
B.   ENVIRONMENTAL CONSTRAINTS  EVALUATION  METHODOLOGY

     One of the major  findings  of the  Seven  Rural  Lakes  EIS's was  that  signi-
ficant differentials in population growth and land  use  conversion would  result
from  sewering  as  opposed  to not  sewering the  rural  lake communities.   The
decision  to sewer  or  not  has  significant  implications  for  a  community's
future.    However,   many   rural   communities   are   relying   on   relatively
unsophisticated planning tools  that  fail to  recognize  important  environmental
and  economic  resources.   They  rely  heavily  on  general  soil  limitations  for
on-site systems to  justify  low  density land use zones.   It is,  therefore,  in
the  best  interests  of  rural   communities   to  examine  carefully  land  use
potentials  as  a  critical  element  of  their  decision making  for  wastewater
facilities.  This is particularly  true for rural lake communities  because  of
the high incidence of environmentally sensitive resources.

     An   environmental  constraints   methodology   provides  suggestions   to
applicants  and  facility planners  for  incorporating information on land use,
environmental  resources, and economic  factors into the  design and evaluation
of wastewater management alternatives.   The  process involves  an  inventory and
mapping  of  natural and  man-made  factors  in  the  study  area,   followed  by
interpretation  of  the  degree of  constraint on  future development  caused  by
these  factors.   This  will  allow compilation  of data into a  form  that will
permit  facility planners the opportunity to view areas  where no  residential
development may occur,  where limited development may occur, and  the amount and
spatial distribution of  land where residential development is likely to take
place.   Development   limitations  should  be  based  upon  local  zoning  and
subdivision  ordinances,  state  laws,  and Federal  laws   and  regulations.   An
analysis  of the amount  of  vacant developable land in an area,  correlated to
the permitted zoning density and average number of persons per household, will
present  facility planners  with  an  additional  source  of  information  on the
amount  of  population  to be served  in  a given area.   (See Figure XI-B-1.)

     The  process requires  preparation of a  base  map of the study area and
overlays of inventory  information at the same scale.  The base map should show
the  planning  area  boundaries,  minor  civil  divisions,   transit  systems,  and
surface  water  bodies.   The   overlays  of  inventory  factors   that  present
constraints include such resources as:

      •  physiography,  including steep  slopes or slump and slide-prone
        areas,

      •  geology, including  subsidence-prone areas and aquifer recharge
        areas,

      •  soils  conditions, including  shrink and swell soils, prime
        agricultural areas,  and/or a soils suitability analysis for  on-
        site wastewater  treatment,

      •  water  resources  and  their  related  land areas,  including
        wetlands and flood  plain  areas,

      •  sensitive  areas, such as  historic  and  archaeologic  sites,
        park  and  recreation areas, and habitats  for  rare and/or  endangered
        species,
                                   XI-B-1

-------
                                REFERENCES
Sargent,  F. 0., and  B.  P.  Sargent.   1979.   Rural  water planning:   The  wave  of
     the  future.   American Planning  Association, Chicago IL.

Sargent,   F.  0.    1976.   Rural  environmental  planning.   American Planning
     Association,  Chicago IL.

Thurow,  C.,  et   al.    1975.   Performance  controls  for  sensitive  lands:   a
     practical guide  for local administrators.   EPA 600/5-45-005.  U.S.  EPA,
     Washington DC.

Kendig, L.  H.  et  al.   1980.  Performance zoning.   APA  Planners  Press,  Chicago
     IL.

Snyder, R.  W.  1972.   You and rural  zoning.   Bulletin #373.  University  of
     Minnesota Agricultural Extension Service,  St. Paul MN.

Rahenkamp,  et al.  1977.   Innovative  zoning:   A  local  official's guidebook,
     U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development,  Washington  DC.

Twichell, J.  H.   1978.   The effects of  the use and  regulation  of septic tank
     systems  upon land  use  in  Massachusetts.   Pub.  No.  96.  University  of
     Massachusetts,  Water Resources Research Center,  Amherst MA.

Holzer, T. L.  1975.  Limits to growth and septic  tanks.  In: Water pollution
     control  in  low density areas:   Proceedings of  a rural  environmental
     engineering conference (W.J.  Jewell and R.  Swan, eds.).  University Press
     of New England, Hanover NH.

Wisconsin  Department of  Health  and Social  Services.   1979.   Final  environ-
     mental  impact  statement  on mound systems  for private waste  disposal.
     Madison WI.
                                  XI-A-6

-------
be  defined as  eligible under  the provisions  for force  accounts in  40  CFR
35.936-15(b).    These  funds  might  also be  matched by  Comprehensive  Planning
funds  from the U.S.  Department  of Housing  and Urban  Development 701 grants
under some form of memorandum of agreement.   However,  this raises a dilemma of
ineligibility if these studies constitute a "normal function of government" as
defined  under  40  CFR  35.940-3(e).   Unallowable  studies  here  refer  to  the
design  of  implementation  schemes,  drafting  of  statutes  or  regulations,
delineating boundaries  relating  to  finances,  etc.   Interpretation  of these
codes  and  regulations  for  grant eligibility should be  conducted to determine
elements  of  comprehensive  community  land  use  planning,  define  community
development   goals  and objectives,   and  thus  mitigate  potential  adverse
environmental impacts in the facility planning process.
                                   XI-A-5

-------
land use planning  and  zoning and do not  have  formally adopted land use goals
or  plans.   They  do not  have  the  tools  to  understand  and  inventory their
environmental  resource base  and formulate  performance  standards  to  permit
development but prevent significant  impacts.

     Planning  for  wastewater  treatment  facilities   presents  a  significant
opportunity  for  local  municipalities  to contract for  the  necessary expertise
to  conduct  land  use planning in concurrence with facility plans.   Because the
two topics  are  so  closely linked, anticipation of impacts prior to design and
formulation of a mitigation strategy could save considerable time and expense.
An understanding of the environmental resource base, housing types,  lot sizes,
and  existing  densities  possibly  in  the  framework  of  the  Environmental
Contraints  Evaluation  in Chapter  IX,  in  conjunction with  a program  that
involves land use  planning concurrent with facility planning would lead to an
environmentally  sound  wastewater management  program.  Lately,  considerable
attention  has  been  given to the special planning needs  of rural  areas.   A
listing  of  sources  available   for  use  by  local  decision makers  and  the
interested public is included.

     Of particular  interest in mitigating impacts in environmentally sensitive
areas are  the  works by Thurow and others (1975) and Kendig and others  (1980).
These  authors  have  demonstrated the  achievements of  local  governments  in
writing performance standards that can be added to existing zoning ordinances.
These performance standards permit development while requiring that developers
show proof that the  proposed housing development will not  have  an impact on
the  community's  environmentally sensitive  areas  or  infrastructure.   Thus,
these  standards enable  the   community  to mitigate  any  adverse environmental
impacts early in the facility planning process.

     A policy issue that  U.S. EPA should address is whether or not it would be
beneficial  to  make construction grants funds available  for  land  use planning
during  the  facility  planning  process.   There  are several  good  reasons for
considering  this approach.  A significant portion of the expertise required to
do  a thorough  comprehensive  plan  with  the  necessary zoning  enforcement is
available  from  consulting  engineering  firms  that  perform  facility  plans.
Between  population  projections, housing analyses,   and  the  aspects   of  an
environmental assessment  that are required for a facility plan, a significant
portion  of  the  work  necessary  for  comprehensive  planning  is accomplished.
Additionally,  community   involvement   and  public  input  would be  increased
because  a  broader  range  of  interests  would  be  attracted to  overall community
planning.   This  would ensure a  definition of community development goals that
did not  depend  on  suitable  soils.  Performing community planning concurrently
would  ensure that  formally  adopted  land  use  policies would be supported by
proper  infrastructure  development  and  that the necessary  growth management
programs  would  be  codified  to  mitigate  any  adverse environmental impacts.

     The   grant  eligibility  of  conducting  municipal  comprehensive planning
appears  to  have  some  basis  within  the  structure  of  existing   codes  and
regulations.   U.S.  EPA's  Program  Requirements  Memorandum  77-4  (PRM  77-4)
speaks to  cost allocation for multiple  purpose projects under the construction
grants  program.   The  types  of  projects  given as examples  include combined
sewer  overflow  projects that also reduce  flooding  and enhance urban drainage
and other  community planning programs.   If a municipality were to use  its own
staff  in conducting facility planning  and comprehensive planning, funds  could


                                  XI-A-4

-------
separation distances will not  be  reduced,  and thus lot  size  requirements may
not  change.   Cluster   systems   with  centralized  collection  and  off-site
treatment will  have the  same  effect on  lot  size as large scale  centralized
collection  and  treatment systems.   As  the  public  health  risk  from  well
contamination  is avoided,  smaller  lot  sizes are permitted  in local  zoning
codes.   Drawing  from Seven  Rural  Lakes  EIS examples, Littlefield  Township in
the Crooked/Pickerel Lakes,  Michigan area  allows 4.5  dwelling units  to  the
acre with  the provision of public water  and  sewer.   In the  Otter  Tail Lake,
Minnesota  area,   provisions  for  clustered development  in the local  zoning
ordinance allow  for 8  to 9 dwelling units  to  the  acre where  central sewer
service is provided.

     The predominant settlement pattern and  housing type with standard septic
tank soil  absorption systems  is  reported as single-family detached  units in
small subdivisions and dispersed low density sprawl patterns (Twichell, 1978).
This development pattern  has  been  determined  by access  to  and  the spatial
distribution  of  suitable  soil.   This  development  pattern   may   lead to  a
situation where  the future  option to  sewer  may be precluded  because of the
great  expense   incurred  by  constructing  sewers between  dispersed  houses.
Further  dependence  upon  local  sanitary codes may thus  severely restrict the
amount and  distribution of  developable  land in lake areas.  Such restrictions
may  run  counter  to  local  growth  plans  or  subdivision  plans  by  large
landholders.

     It  is  likely that grey water/black water separation systems will  require
soil  properties  similar to standard systems  and will  not   change  existing
settlement  patterns.    Elevated  sand mounds,  if  permitted by  code  for new
systems, may  enable development in  sub-optimal soil areas.  These systems may
operate  on  soils with  a  depth to  seasonal  high water table or  limiting layer
of  2  feet  including  zones  such  as  floodplain areas or  other areas  in close
proximity  to  lakeshores.   The   Wisconsin  Department  of  Health  and Social
Services  (1979)  has  estimated that in  Wisconsin alone, mound systems will
allow  development on  3 million acres  or 8.4 percent  of the  state  that was
previously  not suitable  for conventional on-site  systems.

     Cluster  systems,  which are  capable  of serving as many  as 120 homes, do
not depend  on on-site   conditions  and thus permit development of smaller  lots.
In  addition,  this  type  of  service  permits   the  development  of   duplex,
townhouse,  and small apartment units that may  not be anticipated  in  existing
local plans.   Additionally, cluster  systems foster development by allowing the
placement of  collection lines  in  such areas as floodplains, wetlands,  and  even
steeply  sloping  areas,  where local codes permit.

     One of the most consistent  impact findings  in the Seven Rural Lakes  EISs
was that, in  the absence of  local  development controls, centralized collection
and treatment systems  would  induce growth  into environmentally  sensitive  areas
such  as  floodplains, wetlands, and  steeply sloping areas.  As  has  been stated
here,  alternative  and  innovative  forms of  wastewater  treatment  may  have
similar  effects though  to a lesser  degree.  Historically,  sanitary codes  have
been used as  tools  to  limit  or control  growth, and as such, have become a form
of  zoning  (Wisconsin Department of Health and Social  Services,  1979;  Twichell,
1978).   Some  sanitary  codes do  not permit  development of on-site wastewater
treatment  systems in these  marginal  areas.  However,  in many  rural  lake areas,
local  municipal  officials often do not  have the  staff or  the  budget to conduct
                                   XI-A-3

-------
     Table XI-A-1  shows  an  analysis of  separation distances needed  between
soil  absorption systems  and  wells,  surface water  bodies,  lot  lines,  and
structures in  the  Seven  Rural  Lakes EIS  project  areas.  On  the  basis  of  a
separation distance between  a  soil  absorption system and a surface water body
of 50 feet,  a  septic  tank of 10 feet,  a well of  50 feet, and a lot line of 10
feet, a  lot  of  10,080  square  feet  or  0.25  acre could be permitted based on
sanitary  codes  alone.   This  assumes a  soil  absorption  system of  1200 square
feet  (24* x  50')  with  10  foot separation  from  lot  lines.   Where  a  soil
absorption system  occupies  a  30  by 40  foot area  with the  same  separation
distances,  the  lot  can  be  as small  as 8000  square  feet.   Under  optimal
conditions,  a  lot  can  thus  be  as  small  as  0.25 to 0.2  acre  and  accommodate
both well  installation  and  on-site  wastewater treatment.  This  does not take
into account odd lot lines or differential lot site limitations.
Table XI-A-1.  SANITARY CODE SEPARATION DISTANCE REQUIREMENTS FOR SOILS
               ABSORPTION SYSTEMS (in feet)
                            Surface water
Well
House
Lot line
Crystal Lake
Crooked/Pickerel Lakes
Otter Tail Lake
Green Lake
Nettle Lake
Steuben Lakes
Salem Utility District
25
50
75
75
NA
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
5
10
10
20
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
5
5

     Larger lot sizes have also been institutionalized into zoning codes often
based  upon on-site sanitary requirements.  Generalized dwelling unit per acre
zoning in the Seven Rural  Lakes  EIS project areas  require  .5  acre or larger
lots  in these unsewered areas  (see Section X.B.).   Often these large lot size
requirements  have  been based on the best professional judgment of sanitarians.
These  professionals  have experienced the need for larger lots because of site
limitations  or odd  lots lines and have  recommended larger  lots  based on the
need  to protect community health  and welfare and not on community development
goals.

     Alternative  on-site technologies  are  becoming more widely  accepted as
viable forms  of  wastewater treatment;  they  may have  an impact on lot size
requirements.   Elevated  sand  mounds  may require  larger lots due  to larger
system areal  requirements.  Grey water/black water separation systems have the
effect of reducing  the  areal requirements of the  soil absorption  system and
thus  lot  sizes.  However, it is likely  that for public health protection, well

                                   XI-A-2

-------
A.   THE  INTERRELATIONSHIP BETWEEN  SMALL  WASTE  FLOWS FACILITY
     PLANNING AND LAND USE

     In rural and developing areas,  the enforcement of  on-site  sanitary codes,
from 1945  to  the  end  of the  1960s, has  served  as  a form of land use control.
These  codes  have  limited  development  in wetland areas,  on  soils  with  a
seasonal  high water  table,   including  floodplain   areas,  on  steeply  sloping
areas,  and in locations with shallow depth to bedrock.  Because  these  areas
are  defined as unsuitable  for  on-site wastewater  treatment by  local codes,
limited residential development  has been permitted.  Sanitary  codes have thus
served  as  a  form of  de  facto  zoning,  resulting in large lot sizes  and  a
settlement  pattern  based  on  suitable  soils.   The   codes  have  minimized
development  in  some  environmentally  sensitive  areas that  would  otherwise  go
unprotected such as wetlands, steep slopes, and floodplains.

     The  introduction of  new forms  of  wastewater treatment  technology that
partially  or  entirely  overcome  unfavorable  site  conditions  or  that  take
advantage  of more  favorable off-site  conditions,  may  enable  developers  to
circumvent  these  controls.   These  treatment  systems  could  thus  result  in
significant  environmental  impacts  as  a result  of  the  encroachment of housing
development  on sensitive environmental resources.   Also, this  could permit a
development  pattern inconsistent with local goals  and objectives.  The use of
on-site  technology such as  elevated sand mounds  may enable  development  to
occur  in  areas  with  a seasonal high  water table or shallow depth to bedrock.
Off-site  treatment such  as cluster systems can circumvent on-site limitations
altogether  and  could  thus  permit development in any of  these  areas.  Impacts
that  would  result include  markedly  higher  density  residential  development
within  existing development areas; loss of open space buffers between existing
development,  and encroachment into environmentally sensitive areas.

     If localities wish to anticipate these  impacts,  consideration should be
given  to  conducting  land use planning  concurrent  with  wastewater treatment
facility  planning.   This  would  ensure that  the  suitability  of  the area for
development would  be  analyzed,  community  development goals defined, analyzed,
and  appropriate performance  standards  drafted to  mitigate  impacts  of both
wastewater  treatment   facility  construction  and  associated  residential
development.

     Considerable   information   is   available  regarding   the   effects  of
centralized  wastewater  collection   and   treatment  facilities  on  land use.
Generally,  these  facilities allow for and may  induce  higher rates  and  higher
densities  of  residential  development  than  many  rural  municipalities  can
accommodate without burdening local tax bases and  infrastructure.

     The  limited amount of  literature  available  on the land use  effects of
on-site  systems  points  to  the   use  of  sanitary  codes  to  enforce  large lot
sizes.  Twichell  (1978)  points out that  local health officials  and sanitarians
have often  become  the permitting officials  for  new  housing  development and
that stipulation has  been made  for  lot  sizes of  .5  to  2  dwelling units per
acre in  order  to prevent  groundwater  pollution.   Halzer  (1975) states  that,
based   on  data  from   well-drained  sites  with  deep water  tables  in eastern
Connecticut, a dilution of renovated septic  tank  effluent  of  at  least  1 to 1
may be required  to  reduce nitrate concentrations  in  groundwater to a  public
health  standard  of  45   mg/l-NO~.    His  data   indicate  that   residential
 development  should  not occur  at densities  greater  than  an  average of one
 dwelling  unit to  the  acre.
                                   XI-A-1

-------
              CHAPTER XI
LAND USE AND ENVIRONMENTAL CONSTRAINTS

-------
                                REFERENCES
U.S. Bureau  of the Census.   1977.   Current population reports, Series P-25.
     U.S.  Government Printing Office, Washington, B.C.

U.S. Bureau  of the Census.   1979.   Annual housing  survey,  1977:   Urban and
     rural housing characteristics.   Current Housing  Reports, Series H-150-77,
     Pt. E.  Government Printing Office,  Washington DC.
                                   X-E-9

-------
     Actual  cost  avoidance  will  depend  more  on  public  understanding  and
acceptance  of  these  alternatives.   To  the  extent  that  municipalities  do
nothing, the  cost  avoidance  will be even higher.   To  the extent that munici-
palities sewer  where  they could rely on  optimum operation,  the  region-wide
cost avoidance will be  decreased.   Economic contraints are liable to minimize
excess sewering whereas lethargy is open-ended.  The net economic result would
be to increase cost avoidance above the nominal estimate.
                                   X-E-8

-------
               TABLE X-E-6.   PRESENT  WORTH COSTS  PER  HOUSE  AND
               TOTAL COSTS FOR SEWERING 430 THOUSAND  RESIDENCES

Density
Range
(residences/mile)
100+
Treatment Needs

Collection Only
Collection, Trans-
and Cent. Treatment

% Number

25 25.32
75 76.98
Average
$/House
(20 Year
Present Worth)
3543
5409
Total
Present
Worth
(million $)
89.71
416.38
75-100
50-75
50-75
Collection Only      20
Collection, Trans-   80
and Cent. Treatment
Collection Only      15
Collection, Trans-   85
and Cent. Treatment
Collection Only      10
Collection, Trans-   90
and Cent. Treatment
101.3

 29.18
116.72

145.9

 18.59
105.31

123.90

  5.9
 53.1

"59.0
 4264
 6746
 5625
 8722
 8171
11883
144.47
787.39
104.57
918.51
 48.21
630.99
                   Total
                         430.1
                           3140.23
     In both cases, costs per house were calculated for the lower limit of the
density groups.  For example, costs for 100 homes per mile were used to repre-
sent the 100+ density group.

6.   CONCLUSION

     The nominal cost avoidance estimated by this method is

               $3140.23 million for sewering
               -1232.65 million for optimum operation
                1907.58 million.

Because of the many undocumentable assumptions on which the estimate is based,
the actual  figure  may range  from $1 billion to $3 billion.  This range repre-
sents possible  cost  avoidance  resulting from widespread use of optimum opera-
tion alternatives.
                                   X-E-7

-------
abandonment and  replacement/upgrade rates  were  used to  reflect the hypothe-
tical  case,
sewering.
i.e.,  these  systems  would also  be  considered  for  centralized
     Sewering  costs  included  the assumption  that  10  to  25 percent  of the
residences  would  be   located  close  to  existing  centralized collection and
treatment systems,  and would  require only new  collector sewers.   Costs for
sewering the 430 thousand homes are presented in Table X-E-6.

        TABLE X-E-5.  TECHNOLOGY MIXES, PRESENT WORTH COSTS PER HOUSE
                   AND TOTAL COSTS FOR OPTIMUM OPERATION OF
                            430 THOUSAND RESIDENCES
     Density
      Range
(residences/mile)
      Technologies
          Type      %_  Number
                Average
                $/House
               (20 Year
             Present Worth)
                            Total
                           Present
                            Worth
                         (million $)
100+
75-100
50-75
      Cluster
      20% On-site*
      Holding Tank
      Cluster
      20% On-site*
      Holding Tank
      Cluster
      20% On-site
      Holding Tank
20   20.26
78   79.01
 2    2.03
    101.30

15   21.88
83  121.10
 2    2.92
    145.90

10   12.39
87  107.80
 3    3.72
    123.90
              6897
              1879
              7761
              7705
              1879
              7761
              9691
              1879
              7761
               139.73
               148.46
                15.75
               168.58
               227.55
                22.66
               120.07
               202.56
                28.87
25-50
      Cluster
      20% On-site
      Holding Tank
                   Total
 5
91
 4
  2.95
 53.69
  2.36
 59.00

430.10
13300
 1879
 7761
 39.23
100.88
 18.31
                                                   1232.65
* 20% replacement of existing on-site systems.
                                   X-E-6

-------
   TABLE X-E-4.  PARTITION OF 1977 URBAN AND RURAL NON-FARM ON-SITE SYSTEMS
                      INTO NEED GROUPS BY DENSITY CLASS

Density
Class

100+
75-100
50-75
25-50
<25

Total
Number
(1000's)
289.5
364.7
412.9
589.4
916.4
2572.9
Sewer or
Sewer Optimum Operation
% Number
(1000's)
50 144.8
30 109.4
10 41.3
-
_
295.5
% Number
(1000's)
35 101.3
40 145.9
30 123.9
10 59.0
_
430.1
Optimum Operation
% Number
(1000's)
10 29.0
20 72.9
30 123.9
40 235.9
20 183.3
645.0
No Action
7o Number
(1000's)
5 14.4
10 36.5
30 123.9
50 294.8
80 733.2
1202.8

optimum operation" group.  This  group  represents  about 13 percent  of  all on-
site systems in Region V and  17 percent of non-farm systems.

     Cost per house  is  determined  by density and by  environmental  setting as
discussed in  the Cost  Variability  Study, Chapter  IV.A.   Using the  cost per
house  averaged  for the eight  scenarios  at each density interval (25,  50,  75
and  100  residences  per mile)  and  selecting  the least  cost  sewer for  each
scenario/density  combination,  the  per-house  costs for cluster  systems,  col-
lection only, and  collection/centralized  treatment were estimated.   Costs are
all expressed as  20-year  present worths.   Other  costing  assumptions  are  pre-
sented in the Cost Variability study.

     Costs  for  on-site  systems are not dependent  on  density but do vary from
one  environmental  scenario to  another.   Per-house costs are  the  average for
the eight scenarios.

     Costs  per  house  for holding  tanks  are  not density  or  environmentally
determined.   It was  assumed  that maximum flow  reduction  methods, including
air-assisted  showers  and  toilets (one each per residence), were used in con-
junction with holding tanks.   On-site upgrading assumed a 20 percent replace-
ment rate.

     Technology mixes,  cost per house for each technology, and total costs for
optimum operation alternatives are presented in Table X-E-5.

     The $2867  average  cost per house is  conservatively high and is due to the
assumptions  for  off-site  treatment  required  (9  to   22  percent)  and  the 20
percent  replacement/upgrade  rate  for  the remaining on-site  systems.   High
                                   X-E-5

-------
     The percentage and, therefore,  the  numbers per  class are assumptions and
might be  seriously  in error.   However,  the declining  percentages  at lower
densities in urban areas  (generally,  places  with  2500 population or greater),
and  increasing  percentages  at lower  densities with  a  large allotment to the
lowest category, are expected  to fairly  represent actual conditions.  Average
space per residence assuming  both square and rectangular lots (twice as deep
as wide) at the density intervals are:
100 residences/mile

 75 residences/mile

 50 residences/mile

 25 residences/mile

 10 residences/mile
Square              Rectangular
Space                  Space

  0.26     acres       0.512        acres

  0.45     acres       0.91          acres

  1.02     acres       2.05          acres

  4.10     acres       8.19          acres

 25.60     acres      51.20          acres
Actual lot sizes would vary and averages would be  less  than  those  shown  due to
vacancy  or  other uses.   These  figures  are presented to demonstrate the wide
range of development types represented by the density classes.

     Rural  farm  residences are not  included in Table X-E-3 or in  subsequent
calculations.  Few of these residences are sewered now and few  are expected to
be  sewered   in  the future.   Some  on-site systems  serving  farms  may require
public supervision under  an  optimum  operation alternative,  but the  proportion
is expected to be small.

4.   PARTITION OF TOTAL HOMES  PER  DENSITY CLASS TO  NEED  CATEGORIES

     Of  the  two  and  one-half million on-site systems not on farms, many will
require  no  change in management--homeowner maintenance will suffice.   Others
will be  abandoned and the residences  sewered because of irremediable problems,
proximity to problem systems, or other reasons.   Some will substantially bene-
fit from local application of the optimum operation alternative.

     Of  the systems requiring either  sewers or optimum operation,  some will be
sewered  for  economic  or performance  reasons; others will be too  expensive to
sewer so that optimum operation (along with cluster systems  and holding  tanks)
will be  the only feasible remedy.   Between these two groups, there are systems
that  could  either be  sewered or publicly supervised in an optimum operation
alternative.  Table X-E-4 proposes an estimate of the size of these  need cate-
gories by density class.

5.   COST AVOIDANCE ESTIMATE

     Differences in cost, attributable to adoption of optimum operation  alter-
natives, will be realized only for the  430  thousand systems in the "sewer or
                                   X-E-4

-------
     The two sources of  error  in this  step  are  the  application of data from a
12-state census region to  the  6-state  U.S.EPA Region V, and the small sample
size of  the 1977 housing  survey.   The combined  error cannot be quantified.
However, the  error  is expected  to  be  somewhat  greater than errors of  state
population numbers,  but  considerably less  than  errors  in subsequent estimates
of density  distributions,  numbers of households  requiring  improved wastewater
management, and cost savings per household.

3.   DENSITY DISTRIBUTION OF URBAN AND RURAL NON-FARM ON-SITE
     SYSTEMS

     The relative cost-effectiveness of sewered  and non-sewered  approaches to
rural waste water management is strongly influenced  by  density  of development:
as  density increases, sewered  approaches  become more  attractive.   Since no
data  are  available  for  density of development,  contractor's  estimates  were
used for percentages of urban and rural non-farm residences in  various  density
ranges.  The  density  unit  used is residences per mile  of  collector  sewer,  the
same  unit   used  in   the  Cost  Variability  Study, Chapter  IV.A.   The  highest
densities  of  residences  are limited by regulatory  and  practical  restrictions
on lot size.  Assuming a minimum lot size  of 10,000  square  feet,  lots  that are
twice  as deep as their  frontage, and  no  exclusions for side  roads or vacant
lots,  150   lots  could be  laid  out on both sides  of a  one-mile-long  sewer
(seventy-five lots with 71 foot frontages  on each side  of  the sewer).   Few,  if
any, one-mile segments at this density are likely to be unsewered.

     The density  classes  used in subsequent estimates  in  residences per mile
are  100+,  75-100, 50-75, 25-50 and <25.  The assumed  percentages  and numbers
of  unsewered  residences  in each class are  presented in Table  X-E-3 for  urban
and  rural  non-farm categories.
             TABLE X-E-3.
       PERCENTAGES AND NUMBERS OF RESIDENCES
           PER DENSITY CLASS

Density
Class
(Residences)
mile
Urban
% Number
(1000's)
Rural
Non-farm
% Number
(1000's)
Total
Number
(1000's)
 100+

 75-100

 50-75

 25-50

 <25
 35

 30

 20

 15
187.7

160.9

107.3

 80.4
  5

 10

 15

 25

 45
 101.8

 203.8

 305.6

 509.0

 916.4
 289.5

 364.7

 412.9

 589.4

 916.4
 Total
100
536.3
100
2036.6
2572.9
                                    X-E-3

-------
     1977 data on urban,  rural  non-farm,  and  rural farm populations by state
are not available.   However,  1970  census  data  for percent urban and  farm popu-
lations by state provide  a  reasonable  means to  estimate the 1977 numbers when
applied  to  the  1977 state  totals.   Error due  to  changes  in the percentages
from 1970  to  1977  is  possible  but  unquantifiable.   Table  X-E-1  presents the
urban,  rural non-farm,  and rural farm populations by  state.

2.   NUMBER OF  HOUSEHOLDS  AND NUMBER OF HOUSEHOLDS SERVED  BY ON-SITE
     SYSTEMS IN REGION V

     Dwelling occupancy  rates  for  the  rural and  urban  categories  are  not
available by  state.  1977  occupancy  rate data for those categories  is avail-
able for the  North Central census region.  In  addition to  the six  states in
U.S. EPA Region  V,  the  North Central  census  region includes Iowa,  Missouri,
Kansas,  Nebraska,  South  Dakota and  North Dakota.   Occupancy rates  were cal-
culated  from data in Table C-l of the 1977 Annual Housing Survey, Part E (U.S.
Bureau  of  the Census,  1979).   Total population in  U.S.  EPA Region V, North
Central  census region occupancy rates,  and number  of  households by urban/rural
categories and presented in Table X-E-2.

     The 1977 Annual Housing  Survey  also provides data that was used to cal-
culate  percentages  of  occupied  dwellings served by septic tanks  and other on-
site systems  (Table C-5  of  Part  E  referenced above).   These percentages are
applied  to number  of  households  in Table X-E-2  by urban/rural  categories.
This yields  the  number of on-site systems  for  each category and a  total for
Region V.

            TABLE X-E-2.   1977 NUMBERS OF HOUSEHOLDS  AND NUMBER OF
               HOUSEHOLDS SERVED BY ON-SITE SYSTEMS IN  REGION V
                              Urban
               Rural
             Non-farm
               Rural
               Farm
             Totals
 Population
 (1000's)

 Occupancy
 (Number /Owe 11 ing)

 Number of Households
 (1000's)

 Percentage of
 Households with
 On-site  Systems
33371.1
2.7377
12189.5
9366.9
3.0309
3090.5
2394.8
3.1130
 769.3
45132.8
16049.3
                                 4.4
                65.9
                98.7
 Number of Households
 with On-site Systems
 (1000's)
  536.3
2036.6
 759.3
 3332.2
                                   X-E-2

-------
E.   ON-SITE SYSTEMS IN  REGION V AND POTENTIAL  COST  AVOIDANCE FROM
     ADOPTION OF  OPTIMUM OPERATION  ALTERNATIVES
     States  do  not  keep counts of on-site systems  in use.  And, because public
supervision  of  on-site systems has not been tested as an  alternative to sewer-
ing, no  real  data  on  cost differences are  available.   Nevertheless,  it is
important to estimate the potential cost avoidance that could be achieved with
optimum operation of existing on-site systems.

     The accuracy  of the  estimated cost avoidance rests on the strengths of
the  various  data   bases  and assumptions  used.   Factors that  influence  the
accuracy are discussed, where appropriate,  throughout this report.  Quantities
are  not  rounded off.  While this  implies  a level of accuracy not present in
the  numbers,  it  reduces  rounding  errors  and should help  those  who  wish to
repeat the calculations with their  own estimates.
     This  report  demonstrates  the  estimation  procedure;
marized at its end.
results  are sum-
1.   URBAN,  RURAL  NON-FARM  AND  RURAL  FARM  POPULATIONS  BY  STATE

     1977 state populations  are  reported in Current Population Reports,  Series
P-25  (U.S.  Bureau of  the  Census,  1977).   State  totals  are  listed in  Table
X-E-1.

           TABLE X-E-1.   1977  URBAN, RURAL NON-FARM AND RURAL  FARM
                        POPULATIONS OF REGION V STATES



Illinois
Indiana
Michigan
Minnesota
Ohio
Wisconsin
Total
1977 State
Populations Urban
(1000's) (1000's)
11237.6 9327.2
5350.1 3472.2
9185.0 6787.7
4019.5 2668.9
10696.6 8054.5
4644.3 3060.6
45132.8* 33371.1
Rural
Non-f arm
(1000's)
1476.6
1492.1
2110.7
870.6
2269.8
1147.1
9366.9
Rural
Farm
(1000's)
433.8
385.7
286.6
479.9
372.2
436.6
2394.8

 '''Total  does  not add vertically because of rounding.  Difference between
  vertical  and horizontal additions is 0.3 thousands.
                                   X-E-1

-------
                                REFERENCES
Gold,  S.N.   1980.  What  the leisure  field  can do  to  safeguard the  future.
     Parks and Recreation, May, pp45-49.

Hoffman,  D.L.,  and  R.D.  Westfall.   1979.  Implications  of the new  federal
     SCORP (Statewide Comprehensive Outdoor Recreation Plan) planning require-
     ments  for  outdoor  recreation research and  planning.   Presented  at  the
     Society  of Park  & Recreation Educators  Symposium on  Leisure  Research,
     held  in conjunction with the National Recreation &  Parks  Association.
     Congress  for Recreation  &  Parks,  New Orleans  LA,  27-29 October 1979.
     Illinois Department of Conservation, Springfield IL.

Illinois  Department  of Conservation.   1978.   Outdoor  recreation  in Illinois:
     the  Statewide Comprehensive  Outdoor Recreation  Plan.   Springfield  IL.

Indiana  Department of  Natural Resources.   1979.   The 1979  Indiana  Outdoor
     Recreation Plan.  Indianapolis, IN.

Lancaster,  R.  National Recreation and  Park  Association.   Personal  communica-
     tion, December 1980.

Michigan  Department of  Natural  Resources.   1979.  1979  Michigan  Recreation
     Plan.  Lansing MI.

Ohio Department of Natural Resources.   1975.  Ohio state Comprehensive Outdoor
     Recreation Plan 1975-1980.   Columbus OH.

Urban  Research  and Development  Corporation.  1977.  Guidelines for understand-
     ing  and determining optimum recreation carrying  capacity.   Prepared for
     U.S.  Bureau of Outdoor Recreation,  Contract //BOR-14-97-5,  Bethlehem PA.

U.S. Heritage Conservation and  Recreation  Service.   1979.  Recreation benefits
     from clean water.  Washington DC.

U.S.  Environmental  Protection Agency,  and  U.S.  Department  of  the Interior,
     Heritage Conservation and  Recreation  Service.   1980.  Recreation and land
     use:   The  public benefits  of urban waters.  Washington  DC.

Wisconsin  Department   of   Natural  Resources.    1976.    Wisconsin   Outdoor
     Recreation Plan.   Madison  WI.
                                    X-D-4

-------
water  collection  and conveyance  right-of-ways  for hiking  and  biking trails.
Again,  the  type  of recreation  facilities  planned should  be  a  synthesis  of
facility plan designs,  closely coordinated with needs  and desires generated on
a  local level.   Considerable  technical assistance and design  experience  is
available  upon  request  from  the  U.S.   Department   of  Interior,  Heritage
Conservation  and  Recreation  Service,  Lake  Central  Office   in  Ann  Arbor,
Michigan and the respective state offices.

     The question  of funding for acquisition and development of facilities in
times  of  austere municipal  budgets  had frustrated many park  and  recreation
plans.  While  planning  funds  are available  only  in  Step  I of  the  facility
planning process,  acquisition  and development opportunities exist in Steps II
and  III.   For  example, a  maintenance road  on collection  right-of-ways  can
easily  be constructed  for  hiking and biking use.  The question of which costs
are  eligible  to accommodate recreation uses  in  wastewater  treatment  projects
has  no  basis  in law or policy and is decided case-by-case.   Historically,  the
largest source  of  funds for development of recreation facilities has  been the
U.S.  Department of  Interior,  Heritage  Conservation  and Recreation  Service,
Land  and  Water  Conservation Funds.   These are matching 50% grants  made  to
municipalities  for the acquisition and development of  recreation facilities.
A  policy  question  that U.S. EPA  must address  is  whether   grants  from Clean
Water Act Funds can be used as the local share of the  needed 50% match to meet
HCRS requirements for the Land and Water Conservation Funds.

     Additional  sources of  funding  include  U.S.   Department  of Housing  and
Urban  Development,  Community Development  Block Grants  for land acquisition,
and  U.S. Department of Labor,  Comprehensive Employment Training Act funds for
staffing needs.   State  highway funds are frequently  available  for  hiking and
biking  right-of-way  development.   Non-governmental  sources  include  private
foundation grants, non-profit corporations, and major public corporations that
often  make  grants  for  such public  services.   An  uncommon,   yet  effective,
source  of funding  is the donation of partial interest of private lands  (in the
form of permanent  easements)  in  return  for  tax  deductions for the private
property owner.   Again, for  technical assistance  contact  HCRS, Lake Central
Office  or the appropriate state agency.
                                   X-D-3

-------
     The idea of  local  user value identification and  user  involvement in the
planning process  is  currently the most accepted way of  conducting recreation
planning  (Gold,   1980;  Hoffman  and  Westfall,  1979).    Because a  recreation
designer does  not share  the  same values  as the users,  the  local population
must be actively involved in the planning process.   This must be done in order
to  define  the users'  social  and physical  needs  and  activity perferences so
that they will  identify with the area  and  use  it  (Gold, 1980).  Methods that
have  been  employed   for  value  identification  are  door-to-door  surveys  and
market  preference studies.   A door-to-door  survey  could be  accomplished as
part of the sanitary survey process for needs documentation.

     The National  Recreation  and Park Association (NRPA) is in the process of
writing an extensive report on a needs determination methodology, which should
be  available  for  general  use in the summer of 1981 (Lancaster, 1980, personal
communication).  This document will provide guidance for a community to formu-
late  its  own  standards,   differing  from  the previous population  to  acreage
ratio methodology.  A methodology will be presented to inventory a community's
needs based  on  existing use patterns and expressed values.  Additionally, the
U.S.  Department  of   Interior Heritage  Conservation  and  Recreation  Service
(HCRS)  is  conducting  a  "Rural  Areas  and  Small  Communities  Assessment" to
define  the  kinds  of  recreation opportunities  available  to rural populations
and how they can be expanded.   Information  is available from HCRS Recreation
Programs, 440 G Street, N.W., Washington, DC  20243.

     In order to  gain the maximum recreation  resource  development, this effort
should  be undertaken before  facility planning is  initiated.   Before  Step I,
facilities  planning  and  local  interests  should  contact park and recreation
experts on  the  local, regional, and  state  levels for  an  inventory of existing
plans  and  facilties.   At  this  time a  preliminary study  area  evaluation of
existing  facilities  and activities should  be conducted.   This can be accomp-
lished  at little  expense with  assistance  from local  homeowner associations,
4-H groups,  senior citizen groups, or  others.  This should be  completed prior
to  Step  I  because  grant  funds  can be used  for recreation  and open space
planning  as part of overall  planning for  wastewater treatment facilities but
are not available in the  design  and construction  phases  in  Step  II or III
 (U.S.  EPA and  HCRS,  1980).   Thus,  an adequate proposal must be made in the
plan of study to  allot  sufficient planning  funds in  Step  I.

     During Step  I,  coordination should  be  undertaken  with  park and recreation
agencies  to evaluate  the potential  multiple use  of  proposed collection and
treatment  facilities and to  syncronize  with other  acquisition programs active
 in  the  area.  In  the  facility planning  process, designers  should  be active in
generating  local  interest and  participation  in  order  to  gain insight  into
local  needs.   Park and recreation representation  should  be evident on techni-
 cal and public  advisory communities to ensure  input.  This could be accomp-
 lished  by  developing a  consortium  of interest among  concerned elements of
local  environmental  groups, homeowner  association  members, and other  lakeside
 residents.

      Coordinated   recreation  and wastewater  facility  development has enjoyed
 considerable success  since  the  passage  of the Clean  Water Act.  Treatment
 facility  sites  have been  used for  public  access  to surface waters, picnic
 sites,  play  and  active  recreation  areas   (HCRS,  1979).  Outmoded treatment
 systems have been recycled into  skating rinks,  tennis  courts,  and play fields.
 Perhaps the most  notable  success  has been achieved in the wide use of waste-

                                   X-D-2

-------
D.   RECREATION PLANNING

     A prime  opportunity  exists  to conduct recreation planning  and formulate
management structures that would determine the recreation carrying capacity in
lake  areas  and  maximize  the  recreation potential  of  an  area.   Section
201(g)(6) of the Clean Water Act stipulates that,  "The  Administrator shall not
make  grants  from  funds  authorized  for  any fiscal  year  beginning  after
September  30,  1978,  to  any  State, municipality,  or intermunicipal or inter-
state agency  for the erection, building, acquisition,  alteration, remodeling,
improvement,  or  extension of  treatment  works unless the  grant  applicant has
satisfactorily   demonstrated  to  the  Administrator that  the  applicant  has
analyzed the potential recreation and open space opportunities in the planning
of  the  proposed treatment works."  As has been previously  stated, access to
water-based recreation is the most critical factor in second-home development.
Indeed, water-based  recreation has one of the highest rates of  participation
of  any recreation  activity  identified  in the  upper mid-west   states.   The
Illinois  State  Comprehensive  Outdoor  Recreation  Plan (SCORP) shows that the
highest household participation  rate is  in swimming, followed by sportfishing
(Illinois Department of Conservation, 1978).  The Michigan SCORP  (1979) states
that the highest vacation preference qualities sought were proximity to water,
fishing,  and  scenery,  and   that  the  highest participation rates  were  in
camping,  boating,  and  fishing   (Michigan  Department  of Natural  Resources,
1979).   State planners  also  projected  a  38% increase  in  participation in
fishing  and 15% in  boating  activities.   The  Wisconsin  SCORP (Wisconsin DNR,
1979) states that water resources  are the primary recreation attraction in the
state  and  that  swimming,  fishing,  and  boating  are  traditionally  the  most
popular  activities.    In  addition,  this SCORP  indicates  that  of  the   lakes
suitable  for pleasure boating,  25% have no public  access,  and  only 45% have
limited access.

      In  conducting  facility planning,  the need  then  is  to understand the
recreation potential of  a particular  lake area and maximize the  opportunities
for  using that  potential.   Historically, recreation  needs  analysis has been
conducted   using ratios  of  population served  to  unit  of resource.   For
instance,   the   National  Recreation  and  Park Association  (NRPA) published
Outdoor Recreation Space  Standards  in  1965,  which listed  acreage needs for
public  parks per unit of population.  This  type  of standard has been applied
to  swimming beach area per  user,  lake surface acreage per fisherman,  and lake
surface  acreage  per  boat.   These  standards  have  been widely  criticized in
recent  years as an  unsound  methodology  in  that they are not responsive to the
needs  of  users  on the  local  level  (Hoffman  and Westfall, 1979).

      Gold  (1980)  has  proposed  a method  for determining  recreation demand
factors  based upon  data on  demographic characteristics of  the service  area
population,   time  budgets,    leisure  customs,   and   experience  levels.  He
stipulates that  a particular recreation  resource  should  be designed around the
potential users, travel  time, travel mode,  and costs.   The recreation  area
design should take  into  account  site  attraction  factors,  microclimate, design
 load,  and  the  carrying  capacity of  the sites natural  and physical  charac-
 teristics.  Urban Research  and Development  Corporation (1977)   has published
 Guidelines  for  Understanding  and Determining  Optimum Recreation  Carrying
 Capacity that may serve  as  a guide for  local  area users  to define  their own
 thresholds.
                                    X-D-1

-------
                                REFERENCES
American  Society  of  Planning  Officials.   1976.   Subdividing rural  America:
     Impacts  of  recreation  lot  and  second home  development.   Council  on
     Environmental Quality,  Washington DC.

Burby, R.  J.    1979.   Second  homes in  North Carolina:  An analysis  of  water
     resource and other consequences of recreational  land development. NTIS PB
     80-190698.   University of  North  Carolina, Water  Resources  Institute,
     Raleigh NC.

Marans,  R.  W. ,  and  J.  D.  Wellman.   1977.  The  quality of  nonmetropolitan
     living:   Evaluation,  behaviors,  and   expectations  of northern  Michigan
     residents.   University  of Michigan,  Institute  for  Social  Research,  Ann
     Arbor MI.

Ragatz,  R.  L.   1980.   Trends in  the  market  for  privately owned  seasonal
     recreation  housing.   In:   Proceedings  of  the  1980 Recreation  Trends
     Symposium, Durham NC.   USDA  Forest Service Northeast Forest Experiment
     Station, Broomall PA.

U.S.  Bureau  of the  Census.   1972.   U.S.   census  of housing:  1970  detailed
     housing  characteristics.  Washington DC.
                                    X-C-5

-------